Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2010

Registration No. 333-164916

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 7

to

Form S-11

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Governing Instruments)

 

 

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025

(310) 445-5700

(Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,

of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Victor J. Coleman

Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025

(310) 445-5700

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Julian T.H. Kleindorfer, Esq.

Bradley A. Helms, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

355 South Grand Ave.

Los Angeles, California 90071

(213) 485-1234

 

David W. Bonser, Esq.

Samantha S. Gallagher, Esq.

Hogan Lovells US LLP

555 Thirteenth Street, NW

Washington, D.C. 20004

(202) 637-5600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement of the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x    Smaller reporting company   ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion,

Preliminary Prospectus dated June 22, 2010

PROSPECTUS

12,800,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. We are selling 12,800,000 shares of our common stock.

We currently expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $17.00 and $19.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for our shares. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HPP,” subject to official notice of issuance. We intend to elect to be taxed and to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010.

As described herein, concurrently with this offering, we will complete the formation transactions, pursuant to which we will acquire from Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., and an investment vehicle whose general partner is owned by investment funds managed by Morgan Stanley, all of the interests in our historical operating companies and entities that own our initial properties, in exchange for cash, shares of our common stock, common units and/or series A preferred units of partnership interest in our operating partnership. In addition, concurrently with the completion of this offering, Victor J. Coleman and certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C. will purchase $20.0 million in shares of common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, funds affiliated with or managed by Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., together with our directors and officers, will beneficially own an approximate 41.8% interest in our company on a fully diluted basis. We will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pay the cash consideration due in the formation transactions.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus for certain risks relevant to an investment in our common stock.

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total

Public offering price

   $                 $             

Underwriting discount

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $  

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,920,000 additional shares of our common stock from us, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares of common stock sold in this offering will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2010.

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays Capital   Morgan Stanley

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities   BMO Capital Markets   KeyBanc Capital Markets

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2010


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   1

RISK FACTORS

   22

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   50

USE OF PROCEEDS

   51

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

   52

CAPITALIZATION

   56

DILUTION

   57

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   58

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   61

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND MARKET OPPORTUNITY

   84

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

   92

MANAGEMENT

   126

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   136

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   148

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

   152
     Page

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY

   158

PRICING SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

   169

DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.

   170

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   185

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

   187

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

   193

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   200

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   203

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

   224

UNDERWRITING

   227

LEGAL MATTERS

   234

EXPERTS

   234

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   235

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-i

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us, or information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates that are specified in these documents. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, and in particular in the sections entitled “Industry Background and Market Opportunity” and “Business and Properties.” We have obtained substantially all of this information from a market study prepared for us in connection with this offering by Rosen Consulting Group, or RCG, a nationally recognized real estate consulting firm. We have paid RCG a fee of $40,000 for such services. We have also included industry data relating to television networks, programming and new media. We have obtained substantially all of this data from a report prepared for us by Kagan Media Appraisals, a global market research firm, for which we paid a fee of $9,995. Such information is included in this prospectus in reliance on RCG’s and Kagan Media Appraisals’ authority as experts on such matters. See “Experts.” In addition, we have obtained certain market and industry data from publicly available industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and the preparers’ experience in the industry, and there is no assurance that any of the projected amounts will be achieved. We believe that the surveys and market research others have performed are reliable, but we have not independently verified this information. Any forecasts prepared by RCG or Kagan Media Appraisals are based on data (including third party data), models and experience of various professionals, and are based on various assumptions, all of which are subject to change without notice.

 

i


Table of Contents

This prospectus includes certain information regarding total return to investors achieved by Arden Realty, Inc. during the period in which Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, served as President and Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer, respectively, of Arden Realty, Inc. The information regarding total return is not a guarantee or prediction of the returns that we may achieve in the future, and we can offer no assurance that we will replicate these returns.

This prospectus makes reference to the “percent leased” of the properties that will make up our initial portfolio. We calculate percent leased as (i) square feet under lease for which rent has commenced, divided by (ii) total square feet, expressed as a percentage.

 

 

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” as well as our historical and pro forma financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us” and “our company” are to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the formation transactions described in this prospectus, including Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership of which we are the sole general partner and which we refer to in this prospectus as our operating partnership. Our promoters are Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus is as of March 31, 2010 and assumes (1) that the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised, (2) the consummation of the concurrent private placement of $20.0 million of common stock to Victor J. Coleman and funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., (3) the consummation of the formation transactions described in this prospectus (after giving effect to closing prorations and adjustments as of June 9, 2010), including our acquisition of the Del Amo Office property, the timing and completion of which is uncertain, (4) the common stock to be sold in this offering is sold at $18.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, and (5) the initial value of the common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units, to be issued in the concurrent private placement and formation transactions is equal to the public offering price of our common stock as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We are a full-service, vertically integrated real estate company focused on owning, operating and acquiring high-quality office properties in select growth markets primarily in Northern and Southern California. Our investment strategy is focused on high barrier-to-entry, in-fill locations with favorable, long-term supply-demand characteristics. These markets include Los Angeles, Orange County, San Diego, San Francisco, Silicon Valley and the East Bay, which we refer to as our target markets. Upon the consummation of this offering and the formation transactions, we will own eight properties totaling approximately 2.0 million square feet, strategically located in many of our target markets.

We were formed as a Maryland corporation in 2009 to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. Mr. Coleman co-founded Arden Realty, Inc., or Arden, in 1990 and served as President, Chief Operating Officer and Director after taking the company public on the New York Stock Exchange in 1996. Arden was a publicly traded real estate investment trust, or REIT, engaged in owning, acquiring, managing, leasing, developing and renovating office properties located in Southern California. Mr. Stern, while serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer at Arden, was responsible, together with other Arden personnel, for all acquisition, disposition, development and new investment activities. As senior members of Arden’s management team, Messrs. Coleman and Stern were instrumental in helping Arden become one of the largest owners of office properties in Southern California.

We believe current events in the financial markets, the credit crisis and the scarcity of available capital for commercial real estate have created significant market dislocation, thereby fostering a favorable acquisition environment. We have access to and are actively pursuing a pipeline of potential acquisitions consistent with our investment strategy. We believe Mr. Coleman’s and Mr. Stern’s successful history of operating a publicly traded real estate company, significant expertise in operating in the California office sector and extensive, long-term relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, coupled with our conservative capital structure and access to capital, will allow us to capitalize on the current market opportunity.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We plan to focus our investment strategy on office properties located in submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. This strategy includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction. We believe our senior management team’s experience in the California office sector will position us to improve cash flow in our initial portfolio, as well as any newly acquired properties, as the California economy and the real estate markets begin to recover.

Upon consummation of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of six office properties totaling approximately 1.2 million square feet, which were approximately 79.1% leased as of March 31, 2010 (or 85.7% giving effect to leases signed but not commenced as of that date), and two state-of-the-art media and entertainment properties comprising 544,763 square feet of office and support space and approximately 312,669 square feet of sound-stage production facilities. We also own 1.85 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to our media and entertainment properties, which, together with redevelopment opportunities at our media and entertainment properties, could support over one million square feet of additional office and support space. Our properties are concentrated in premier submarkets that have high barriers to entry with limited supply of land, high construction costs and rigorous entitlement processes.

Our initial portfolio consists of assets contributed by entities owned by Hudson Capital, LLC; investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., or Farallon, which we refer to as the Farallon Funds; an investment vehicle whose general partner is owned by investment funds managed by Morgan Stanley, which we refer to as the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership; and third parties. We believe our long-standing relationships with our contributors, as well as with other real estate companies, financial institutions and local operators, will enhance our access to capital and ability to source leasing and acquisition opportunities. In addition, we expect our tenant relationships with leading media, entertainment, professional and financial services firms, such as NBC/Universal, CBS Studios, ABC Studios, 20th Century Fox, Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc., or Technicolor, Saatchi & Saatchi North America, Inc., or Saatchi & Saatchi, Bank of America Merrill Lynch and U.S. Bank will allow us to maintain above average occupancy levels as compared to others in our target markets.

We intend to elect to be taxed and to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We will conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, of which we will serve as the sole general partner and own approximately 87.8% of the outstanding common units.

Industry Background and Market Opportunity

Overview

We believe the current dislocation in the real estate markets caused by the “credit crunch” and subsequent recession presents an attractive investment environment for well-capitalized buyers with solid operating expertise and strong industry relationships due to the following factors identified by RCG:

 

   

First, upcoming debt maturities and poor property performance will force undercapitalized owners to sell over-leveraged assets in order to pay down their debt and to avoid significant, future property-level capital expenditures.

 

   

Second, weak operating fundamentals on over-leveraged assets will result in asset-level operating distress. Accordingly, a growing number of owners who are unable to satisfy their debt service

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

obligations and repay upcoming debt maturities will likely force lenders to foreclose on properties. We believe lenders will seek to sell these real estate assets quickly following transfer of title.

 

   

Third, competition for real estate acquisitions has diminished as many prospective buyers have exited the market due to capital constraints and/or a focus on managing legacy assets. Also, many investment funds that were responsible for a disproportionate share of acquisition activity in the 2003-2007 period are now seeking liquidity as the lives of their investment vehicles expire.

California Opportunity

We believe that California’s dynamic, diversified and cyclical economy, coupled with the current weakness in the California real estate market, will create attractive opportunities to acquire properties at significant discounts to intrinsic value. According to RCG, California had the highest number of distressed properties of any state in September 2009. Furthermore, RCG expects the number of distressed assets for sale to peak in 2010, with opportunities persisting for the next several years. While California is currently experiencing weak economic conditions, RCG believes that its economy is well positioned over the long term to outpace the national economy given its mix of innovative industries and strong demographics. The strengthening economy will in turn positively impact the demand for office space, real estate market fundamentals and, ultimately, real estate valuations. Improved real estate market conditions will also be supported by a limited supply of new commercial real estate, which is constrained in California due to limited availability of land, restrictive local entitlement processes and high building costs. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this opportunity due to our management team’s strong industry relationships and our existing presence in many of California’s major markets.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths distinguish us from other owners and operators of office properties and will enable us to capitalize on the general dislocation in the real estate market to successfully expand and operate our portfolio.

 

   

Experienced Management Team with a Proven Track Record of Acquiring and Operating Assets and Managing a Public Office REIT . Our senior management team, led by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, has an average of over 20 years of experience in owning, acquiring, developing, operating, financing and selling office properties in California. While working together at Arden, they helped the company grow significantly from its initial public offering in October 1996 to its eventual sale to GE Real Estate, a division of General Electric Capital Corporation, in 2006, near the peak of the real estate market.

 

   

Committed and Incentivized Management Team. Our senior management team will be dedicated to our successful operation and growth, with no real estate business interests outside of our company. Additionally, upon completion of this offering and consummation of the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, our senior management team will own approximately 3.9% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, thereby aligning management’s interests with those of our stockholders.

 

   

California Focus with Local and Regional Expertise . We will primarily focus on acquiring and managing office properties in Northern and Southern California, both regions that we believe are well positioned for strong economic recoveries. Additionally, our senior executives have focused their entire real estate careers in California, providing us with a deep knowledge of the major California real estate markets and the local and regional industry participants.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Long-Standing Relationships that Provide Access to an Extensive Pipeline of Investment and Leasing Opportunities. We believe our experience, in-depth market knowledge and extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, real estate owners, national and regional lenders, brokers, tenants and other market participants will drive our ability to identify and capitalize on attractive acquisition opportunities and enhance our leasing efforts. For example, we believe our relationships with two leading investment management firms, Farallon and Morgan Stanley, will provide us with critical market intelligence, an ongoing acquisition pipeline and potential joint venture partners.

 

   

Growth-Oriented, Flexible and Conservative Capital Structure. We believe our flexible and conservative capital structure provides us with an advantage over many of our private and public competitors. Upon completion of this offering, we will have no legacy balance sheet issues and limited near-term maturities, which will allow management to focus on our business and growth strategies rather than balance sheet repair. In addition, we will have an initial debt-to-market capitalization ratio (counting series A preferred units as debt) of approximately 20.7%, which is substantially lower than many of our office REIT peers.

 

   

Irreplaceable Media and Entertainment Assets in a Premier California Submarket. Our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located on Sunset Boulevard, just off of the Hollywood Freeway, in the heart of Hollywood, and serve as important facilities for major film and television companies. We believe these assets will remain critical to the media and entertainment business, one of Los Angeles’s most important industries, due to their attractive location, a limited supply of developable land and the extensive knowledge required to develop and operate such facilities.

Business and Growth Strategies

Our primary business objectives are to increase operating cash flows, generate long-term growth and maximize stockholder value. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies to achieve these objectives:

 

   

Pursue Acquisitions of Distressed and/or Underperforming Office Properties. We intend to capitalize on the attractive investment environment by acquiring properties at meaningful discounts to our estimates of their intrinsic value. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. We believe that our extensive relationships, coupled with our strong balance sheet and access to capital, will allow us to capitalize on value-add opportunities.

 

   

Focus on High Barrier-to-Entry Markets. We will target in-fill, suburban markets and central business districts primarily in California. These markets have historically had favorable long-term supply/demand characteristics and significant institutional ownership of real estate, which we believe have helped support real estate fundamentals and valuations over the long term. We believe that these factors will help preserve our capital during periods of economic decline and generate above average returns during periods of economic recovery and growth.

 

   

Proactive Asset and Property Management. We intend to actively manage our portfolio, employ aggressive leasing strategies and leverage our existing tenant relationships to increase the

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

occupancy rates at our properties, attract high quality tenants and maximize tenant retention rates. In addition, we have targeted ways to further improve net operating income through controlling or reducing operating costs.

 

   

Repositioning and Development of Properties. We intend to leverage our real estate expertise to reposition and redevelop our existing properties, as well as properties that we acquire in the future, with the objective of increasing occupancy, rental rates and risk-adjusted returns on our invested capital. We believe our media and entertainment properties and undeveloped land offer significant growth potential, with over one million square feet of possible incremental development and redevelopment space.

 

   

Value Creation Through Capital Recycling Program. We intend to pursue an efficient asset allocation strategy that maximizes the value of our investments by selectively disposing of properties for which returns appear to have been maximized and redeploying capital into acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher return prospects, in each case in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT.

Summary Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the matters discussed in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 22 of this prospectus prior to deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Some of these risks include:

 

   

All of our properties are located in California, and we therefore are dependent on the California economy and are susceptible to adverse local regulations and natural disasters affecting California.

 

   

We derive a significant portion of our rental revenue from tenants in the media and entertainment industry, which makes us particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in that industry.

 

   

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, the Farallon Funds will own an approximate 37.7% beneficial interest in our company on a fully diluted basis and will have the ability to exercise significant influence on our company.

 

   

The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.

 

   

We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of properties that meet our criteria, which may impede our growth.

 

   

We expect to have approximately $94.3 million of indebtedness outstanding following this offering, which may expose us to interest rate fluctuations and the risk of default under our debt obligations.

 

   

Adverse economic and geopolitical conditions and dislocations in the credit markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

 

   

We have a limited operating history and may not be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus.

 

   

We have no operating history as a REIT or a publicly traded company and may not be able to successfully operate as a REIT or a publicly traded company.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

We may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-let space as leases expire.

 

   

In certain instances, the amount of consideration we will pay to acquire properties in connection with the formation transactions was not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and management’s estimate of fair market value may exceed the appraised fair market value of these properties and assets.

 

   

Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.

 

   

Our board of directors may change our investment and financing policies without stockholder approval and we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.

 

   

Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our common stock.

 

   

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering and an active trading market for our common stock may not develop following this offering.

 

   

We may be unable to make distributions at expected levels and we may be required to borrow funds to make distributions.

Our Properties

Our Initial Portfolio

Upon completion of this offering and consummation of the formation transactions, we will own eight properties located in six California submarkets, containing a total of approximately 2.0 million square feet, which we refer to as our initial portfolio. The following table presents an overview of our initial portfolio, based on information as of March 31, 2010. Rental data presented in the table below for office properties reflects base rent on leases in place as of March 31, 2010 and does not reflect actual cash rents historically received because such data does not reflect abatements or, in the case of triple net or modified gross leases, tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance, common area or other operating expenses. Rental data presented in the table below for media and entertainment properties reflects actual cash base rents, excluding tenant reimbursements, received during the 12 months ended March 31, 2010. Leases at our media and entertainment properties are typically short-term leases of one year or less, and other than the KTLA lease at our Sunset Bronson property, substantially all of the current in-place leases at our media and entertainment properties will expire in 2010 or 2011.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Property

  City     Year
Built/

Renovated
  Square
Feet (1)
  Percent
Leased (2)
    Annualized
Base Rent/
Annual Base

Rent (3)
  Annualized
Base Rent/
Annual Base
Rent Per
Leased
Square Foot (4)
  Annualized
Net Effective
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot (5)

OFFICE PROPERTIES

             

Operating Properties

             

City Plaza

  Orange      1969/99   333,922   92.1 % (6)     $ 7,779,694   $ 25.30   $ 24.07

First Financial

  Encino (LA)      1986   222,423   89.4        6,661,152     33.48     32.37

Del Amo Office (7)

  Torrance      1986   113,000   100.0        3,069,070     27.16     26.40

Technicolor Building

  Hollywood (LA)      2008   114,958   100.0        3,945,359     34.32     39.04

Tierrasanta

  San Diego      1985   104,234   96.8        1,428,252     14.15     15.07
                               

Total/Weighted Average Operating Properties:

      888,537   94.0   $ 22,883,527   $ 27.40   $ 27.34
                               

Redevelopment Properties

             

875 Howard Street (8)

  San Francisco      Various   286,270   33.0   $ 614,351   $ 6.50   $ 6.50
                               

Total/Weighted Average Office Properties:

      1,174,807   79.1 % (9)     $ 23,497,878   $ 25.27   $ 25.22
                               

MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES

  

           

Sunset Gower (10)

  Hollywood  (LA)    Various   543,709   66.1   $ 10,782,170   $ 30.02  

Sunset Bronson

  Hollywood  (LA)    Various   313,723   68.4        8,970,830     41.80  
                           

Total/Weighted Average Media & Entertainment Properties:

      857,432   66.9   $ 19,753,000   $ 34.42  
                           

LAND

             

Sunset Bronson—Lot A

  Hollywood (LA)      N/A   273,913        

Sunset Bronson—Redevelopment

  Hollywood (LA)      N/A   389,740        

Sunset Gower—Redevelopment

  Hollywood (LA)      N/A   423,396        

City Plaza

  Orange      N/A   360,000        
               

Total Land Assets:

      1,447,049        
               

Portfolio Total:

      3,479,288        
               

 

(1) Square footage for office and media and entertainment properties has been determined by management based upon estimated leaseable square feet, which may be less or more than the Building Owners and Managers Association, or BOMA, rentable area. Square footage may change over time due to remeasurement or releasing. Square footage for land assets represents management’s estimate of developable square feet, the majority of which remains subject to receipt of entitlement approvals that have not yet been obtained.
(2) Percent leased for office properties is calculated as (i) square footage under commenced leases as of March 31, 2010, divided by (ii) total square feet, expressed as a percentage. Percent leased for media and entertainment properties is the average percent leased for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.
(3)

We present rent data for office properties on an annualized basis, and for media and entertainment properties on an annual basis. Annualized base rent for office properties is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements with respect to the office properties for leases in effect as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $2,430,797. Annualized base rent, net of abatements, is $5,626,679 for City Plaza, $6,554,336 for First Financial and $3,774,393 for the Technicolor Building. There are no abatements associated with the leases in place as of March 31, 2010 at the Del Amo Office, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties. Total annualized base rent, net of abatements, for our office properties is $21,067,081. Annualized base rent data for our office properties is as of March 31, 2010 and does not reflect scheduled lease expirations for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011. Calculating total office properties annualized base rent to reflect the impact of scheduled lease expirations for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 (by including in annualized base rent, for leases with a term of less than one year, only amounts through the expiration of the lease) would reduce total office properties annualized base rent by $660,251 to $22,837,627. For lease expiration data, see “Business and Properties—Lease Expirations of Office

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

Portfolio.” Annual base rent for media and entertainment properties reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements. Our leases at our City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. The leases at our Technicolor, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, such as real estate taxes, insurance, common area and other operating expenses, and annualized base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for these properties is $5,231,052 for the Technicolor Building, $2,346,562 for Tierrasanta and $1,181,699 for 875 Howard Street. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent is $10,818,963 for Sunset Gower and $10,380,340 for Sunset Bronson.

(4) Annualized base rent per leased square foot for the office properties is calculated as (i) annualized base rent divided by (ii) square footage under lease as of March 31, 2010. Annualized base rent, net of abatements, per leased square foot is $18.30 for City Plaza, $32.94 for First Financial and $32.83 for the Technicolor Building. There are no abatements associated with the leases in place as of March 31, 2010 at the Del Amo Office, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties. Total annualized base rent per leased square foot, net of abatements, for our office properties is $22.66. Annual base rent per leased square foot for the media and entertainment properties is calculated as (i) actual base rent for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by (ii) average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot is $45.50 for the Technicolor Building, $23.25 for Tierrasanta and $12.50 for 875 Howard Street, and the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot is $30.12 for Sunset Gower and $48.36 for Sunset Bronson.
(5) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of March 31, 2010, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of March 31, 2010. Our leases at our City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized net effective base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. The leases at our Technicolor, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, and annualized net effective base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for these properties is $50.22 for the Technicolor Building, $24.17 for Tierrasanta and $12.50 for 875 Howard Street.
(6) Does not include 3,531 square feet that will be leased to our subsidiary for property management offices.
(7) Our acquisition of this property is subject to closing conditions that may not be in our control. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.” This property is subject to a ground sublease that expires June 30, 2049.
(8) 875 Howard Street consists of two buildings, a retail building of approximately 95,000 square feet that is 100% leased and an office building of approximately 191,000 square feet that underwent redevelopment, which was completed on April 1, 2010. As of March 31, 2010, we had entered into two leases with respect to our 875 Howard Street property that had not commenced as of March 31, 2010. The following table sets forth certain data with respect to the uncommenced leases.

 

      Uncommenced Leases

Property

  Leased Square
Feet Under
Uncommenced
Leases (a)
  Annualized Base Rent,
Net of Abatements,
Under Uncommenced
Leases (b)
  Annualized
Base Rent,

Net  of Abatements,
Per Leased
Square Foot Under
Uncommenced
Leases (c)
  Annualized
Net Effective Base
Rent Per Leased
Square Foot Under
Uncommenced
Leases (d)

875 Howard Street

  76,872   $ 871,617   $ 11.34   $ 30.89

 

  (a) One of the uncommenced leases, which commenced on April 1, 2010, is a seven-year lease expiring on March 31, 2017 and affords the tenant a complete abatement of rent for the first year of the lease term. The other uncommenced lease, which commences on December 14, 2010, is a ten-year lease expiring on December 14, 2020, and contains no rent abatements. See “Business and Properties—Uncommenced Leases.”
  (b) Annualized base rent, net of abatements, under uncommenced leases is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (net of abatements)) for the first full month under the respective uncommenced leases, by (ii) 12. Total abatements under uncommenced leases entered into as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $998,730. Annualized base rent under uncommenced leases, before abatements, is $1,870,347.
  (c) Annualized base rent, net of abatements, per leased square foot under uncommenced leases is calculated as (i) annualized base rent, net of abatements, under uncommenced leases, divided by (ii) leased square feet under uncommenced leases. Annualized base rent under uncommenced leases, before abatements, per leased square foot is $24.33.
  (d) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot under uncommenced leases represents (i) annualized base rent under uncommenced leases calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) leased square feet under uncommenced leases.
(9) After giving effect to uncommenced leases signed as of March 31, 2010, the total percent leased for office properties would have been 85.7% as of March 31, 2010.
(10) Approximately 0.59 acres of this property is subject to a ground lease that expires March 31, 2060; the remaining portion is owned in fee.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Structure and Formation of Our Company

Our Operating Entities

Our Operating Partnership

Following the completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our operating partnership will, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, hold substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our operations. We will contribute the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership in exchange for common units. As the sole general partner of our operating partnership, we will generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct its business, subject to limited approval and voting rights of the limited partners described more fully under “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

Our Services Company

As part of the formation transactions, we formed Hudson Pacific Services, Inc., a Maryland corporation that is wholly owned by our operating partnership and that we refer to as our services company. We will elect with our services company to treat it as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes. Our services company generally may provide non-customary and other services to our tenants and engage in activities that we may not engage in directly without adversely affecting our qualification as a REIT.

Formation Transactions

Each property that will be owned by us, directly by our operating partnership or indirectly by one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, upon the completion of this offering is currently owned by a partnership or limited liability company, or property entity, in which Hudson Capital, LLC, the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and/or other third parties own a direct or indirect interest. Pursuant to the formation transactions described below, the following have occurred or will occur concurrently with or prior to the completion of this offering. All monetary, share and unit amounts are based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

 

   

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. was formed as a Maryland corporation on November 9, 2009. We intend to elect to be taxed and to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010.

 

   

Our operating partnership was formed as a Maryland limited partnership on January 15, 2010.

 

   

Our services company was formed as a Maryland corporation on February 12, 2010. We will elect with our services company to treat it as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes.

 

   

We will sell 12,800,000 shares of our common stock in this offering and 1,920,000 additional shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, and we will contribute the net proceeds from this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

Pursuant to separate contribution agreements, each dated as of February 15, 2010, our operating partnership will, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, acquire a 100% ownership interest in the entities that own all of our initial properties (other than the Del Amo Office property) in exchange for an aggregate of 5,818,625 shares of our common stock, 2,785,141 common units, 499,010 series A preferred units and $7.2 million in cash, as set forth in greater detail below:

 

   

Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern will contribute to our operating partnership their entire interests in Hudson Capital, LLC in exchange for (i) common units with a value of $9.0 million and (ii) an additional 90,568 common units. Hudson Capital, LLC owns (i) an approximate 1.6% interest in the property entity that owns the Sunset Gower property and the Technicolor Building, (ii) an approximate 1.0% interest in the property entity that owns the Sunset Bronson property, and (iii) an approximate 0.9% interest in the property entity that owns the City Plaza property, and is the entity through which our predecessor carried on the property management business that we will continue after the consummation of this offering.

 

   

In exchange for their contribution to our operating partnership of the property entities that own 100% of the First Financial and Tierrasanta properties, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its limited partners will receive 499,010 series A preferred units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership, or series A preferred units, with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million, common units with an aggregate value of approximately $3.0 million and approximately $7.2 million in cash. In connection with this contribution, our operating partnership will make up to approximately $55.1 million (and, under certain circumstances, up to approximately $70.0 million) of debt available for guarantee by the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership or certain of its owners, which may assist the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership or such owners in deferring taxes in connection with the formation transactions. In addition, pursuant to a tax protection agreement, we have agreed to make certain tax indemnity payments if we dispose of any interest with respect to such properties in a taxable transaction during the period from the closing of the offering through certain specified dates ranging from 2017 to 2027.

 

   

In exchange for the contribution to our operating partnership of (i) their approximate 98.4% interest in the property entity that owns the Sunset Gower property and the Technicolor Building, (ii) their approximate 99.0% interest in the property entity that owns the Sunset Bronson property, (iii) their approximate 99.1% interest in the property entity that owns the City Plaza property and (iv) their approximate 94.0% interest in the property entity that owns the 875 Howard Street property, the Farallon Funds, as nominees of the contributors, will receive 5,795,930 shares of our common stock and 2,020,460 common units, with an aggregate value of $140.7 million. Affiliates of the Farallon Funds also will contribute approximately $14.8 million in cash (subject to adjustments based on credits to such affiliates for payments made prior to closing) for prepaid rents, outstanding tenant improvement costs and outstanding infrastructure costs. Prior to the consummation of this offering, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash relating to the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property will be distributed to their owners, including the Farallon Funds.

 

   

In exchange for the contribution to our operating partnership of their interests in the entity that owns the 875 Howard Street property, the Farallon Funds, as the nominees of the third party that owns the remaining interests in such entity, will receive common stock and common units with a value of approximately $0.5 million.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
   

The current management team of Hudson Capital, LLC will become our executive management team, and the current employees of Hudson Capital, LLC will become our employees.

 

   

Our operating partnership will use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to repay (i) in full $115.0 million of mortgage indebtedness secured by the Sunset Gower and Technicolor Building properties and (ii) in full approximately $42.2 million of the mortgage indebtedness secured by the 875 Howard Street property. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

   

Each of the contributors in our formation transactions has entered into a contribution agreement, and each other recipient of cash or equity consideration has entered into a representation, warranty and indemnity agreement. These agreements provide for limited representations and warranties by the respective contributors or their nominees regarding the entities and assets being contributed in the formation transactions, and entitle us and our operating partnership to indemnification for breaches of those representations and warranties on a several but not joint basis by each contributor or its nominee, subject to a deductible of 1% of the aggregate total consideration received by them under their respective contribution agreement, and up to a maximum of 10% of their aggregate total consideration under their respective contribution agreement.

In addition, following completion of this offering, our operating partnership or a subsidiary of our operating partnership will acquire, directly or indirectly through a wholly owned subsidiary, a 100% ownership interest in the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements for $27.5 million (before closing costs and prorations) in cash. The Farallon Funds will receive $4.3 million (before prorations) of this cash in their capacity as indirect owners of the limited partners of the entity that owns the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements.

The acquisition of the Del Amo Office property is subject to conditions that could prevent or delay our acquisition of the property. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.”

Concurrent Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, Mr. Coleman and the Farallon Funds will purchase $20.0 million in shares of common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

Benefits of the Formation Transactions and Concurrent Private Placement to Related Parties

In connection with this offering, the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement, the Farallon Funds and certain of our executive officers and directors will receive material benefits, including the following. Amounts below are based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

Victor J. Coleman

 

   

Mr. Coleman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will purchase $2.0 million in shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement at a price equal to the initial public offering price.

 

   

In exchange for the contribution of his interest in Hudson Capital, LLC (in which he holds a 65% ownership interest), Mr. Coleman will receive (i) common units with a value of approximately $5.8 million and (ii) an additional 58,869 common units. In addition, Mr. Coleman will receive a

 

 

11


Table of Contents
 

restricted stock grant consisting of a number of shares determined by dividing $2.0 million by our initial public offering price. As a result, including the shares of common stock purchased by him in the concurrent private placement, Mr. Coleman will own an approximate 2.6% interest in our company on a fully diluted basis, or an approximate 2.4% on a fully diluted basis if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full.

 

   

In connection with Mr. Coleman’s contribution, our operating partnership is obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to make up to $3.0 million of indebtedness of our operating partnership (or a subsidiary thereof) available to Mr. Coleman and Mr. Stern together for guarantee, which may allow Mr. Coleman to defer the recognition of gain in connection with the formation transactions.

Howard S. Stern

 

   

In exchange for the contribution of his interest in Hudson Capital, LLC (in which he holds a 35% ownership interest), Mr. Stern, our President and one of our directors, will receive (i) common units with a value of approximately $3.2 million and (ii) an additional 31,699 common units. In addition, Mr. Stern will receive a restricted stock grant consisting of a number of shares determined by dividing $910,000 by our initial public offering price. As a result, Mr. Stern will own an approximate 1.1% interest in our company on a fully diluted basis, or an approximate 1.0% on a fully diluted basis if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full.

 

   

In connection with his contribution, our operating partnership is obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to make up to $3.0 million of indebtedness of our operating partnership (or a subsidiary thereof) available to Mr. Stern and Mr. Coleman together for guarantee, which may allow Mr. Stern to defer the recognition of gain in connection with the formation transactions.

Richard B. Fried and The Farallon Funds

 

   

Richard B. Fried, a Managing Member and co-head of the real estate group at Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., will serve as one of our directors.

 

   

The Farallon Funds will purchase $18.0 million in shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement at a price equal to the initial public offering price.

 

   

In exchange for the contribution by affiliates of the Farallon Funds of their interests in the property entities that own each of the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property, the City Plaza property and the 875 Howard Street property and the contribution of approximately $14.8 million in cash (subject to adjustments based on credits to such affiliates for payments made prior to closing) for prepaid rents, outstanding tenant improvement costs and outstanding infrastructure costs, the Farallon Funds will receive (i) 5,795,930 shares of our common stock and (ii) 2,020,460 common units. The Farallon Funds, as nominees of the third party that owns the remaining interests in the 875 Howard Street property, will also receive common stock and common units with a value of approximately $0.5 million. As a result, including the shares of common stock purchased by the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement, the Farallon Funds will own an approximate 37.7% interest in our company on a fully diluted basis, or an approximate 34.8% on a fully diluted basis if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. Prior to the consummation of this offering, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash relating to the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property will be distributed to their owners, including the Farallon Funds.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
   

In connection with our acquisition of a 100% ownership interest in the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements, the Farallon Funds will receive $4.3 million (before prorations) in cash in their capacity as indirect owners of the limited partners of the entity that owns the Del Amo Office property subleasehold interest and improvements.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers that will become effective as of the closing of this offering, which provide for salary, bonus and other benefits, including awards of restricted stock upon closing of this offering, accelerated equity vesting upon a change in control and severance upon a termination of employment under certain circumstances. The material terms of the agreements with our named executive officers are described under “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table” and “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Indemnification Agreements

We also expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers at the closing of this offering, providing for procedures for indemnification by us to the fullest extent permitted by law and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us or, at our request, service to other entities, as officers or directors.

Registration Rights Agreement

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the various persons receiving shares of our common stock and/or common units in the formation transactions or the concurrent private placement, including the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of our executive officers. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 14 months after the date of this offering, we will file one or more registration statements covering the resale of the shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement, and the resale of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable, at our option, in exchange for common units issued in the formation transactions. We may, at our option, satisfy our obligation to prepare and file a resale registration statement by filing a registration statement registering the issuance by us of shares of our common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, to the holders of units upon redemption of such units and, to the extent such shares constitute restricted securities, their resale. Commencing on the date that is 180 days following completion of this offering, the Farallon Funds have the right, on one occasion, to require us to register shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement for resale in an underwritten offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act; provided, such registration shall be limited to a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds and their affiliates in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement. Commencing upon our filing of a resale registration statement not later than 14 months after the date of this offering, under certain circumstances, we are also required to undertake an underwritten offering upon the written request of holders of at least 10% in the aggregate of the securities originally issued in the formation transactions, provided that we are not obligated to effect more than two such underwritten offerings in addition to the demand registration. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Consequences of this Offering, the Concurrent Private Placement and the Formation Transactions

The completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement and formation transactions will have the following consequences. All amounts are based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

 

   

Through our interest in our operating partnership and its wholly owned subsidiaries, we will indirectly own a fee simple or ground subleasehold interest in and operate all of the properties in our initial portfolio.

 

   

We will indirectly own our services company through our operating partnership, which will own 100% of its common stock.

 

   

We will be the sole general partner of our operating partnership and will own 87.8% of the outstanding common units therein.

 

   

Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will own 64.0% of our outstanding common stock, or 54.6% on a fully diluted basis, assuming the exchange of all outstanding common and series A preferred units for shares of our common stock.

 

   

The continuing investors, including Messrs. Coleman and Stern, the Farallon Funds and the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, that elected to receive common stock and/or common or series A preferred units in the formation transactions and/or purchased shares in the concurrent private placement will own 35.5% of our outstanding common stock, or 45.0% on a fully diluted basis, assuming the exchange of all common and series A preferred units for shares of our common stock. If the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, the continuing investors, including Messrs. Coleman and Stern, the Farallon Funds and the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, will own 32.4% of our outstanding common stock, or 41.6% on a fully diluted basis.

 

   

We expect to have total consolidated indebtedness of approximately $94.3 million.

 

   

Each common unit owned by us and the limited partners in our operating partnership is intended to have economic rights that are substantially identical to one share of our common stock. The series A preferred units will be entitled to preferential distributions at a rate of 6.25% per annum on the liquidation preference of $25.00 per unit and will be convertible at the option of the holder into common units or redeemable into cash or, at our option, exchangeable for registered shares of common stock, in each case after an initial holding period of not less than three years from the consummation of this offering. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units” for a description of the conversion and redemption rights of series A preferred units.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

The following diagram depicts our expected ownership structure and the expected ownership structure of our operating partnership upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option). All monetary, share and unit amounts and percentages are based on the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

LOGO

 

(1) Reflects shares of our common stock acquired by the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement and formation transactions.
(2) Reflects shares of our common stock acquired by Victor J. Coleman in the concurrent private placement and shares of restricted stock to be granted to Victor J. Coleman, other members of management and directors concurrently with the completion of this offering.
(3) Reflects approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units that may be converted into common units commencing three years after the consummation of this offering.
(4) Our acquisition of this property is subject to closing conditions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.”

Restrictions on Transfer

Under the partnership agreement, unitholders do not have redemption or exchange rights, except under limited circumstances, for a period of 14 months (or three years in the case of series A preferred units), and may not otherwise transfer their units, except under certain limited circumstances, for a period of 14 months from the completion of this offering. After the expiration of this 14-month period, transfers of units by limited partners

 

 

15


Table of Contents

and their assignees are subject to various conditions, including our right of first refusal, described under “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Transfers and Withdrawals.” In addition, each of our contributors, senior officers and directors has agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer or encumber any shares of our common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into our common stock (including common units) owned by them at the completion of this offering or thereafter acquired by them for a period of 180 days after the completion of this offering (or, in the case of the Farallon Funds, 365 days; provided , that, commencing on the date that is 180 days after the consummation of this offering, the Farallon Funds may (i) sell shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement pursuant to a demand registration statement or (ii) distribute such amount of shares to their limited partners, members or stockholders) without the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

Restrictions on Ownership of Our Stock

Due to limitations on the concentration of ownership of REIT stock imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our charter generally prohibits any person from actually, beneficially or constructively owning more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our common stock or more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. We refer to these restrictions as the “ownership limits.” Our charter permits our board of directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, to exempt a person, prospectively or retroactively, from one or both of the ownership limits if, among other limitations, the person’s ownership of our stock in excess of the ownership limits could not cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors will grant to certain Farallon Funds and certain of their affiliates, which we refer to collectively as the Farallon excepted holders, an exemption from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations, as described under “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Distribution Policy

We intend to pay cash dividends to holders of our common stock. We intend to pay a pro rata distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending June 30, 2010, based on $0.095 per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $0.38 per share, or an annual distribution rate of approximately 2.1%, based on the initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12-month period following completion of this offering unless actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in our estimate. We intend to make distributions that will enable us to meet the distribution requirements applicable to REITs and to eliminate or minimize our obligation to pay income and excise taxes. Distributions declared by us will be authorized by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for such and will depend upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law and the requirements for our qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. We do not intend to reduce the expected distribution per share if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised.

Our Tax Status

We intend to elect to be taxed and to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that our organization and proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT. To maintain REIT status, we must meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that we annually distribute at least 90% of our taxable income to our

 

 

16


Table of Contents

stockholders. As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income we currently distribute to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to some federal, state and local taxes on our income or property. In addition, the income of any taxable REIT subsidiary that we own will be subject to taxation at regular corporate rates. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025. Our telephone number is 310-445-5700. Our Web site address is www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. The information on, or otherwise accessible through, our Web site does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

12,800,000 shares (plus up to an additional 1,920,000 shares of our common stock that we may issue and sell upon the exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full).

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

19,985,292 shares (1)

 

Common stock and common units to be outstanding after this offering

22,770,433 shares and common units (1) (2)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated expenses, will be approximately $202.4 million ($234.5 million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full). The net proceeds we will receive in the concurrent private placement of our common stock will be $20.0 million. We will contribute the net proceeds of the concurrent private placement and this offering to our operating partnership. Our operating partnership intends to use the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement as follows:

 

   

$115.0 million to repay in full that certain mortgage indebtedness secured by our Sunset Gower and Technicolor Building properties;

 

   

approximately $42.2 million to repay in full that certain mortgage indebtedness secured by our 875 Howard Street property;

 

   

approximately $7.2 million to acquire interests in the First Financial and Tierrasanta properties;

 

   

approximately $27.5 million to acquire the Del Amo Office property;

 

   

up to $11.0 million (determined as of June 9, 2010) to fund the build-out and lease-up of the 875 Howard Street property; and

 

   

the remaining approximately $19.6 million for general working capital purposes, including funding future acquisitions, capital expenditures, tenant improvements, leasing commissions and, potentially, paying distributions.

 

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 and other information included in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

New York Stock Exchange symbol

“HPP”

  

 

(1) Includes (a) 1,111,111 shares of our common stock to be issued to Victor J. Coleman and the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement, (b) 222,226 shares of restricted stock to be granted to our executive officers and certain other employees concurrently with the completion of this offering, and (c) 33,330 shares of restricted stock to be granted to our non-employee directors concurrently with the completion of this offering. Excludes (i)  1,920,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full, (ii) shares of common stock issuable upon exchange of our series A preferred units expected to be issued in the formation transactions, with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million, which are convertible or redeemable after the third anniversary of this offering, and (iii)  1,394,445 shares of our common stock available for issuance in the future under our equity incentive plan.
(2) Includes 2,785,141 common units expected to be issued to limited partners in the formation transactions, which units may, subject to certain limitations, be redeemed for cash or, at our option, exchanged for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Summary Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth summary selected financial and operating data on (i) a pro forma basis for our company and (ii) a combined historical basis for the “Hudson Pacific Predecessor.” The Hudson Pacific Predecessor is comprised of the real estate activity and holdings of the entities that own the following properties being contributed to us in the formation transactions: Sunset Gower; the Technicolor Building; Sunset Bronson; and City Plaza. We have not presented historical information for Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of 100 shares of common stock to Victor J. Coleman in connection with our initial capitalization and because we believe that a discussion of the results of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. would not be meaningful.

You should read the following summary selected financial data in conjunction with our combined historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical combined balance sheet information as of March 31, 2010 of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor and the combined statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor have been derived from the historical unaudited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the historical financial statements for such periods. The historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor and the combined statements of operations information for each of the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor have been derived from the historical audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our unaudited summary selected pro forma consolidated financial statements and operating information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 assumes completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions as of the beginning of the periods presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date and for the periods indicated, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

The Company (Pro Forma) and the Hudson Pacific Predecessor (Historical)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
    Historical Combined     Pro Forma
Consolidated
    Historical Combined  
    2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                    
   

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

             

REVENUES

             

Rental

  $ 10,961      $ 7,891      $ 7,382      $ 41,392      $ 28,970      $ 25,866      $ 4,215   

Tenant recoveries

    814        579        674        3,994        2,870        2,293        58   

Other property related revenue

    1,972        1,653        1,901        8,662        7,419        7,296        2,683   

Other

    19        19        25        78        78        133        7   
                                                       

Total revenues

    13,766        10,142        9,982        54,126        39,337        35,588        6,963   

OPERATING EXPENSES

             

Property operating expenses

    5,163        3,995        4,262        22,786        17,691        15,651        2,710   

Other property related expense

    591        528        401        1,647        1,397        1,689        1,337   

General and administrative

    1,935        290        302        7,231        1,049        1,023        363   

Management fees

    30        251        305        120        1,169        1,073        255   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,748        2,498        2,449        15,650        9,980        6,599        741   
                                                       

Total operating expenses

    11,467        7,562        7,719        47,434        31,286        26,035        5,406   
                                                       

Income from operations

    2,299        2,580        2,263        6,692        8,051        9,553        1,557   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

             

Interest expense

    2,024        2,052        2,097        8,190        8,352        10,244        3,860   

Interest income

    (3     (3     (3     (17     (17     (45     (43

Unrealized loss (gain) on interest rate collar

    (207     (207     (18     (410     (410     835        —     

Loss on sale of lot

    —          —          —          —          —          208        —     

Other

    —          —          90        95        95        21        —     
                                                       

Total other expense (income)

    1,814        1,842        2,166        7,858        8,020        11,263        3,817   
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 485      $ 738      $ 97      $ (1,166   $ 31      $ (1,710   $ (2,260
                                           

Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interest

    (195     —          —        $ (780     —          —          —     

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

    (24     —          —          (97     —          —          —     

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to common non-controlling partnership interest

    (33     —          —          253        —          —          —     
                         

Income (loss) attributable to the company

  $ 233        —          —        $ (1,790     —          —          —     
                                                       

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

             

Investment in real estate, net

  $ 508,158      $ 352,727        —          —        $ 353,505      $ 353,024        —     

Total assets

    610,480        386,554        —          —          384,615        386,702        —     

Notes payable

    93,740        152,000        —          —          152,000        152,000        —     

Total liabilities

    127,359        169,904        —          —          169,686        177,305        —     

Preferred non-controlling partnership interest

    12,475        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Non-controlling partnership interest

    74,668        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Members’/stockholders’ equity

    395,978        216,650        —          —          214,929        209,397        —     

Total equity

    470,646        216,650        —          —          214,929        209,397        —     

Per Share Data:

             

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.01        —          —        $ (0.09     —          —          —     

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    19,730        —          —          19,730        —          —          —     

Other Data:

             

Pro forma funds from operations (1)

  $ 4,014        —          —        $ 13,607        —          —          —     

Pro forma diluted funds from operations per share

  $ 0.18        —          —        $ 0.60        —          —          —     

Cash flows from:

             

Operating activities

    —        $ 1,927      $ 1,690        —        $ (88   $ 19,832      $ (4,910

Investing activities

    —          (654     (1,932     —          (7,537     (178,424     (192,321

Financing activities

    —          983        2,609        —          4,926        163,451        197,327   

 

 

20


Table of Contents

 

(1) We calculate funds from operations before non-controlling interest, or FFO, in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. FFO is defined by NAREIT as net income (loss) (computed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, plus depreciation and amortization of real estate assets (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs), and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. FFO is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. Management uses FFO as a supplemental performance measure because, in excluding real estate related depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs. However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. Other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, therefore, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs’ FFO. Accordingly, FFO should not be considered as an alternative to net income available to common stockholders (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of our financial performance. FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, nor is it necessarily indicative of sufficient cash flow to fund all of our cash needs, including our ability to service indebtedness or make distributions. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented:

 

     Pro Forma  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
     (In thousands)     (In thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 485      $ (1,166

Adjustments:

    

Distribution to preferred non-controlling partnership interest

     (195     (780

Distribution to restricted shares

     (24     (97

Real estate depreciation and amortization

     3,748        15,650   
                

Funds from operations before non-controlling interest

   $ 4,014      $ 13,607   
                

 

 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves risks. In addition to other information contained in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors before acquiring shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to our stockholders, which could cause you to lose all or a part of your investment in our common stock. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business

All of our properties are located in California, and we are dependent on the California economy and are susceptible to adverse local regulations and natural disasters affecting California.

All of our properties are located in California, which exposes us to greater economic risks than if we owned a more geographically dispersed portfolio. Further, our properties are concentrated in certain submarkets, exposing us to risks associated with those specific areas. We are susceptible to adverse developments in the California economic and regulatory environment (such as business layoffs or downsizing, industry slowdowns, relocations of businesses, increases in real estate and other taxes, costs of complying with governmental regulations or increased regulation), as well as to natural disasters that occur in our markets (such as earthquakes and other events). For example, prior to the acquisition of our City Plaza property located in Orange County, California, the area was impacted significantly by the collapse of the subprime mortgage market, which had a material adverse effect on property values, vacancy rates and rents in the area. Had we owned City Plaza at that time, we would have been exposed to those adverse effects, which were more pronounced in Orange County than in other parts of the state and country. We anticipate that we will be exposed to similar risks related to the geographic concentration of our properties in the future. In addition, the State of California continues to suffer from severe budgetary constraints and is regarded as more litigious and more highly regulated and taxed than many other states, all of which may reduce demand for office space in California. Any adverse developments in the economy or real estate market in California, or any decrease in demand for office space resulting from the California regulatory or business environment, could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and the per share trading price of our common stock. We cannot assure you of the growth of the California economy or of our future growth rate.

We derive a significant portion of our rental revenue rent from tenants in the media and entertainment industry, which makes us particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in that industry.

The Sunset Gower, Sunset Bronson and Technicolor Building properties in our initial portfolio are leased to media and entertainment tenants and a significant portion of our rental revenue is derived from tenants in the media and entertainment industry. Consequently, we are susceptible to adverse developments affecting the demand by media and entertainment tenants for office, production, and support space in Southern California and, more specifically, in Hollywood, such as writer, director and actor strikes, industry slowdowns and the relocation of media and entertainment businesses to other locations. Although our Technicolor Building property is principally occupied and suitable for general office purposes, it may require modifications prior to or at the commencement of a lease term if it were to be released to more traditional office users. Although our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties contain both sound stages and space suitable for office use, they have historically served the entertainment and media industry and will continue to depend on that sector for future tenancy. In addition, our media and entertainment properties tend to be subject to short-term leases of less than one year. As a result, were there to be adverse developments affecting the demand by media and entertainment tenants for office, production, and support space, it could affect the occupancy of our media and entertainment properties more quickly than if we had longer term leases. Any adverse development in the media and entertainment industry could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and the per share trading price of our common stock.

 

22


Table of Contents

The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.

We have entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the Del Amo Office property and its related ground sublease from the current ground tenant. The acquisition is subject to closing conditions, including consent to the assignment of the ground sublease, which could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property. If we are unable to complete the acquisition of the Del Amo Office property or experience significant delays in executing the acquisition of the property, our revenues will not include the approximately $3.1 million of annualized base rent from this property. In addition, we will have no specific designated use for the net proceeds from this offering allocated to the purchase of the property and investors will be unable to evaluate in advance the manner in which we will invest, or the economic merits of the properties we may ultimately acquire with, such proceeds.

The ground sublease for the Del Amo Office property is subject and subordinate to a ground lease, the termination of which could result in a termination of the ground sublease.

The property on which the Del Amo Office building is located is subleased by Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, or Del Amo, through a long-term ground sublease. The ground sublease is subject and subordinate to the terms of a ground lease between the fee owner of the Del Amo Office property and the sub-landlord under the ground sublease. The fee owner has not granted to the subtenant under the ground sublease any rights of non-disturbance. Accordingly, a termination of the ground lease for any reason, including a rejection thereof by the ground tenant under the ground lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, could result in a termination of the ground sublease. In the event of a termination of the ground sublease, the Company may lose its interest in the Del Amo Office building and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from the Del Amo Office building. In addition, the failure of the Company to have any non-disturbance rights from the fee owner may impair the Company’s ability to obtain financing for the Del Amo Office building.

The Del Amo Office property is not currently located on its own tax parcel, which could result in a tax lien and/or foreclosure of the Del Amo Office property.

The Del Amo Office property is not currently located on its own tax parcel. While we intend to file all necessary documents with the applicable governmental authorities to segregate the real estate tax liability for the Del Amo Office property from the real estate tax liability for the larger tax parcel of which it is a part, if we are unable to segregate such real estate tax liability for the Del Amo Office property from the larger tax parcel, then the failure of the ground tenant under the ground lease or the fee owner to pay real property taxes on the larger tract could result in a tax lien and/or foreclosure of the Del Amo Office property. In the event of a foreclosure of the Del Amo Office property, the Company may lose its interest in the Del Amo Office building and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from the Del Amo Office building. In addition, the failure of the Del Amo Office property to be a separate tax parcel may impair the Company’s ability to obtain financing for the Del Amo Office building.

We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of properties that meet our criteria, which may impede our growth.

Our business strategy involves the acquisition of underperforming office properties. These activities require us to identify suitable acquisition candidates or investment opportunities that meet our criteria and are compatible with our growth strategies. We continue to evaluate the market of available properties and may attempt to acquire properties when strategic opportunities exist. However, we may be unable to acquire any of the properties identified as potential acquisition opportunities under “Business and Properties—Acquisition Pipeline” and elsewhere in this prospectus, or that we may identify in the future. Our ability to acquire properties on favorable terms, or at all, may be exposed to the following significant risks:

 

   

potential inability to acquire a desired property because of competition from other real estate investors with significant capital, including publicly traded REITs, private equity investors and

 

23


Table of Contents
 

institutional investment funds, which may be able to accept more risk than we can prudently manage, including risks with respect to the geographic proximity of investments and the payment of higher acquisition prices;

 

   

we may incur significant costs and divert management attention in connection with evaluating and negotiating potential acquisitions, including ones that we are subsequently unable to complete;

 

   

even if we enter into agreements for the acquisition of properties, these agreements are subject to customary conditions to closing, including the satisfactory completion of our due diligence investigations; and

 

   

we may be unable to finance the acquisition on favorable terms or at all.

If we are unable to finance property acquisitions or acquire properties on favorable terms, or at all, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, failure to identify or complete acquisitions of suitable properties could slow our growth.

Our future acquisitions may not yield the returns we expect.

Our future acquisitions and our ability to successfully operate the properties we acquire in such acquisitions may be exposed to the following significant risks:

 

   

even if we are able to acquire a desired property, competition from other potential acquirers may significantly increase the purchase price;

 

   

we may acquire properties that are not accretive to our results upon acquisition, and we may not successfully manage and lease those properties to meet our expectations;

 

   

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments;

 

   

we may spend more than budgeted amounts to make necessary improvements or renovations to acquired properties;

 

   

we may be unable to quickly and efficiently integrate new acquisitions, particularly acquisitions of portfolios of properties, into our existing operations, and as a result our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected;

 

   

market conditions may result in higher than expected vacancy rates and lower than expected rental rates; and

 

   

we may acquire properties subject to liabilities and without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, with respect to unknown liabilities such as liabilities for clean-up of undisclosed environmental contamination, claims by tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with the former owners of the properties, liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the properties.

If we cannot operate acquired properties to meet our financial expectations, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

24


Table of Contents

We may acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions, which could result in stockholder dilution and limit our ability to sell such assets.

In the future we may acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions in exchange for partnership interests in our operating partnership, which may result in stockholder dilution. This acquisition structure may have the effect of, among other things, reducing the amount of tax depreciation we could deduct over the tax life of the acquired properties, and may require that we agree to protect the contributors’ ability to defer recognition of taxable gain through restrictions on our ability to dispose of the acquired properties and/or the allocation of partnership debt to the contributors to maintain their tax bases. These restrictions could limit our ability to sell an asset at a time, or on terms, that would be favorable absent such restrictions.

Our growth depends on external sources of capital that are outside of our control and may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

In order to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required under the Code, among other things, to distribute annually at least 90% of our net taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. In addition, we will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income, including any net capital gains. Because of these distribution requirements, we may not be able to fund future capital needs, including any necessary acquisition financing, from operating cash flow. Consequently, we intend to rely on third-party sources to fund our capital needs. We may not be able to obtain the financing on favorable terms or at all. Any additional debt we incur will increase our leverage and likelihood of default. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends, in part, on:

 

   

general market conditions;

 

   

the market’s perception of our growth potential;

 

   

our current debt levels;

 

   

our current and expected future earnings;

 

   

our cash flow and cash distributions; and

 

   

the market price per share of our common stock.

Recently, the credit markets have been subject to significant disruptions. If we cannot obtain capital from third-party sources, we may not be able to acquire or develop properties when strategic opportunities exist, meet the capital and operating needs of our existing properties, satisfy our debt service obligations or make the cash distributions to our stockholders necessary to maintain our qualification as a REIT.

We expect to have approximately $94.3 million of indebtedness outstanding following this offering, which may expose us to interest rate fluctuations and the risk of default under our debt obligations.

Upon completion of this offering and consummation of the formation transactions, we anticipate that our total consolidated indebtedness will be approximately $94.3 million, of which $37.0 million (or approximately 39.2%) is variable rate debt, and we may incur significant additional debt to finance future acquisition and development activities. Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into a secured credit facility.

Payments of principal and interest on borrowings may leave us with insufficient cash resources to operate our properties or to pay the dividends currently contemplated or necessary to maintain our REIT

 

25


Table of Contents

qualification. Our level of debt and the limitations imposed on us by our debt agreements could have significant adverse consequences, including the following:

 

   

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments;

 

   

we may be unable to borrow additional funds as needed or on favorable terms, which could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to meet operational needs;

 

   

we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or the refinancing terms may be less favorable than the terms of our original indebtedness;

 

   

because a portion of our debt bears interest at variable rates, increases in interest rates could increase our interest expense;

 

   

we may be forced to dispose of one or more of our properties, possibly on unfavorable terms or in violation of certain covenants to which we may be subject;

 

   

we may violate restrictive covenants in our loan documents, which would entitle the lenders to accelerate our debt obligations; and

 

   

our default under any loan with cross default provisions could result in a default on other indebtedness.

If any one of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected. Furthermore, foreclosures could create taxable income without accompanying cash proceeds, which could hinder our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding After this Offering.”

Mortgage debt obligations expose us to the possibility of foreclosure, which could result in the loss of our investment in a property or group of properties subject to mortgage debt.

Incurring mortgage and other secured debt obligations increases our risk of property losses because defaults on indebtedness secured by properties may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the property securing any loans for which we are in default. Any foreclosure on a mortgaged property or group of properties could adversely affect the overall value of our portfolio of properties. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our properties that is subject to a nonrecourse mortgage loan would be treated as a sale of the property for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds.

Our secured credit facility will restrict our ability to engage in some business activities.

We anticipate that our secured credit facility will contain customary negative covenants and other financial and operating covenants that, among other things:

 

   

restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

restrict our ability to make certain investments;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

restrict our ability to merge with another company;

 

   

restrict our ability to make distributions to stockholders; and

 

   

require us to maintain financial coverage ratios.

These limitations will restrict our ability to engage in some business activities, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock. In addition, failure to meet any of these covenants, including the financial coverage ratios, could cause an event of default under and/or accelerate some or all of our indebtedness, which would have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, our secured credit facility may contain specific cross-default provisions with respect to specified other indebtedness, giving the lenders the right to declare a default if we are in default under other loans in some circumstances.

Adverse economic and geopolitical conditions and dislocations in the credit markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

Our business may be affected by market and economic challenges experienced by the U.S. economy or real estate industry as a whole, including the current dislocations in the credit markets and general global economic downturn. These current conditions, or similar conditions existing in the future, may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock as a result of the following potential consequences, among others:

 

   

significant job losses in the financial and professional services industries may occur, which may decrease demand for our office space, causing market rental rates and property values to be negatively impacted;

 

   

our ability to obtain financing on terms and conditions that we find acceptable, or at all, may be limited, which could reduce our ability to pursue acquisition and development opportunities and refinance existing debt, reduce our returns from our acquisition and development activities and increase our future interest expense;

 

   

reduced values of our properties may limit our ability to dispose of assets at attractive prices or to obtain debt financing secured by our properties and may reduce the availability of unsecured loans; and

 

   

one or more lenders under our secured credit facility could refuse to fund their financing commitment to us or could fail and we may not be able to replace the financing commitment of any such lenders on favorable terms, or at all.

In addition, the economic downturn has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the businesses of many of our tenants. As a result, we may see increases in bankruptcies of our tenants and increased defaults by tenants, and we may experience higher vacancy rates and delays in re-leasing vacant space, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes may adversely affect financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

If interest rates increase, then so will the interest costs on our unhedged or partially hedged variable rate debt, which could adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to pay principal and interest on our debt and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Further, rising interest rates could limit our ability to refinance existing debt when it matures. We seek to manage our exposure to interest rate volatility by using interest rate hedging arrangements that involve risk, such as the risk that counterparties may fail to honor their obligations

 

27


Table of Contents

under these arrangements, and that these arrangements may not be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate changes. Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes may materially adversely affect financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock. In addition, while such agreements are intended to lessen the impact of rising interest rates on us, they also expose us to the risk that the other parties to the agreements will not perform, we could incur significant costs associated with the settlement of the agreements, the agreements will be unenforceable and the underlying transactions will fail to qualify as highly-effective cash flow hedges under Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 815, Derivative and Hedging.

We have a limited operating history and may not be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus.

Upon completion of the offering and consummation of the formation transactions, we will own eight properties located throughout California, containing a total of approximately 2.0 million net rentable square feet. Four of the properties have not been under our management. These properties may have characteristics or deficiencies unknown to us that could affect such properties’ valuation or revenue potential. In addition, there can be no assurance that the operating performance of the properties will not decline under our management. We cannot assure you that we will be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus. Furthermore, we can provide no assurance that our senior management team will replicate its success in its previous endeavors, and our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by their previous endeavors.

We have no operating history as a REIT or a publicly traded company and may not be able to successfully operate as a REIT or a publicly traded company.

We have no operating history as a REIT or a publicly traded company. We cannot assure you that the past experience of our senior management team will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a REIT or a publicly traded company, including the requirements to timely meet disclosure requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to develop and implement control systems and procedures in order to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT and satisfy our periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations and comply with New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, listing standards, and this transition could place a significant strain on our management systems, infrastructure and other resources. Failure to operate successfully as a public company or maintain our qualification as a REIT would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock. See “—Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT—Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our common stock.”

We face significant competition, which may decrease or prevent increases of the occupancy and rental rates of our properties.

We compete with numerous developers, owners and operators of office properties, many of which own properties similar to ours in the same submarkets in which our properties are located. If our competitors offer space at rental rates below current market rates, or below the rental rates we currently charge our tenants, we may lose existing or potential tenants and we may be pressured to reduce our rental rates below those we currently charge or to offer more substantial rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below- market renewal options in order to retain tenants when our tenants’ leases expire. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

28


Table of Contents

We depend on significant tenants, and many of our properties are single-tenant properties or are currently occupied by single tenants.

As of March 31, 2010, the 20 largest tenants in our office portfolio represented approximately 79.6% of the total annualized base rent generated by our office properties. The inability of a significant tenant to pay rent or the bankruptcy or insolvency of a significant tenant may adversely affect the income produced by our properties. If a tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent, federal law may prohibit us from evicting such tenant based solely upon such bankruptcy or insolvency. In addition, a bankrupt or insolvent tenant may be authorized to reject and terminate its lease with us. Any claim against such tenant for unpaid, future rent would be subject to a statutory cap that might be substantially less than the remaining rent owed under the lease. For the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, our largest tenant was Technicolor, which accounted for 10.9% of our pro forma consolidated total revenues and therefore represented a significant credit concentration. If Technicolor were to experience a downturn in its business or a weakening of its financial condition resulting in its failure to make timely rental payments or causing it to default under its lease, we may experience delays in enforcing our rights as landlord and may incur substantial costs in protecting our investment. Any such event could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and the per share trading price of our common stock.

Furthermore, Saatchi & Saatchi leases 100% of the Del Amo Office property under the terms of an office lease that permits Saatchi & Saatchi to terminate the lease as to all of the leased premises prior to the stated lease expiration on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case upon nine months prior notice and in exchange for payment of an early termination fee estimated to be approximately $5.0 million for 2011, approximately $3.1 million for 2014 and approximately $1.9 million for 2016. As of March 31, 2010, the Saatchi & Saatchi lease comprised approximately 13.1% of our annualized office base rent. To the extent that Saatchi & Saatchi exercises its early termination right, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow will be adversely affected, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to generate an equivalent amount of net rental revenue by leasing the vacated space to new third party tenants.

Our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected if any of our significant tenants were to become unable to pay their rent or become bankrupt or insolvent.

We may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-let space as leases expire.

As of March 31, 2010, leases representing 3.1% of the square footage of the office properties in our initial portfolio will expire in the remainder of 2010, and an additional 14.3% of the square footage of the office properties in our initial portfolio was available (taking into account uncommenced leases signed as of March 31, 2010). Furthermore, substantially all of the square footage of the media and entertainment properties in our initial portfolio (other than the KTLA lease of the KTLA building) will expire in the remainder of 2010. We cannot assure you that leases will be renewed or that our properties will be re-let at net effective rental rates equal to or above the current average net effective rental rates or that substantial rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options will not be offered to attract new tenants or retain existing tenants. If the rental rates for our properties decrease, our existing tenants do not renew their leases or we do not re-let a significant portion of our available space and space for which leases will expire, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

29


Table of Contents

We may be required to make rent or other concessions and/or significant capital expenditures to improve our properties in order to retain and attract tenants, causing our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock to be adversely affected.

To the extent adverse economic conditions continue in the real estate market and demand for office space remains low, we expect that, upon expiration of leases at our properties, we will be required to make rent or other concessions to tenants, accommodate requests for renovations, build-to-suit remodeling and other improvements or provide additional services to our tenants. As a result, we may have to make significant capital or other expenditures in order to retain tenants whose leases expire and to attract new tenants in sufficient numbers. Additionally, we may need to raise capital to make such expenditures. If we are unable to do so or capital is otherwise unavailable, we may be unable to make the required expenditures. This could result in non-renewals by tenants upon expiration of their leases, which could cause an adverse effect to our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

The actual rents we receive for the properties in our initial portfolio may be less than our asking rents, and we may experience lease roll down from time to time.

As a result of various factors, including competitive pricing pressure in our submarkets, adverse conditions in the Northern or Southern California real estate markets, a general economic downturn, such as the current global economic downturn, and the desirability of our properties compared to other properties in our submarkets, we may be unable to realize the asking rents across the properties in our initial portfolio. In addition, the degree of discrepancy between our asking rents and the actual rents we are able to obtain may vary both from property to property and among different leased spaces within a single property. If we are unable to obtain rental rates that are on average comparable to our asking rents across our initial portfolio, then our ability to generate cash flow growth will be negatively impacted. In addition, depending on asking rental rates at any given time as compared to expiring leases in our initial portfolio, from time to time rental rates for expiring leases may be higher than starting rental rates for new leases.

The value we ascribed to the properties and assets to be acquired by us in the formation transactions may exceed the aggregate fair market value of such properties and assets.

We have not obtained any third-party appraisals of the properties and other assets to be acquired by us from certain of our affiliates and from unaffiliated third parties in connection with this offering or the formation transactions, nor any independent third-party valuations or fairness opinions in connection with the formation transactions. The amount of consideration that we will pay is based on management’s estimate of fair market value, including an analysis of market sales comparables, market capitalization rates for other properties and assets and general market conditions for such properties and assets. In certain instances, the amount of consideration we will pay was not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and management’s estimate of fair market value may exceed the appraised fair market value of these properties and assets.

The value of common units and shares of our common stock we will issue as consideration for the properties and assets to be acquired by us in the formation transactions may exceed the aggregate fair market value of such properties and assets.

The value of the common units and shares of our common stock that we will issue as consideration for the properties and assets that we will acquire will increase or decrease if the per share trading price of our common stock increases or decreases. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined in consultation with the underwriters. Among the factors that will be considered are our record of operations, our management, our estimated net income, our estimated funds from operations, our estimated cash available for distribution, our anticipated dividend yield, our growth prospects, the current market valuations, financial performance and dividend yields of publicly traded companies considered by us and the underwriters to be comparable to us and the current state of the commercial real estate industry and the economy as a whole. The

 

30


Table of Contents

initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to our book value of our properties and assets. As a result, the equity consideration to be given in exchange by us for the contribution of properties and other assets in the formation transactions may exceed the fair market value of these properties and assets.

Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.

Our continued success and our ability to manage anticipated future growth depend, in large part, upon the efforts of key personnel, particularly Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, who have extensive market knowledge and relationships and exercise substantial influence over our operational, financing, acquisition and disposition activity. Among the reasons that they are important to our success is that each has a national or regional industry reputation that attracts business and investment opportunities and assists us in negotiations with lenders, existing and potential tenants and industry personnel. If we lose their services, our relationships with such personnel could diminish.

Many of our other senior executives also have extensive experience and strong reputations in the real estate industry, which aid us in identifying opportunities, having opportunities brought to us, and negotiating with tenants and build-to-suit prospects. The loss of services of one or more members of our senior management team, or our inability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, could adversely affect our business, diminish our investment opportunities and weaken our relationships with lenders, business partners, existing and prospective tenants and industry personnel, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

Potential losses, including from adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and title claims, may not be covered by insurance.

Upon completion of this offering and consummation of the formation transactions, we will carry commercial property (including earthquake), liability and terrorism coverage on all the properties in our initial portfolio under a blanket insurance policy, in addition to other coverages, such as trademark and pollution coverage, that may be appropriate for certain of our properties. We will select policy specifications and insured limits that we believe to be appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice. However, we will not carry insurance for losses such as loss from riots or war because such coverage is not available or is not available at commercially reasonable rates. Some of our policies, like those covering losses due to terrorism or earthquakes, will be insured subject to limitations involving large deductibles or co-payments and policy limits that may not be sufficient to cover losses, which could effect certain of our properties that are located in areas particularly susceptible to natural disasters. All of the properties we currently own are located in California, an area especially subject to earthquakes. While we will carry earthquake insurance on our properties, the amount of our earthquake insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover losses from earthquakes. In addition, we may discontinue earthquake , terrorism or other insurance on some or all of our properties in the future if the cost of premiums for any such policies exceeds, in our judgment, the value of the coverage discounted for the risk of loss. As a result, we may be required to incur significant costs in the event of adverse weather conditions and natural disasters.

If we or one or more of our tenants experiences a loss that is uninsured or that exceeds policy limits, we could lose the capital invested in the damaged properties as well as the anticipated future cash flows from those properties. In addition, if the damaged properties are subject to recourse indebtedness, we would continue to be liable for the indebtedness, even if these properties were irreparably damaged. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable costs in the future as the costs associated with property and casualty renewals may be higher than anticipated.

In the event that we experience a substantial or comprehensive loss of one of our properties, we may not be able to rebuild such property to its existing specifications. Further reconstruction or improvement of such a property would likely require significant upgrades to meet zoning and building code requirements.

 

31


Table of Contents

We may become subject to litigation, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

In the future we may become subject to litigation, including claims relating to our operations, offerings, and otherwise in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against us, some of which are not, or cannot be, insured against. We generally intend to vigorously defend ourselves; however, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in our having to pay significant fines, judgments, or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments, and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact our earnings and cash flows, thereby having an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock. Certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured, and/or adversely impact our ability to attract officers and directors.

Joint venture investments could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on co-venturers’ financial condition and disputes between us and our co-venturers.

We may co-invest in the future with third parties through partnerships, joint ventures or other entities, acquiring non-controlling interests in or sharing responsibility for managing the affairs of a property, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In such event, we would not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the property, partnership, joint venture or other entity. Investments in partnerships, joint ventures or other entities may, under certain circumstances, involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that partners or co-venturers might become bankrupt or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. Partners or co-venturers may have economic or other business interests or goals which are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives, and they may have competing interests in our markets that could create conflict of interest issues. Such investments may also have the potential risk of impasses on decisions, such as a sale, because neither we nor the partner or co-venturer would have full control over the partnership or joint venture. In addition, prior consent of our joint venture partners may be required for a sale or transfer to a third party of our interests in the joint venture, which would restrict our ability to dispose of our interest in the joint venture. If we become a limited partner or non-managing member in any partnership or limited liability company and such entity takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. Disputes between us and partners or co-venturers may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and prevent our officers and/or directors from focusing their time and effort on our business. Consequently, actions by or disputes with partners or co-venturers might result in subjecting properties owned by the partnership or joint venture to additional risk. In addition, we may in certain circumstances be liable for the actions of our third-party partners or co-venturers. Our joint ventures may be subject to debt and, in the current volatile credit market, the refinancing of such debt may require equity capital calls.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of integrated internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of our ongoing monitoring of internal controls we may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls. As a result of weaknesses that may be identified in our internal controls, we may also identify certain deficiencies in some of our disclosure controls and procedures that we believe require remediation. If we discover weaknesses, we will make efforts to improve our internal and disclosure controls. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful. Any failure to maintain effective controls or timely effect any necessary

 

32


Table of Contents

improvement of our internal and disclosure controls could harm operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, which could affect our ability to remain listed with the NYSE. Ineffective internal and disclosure controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the per share trading price of our common stock.

Risks Related to the Real Estate Industry

Our performance and value are subject to risks associated with real estate assets and the real estate industry.

Our ability to pay expected dividends to our stockholders depends on our ability to generate revenues in excess of expenses, scheduled principal payments on debt and capital expenditure requirements. Events and conditions generally applicable to owners and operators of real property that are beyond our control may decrease cash available for distribution and the value of our properties. These events include many of the risks set forth above under “—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business,” as well as the following:

 

   

local oversupply or reduction in demand for office or media and entertainment-related space;

 

   

adverse changes in financial conditions of buyers, sellers and tenants of properties;

 

   

vacancies or our inability to rent space on favorable terms, including possible market pressures to offer tenants rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options, and the need to periodically repair, renovate and re-let space;

 

   

increased operating costs, including insurance premiums, utilities, real estate taxes and state and local taxes;

 

   

civil unrest, acts of war, terrorist attacks and natural disasters, including earthquakes and floods, which may result in uninsured or underinsured losses;

 

   

decreases in the underlying value of our real estate; and

 

   

changing submarket demographics.

In addition, periods of economic downturn or recession, rising interest rates or declining demand for real estate, or the public perception that any of these events may occur, could result in a general decline in rents or an increased incidence of defaults under existing leases, which would adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of our properties and harm our financial condition.

The real estate investments made, and to be made, by us are relatively difficult to sell quickly. As a result, our ability to promptly sell one or more properties in our initial portfolio in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions is limited. Return of capital and realization of gains, if any, from an investment generally will occur upon disposition or refinancing of the underlying property. We may be unable to realize our investment objectives by sale, other disposition or refinancing at attractive prices within any given period of time or may otherwise be unable to complete any exit strategy. In particular, our ability to dispose of one or more properties within a specific time period is subject to certain limitations imposed by our tax protection agreements, as well as weakness in or even the lack of an established market for a property, changes in the financial condition or prospects of prospective purchasers, changes in national or international economic conditions, such as the current economic downturn, and changes in laws, regulations or fiscal policies of jurisdictions in which the property is located.

 

33


Table of Contents

In addition, the Code imposes restrictions on a REIT’s ability to dispose of properties that are not applicable to other types of real estate companies. In particular, the tax laws applicable to REITs effectively require that we hold our properties for investment, rather than primarily for sale in the ordinary course of business, which may cause us to forego or defer sales of properties that otherwise would be in our best interest. Therefore, we may not be able to vary our initial portfolio in response to economic or other conditions promptly or on favorable terms, which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

We could incur significant costs related to government regulation and litigation over environmental matters.

Under various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, as a current or former owner or operator of real property, we may be liable for costs and damages resulting from the presence or discharge of hazardous or toxic substances, waste or petroleum products at, on, in, under or migrating from such property, including costs to investigate, clean up such contamination and liability for harm to natural resources. Such laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. These liabilities could be substantial and the cost of any required remediation, removal, fines or other costs could exceed the value of the property and/or our aggregate assets. In addition, the presence of contamination or the failure to remediate contamination at our properties may expose us to third-party liability for costs of remediation and/or personal or property damage or materially adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or develop our properties or to borrow using the properties as collateral. In addition, environmental laws may create liens on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address such contamination. Moreover, if contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Some of our properties have been or may be impacted by contamination arising from current or prior uses of the property, or adjacent properties, for commercial or industrial purposes. Such contamination may arise from spills of petroleum or hazardous substances or releases from tanks used to store such materials. As a result, we could potentially incur material liability for these issues, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and the per share trading price of our common stock.

Environmental laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of asbestos-containing building materials, or ACBM, and may impose fines and penalties for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability (e.g., liability for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos). Such laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing ACBM (and employers in such buildings) properly manage and maintain the asbestos, adequately notify or train those who may come into contact with asbestos, and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if asbestos would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. Some of our properties contain ACBM and we could be liable for such damages, fines or penalties, as described below in “Business and Properties—Regulation—Environmental Matters.”

In addition, the properties in our initial portfolio also are subject to various federal, state and local environmental and health and safety requirements, such as state and local fire requirements. Moreover, some of our tenants routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations at our properties, which are subject to regulation. Such environmental and health and safety laws and regulations could subject us or our tenants to liability resulting from these activities. Environmental liabilities could affect a tenant’s ability to make rental payments to us. In addition, changes in laws could increase the potential liability for noncompliance. This may result in significant unanticipated expenditures or may otherwise materially and adversely affect our operations, or those of our tenants, which could in turn have an adverse effect on us.

We cannot assure you that costs or liabilities incurred as a result of environmental issues will not affect our ability to make distributions to you or that such costs or other remedial measures will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common

 

34


Table of Contents

stock. If we do incur material environmental liabilities in the future, we may face significant remediation costs, and we may find it difficult to sell any affected properties.

Our properties may contain or develop harmful mold or suffer from other air quality issues, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediation.

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability from our tenants, employees of our tenants or others if property damage or personal injury is alleged to have occurred.

We may incur significant costs complying with various federal, state and local laws, regulations and covenants that are applicable to our properties.

The properties in our initial portfolio are subject to various covenants and federal, state and local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers may restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials or restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials of community standards organizations at any time with respect to our properties, including prior to acquiring a property or when undertaking renovations of any of our existing properties. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to fire and safety, seismic or hazardous material abatement requirements. There can be no assurance that existing laws and regulatory policies will not adversely affect us or the timing or cost of any future acquisitions or renovations, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that increase such delays or result in additional costs. Our growth strategy may be affected by our ability to obtain permits, licenses and zoning relief. Our failure to obtain such permits, licenses and zoning relief or to comply with applicable laws could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

In addition, federal and state laws and regulations, including laws such as the Americans with Disabilities Act, or ADA, impose further restrictions on our properties and operations. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Some of our properties may currently be in non-compliance with the ADA. If one or more of the properties in our initial portfolio is not in compliance with the ADA or any other regulatory requirements, we may be required to incur additional costs to bring the property into compliance and we might incur governmental fines or the award of damages to private litigants. In addition, we do not know whether existing requirements will change or whether future requirements will require us to make significant unanticipated expenditures that will adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

We are exposed to risks associated with property development.

We may engage in development and redevelopment activities with respect to certain of our properties. To the extent that we do so, we will be subject to certain risks, including the availability and pricing of financing on favorable terms or at all; construction and/or lease-up delays; cost overruns, including construction costs that exceed our original estimates; contractor and subcontractor disputes, strikes, labor disputes or supply disruptions; failure to achieve expected occupancy and/or rent levels within the projected time frame, if at all; and delays with

 

35


Table of Contents

respect to obtaining or the inability to obtain necessary zoning, occupancy, land use and other governmental permits, and changes in zoning and land use laws. These risks could result in substantial unanticipated delays or expenses and, under certain circumstances, could prevent completion of development activities once undertaken, any of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, the Farallon Funds will own an approximate 37.7% beneficial interest in our company on a fully diluted basis and will have the ability to exercise significant influence on our company.

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, the Farallon Funds will own an approximate 37.7% beneficial interest in our company on a fully diluted basis. Consequently, the Farallon Funds may be able to significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder action, including the election of our board of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, including business combinations, consolidations and mergers. In addition, one member of our initial board of directors is a managing member of Farallon. As a result, the Farallon Funds have substantial influence on us and could exercise their influence in a manner that conflicts with the interests of other stockholders.

The series A preferred units that will be issued to some contributors in exchange for the contribution of their properties will have certain preferences, which could limit our ability to pay dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock or engage in certain business combinations, recapitalizations or other fundamental changes.

In exchange for the contribution of properties to our initial portfolio pursuant to the formation transactions, some contributors will receive series A preferred units in our operating partnership, which units will have a preference as to distributions and upon liquidation that could limit our ability to pay a dividend or make another distribution to the holders of our common stock. Our series A preferred units are senior to any other class of securities our operating partnership may issue in the future without the consent of the holders of series A preferred units. As a result, we will be unable to issue partnership units in our operating partnership senior to the series A preferred units without the consent of the holders of series A preferred units. Any preferred stock in our company that we issue will be structurally junior to the series A preferred units.

In addition, we may only engage in a fundamental change, including a recapitalization, a merger and a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, as a result of which our common stock ceases to be publicly traded or common units cease to be exchangeable (at our option) for publicly traded shares of our stock, without the consent of holders of series A preferred units if following such transaction we will maintain certain leverage ratios and equity requirements, and pay certain minimum tax distributions to holders of our outstanding series A preferred units. Alternatively, we may redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding series A preferred units for cash (at a price per unit equal to the redemption price). If we choose to redeem the outstanding series A preferred units in connection with a fundamental change, this could reduce the amount of cash available to be paid to holders of our common stock. In addition, these provisions could increase the cost of any such fundamental change transaction, which may discourage a merger, combination or change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

 

36


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest exist or could arise in the future between the interests of our stockholders and the interests of holders of units in our operating partnership, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our stockholders.

Conflicts of interest exist or could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its limited partners under Maryland law and the partnership agreement of our operating partnership in connection with the management of our operating partnership. Our fiduciary duties and obligations as general partner to our operating partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

Additionally, the partnership agreement provides that we and our directors and officers will not be liable or accountable to our operating partnership for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived if we, or such director or officer acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. Moreover, the partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership is required to indemnify us and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of the operating partnership and our designees from and against any and all claims that relate to the operations of our operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of the person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which the indemnified party received an improper personal benefit, in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the indemnified person had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. No reported decision of a Maryland appellate court has interpreted provisions similar to the provisions of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership that modify and reduce our fiduciary duties or obligations as the general partner or reduce or eliminate our liability for money damages to the operating partnership and its partners, and we have not obtained an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability of the provisions set forth in the partnership agreement that purport to modify or reduce the fiduciary duties that would be in effect were it not for the partnership agreement.

We may pursue less vigorous enforcement of terms of the contribution and other agreements with members of our senior management and our affiliates because of our dependence on them and conflicts of interest.

Each of Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and affiliates of the Farallon Funds are parties to contribution agreements with us pursuant to which we have acquired or will acquire interests in our properties and assets. In addition, Messrs. Coleman and Stern are parties to employment agreements with us. We may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with members of our senior management and the Farallon Funds, with possible negative impact on stockholders.

Our charter and bylaws, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership and Maryland law contain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change of control transaction, even if such a change in control may be in your interest, and as a result may depress the market price of our common stock.

Our charter contains certain ownership limits. Our charter contains various provisions that are intended to preserve our qualification as a REIT and, subject to certain exceptions, authorize our directors to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve our qualification as a REIT. For example, our charter prohibits the actual, beneficial or constructive ownership by any person of more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our common stock or more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. Our board of directors, in its sole and

 

37


Table of Contents

absolute discretion, may exempt a person, prospectively or retroactively, from these ownership limits if certain conditions are satisfied. In connection with the formation transactions and this offering, our board of directors will grant to the Farallon excepted holders an exemption from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. See “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” The restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock may:

 

   

discourage a tender offer or other transactions or a change in management or of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests; or

 

   

result in the transfer of shares acquired in excess of the restrictions to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary and, as a result, the forfeiture by the acquirer of the benefits of owning the additional shares.

We could increase the number of authorized shares of stock, classify and reclassify unissued stock and issue stock without stockholder approval. Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has the power under our charter to amend our charter to increase the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we are authorized to issue, to authorize us to issue authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock and set the terms of such newly classified or reclassified shares. See “Description of Stock—Common Stock” and “—Preferred Stock.” As a result, we may issue series or classes of common stock or preferred stock with preferences, dividends, powers and rights, voting or otherwise, that are senior to, or otherwise conflict with, the rights of holders of our common stock. Although our board of directors has no such intention at the present time, it could establish a class or series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control, which may discourage third parties from conducting a tender offer or seeking other change of control transactions that could involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or MGCL, may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change of control under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of shares of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of such shares, including:

 

   

“business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our shares or an affiliate thereof or an affiliate or associate of ours who was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question) for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, and thereafter impose fair price and/or supermajority and stockholder voting requirements on these combinations; and

 

   

“control share” provisions that provide that “control shares” of our company (defined as shares that, when aggregated with other shares controlled by the stockholder, entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and outstanding “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding all interested shares.

 

38


Table of Contents

As permitted by the MGCL, we have elected, by resolution of our board of directors, to exempt from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, any business combination that is first approved by our disinterested directors and, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws, to exempt any acquisition of our stock from the control share provisions of the MGCL. However, our board of directors may by resolution elect to repeal the exemption from the business combination provisions of the MGCL and may by amendment to our bylaws opt in to the control share provisions of the MGCL at any time in the future.

Certain provisions of the MGCL permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement certain corporate governance provisions, some of which (for example, a classified board) are not currently applicable to us. These provisions may have the effect of limiting or precluding a third party from making an unsolicited acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of shares of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then current market price. Our charter contains a provision whereby we elect, at such time as we become eligible to do so, to be subject to the provisions of Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

Certain provisions in the partnership agreement of our operating partnership may delay or prevent unsolicited acquisitions of us. Provisions in the partnership agreement of our operating partnership may delay or make more difficult unsolicited acquisitions of us or changes of our control. These provisions could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions include, among others:

 

   

redemption rights of qualifying parties;

 

   

transfer restrictions on units;

 

   

our ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the operating partnership to issue units with terms that could delay, defer or prevent a merger or other change of control of us or our operating partnership without the consent of the limited partners;

 

   

the right of the limited partners to consent to transfers of the general partnership interest and mergers or other transactions involving us under specified circumstances; and

 

   

restrictions on debt levels and equity requirements required pursuant to our series A preferred units, as well as required distributions to holders of series A preferred units of our operating partnership, following certain changes of control of us.

Our charter, bylaws, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership and Maryland law also contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Removal of Directors,” “—Control Share Acquisitions,” “—Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business” and “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

Our board of directors may change our investment and financing policies without stockholder approval and we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.

Our investment and financing policies are exclusively determined by our board of directors. Accordingly, our stockholders do not control these policies. Further, our organizational documents do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness, funded or otherwise, that we may incur. Our board of directors may alter or eliminate our current policy on borrowing at any time without stockholder approval. If this policy

 

39


Table of Contents

changed, we could become more highly leveraged which could result in an increase in our debt service. Higher leverage also increases the risk of default on our obligations. In addition, a change in our investment policies, including the manner in which we allocate our resources across our portfolio or the types of assets in which we seek to invest, may increase our exposure to interest rate risk, real estate market fluctuations and liquidity risk. Changes to our policies with regards to the foregoing could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited.

Upon completion of this offering, as permitted by Maryland law, our charter will eliminate the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

 

   

actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

 

   

a final judgment based upon a finding of active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was material to the cause of action adjudicated.

In addition, our charter will authorize us to obligate our company, and our bylaws will require us, to indemnify our directors and officers for actions taken by them in those and certain other capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist. Accordingly, in the event that actions taken in good faith by any of our directors or officers impede the performance of our company, your ability to recover damages from such director or officer will be limited.

Tax protection agreements could limit our ability to sell or otherwise dispose of certain properties.

In connection with the formation transactions, we will enter into tax protection agreements with certain third-party contributors that provide that if we dispose of any interest with respect to the First Financial or Tierrasanta properties in a taxable transaction during the period from the closing of the offering through certain specified dates ranging until 2027, we will indemnify the third-party contributors for their tax liabilities attributable to their share of the greater of the built-in gain that exists with respect to such property interest as of the time of this offering and the built-in gain that existed with respect to such property interests when held by the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership (and, in either case, tax liabilities incurred as a result of the reimbursement payment). Certain contributors’ rights under the tax protection agreement with respect to these properties will, however, expire at various times (depending on the rights of such partner) during the period beginning in 2017 and prior to the expiration, in 2027, of the maximum period for indemnification. The First Financial and Tierrasanta properties represented 34.4% of our initial office portfolio’s annualized base rent as of March 31, 2010. We have no present intention to sell or otherwise dispose of the properties or interest therein in taxable transactions during the restriction period. If we were to trigger the tax protection provisions under these agreements, we would be required to pay damages in the amount of the taxes owed by these contributors (plus additional damages in the amount of the taxes incurred as a result of such payment). In addition, although it may otherwise be in our stockholders’ best interest that we sell one of these properties, it may be economically prohibitive for us to do so because of these obligations.

Our tax protection agreements may require our operating partnership to maintain certain debt levels that otherwise would not be required to operate our business.

Our tax protection agreements will provide that during the period from the closing of the offering through certain specified dates ranging from 2017 to 2027, our operating partnership will offer certain holders of units who continue to hold the units received in respect of the formation transactions the opportunity to guarantee debt. If we fail to make such opportunities available, we will be required to indemnify such holders for their tax liabilities resulting from our failure to make such opportunities available to them (and any tax liabilities incurred

 

40


Table of Contents

as a result of the indemnity payment). See “Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of the Formation Transactions and Concurrent Private Placement to Related Parties—Tax Protection Agreement.” We agreed to these provisions in order to assist certain contributors in deferring the recognition of taxable gain as a result of and after the formation transactions. These obligations may require us to maintain more or different indebtedness than we would otherwise require for our business.

We are a holding company with no direct operations and, as such, we will rely on funds received from our operating partnership to pay liabilities, and the interests of our stockholders will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities and obligations of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries.

We are a holding company and will conduct substantially all of our operations through our operating partnership. We do not have, apart from an interest in our operating partnership, any independent operations. As a result, we will rely on distributions from our operating partnership to pay any dividends we might declare on shares of our common stock. We will also rely on distributions from our operating partnership to meet any of our obligations, including any tax liability on taxable income allocated to us from our operating partnership. In addition, because we are a holding company, your claims as stockholders will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations (whether or not for borrowed money) of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, our assets and those of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will be available to satisfy the claims of our stockholders only after all of our and our operating partnership’s and its subsidiaries’ liabilities and obligations have been paid in full.

Our operating partnership may issue additional common units to third parties without the consent of our stockholders, which would reduce our ownership percentage in our operating partnership and would have a dilutive effect on the amount of distributions made to us by our operating partnership and, therefore, the amount of distributions we can make to our stockholders.

After giving effect to this offering, we will own 87.8% of the outstanding common units and we may, in connection with our acquisition of properties or otherwise, issue additional common units to third parties. Such issuances would reduce our ownership percentage in our operating partnership and affect the amount of distributions made to us by our operating partnership and, therefore, the amount of distributions we can make to our stockholders. Because you will not directly own common units, you will not have any voting rights with respect to any such issuances or other partnership level activities of our operating partnership.

We may assume unknown liabilities in connection with our formation transactions.

As part of our formation transactions, we will acquire entities and assets that are subject to existing liabilities, some of which may be unknown or unquantifiable at the time this offering is completed. These liabilities might include liabilities for cleanup or remediation of undisclosed environmental conditions, claims by tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with our predecessor entities (that had not been asserted or threatened prior to this offering), tax liabilities and accrued but unpaid liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business. While in some instances we may have the right to seek reimbursement against an insurer, any recourse against third parties, including the contributors of our assets, for certain of these liabilities will be limited. There can be no assurance that we will be entitled to any such reimbursement or that ultimately we will be able to recover in respect of such rights for any of these historical liabilities.

 

41


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT

Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our common stock.

We intend to elect to be taxed and to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We have not requested and do not plan to request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, that we qualify as a REIT, and the statements in the prospectus are not binding on the IRS or any court. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will qualify as a REIT, or that we will remain qualified as such in the future. If we lose our REIT status, we will face serious tax consequences that would substantially reduce the funds available for distribution to you for each of the years involved because:

 

   

we would not be allowed a deduction for distributions to stockholders in computing our taxable income and would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates;

 

   

we also could be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax and possibly increased state and local taxes; and

 

   

unless we are entitled to relief under applicable statutory provisions, we could not elect to be taxed as a REIT for four taxable years following the year during which we were disqualified.

Any such corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce our cash available for, among other things, our operations and distributions to stockholders. In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will not be required to make distributions to our stockholders. As a result of all these factors, our failure to qualify as a REIT also could impair our ability to expand our business and raise capital, and could materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex Code provisions for which there are only limited judicial and administrative interpretations. The complexity of these provisions and of the applicable Treasury regulations that have been promulgated under the Code, or the Treasury Regulations, is greater in the case of a REIT that, like us, holds its assets through a partnership. The determination of various factual matters and circumstances not entirely within our control may affect our ability to qualify as a REIT. In order to qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy a number of requirements, including requirements regarding the ownership of our stock, requirements regarding the composition of our assets and a requirement that at least 95% of our gross income in any year must be derived from qualifying sources, such as “rents from real property.” Also, we must make distributions to stockholders aggregating annually at least 90% of our net taxable income, excluding net capital gains. In addition, legislation, new regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions may materially adversely affect our investors, our ability to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes or the desirability of an investment in a REIT relative to other investments.

Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may be subject to some federal, state and local income, property and excise taxes on our income or property and, in certain cases, a 100% penalty tax, in the event we sell property as a dealer. In addition, our taxable REIT subsidiaries will be subject to tax as regular corporations in the jurisdictions they operate.

If our operating partnership failed to qualify as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, we would cease to qualify as a REIT and suffer other adverse consequences.

We believe that our operating partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, our operating partnership will not be subject to federal income tax on its income. Instead, each of its partners, including us, will be allocated, and may be required to pay tax with respect to, its

 

42


Table of Contents

share of our operating partnership’s income. We cannot assure you, however, that the IRS will not challenge the status of our operating partnership or any other subsidiary partnership in which we own an interest as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. If the IRS were successful in treating our operating partnership or any such other subsidiary partnership as an entity taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would fail to meet the gross income tests and certain of the asset tests applicable to REITs and, accordingly, we would likely cease to qualify as a REIT. Also, the failure of our operating partnership or any subsidiary partnerships to qualify as a partnership could cause it to become subject to federal and state corporate income tax, which would reduce significantly the amount of cash available for debt service and for distribution to its partners, including us.

Our ownership of taxable REIT subsidiaries will be limited, and we will be required to pay a 100% penalty tax on certain income or deductions if our transactions with our taxable REIT subsidiaries are not conducted on arm’s length terms.

We will own an interest in one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries and may acquire securities in additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. A taxable REIT subsidiary is a corporation other than a REIT in which a REIT directly or indirectly holds stock, and that has made a joint election with such REIT to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. If a taxable REIT subsidiary owns more than 35% of the total voting power or value of the outstanding securities of another corporation, such other corporation will also be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Other than some activities relating to lodging and health care facilities, a taxable REIT subsidiary may generally engage in any business, including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of its parent REIT. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax as a regular C corporation. In addition, a 100% excise tax will be imposed on certain transactions between a taxable REIT subsidiary and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s length basis.

A REIT’s ownership of securities of a taxable REIT subsidiary is not subject to the 5% or 10% asset tests applicable to REITs. Not more than 25% of our total assets may be represented by securities (including securities of one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries), other than those securities includable in the 75% asset test. We anticipate that the aggregate value of the stock and securities of our taxable REIT subsidiaries and other nonqualifying assets will be less than 25% of the value of our total assets, and we will monitor the value of these investments to ensure compliance with applicable ownership limitations. In addition, we intend to structure our transactions with our taxable REIT subsidiaries to ensure that they are entered into on arm’s length terms to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25% limitation or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax discussed above.

To maintain our REIT status, we may be forced to borrow funds during unfavorable market conditions.

To qualify as a REIT, we generally must distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our net taxable income each year, excluding net capital gains, and we will be subject to regular corporate income taxes to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income each year. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which distributions paid by us in any calendar year are less than the sum of 85% of our ordinary income, 95% of our capital gain net income and 100% of our undistributed income from prior years. In order to maintain our REIT status and avoid the payment of income and excise taxes, we may need to borrow funds to meet the REIT distribution requirements even if the then prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings. These borrowing needs could result from, among other things, differences in timing between the actual receipt of cash and inclusion of income for federal income tax purposes, or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves or required debt or amortization payments. These sources, however, may not be available on favorable terms or at all. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends on a number of factors, including the market’s perception of our growth potential, our current debt levels, the market price of our common stock, and our current and potential future earnings. We cannot assure you that we will have access to such capital on favorable terms at the desired

 

43


Table of Contents

times, or at all, which may cause us to curtail our investment activities and/or to dispose of assets at inopportune times, and could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

We may in the future choose to pay dividends in our own stock, in which case you may be required to pay tax in excess of the cash you receive.

We may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in our stock. Under recent IRS guidance, up to 90% of any such taxable dividend with respect to calendar years 2008 through 2011, and in some cases declared as late as December 31, 2012, could be payable in our stock. Taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. For more information on the tax consequences of distributions with respect to our common stock, see “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock.” Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, such sales may have an adverse effect on the per share trading price of our common stock.

Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

The maximum tax rate applicable to income from “qualified dividends” payable to U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates has been reduced by legislation to 15% (through the end of 2010). Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. Although these rules do not adversely affect the taxation of REITs or dividends payable by REITs, to the extent that the reduced rates continue to apply to regular corporate qualified dividends, investors who are individuals, trusts and estates may perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including the per share trading price of our common stock.

The tax imposed on REITs engaging in “prohibited transactions” may limit our ability to engage in transactions which would be treated as sales for federal income tax purposes.

A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% penalty tax. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Although we do not intend to hold any properties that would be characterized as held for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our business, unless a sale or disposition qualifies under certain statutory safe harbors, such characterization is a factual determination and no guarantee can be given that the IRS would agree with our characterization of our properties or that we will always be able to make use of the available safe harbors.

Complying with REIT requirements may affect our profitability and may force us to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive investments.

To qualify as a REIT, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the nature and diversification of our assets, the sources of our income and the amounts we distribute to our stockholders. We may be required to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive investments in order to satisfy the asset and income tests or to qualify under certain statutory relief provisions. We also may be required to make distributions to stockholders at disadvantageous times or when we do not have funds readily available for distribution. As a

 

44


Table of Contents

result, having to comply with the distribution requirement could cause us to: (i) sell assets in adverse market conditions; (ii) borrow on unfavorable terms; or (iii) distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt. Accordingly, satisfying the REIT requirements could have an adverse effect on our business results, profitability and ability to execute our business plan. Moreover, if we are compelled to liquidate our investments to meet any of these asset, income or distribution tests, or to repay obligations to our lenders, we may be unable to comply with one or more of the requirements applicable to REITs or may be subject to a 100% tax on any resulting gain if such sales constitute prohibited transactions.

Legislative or other actions affecting REITs could have a negative effect on us.

The rules dealing with federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Changes to the tax laws, with or without retroactive application, could adversely affect our investors or us. We cannot predict how changes in the tax laws might affect our investors or us. New legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify as a REIT or the federal income tax consequences of such qualification.

Risks Related to this Offering

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering and an active trading market for our common stock may not develop following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be sustained or that shares of our common stock will be resold at or above the initial public offering price. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “HPP,” subject to official notice of issuance. The initial public offering price of our common stock has been determined by agreement among us and the underwriters, but there can be no assurance that our common stock will not trade below the initial public offering price following the completion of this offering. See “Underwriting.” The market value of our common stock could be substantially affected by general market conditions, including the extent to which a secondary market develops for our common stock following the completion of this offering, the extent of institutional investor interest in us, the general reputation of REITs and the attractiveness of their equity securities in comparison to other equity securities (including securities issued by other real estate-based companies), our financial performance and general stock and bond market conditions.

We may be unable to make distributions at expected levels and we may be required to borrow funds to make distributions.

Our estimated initial annual distributions represent 64.8% of our estimated initial cash available for distribution to our common stockholders for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011, as calculated in “Distribution Policy.” Accordingly, we may be unable to pay our estimated initial annual distribution to stockholders out of cash available for distribution. If sufficient cash is not available for distribution from our operations, we may have to fund distributions from working capital, borrow to provide funds for such distributions, or reduce the amount of such distributions. If cash available for distribution generated by our assets is less than our current estimate, or if such cash available for distribution decreases in future periods from expected levels, our inability to make the expected distributions could result in a decrease in the market price of our common stock. In the event the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised, pending investment of the proceeds therefrom, our ability to pay such distributions out of cash from our operations may be further materially adversely affected.

Our ability to make distributions may also be limited by our secured revolving credit facility. Under the anticipated terms of our credit facility, our distributions may not exceed the greater of (i) 95.0% of our FFO or

 

45


Table of Contents

(ii) the amount required for us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT. If a default or event of default occurs and is continuing, we may be precluded from making certain distributions (other than those required to allow us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT).

All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will be based upon, among other factors, our historical and projected results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and liquidity, maintenance of our REIT qualification and other tax considerations, capital expenditure and other expense obligations, debt covenants, contractual prohibitions or other limitations and applicable law and such other matters as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We may not be able to make distributions in the future. In addition, some of our distributions may include a return of capital. To the extent that we decide to make distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions would generally be considered a return of capital for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as gain on a sale or exchange of such shares. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock.” If we borrow to fund distributions, our future interest costs would increase, thereby reducing our earnings and cash available for distribution from what they otherwise would have been.

Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and the Farallon Funds will receive benefits in connection with this offering, which create a conflict of interest because they have interests in the successful completion of this offering that may influence their decisions affecting the terms and circumstances under which the offering and formation transactions are completed.

In connection with this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and the Farallon Funds will own approximately 9,708,841 shares of our common stock and common units, representing a 41.4% beneficial interest on a fully diluted basis. In addition, the Farallon Funds would receive approximately $4.3 million (before prorations) in cash in connection with our purchase of the Del Amo Office property. These transactions create a conflict of interest because Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and the Farallon Funds have interests in the successful completion of this offering. These interests may influence their decisions and the decisions of Richard B. Fried, a director of our company and a managing member of Farallon, affecting the terms and circumstances under which this offering and the formation transactions are completed. For more information concerning benefits to be received by Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and the Farallon Funds in connection with this offering, see “Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of the Formation Transactions and Concurrent Private Placement to Related Parties” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Affiliates of our underwriters will receive benefits in connection with this offering.

The Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, whose general partner is owned by investment funds managed by an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, one of our underwriters, will contribute properties to us in the formation transactions and therefore will receive benefits from this offering and the formation transactions, specifically cash, common units and series A preferred units, in addition to customary underwriting discounts and commissions. Additionally, we expect that affiliates of our underwriters, including Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., will participate as lenders under our $200 million secured credit facility. We expect that, under this facility, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. will act as administrative agent and joint arranger, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will act as syndication agent and joint arranger. These transactions create potential conflicts of interest because the underwriters have an interest in the successful completion of this offering beyond the underwriting discounts and commissions they will receive. These interests may influence the decision regarding the terms and circumstances under which the offering and formation transactions are completed.

 

46


Table of Contents

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile following this offering.

Even if an active trading market develops for our common stock, the per share trading price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the per share trading price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the public offering price. We cannot assure you that the per share trading price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future.

Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends;

 

   

changes in our funds from operations or earnings estimates;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or the real estate industry;

 

   

increases in market interest rates that lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

adverse market reaction to any additional debt we incur in the future;

 

   

additions or departures of key management personnel;

 

   

actions by institutional stockholders;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

the realization of any of the other risk factors presented in this prospectus;

 

   

the extent of investor interest in our securities;

 

   

the general reputation of REITs and the attractiveness of our equity securities in comparison to other equity securities, including securities issued by other real estate-based companies;

 

   

our underlying asset value;

 

   

investor confidence in the stock and bond markets, generally;

 

   

changes in tax laws;

 

   

future equity issuances;

 

   

failure to meet earnings estimates;

 

   

failure to meet and maintain REIT qualifications;

 

   

changes in our credit ratings; and

 

   

general market and economic conditions.

 

47


Table of Contents

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the price of their common stock. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make distributions to our stockholders, which would, among other things, reduce our cash available to acquire properties and may reduce the returns on your investment in our common stock.

Prior to the time we have fully invested the net proceeds of this offering, we may fund distributions to our stockholders out of the net proceeds of these offerings, which would reduce the amount of cash we have available to acquire properties and may reduce the returns on your investment in our common stock. The use of these net proceeds for distributions to stockholders could adversely affect our financial results. In addition, funding distributions from the net proceeds of this offering may constitute a return of capital to our stockholders, which would have the effect of reducing each stockholder’s tax basis in our common stock.

Market interest rates may have an effect on the value of our common stock.

One of the factors that will influence the price of our common stock will be the dividend yield on the common stock (as a percentage of the price of our common stock) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates, which are currently at low levels relative to historical rates, may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to expect a higher dividend yield and higher interest rates would likely increase our borrowing costs and potentially decrease funds available for distribution. Thus, higher market interest rates could cause the market price of our common stock to decrease.

The number of shares of our common stock available for future issuance or sale could adversely affect the per share trading price of our common stock.

We are offering 12,800,000 shares of our common stock as described in this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering and consummation of the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, the Farallon Funds will beneficially own 6,818,625 shares of our common stock and Messrs. Coleman and Stern, together with our directors and management, will beneficially own 366,667 shares of our common stock. Each of the contributors and our executive officers and directors may sell the shares of our common stock that they acquire in the formation transactions or are granted in connection with the offering at any time following the expiration of the lock-up period for such shares, which expires 180 days after the date of this prospectus (or, in the case of the Farallon Funds, 365 days; provided , that, commencing on the date that is 180 days after the consummation of this offering, the Farallon Funds may (i) sell 2,211,374 shares of common stock, representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement pursuant to a demand registration statement or (ii) distribute such amount of shares to their limited partners, members or stockholders), or earlier with the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

We cannot predict whether future issuances or sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares for resale in the open market will decrease the per share trading price per share of our common stock. The per share trading price of our common stock may decline significantly when the restrictions on resale by certain of our stockholders lapse or upon the registration of additional shares of our common stock pursuant to registration rights granted in connection with this offering and the concurrent private placement. In particular, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with the Farallon Funds in connection with which we will be obligated to register a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued or issuable to the Farallon Funds pursuant to the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement pursuant to a demand for registration that may be made at any

 

48


Table of Contents

time on or after the date that is 180 days after the consummation of this offering, in addition to other registration rights granted to the Farallon Funds and the various persons receiving shares of our common stock and/or units in the formation transactions. The shares of common stock that may be registered 180 days after the consummation of this offering on behalf of the Farallon Funds, as described above, represent approximately 11.1% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering. As a result, a substantial number of shares may be sold pursuant to the registration rights granted to the Farallon Funds. The sale of such shares by the Farallon Funds, or the perception that such a sale may occur, could materially and adversely affect the per share trading price of our common stock.

The issuance of substantial numbers of shares of our common stock in the public market, or upon exchange of units, or the perception that such issuances might occur could adversely affect the per share trading price of the shares of our common stock.

The exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, the exchange of units for common stock, the exercise of any options or the vesting of any restricted stock granted to certain directors, executive officers and other employees under our equity incentive plan, the issuance of our common stock or units in connection with future property, portfolio or business acquisitions and other issuances of our common stock could have an adverse effect on the per share trading price of our common stock, and the existence of units, options, shares of our common stock reserved for issuance as restricted shares of our common stock or upon exchange of units may adversely affect the terms upon which we may be able to obtain additional capital through the sale of equity securities. In addition, future issuances of shares of our common stock may be dilutive to existing stockholders.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities, which would be senior to our common stock upon liquidation, and/or preferred equity securities which may be senior to our common stock for purposes of dividend distributions or upon liquidation, may adversely affect the per share trading price of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making additional offerings of debt or equity securities (or causing our operating partnership to issue debt securities), including medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes and classes or series of preferred stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings will be entitled to receive our available assets prior to distribution to the holders of our common stock. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our common stock. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution. Our preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments that could limit our ability pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the per share trading price of our common stock and diluting their interest in us.

 

49


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make statements in this prospectus that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. In particular, statements pertaining to our capital resources, portfolio performance and results of operations contain forward-looking statements. Likewise, our pro forma financial statements and all of our statements regarding anticipated growth in our funds from operations and anticipated market conditions, demographics and results of operations are forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “pro forma,” “estimates” or “anticipates” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases which are predictions of or indicate future events or trends and which do not relate solely to historical matters. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions.

Forward-looking statements involve numerous risks and uncertainties and you should not rely on them as predictions of future events. Forward-looking statements depend on assumptions, data or methods which may be incorrect or imprecise and we may not be able to realize them. We do not guarantee that the transactions and events described will happen as described (or that they will happen at all). The following factors, among others, could cause actual results and future events to differ materially from those set forth or contemplated in the forward-looking statements:

 

   

adverse economic or real estate developments in our markets;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

defaults on, early terminations of or non-renewal of leases by tenants;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates and increased operating costs;

 

   

our failure to obtain necessary outside financing;

 

   

our failure to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding indebtedness;

 

   

lack or insufficient amounts of insurance;

 

   

decreased rental rates or increased vacancy rates;

 

   

difficulties in identifying properties to acquire and completing acquisitions;

 

   

our failure to successfully operate acquired properties and operations;

 

   

our failure to maintain our status as a REIT;

 

   

environmental uncertainties and risks related to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

   

financial market fluctuations;

 

   

changes in real estate and zoning laws and increases in real property tax rates; and

 

   

other factors affecting the real estate industry generally.

While forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. We disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, of new information, data or methods, future events or other changes. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could impact our future results, performance or transactions, see the section above entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

50


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are offering shares of our common stock at the anticipated public offering price of $18.00 per share. After deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect net proceeds from this offering of approximately $202.4 million, or approximately $234.5 million if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. The net proceeds we will receive in the concurrent private placement of our common stock will be $20.0 million. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership in exchange for common units, and our operating partnership will use the proceeds as described below:

 

   

$115.0 million to repay in full mortgage indebtedness (including principal and related accrued interest) secured by our Sunset Gower and Technicolor Building properties, which bears interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 3.50% (subject to a cap on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate of 4.75%), and was scheduled to mature on March 14, 2010 (management has executed a term sheet with the current lenders to extend the maturity under this loan through March 14, 2011);

 

   

approximately $42.2 million to repay in full mortgage indebtedness (including principal and related accrued interest) secured by the 875 Howard Street property, which bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.75% (subject to a cap on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate of not greater than 6.25%), and is scheduled to mature on February 13, 2011, with a one-year extension option;

 

   

approximately $7.2 million to acquire interests in the First Financial and Tierrasanta properties;

 

   

approximately $27.5 million to acquire the Del Amo Office property; and

 

   

up to $11.0 million (determined as of June 9, 2010) to fund the build-out and lease-up of the 875 Howard Street property.

We expect to have approximately $19.6 million of remaining unapplied net proceeds upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement and consummation of the formation transactions (or $51.7 million if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full). In addition, to the extent we are unable to consummate the acquisition of the Del Amo Office property, we will have an additional $27.5 million of unapplied net proceeds. Any remaining net proceeds will be used for general working capital purposes, including funding capital expenditures, tenant improvements, leasing commissions, future acquisitions and, potentially, paying distributions and post-closing cash prorations. Pending application of cash proceeds, we will invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing accounts and short-term, interest-bearing securities in a manner that is consistent with our intention to qualify for taxation as a REIT.

See our pro forma financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

51


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends to holders of our common stock. We intend to pay a pro rata initial dividend with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending June 30, 2010, based on $0.095 per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $0.38 per share (of which we currently estimate 36.7% may represent a return of capital for tax purposes), or an annual distribution rate of approximately 2.1%, based on an estimated initial public offering price at the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We estimate that this initial annual distribution rate will represent approximately 64.8% of estimated cash available for distribution to our common stockholders for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011. Our intended initial annual distribution rate has been established based on our estimate of cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011, which we have calculated based on adjustments to our pro forma net income for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010 (after giving effect to the offering and the formation transactions). This estimate was based on our pro forma operating results and does not take into account our growth strategy, nor does it take into account any unanticipated expenditures we may have to make or any debt we may have to incur. In estimating our cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011, we have made certain assumptions as reflected in the table and footnotes below.

Our estimate of cash available for distribution does not include the effect of any changes in our working capital resulting from changes in our working capital accounts. Our estimate also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for investing activities for acquisition and other activities, other than a reserve for recurring capital expenditures, and amounts estimated for leasing commissions and tenant improvements for renewing space. It also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for financing activities, other than scheduled loan principal payments on mortgage and other indebtedness that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. None of the indebtedness outstanding upon completion of this offering will mature during the 12 months ending March 31, 2011. The $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson property was scheduled to mature on May 30, 2010, but we have executed an agreement with the current lenders to extend the maturity date of this loan to April 30, 2011. The $43.0 million and $14.3 million mortgage loans secured by our First Financial and Tierrasanta properties, respectively, will mature on December 1, 2011. Any such investing and/or financing activities may have a material effect on our estimate of cash available for distribution. Because we have made the assumptions set forth above in estimating cash available for distribution, we do not intend this estimate to be a projection or forecast of our actual results of operations or our liquidity, and we have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining the amount of our initial annual distribution rate. Our estimate of cash available for distribution should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities (computed in accordance with GAAP) or as an indicator of our liquidity or our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions. In addition, the methodology upon which we made the adjustments described below is not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future dividends or other distributions.

We intend to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12-month period following completion of this offering unless actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in our estimate. Dividends and other distributions made by us will be authorized by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for distribution to our stockholders and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law, the requirements for our qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes and other factors described below. We believe that our estimate of cash available for distribution constitutes a reasonable basis for setting the initial distribution rate; however, we cannot assure you that the estimate will prove accurate, and actual distributions may therefore be significantly different from the expected distributions. We do not intend to reduce the expected dividends per share if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised; however, this could require us to pay dividends from net offering proceeds.

We anticipate that, at least initially, our distributions will exceed our then current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined for federal income tax purposes due to the write-off of prepayment fees paid with offering proceeds and non-cash expenses, primarily depreciation and amortization charges that we expect to

 

52


Table of Contents

incur. Therefore, we anticipate that a portion of these distributions will represent a return of capital for federal income tax purposes. The percentage of our stockholder distributions that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, may vary substantially from year to year. For a discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to holders of our common stock, see “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

We cannot assure you that our estimated dividends will be made or sustained or that our board of directors will not change our distribution policy in the future. Any dividends or other distributions we pay in the future will depend upon our actual results of operations, economic conditions, debt service requirements and other factors that could differ materially from our expectations. Our actual results of operations will be affected by a number of factors, including the revenue we receive from our properties, our operating expenses, interest expense, the ability of our tenants to meet their obligations and unanticipated expenditures. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially adversely affect our actual results of operations, please see “Risk Factors.”

Federal income tax law requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income excluding net capital gains, and that it pay tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its REIT taxable income including capital gains. In addition, a REIT will be required to pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which the distributions it makes in a calendar year are less than the sum of 85% of its ordinary income, 95% of its capital gain net income and 100% of its undistributed income from prior years. For more information, please see “Federal Income Tax Considerations.” We anticipate that our estimated cash available for distribution will be sufficient to enable us to meet the annual distribution requirements applicable to REITs and to avoid or minimize the imposition of corporate and excise taxes. However, under some circumstances, we may be required to pay distributions in excess of cash available for distribution in order to meet these distribution requirements or to avoid or minimize the imposition of tax and we may need to borrow funds to make some distributions.

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table describes our pro forma net income for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, and the adjustments we have made thereto in order to estimate our initial cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 (amounts in thousands except share data, per share data, square footage data, per square foot data and percentages):

 

Pro forma net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009

  $ (1,166

Less: Pro forma net income for the three months ended March 31, 2009

    (37

Add: Pro forma net income for the three months ended March 31, 2010

    485   
       

Pro forma net loss for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010

    (718

Add: pro forma real estate depreciation and amortization

    15,284   

Add: amortization of trade name intangible

    102   

Add: non-cash interest expense (1)

    1,762   

Less: unrealized gain on interest rate collar

    (599

Less: net effect of straight-line rents and above (below) market lease intangible amortization (2)

    (1,418

Add: net increases in contractual rent income for office properties (3)

    1,559   

Less: net decreases in contractual rent income due to lease expirations for office properties, assuming no renewals (4)

    (866

Add: non-cash compensation expense (5)

    1,633   
       

Estimated cash flow from operating activities for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011

  $ 16,739   

Estimated cash flows used in investing activities

 

Less: contractual obligations for tenant improvements and leasing commissions (6)

  $ (941

Less: contractual obligations for remaining tenant improvements under Technicolor lease and City Plaza leases (7)

   
(3,806

Add: contribution from affiliates of the Farallon Funds for remaining tenant improvement obligations under Technicolor lease and City Plaza leases (8)

    3,806   

Less: estimated annual provision for recurring office property capital expenditures (9)

    (141

Less: estimated annual provision for recurring media and entertainment property capital expenditures (10)

    (1,521
       

Total estimated cash flows used in investing activities

    (2,603
       

Estimated cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011

  $ 14,136   
       

Distribution to preferred non-controlling partnership interests (11)

  $ 780   

Our share of estimated cash available for distribution (12)

    11,722   

Non-controlling partnership interests’ share of estimated cash available for distribution

    1,634   

Total estimated initial annual distribution to stockholders

  $ 7,594   

Estimated initial annual distribution per share (13)

  $ 0.38   

Payout ratio based on our share of estimated cash available for distribution (14)

    64.8

 

(1) Includes (i) $494 representing one year of amortization of deferred financing costs associated with the debt on Sunset Bronson, (ii) $827 representing one year of amortization of the $2,480 origination fee associated with the secured credit facility, amortized over a three-year period and (iii) $441 of amortization of the fair value adjustment related to the debt on GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC.
(2) Represents the conversion of estimated rental revenues on in-place leases for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010 from a GAAP basis to a cash basis of recognition. Includes approximately $(1,831) of straight-line rent adjustment for the office properties. Also includes approximately $413 of net above market lease intangible amortization for office properties.
(3) Represents the net increase in contractual rental income net of abatements from existing leases and from new leases and renewals that were not in effect for the full 12 months ended March 31, 2010 or that will go into effect during the 12 months ending March 31, 2011, based upon leases entered into through March 31, 2010.
(4) Assumes no lease renewals or new leases (other than month-to-month leases) unless a new or renewal lease has been entered into by March 31, 2010.
(5) Represents non-cash compensation expense related to restricted stock granted to our executive officers and to six non-employee directors, that vests ratably over a three year period.
(6)

Reflects contractual obligations for tenant improvements and leasing commissions for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 for the First Financial property. As of March 31, 2010, there were no contractual obligations for tenant improvements and leasing commissions for the Del Amo and Tierrasanta properties, or the media and entertainment properties. Of the $941 in contractual obligations for tenant improvements and leasing commissions, $706 can be utilized by the tenant at any point in time between March 31, 2010 and January 31, 2019, and $32 must be used by December 31,

 

54


Table of Contents
  2011. In connection with the leasing of 875 Howard Street, we expect to incur approximately $11,000 (determined as of June 9, 2010) for tenant improvements and leasing commissions related to first generation tenant improvements and other non-recurring development costs. We plan to fund such expenditures with available proceeds under our secured credit facility or from the proceeds of this offering.
(7) Pursuant to the Technicolor lease, as of March 31, 2010, we had $2,743 of remaining obligations for first generation tenant improvements in connection with the development of the building. Under five leases at the City Plaza property, we had $1,063 of remaining obligations for tenant improvements as of March 31, 2010.
(8) Affiliates of the Farallon Funds will contribute $3,806 to us pursuant to their contribution agreement in connection with the formation transactions for the funding of outstanding tenant improvement obligations under the Technicolor lease and the City Plaza leases.
(9) For the 12 months ending March 31, 2011, the estimated cost of recurring building improvements (excluding costs of tenant improvements) at our office properties is approximately $141 based on the weighted average annual capital expenditures of $0.12 per square foot during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 with respect to First Financial, Tierrasanta and Del Amo Office, and for the period since our acquisition in 2008 with respect to City Plaza, multiplied by 1,174,807 square feet in our office portfolio. We do not intend to make any material capital expenditures for recurring building improvements with respect to the Technicolor Building during the 12 months ending March 31, 2011. Because the Technicolor Building was placed into service in June 2008 and the 875 Howard Street redevelopment has been only recently completed, meaningful historical data relating to the cost of recurring building improvements for such buildings is not available. The following table sets forth certain information regarding historical recurring capital expenditures at First Financial, Tierrasanta, City Plaza and Del Amo Office through March 31, 2010.

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2010
   Weighted Average
January 1, 2007-
March 31, 2010
     2007    2008    2009      

Recurring capital expenditures

   $ 40    $ 103    $ 151    $ 9   

Total square feet of office properties

     439,657      773,579      773,579      773,579   

Recurring capital expenditures per square foot

   $ 0.09    $ 0.13    $ 0.19    $ 0.01    $ 0.12

 

(10) Represents the actual average annual capital expenditures at our media and entertainment properties for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, which amount we believe is indicative of the capital expenditures we will incur for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011.
(11) Represents the preferential distributions at a rate of 6.25% per annum on the series A preferred units with an aggregate liquidation preference of $12,475.
(12) Our estimated cash available for distribution and estimated initial annual cash distributions to our stockholders is based on an estimated ownership by us of approximately 87.8% of the outstanding common units in our operating partnership.
(13) Based on a total of 19,985,292 shares of our common stock expected to be outstanding after this offering, including          shares to be sold in this offering.
(14) Calculated as estimated initial annual distribution per share divided by our share of estimated cash available for distribution per share for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011.

 

55


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the historical combined capitalization of our Hudson Pacific Predecessor as of March 31, 2010 and our pro forma consolidated capitalization as of March 31, 2010, adjusted to give effect to this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, and use of the net proceeds as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.” You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2010
     Historical
Combined
   Pro Forma
Consolidated
     (In thousands, except
share amounts)

Notes payable and other secured loans (1)

   $ 152,000    $ 93,740

Preferred non-controlling partnership interest

     —        12,475

Non-controlling partnership interest

     —        74,668

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

     —        —  

Common stock, $.01 par value per share, 490,000,000 shares authorized, 19,985,292 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis (2)

     —        200

Additional paid in capital

     —        395,778

Members’ equity

     216,650      —  
             

Total equity

     216,650      395,978
             

Total capitalization

   $ 368,650    $ 576,861
             

 

(1) We also expect to enter into a $200,000 secured credit facility, which we expect to be undrawn at the closing of this offering.
(2) Pro forma common stock outstanding includes (a) 13,911,111 shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering and the concurrent private placement, (b) 222,226 shares of restricted stock to be granted to our executive officers and certain other employees concurrently with the completion of this offering, (c) 33,330 shares of restricted stock to be granted to our non-employee directors concurrently with the completion of this offering and (d) 5,818,625 shares of common stock issued to the Farallon Funds, and excludes (i) 1,920,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full, (ii) 1,394,445 additional shares of common stock available for future issuance under our equity incentive plan, (iii) 2,785,141 shares that may be issued, at our option, upon exchange of common units to be issued in the formation transactions, and (iv) shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the terms of the series A preferred units to be issued in connection with the formation transactions, which are convertible into common units based upon the trading price of our common stock at the time of conversion or redeemable for cash or, at our option, exchangeable for registered shares of common stock with a value equal to the redemption price, in each case after the third anniversary of this offering.

 

56


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Purchasers of shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus will experience an immediate and substantial increase in the net tangible book value per share of our common stock from the initial public offering price. As of March 31, 2010, we had a combined net tangible book value of approximately $199.2 million, or $26.74 per share of our common stock held by continuing investors in the Hudson Pacific Predecessor, assuming the exchange of common units into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock offered hereby, including the use of proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds,” and the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, and the deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and formation expenses, the pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 attributable to common stockholders would have been $439.7 million, or $19.31 per share of our common stock, assuming the exchange of common units into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. This amount represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book value of $7.43 per share to continuing investors in the Hudson Pacific Predecessor and an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.31 per share to new public investors. The following table illustrates this per share increase:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $ 18.00

Net tangible book value per share before the concurrent private placement and formation transactions and this offering (1)

   $ 26.74   

Net decrease in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the concurrent private placement and formation transactions and this offering

     7.43   
         

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the concurrent private placement and formation transactions and this offering (2)

        19.31
         

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors (3)

      $ 1.31
         

 

(1) Net tangible book value per share of our common stock before the concurrent private placement and formation transactions and this offering is determined by dividing net tangible book value based on March 31, 2010 net book value of the tangible assets (consisting of members’ equity less intangible assets, which are comprised of deferred financing and leasing costs, acquired above-market leases net of acquired below-market leases, acquired in-place lease value and tradename) of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor of $199.2 million by the 7,450,982 shares of our common stock that will be held by continuing investors in the Hudson Pacific Predecessor after this offering, assuming the exchange for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis of the common units to be issued in connection with the formation transactions.
(2) Based on pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $439.7 million divided by the sum of 22,770,433 shares of our common stock and common units to be outstanding after this offering (excluding common units held by us), not including (i) 1,920,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, (ii) shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the terms of the series A preferred units to be issued in connection with the formation transactions, which are convertible into common units, based upon the trading price of our common stock at the time of conversion or redeemable for cash or, at our option, exchangeable for registered shares of common stock with a value equal to the redemption price, in each case after the third anniversary of this offering, and (iii) 1,394,445 shares of our common stock available for issuance in the future under our equity incentive plan.
(3) Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to the concurrent private placement, the formation transactions and this offering from the initial public offering price paid by a new investor for a share of our common stock.

 

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth summary selected financial and operating data on (i) a pro forma basis for our company and (ii) a combined historical basis for the “Hudson Pacific Predecessor.” The Hudson Pacific Predecessor is comprised of the real estate activity and holdings of the entities that own the following properties being contributed to us in the formation transactions: Sunset Gower; the Technicolor Building; Sunset Bronson; and City Plaza. We have not presented historical information for Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of 100 shares of common stock to Victor J. Coleman in connection with our initial capitalization and because we believe that a discussion of the results of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. would not be meaningful.

You should read the following summary selected financial data in conjunction with our combined historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical combined balance sheet information as of March 31, 2010 of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor and the combined statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor have been derived from the historical unaudited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the historical financial statements for such periods. The historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor and the combined statements of operations information for each of the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor have been derived from the historical audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our unaudited summary selected pro forma consolidated financial statements and operating information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 assumes completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions as of the beginning of the periods presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date and for the periods indicated, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

 

58


Table of Contents

The Company (Pro Forma) and the Hudson Pacific Predecessor (Historical)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
    Historical Combined     Pro Forma
Consolidated
    Historical Combined  
    2010     2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                    
   

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

             

REVENUES

             

Rental

  $ 10,961      $ 7,891      $ 7,382      $ 41,392      $ 28,970      $ 25,866      $ 4,215   

Tenant recoveries

    814        579        674        3,994        2,870        2,293        58   

Other property related revenue

    1,972        1,653        1,901        8,662        7,419        7,296        2,683   

Other

    19        19        25        78        78        133        7   
                                                       

Total revenues

    13,766        10,142        9,982        54,126        39,337        35,588        6,963   

OPERATING EXPENSES

             

Property operating expenses

    5,163        3,995        4,262        22,786        17,691        15,651        2,710   

Other property related expense

    591        528        401        1,647        1,397        1,689        1,337   

General and administrative

    1,935        290        302        7,231        1,049        1,023        363   

Management fees

    30        251        305        120        1,169        1,073        255   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,748        2,498        2,449        15,650        9,980        6,599        741   
                                                       

Total operating expenses

    11,467        7,562        7,719        47,434        31,286        26,035        5,406   
                                                       

Income from operations

    2,299        2,580        2,263        6,692        8,051        9,553        1,557   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

             

Interest expense

    2,024        2,052        2,097        8,190        8,352        10,244        3,860   

Interest income

    (3     (3     (3     (17     (17     (45     (43

Unrealized loss (gain) on interest rate collar

    (207     (207     (18     (410     (410     835        —     

Loss on sale of lot

    —          —          —          —          —          208        —     

Other

    —          —          90        95        95        21        —     
                                                       

Total other expense (income)

    1,814        1,842        2,166        7,858        8,020        11,263        3,817   
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 485      $ 738      $ 97      $ (1,166   $ 31      $ (1,710   $ (2,260
                                           

Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interest

  $ (195     —          —        $ (780     —          —          —     

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

    (24     —          —          (97     —          —          —     

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to common non-controlling partnership interest

    (33     —          —          253        —          —          —     
                         

Income (loss) attributable to the company

  $ 233        —          —        $ (1,790     —          —          —     
                                                       

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

             

Investment in real estate, net

  $ 508,158      $ 352,727        —          —        $ 353,505      $ 353,024        —     

Total assets

    610,480        386,554        —          —          384,615        386,702        —     

Notes payable

    93,740        152,000        —          —          152,000        152,000        —     

Total liabilities

    127,359        169,904        —          —          169,686        177,305        —     

Preferred non-controlling partnership interest

    12,475        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Non-controlling partnership interest

    74,668        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Members’/stockholders’ equity

    395,978        216,650        —          —          214,929        209,397        —     

Total equity

    470,646        216,650        —          —          214,929        209,397        —     

Per Share Data:

             

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.01        —          —        $ (0.09     —          —          —     

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    19,730        —          —          19,730        —          —          —     

Other Data:

             

Pro forma funds from operations (1)

  $ 4,014        —          —        $ 13,607        —          —          —     

Pro forma diluted funds from operations per share

  $ 0.18        —          —        $ 0.60        —          —          —     

Cash flows from:

             

Operating activities

    —        $ 1,927      $ 1,690        —        $ (88   $ 19,832      $ (4,910

Investing activities

    —          (654     (1,932     —          (7,537     (178,424     (192,321

Financing activities

    —          983        2,609        —          4,926        163,451        197,327   

 

59


Table of Contents

 

(1) We calculate FFO in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. FFO is defined by NAREIT as net income (loss) (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, plus depreciation and amortization of real estate assets (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs), and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. FFO is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. Management uses FFO as a supplemental performance measure because, in excluding real estate related depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs. However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. Other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, therefore, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs’ FFO. Accordingly, FFO should not be considered as an alternative to net income available to common stockholders (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of our financial performance. FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, nor is it necessarily indicative of sufficient cash flow to fund all of our cash needs, including our ability to service indebtedness or make distributions. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented:

 

     Pro Forma  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
     (In thousands)     (In thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 485      $ (1,166

Adjustments:

    

Distribution to preferred non-controlling partnership interest

     (195     (780

Distribution to restricted shares

     (24     (97

Real estate depreciation and amortization

     3,748        15,650   
                

Funds from operations before non-controlling interest

   $ 4,014      $ 13,607   
                

 

60


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with selected combined financial data, the audited combined financial statements of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the unaudited combined financial statements of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor as of March 31, 2010 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Where appropriate, the following discussion includes analysis of the effects of the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, certain other transactions and this offering. These effects are reflected in the pro forma combined financial statements located elsewhere in this prospectus. As used in this section, unless the context otherwise requires, “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” mean the Hudson Pacific Predecessor for the periods presented and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries upon consummation of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions.

Overview

Our Company

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. is a Maryland corporation formed in 2009 to acquire the entities owning various real estate assets and to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. has not had any corporate activity since its formation, other than the issuance of 100 shares of its common stock to Victor J. Coleman in connection with the initial capitalization of the company and activities in preparation for this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions. Accordingly, we believe that a discussion of the results of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. would not be meaningful, and we have therefore set forth below a discussion regarding the historical operations of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor only. The Hudson Pacific Predecessor is comprised of the real estate activity and holdings of SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC, which are a subset of the entities contributing properties to our initial portfolio in the formation transactions. Collectively, these entities own the Sunset Gower, Technicolor Building, Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties. The Hudson Pacific Predecessor does not include: GLB Encino, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to as the First Financial entity; Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to as the Tierrasanta entity; Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company which we refer to as the Del Amo Office entity; and Howard Street Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which we refer to as the 875 Howard Street entity; collectively, we refer to these entities as the non-predecessor entities. For periods after consummation of this offering and the formation transactions, our operations will include their operations. We have not included a separate discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of the First Financial entity, the Tierrasanta entity, the Del Amo Office entity or the 875 Howard Street entity because we believe that a discussion of our predecessor is more meaningful for investors. Elsewhere in this prospectus, we have included the audited statements of revenues and certain expenses of the First Financial entity and the Tierrasanta entity for the year ended December 31, 2009, the audited statements of revenues and certain expenses of the 875 Howard Street entity for the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the unaudited statements of revenues and certain expenses for those same entities for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Formation Transactions

Concurrently with this offering, we will complete the formation transactions, pursuant to which we will acquire, through a series of purchase and contribution transactions, the entities that own interests in seven properties in our initial portfolio. We also entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the Del Amo Office property, which acquisition is subject to certain closing conditions, including consent to the assignment of the

 

61


Table of Contents

ground sublease. To acquire the interests in the entities that own the properties to be included in our initial portfolio from the holders thereof, or the prior investors, we will issue to the prior investors an aggregate of 5,818,625 shares of our common stock and 2,785,141 common units, approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of our series A preferred units, and we will also pay $7.2 million in cash to the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, which will be provided from the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, we intend to use approximately $27.5 million in cash (before closing costs and prorations) in connection with our acquisition of the Del Amo Office property, which is subject to certain closing conditions, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.”

We have determined that one of the entities comprising the Hudson Pacific Predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, is the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we have concluded that any interests contributed by the members of the other entities comprising the Hudson Pacific Predecessor (Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC), as well as the contribution of the members’ interests in the 875 Howard Street entity, is a transaction between entities under common control since the Farallon Funds own a controlling interest in each of the entities comprising the Hudson Pacific Predecessor and the 875 Howard Street entity prior to the completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions. As a result, the contribution of interests in each of the entities comprising the Hudson Pacific Predecessor and the 875 Howard Street entity will be recorded at historical cost. The contribution or acquisition of interests other than those owned by the Hudson Pacific Predecessor and other than the 875 Howard Street entity in the formation transactions will be accounted for as an acquisition under the acquisition method of accounting and recognized at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities on the date of such contribution or acquisition. The fair values of tangible assets acquired are determined on an as-if-vacant basis. The as-if-vacant fair value of tangible assets will be allocated to land, building and improvements, tenant improvements and furniture and fixtures based on our own market knowledge and published market data, including current rental rates, expected downtime to lease up vacant space, tenant improvement construction costs, leasing commissions and recent sales on a per square foot basis for comparable properties in our submarkets. The estimated fair value of intangible assets consisting of acquired in-place at-market leases are the costs we would have incurred to lease the property to the occupancy level of the property at the date of acquisition. Such estimates include the fair value of leasing commissions and legal costs that would be incurred to lease this property to this occupancy level. Additionally, we evaluate the time period over which such occupancy level would be achieved and include an estimate of the net operating costs (primarily real estate taxes, insurance and utilities) incurred during the lease-up period, which generally ranges up to 6-12 months. Above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as an asset or liability based on the present value (using an interest rate that reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and our estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease for above-market leases and the remaining non-cancelable term plus the term of any below-market fixed rate renewal options for below-market leases. The fair value of the debt assumed was determined using current market interest rates for comparable debt financings.

Upon consummation of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect our operations to be carried on through our operating partnership, which we formed on January 15, 2010, and subsidiaries of our operating partnership, including our taxable REIT subsidiary. Consummation of the formation transactions will enable us to (i) consolidate our asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisition and financing businesses into our operating partnership; (ii) consolidate the ownership of our initial property portfolio under our operating partnership; (iii) facilitate this offering; and (iv) qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010. As a result, we expect to be a fully integrated, self-administered and self-managed real estate company (excepting only certain limited third party construction management and leasing arrangements at our 875 Howard Street property), with approximately 60 employees providing substantial in-house expertise in asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisitions, repositioning, redevelopment and financing.

 

62


Table of Contents

Concurrent Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, Victor J. Coleman and the Farallon Funds will purchase $20.0 million in shares of common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

The lead arrangers for our secured credit facility have secured commitments allowing borrowings of up to $200 million, of which we expect approximately $77 million to be available to us upon consummation of this offering. For additional information regarding the secured credit facility, please refer to “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

Revenue Base

Upon consummation of this offering and the formation transactions, we will acquire from our predecessor and the non-predecessor entities an aggregate of eight properties comprised of approximately 1.2 million square feet of office and approximately 857,432 square feet of media and entertainment space. As of March 31, 2010, the office properties to be acquired were approximately 79.1% leased (or 85.7%, giving effect to uncommenced leases), and the average trailing 12-month percent leased of the media and entertainment properties was 66.9%. All of these properties are located in California.

Office Leases . Historically, the Hudson Pacific Predecessor primarily leased its office properties to tenants on a full-service gross or net lease basis, and we expect to continue to do so in the future. A full-service gross lease has a base year expense stop, whereby the tenant pays a stated amount of expenses as part of the rent payment, while future increases (above the base year stop) in property operating expenses are billed to the tenant based on such tenant’s proportionate square footage in the property. The property operating expenses are reflected in operating expenses, but only the increased property operating expenses above the base year stop recovered from tenants are reflected as tenant recoveries in the statements of income. In a net lease, the tenant is responsible for all property taxes and operating expenses. As such, the base rent payment does not include any operating expenses, but rather all such expenses are billed to the tenant. The full amount of the expenses for this lease type is reflected in operating expenses, and the reimbursement is reflected in tenant recoveries. The tenants in City Plaza have full-service gross leases, and the tenant in the Technicolor Building has a net lease.

Media and Entertainment Leases . Historically, the Hudson Pacific Predecessor primarily leased its media and entertainment properties to tenants on a full-service gross or net lease basis, and we expect to continue to do so in the future. Under the full-service gross leases in our media and entertainment properties, the tenant pays a full-service gross rent amount and an additional amount for property related items, which are often required to make effective use of the leased space, such as rental of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Lighting revenue is recognized on a net basis. In a net lease in our media and entertainment properties, the tenant is responsible for all property taxes and operating expenses. As such, the base rent payment does not include any operating expense, but rather all such expenses are billed to the tenant. The full amount of the expenses for this lease type is reflected in operating expenses, and the reimbursement is reflected in tenant recoveries. Expenses associated with provision of lighting rental, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet) are reflected in other property-related expense. All of the tenants in Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson have full-service gross leases, other than KTLA, which has a net lease.

Interest Rate Contracts . Any change in fair value of interest rate contracts of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor was recorded as a gain or loss in the statement of operations because such contracts did not qualify as effective hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815, as discussed in more detail below under “—Interest Rate Risk.”

 

63


Table of Contents

We intend to enter into or transfer existing interest rate contracts that will effectively hedge in part our variable rate debt from future changes in interest rates. We expect these interest rate contracts to qualify for cash flow hedge accounting treatment under FASB ASC Topic 815, and as such, all future changes in fair value of the new interest rate contracts for periods after this offering will be recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. Any ineffective portion of the new or transferred interest rate contracts’ change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

Factors That May Influence Our Operating Results

Business and Strategy . We plan to focus our investment strategy on office properties located in submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties or portfolios that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. Our strategy also includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction, which we believe will minimize turnover costs and improve occupancy.

From the acquisition of our first property in August 2007 through January 2010, we have acquired or developed four real estate properties containing an aggregate 1.3 million net rentable square feet. We intend to pursue acquisitions of additional properties as a key part of our growth strategy, often including properties that may have substantial vacancy, which enables us to increase cash flow through lease-up. We expect to continue to acquire properties subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or to incur indebtedness in connection with acquiring or refinancing these properties. Debt service on such indebtedness will have a priority over any dividends with respect to our common stock.

Rental Revenue . The amount of net rental revenue generated by the properties in our initial portfolio depends principally on our ability to maintain the occupancy rates of currently leased space and to lease currently available space and space that becomes available from lease terminations. As of March 31, 2010, the percent leased for the office properties that will comprise our initial portfolio was approximately 79.1% (or 85.7% giving effect to uncommenced leases), and the percent leased for the media and entertainment properties (based on 12-month trailing average) that will comprise our initial portfolio was approximately 66.9%. The amount of rental revenue generated by us also depends on our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. We believe that the average rental rates for our office properties generally are equal to or slightly above the current average quoted market rate, with the exception of our lease of 94,505 square feet to Burlington Coat Factory at our 875 Howard Street property, which we believe to be substantially below market rates. We believe the average rental rates for our media and entertainment properties are generally equal to current average quoted market rates. Negative trends in one or more of these factors could adversely affect our rental revenue in future periods. Future economic downturns or regional downturns affecting our submarkets or downturns in our tenants’ industries that impair our ability to renew or re-let space and the ability of our tenants to fulfill their lease commitments, as in the case of tenant bankruptcies, could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. In addition, growth in rental revenue will also partially depend on our ability to acquire additional properties that meet our investment criteria.

Conditions in Our Markets. The properties in our initial portfolio are all located in California submarkets. Positive or negative changes in economic or other conditions in California, including the state budgetary shortfall, employment rates, natural hazards and other factors, may impact our overall performance.

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses generally consist of utilities, property and ad valorem taxes, insurance and site maintenance costs. Increases in these expenses over tenants’ base years are generally passed on to tenants in our full-service gross leased properties and are generally paid in full by tenants in our net

 

64


Table of Contents

lease properties. As a public company, we estimate our annual general and administrative expenses will increase due to increased legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses related to corporate governance, SEC reporting and other compliance matters, compared to the Hudson Pacific Predecessor’s operations. In addition, we expect the properties in our portfolio to be reassessed after the consummation of this offering. We believe the amount of property taxes we pay in the future will decrease due to the expected downward reassessment of many of our properties following the completion of the formation transactions. Given the uncertainty of the amounts involved, we have not included the impact of any anticipated property tax decrease in our pro forma financial statements.

Taxable REIT Subsidiary . As part of the formation transactions, on February 12, 2010, we formed Hudson Pacific Services, Inc., a Maryland corporation that is wholly owned by our operating partnership and which we refer to as our services company. We will elect, together with our services company, to treat our services company as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes. Our services company generally may provide non-customary and other services to our tenants and engage in activities that we may not engage in directly without adversely affecting our qualification as a REIT. We anticipate that our services company or one or more of its wholly owned subsidiaries will provide a number of services to certain tenants at our media and entertainment properties or other properties. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” In addition, our operating partnership may contribute some or all of its interests in certain wholly owned subsidiaries or their assets to our services company. We also anticipate that we will lease space to our services company at one or more of our media and entertainment properties. We may form additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. Any income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries will not be included in our taxable income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests, except to the extent such income is distributed to us as a dividend, in which case such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” Because a taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax, and state and local income tax (where applicable), as a regular corporation, the income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries generally will be subject to an additional level of tax as compared to the income earned by our other subsidiaries.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of the historical financial condition and results of operations of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor are based upon its combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses in the reporting period. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates and assumptions. We have provided a summary of our significant accounting policies in the notes to the combined financial statements of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have summarized below those accounting policies that require material subjective or complex judgments and that have the most significant impact on our financial conditions and results of operations. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis, based upon information currently available and on various assumptions that we believe are reasonable as of the date hereof. Other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and methodologies, which may impact the comparability of our results of operations and financial conditions to those of other companies.

Investment in Real Estate Properties

The properties in our initial portfolio are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We allocate the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. We assess fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors, including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant.

 

65


Table of Contents

We record acquired “above- and below-” market leases at fair value using discount rates that reflect the risks associated with the leases acquired. The amount recorded is based on the present value of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to each in-place lease and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for each in-place lease, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above market leases and the initial term plus the extended term for any leases with below-market renewal options. Other intangible assets acquired include amounts for in-place lease values that are based on management’s evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease-up periods, market conditions and costs to execute similar leases. In estimating carrying costs, we include estimates of lost rents at market rates during the hypothetical expected lease-up periods, which are dependent on local market conditions. In estimating costs to execute similar leases, we consider leasing commissions and legal and other related costs.

We capitalize direct construction and development costs, including pre-development costs, interest, property taxes, insurance and other costs directly related and essential to the acquisition, development or construction of a real estate project. Construction and development costs are capitalized while substantial activities are ongoing to prepare an asset for its intended use. We consider a construction project as substantially complete and held available for occupancy upon the completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year after cessation of major construction activity. Costs incurred after a project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, or after development activities have ceased, are expensed as incurred. Costs previously capitalized related to abandoned acquisitions or developments are charged to earnings. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

We compute depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of a range of 39 years for building and improvements, 15 years for land improvements, five to seven years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, and over the life of the lease for tenant improvements. Depreciation is discontinued when a property is identified as held for sale. Above- and below-market lease intangibles are amortized primarily to revenue over the remaining non-cancellable lease terms and bargain renewal periods, if any. Other in-place lease intangibles are amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancellable lease term and bargain renewal periods, if any.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We assess the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. We recognize impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and in banks, plus all short term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased. We maintain some of our cash in bank deposit accounts, which, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. No losses have been experienced related to such accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of amounts held by lenders to provide for future real estate taxes and insurance expenditures, repairs and capital improvements reserves, general and other reserves and security deposits.

 

66


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. We monitor the liquidity and creditworthiness of our tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, our assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we believe that the collectability of straight-line rent balances are reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and our historical collection experience. We recognize an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and our historical experience. Historical experience has been within our expectations.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. For assets acquired subject to leases, we recognize revenue upon acquisition of the asset provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, we determine whether the tenant improvements are owned, for accounting purposes, by the tenant or us. When we are the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term.

Certain leases provide for additional rents contingent upon a percentage of the tenant’s revenue in excess of specified base amounts or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized when actual results reported by the tenant, or estimates of tenant results, exceed the base amount or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized only after the contingency has been removed (when the related thresholds are achieved), which may result in the recognition of rental revenue in periods subsequent to when such payments are received.

Other property related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet) at our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties. Other property related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as we are generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, have discretion in selecting the supplier and bear the associated credit risk.

We recognize gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) we are not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan on the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method.

 

67


Table of Contents

Derivative Financial Instruments

We manage interest rate risk associated with borrowings by entering into interest rate derivative contracts. We recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value are reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

We held one interest rate collar instrument and one interest rate cap instrument for the year ended December 31, 2008. We did not use hedge accounting for these instruments.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Under GAAP, we measure certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition, we are required to measure other financial instruments and balances at fair value on a non-recurring basis (e.g., carrying value of impaired real estate and long-lived assets). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The GAAP fair value framework uses a three-tiered approach, with fair value measurements being classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

   

Level 1: unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level 2: quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

 

   

Level 3: prices or valuation techniques where little or no market data is available, that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

When available, we utilize quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classify such items in Level 1 or Level 2. In instances where the market for a financial instrument is not active, regardless of the availability of a nonbinding quoted market price, observable inputs might not be relevant and could require us to make a significant adjustment to derive a fair value measurement. Additionally, in an inactive market, a market price quoted from an independent third party may rely more on models with inputs based on information available only to that independent third party. When we determine that the market for a financial instrument owned by us is illiquid or when market transactions for similar instruments do not appear orderly, we use several valuation sources (including internal valuations, discounted cash flow analysis and quoted market prices) and establish a fair value by assigning weights to the various valuation sources.

Changes in assumptions or estimation methodologies can have a material effect on these estimated fair values. In this regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

We consider the following factors to be indicators of an inactive market: (i) there are few recent transactions; (ii) price quotations are not based on current information; (iii) price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers (for example, some brokered markets); (iv) indexes that previously were highly correlated with the fair values of the asset or liability are demonstrably uncorrelated with recent indications of fair value for that asset or liability; (v) there is a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields or performance indicators (such as delinquency rates or loss severities) for observed

 

68


Table of Contents

transactions or quoted prices when compared with our estimate of expected cash flows, considering all available market data about credit and other nonperformance risk for the asset or liability; (vi) there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid-ask spread; (vii) there is a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuances (that is, a primary market) for the asset or liability or similar assets or liabilities; and (viii) little information is released publicly (for example, a principal-to-principal market).

We consider the following factors to be indicators of non-orderly transactions: (i) there was not adequate exposure to the market for a period before the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities under current market conditions; (ii) there was a usual and customary marketing period, but the seller marketed the asset or liability to a single market participant; (iii) the seller is in or near bankruptcy or receivership (that is, distressed), or the seller was required to sell to meet regulatory or legal requirements (that is, forced); and (iv) the transaction price is an outlier when compared with other recent transactions for the same or similar assets or liabilities.

Results of Operations

The following table identifies each of the properties in our initial portfolio acquired through March 31, 2010 and their date of acquisition.

 

Acquired Properties

   Acquisition/Completion
Date
   Square Feet

Sunset Gower

   08/17/2007    543,709

Sunset Bronson

   01/30/2008    313,723

Technicolor Building

   06/01/2008    114,958

City Plaza

   08/26/2008    333,922
       

Total

      1,306,312
       

For analytical presentation, all percentages used in this discussion of our results of operations are calculated using the numbers presented in the financial statements contained in this prospectus.

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2010 to the three months ended March 31, 2009

Revenue

Total Revenue . Total revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, other property related revenue and other revenue. Total revenues remained relatively flat at $10.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The period over period changes in the items that comprise total revenue are attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Rental Revenue . Rental revenue includes rental revenues from our office and media and entertainment properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within our properties, and lease termination income. Total rental revenue increased $0.5 million, or 7%, to $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The increase in rental revenues was primarily due to an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our office properties and an increase in stage-related and control room rental revenues, partially offset by a decrease in office rental revenues for our media and entertainment properties.

Tenant Recoveries . Total tenant recoveries decreased $0.1 million, or 14%, to $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, primarily due to lower property operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2009.

 

69


Table of Contents

Other Property Related Revenue . Other property related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ rental of lighting and other equipment, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Total other property related revenue decreased $0.2 million, or 13%, to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in lighting equipment rental revenue, utility revenue, and parking revenue.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses . Total operating expenses consist of property operating expenses, as well as general and administrative expenses, other property related expenses, management fees and depreciation and amortization. Total operating expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 2%, to $7.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. This decrease in total operating expenses is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Property Operating Expenses . Property operating expenses decreased $0.3 million, or 6%, to $4.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease in property operating expenses was primarily due to the reduction of a bad debt expense reserve established for certain outstanding tenant receivables in connection with the collection of rents against such tenant receivables and the application of another tenant’s improvement allowance towards its rent receivable, in both cases during the three months ended March 31, 2010. In addition, we experienced cost savings related to security contract services and a decrease of various expenses at our media and entertainment properties (including maintenance, janitorial services and valet parking) as a result of lower office rental activity for our media and entertainment properties.

Other Property Related Expense . Other property related expense increased $0.1 million, or 32%, to $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to an increase in third party lighting equipment rental expense, together with an increase in control room-related equipment rental expense associated with increased usage of control rooms at our Sunset Bronson property.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses remained relatively flat for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2009. These expenses include accounting, legal and other professional services, office supplies, entertainment, travel, and automobile expenses, telecommunications and computer-related expenses, and other miscellaneous items.

Management Fees . Management fees reflect amounts historically paid to an affiliated external manager and a third party manager. Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will be internally managed (other than with respect to the 875 Howard Street property), the third party management agreement (other than with respect to the 875 Howard Street property) will be terminated and these management fees will generally be eliminated in consolidation. Management fee expense remained relatively flat at $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2009.

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization expense remained relatively flat at $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense . Interest expense remained relatively flat at $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2009.

 

70


Table of Contents

Unrealized Gain on Interest Rate Collar . For the three months ended March 31, 2010, there was unrealized gain on interest rate collar of $(0.2) million. There was a de minimus unrealized loss for the three months ended March 31, 2009.

Net Income

Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was $0.7 million compared to net income of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The net increase was due to an increase in rental revenues, a decrease in property operating expenses, and an unrealized gain on interest rate collar, all as described in more detail above.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2009 to year ended December 31, 2008

Revenue

Total Revenue . Total revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, other property related revenue and other revenue. Total revenues increased by $3.7 million, or 11%, to $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in total revenue is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Rental Revenue . Rent includes rental revenues from our office and media and entertainment properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within our properties, and lease termination income. Total rental revenue increased by $3.1 million, or 12%, to $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Total rental revenues were primarily impacted by our acquisition activity during 2008 and the completion of the Technicolor Building. First, we acquired City Plaza on August 26, 2008, resulting in the inclusion of approximately four months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 12 months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2009. Second, the Technicolor Building was placed into service and the related lease commenced on June 1, 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of seven months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to twelve months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2009. Third, we acquired the Sunset Bronson property on January 30, 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of 11 months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 12 months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in rental revenues due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above was partially offset by a decline in rental revenues at Sunset Bronson, due in part to seismic retrofitting and retrofitting of control room facilities with high-definition technology in the year ended December 31, 2009, which caused portions of the property to be unavailable for lease during the retrofitting.

Tenant Recoveries . Total tenant recoveries increased by $0.6 million, or 25%, to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Other Property Related Revenue . Other property related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ rental of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Total other property related revenue increased by $0.1 million, or 2%, to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses . Total operating expenses consist of property operating expenses, as well as general and administrative expenses, other property related expenses, management fees and depreciation and amortization. Total operating expenses increased by $5.3 million, or 20%, to $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase in total operating expenses is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

 

71


Table of Contents

Property Operating Expenses . Property operating expenses increased by $2.0 million, or 13%, to $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change in property operating expenses was due to our acquisition activity and the completion of the Technicolor Building referred to above.

Other Property Related Expense . Other property related expense decreased $0.3 million, or 17%, to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in third party equipment rental expense.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses remained relatively flat at $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. These expenses include accounting, legal and other professional services, office supplies, entertainment, travel, and automobile expenses, telecommunications and computer-related expenses, and other miscellaneous items.

Management Fees . Management fees reflect amounts historically paid to an affiliated external manager and a third party manager. Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will be internally managed (other than with respect to the 875 Howard Street property), the third party management agreement (other than with respect to the 875 Howard Street property) will be terminated and these management fees will generally be eliminated in consolidation. Management fee expense increased $0.1 million, or 9%, to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3.4 million, or 51%, to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased $1.9 million, or 18%, to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the LIBOR rate on our floating rate loans and the repayment of approximately $23.9 million of the Sunset Gower loan in May 2008. This decrease was partially offset by the increased interest expense on debt obtained on the Sunset Bronson property in May 2008 and the commencement of recognition of interest expense upon completion of the Technicolor Building in June 2008.

Unrealized Gain on Interest Rate Collar . For the year ended December 31, 2009, there was unrealized gain on interest rate collar of $(0.4) million. There was an unrealized loss of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Loss on Sale of Lot. For the year ended December 31, 2009, there was no gain or loss on sale of lot. For the year ended December 31, 2008 there was a $0.2 million loss on the sale of a lot.

Net Income (Loss)

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $31,000 compared to a net loss of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. A net decrease in income from operations of $1.5 million was offset by a decrease in non-operating expenses of $3.2 million, or 29%, to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in non-operating expenses was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense and an unrealized gain on interest rate collar.

 

72


Table of Contents

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2008 to period ended December 31, 2007

Revenue

Total Revenue . Total revenues increased by $28.6 million, or 411%, to $35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $7.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase in total revenue is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Rental Revenue . Total rental revenue increased by $21.7 million, or 514%, to $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $4.2 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. Rental revenue was primarily impacted by our acquisition activity during 2008 and the completion of the Technicolor Building. First, we acquired City Plaza on August 26, 2008, resulting in the inclusion of approximately four months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, whereas there were no operations in the period ended December 31, 2007. Second, the Technicolor Building was placed into service and the related lease commenced on June 1, 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of seven months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, whereas there were no operations in the period ended December 31, 2007. Third, we acquired the Sunset Bronson property on January 30, 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of 11 months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, whereas there were no operations in the period ended December 31, 2007.

Tenant Recoveries . Tenant recoveries increased by $2.2 million, or 3,853%, to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $58,000 for the period ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Other Property Related Revenue . Total other property related revenue increased by $4.6 million, or 172%, to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $2.7 million for the period ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses . Total operating expenses increased by $20.6 million, or 382%, to $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $5.4 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. This increase in operating expense is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Property Operating Expenses . Total property operating expenses increased by $12.9 million, or 478%, to $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $2.7 million for the period ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Other Property Related Expense . Other property related expense increased $0.4 million, or 26%, to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 182%, to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $0.4 million for the period ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Management Fees . Management fees reflect amounts historically paid to an affiliated external manager and a third party manager. Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we will be internally managed (other than with respect to the 875 Howard Street property), the third party management agreement will be terminated (other than with respect to the 875 Howard Street property) and these management fees will generally be eliminated in consolidation. Management fees increased $0.8 million, or 321%, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $0.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

 

73


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization expense increased $5.9 million, or 791%, to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $0.7 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased $6.4 million, or 165%, to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $3.9 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition and construction activity referred to above. First, the Technicolor Building was placed into service in June 2008, which resulted in the commencement of recognition of interest expense upon its completion in June 2008. Second, we obtained debt on the Sunset Bronson property as of May 2008 (which resulted in the inclusion of approximately eight months of interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2008, whereas there was no interest expense in the period ended December 31, 2007). These increases are in part offset by the decrease in the LIBOR rate on our floating rate loans and the repayment of approximately $23.9 million of the Sunset Gower loan in May 2008.

Unrealized Loss on Interest Rate Collar . For the year ended December 31, 2008, there was unrealized loss on interest rate collar of $0.8 million. There was no such unrealized loss for the period ended December 31, 2007, as the loan for our Sunset Bronson property, which is subject to the interest rate collar, was not obtained until May 2008.

Loss on Sale of Lot. There was a loss on sale of lot of $0.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, with no comparable activity in the period ended December 31, 2007.

Net Loss

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $1.7 million compared to $2.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. A net increase in income from operations of $8.0 million attributable primarily to our acquisition activity during 2008 and the completion of the Technicolor Building was offset by an increase in non-operating expenses of $7.4 million, or 195%, to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $3.8 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase in non-operating expenses was primarily due to an increase in interest expense on debt obtained on the Sunset Bronson property in May 2008 and the commencement of recognition of interest expense upon completion of the Technicolor Building in June 2008. We experienced a net loss in both periods primarily due to expenses exceeding revenues, as described above, and largely driven by interest expense and depreciation and amortization.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Analysis of Liquidity and Capital Resources

We believe that this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions will improve our financial performance through changes in our capital structure, including a reduction in our leverage. After completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, we expect our ratio of debt to total market capitalization to be approximately 20.7% (counting series A preferred units as debt). Our total market capitalization is defined as the sum of the market value of our outstanding common stock (which may decrease, thereby increasing our debt to total capitalization ratio), including restricted stock that we may issue to certain of our directors and executive officers, plus the aggregate value of common units not owned by us, plus the liquidation preference of outstanding series A preferred units, plus the book value of our total consolidated indebtedness. Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, we expect to have approximately $19.6 million of available cash (excluding $11.0 million in reserves relating to the build-out and lease-up of the 875 Howard Street property, determined as

 

74


Table of Contents

of June 9, 2010, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option). In addition, the lead arrangers for our secured credit facility have secured commitments that will allow borrowings of up to $200 million, of which we expect approximately $77 million to be available to us upon consummation of this offering. We intend to use the secured credit facility, among other things, to finance the acquisition of other properties, to provide funds for tenant improvements and capital expenditures and to provide for working capital and other corporate purposes.

Our short-term liquidity requirements primarily consist of operating expenses and other expenditures associated with our properties, distributions to our limited partners and dividend payments to our stockholders required to maintain our REIT status, capital expenditures and, potentially, acquisitions. We expect to meet our short-term liquidity requirements through net cash provided by operations, reserves established from existing cash, the proceeds of this offering and, if necessary, by drawing upon our secured credit facility.

Our long-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary to pay for the repayment of debt at maturity, property acquisitions and non-recurring capital improvements. We expect to meet our long-term liquidity requirements with net cash from operations, long-term secured and unsecured indebtedness and the issuance of equity and debt securities. We also may fund property acquisitions and non-recurring capital improvements using our secured credit facility pending permanent financing.

We believe that, upon the completion of this offering, and as a publicly traded REIT, we will have access to multiple sources of capital to fund our long-term liquidity requirements, including the incurrence of additional debt and the issuance of additional equity. However, as a new public company, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. Our ability to incur additional debt will be dependent on a number of factors, including our degree of leverage, the value of our unencumbered assets and borrowing restrictions that may be imposed by lenders. Our ability to access the equity capital markets will be dependent on a number of factors as well, including general market conditions for REITs and market perceptions about our company.

Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, we expect to have approximately $94.3 million of outstanding consolidated indebtedness, of which we expect approximately $37.0 million, or 39.2%, will be variable rate debt, subject to an interest rate swap on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate to a fixed rate of 0.75%.

The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 2010 (on a pro forma basis and not including fair value adjustments) with respect to the indebtedness that we expect will be outstanding upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions.

 

Debt

  Pro Forma
Amount
Outstanding
  Interest Rate ( 1 )   Annual
Debt

Service
  Maturity
Date
    Balance at
Maturity

Mortgage loan secured by Sunset Bronson

  $ 37,000,000   LIBOR + 3.65%   $ 2,325,860   05/30/10 (2)     $ 37,000,000

Mortgage loan secured by First Financial

  $ 43,000,000   5.34%   $ 2,328,090   12/01/11      $ 43,000,000

Mortgage loan secured by Tierrasanta

  $ 14,300,000   5.62%   $ 814,820   12/01/11      $ 14,300,000

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

    0   LIBOR + 3.25% – 4.00%     —     —/—/13        —  

 

(1) Interest with respect to the indebtedness is calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property is floating rate indebtedness, subject to a collar on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate of not less than 2.55% and no greater than 3.87% until June 1, 2010. Its interest rate above is calculated based on one-month LIBOR of 2.55%, which exceeded the one-month LIBOR as of March 31, 2010 of 0.25%. From and after June 1, 2010, the applicable interest rate must be at least 5.90% per annum, unless a hedge arrangement is entered into in connection with the extension of the loan. We entered into a new secured hedge arrangement in connection with the extension of the Sunset Bronson loan, which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%.

 

75


Table of Contents
(2) Management has executed an agreement with the current lenders to extend the maturity date under this loan to April 30, 2011, conditioned upon the completion of this offering and certain other customary conditions with respect to loan transactions, including the payment of an extension fee.

Description of Certain Debt

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the loan agreements evidencing our material debt to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions. The following is only a summary and it does not include all of the provisions of such agreements, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Mortgage Loan Secured by Sunset Bronson

The Sunset Bronson property (other than the Sunset Bronson—Lot A land asset) will be subject to senior mortgage debt in a principal amount of $37.0 million, which is currently held by Wachovia Bank, National Association.

Maturity and Interest . Management has executed an agreement with the current lenders to extend the maturity date under this loan to April 30, 2011, conditioned upon the completion of this offering and certain other customary conditions with respect to loan transactions, including the payment of an extension fee. The maturity date may be further extended by up to an initial period of 13 months and a subsequent period of 12 months, in each case upon the satisfaction of certain conditions (including the satisfaction of a debt service ratio of at least 1.35 to 1.00 and a loan-to-value ratio based on appraisal value of not greater than 48%) and the payment of an extension fee for each extension equal to 0.25% of the sum of the outstanding loans and undisbursed commitment amount. The loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to the 30-day LIBOR, plus 3.65%. Currently, the loan is subject to a collar on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate of no greater than 3.87% or less than 2.55% until June 1, 2010. From and after June 1, 2010, the applicable interest rate must be at least 5.90% per annum, unless a hedge arrangement is entered into in connection with the extension of the loan. We entered into a new secured hedge arrangement in connection with the extension of the Sunset Bronson loan, swapping one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%. The interest rate swap is secured by the mortgage on the Sunset Bronson property.

Security . The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust lien on the Sunset Bronson property (other than the Sunset Bronson – Lot A land asset), a security interest in all personal property used in connection with that property and an assignment of all leases and rents relating to the property. The loan is guaranteed by Hudson Sunset Gower, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, for customary non-recourse carve-out purposes. We expect to replace Hudson Sunset Gower, LLC as the guarantor in connection with the closing of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions.

Prepayment . The loan may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium in minimum aggregate amounts of $1.0 million.

Events of Default . The loan agreement contains customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal or interest, defaults in compliance with the covenants contained in the documents evidencing and securing the loan, cross defaults to other material debt and bankruptcy or other insolvency events, as well as termination of the parking lot lease with respect to the Sunset Bronson—Lot A land asset. We expect to hold (directly or indirectly through our operating partnership’s wholly owned subsidiaries) the lessor and lessee interests under this parking lot lease in connection with the closing of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions.

Mortgage Loan Secured by First Financial

The First Financial Plaza property is subject to senior mortgage debt in a principal amount of $43.0 million, which is currently held by SunAmerica Life Insurance Company.

 

76


Table of Contents

Maturity and Interest . The loan has a maturity date of December 1, 2011, which date may be extended for an additional five years upon modified terms at the option of the lender if the borrower fails to repay all amounts due at maturity. The loan bears interest at a fixed rate per annum of 5.34%.

Security . The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust lien on the First Financial Plaza property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the First Financial Plaza property and an assignment of all leases and rents relating to the property. In the event that the debt service coverage of the borrower falls below a defined threshold, the borrower will become subject to a cash management and lockbox arrangement.

Prepayment . The loan may be voluntarily prepaid in full upon 30 days advance notice with a prepayment premium equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding principal amount or (ii) the present value of all scheduled payments of principal and interest remaining under the promissory note, discounted at a rate, when compounded monthly, equal to the semi-annual yield on U.S. Treasuries with maturities equivalent to the maturity of the loan, less the amount of principal being prepaid, calculated as of the prepayment date. The prepayment premium does not apply to payments made during the 90-day period immediately prior to the maturity date. Partial voluntary prepayments are not permitted.

Events of Default . The promissory note contains customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal or interest and defaults in compliance with the covenants contained in the documents evidencing and securing the loan. We, the borrower and the operating partnership are furthermore prohibited from consummating certain transfers and/or transactions without the consent of the lender unless certain conditions are satisfied, including the condition that the individuals comprising a majority of the board of directors are continuing directors, i.e., either those individuals who were (i) members of our board of directors, as of the closing of this offering, or (ii) were nominated for membership on the board of directors or affirmatively endorsed for membership on the board of directors by at least a majority of the then continuing directors (including any director that qualifies as such pursuant to this clause (ii)).

Mortgage Loan Secured by Tierrasanta

The Tierrasanta property is subject to senior mortgage debt in a principal amount of $14.3 million, which is securitized debt that is currently held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee for the Registered Holders of CD 2007-CD4 Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates.

Maturity and Interest . The loan has a maturity date of December 1, 2011, and bears interest at a rate per annum of 5.62%.

Security . The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust lien on the Tierrasanta property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the Tierrasanta property and an assignment of all leases, rents and security deposits relating to the property.

Prepayment . The loan may be voluntarily defeased in whole or in part, subject to satisfaction of customary defeasance requirements in effect for a prepayment prior to June 1, 2011, at which time the loan may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium.

Events of Default . The loan agreement contains customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal or interest, defaults in compliance with the covenants contained in the documents evidencing the loan and bankruptcy or other insolvency events.

 

77


Table of Contents

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

A group of lenders for which an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. will act as administrative agent and joint lead arranger and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will act as syndication agent and joint lead arranger have provided commitments for a secured revolving credit facility allowing borrowings of up to $200 million. We expect the facility to have a term of three years. We also expect the facility to have an accordion feature that may allow us, during the first two years of the term, to increase the availability thereunder by $50 million to $250 million. We intend to use this facility principally to refinance existing debt, fund acquisitions, redevelop and expand current properties and for other general corporate purposes. We expect approximately $77 million to be available to us under the secured revolving credit facility upon consummation of this offering.

The secured revolving credit facility is expected to bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 325 basis points to 400 basis points, depending on our leverage ratio, provided that LIBOR is subject to a floor of 1.50%. The amount available for us to borrow under the facility will be subject to the lesser of a percentage of the appraisal value of our properties that form the borrowing base of the facility and a minimum implied debt service coverage ratio.

Our operating partnership’s ability to borrow under this secured revolving credit facility will be subject to our ongoing compliance with a number of customary restrictive covenants, including:

 

   

a maximum leverage ratio (defined as consolidated total indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.60 : 1.00,

 

   

a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (defined as consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to consolidated fixed charges) of 1.75 : 1.00,

 

   

a maximum consolidated floating rate debt ratio (defined as consolidated floating rate indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.25 : 1.00,

 

   

a maximum recourse debt ratio (defined as recourse indebtedness other than indebtedness under the revolving credit facility but including unsecured lines of credit to total asset value) of 0.15 : 1.00, and

 

   

a minimum tangible net worth equal to at least 85% of our tangible net worth at the closing of this offering plus 75% of the net proceeds of any additional equity issuances.

Under the secured revolving credit facility, our distributions may not exceed the greater of (i) 95.0% of our FFO or (ii) the amount required for us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT. If a default or event of default occurs and is continuing, we may be precluded from making certain distributions (other than those required to allow us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT).

We expect that we and certain of our subsidiaries will guarantee the obligations under the revolving credit facility and that we and certain of our subsidiaries will pledge specified assets (including real property), stock and other interests as collateral for the revolving credit facility obligations.

The commitments are subject to closing conditions that are expected to include, among other things, satisfactory review by lenders of appraisals, environmental reports, engineering reports and seismic reports, successful completion of this offering, absence of material adverse effect, payment of fees, and the negotiation, execution and delivery of definitive documentation satisfactory to Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders. There can be no assurance that all of the closing conditions will be satisfied.

 

78


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides information with respect to our commitments at December 31, 2009 on a pro forma basis to reflect the obligations we expect to have upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions, including any guaranteed or minimum commitments under contractual obligations. The table does not reflect available debt extensions.

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligation

   Total    Less than
1 year
    1-3 years     3-5 years     More than
5 years

Principal payments on mortgage loans (1)

   $ 94,300,000    $ 37,000,000 (2)     $ 57,300,000      $ —        $ —  

Interest payments (1)(3)

     13,970,599      5,468,770        5,206,861        3,294,968        —  

Operating leases

     611,635      383,771        211,632        16,232        —  

Tenant-related commitments

     2,295,919      2,295,919        —          —          —  

Ground leases (4)

     9,105,340      181,201        362,402        362,402        8,199,335
                                     

Total:

   $ 120,283,493    $ 45,329,661      $ 63,080,895      $ 3,673,602      $ 8,199,335
                                     

 

(1) Does not include potential payments of principal or interest under our secured credit facility, as no amounts were outstanding as of December 31, 2009 or are expected to be drawn as of the offering.
(2) Management has executed an agreement with the current lenders to extend the maturity date under this loan to April 30, 2011, conditioned upon the completion of this offering and certain other customary conditions with respect to loan transactions, including the payment of an extension fee.
(3) Interest with respect to the indebtedness is calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property is floating rate indebtedness, subject to a collar on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate of not less than 2.55% and no greater than 3.87% until June 1, 2010. Its interest above is calculated based on one-month LIBOR floor of 2.55%, which exceeded the one-month LIBOR as of December 31, 2010 of 0.23%. From and after June 1, 2010, the applicable interest rate must be at least 5.90% per annum, unless a hedge arrangement is entered into in connection with the extension of the loan. We entered into a new secured hedge arrangement in connection with the extension of the Sunset Bronson loan, swapping one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%.
(4) Reflects current annual base rents of $181,200 and $1 under the Sunset Gower and Del Amo Office ground leases expiring March 31, 2060, and June 30, 2049, respectively. Assumes Sunset Gower ground rent is fixed at the current rent, although such ground rent is subject to periodic fair market value adjustments.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

At March 31, 2010, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Interest Rate Risk

FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivative and Hedging, requires us to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that do not qualify as hedges must be adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value must be reflected as income or expense. If the derivative qualifies as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. As of March 31, 2010, our existing investments in interest rate collar and interest rate cap contracts do not qualify as effective hedges, and as such, the changes in such contracts’ fair market values are being recorded in earnings. Our predecessor recognized gains relating to the fair market value change of their interest rate contracts of $(0.2) million and $(0.4) million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009.

We intend to enter into or transfer existing interest rate contracts that will effectively hedge in part our variable rate debt from future changes in interest rates. We expect these interest rate contracts to qualify for cash flow hedge accounting treatment under FASB ASC Topic 815, and as such, all future changes in fair value of the new interest rate contracts for periods after this offering will be recognized in other comprehensive income until

 

79


Table of Contents

the hedged item is recognized in earnings. Any ineffective portion of the new interest rate contracts’ change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

As of March 31, 2010, we had $152.0 million of debt subject to interest rate contracts with a net fair value of $(0.2) million.

Subsequent to March 31, 2010, we entered into an interest rate swap with respect to $37.0 million notional principal amount of indebtedness, swapping one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%. The interest rate swap is secured by the mortgage on the Sunset Bronson property.

Cash Flows

Comparison of three months ended March 31, 2010 to three months ended March 31, 2009

Cash and cash equivalents were $4.5 million and $7.3 million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $0.2 million to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $1.7 million provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the increase in net income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to net income for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and an increase in prepaid expenses and accrued liabilities, which was partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $1.2 million to $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $1.9 million for three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in investments in real estate, primarily as a result of capital investments associated with the Technicolor Building in the three months ended March 31, 2009, with less comparable activity during the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $1.6 million to $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease was due to a decrease in net contributions by members of $1.6 million for capital investments associated with the Technicolor Building.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2009 to year ended December 31, 2008

Cash and cash equivalents were $2.3 million and $5.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Net cash used in operating activities increased by $19.9 million to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $19.8 provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to (i) the receipt of $16.3 million of pre-paid rent from KTLA in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009, and (ii) an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities primarily associated with the placing into service of the Technicolor Building in June 2008.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $170.9 million to $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $178.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to (i) $192.5 million of additions to investments in real estate properties in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties compared to $7.6 million of additions to investments in real estate in the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of capital investments associated with the Technicolor Building, (ii) $11.4 million of proceeds from sale of lot in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009, and

 

80


Table of Contents

(iii) restricted cash inflow of $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the reduction of the restricted cash required for the Sunset Bronson Note payable, with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $158.5 million to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $163.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to (i) decrease in net contributions by members of $142.4 million from $147.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties compared to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of capital investments associated with the Technicolor Building, (ii) proceeds from notes payable of $41.6 million for Sunset Bronson and net repayments of notes payable of $23.9 million for Sunset Gower in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity during the year ended December 31, 2009, and (iii) payment of $0.6 million of loan costs associated with the extension of the note payable on Sunset Gower in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.2 million of loan costs associated with the Sunset Bronson note payable in the year ended December 31, 2008.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2008 to period ended December 31, 2007

Cash and cash equivalents were $5.0 million and $0.1 million, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $24.7 million to $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $4.9 million used in operating activities for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to (i) the receipt of $16.3 million of pre-paid rent from KTLA in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the period ended December 31, 2007, (ii) partially offset with an increase in cash interest payments for the year ended December 31, 2008 largely due to the financing of Sunset Bronson in May 2008, and (iii) fluctuations in operating assets and liabilities and due to the fact that the period ended December 31, 2007 reflect five months of operations compared to a full year for 2008.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $13.9 million to $178.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $192.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to (i) $192.5 million of additions to investments in real estate properties in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties as well as the development costs related to the Technicolor Building compared to $192.3 million of additions to investments in real estate in the period ended December 31, 2007 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Gower in August 2007, (ii) $11.4 million of proceeds from sale of lot in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the period ended December 31, 2007, and (iii) an increase in restricted cash inflow of $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the reduction of the restricted cash required for the Sunset Bronson Note payable, with no comparable activity in the period ended December 31, 2007.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $33.9 million to $163.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $197.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to (i) proceeds from notes payable of $41.6 million for Sunset Bronson and net payments of notes payable of $23.9 million for Sunset Gower in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $134.3 million of proceeds from notes payable in connection with the August 2007 acquisition of Sunset Gower for the period ended December 31, 2007, (ii) partially offset by an increase in net contributions by members of $82.4 million to $147.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $65.5 million for the period ended December 31, 2007.

Funds from Operations

We calculate funds from operations before non-controlling interest, or FFO, in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. FFO is defined

 

81


Table of Contents

by NAREIT as net income (loss) (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, plus depreciation and amortization of real estate assets (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs), and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.

FFO is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. Management uses FFO as a supplemental performance measure because it believes that FFO is beneficial to investors as a starting point in measuring our operational performance. Specifically, in excluding real estate related depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, which do not relate to or are not indicative of our operating performance, FFO provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs.

However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. In addition, other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, therefore, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs’ FFO. Accordingly, FFO should not be considered as an alternative to net income available to common stockholders (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of our financial performance. While management believes that FFO is an important supplemental non-GAAP financial measure, management believes it is also important to stress that FFO should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of our liquidity. Further, FFO is not necessarily indicative of sufficient cash flow to fund all of our cash needs, including our ability to service indebtedness or make distributions.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented.

 

     Pro Forma  
     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010
    Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
    

(In thousands)

 

Net income

   $ 485      $ (1,166

Adjustments:

    

Distribution to preferred non-controlling partnership interest

     (195     (780

Distribution to restricted shares

     (24     (97

Real estate depreciation and amortization

     3,748        15,650   

Funds from operations before non-controlling interest

   $ 4,014      $ 13,607   
                

Inflation

Substantially all of our office leases provide for separate real estate tax and operating expense escalations. In addition, most of the leases provide for fixed rent increases. We believe that inflationary increases may be at least partially offset by the contractual rent increases and expense escalations described above.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional disclosure provisions of ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments—Overall , or ASC 825-10 (previously Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, 161). ASC 825-10 requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of

 

82


Table of Contents

publicly traded companies in addition to the annual financial statements. ASC 825-10 is effective for interim periods ending after June 15, 2009. Prior period presentation is not required for comparative purposes at initial adoption. The adoption of ASC 825-10 on June 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent Events , or ASC 855 (previously SFAS 165). ASC 855 provides general guidelines to account for the disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. These guidelines are consistent with current accounting requirements, but clarify the period, circumstances, and disclosures for properly identifying and accounting for subsequent events. ASC 855 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 on June 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on our combined financial position or results of operations.

In June 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or the Codification, was issued in the form of ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , or ASC 105 (previously SFAS 168). Upon issuance, the Codification became the single source of authoritative, nongovernmental GAAP. The Codification reorganized GAAP pronouncements into accounting topics, which are displayed using a single structure. Certain SEC guidance is also included in the Codification and will follow a similar topical structure in separate SEC sections. ASC 150 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of the Codification on September 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on our combined financial position or results of operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our future income, cash flows and fair values relevant to financial instruments are dependent upon prevalent market interest rates. Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates. As more fully described in the interest rate risk section, we use derivative financial instruments to manage, or hedge, interest rate risks related to our borrowings. We only enter into contracts with major financial institutions based on their credit rating and other factors.

As of March 31, 2010, we had an interest rate collar in place with respect to the $37.0 million loan relating to the Sunset Bronson property. The interest rate collar had a LIBOR floor of 2.55%. As of March 31, 2010, LIBOR was 0.25%. Therefore, if LIBOR were to either increase or decrease by 10%, or approximately 2.5 basis points as of March 31, 2010, the resulting increase or decrease in interest expense would have had no impact on our future earnings and cash flows as the resulting LIBOR would have remained below the 2.55% floor under the interest rate collar in effect through May 31, 2010. From and after June 1, 2010, the applicable interest rate must be at least 5.90% per annum or LIBOR plus 365 basis points, unless a hedge arrangement is entered into in connection with the extension of the Sunset Bronson loan. We recently entered into a new secured hedge arrangement in connection with the extension of the Sunset Bronson loan pursuant to which we swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%, which effectively results in a 4.40% fixed rate on the Sunset Bronson loan.

Interest risk amounts were determined by considering the impact of hypothetical interest rates on our financial instruments. These analyses do not consider the effect of any change in overall economic activity that could occur in that environment. Further, in the event of a change of that magnitude, we may take actions to further mitigate our exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that would be taken and their possible effects, these analyses assume no changes in our financial structure.

As of March 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, our total outstanding debt was approximately $94.3 million, which was comprised of $37.0 million of variable rate secured mortgage loans subject to the interest rate collar described above and $57.3 million of fixed rate secured mortgage loans. As of March 31, 2010, the fair value of our pro forma fixed rate secured mortgage loans was approximately $56.7 million.

 

83


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND MARKET OPPORTUNITY

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this Industry Background and Market Opportunity section is derived from the market studies prepared by RCG.

Overview

We believe that the current dislocation in the commercial real estate capital markets and corresponding depressed real estate operating fundamentals will provide us with an opportunity to acquire assets in our target markets that generate attractive risk-adjusted returns and expand our initial portfolio.

Prior to the summer of 2007, real estate values increased dramatically, fueled by improving operating fundamentals as well as readily available and historically inexpensive debt and equity capital. Asset level debt financing, principally in the form of mortgages that were ultimately sold in the commercial mortgage backed securities market, was widely accessible at historically attractive terms and high loan-to-value ratios, or LTVs. Unprecedented levels of transaction activity ensued, as investors aggressively pursued transactions with the expectation that strong underlying operating performance and access to inexpensive debt and equity capital would be sustainable in the long term. According to RCG, $502.3 billion of transactions occurred nationally at the peak of the real estate cycle in 2007, representing the purchase and sale of 19,446 properties. This included over $206.2 billion of office transactions, with a disproportionate share of institutional quality deals being transacted by financial sponsors utilizing high leverage to finance the acquisitions.

The onset of the “credit crunch” in the summer of 2007 and subsequent deterioration in operating fundamentals caused significant disruption within the commercial real estate capital markets. As a result of the substantial contraction in the credit market, there are fewer lenders making commercial real estate loans than before, and such lenders are charging higher interest rates and invoking stricter lending standards in the form of lower LTVs and higher debt service coverage ratios. In addition, property fundamentals have deteriorated due to the recent recession, resulting in decreased property level cash flow. The combination of these factors has resulted in a challenging refinancing environment, lower asset valuations and significantly lower asset transaction volumes, all of which have created stress on property owners, many of whom borrowed prior to the credit crunch. According to RCG, transaction volume for 2009 was $53.7 billion, down from over $502.3 billion in 2007. Office transactions for 2009 totaled only $15.6 billion and the volume of distressed commercial assets across property types grew to $181.9 billion by the end of 2009, marking a more than two and a half times increase year-over-year. Office properties comprised 15.3% of the volume of distressed assets, or $27.5 billion.

We believe current market conditions will present an attractive investment environment for well-capitalized buyers for the next several years. First, upcoming debt maturities and property-level capital expenditures will force undercapitalized owners to sell over-leveraged assets. RCG estimates that approximately $195 billion in commercial mortgages will mature in 2010, increasing to approximately $220 billion in 2011 and peaking at approximately $225 billion in each of 2012 and 2013. Second, weak operating fundamentals on over-leveraged assets will result in asset-level operating distress and subsequent foreclosures by lenders. According to RCG, Fitch Ratings reported a delinquency rate of 6.3% in February 2010 in its U.S. CMBS portfolio, representing $28.5 billion in unpaid principal balances. Additionally, the delinquency rate on bank debt, primarily construction and development loans, rose to 15.6% as of December 2009 as compared to 8.8% a year earlier. We believe lenders will seek to monetize these real estate assets quickly following transfer of title. Third, competition for real estate acquisitions has diminished as many prospective buyers have exited the market due to capital constraints and a focus on managing legacy assets. Also, many investment funds that were responsible for a disproportionate share of acquisition activity in the 2003-2007 period, are now seeking liquidity as the lives of their investment vehicles expire. Finally, given the capital-intensive nature of operating office properties, we believe well-capitalized owners will have an advantage in attracting new tenants relative to owners with higher leverage, which will result in superior operating results.

 

84


Table of Contents

California Opportunity

We believe that California’s dynamic, diversified and cyclical economy, coupled with the current weakness in the California real estate market, creates attractive opportunities to acquire properties at significant discounts to intrinsic value and benefit from the anticipated economic recovery.

According to RCG, California’s economy produced $1.8 trillion in goods and services in 2008, making it the world’s eighth largest economy, ahead of entire countries such as Russia, Spain, Brazil and Canada. The state’s non-farm labor force totaled more than 13.8 million people as of December 2009, accounting for more than one out of every ten jobs in the country. California’s economy is anchored by a strong mix of innovative industries, including high technology, media and entertainment, bio technology, clean energy and healthcare, which RCG believes will drive a strong recovery. According to RCG, California is a global leader in the technology industry with more than one million jobs and many of the leading technology companies headquartered in the state. Additionally, California is a worldwide center for entertainment employment, with more than 228,500 people employed in the motion picture, sound and broadcasting industries and as independent artists, writers and performers as of 2008. Furthermore, a strong venture capital industry in California helps drive innovation and growth in all of the state’s key sectors. According to RCG, California received approximately $2.5 billion of venture capital investments in the fourth quarter of 2009, or approximately 50% of all venture capital investment in the United States over that period.

According to RCG, California’s employment will stabilize in 2010, with payrolls expected to remain virtually flat, and the growth rate expanding thereafter with 681,100 jobs created by 2014. Gross state product, or GSP, is expected to grow along with employment, with GSP expected to remain flat in 2010, to increase 1.5% in 2011 and achieve growth of 2.5% by 2014. According to RCG, the California economy is well-positioned over the longer term to outpace national gross domestic product, or GDP, growth as the California economy has historically outperformed the national economy following periods of recession or economic downturn, while its educated and entrepreneurial workforce, highly accredited university system, innovative industry clusters and temperate weather will lead to continued economic and population growth.

We believe that California presents a particularly unique and compelling market to capitalize on the dislocation in the commercial real estate markets. According to RCG, California had the highest number of distressed properties of any state in the country in September 2009, with 10,239 properties in distress, while RCG reported nearly $19.0 billion of distressed assets in the state, nearly $4.2 billion of which were office properties.

However, RCG believes that improving economic conditions will ultimately positively impact the demand for office space and result in improving commercial real estate market fundamentals. The recovery will also be supported by a limited supply of new commercial real estate, which is constrained in California due to limited availability of land, restrictive local entitlement processes and high building costs. Specifically, within our target markets of Silicon Valley, the East Bay, San Francisco, Los Angeles County, Orange County and San Diego County, RCG reports only 28 million square feet of new office space having been developed since 2005, out of an aggregate of 529 million square feet of office space, representing a 1.3% annual growth rate. We expect limited ground-up and rehabilitative office development in the next several years. RCG estimates new stock through 2014 will be limited to six million square feet, equating to a 0.7% cumulative growth rate and a 0.2% annual growth rate.

Our Target Markets

We will primarily target high-barrier-to-entry, in-fill locations in California markets with favorable, long-term supply-demand characteristics. Accordingly, our target markets include the largest metropolitan markets in California, specifically Los Angeles, Orange County, San Diego, San Francisco, Silicon Valley and the East Bay. Set forth below is a description of each of the aforementioned target markets.

 

85


Table of Contents

Los Angeles

Economy. We define the Los Angeles market as consisting solely of Los Angeles County. As of August 2009, this market had an estimated population of 10.2 million and supported approximately 3.9 million jobs. Los Angeles’s diversified economy generated $513.6 billion of GDP in 2008, making it one of the largest economies in the world. Several industries are clustered in Los Angeles, including media and entertainment, trade and tourism. In particular, Los Angeles is the center of the entertainment industry for both film and television production in the United States. One out of 12 workers in Los Angeles County is tied to the entertainment industry. Additionally, media and new media businesses, such as video games and other forms of digital content production, are vital and growing elements of the local economy that leverage the proximity to the center of the traditional entertainment business for creative talent and financing. Wholesale trade is also a significant industry in the Los Angeles area, which is home to the largest port in the United States, the Long Beach and Los Angeles port complex, supporting a combined 496,000 jobs in the Southern California region.

Los Angeles has been affected by the recession as much as other cities and regions in the United States – the unemployment rate exceeded 12.5% as of December 2009. However, the economy is expected to stabilize and begin to recover in 2010. RCG expects job declines to continue through 2010 at a decelerating pace, with employment gains resuming in 2011, accelerating from 0.8% to 1.6% in 2014.

 

LOGO    LOGO

Overall Office Market. The Los Angeles office market totals more than 180 million square feet. Office market conditions have softened throughout the region largely as a result of job losses that have reduced demand for office space and increased vacancies. However, recent construction activity remained subdued relative to the last upturn – an average of 1.7 million square feet was delivered annually between 2007 and 2009 compared to an average of 2.6 million square feet from 1999 to 2002. Accordingly, operating fundamentals should recover more quickly than in previous recessions. The overall vacancy rate was approximately 17.0% as of the fourth quarter of 2009, below the peak in the prior two recessions. RCG projects vacancy rates to increase slightly in 2010 to 17.6% before decreasing to 13.4% in 2014. Additionally, rents declined approximately 6.9% during 2009 and RCG projects continued declines in 2010. However, RCG projects rents to increase an average of 3.4% per year from 2011 to 2014.

Orange County

Economy . Orange County is located directly south of Los Angeles County. It is the smallest county in Southern California and the most densely populated with a population of approximately 3.0 million and an employment base of more than 1.4 million as of December 2009. Several industries are concentrated in Orange County, including professional business and financial services. In addition, Orange County is a top tourist destination owing to the presence of the Disneyland theme park and a large number of beaches. Orange County

 

86


Table of Contents

has been and remains a highly desirable place to live and work, thereby attracting an affluent and highly educated workforce. According to RCG, more than 35% of the population of Orange County has a bachelor’s degree, exceeding the national average of 28%.

Although the local economy has historically weathered economic downturns better than that of other economies in Southern California, Orange County was at the epicenter of the subprime mortgage industry. As a result, the market’s economy suffered significantly from the housing downturn and the ensuing credit crisis and recession. As of December 2009, the unemployment rate was 9.8%, well above the local average of 4.7% since 1990. However, the economy has begun to stabilize, and RCG expects job growth to remain flat in 2010, but increase to the mid-1% range in 2012 and to 2.0% in 2014. RCG projects the unemployment rate to fall to 5.8% by 2013.

LOGO

Overall Office Market. The Orange County office market is comprised of approximately 81 million square feet, with a majority of the space constructed after 1980 as low-to mid-rise buildings. The market has experienced weak demand given the soft economic conditions that prevail in the market. Additionally, more than 5.3 million square feet of space was constructed, much of it speculative, from 2006 to 2008 as the local economy grew rapidly in response to the housing boom. As a result, vacancy increased to 16.6% by December 2008 and vacancy has since increased to 20.2% as of December 2009, while rents declined 15.3% from the end of 2008 through December 2009. RCG projects that vacancy will increase to 21.1% in 2010 before decreasing to 15.6% by 2014. Meanwhile, RCG projects rental rates to decline by 5.3% in 2010 before beginning to increase in 2011, reaching a 6.0% annual growth rate by 2014. Overall, RCG believes that the Orange County office market will strengthen over the long term given the limited amount of developable land and continued population and economic growth.

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

87


Table of Contents

San Diego

Economy. San Diego has a diversified economy that supports approximately 1.2 million jobs. The biotechnology and high technology industries are important drivers of the local economy. According to RCG, San Diego possesses the most geographically dense cluster of biotechnology firms in the world, and ranked second in the nation for scientific research and development services in 2009. Additionally, the United States military, the government sector and aerospace and defense companies play a significant role in the San Diego economy. The military maintains 12 Navy and Marine bases in the region, which generated approximately 375,000 jobs and an estimated economic impact of $24.6 billion. During 2008, San Diego was estimated to have received the highest level of Department of Defense spending of any region in the United States.

 

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

San Diego’s economy has historically outperformed the nation in terms of job creation, due to the diversified nature of the economy and continued population growth. Workers and employers alike are attracted to San Diego by its temperate weather, high quality of life and renowned research institutions and universities. However, similar to most markets in the country, the local economy was affected by the housing bust and recession, albeit less severely than other markets. RCG expects the economy to stabilize in 2010 with employment growth resuming in 2011, with an average annual increase of 1.6% from 2011 through 2014.

Overall Office Market . The San Diego office market totals approximately 55.9 million square feet, with approximately 9.6 million located downtown and the remaining 46.3 million located in the suburban submarkets. The weak economic conditions have led to soft operating fundamentals, which have been exacerbated by the construction of approximately 7.4 million square feet that occurred largely in the suburbs from 2005 through 2008. As a result, vacancy has increased to 21.3% by December 2009, with a 22.3% vacancy rate in the suburbs and a 16.6% vacancy rate downtown. RCG projects that vacancy will rise to 21.8% by December 2010 before decreasing to 12.2% by 2014. Meanwhile, RCG projects rental rates to decline by 3.5% in 2010 before resuming annual growth in 2011. RCG projects average annual rent growth of 4.4% from 2011 to 2014. Overall, RCG believes that the demand for office space in San Diego will remain healthy over the long term, driven by the diversified and high tech economy as well as the desirability of the region as a place to live and work.


 

88


Table of Contents

San Francisco

Economy . The San Francisco market, consisting of the City of San Francisco, together with San Mateo and Marin counties, had a population of approximately 1.8 million and a job base of approximately 934,000 as of December 2009. The economy is driven by professional services and an array of innovative growth industries, including high technology, biotechnology, clean technology, software development and multimedia design and production. The San Francisco region contains approximately 23.6% of the greater Bay Area’s high technology employment, while the South San Francisco and Mission Bay submarkets have concentrations of biotechnology firms and research institutions including Amgen, Genentech, UC San Francisco and California Institute of Regenerative Medicine. Additionally, San Francisco is a major finance center on the West Coast, home to the San Francisco branch of the Federal Reserve, Wells Fargo and numerous other financial institutions.

 

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

 

San Francisco’s economy has been affected by the credit crisis and national recession, although the region only began to feel the full effects in late 2008. A total of 44,000 jobs, or 4.6% of total employment, were lost in 2009. However, RCG believes that the economy stabilized as of late 2009 and job growth will begin again in 2010 with a projected 0.5% increase in employment. Thereafter, RCG projects a modest increase in job growth, averaging 1.3% annually from 2011 through 2014.

Overall Office Market. The San Francisco office market totals approximately 107.4 million square feet and consists of three primary submarkets: the central business district or CBD, the non-CBD and the Peninsula. The recession has led to significant job losses and a cutback in consumer spending in the region, which in turn has led to weakened office market fundamentals. However, despite the weak demand environment, the San Francisco office market has experienced limited new construction in recent years. As a result of high construction costs, limited availability of land and a regulatory regime that is relatively hostile to developers, only approximately 3.7 million square feet of new office space was constructed in the CBD over the past 15 years, while only 872,000 square feet was completed annually from 2005 to 2008 in the non-CBD submarkets. The limited new supply should help mitigate downturns and foster recoveries. As of December 2009, the vacancy rate was 15.5%, a 2.3% increase from December 2008, while asking rental rates had declined by approximately 25.9% over the same period. RCG projects that vacancy will decrease to 14.8% by the end of 2010, before gradually decreasing to 10.4% by 2014. Meanwhile, RCG projects asking rental rates to decline by 4.0% in 2010 before resuming annual growth in 2011, followed by an average annual rent growth of 5.4% from 2011 through 2014. Overall, RCG believes that the San Francisco office market will remain healthy over the long term, driven by limited new supply and expansion of employment in high-growth industries.


 

89


Table of Contents

Silicon Valley

Economy. The Silicon Valley market had a population of approximately 1.9 million as of 2009 and a job base of over 900,000 as of August 2009. According to RCG, Silicon Valley is the largest center of high technology employment in North America. The presence of world-class research institutions, such as Stanford University and University of California, Berkeley, combined with a vibrant venture capital industry, has fueled decades of innovation and growth, spawning many major technology companies, including Cisco Systems, Google, Intel, Hewlett-Packard, Oracle Sun Microsystems, and Yahoo, all of which continue to be based in the area.

 

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

 

The Silicon Valley economy is highly cyclical given its dependence on the high technology sector. Accordingly, the region experienced the adverse effects of the recent recession, which reduced consumer and corporate demand for high technology products and services. A total of 35,200 non-farm jobs, or 3.9% of total employment, were lost during 2009. However, RCG believes that the economy will generate 0.8% job growth in 2010, followed by a 1.1% increase in 2011 and continued modest increases through 2013. RCG believes that the Silicon Valley economy will perform well over the medium to long term given the confluence of several critical factors that have made the area an engine of innovation and growth, including its highly educated work force, proximity to several top tier research universities, robust venture capital industry and high quality of life.

Overall Office Market. The Silicon Valley office market features approximately 43.4 million square feet, the majority of which consists of low- and mid-rise buildings located in suburban submarkets geared toward high technology tenants. The major submarkets for high technology companies include suburban San Jose, Sunnyvale, Cupertino, Santa Clara and Mountain View. The weak economy has resulted in soft market fundamentals, which have been somewhat exacerbated by the 1.5 million square feet that was added to the inventory in 2009. As of December 2009, the vacancy rate was 22.8%. RCG projects that office market conditions will remain weak in the short term, given the estimated delivery of approximately 854,000 additional square feet during 2010. Vacancy is projected to increase to 22.4% in 2010, before gradually decreasing to 13.7% by 2014. Additionally, RCG projects asking rental rates to decline by 4.9% in 2010 before increasing by 1.5% in 2011, reaching 4.1% annual rent growth by 2014. In general, RCG has a positive outlook on the Silicon Valley office market over the long term, given continued support from federal government incentives and a robust venture capital industry that will finance growth in new businesses.


 

90


Table of Contents

The East Bay

Economy. The East Bay market is comprised of Alameda and Contra Costa counties and, as of 2009, had a population of approximately 2.5 million and an employment base of over 977,000. The East Bay has historically been a lower cost alternative to the San Francisco market with an economy driven by trade, government, and educational and health services. University of California, Berkeley, Kaiser Permanente, Safeway, the State of California and Alameda County are the five largest employers and, combined, employ approximately 7.0% of the East Bay’s workforce. Additionally, the Port of Oakland, the fifth largest port in the United States, supports and generates, directly and indirectly, approximately 55,000 jobs and $7 billion of economic activity, respectively. Finally, the East Bay possesses several clusters of high growth businesses, including biotechnology firms such as Genentech and digital media firms such as Pixar.

 

LOGO

LOGO

LOGO

 

The East Bay economy has historically performed relatively well during recessions given its large educational, government and healthcare sectors, which tend to be less prone to cyclical trends than high technology and other sectors that are prevalent in the greater Bay Area. However, the region has lost approximately 9.0% of its employment base between January 2008 and December 2009. As of December 2009, the area had an unemployment rate of 11.8%. RCG believes that the economy will begin to grow in 2010, with job growth accelerating to an average annual growth rate of 1.2% from 2011 to 2014. RCG believes that the East Bay economy is well positioned over the medium to long term given its diversified economic base together with its proximity to large clusters of high growth industries in Silicon Valley and San Francisco.

Overall Office Market. The East Bay office market contains approximately 59 million square feet. The market has historically been a lower cost alternative to San Francisco where a number of companies have housed their back-office operations. However, several large corporations maintain headquarters in the market, including Chevron, Clorox, Kaiser Permanente and Safeway. The contraction in employment in the region resulted in an increase in the vacancy rate to 18.7% as of December 2009, and a 12.1% decline in asking rental rates during 2009. RCG projects the vacancy rate to decrease to 18.5% by the end of 2010 and continue to decline through 2014. RCG projects a slow recovery in the East Bay office market as high growth companies seek lower cost space and a rebound in consumer and business spending lead to increased activity at the port. RCG projects that vacancy will decrease to 15.1% and annual rent growth to increase to 3.7% annually by 2014.


 

91


Table of Contents

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

Overview

We are a full-service, vertically integrated real estate company focused on owning, operating and acquiring high-quality office properties in select growth markets primarily in Northern and Southern California. Our investment strategy is focused on high barrier-to-entry, in-fill locations with favorable, long-term supply-demand characteristics. These markets include Los Angeles, Orange County, San Diego, San Francisco, Silicon Valley and the East Bay, which we refer to as our target markets. Upon consummation of this offering and the formation transactions, we will own eight properties totaling approximately 2.0 million square feet, strategically located in many of our target markets.

We were formed as a Maryland corporation in 2009 to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. Mr. Coleman co-founded Arden Realty, Inc. (NYSE: ARI), or Arden, in 1990 and served as President, Chief Operating Officer and Director after taking the company public on the NYSE in 1996. Arden was a publicly traded real estate investment trust, or REIT, engaged in owning, acquiring, managing, leasing, developing and renovating office properties located in Southern California. Mr. Stern, while serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of Arden, oversaw the expansion of the company’s portfolio from 12 million square feet to approximately 20 million square feet and was responsible, together with other Arden personnel, for all acquisition, disposition, development and new investment activities. As senior members of Arden’s management team, Messrs. Coleman and Stern were instrumental in helping Arden become one of the largest owners of office properties in Southern California. In May 2006, Arden was sold to GE Real Estate, a division of General Electric Capital Corporation, for $4.8 billion in total enterprise value, compared to an enterprise value of $583 million at the time of its initial public offering. An investment in the common stock of Arden at the time of its initial public offering until its final sale generated a total return to stockholders of approximately 338% per share for each share purchased at the initial public offering price of $20.00 per share (assuming reinvestment of all cash dividends since the initial public offering in 1996) compared to a total return of 263% for the MSCI US REIT Index over the same period.

We believe Mr. Coleman’s and Mr. Stern’s successful history of operating a publicly traded real estate company, significant expertise in operating in the California office sector and extensive, long-term relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, coupled with our conservative capital structure and access to capital, will allow us to identify and capitalize on attractively priced investment opportunities in the current distressed environment. We believe the current conditions of the financial markets have created significant dislocation between market and intrinsic value in office properties, thereby producing a favorable environment to acquire office properties. Specifically, we believe that given the current scarcity of available capital for commercial real estate, many California real estate owners will encounter increasing distress as they are required to refinance debt and may be forced to sell certain assets to remain solvent. In addition, we believe our senior management team’s experience in the California office sector will position us to improve occupancy rates and operating performance in our initial portfolio, as well as at any newly acquired properties, as the California economy and the real estate markets begin to recover.

We plan to focus our investment strategy on office properties located in submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties or portfolios that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. This strategy includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction.

Upon consummation of this offering and the formation transactions, our initial portfolio will consist of six office properties totaling approximately 1.2 million square feet, which were approximately 79.1% leased as of March 31, 2010 (or 85.7%, giving effect to leases signed but not commenced as of that date), and two

 

92


Table of Contents

state-of-the-art media and entertainment properties comprising approximately 544,763 square feet of office and support space and approximately 312,669 square feet of sound-stage production facilities. We also own 1.85 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to our media and entertainment properties, which together with redevelopment opportunities at our media and entertainment properties, could support over one million square feet of additional office and support space. In addition, our City Plaza property is subject to a development agreement that, subject to the payment of certain fees and the satisfaction of other conditions, permits the development of an additional 360,000 square foot building and parking structure. Our properties are concentrated in premier submarkets that have high barriers to entry with limited supply of land, high construction costs and rigorous entitlement processes.

Our initial portfolio consists of assets contributed by entities owned by Hudson Capital, LLC, the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and third parties. We believe our long-standing relationships with our contributors, as well as with other real estate companies, financial institutions and local operators, will enhance our access to capital and ability to source leasing and acquisition opportunities. We have access to and are actively pursuing a pipeline of potential acquisitions consistent with our investment strategy. In addition, we expect our tenant relationships with leading media, entertainment, professional and financial services firms, such as NBC/Universal, CBS Studios, ABC Studios, 20th Century Fox, Technicolor, Saatchi & Saatchi, Bank of America Merrill Lynch and U.S. Bank will allow us to maintain above average occupancy levels as compared to others in our target markets.

We intend to elect to be taxed and to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We will conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, of which we will serve as the sole general partner and own approximately 87.8% of the outstanding common units therein.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths distinguish us from other owners and operators of office properties and will enable us to capitalize on the general dislocation in the real estate market to successfully expand and operate our portfolio.

 

   

Experienced Management Team with a Proven Track Record of Acquiring and Operating Assets and Managing a Public Office REIT . Our senior management team, led by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, has an average of over 20 years of experience in the commercial real estate industry, with a focus dedicated exclusively to owning, acquiring, developing, operating, financing and selling office properties in California. In particular, Messrs. Coleman and Stern, who have worked together for approximately 10 years through all stages of the real estate market cycle, have overseen the acquisition and operation of more than 20 million square feet, with an aggregate purchase price in excess of $10 billion. A significant portion of our senior management team’s experience was acquired while operating Arden, which they helped grow from an enterprise value of approximately $583 million at its initial public offering in October 1996 to approximately $4.8 billion in 2006, when Arden was sold to GE Real Estate, a division of General Electric Capital Corporation, near the peak of the real estate market.

 

   

Committed and Incentivized Management Team . Our senior management team will be dedicated to our successful operation and growth, with no real estate business interests outside of our company. Additionally, upon completion of this offering and consummation of the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, our senior management team will own approximately 3.9% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, thereby aligning management’s interests with those of our stockholders.

 

   

California Focus with Local and Regional Expertise . We will primarily focus on acquiring and managing office properties in Northern and Southern California, where our senior management

 

93


Table of Contents
 

has significant expertise and relationships. According to RCG, California has historically experienced strong rebounds in its real estate market after prior recessions, as demand for commercial real estate in California is driven by its dynamic, innovative and diversified economy that RCG believes will continue to grow and create demand for office space over the long term. California outpaced the rate of national job creation during several cycles, including the periods following the mid-1970s recession, the late 1980s recession, and during the late 1990s. Additionally, many of California’s leading markets are supply-constrained as a result of the scarcity of available land, high construction costs and restrictive entitlement processes, which we believe have helped drive strong rebounds in the California real estate market after prior recessions. We believe our experience, in-depth market knowledge and meaningful industry relationships with brokers, tenants, landlords, lenders and other market participants enhances our ability to identify and capitalize on attractive acquisition opportunities, particularly those that arise in California.

 

   

Long-Standing Relationships that Provide Access to an Extensive Pipeline of Investment and Leasing Opportunities . We have an extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, individual and institutional real estate owners, national and regional lenders, brokers, tenants and other participants in the California real estate market. We believe these relationships will provide us access to an ongoing pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities and additional growth capital, both of which may not be available to our competitors. For example, our relationships with two leading investment management firms, Farallon, affiliates of which are contributing assets in conjunction with this offering, and Morgan Stanley, which manages certain funds that own the general partner of an investment vehicle that is likewise contributing assets in conjunction with this offering, will provide us with critical market intelligence, future acquisition opportunities and potential joint venture partners. Additionally, we focus on establishing strong relationships with our tenants in order to understand their long-term business needs, which we believe will enhance our ability to retain quality tenants, facilitate our leasing efforts and maximize cash flows from our properties.

 

   

Growth-Oriented, Flexible and Conservative Capital Structure . We expect to be well-capitalized following the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. We will have cash on hand and expect to enter into a $200 million secured credit facility, which together with our available cash, should give us a significant amount of capital to pursue acquisitions and execute our growth strategy. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have approximately $94.3 million of debt outstanding, with approximately $57.3 million maturing in 2011, which will permit management to focus on our business and growth strategies rather than on balance sheet repair. Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have an initial debt-to-market capitalization ratio (counting series A preferred units as debt) of approximately 20.7%, which is substantially lower than that of many of our office REIT peers. We believe our flexible and conservative capital structure provides us with an advantage over many of our private and public competitors, as the combined adverse effects of many of our competitors’ highly leveraged capital structures and declines in the operating performance of their existing properties will constrain their ability to make acquisitions.

 

   

Irreplaceable Media and Entertainment Assets in a Premier California Submarket . Our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located on Sunset Boulevard, just off of the Hollywood Freeway, in the heart of Hollywood. These facilities, which are situated on approximately 15.6 and 10.6 acres, respectively, were originally built in the 1920s as the headquarters of Columbia Pictures and Warner Brothers and represent a unique and irreplaceable assemblage of land in densely populated Los Angeles. We are the largest owner and operator of independent media and entertainment properties in Los Angeles and possess large, modern sound stages, plentiful office space with state-of-the-art telecommunications and data network infrastructure. Our properties are important facilities for major film and television companies and

 

94


Table of Contents
 

independent producers, most of which outsource a portion of their productions to independent media and entertainment properties. We believe our media and entertainment properties are attractively located and benefit from high barriers to entry, with a limited supply of readily developable land. In addition, there are substantial costs associated with acquiring and developing suitable land and extensive knowledge required to develop and operate such facilities. As a result of these high barriers to entry, there is effectively no new supply of media and entertainment space in the urban core of Los Angeles. We believe the limited supply of media and entertainment properties, coupled with the continued demand for such properties in Los Angeles, which remains the center of the entertainment industry in the United States, will help ensure that these assets remain critical to the industry.

Business and Growth Strategies

Our primary business objectives are to increase operating cash flows, generate long-term growth and maximize stockholder value. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies to achieve these objectives:

 

   

Pursue Acquisitions of Distressed and/or Underperforming Office Properties . We intend to capitalize on the attractive investment environment by acquiring properties at meaningful discounts to our estimates of their intrinsic value. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. We believe our success implementing this strategy is exemplified by our recent acquisition of City Plaza, a 333,922 square foot Class-A office building located in Orange, California. Our predecessor acquired the loan on the City Plaza property in August 2008 at a substantial discount and subsequently obtained title to the property. Our acquisition of City Plaza illustrates how our relationships with other real estate owners, lenders, joint venture partners and tenants can create a competitive advantage to capitalize on new acquisition opportunities. In that case, long-standing ties to the existing owner and their project lender and our record of performance facilitated that acquisition through a joint venture with Farallon. We believe that our extensive relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, together with our strong balance sheet and access to liquidity, will allow us to capitalize on similar value-add opportunities.

 

   

Focus on High Barrier-to-Entry Markets . We will target in-fill, suburban markets and central business districts primarily in California. These markets have historically had favorable long-term supply/demand characteristics and significant institutional ownership of real estate, which we believe have helped support real estate fundamentals and valuations over the long term. We believe that these factors will help preserve our capital during periods of economic decline and generate above average returns during periods of economic recovery and growth.

 

   

Proactive Asset and Property Management . We intend to actively manage our portfolio, employ aggressive leasing strategies and leverage our existing tenant relationships to increase the occupancy rates at our properties, attract high quality tenants and maximize tenant retention rates. In addition, we are focused on extending lease durations at our media and entertainment properties to provide greater visibility and less volatility in cash flows. We believe our successful leasing of the City Plaza property illustrates our proactive asset management. At the time of its acquisition in August 2008, the property was only approximately 38% leased. By employing aggressive leasing strategies, leveraging our extensive tenant relationships and focusing on tenant retention, we have increased the leased square footage of the property to approximately 92.1% as of March 31, 2010. We believe that we will be able to apply our management and leasing expertise to newly acquired, underperforming properties in order to similarly maximize the performance of such properties.

 

95


Table of Contents
       We have also targeted ways to improve net operating income through controlling or reducing operating costs. For example, the close proximity of our two Hollywood media and entertainment properties has enabled us to proactively cut various operating costs. Leveraging our economies of scale, we restructured our security staffing at these locations to eliminate certain redundancies in personnel. We also reduced costs by consolidating service contracts, such as elevator maintenance services, fire life safety maintenance, pest control services and lot sweeping services.

 

   

Repositioning and Development of Properties . We intend to leverage our real estate expertise to reposition and redevelop our existing properties, as well as properties that we acquire in the future, with the objective of increasing occupancy, rental rates and risk-adjusted returns on our invested capital. Our media and entertainment properties encompass approximately 26 acres in the heart of Hollywood – one of the largest land holdings under common control in the market. In addition, we control two land parcels adjacent to our Sunset Bronson property that are available for new ground-up developments in a supply and land-constrained market. We believe our media and entertainment properties and undeveloped land offer significant growth potential, with over one million square feet of potential incremental development and redevelopment space. We believe the limited supply of media and entertainment space in the market, as well as the aging of much of the existing inventory, creates a unique opportunity to reshape this asset class. We also have a fully-entitled development agreement for our City Plaza property that allows for a new 360,000 square foot building and parking structure to be developed on our 11.5 acre site that we believe could be a valuable long-term asset. Our senior management team’s development and redevelopment experience includes:

 

   

the development of Technicolor’s worldwide headquarters, a six-story, build-to-suit, 114,958 square foot office and production building at our Sunset Gower property;

 

   

the development of the Howard Hughes Center, a 70-acre development located adjacent to Interstate 405 near Los Angeles International Airport, which involved the master planning, development and construction of a business park with four Class-A, multi-story office buildings totaling approximately 972,000 square feet and structured parking totaling approximately 2,700 stalls. We also obtained entitlements to build 600 residential units on vacant parcels throughout the center; and

 

   

the redevelopment of the Westwood Center, a 328,515 square foot, Class-A office building located in West Los Angeles, which involved the complete redesign and reconstruction of building exterior curtain walls, structural systems, elevators, common areas, tenant areas and mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, or MEP.

 

   

Value Creation Through Capital Recycling Program . We intend to pursue an efficient asset allocation strategy that maximizes the value of our investments by selectively disposing of properties whose returns appear to have been maximized and redeploying capital into acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher return prospects, in each case in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT. Our management team has a demonstrated history of selling assets and reinvesting proceeds in acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher returns in target submarkets.

Acquisition Pipeline

We have an extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, individual and institutional real estate owners and national and regional lenders in the California and West Coast real estate markets. We believe our network of relationships will provide us access to an ongoing pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities, which may not be available to our competitors. Our network of relationships is evident

 

96


Table of Contents

from the composition of our initial portfolio, which is comprised of assets contributed by two leading investment management firms, Farallon and Morgan Stanley. Our relationships with these firms provide us with valuable market intelligence, as well as potential future acquisition opportunities from additional assets within their respective portfolios.

We are currently in discussions regarding a number of acquisition opportunities in our target markets that have come to our attention through our network of relationships. As of June 11, 2010, we were tracking and evaluating acquisition opportunities that include approximately 17 single-asset and portfolio transactions located throughout California with an estimated aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.3 billion and approximately 5.0 million total square feet. Approximately two-thirds of the potential property acquisitions we are evaluating are off-market transactions sourced through our network of relationships. Although we are continuing to engage in discussions and preliminary negotiations with sellers and have commenced the process of conducting diligence on some of these assets or have submitted non-binding indications of interest, in light of our pending initial public offering, we have not agreed upon terms relating to, or entered into binding commitments with respect to, any of these potential acquisition opportunities. As such, there can be no assurance that we will complete any of the potential acquisitions we are currently evaluating.

Our Initial Portfolio

Upon completion of this offering and consummation of the formation transactions, we will own eight properties located in six California submarkets, containing a total of approximately 2.0 million square feet, which we refer to as our initial portfolio. The following table presents an overview of our initial portfolio, based on information as of March 31, 2010. Rental data presented in the table below for office properties reflects base rent on leases in place as of March 31, 2010 and does not reflect actual cash rents historically received because such data does not reflect abatements or, in the case of triple net or modified gross leases, tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance, common area or other operating expenses. Rental data presented in the table below for media and entertainment properties reflects actual cash base rents, excluding tenant reimbursements, received during the 12 months ended March 31, 2010. Leases at our media and entertainment properties are typically short-term leases of one year or less, and other than the KTLA lease at our Sunset Bronson property, substantially all of the current in-place leases at our media and entertainment properties will expire in 2010 or 2011.

 

97


Table of Contents

Property

  City   Year
Built/

Renovated
  Square
Feet (1)
  Percent
Leased (2)
    Annualized
Base Rent/
Annual

Base Rent (3)
  Annualized
Base Rent/
Annual Base
Rent Per
Leased
Square Foot (4)
  Annualized
Net Effective
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot (5)

OFFICE PROPERTIES

             

Operating Properties

             

City Plaza

  Orange   1969/99   333,922   92.1 % (6)     $ 7,779,694   $ 25.30   $ 24.07

First Financial

  Encino (LA)   1986   222,423   89.4        6,661,152     33.48     32.37

Del Amo Office (7)

  Torrance   1986   113,000   100.0        3,069,070     27.16     26.40

Technicolor Building

  Hollywood (LA)   2008   114,958   100.0        3,945,359     34.32     39.04

Tierrasanta

  San Diego   1985   104,234   96.8        1,428,252     14.15     15.07
                               

Total/Weighted Average Operating Properties:

      888,537   94.0   $ 22,883,527   $ 27.40   $ 27.34
                               

Redevelopment Properties

             

875 Howard Street (8)

  San Francisco   Various   286,270   33.0   $ 614,351   $ 6.50   $ 6.50
                               

Total/Weighted Average Office Properties:

      1,174,807   79.1 % (9)     $ 23,497,878   $ 25.27   $ 25.22
                               

MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES

           

Sunset Gower (10)

  Hollywood (LA)   Various   543,709   66.1   $ 10,782,170   $ 30.02  

Sunset Bronson

  Hollywood (LA)   Various   313,723   68.4        8,970,830     41.80  
                           

Total/Weighted Average Media & Entertainment Properties:

      857,432   66.9   $ 19,753,000   $ 34.42  
                           

LAND

             

Sunset Bronson—Lot A

  Hollywood (LA)   N/A   273,913        

Sunset Bronson—Redevelopment

  Hollywood (LA)   N/A   389,740        

Sunset Gower—Redevelopment

  Hollywood (LA)   N/A   423,396        

City Plaza

  Orange   N/A   360,000        
               

Total Land Assets:

      1,447,049        
               

Portfolio Total:

      3,479,288        
               

 

(1) Square footage for office and media and entertainment properties has been determined by management based upon estimated leaseable square feet, which may be less or more than the Building Owners and Managers Association, or BOMA, rentable area. Square footage may change over time due to remeasurement or releasing. Square footage for land assets represents management’s estimate of developable square feet, the majority of which remains subject to receipt of entitlement approvals that have not yet been obtained.
(2) Percent leased for office properties is calculated as (i) square footage under commenced leases as of March 31, 2010, divided by (ii) total square feet, expressed as a percentage. Percent leased for media and entertainment properties is the average percent leased for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.
(3)

We present rent data for office properties on an annualized basis, and for media and entertainment properties on an annual basis. Annualized base rent for office properties is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements with respect to the office properties for leases in effect as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $2,430,797. Annualized base rent, net of abatements, is $5,626,679 for City Plaza, $6,554,336 for First Financial and $3,774,393 for the Technicolor Building. There are no abatements associated with the leases in place as of March 31, 2010 at the Del Amo Office, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties. Total annualized base rent, net of abatements, for our office properties is $21,067,081. Annualized base rent data for our office properties is as of March 31, 2010 and does not reflect scheduled lease expirations for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011. Calculating total office properties annualized base rent to reflect the impact of scheduled lease expirations for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 (by including in annualized base rent, for leases with a term of less than one year, only amounts through the expiration of the lease) would reduce total office properties annualized base rent by $660,251 to $22,837,627. For lease expiration data, see “Business and Properties—Lease Expirations of Office Portfolio.” Annual base rent for media and entertainment properties reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements. Our leases at our City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop.

 

98


Table of Contents
 

The leases at our Technicolor, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, such as real estate taxes, insurance, common area and other operating expenses, and annualized base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for these properties is $5,231,052 for the Technicolor Building, $2,346,562 for Tierrasanta and $1,181,699 for 875 Howard Street. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent is $10,818,963 for Sunset Gower and $10,380,340 for Sunset Bronson.

(4) Annualized base rent per leased square foot for the office properties is calculated as (i) annualized base rent divided by (ii) square footage under lease as of March 31, 2010. Annualized base rent, net of abatements, per leased square foot is $18.30 for City Plaza, $32.94 for First Financial and $32.83 for the Technicolor Building. There are no abatements associated with the leases in place as of March 31, 2010 at the Del Amo Office, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties. Total annualized base rent per leased square foot, net of abatements, for our office properties is $22.66. Annual base rent per leased square foot for the media and entertainment properties is calculated as (i) actual base rent for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by (ii) average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot is $45.50 for the Technicolor Building, $23.25 for Tierrasanta and $12.50 for 875 Howard Street, and the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot is $30.12 for Sunset Gower and $48.36 for Sunset Bronson.
(5) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of March 31, 2010, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of March 31, 2010. Our leases at our City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized net effective base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. The leases at our Technicolor, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, and annualized net effective base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for these properties is $50.22 for the Technicolor Building, $24.17 for Tierrasanta and $12.50 for 875 Howard Street.
(6) Does not include 3,531 square feet that will be leased to our subsidiary for property management offices.
(7) Our acquisition of this property is subject to closing conditions that may not be in our control. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.” This property is subject to a ground sublease that expires June 30, 2049.
(8) 875 Howard Street consists of two buildings, a retail building of approximately 95,000 square feet that is 100% leased and an office building of approximately 191,000 square feet that underwent redevelopment, which was completed on April 1, 2010. As of March 31, 2010, we had entered into two leases with respect to our 875 Howard Street property that had not commenced as of March 31, 2010. The following table sets forth certain data with respect to the uncommenced leases.

 

      Uncommenced Leases

Property

  Leased Square
Feet Under
Uncommenced
Leases (a)
  Annualized Base Rent,
Net of Abatements,
Under Uncommenced
Leases (b)
  Annualized
Base Rent,

Net  of Abatements,
Per Leased
Square Foot Under
Uncommenced
Leases (c)
  Annualized
Net Effective Base
Rent Per Leased
Square Foot Under
Uncommenced
Leases (d)

875 Howard Street

  76,872   $ 871,617   $ 11.34   $ 30.89

 

  (a) One of the uncommenced leases, which commenced on April 1, 2010, is a seven-year lease expiring on March 31, 2017 and affords the tenant a complete abatement of rent for the first year of the lease term. The other uncommenced lease, which commences on December 14, 2010, is a ten-year lease expiring on December 14, 2020, and contains no rent abatements. See “Business and Properties—Uncommenced Leases.”
  (b) Annualized base rent, net of abatements, under uncommenced leases is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (net of abatements)) for the first full month under the respective uncommenced leases, by (ii) 12. Total abatements under uncommenced leases entered into as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $998,730. Annualized base rent under uncommenced leases, before abatements, is $1,870,347.
  (c) Annualized base rent, net of abatements, per leased square foot under uncommenced leases is calculated as (i) annualized base rent, net of abatements, under uncommenced leases, divided by (ii) leased square feet under uncommenced leases. Annualized base rent under uncommenced leases, before abatements, per leased square foot is $24.33.
  (d) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot under uncommenced leases represents (i) annualized base rent under uncommenced leases calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) leased square feet under uncommenced leases.
(9) After giving effect to uncommenced leases signed as of March 31, 2010, the total percent leased for office properties would have been 85.7% as of March 31, 2010.
(10) Approximately 0.59 acres of this property is subject to a ground lease that expires March 31, 2060; the remaining portion is owned in fee.

 

99


Table of Contents

Office Portfolio

Our initial portfolio consists of six office properties comprising an aggregate of approximately 1.2 million square feet. As of March 31, 2010, our office properties were approximately 79.1% leased to approximately 80 tenants (or 85.7% leased, giving effect to leases signed but not commenced as of that date). All of our office properties are located in prime California submarkets. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for our office portfolio was 49 months.

Tenant Diversification of Office Portfolio

Our initial office portfolio is currently leased to a variety of companies. The following table sets forth information regarding the 20 largest tenants in our initial office portfolio based on annualized base rent as of March 31, 2010.

 

Tenant

 

Property

  Lease
Expiration
  Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
  Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base  Rent (1)
  Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc.

  Technicolor Building   05/31/20   —        114,958   9.8   $ 3,945,359   16.8

Saatchi & Saatchi North America, Inc. (2 )

  Del Amo Office   12/31/19   12/31/11      113,000   9.6        3,069,070   13.1   

Kondaur Capital Corp.

  City Plaza   03/31/13   —        122,425   10.4        2,938,200   12.5   

Pepperdine University

  First Financial   01/31/19   —        35,351   3.0        1,367,730   5.8   

Medical Specialties

  City Plaza   01/31/17   —        29,369   2.5        704,856   3.0   

Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins (4)

  City Plaza   12/31/19   12/31/16      28,141   2.4        675,384   2.9   

Master Halco

  City Plaza   02/28/19   02/28/17 (6 )     19,876   1.7        663,262   2.8   

Burlington Coat Factory (3 )

  875 Howard Street   02/28/13   03/31/11      94,505   8.0        614,351   2.6   

Liberty Mutual Insurance

  City Plaza   08/31/11   —        18,550   1.6        498,995   2.1   

Marcus & Millichap (5 )

  First Financial   09/30/16   09/30/11      14,500   1.2        461,100   2.0   

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

  First Financial   04/30/16   04/30/12 (6 )     15,838   1.3        437,129   1.9   

Brady, Vorwerck, Ryder & Caspino

  City Plaza   08/31/19   08/31/14 (6 )     18,350   1.6        429,390   1.8   

Haber Corporation

  First Financial   09/30/12   —        12,973   1.1        419,759   1.8   

RBF Consulting

  Tierrasanta   03/31/14   03/31/12 (6 )     31,422   2.7        414,770   1.8   

California Bank & Trust

  Tierrasanta   06/30/18   —        23,208   2.0        409,306   1.7   

Vitas Healthcare Corp.

  First Financial   02/28/14   02/28/11 (6 )     13,390   1.1        385,230   1.6   

Martini, Iosue & Akpo

  First Financial   11/30/14   —        10,293   0.9        377,136   1.6   

Calco Insurance Brokers & Agents

  City Plaza   09/30/11   —        11,964   1.0        314,414   1.3   

United States Fire Insurance Co.

  City Plaza   03/31/16   —        14,207   1.2        289,823   1.2   

U.S. Bank

  First Financial   12/31/16   —        8,048   0.7        278,380   1.2   
                           

Total:

        750,368   63.8   $ 18,693,644   79.6
                           

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for the 20 largest tenants in our office portfolio as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $2,389,692. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.
(2) This lease is subject to early termination options on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee estimated to be approximately $5.0 million for 2011, $3.1 million for 2014 and $1.9 million for 2016.
(3) This lease is scheduled to expire on February 28, 2013; however, the tenant has a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice. We believe this lease is currently substantially below market rental rates.
(4) This lease is subject to early termination by the tenant in exchange for payment of an early termination fee of unamortized leasing costs.

 

100


Table of Contents
(5) This lease is subject to early termination options with respect to 3,036 square feet on September 30, 2011 and with respect to 11,464 square feet on September 30, 2014, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee.
(6) Each of these leases is subject to early termination by the tenant in exchange for payment of an early termination fee.

Uncommenced Leases

As of March 31, 2010, we have entered into two leases with respect to our 875 Howard Street property that have not yet commenced. The two uncommenced leases are modified gross leases, pursuant to which the tenant, in addition to its base rental payment, reimburses the landlord for expenses in excess of a base year expense stop, as well as for janitorial costs and utilities. The following table sets forth data for these two uncommenced leases.

 

Tenant

  Lease
Commencement
  Lease
Expiration
  Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet
  Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent ( 1 )
 

Carat USA

  04/01/10   03/31/17   03/31/16   33,291   2.8        998,730 (2)  

Heald College

  12/14/10   12/14/20   12/14/17   43,581   3.7        871,617   
                       

Total Uncommenced Leases:

        76,872   6.5   $ 1,870,347   
                       

 

(1) For uncommenced leases, annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) the first full month of contractual rents to be received under the applicable lease (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)), by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.
(2) The Carat USA lease provides the tenant a complete abatement of base rent for the first year of the lease term.

Lease Distribution of Office Portfolio

The following table sets forth information relating to the distribution of leases in our initial office portfolio, based on net rentable square feet under lease as of March 31, 2010.

 

Square Feet Under Lease

   Number
of
Leases
   Percentage
of All
Leases
    Total Leased
Square Feet
   Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Leased
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
   Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Annualized
Base Rent
 

2,500 or less

   33    41.2   47,767    5.1   $ 1,439,945    6.1

2,501-10,000

   28    35.0      139,694    15.0        3,642,669    15.5   

10,001-20,000

   10    12.5      149,941    16.1        4,276,237    18.2   

20,001-40,000

   5    6.3      147,491    15.9        3,572,047    15.2   

40,001-100,000

   1    1.3      94,505    10.2        614,351    2.6   

Greater than 100,000

   3    3.7      350,383    37.7        9,952,629    42.4   
                                   

Office Portfolio Total:

   80    100.0   929,781    100.0   $ 23,497,878    100.0
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010 by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. Total abatements for leases in effect as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $2,430,797.

 

101


Table of Contents

Lease Expirations of Office Portfolio

The following table sets forth a summary schedule of the lease expirations for leases in place as of March 31, 2010 plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010 at the properties in our initial office portfolio. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of Leases
Expiring
   Square
Footage of
Expiring
Leases
   Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
   Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot

Vacant ( 2 )

   —      245,026    20.9   $ —      —     $ —  

2010

   12    36,940    3.1        941,122    4.0        25.48

2011 ( 3 )

   19    296,387    25.2        5,977,885    25.4        20.17

2012

   15    105,594    9.0        2,464,069    10.5        23.34

2013

   13    145,921    12.4        3,772,404    16.1        25.85

2014

   10    67,219    5.7        1,870,702    8.0        27.83

2015

   1    2,806    0.2        82,384    0.4        29.36

2016

   3    50,396    4.3        1,243,587    5.3        24.68

2017

   3    50,011    4.3        1,386,502    5.9        27.72

2018

   1    23,208    2.0        409,306    1.7        17.64

2019

   1    35,351    3.0        1,367,730    5.8        38.69

Thereafter

   2    115,948    9.9        3,982,187    16.9        34.34
                                 

Office Portfolio Total/Weighted Average:

   80    1,174,807    100.0   $ 23,497,878    100.0   $ 25.27
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. Total abatements for leases in effect as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $2,430,797.
(2) Includes redevelopment space at our 875 Howard Street property and does not reflect the impact of uncommenced leases. After giving effect to uncommenced leases signed as of March 31, 2010, vacant space would represent only 14.3% of office portfolio square feet.
(3) Includes the Burlington Coat Factory lease representing 94,505 square feet of space at our 875 Howard Street property, which has an expiration date of February 28, 2013 but is subject to a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice. Also includes the Saatchi & Saatchi lease representing 113,000 square feet of space at our Del Amo Office property, which is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2019. However, the lease is subject to early termination options on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee estimated to be approximately $5.0 million for 2011, $3.1 million for 2014 and $1.9 million for 2016. If neither Saatchi & Saatchi nor Burlington Coat Factory exercise their early termination rights in 2011, leases representing only 7.6% of our office portfolio will expire in 2011. This 7.6% represents $2,294,463 in annualized base rent and 9.8% of office portfolio annualized base rent.

Description of Our Office Properties

City Plaza, Orange, California

City Plaza is a nineteen-story, steel-framed, Class-A office building located in Orange, California. The property, built in 1969 and renovated in 1999, contains 333,922 net rentable square feet situated on a 11.5 acre lot with 1,189 parking spaces. The property is located near the intersection of two major freeways, Interstate 5 and Highway 22, at the geographic center of Orange County, a location that has attracted many diverse, high- quality tenants from across Orange County, including United States Fire Insurance Company, Calco Insurance Brokers, Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins & McCall, Kondaur Capital Corp. and Brady, Vorwerck Rider & Caspino. Additionally, the property is located adjacent to The Block, a 715,000 square-foot regional mall providing an array of amenities, including restaurants, retail establishments and movie theaters that are attractive to potential and existing tenants, as well as local residents. Our predecessor acquired the loan on City Plaza in August 2008 at a substantial discount and subsequently obtained title to the property from the borrower. At the time of

 

102


Table of Contents

acquisition, the property was only approximately 38% leased. We have since signed 19 leases, including both new and renewed leases, representing approximately 245,000 square feet. We believe our success in leasing City Plaza during 2009 was a result of our aggressive leasing strategies, extensive relationships with real estate brokers and tenants in Orange County and our financial strength relative to many other landlords in Orange County that may be over-leveraged. As of March 31, 2010, City Plaza was approximately 92.1% leased to 30 tenants operating in various industries.

City Plaza Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of City Plaza as of March 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
  Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet
  Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1 )
  Annualized
Base Rent
Per
Leased

Square
Foot
  Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Kondaur Capital Corp. ( 2 )

  Financial   03/31/13   —        1 x 5
years
  122,425   36.7   $ 2,938,200   $ 24.00   37.8

Medical Specialties (3 )

  Medical
Processing
  01/31/17   —        1 x 5
years
  29,369   8.8        704,856     24.00   9.1   

Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins

  Legal   12/31/19   12/31/16      1 x 5
years
  28,141   8.4        675,384     24.00   8.7   

Master Halco

  Industrial /
Fencing
  02/28/19   02/28/17 (4 )     1 x 5
years
  19,876   6.0        663,262     33.37   8.5   

Liberty Mutual Insurance

  Insurance   08/31/11   —        1 x 5
years
  18,550   5.6        498,995     26.90   6.4   
                                   

Total / Weighted Average:

          218,361   65.5   $ 5,480,697   $ 25.10   70.4
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) Kondaur Capital Corp. entered into a new lease covering 122,425 square feet of space that commenced on March 15, 2010. The new lease is subject to a six-and-one-half month free rent period from April to October 2010. Total abatements under the new lease for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $1,591,525.
(3) Total abatements under the Medical Specialties lease for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $97,897. In connection with the entry into a lease with this tenant, we assumed the tenant’s remaining obligation under its prior lease, which we estimate at $440,789 per year through August 2011. This obligation may be reduced if we are able to sublease the tenant’s previous space or if the tenant’s previous landlord offers to acquire our leasehold interest.
(4) The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee.

 

103


Table of Contents

City Plaza Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at City Plaza as of March 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 48 months without giving effect to uncommenced leases.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of Leases
Expiring
   Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
   Percentage of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
   Percentage
of Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized Base
Rent Per Leased
Square Foot

Vacant (2 )

   —      26,466    7.9   $ —      —     $ —  

2010

   3    5,844    1.8        174,852    2.2        29.92

2011

   9    45,873    13.7        1,210,930    15.6        26.40

2012

   6    16,091    4.8        503,427    6.5        31.29

2013 (3)

   4    125,210    37.5        3,019,210    38.8        24.11

2014 (4 )

   3    22,079    6.6        519,567    6.7        23.53

2015

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2016

   2    42,348    12.7        965,207    12.4        22.79

2017 (5 )

   3    50,011    15.0        1,386,501    17.8        27.72

2018

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2019

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

Thereafter

   —      —      —          —      —          —  
                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

   30    333,922    100.0   $ 7,779,694    100.0   $ 25.30
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $2,153,015.
(2) Includes 3,531 square feet that will be leased to our subsidiary for property management offices but does not reflect the impact of uncommenced leases.
(3) Includes 122,425 square feet of space under the Kondaur Capital Corp. lease, which expires on March 31, 2013.
(4) Includes the Brady, Vorwerck, Ryder & Caspino lease representing 18,350 square feet of space, which is scheduled to expire on August 31, 2019. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on August 31, 2014 in exchange for an early termination fee.
(5) Includes the Master Halco lease representing 19,876 square feet of space, which is scheduled to expire on February 28, 2019. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on February 28, 2017 in exchange for an early termination fee.

City Plaza Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for City Plaza as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
     Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
   Annualized Net
Effective  Base Rent Per
Leased Square  Foot (2 )

March 31, 2010

   92.1    $ 25.30    $ 24.07

December 31, 2009

   72.8         25.39      25.56

December 31, 2008

   43.0         27.75      28.08

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to 2008, we are unable to show data for years prior to this time.
(2) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

 

104


Table of Contents

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of City Plaza.

Upon completion of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions, City Plaza is expected to be included in the portfolio of properties available to secure our secured credit facility. For more information regarding our secured credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

Also in connection with our acquisition of the City Plaza property, we agreed to assume certain costs of design and construction, in the amount of approximately $1.0 million, related to the reconfiguration of certain surface parking areas and the construction of a new road way that will be located on both the City Plaza property and adjacent property, which improvements will improve access to both the City Plaza property and the adjacent retail center from the highway. The construction of these improvements has not yet commenced, and the agreement pursuant to which such payment is due has lapsed. However, we have agreed in principal with the adjacent property owner that is responsible for the construction to extend the agreement.

With respect to our City Plaza property, we are obligated under a parking easement agreement to provide 1,250 parking spaces for use by the adjacent property owner. However, due to a condemnation event that occurred subsequent to the granting of such parking easement, we are currently only able to provide 1,139 parking spaces for such use. We are in discussions with the holder of the easement to address the current deficiency.

The current real estate tax rate for City Plaza is $10.3165 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for City Plaza at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2010 is $722,155 (at a taxable assessed value of $70 million). In addition, there was $23,964 in various direct assessments imposed on City Plaza by the City of Orange and County of Orange for the 2009 tax year. We expect a downward reassessment of this property following completion of the formation transactions.

First Financial, Encino, California

First Financial is a six-story, steel-framed office building located in Encino, California at the intersection of Ventura and Balboa Boulevards. The property, built in 1986, contains 222,423 net rentable square feet and a 49,560 square foot four-story parking garage with 690 parking spaces. The property has access to two major freeways, the Ventura (Highway 101) and San Diego (Interstate 405) Freeways, and is located near many of Los Angeles’s residential communities in the central part of the San Fernando Valley. As of March 31, 2010, First Financial was approximately 89.4% leased to 38 tenants (including the property management tenant).

 

105


Table of Contents

First Financial Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of First Financial as of March 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet
  Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base  Rent ( 1 )
  Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
  Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Pepperdine University

  Educational   01/31/19      —        1 x 5
years
  35,351   15.9   $ 1,367,730   $ 38.69   20.5

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

  Financial   04/30/16      04/30/12 ( 2 )     2 x 1 – 5
years
  15,838   7.1        437,129     27.60   6.6   

Marcus & Millichap (3 )

  Real Estate   09/30/16      09/30/11      1 x 5
years
  14,500   6.5        461,100     31.80   6.9   

Vitas Healthcare Corp.

  Healthcare   02/28/14      02/28/11 ( 4 )     1 x 5
years
  13,390   6.0        385,230     28.77   5.8   

Haber Corporation

  Accounting   09/30/12      —        1 x 5
years
  12,973   5.8        419,759     32.36   6.3   
                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

          92,052   41.3   $ 3,070,948   $ 33.36   46.1
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee of $234,212.
(3) This lease is subject to early termination options with respect to 3,036 square feet on September 30, 2011 and with respect to 11,464 square feet on September 30, 2014, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease. Total abatements under this lease for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $79,156.
(4) The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee.

First Financial Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at First Financial as of March 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 47 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number of
Leases
Expiring
   Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
   Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
   Percentage of
Property
Annualized Base
Rent
    Annualized Base
Rent Per Leased
Square Foot

Vacant

   —      23,468    10.6   $ —      —     $ —  

2010

   7    19,516    8.8        619,906    9.3        31.76

2011 (2 )

   6    28,571    12.8        893,634    13.4        31.28

2012 (3 )

   6    43,149    19.4        1,338,688    20.1        31.02

2013

   9    20,711    9.3        753,194    11.3        36.37

2014 (4 )

   6    39,813    17.9        1,290,407    19.4        32.41

2015

   1    2,806    1.3        82,384    1.2        29.36

2016

   1    8,048    3.6        278,380    4.2        34.59

2017

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2018

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2019

   1    35,351    15.9        1,367,730    20.5        38.69

Thereafter

   1    990    0.4        36,828    0.6        37.20
                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

   38    222,423    100.0   $ 6,661,151    100.0   $ 33.48
                                   

 

106


Table of Contents

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $106,816.
(2) Includes the Vitas Healthcare Corp. lease representing 13,390 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on August 31, 2019. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on February 28, 2011 in exchange for an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease.
(3) Includes the Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated lease representing 15,838 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on April 30, 2016. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on April 30, 2012 in exchange for an early termination fee of $234,212.
(4) Includes the Marcus & Millichap lease representing 14,500 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2016. However, the tenant has a right to terminate the lease with respect to 3,036 square feet on September 30, 2011. The tenant also has a right to terminate the remaining 11,464 square feet on September 30, 2014 in exchange for an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease.

First Financial Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for First Financial as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base
Rent Per Leased
Square Foot
   Annualized Net
Effective Base
Rent Per
Leased Square  Foot (1 )

March 31, 2010

   89.4   $ 33.48    $ 32.37

December 31, 2009

   92.1        32.81      30.56

December 31, 2008

   93.2        30.40      30.06

December 31, 2007

   95.1        28.34      23.42

December 31, 2006

   98.7        27.34      26.27

December 31, 2005

   92.5        26.71      25.89

 

(1) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of First Financial.

Upon completion of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions, First Financial will be subject to a $43.0 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax rate for First Financial is $10.00 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for First Financial at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2010 is $617,100 (at a taxable assessed value of $61,710,000). In addition, there was $155,465 in various direct assessments and voted indebtedness imposed on First Financial by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2009 tax year.

Del Amo Office, Torrance, California

In connection with this offering and the formation transactions, we have entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the Del Amo Office property and its related ground sublease for cash. Our acquisition of the property is contingent upon, among other things, the completion of this offering, the assignment of the ground sublease and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. As a result, although we currently believe the acquisition of this property is probable, we may not acquire this property in a timely manner, or at all.

 

107


Table of Contents

The Del Amo Office property is a five-story, steel-framed office building located on Sepulveda Boulevard in Torrance, California. The property, built in 1986, contains 113,000 net rentable square feet and is situated on 2.3 acres with 150 parking spaces. The property is 100% leased to Saatchi & Saatchi North America, Inc., a leading advertising agency, pursuant to a written lease. Saatchi & Saatchi has been a tenant at this property for over 20 years, over which period significant capital improvements have been made to the property. The current term of the office lease expires December 31, 2019, provided that Saatchi & Saatchi has the option to terminate the office lease on any of the following dates: December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for the payment of an early termination fee, based on an amount equal to the unamortized tenant improvement allowances, brokerage commissions and abated rent granted to Saatchi & Saatchi for the initial 15-year term. We estimate the early termination fee to be approximately $5.0 million, $3.1 million and $1.9 million for the termination rights exercisable on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Saatchi & Saatchi also has one 10-year extension option, at a rental rate equal to 95% of the projected prevailing rental rate as of the first day of the option term (based on a formula set forth in the office lease). The office lease provides for the payment of monthly base rent, plus tenant’s share (100%) of all increases in direct costs of operation, repair and maintenance of the building and common areas, including real property taxes and assessments levied or assessed against the building (including in connection with a change of ownership), over such costs for the 2005 base year.

The following table summarizes information regarding the Del Amo Office property lease as of March 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
  Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet
  Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1 )
  Annualized
Base
Rent Per
Leased
Square
Foot
  Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Saatchi & Saatchi

  Advertising   12/31/19   12/31/11 ( 2 )     1 x 10
years
  113,000   100.0   $ 3,069,070   $ 27.16   100.0
                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

          113,000   100.0   $ 3,069,070   $ 27.16   100.0
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) The Saatchi & Saatchi lease provides the tenant with the option to terminate the office lease on any of the following dates in each case upon nine months prior notice: December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for the payment of an early termination fee, as described above.

The property on which the Del Amo Office building is located is subleased by Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, or Del Amo, through a long-term ground sublease entered into on February 12, 1985 between Sears, Roebuck & Co., as sublessor, and Del Amo (as successor-in-interest to Del Amo Mills Limited Partnership, successor-in-interest to The Torrance Company), as sublessee. The current term of the ground sublease expires June 30, 2049. The ground sublease is subject and subordinate to the terms of a ground lease dated June 29, 1959 between certain persons and entities therein referred to as The Sears Investors, as lessor, and Sears, Roebuck and Co., as lessee, and an improvement agreement and agreement to ground sublease dated September 15, 1983 between Sears, Roebuck and Co. and The Torrance Company, predecessor to Del Amo. The fee owner of the property has not granted to the subtenant under the ground sublease any rights of non-disturbance. Accordingly, a termination of the ground lease for any reason, including a rejection thereof by the ground tenant under the ground lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, could result in a termination of the ground sublease. In the event of a termination of the ground sublease, the Company may lose its interest in the Del Amo Office building and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from the Del Amo Office building. In addition, the failure of the Company to have any non-disturbance rights from the fee owner may impair the Company’s ability to obtain financing for the Del Amo Office building. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The ground sublease for the Del Amo Office property is subject and subordinate to a ground lease, the termination of which could result in a termination of the ground sublease.”

 

108


Table of Contents

Fixed Net Rent under the ground sublease is $1.00 per year, with sublessee being responsible for all impositions, insurance premiums, operating charges, maintenance charges, construction costs and other charges, costs and expenses that arise or may be contemplated under any provisions of the ground sublease, including its pro rata share of all exterior common area maintenance costs charged to sublessor with respect to the larger tract of land of which the property is a part, and all real property taxes applicable to the property (and if not separately assessed, then sublessee’s liability shall be for such equitable portion of the real property taxes as the property bears to all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, as determined mutually by sublessor and sublessee).

The sublessee is also responsible for sublessor’s obligations under the ground lease applicable to the property, other than those obligations involving the payment of rent or other charges. The ground sublease is not expressly terminable for any reason by either party other than in connection with a casualty or condemnation. The sublessee has the right to mortgage its leasehold interest in the property, but is not otherwise permitted to assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber or in any manner transfer the ground sublease, or any part thereof, further sublease the property, or any part thereof (other than subleasing of space within the improvements to tenants in occupancy from time to time), or sell, transfer, mortgage, pledge, lease, license or encumber the improvements or the interest of sublessee in any lease of the improvements or the rentals thereunder, without the prior written consent of sublessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Other than normally recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of the Del Amo Office property.

Upon consummation of our acquisition of the Del Amo Office property, such property is expected to be included in the portfolio of properties available to secure our secured credit facility, subject to lender due diligence and the delivery of customary loan documentation. For more information regarding our secured credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The Del Amo Office property is not currently located on its own tax parcel. Therefore, the current real estate tax rate for the Del Amo Office property is based upon the property’s pro rata share of the land square footage of the larger parcel of which it is a part. Using this proration, the current real estate tax rate for the Del Amo Office property is $10 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for the Del Amo Office property at this rate for the 2009 tax year is $39,062 (at a taxable assessed value of $38,172,509). In addition, there was $6,169 in various direct assessments imposed on the Del Amo Office property by the City of Torrance and County of Los Angeles for the 2009 tax year. However, as described above, Saatchi & Saatchi is obligated to reimburse us for 100% of real property taxes and assessments over such costs for a 2005 base year. Under the acquisition agreement, the seller will agree to cooperate with us following the closing to file all necessary documents with the applicable governmental authorities to segregate the real estate tax liability for the Del Amo Office property from the real estate tax liability for the larger tax parcel of which it is a part. While we believe that such segregation will be approved by the applicable governmental authorities, our ability to effect the same may also be contingent upon the cooperation of Sears, Roebuck & Co., the ground tenant under the ground lease, and the fee owner of the property. If we are unable to segregate the real estate tax liability for the Del Amo Office property from the larger tax parcel, then the failure of the ground tenant under the ground lease or the fee owner to pay real property taxes on the larger tract could result in a tax lien and/or foreclosure of the Del Amo Office property. In the event of a foreclosure of the Del Amo Office property, the Company may lose its interest in the Del Amo Office building and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from the Del Amo Office building. In addition, the failure of the Del Amo Office property to be a separate tax parcel may impair the Company’s ability to obtain financing for the Del Amo Office building. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The Del Amo Office property is not currently located on its own tax parcel, which could result in a tax lien and/or foreclosure of the Del Amo Office property.”

 

109


Table of Contents

Technicolor Building, Hollywood, California

The Technicolor Building is a six-story, steel-framed Class-A office and motion picture technical production building located in Hollywood, California. The property comprises 114,958 square feet and is located on the Sunset Gower property (described below), with frontage on Sunset Boulevard, one of the main surface arteries in Los Angeles. The property was completed in 2008 and serves as the worldwide headquarters for Technicolor, one of the leading post-production companies in the entertainment industry. The property includes both traditional office space and space dedicated to post-production uses, such as video and sound content screening, editing and data storage and, as Technicolor’s primary office and post-production facility, it is essential to its worldwide operations. The property is 100% leased to Technicolor through May 31, 2020. Pursuant to the terms of its lease, Technicolor is obligated to reimburse us for 100% of the expenses related to the operation of the property, including, but not limited to, real property taxes, utilities and insurance premiums (excluding structural, roof and core MEP system capital replacements).

The following table summarizes information regarding the Technicolor Building lease as of March 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
  Renewal
Options
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet
  Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
  Annualized
Base Rent

Per Leased
Square

Foot
  Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Technicolor

  Media &
Entertainment
  05/31/20   2 x 5
years
  114,958   100.0   $ 3,945,359   $ 34.32   100.0
                                 

Total/Weighted Average:

        114,958   100.0   $ 3,945,359   $ 34.32   100.0
                                 

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements as of March 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $170,966. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Technicolor Building lease is $5,231,052, or $45.50 per leased square foot.

Technicolor Building Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for the Technicolor Building as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base
Rent Per Leased
Square Foot (2)
   Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square  Foot ( 3 )

March 31, 2010

   100   $ 34.32    $ 39.04

December 31, 2009

   100        34.32      39.04

December 31, 2008

   100        33.00      39.04

 

(1) Because the property was placed into service on June 1, 2008, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2008.
(2) We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot as of March 31, 2010 is $45.50.
(3) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot as of March 31, 2010 is $50.22 for the Technicolor Building.

Upon completion of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions, we expect the Technicolor Building, together with the Sunset Gower property, will be included in the portfolio of properties available to secure our secured credit facility. For more information regarding our secured credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources— Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

 

110


Table of Contents

The current real estate tax for the Technicolor Building is included in the real estate tax for Sunset Gower. We expect that the Technicolor Building will be taxed separately for the 2010 tax year. However, as described above, Technicolor is obligated to reimburse us for 100% of its allocated share of real property taxes and related fees.

Tierrasanta, San Diego, California

Tierrasanta is a wood-framed office complex located in the Kearny Mesa submarket of San Diego, California. Built in 1985, Tierrasanta consists of four buildings that contain an aggregate of 104,234 net rentable square feet situated on a 6.5 acre lot with 382 parking spaces. The property is located directly adjacent to Interstate 15 and has access to two major highways, Highway 163 and Highway 52. As of March 31, 2010, Tierrasanta was approximately 96.8% leased to 9 tenants. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 40 months.

Tierrasanta Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the tenants of Tierrasanta as of March 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
  Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
  Renewal
Options
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet
  Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base  Rent (1 )
  Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
  Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

RBF  Consulting (2 )

  Construction
Services
  03/31/14   03/31/12   1 x 5
years
  31,422   30.1   $ 414,770   $ 13.20   29.0

California Bank & Trust

  Financial   06/30/18   —     1 x 5
years
  23,208   22.3        409,306     17.64   28.7   

NxGen

  Technology   08/31/12   —     —     9,629   9.2        115,548     12.00   8.1   

Quake Global, Inc.

  Technology   11/30/10   —     —     8,690   8.3        111,684     12.85   7.8   

Diversified Copier

  Technology   06/30/11   —     1 x 3
years
  8,305   8.0        123,180     14.83   8.6   
                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

          81,254   77.9   $ 1,174,488   $ 14.45   82.2
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.
(2) The tenant has an option to terminate, subject to the payment of an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease.

Other than normally recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of Tierrasanta.

Upon completion of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions, Tierrasanta will be subject to a $14.3 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax rate for Tierrasanta is $10.00 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Tierrasanta at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2010 is $124,806 (at a taxable assessed value of $12,480,645). In addition, there was $12,979 in various direct assessments and voted indebtedness imposed on Tierrasanta by the City of San Diego and the County of San Diego for the 2009 tax year.

875 Howard Street, San Francisco, California

Our 875 Howard Street property is located in San Francisco, California and consists of two buildings totaling approximately 286,000 square feet. One of the buildings is an approximately 191,000 square foot,

 

111


Table of Contents

six-story building that underwent redevelopment from its prior use as a museum to use as an office property. The redevelopment included a new lobby, demolition of all floors to core and shell and the completion of exterior upgrades, all of which were completed on April 1, 2010. The other building is an approximately 95,000 square foot, three-story retail building leased to Burlington Coat Factory. The property is located in the South of Market area in San Francisco, a submarket that has historically had a high concentration of high technology and internet-related tenants. We believe that as venture capital investments in technology related companies increase, our property will attract many of the high technology and internet tenants that tend to be located in the South of Market submarket. Additionally, the property is located across the street from the Moscone Convention Center near Market Street, which provides an array of amenities, including access to San Francisco’s primary mass transit corridor, restaurants, retail establishments and movie theaters, all of which are attractive to potential and existing tenants.

One of our contributors, Farallon, acquired the property in 2007 with its operating partner, TMG Partners, or TMG, when the office component of the property was occupied by the California Academy of Sciences, which was scheduled to vacate the property in 2008. Farallon and TMG acquired the property with the intent to redevelop the office space that had been underutilized when the California Academy of Sciences occupied the space. Upon completion of this offering and consummation of the formation transactions, we intend to enter into an agreement with TMG relating to this property, pursuant to which we will pay a 3% commission on hard costs of first generation tenant improvements and a leasing commission equal to $2 per square foot of new space leased during the term of the agreement. This agreement terminates upon the earlier of two years or the date on which the property is 95% leased. As of March 31, 2010, the 875 Howard Street retail building was approximately 100% leased to Burlington Coat Factory, while two leases representing approximately 40% of the office building have been executed as of such date, one of which commenced on April 1, 2010 upon the completion of the tenant improvements and the other of which commences on December 1, 2010. Overall, as of March 31, 2010, the property was 60% leased, including the two uncommenced leases described above.

The Burlington Coat Factory lease is subject to a continuous termination right by the tenant on one year’s prior notice. However, we believe Burlington Coat Factory’s lease is at substantially below market rates as of March 31, 2010, which we believe may encourage the tenant to exercise one or more of its two five-year renewal options at the current rental rate.

875 Howard Street Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of 875 Howard Street as of March 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
  Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
  Renewal
Options
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet
  Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base  Rent (1 )
  Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
  Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Burlington Coat Factory (2)

  Retail   02/28/13   03/31/11   2 x 5
years
  94,505   33.0   $ 614,351   $ 6.50   100.0

Total/Weighted Average:

          94,505   33.0   $ 614,351   $ 6.50   100.0
                                   

Uncommenced Leases

                 

Heald  College (3)

  Educational   12/14/20   12/14/17   1 x 5
years
  43,581   15.2   $ 871,617   $ 20.00  

Carat USA (4)

  Media &
Entertainment
  03/31/17   03/31/16   1 x 5
years
  33,291   11.6        998,730     30.00  
                               

Total/Weighted Average:

          76,873   26.8   $ 1,870,347   $ 24.33  
                               

 

112


Table of Contents

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. For uncommenced leases, annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) the first full month of contractual base rents to be received under the applicable lease (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)), by (ii) 12. The Burlington Coat Factory lease is a modified gross lease pursuant to which the tenant, in addition to its base rental payment, reimburses the landlord for certain operating expenses. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Burlington Coat Factory lease is $1,181,699, or $12.50 per leased square foot. The Heald College and Carat USA leases are modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant, in addition to its base rental payment, reimburses the landlord for expenses in excess of a base year expense stop, as well as janitorial costs and utilities. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Heald College lease is $1,045,941, or $24.00 per leased square foot. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Carat USA lease is $1,131,894, or $34.00 per leased square foot .
(2) The tenant has a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice.
(3) The Heald College lease commences on December 14, 2010. The early termination right is subject to an early termination payment of $1,751,358.
(4) The Carat USA lease commenced on April 1, 2010. Total abatements under this lease for the 12 months ending March 31, 2011 are $998,730. The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee of $412,106. The Carat USA lease provides the tenant a complete abatement of base rent for the first year of the lease term.

875 Howard Street Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at 875 Howard Street as of March 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 12 months due to the continuous termination right of Burlington Coat Factory on one year’s prior notice; to date, such notice has not been provided.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of Leases
Expiring
   Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
   Percentage of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base  Rent (1)
   Percentage
of Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot

Vacant (2 )

   —      191,765    67.0   $ —      —     $ —  

2010

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2011 (3)

   1    94,505    33.0        614,351    100.0        6.50

2012

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2013

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2014

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2015

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2016

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2017

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2018

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2019

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

Thereafter

   —      —      —          —      —          —  
                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

   1    286,270    100.0   $ 614,351    100.0   $ 6.50
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements.
(2) Includes redevelopment space and does not reflect the impact of the uncommenced Heald College and Carat USA leases.
(3) Includes the Burlington Coat Factory lease representing 94,505 square feet of space that has an expiration date of December 31, 2013 and is subject to a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice. To date, such notice has not been provided. Excluding Burlington Coat Factory, none of our 875 Howard Street property leases would expire in 2011.

 

113


Table of Contents

875 Howard Street Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for 875 Howard Street as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased (2 )
    Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot (3)
   Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square  Foot (4)

March 31, 2010

   33.0   $ 6.50    $ 6.50

December 31, 2009

   33.0        6.50      6.50

December 31, 2008

   100.0        7.81      7.81

December 31, 2007

   100.0        6.66      6.66

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to 2007, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2007.
(2) After giving effect to the uncommenced leases, percent leased would have been 59.9% as of March 31, 2010.
(3) We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot is $12.50 as of March 31, 2010.
(4) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent net effective base rent per leased square foot as of March 31, 2010 is $12.50 for 875 Howard Street.

Upon completion of this offering and consummation of the formation transactions, we expect 875 Howard Street will be included in the portfolio of properties available to secure our secured credit facility, subject to lender due diligence and the delivery of customary loan documentation. For more information regarding our secured credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax rate for 875 Howard Street is $11.59 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for 875 Howard Street at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2010 is $371,286 (at a taxable assessed value of $32,035,043). In addition, there was $20,517.86 in various direct assessments imposed on 875 Howard Street by the City and County of San Francisco.

Media and Entertainment Portfolio

Our initial portfolio of operating properties includes two properties that we consider to be media and entertainment properties, encompassing an aggregate of 857,432 square feet. We define our media and entertainment properties as those properties in our portfolio that are primarily used for the physical production of media content, such as television, feature films, commercials, music videos and photographs. These properties generally also feature a traditional office component that is leased to production companies and content providers. For the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, our media and entertainment properties were approximately 66.9% leased on average to approximately 79 tenants as of March 31, 2010. Our media and entertainment properties are located in prime Southern California submarkets.

Leasing Characteristics of Media and Entertainment Properties

The duration of typical lease terms for tenants of media and entertainment properties tends to be shorter as compared to those of traditional office properties. Generally, terms of the media and entertainment leases are one year or less, as tenants are never certain as to whether their productions will continue to be carried by networks or cable channels. However, historically, many entertainment tenants have exercised renewal options such that their actual tenancy is extended for multiple years. As an example, productions such as Judge Judy , Judge Joe Brown , Family Feud and Hannah Montana have been tenants at Sunset Bronson Studios for between three and 12 years. At Sunset Gower Studios, NBC’s Heroes was a tenant for four years prior to its cancellation and Showtime’s Dexter has been a tenant for three years. Additionally, occupancy levels for sound stage space and office and support space tend to run in parallel, as a majority of stage users also require office and support

 

114


Table of Contents

space. In addition, we require tenants at our media and entertainment properties to use our facilities for items such as lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). As a result, our other property-related revenues tend to track overall occupancy of our media and entertainment properties. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.

Entertainment Industry Overview

The entertainment industry is one of Los Angeles’s core economic strengths and one of the region’s most high-profile economic sectors. Although feature film and television production have historically dominated the entertainment industry in southern California, the industry has grown to also include the information services sector, largely driven by media-related industries such as publishing, broadcasting and telecommunications activities. According to RCG, the sector is 2.4 times more concentrated in Los Angeles than it is nationally, reflecting the large cluster of media and entertainment firms in the area. The media and entertainment industry employed roughly 228,500 people in California as of 2008 in motion pictures, sound and broadcasting, as well as independent artists, writers and performers. In addition, the actual number of employees in the industry may be much higher than reported, since many of them are independent contractors whose employment may not be reflected on regular payrolls. At least one out of 12 workers in Los Angeles County is employed in the entertainment industry.

We believe that the television broadcasting environment is expanding and will lead to continued demand for media and entertainment-related real estate in the Los Angeles area. According to Kagan Media Appraisals, there has been a significant increase in the number of television networks and series in the U.S. in recent years, which has in turn resulted in increased demand for new content. When comparing the 2003-2004 season to the 2008-2009 season, the number of series, including scripted television shows, has increased rapidly. We believe this has caused and will continue to cause a corresponding increase in demand for the facilities where new content is produced. According to Kagan Media Appraisals, the number of television networks in the U.S. grew from 388 in 2004 to 601 in 2009, while the number of television series grew from 350 to 656 over the same period. According to the Los Angeles Times, it is estimated that television broadcast revenue will increase by 20% in 2010 over 2009 due to strong advertising revenue, which we believe will further support demand fundamentals for media and entertainment properties.

Additionally, the video game and digital media development industries are experiencing growing demand as film studios increasingly utilize digital effects and computer-generated graphics to complete their films as well as create video game content based on their films. Advances in technology and a growing supply of skilled labor in this field have also contributed to industry expansion. Video game development will likely be a source for growth in the local economy as consumer spending improves nationally. Likewise, digital media is forging a new path for the entertainment industry, generating growth in alternative types of production and fueling job gains in the region. Digital media is expected to be a key driver of economic recovery during the coming years as consumer demand for digital content increases in spite of the recent recession. Given the financial pressure created by the weak economy, many advertisers and producers are turning to digital content as a means to reduce costs while also appealing to increased consumer demand for media featuring more user control over content. RCG expects spending on digital entertainment in the United States to rise to 25% of entertainment expenditures by 2013, compared with 15% in 2008. Consequently, we believe the increasing demand for digital content will likely generate increased demand for media-related office space in Los Angeles during the years to come.

Even as alternative media grows in popularity, traditional production still dominates economic activity in Los Angeles. According to RCG, nearly 37,976 on-location production days, which include production of feature films, commercials and television programs, took place in Los Angeles County during 2009. This number does not include productions that took place at media and entertainment property locations, however, so the actual number of

 

115


Table of Contents

production days is likely to be much higher. In addition to feature films and television programs already in production, pilot production is also an important driver of the entertainment industry. During the 2009-2010 cycle, 76 pilots were produced in the Los Angeles area, which was a 28.8% increase from the previous year when 59 pilots were produced and spending on the productions exceeded $200 million. The rebounding economic conditions should support further increases in production activity, including commercials, which already increased 61% during the first quarter of 2010 following three years of annual declines. We believe that Los Angeles will continue to be the premiere location for production activities, attracting and retaining some of the most creative talent in the world.

Although production on location occurs throughout Los Angeles County, film and television media and entertainment properties are primarily concentrated north and west of the downtown region within the Hollywood, San Fernando Valley/Tri-Cities and West Los Angeles submarkets. There is a total inventory of approximately 287 sound stages in the Los Angeles area, with roughly 55% or over 3,000,000 square feet located at the facilities of major media and entertainment companies such as Warner Brothers, Paramount, Universal, Sony, Fox and Disney. Of the approximately 130 sound stages located at independent media and entertainment properties in Los Angeles, roughly 53% are clustered in the Hollywood area where the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located. The 23 stages that are situated at Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson represent approximately 33% of the total sound stage inventory at independent studios in the Hollywood area and roughly 23% of total stage inventory in the Hollywood area, at both major and independent media and entertainment properties. Other competing independent media and entertainment properties not in the Hollywood area are located in such submarkets as Downtown Los Angeles and Manhattan Beach.

Description of Our Media and Entertainment Properties

Sunset Gower, Hollywood, California

Sunset Gower is a 15.6 acre media and entertainment property located in the heart of Hollywood, four blocks west of the Hollywood (101) Freeway. The property encompasses almost an entire city block, bordered by Sunset Boulevard to the north, Gower Street to the west, Gordon Street to the east and Fountain Avenue to the south. The property, a fixture in the Los Angeles-based entertainment industry since it was built in the 1920s, served as Columbia Pictures’ headquarters through 1972 and is now one of the largest independent media and entertainment properties in the United States. Sunset Gower provides a fully-integrated environment for its media and entertainment-focused tenants within which they can access creative and technical talent for film and television production and post-production. Sunset Gower typically serves as home to single camera television and motion picture production tenants. The property is comprised of 368,149 square feet of office and support space, along with 12 sound stage facilities totaling 175,560 square feet. In addition, there are 1,450 parking spaces (situated in both surface and structured parking lots). Included in the total office square feet is a building, known as 6060 Sunset, which is comprised of approximately 17,000 square feet and was purchased separately from the Sunset Gower property and completely renovated, including core and shell upgrades. The renovation was completed in October 2009 and we believe that this space will be well suited for longer term media and entertainment tenants. For the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, Sunset Gower was approximately 66.1% leased as of March 31, 2010.

Approximately 0.59 acres of the site is subject to a ground lease held by SGS Holdings, LLC pursuant to a lease dated August 26, 1949 between Elizabeth K. Chadwick, as lessor, and SGS Holdings (as successor-in-interest to Columbia Pictures Corporation), as lessee (expiring March 31, 2060); the remaining portion of the Sunset Gower property is owned by SGS Holdings in fee, with the exception of 6060 Sunset, which is owned by SGS Realty II, LLC.

In addition to Sunset Gower’s existing facilities, the current zoning designation for Sunset Gower, M1-1 – Limited Industrial, City of Los Angeles, permits a floor area ratio, or FAR, of 1.5x, which implies a maximum allowable density of 1,022,933 square feet, or an incremental 423,436 square feet above the existing 599,497 floor area ratio, including the Technicolor Building. However, as of March 31, 2010, we had no immediate plans to develop additional facilities on the property.

 

116


Table of Contents

Leases at Sunset Gower are typically for one year or less. However, historically, many media and entertainment property tenants have exercised renewal options such that the actual tenancy of many of these tenants may be for multiple years. As an example, at our Sunset Gower media and entertainment property, productions such as NBC’s Heroes was a tenant for four years prior to its cancellation and Showtime’s Dexter has been a tenant for three years. Additionally, occupancy for sound stage space and office and support space tend to parallel one another, as a majority of stage users also require office and support space.

Sunset Gower Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of Sunset Gower for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
    Renewal
Options
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet (1)
  Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annual
Base Rent (2)
  Annual Base
Rent  Per
Leased
Square
Foot (3)
  Percentage
of
Property
Annual
Base Rent
 

NBC Studios ( Heroes )

  Television/

Entertainment

  05/31/10 (4)     —     123,993   22.8   $ 3,027,257   $ 24.41   28.1

Blind Decker Productions ( Dexter )

  Television/
Entertainment
  12/31/10 (5)     —     60,184   11.1        1,806,817     30.02   16.8   
                                 

Total/Weighted Average:

        184,177   33.9   $ 4,834,074   $ 26.25   44.8
                                 

 

(1) Reflects average square feet under lease to such tenant during the period of its tenancy. Of the 123,993 square feet leased to NBC Studios, approximately 41,097 square feet is office and support space and approximately 82,896 square feet is sound stage space. Of the 60,184 square feet leased to Blind Decker Productions, approximately 22,096 square feet is office and support space and approximately 38,088 square feet is sound stage space.
(2) Annual base rent reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements.
(3) Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual rent for the year 12 months ended March 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010.
(4) NBC Studios has not renewed Heroes and this lease has expired. We have since executed a lease for 60,758 square feet and are negotiating an additional two leases totaling approximately 96,000 square feet. However, we can provide no assurance that these leases will be executed.
(5) Blind Decker Productions is obligated to maintain their lease if Dexter is renewed for another season.

Sunset Gower Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annual base rent per leased square foot and annual net effective base rent per leased square foot for Sunset Gower as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased (2)
    Annual Base
Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot (3)
   Annual Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square  Foot (4)

March 31, 2010

   66.1   $ 30.02    $ 30.02

December 31, 2009

   68.2        29.83      29.83

December 31, 2008

   74.2       27.94      27.94

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to 2007, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2008.
(2) Percent leased is the average percent leased for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot as of March 31, 2010 is $30.12.
(3) Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above divided by average square feet under lease for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above.

 

117


Table of Contents
(4) Annual net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the average square feet under lease for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above.

Sunset Gower Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at Sunset Gower as of March 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 4.4 months without giving effect to uncommenced leases.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of Leases
Expiring
   Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
   Percentage of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
   Percentage
of Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot

Vacant

   —      160,428    29.5   $ —      —     $ —  

2010

   62    371,619    68.4        10,855,273    97.0        29.21

2011

   4    5,012    0.9        136,851    1.2        27.30

2012

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2013

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2014

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2015

   1    6,650    1.2        202,476    1.8        30.45

2016

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2017

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2018

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2019

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

Thereafter

   —      —      —          —      —          —  
                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

   67    543,709    100.0   $ 11,194,600    100.0   $ 29.21
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent excludes tenant reimbursements.

Sunset Gower has an ongoing capital improvement program. Our capital expenditure budget at Sunset Gower for 2010 is $1.0 million. This amount reflects improvements largely consisting of deferred maintenance items.

Upon completion of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions, we expect that Sunset Gower, together with the Technicolor Building, will be included in the portfolio of properties available to secure our secured credit facility. For more information regarding our secured credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax rate for the Sunset Gower property (including the Technicolor Building) is $12.2044 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Sunset Gower (including the Technicolor Building) at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2010 is $2,652,184 (at a taxable assessed value of $217,313,600). In addition, there was $171,668 in various direct assessments imposed on Sunset Gower (including the Technicolor Building) by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2009 tax year. We expect a downward reassessment of this property following completion of the formation transactions.

Sunset Bronson, Hollywood, California

Sunset Bronson is a 10.6 acre media and entertainment property located in the heart of Hollywood, one block west of the Hollywood (101) Freeway and in close proximity to the Sunset Gower property. The property

 

118


Table of Contents

encompasses a full city block, bordered by Sunset Boulevard to the north, Bronson Avenue to the west, Van Ness Avenue to the east and Fernwood Avenue to the south. The property, which was built in phases from 1924 through 1981, formerly served as Warner Brothers Studios’ headquarters and has been continuously operated as a media and entertainment property since the 1920s. The property includes a Historical-Cultural Monument designation for the Site of the Filming of the First Talking Film ( The Jazz Singer ) that is specific to the building structure that fronts Sunset Boulevard. Similar to nearby Sunset Gower, Sunset Bronson is a multi-use property with a full complement of production, post-production and support facilities that enable its media and entertainment focused tenants to conduct their business in a collaborative and efficient setting. In contrast to Sunset Gower, which typically serves single camera television and motion picture productions, Sunset Bronson caters to multi-camera television productions, such as game shows, talk shows or courtroom shows that record in video and require a control room to manage and edit the productions’ multiple cameras. Excluding the KTLA portion of the property, which is described below, Sunset Bronson consists of approximately 86,108 square feet of office and support space and nine sound stage facilities with approximately 137,109 square feet, along with 455 parking spaces. The property has three digital control rooms, one of which has high-definition technology, which allow tenants to edit productions filmed with high-definition cameras. For the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, Sunset Bronson was approximately 68.4% leased to 13 tenants as of March 31. 2010.

Sunset Bronson also includes the KTLA facility, which is a multi-use office, broadcasting and production facility located on the Sunset Bronson property described above. The KTLA facility is 100% leased by KTLA Channel 5, one of the largest independent television stations in Los Angeles and has served as KTLA’s only broadcast facility and its primary office and production location for over 50 years. In connection with the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property, KTLA, Inc., a subsidiary of Tribune Company, entered into a five-year lease for approximately 90,506 square feet, which includes 83,531 square feet of office and support space and 6,975 square feet encompassing two sound stages. At closing, our predecessor received a prepayment of $16.3 million from KTLA in prepayment of its rents for the initial five-year term of its lease. On December 8, 2008, Tribune Company and several of its affiliates, including KTLA, Inc., filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 25, 2009, KTLA assumed its lease for the KTLA facility and cured all outstanding pre-petition amounts due us.

We have entered into an amendment to the KTLA lease that extends the lease term through January 31, 2016. Net rents will be approximately $2,707,940 from February 1, 2013 through January 31, 2014, $2,789,178 from February 1, 2014 through January 31, 2015 and $2,872,853 from February 1, 2015 through January 31, 2016.

Leases at Sunset Bronson (other than the KTLA lease) are typically for one year or less. However, historically, many media and entertainment property tenants have exercised renewal options such that the actual tenancy of many of these tenants may be for multiple years. For example, productions such as Judge Judy , Judge Joe Brown , Family Feud and Hannah Montana have been tenants at our Sunset Bronson media and entertainment property for between three and 12 years. Additionally, occupancy for sound stage space and office and support space tend to parallel one another, as a majority of stage users also require office and support space.

In addition to Sunset Bronson’s existing facilities, the current zoning designation for Sunset Bronson, M1-1 – Limited Industrial, City of Los Angeles, permits a FAR of 1.5x, which implies a maximum allowable density of 689,565 square feet or an incremental 391,836 square feet above the existing 297,729 total FAR, including the KTLA portion of the property. As of March 31, 2010, we have engaged an architect and land use counsel and we are in the process of finalizing its master plan.

 

119


Table of Contents

Sunset Bronson Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of Sunset Bronson as of March 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
  Renewal
Options
  Total
Leased
Square
Feet (1)
  Percentage
of

Property
Square
Feet
    Annual
Base Rent (2)
  Annual
Base Rent
Per  Leased
Square
Foot (3)
  Percentage
of

Property
Annual
Base

Rent
 

KTLA

  Television/
Entertainment
  01/31/16   —     90,506   28.8   $ 3,256,382   $ 35.98   36.3
                                 

Total/Weighted Average:

        90,506   28.8   $ 3,256,382   $ 35.98   36.3
                                 

 

(1) Reflects average square feet under lease to such tenant during the period of its tenancy.
(2) Annual base rent reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements. As of February 1, 2013, annualized base rent will be $2,707,940 through lease expiration, and will be subject to abatements of $676,985, $697,294, and $718,213 for 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.
(3) Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010.

Sunset Bronson Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annual base rent per leased square foot and annual net effective base rent per leased square foot for the Sunset Bronson property as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased (2 )
    Annual Base
Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot (3)
   Annual Net
Effective Base
Rent Per
Leased Square  Foot (4)

March 31, 2010

   68.4   $ 41.80    $ 39.76

December 31, 2009

   68.5        40.12      38.70

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to 2008, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2009.
(2) Percent leased is the average percent leased for the three or 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.
(3) Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above divided by average square feet under lease for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot as of March 31, 2010 is $48.36.
(4) Annual net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the average square feet under lease for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above.

 

120


Table of Contents

Sunset Bronson Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at Sunset Bronson as of March 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 25.6 months without giving effect to uncommenced leases.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of Leases
Expiring
   Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
   Percentage of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
   Percentage
of Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot

Vacant

   —      43,343    13.9   $ —      —     $ —  

2010

   10    147,791    47.1        6,336,859    54.9        42.88

2011

   2    32,083    10.2        1,957,950    16.9        61.03

2012

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2013

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2014

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2015

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2016

   1    90,506    28.8        3,256,382    28.2        35.98

2017

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2018

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

2019

   —      —      —          —      —          —  

Thereafter

   —      —      —          —      —          —  
                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

   13    313,723    100.0   $ 11,551,191    100.0   $ 42.72
                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended March 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent excludes tenant reimbursements.

Sunset Bronson has an ongoing capital improvement program. Our capital expenditure budget at Sunset Bronson for 2010 is $450,000. This amount reflects improvements largely consisting of deferred maintenance items.

Upon completion of this offering and the consummation of the formation transactions, Sunset Bronson will be subject to a $37.0 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding after this Offering.”

The current real estate tax rate for Sunset Bronson is $12.2044 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Sunset Bronson at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2010 is $1,356,034 (at a taxable assessed value of $111,110,156). In addition, various direct assessments in the amount of $124,730 were imposed on Sunset Bronson by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2009 tax year. We expect a downward reassessment of this property following completion of the formation transactions.

Sunset Bronson Lot A

In connection with our acquisition of Sunset Bronson in 2008, we acquired a 67,381 square foot undeveloped lot located on the northwest corner of Sunset Boulevard and Bronson Avenue. The lot is located two blocks west of the I-101 Freeway, in between the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties. The site is currently used as a surface parking lot and can be developed to include up to 60,855 square feet of retail and office space based on current zoning, with the opportunity to add additional developable square footage through certain municipal land entitlement approvals. We estimate that with further entitlements, we could increase the developable square footage to approximately 273,913 square feet. The lot also includes a signage take down

 

121


Table of Contents

credit that allows for a 2,496 square foot supergraphic sign to be placed on the property, conditioned upon approval by the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety. While we are holding this property for its development potential, we do not currently have any plans for its development.

Depreciation

The following table sets forth for each property in our initial portfolio and component thereof upon which depreciation is taken, the (i) federal tax basis upon consummation of the offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, (ii) rate, (iii) method, and (iv) life claimed with respect to such property or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

 

Property

  

Federal

Tax Basis

  

Rate

   Method (1)   

Life

Claimed

City Plaza

   $ 50,111,098    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

First Financial

   $ 66,500,000    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

KTLA

   $ 32,075,481    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

Del Amo Office

   $ 26,950,000    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

875 Howard Street

   $ 44,000,000    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

Sunset Bronson

   $ 34,388,281    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

Sunset Gower

   $ 118,139,339    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

Sunset Bronson – Lot A

   $ 33,532,717    Various    Straight-line   

Technicolor Building

   $ 53,403,432    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

Tierrasanta

   $ 15,700,000    Various    Straight-line    39/15 years

 

(1) Unless otherwise noted, depreciation method and life claimed for each property and component thereof is determined by reference to the IRS-mandated method for depreciating assets placed into service after 1986, known as the Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System.

In addition, we have an aggregate of approximately $7,838,430 in additional tax basis of depreciable furniture, fixtures and equipment associated with the properties in our initial portfolio as of December 31, 2009. Depreciation on this furniture, fixtures and equipment is computed on the straight-line and double declining balance methods over the claimed life of such property, which is either five or seven years.

Regulation

General

Our properties are subject to various covenants, laws, ordinances and regulations, including regulations relating to common areas and fire and safety requirements. We believe that each of the properties in our initial portfolio has the necessary permits and approvals to operate its business.

Americans With Disabilities Act

Our properties must comply with Title III of the ADA to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” as defined by the ADA. The ADA may require removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our properties where such removal is readily achievable. The company has developed and undertaken a continuous capital improvement program at certain properties in the past. These capital improvement programs will continue to progress after the offering and certain ADA upgrades will continue to be integrated into the planned improvements, specifically at the media and entertainment properties where the company is able to utilize in-house construction crews to minimize costs for required ADA related improvements. However, some of our properties may currently be in noncompliance with the ADA. Such noncompliance could result in the incurrence of additional costs to attain compliance, the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make alterations as appropriate in this respect.

 

122


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

Under various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, as a current or former owner or operator of real property, we may be liable for costs and damages resulting from the presence or discharge of hazardous or toxic substances, waste or petroleum products at, on, in, under, or migrating from such property, including costs to investigate, clean up such contamination and liability for natural resources. Such laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. These liabilities could be substantial and the cost of any required remediation, removal, fines, or other costs could exceed the value of the property and/or our aggregate assets. In addition, the presence of contamination or the failure to remediate contamination at our properties may expose us to third-party liability for costs of remediation and/or personal or property damage or materially adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or develop our properties or to borrow using the properties as collateral. In addition, environmental laws may create liens on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address such contamination. Moreover, if contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures.

Some of our properties contain, have contained, or are adjacent to or near other properties that have contained or currently contain storage tanks for the storage of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. Similarly, some of our properties were used in the past for commercial or industrial purposes, or are currently used for commercial purposes, that involve or involved the use of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances, or are adjacent to or near properties that have been or are used for similar commercial or industrial purposes. As a result, some of our properties have been or may be impacted by contamination arising from the releases of such hazardous substances or petroleum products. Where we have deemed appropriate, we have taken steps to address identified contamination or mitigate risks associated with such contamination; however, we are unable to ensure that further actions will not be necessary. As a result of the foregoing, we could potentially incur material liabilities.

Independent environmental consultants have conducted Phase I Environmental Site Assessments at all of the properties in our initial portfolio using the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Practice E 1527-05. A Phase I Environmental Site Assessment is a report prepared for real estate holdings that identifies potential or existing environmental contamination liabilities. Site assessments are intended to discover and evaluate information regarding the environmental condition of the surveyed property and surrounding properties. These assessments do not generally include soil samplings, subsurface investigations or an asbestos survey. None of the recent site assessments identified any known past or present contamination that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or operations. However, the assessments are limited in scope and may have failed to identify all environmental conditions or concern. A prior owner or operator of a property or historic operations at our properties may have created a material environmental condition that is not known to us or the independent consultants preparing the site assessments. Material environmental conditions may have arisen after the review was completed or may arise in the future, and future laws, ordinances or regulations may impose material additional environmental liability.

Environmental laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of asbestos-containing building materials, or ACBM, and may impose fines and penalties for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability (e.g., liability for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos). Such laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing ACBM (and employers in such buildings) properly manage and maintain the asbestos, adequately notify or train those who may come into contact with asbestos, and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if asbestos would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. Some of our properties contain ACBM and we could be liable for such damages, fines or penalties.

 

123


Table of Contents

In addition, the properties in our portfolio also are subject to various federal, state, and local environmental and health and safety requirements, such as state and local fire requirements. Moreover, some of our tenants routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations at our properties, which are subject to regulation. Such environmental and health and safety laws and regulations could subject us or our tenants to liability resulting from these activities. Environmental liabilities could affect a tenant’s ability to make rental payments to us. In addition, changes in laws could increase the potential liability for noncompliance. We sometimes require our tenants to comply with environmental and health and safety laws and regulations and to indemnify us for any related liabilities. But in the event of the bankruptcy or inability of any of our tenants to satisfy such obligations, we may be required to satisfy such obligations. In addition, we may be held directly liable for any such damages or claims regardless of whether we knew of, or were responsible for, the presence or disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and irrespective of tenant lease provisions. The costs associated with such liability could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on us.

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability from our tenants, employees of our tenants or others if property damage or personal injury occurs. We are not presently aware of any material adverse indoor air quality issues at our properties.

Insurance

Upon completion of this offering and consummation of the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, we will carry commercial property (including earthquake), liability and terrorism coverage on all the properties in our initial portfolio under a blanket insurance policy, in addition to other coverages, such as trademark and pollution coverage, that may be appropriate for specific properties. We believe the policy specifications and insured limits are appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice; however, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover our losses. We will not carry insurance for certain losses, including, but not limited to, losses caused by riots or war. Some of our policies, like those covering losses due to terrorism, earthquakes and floods, will be insured subject to limitations involving substantial self insurance portions and significant deductibles and co-payments for such events. In addition, the properties in our initial portfolio are located in California, an area subject to an increased risk of earthquakes. While we will carry earthquake insurance on our properties, the amount of our earthquake insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover losses from earthquakes. In addition, we may reduce or discontinue earthquake, terrorism or other insurance on some or all of our properties in the future if the cost of premiums for any of these policies exceeds, in our judgment, the value of the coverage discounted for the risk of loss. In the event that we experience a substantial or comprehensive loss of one of our properties, we may not be able to rebuild certain of our properties due to current zoning and land use regulations. In addition, our title insurance policies may not insure for the current aggregate market value of our initial portfolio, and we do not intend to increase our title insurance coverage as the market value of our initial portfolio increases. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Potential losses, including from adverse weather conditions, natural disaster and title claims, may not be covered by insurance.”

Competition

We compete with a number of developers, owners and operators of office and commercial real estate, many of which own properties similar to ours in the same markets in which our properties are located and some of

 

124


Table of Contents

which have greater financial resources than we do. In operating and managing our portfolio, we compete for tenants based on a number of factors, including location, rental rates, security, flexibility and expertise to design space to meet prospective tenants’ needs and the manner in which the property is operated, maintained and marketed. As leases at our properties expire, we may encounter significant competition to renew or re-let space in light of the large number of competing properties within the markets in which we operate. As a result, we may be required to provide rent concessions or abatements, incur charges for tenant improvements and other inducements, including early termination rights or below-market renewal options, or we may not be able to timely lease vacant space. In that case, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, per share trading price of our common stock and ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to pay dividends to you may be adversely affected.

We also face competition when pursuing acquisition and disposition opportunities. Our competitors may be able to pay higher property acquisition prices, may have private access to opportunities not available to us and otherwise be in a better position to acquire a property. Competition may also have the effect of reducing the number of suitable acquisition opportunities available to us, increase the price required to consummate an acquisition opportunity and generally reduce the demand for commercial office space in our markets. Likewise, competition with sellers of similar properties to locate suitable purchasers may result in us receiving lower proceeds from a sale or in us not being able to dispose of a property at a time of our choosing due to the lack of an acceptable return.

Employees

Upon the completion of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect to have approximately 60 employees.

Principal Executive Offices

Our headquarters is located at 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California. We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our present and future operations; however, based on the anticipated growth of our company, we may add regional offices or relocate our headquarters, depending upon our future operational needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings that we believe to be material or which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation if determined adversely to us.

 

125


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of nine directors, a majority of whom are independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE. Each of our directors will be elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Our Board of Directors.” We expect the first annual meeting of our stockholders after this offering will be held in 2011. Subject to rights pursuant to any employment agreements, officers serve at the pleasure of our board of directors.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the individuals who will be our directors and executive officers upon completion of this offering:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Victor J. Coleman*

   48    Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Howard S. Stern*

   48    President, Secretary and Director

Christopher Barton*

   45    Executive Vice President, Operations and Development

Mark T. Lammas*

   44    Chief Financial Officer

Dale Shimoda*

   42    Executive Vice President, Finance

Alexander Vouvalides

   31    Vice President, Asset Management

Richard B. Fried

   42    Director

Theodore R. Antenucci†

   45    Director Nominee

Mark Burnett†

   49    Director Nominee

Jonathan M. Glaser†

   48    Director Nominee

Mark D. Linehan†

   48    Director Nominee

Robert M. Moran, Jr.†

   48    Director Nominee

Barry A. Porter†

   52    Director Nominee

 

* Denotes our named executive officers.
Independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards. It is expected that this individual will become a director immediately upon completion of this offering.

Biographical Summaries of Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Other Officers

The following are biographical summaries of the experience of our directors, executive officers and certain other officers.

Victor J. Coleman will serve as Chief Executive Officer and as Chairman of our board of directors. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Coleman founded and served as a managing partner of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, a private real estate investment company based in Los Angeles, California. In 1990, Mr. Coleman co-founded and led Arden Realty, Inc. as its President and Chief Operating Officer and as a director, taking that company public on the NYSE in 1996 and selling it to GE Real Estate, a division of General Electric Capital Corporation, in 2006. Prior to that sale, Mr. Coleman was primarily responsible for all facets of Arden Realty, Inc.’s strategic planning and growth, as well as management of that company’s team of top real estate professionals. Mr. Coleman is an active community leader, has been the recipient of the Humanitarian Award for the National Conference of Christians and Jews, and is on the Founding Board of Directors for the Ziman Center for Real Estate (from 2004 to the present) at the Anderson School, UCLA, and the Boards of Fisher Center for Real Estate and Urban Economics, Los Angeles Sports & Entertainment Commission, the Archer School (from 2007 to the present) and the Bel Air Chapter of YPO. Mr. Coleman’s previous experience as a director also includes service on the board of other public companies such as Douglas Emmett, Inc. (from 2006 to 2009) and People’s Choice (2003 to 2006). He holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Golden Gate University and a Bachelor of Arts in History from the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Coleman was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his deep knowledge of our company and his experience in the real estate investment industry.

 

126


Table of Contents

Howard S. Stern will serve as President, Secretary and as a director on our board of directors. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Stern served as a managing partner of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, where he acted as President of the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties in Hollywood, and oversaw the daily operations of 23 production sound stages and over approximately 550,000 square feet of office. Before joining Hudson Capital, LLC, Mr. Stern served as Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer for Arden Realty, Inc. from 2003 until its sale in 2006, where he was responsible for acquisition, disposition, development, structured finance and new investment activities. In his early tenure with Arden Realty, Inc., which began in 2001, he first served as Vice President of Strategic Planning, then as First Vice President of Operations and Leasing. Before his tenure at Arden Realty, Inc., Mr. Stern spent five years as Vice President of the Archon Group, a subsidiary of Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he oversaw all Western Region mezzanine financing and real estate management activities. Mr. Stern is a graduate of the University of California, Berkeley with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science and Economics, and has a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Southern California. Mr. Stern was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his deep knowledge of our company and his experience in the real estate investment industry.

Christopher Barton will serve as Executive Vice President, Operations and Development. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Barton served as Vice President of Construction & Development of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, where he was responsible for operations and development, including establishing and monitoring property budgets, managing property staff and administering vendor contracts. He also managed the development and construction of the Technicolor Building and renovation activity at the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties. With 20 years of experience in development and construction, encompassing mixed use, office, industrial, and residential projects, Mr. Barton has developed over 2.5 million square feet of commercial property, from conceptual site plan analysis and entitlements through completion. Prior to joining Hudson Capital, LLC in November 2006, Mr. Barton served as First Vice President for Arden Realty, Inc., from January 1997, where he was responsible for conceptual development, land entitlements, financial analysis and construction management for all real estate developments, including the Howard Hughes Center project, a planned 2.7 million square foot mixed-use development in Los Angeles, California. Before his tenure at Arden Realty, Inc., Mr. Barton was Project Manager at Beers-Skanska Construction Company where he managed large scale construction projects in the southeast United States, including the Celebration Place office building complex for Walt Disney Company in Orlando, Florida. Mr. Barton holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Purdue University and Master of Business Administration degree in both Real Estate and Finance from the University of Georgia.

Mark T. Lammas will serve as Chief Financial Officer. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Lammas was a consultant to our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, from September 2009. Before that time, Mr. Lammas was a Senior Vice President (from 1998 to 2005), then Executive Vice President (from 2006 to 2009) of Maguire Properties, Inc. where he principally oversaw finance and other transactional matters, since first joining that company as its General Counsel in 1998, then assuming other senior executive responsibilities after Maguire Properties went public on the NYSE in 2003. During his tenure, Mr. Lammas directed that company’s major capital market transactions, including corporate and asset financings and common and preferred equity offerings, acted as its principal liaison with institutional partners, and was responsible for compliance with corporate financial covenants and the accuracy of all financial reports and public disclosures. Prior to joining Maguire Properties in 1998, Mr. Lammas was an attorney with Cox, Castle & Nicholson LLP, where he specialized in representing developers, institutional investors and pension funds in their acquisition, development, financing, investing, and entity structuring and restructuring activities. Mr. Lammas is a graduate of the Boalt Hall School of Law (University of California, Berkeley). He obtained his Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Berkeley in Political Economies of Industrial Societies, graduating magna cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa.

Dale Shimoda will serve as Executive Vice President, Finance. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Shimoda was a consultant to our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, on various financial and operational

 

127


Table of Contents

matters, primarily related to its media and entertainment properties at Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson. Prior to his engagement with Hudson Capital, LLC, Mr. Shimoda was Vice President of Acquisitions at Arden Realty, Inc., where he underwrote and performed due diligence on most of that company’s acquisitions. Mr. Shimoda has also worked in capital transactions at the Yarmouth Group, a New York-based pension fund advisor owned by Lend Lease, and as a management consultant at Ernst & Young and Robert Charles Lesser & Co. Mr. Shimoda is a graduate of the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business.

Alexander Vouvalides will serve as Vice President, Asset Management. Prior to the formation of our company, Alexander Vouvalides joined our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, in 2009 as an Associate focused on acquisitions and investments, primarily responsible for acquisition analyses, financial due diligence and asset management assignments. Before joining Hudson Capital, LLC, he was an Associate in the Real Estate Finance & Securitization Group at Credit Suisse working in both the firm’s New York and Los Angeles offices, where he underwrote and closed major acquisition and recapitalization loans across various asset types including office, hotel, retail, land and construction. Prior to that, Mr. Vouvalides worked as a Corporate Finance Analyst in the Technology, Media & Telecommunications group at JPMorgan Chase & Co. in New York. Mr. Vouvalides graduated from Emory University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science.

Richard B. Fried will serve as a member of our board of directors. His selection as a member of our board was made in connection with the negotiation of our formation transactions. Mr. Fried is currently a Managing Member and co-head of the real estate group at Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., an investment management company that he has been with since 1995. Mr. Fried also currently serves as a Board Member of One California Bank, a position he has held since the bank’s inception in 2007. Previously, Mr. Fried was a Vice President in acquisitions for Security Capital Industrial Trust (now called ProLogis), a real estate investment trust specializing in industrial properties. Mr. Fried has also worked as an associate in capital markets at JMB Institutional Realty Corporation. Mr. Fried graduated cum laude from the University of Pennsylvania with a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics and a Bachelor of Arts degree in History. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Fried should serve as a director based on an agreement made with Farallon in connection with the negotiation of the formation transactions.

Biographical Summaries of Director Nominees

The following are biographical summaries of the experience of our non-employee director nominees.

Theodore R. Antenucci will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Antenucci is the President and Chief Investment Officer of ProLogis and is also a member of the company’s Executive Committee. ProLogis is a leading global provider of distribution facilities with over $32 billion in real estate assets under management. Mr. Antenucci oversees all major transactions and provides oversight and direction to the senior management teams. Mr. Antenucci also serves on the Board of Directors for ProLogis European Properties, a public fund trading on the Euronext stock exchange in Amsterdam. Before joining ProLogis in September 2005, Mr. Antenucci served as President of Catellus Commercial Development Commercial, and was responsible for all development, construction and acquisition activities. Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President of Catellus Commercial Group, where he managed the company’s industrial development activities throughout the western United States. Prior to joining Catellus in 1995, Mr. Antenucci was Vice President of real estate for Omnitrax, one of the largest short line operators in the United States. Additionally, Mr. Antenucci has served on the Board of Directors of Pittman Development Group since April 4, 2004. Mr. Antenucci earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara. Mr. Antenucci was selected by our board based on his experience as an executive and board member of a REIT and his extensive real estate and development expertise in the Southern California market. Mr. Antenucci will be a member of our board’s audit committee.

Mark Burnett will serve as a member of our board of directors. Since the 1990s, Mr. Burnett has created and led several successful production companies and has produced numerous hit television series including Survivor , Apprentice , Are You Smarter than a 5th Grader? and Shark Tank . He has extensive experience in the

 

128


Table of Contents

creation and development of unscripted series in the U.S. and internationally. Mr. Burnett’s series reach a wide international audience, and he is a leader in the business of integrating brands and products into series content. In addition, Mr. Burnett has served two elected terms on the Board of the British Academy of Film and Television. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Burnett should serve on the board based on his familiarity with the entertainment and production business. Mr. Burnett will be a member of our board’s nominating and corporate governance committee.

Jonathan M. Glaser will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Glaser has been Managing Member of JMG Capital Management LLC since he founded the company in 1992. JMG Capital Management LLC is the General Partner of JMG Capital Partners, L.P., an investment limited partnership that has been a leader in various capital market strategies, private placements and additional financing strategies. Prior to founding JMG, Mr. Glaser was a member floor trader on both the American Stock Exchange and Pacific Stock Exchange. Mr. Glaser received a Juris Doctor degree from the Boalt Hall School of Law at the University of California, Berkeley, as well as a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Berkeley. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Glaser should serve on our board based on his capital markets expertise, as well as his extensive experience in portfolio management, financial oversight and directorship service. Mr. Glaser has been designated chair of our board’s compensation committee and will be a member of our board’s audit committee.

Mark D. Linehan will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Linehan has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Wynmark Company since he founded the company in 1993. Wynmark Company is a private real estate investment and development company with interests in properties in California, Nevada, Oregon and Montana. Prior to founding Wynmark Company, Mr. Linehan was a Senior Vice President with the Trammell Crow Company in Los Angeles, California. Before that, Mr. Linehan was with Kenneth Leventhal & Co. (now Ernst & Young LLP), a Los Angeles based public accounting firm. In addition, Mr. Linehan is actively involved with the community through his service on the board of the UC Santa Barbara Foundation, the National Cowboy and Western Heritage Museum, and the Goleta Valley Hospital, as well as his previous board memberships with the Signet Corporation and the Camino Real Park Foundation. Mr. Linehan received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara and is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Linehan was selected by our board based on his extensive experience in real estate investment and development as well as his expertise in accounting matters. Mr. Linehan has been designated chair of our audit committee and will be a member of our board’s compensation committee.

Robert M. Moran, Jr. will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Moran co-founded and co-owns FJM Investments LLC, a private real estate investment company that owns interest in properties in the western United States and British Columbia, Canada. Previously, Mr. Moran developed his extensive experience in real estate investment activities at Westridge Investments, LLC and as Chief Investment Officer of Cornerstone Properties, Inc. He also served as a founding partner at William Wilson & Associates, as well as the Director of Acquisitions in four real estate opportunity funds resulting in the $1.2 billion sale to Cornerstone Properties, Inc. In addition, Mr. Moran has significant experience in real estate lending, having worked at Travelers Insurance, Wells Fargo Bank, Manufacturers Hanover and Chemical Bank. Mr. Moran received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Stanford University. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Moran should serve as a director on our board based on his familiarity with the Northern California real estate market and his experience with REITs and public companies. Mr. Moran has been designated chair of our board’s nominating and corporate governance committee.

Barry A. Porter will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Porter co-founded Clarity Partners L.P. in 2000 and has served as a Managing General Partner of the partnership since then. Clarity Partners L.P. is a private equity firm focused exclusively on investments in media, communications and business services. In 2007 Mr. Porter co-founded Clarity China L.P., a private equity firm specializing in investments in growth companies in the Greater China region. He serves on the Investment Committee of that partnership, which has also invested in real estate in China. Mr. Porter serves on the board of BASE Entertainment, one of the top live

 

129


Table of Contents

entertainment businesses in Las Vegas, and will also serve on the Board of Impredia, the leading Hispanic news and information company in the United States. Prior to co-founding Clarity Partners, Mr. Porter held senior executive positions at Global Crossing, a company he co-founded in 1997 that was involved in the international fiber optic telecommunications business. Before that, Mr. Porter was a Managing Director at Pacific Capital Group, a firm he joined after serving as a Senior Managing Director in the investment banking group of Bear Stearns. In addition, Mr. Porter has worked as an attorney at the Los Angeles firm of Wyman, Bautzer, Rothman, Kuchel and Silbert. He received his Juris Doctor and Master of Business Administration degrees from the University of California, Berkeley, and graduated from the Wharton School of Business, where he earned a Bachelor of Science degree with dual majors in Finance and Political Science. Mr. Porter was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his expertise in public companies, capital markets, and his accounting and financial background. Mr. Porter will be a member of our board’s compensation and our nominating and corporate governance committees.

Additional Background of Our Executive Officers

Mr. Coleman co-founded Arden in 1990 and served as President, Chief Operating Officer and Director after the company went public on the NYSE in 1996. Mr. Stern, while serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer at Arden, oversaw the expansion of the company’s portfolio from 12 million square feet to approximately 20 million square feet and was responsible for all acquisition, disposition, development and new investment activities. As senior members of Arden’s management team, Messrs. Coleman and Stern were instrumental in helping Arden become one of the largest owners of office properties in Southern California. Messrs. Coleman and Stern remained members of Arden’s management team until its sale in May 2006 to GE Real Estate, a division of General Electric Capital Corporation.

Arden Realty, Inc.

Arden Realty, Inc. was a publicly traded real estate investment trust that operated just under 20 million square feet of office space in more than 220 office buildings in Southern California. Mr. Coleman co-founded Arden in 1990 as a private company, and served as its President, Chief Operating Officer and Director after taking the company public on the NYSE in 1996. Arden completed its initial public offering in October 1996 with an initial equity market capitalization of approximately $491 million. In May 2006, Arden was acquired by GE Real Estate for $4.8 billion in total enterprise value, or $45.25 per share in cash. Over the ten-year period that Arden was a publicly traded company, the portfolio grew from 4.0 million square feet of properties to 18.5 million square feet at the time of the sale.

Arden’s initial equity market capitalization of $491 million is calculated by multiplying Arden’s initial public offering price of $20.00 per share by the 21,679,500 shares sold in its initial public offering (inclusive of 2,827,000 overallotment shares) and 2,889,071 operating units. Total enterprise value of $4.8 billion represents market capitalization plus total debt and preferred equity, minus cash and cash equivalents at the time of Arden’s sale. Over the ten-year period that Arden was a public company, market capitalization increased steadily from $491 million in 1996 to $1.7 billion in 2001, decreased to $1.4 billion in 2002 and thereafter increased steadily to $3.1 billion by the time of Arden’s sale. Total enterprise value increased steadily from $583 million at the initial public offering to $3.0 billion in 2001, decreased to $2.9 billion in 2002 and thereafter increased steadily each year to $4.8 billion by the time of Arden’s sale.

An investment in the common stock of Arden at the time of its initial public offering until its sale to GE Real Estate generated a total return to stockholders of 338% per share for each share purchased at the initial public offering price of $20 per share (assuming reinvestment of all cash dividends since the initial public offering in October 1996), significantly outperforming the 263% returned by the benchmark MSCI US REIT Index and the 120% returned by the S&P 500 over the same period. The total return calculation represents the total return performance derived from publicly available information, and demonstrates the stock price performance as well as dividends paid. We can provide no assurances, however, that Arden’s stock performance was not impacted by general market trends and other external factors unrelated to management’s performance.

 

130


Table of Contents

The MSCI US REIT Index represents approximately 85% of the publicly traded U.S. REIT market with each REIT in the index having a market capitalization of at least $100 million. It is comprised of equity REIT securities that belong to the MSCI US Investable Market 2500 Index. The MSCI US REIT Index includes only REIT securities that are of reasonable size in terms of full and free float-adjusted market capitalization to ensure that the performance of the equity REIT universe can be captured and replicated in actual institutional and retail portfolios of different sizes. The REITs that are included in the MSCI US REIT Index reflect a broad spectrum of real estate sectors, including REITs that operate in the office, retail, hotel, multifamily, industrial, healthcare and storage sectors in one or more regions of the United States or across the entire United States. We believe that the MSCI US REIT Index is an industry benchmark used by investors for purposes of comparing stock performance and stockholder returns. However, comparison of Arden’s stock performance to the performance of the MSCI US REIT Index may be limited due to the differences between Arden and the other companies represented in the MSCI US REIT Index, including with respect to size, asset type, geographic concentration and investment strategy. The information regarding total return to stockholders achieved by Arden is not a guarantee or prediction of the returns that we may achieve in the future, and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to replicate these returns.

The table below provides a comparison of Arden’s stock performance against the MSCI US REIT Index and the S&P 500, together with Arden’s net income during the same period.

Arden Total Return & Net Income Trend

 

    Year-End
12/31/2005 (1)
    Year-End
12/31/2004
    Year-End
12/31/2003
    Year-End
12/31/2002
    Year-End
12/31/2001
    Year-End
12/31/2000
    Year-End
12/31/1999
    Year-End
12/31/1998
    Year-End
12/31/1997 (2)
    10/9/96
(Inception)
to 12/31/1996
 

Total Return:

                   

Arden Realty Inc.

    25.3     32.3     47.8     (9.5 )%      13.9     35.1     (6.1 )%      (19.3 )%      18.0     40.0

RMS

    12.1     31.5     36.7     3.6     12.8     26.8     (4.6 )%      (16.9 )%      18.6     19.0

S&P 500

    4.9     10.9     28.7     (22.1 )%      (11.9 )%      (9.1 )%      21.0     28.6     33.4     7.5

Arden Net Income   ($000)

  $ 65,499      $ 73,775      $ 58,509      $ 70,175      $ 97,759      $ 96,710      $ 96,626      $ 90,675      $ 39,630      $ (5,672 ) (3)  

 

(1) Last full calendar year of operation; Arden announced sale to GE Real Estate in December 2005 and closed the sale in May 2006.
(2) First full calendar year of operation following the initial public offering.
(3) Includes $13 million in extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt.

Arden faced various adverse business developments. For example, from late 1997 to late 1999 Arden experienced a general downturn in its stock price and limited access to the capital markets, reflecting general global economic and market conditions and the weak demand for real estate investments as investors focused more heavily on the technology sector. From 2001 through 2005, Arden experienced a decline in its net income. Net income decreased from $97.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 to $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This decrease was primarily the result of higher depreciation, which increased from $89.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 to $137.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and lower occupancy levels, which began declining as of the end of 2000 from 94.4% to a low of 90.1% as of the end of 2002. These declines in occupancy levels and net income were due to reduced demand for office space, resulting primarily from adverse developments in the technology and telecommunications sectors and the resulting economic downturn. In addition, from time to time, in the ordinary course of business, Arden had properties that underperformed or failed to meet operational or financial expectations.

Corporate Governance Profile

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance structure include the following:

 

   

our board of directors is not staggered, with each of our directors subject to re-election annually;

 

   

of the nine persons who will serve on our board of directors immediately after the completion of this offering, we expect our board of directors to determine that 6, or 66.7%, of our directors satisfy

 

131


Table of Contents
 

the listing standards for independence of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act;

 

   

we anticipate that at least one of our directors will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC;

 

   

we have opted out of the control share acquisition statute in the MGCL and have exempted from the business combination provisions of the MGCL any business combination that is first approved by our board of directors; and

 

   

we do not have a stockholder rights plan.

Our directors will stay informed about our business by attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly, with support from its three standing committees, the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee, each of which addresses risks specific to their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our internal audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The principal functions of each committee are briefly described below. We intend to comply with the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time, with respect to each of these committees and each of these committees will be comprised exclusively of independent directors. Additionally, our board of directors may from time to time establish certain other committees to facilitate the management of our company.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of three of our independent directors. We expect that the chairman of our audit committee will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by the applicable SEC regulations and NYSE corporate governance listing standards. We expect that our board of directors will determine that each of the audit committee members is “financially literate” as that term is defined by the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt an audit committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the audit committee, including oversight related to:

 

   

our accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and financial reporting process;

 

132


Table of Contents
   

our systems of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

our compliance with financial, legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

the evaluation of the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function; and

 

   

our overall risk profile.

The audit committee will also be responsible for engaging an independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, including all audit and non-audit services, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee also will prepare the audit committee report required by SEC regulations to be included in our annual proxy statement. Mr. Linehan has been designated as chair and Messrs. Antenucci and Glaser have been appointed as members of the audit committee.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of three of our independent directors. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a compensation committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

   

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other officers;

 

   

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

 

   

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

   

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

   

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Mr. Glaser has been designated as chair and Messrs. Linehan and Porter have been appointed as members of the compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of three of our independent directors. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

 

   

identifying and recommending to the full board of directors qualified candidates for election as directors and recommending nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting of stockholders;

 

133


Table of Contents
   

developing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines and implementing and monitoring such guidelines;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations on matters involving the general operation of the board of directors, including board size and composition, and committee composition and structure;

 

   

recommending to the board of directors nominees for each committee of the board of directors;

 

   

annually facilitating the assessment of the board of directors’ performance as a whole and of the individual directors, as required by applicable law, regulations and the NYSE corporate governance listing standards; and

 

   

overseeing the board of directors’ evaluation of the performance of management.

Mr. Moran has been designated as chair and Messrs. Burnett and Porter have been appointed as members of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

   

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

   

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

 

   

compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

 

   

accountability for adherence to the code of business conduct and ethics.

Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors must be approved by a majority of our independent directors, and any such waiver shall be promptly disclosed as required by law or NYSE regulations.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law as discussed under “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability.” The indemnification agreements provide that, if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of his or her status as a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that he or she is or was serving in such capacity at our request, we must indemnify the director or executive officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, to the maximum extent permitted under Maryland law, including in any proceeding brought by the director or executive officer to enforce his or her rights under the indemnification agreement, to the extent provided by the agreement. The indemnification agreements will also

 

134


Table of Contents

require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within ten days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied by:

 

   

a written affirmation of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

 

   

a written unsecured undertaking to reimburse us if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the director or executive officer is not entitled to indemnification.

The indemnification agreements will also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

Our charter permits us, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (1) any of our present or former directors or officers who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity or (2) any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity, as discussed under “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability.”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

In addition, our directors and officers may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Exculpation and Indemnification.”

 

135


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

During 2009, because we did not conduct business, no compensation was paid to any of our named executive officers and, accordingly, no compensation policies or objectives governed our named executive officer compensation. At this time, our board of directors and our compensation committee have not yet adopted compensation policies applicable to our named executive officers, but intend to do so in the near future. We anticipate that our compensation policies will be established by our compensation committee based on factors such as the desire to retain our named executive officers’ services over the long term, aligning their interests with those of our stockholders, incentivizing them over the near, medium and long term, and rewarding them for exceptional performance, and such other factors as our compensation committee may consider in shaping its compensation philosophy. Our “named executive officers” during 2010 are expected to be Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer; Howard S. Stern, President; Mark T. Lammas, Chief Financial Officer; Christopher Barton, Executive Vice President, Operations and Development; and Dale Shimoda, Executive Vice President, Finance.

We expect that our compensation strategy will focus on providing a total compensation package that will not only attract and retain high-caliber executive officers and employees, but will also be utilized as a tool to align employee contributions with our corporate objectives and stockholder interests. We intend to provide a competitive total compensation package and will share our success with our named executive officers, as well as our other employees, when our objectives are met.

The following is a non-exhaustive list of items that we expect our compensation committee will consider in formulating our compensation philosophy and applying that philosophy to the implementation of our overall compensation program for named executive officers and other employees:

 

   

goals of the compensation program;

 

   

role of our compensation committee;

 

   

engagement and role(s) of an external compensation consultant and other advisors;

 

   

involvement of management in compensation decisions;

 

   

components of compensation, including equity, cash, incentive, fixed, short-, medium- and long-term compensation, and the interaction of these various components with one another;

 

   

equity grant guidelines with regard to timing, type, vesting and other terms and conditions of equity grants;

 

   

stock ownership guidelines and their role in aligning the interests of named executive officers with our stockholders;

 

   

severance and change of control protections;

 

   

perquisites, enhanced benefits and insurance;

 

   

deferred compensation and other tax-efficient compensation programs;

 

   

retirement and other savings programs;

 

   

peer compensation, benchmarking and survey data; and

 

   

risk mitigation and related protective and remedial measures.

Elements of Executive Officer Compensation

Set forth below is an overview of the expected initial components of our named executive officer compensation program, including annual cash compensation, equity awards and health and retirement benefits to be provided following completion of this offering.

 

136


Table of Contents

Base Salaries

As of the completion of the offering, our named executive officers will earn annualized base salaries that are commensurate with their positions and are expected to provide a steady source of income sufficient to permit these officers to focus their time and attention on their work duties and responsibilities. The expected amounts of 2010 annual base salaries for our named executive officers are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below, but may be adjusted by our compensation committee.

Cash Bonuses

Following the completion of the offering, our named executive officers will be eligible to earn discretionary annual cash bonuses for 2010 based on the attainment of specified performance objectives established by our compensation committee. Eligibility to receive these cash bonuses is expected to incentivize our named executive officers to strive to attain company and/or individual performance goals that further our interests and the interests of our stockholders. The applicable terms and conditions of the cash bonuses will be determined by our compensation committee.

Equity Awards

We expect to make grants of restricted common stock to certain of our employees, including our named executive officers, upon completion of this offering. Each named executive officer will be entitled, under the terms of an applicable employment agreement, to an initial grant of shares of restricted stock. We expect that the aggregated denominated dollar value of all such awards will be approximately $3.81 million. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of the completion of this offering, subject to the executive’s continued employment.

The amounts and types of future awards will be in our compensation committee’s discretion, and have not yet been determined. Equity award grants are expected to incentivize and reward increases in long-term stockholder value and to align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders, and to encourage the retention of our named executive officers.

Retirement Savings

We expect to establish and maintain a retirement savings plan under section 401(k) of the Code to cover our eligible employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, which may be on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We may match a portion of our employees’ annual contributions, within prescribed limits.

Employee Benefits

We expect that our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, will be eligible to participate in health and welfare benefit plans, which will provide medical, dental, prescription and other health and related benefits.

Additional Compensation Components

In the future, as we formulate and implement our compensation program, we may provide different and/or additional compensation components, benefits and/or perquisites to our named executive officers, to ensure that we provide a balanced and comprehensive compensation structure. We believe that it is important to maintain flexibility to adapt our compensation structure at this time to properly attract, motivate and retain the top executive talent for which we compete.

 

137


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers, effective upon completion of the offering, that provide for the components of compensation described above, in addition to various severance and change in control benefits and other terms and conditions of employment. We believe that the protections contained in these employment agreements will help to ensure the day-to-day stability necessary to our executives to enable them to properly focus their attention on their duties and responsibilities with the company and will provide security with regard to some of the most uncertain events relating to continued employment, thereby limiting concern and uncertainty and promoting productivity. For a description of the material terms of these employment agreements, see “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table” and “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Equity Incentive Plan

Our board has adopted, and our shareholder has approved, the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Plan, under which we expect to grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2010 Plan are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration

Employees, consultants and directors of us, our operating partnership and our respective subsidiaries will be eligible to receive awards under the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to subcommittees of our directors and/or officers, subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Code Section 162(m), Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. Our board of directors will administer the 2010 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2010 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2010 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that are available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan is 1,650,000, which shares may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the 2010 Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, then any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2010 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2010 Plan: (i) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award, (ii) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise, and (iii) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

Awards granted under the 2010 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the 2010 Plan. After a transition period that may apply following the effective date of the offering, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any one participant pursuant to the 2010 Plan during any calendar year is 1,500,000 and the maximum amount that may be paid in cash pursuant to the 2010 Plan to any one participant during any calendar year period is ten million dollars ($10,000,000).

 

138


Table of Contents

Awards

The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares, other incentive awards, profits interest units, SARs and cash awards. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2010 Plan. Certain awards under the 2010 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Code Section 409A, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms. Awards other than cash awards will generally be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

 

   

Stock Options . Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other tax Code requirements are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

   

Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

   

Restricted Stock, RSUs and Performance Shares . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying these awards may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Performance shares are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards. Conditions applicable to restricted stock, RSUs and performance shares may be based on continuing service with us or our affiliates, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

 

   

Stock Payments , Other Incentive Awards, Profits Interest Units and Cash Awards . Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may, but need not, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. Other incentive awards are awards other than those enumerated in this summary that are denominated in, linked to or derived from shares of our common stock or value metrics related to our shares, and may remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Profits interest units are awards of units of our operating partnership intended to constitute

 

139


Table of Contents
 

“profits interests” within the meaning of the relevant Revenue Procedure guidance, which may be convertible into shares of our common stock. Cash awards are cash incentive bonuses subject to performance goals.

 

   

Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payments dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator.

Performance Awards

Performance awards include any of the awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation,” or QPBC, within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), in which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 162(m).

Code Section 162(m) imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that we may take in respect of compensation paid to our “covered employees” (which should include our chief executive officer and our next three most highly compensated employees other than our chief financial officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. We do not expect Code Section 162(m) to apply to awards under the 2010 Plan until the earliest to occur of our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2014, a material modification of the 2010 Plan or exhaustion of the share supply under the 2010 Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC.

In order to constitute QPBC under Code Section 162(m), in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the 2010 Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards: (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation and (D) amortization); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit; (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs; (xiv) funds from operations; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings per share; (xix) price per share of common stock; (xx) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xxi) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxii) market share; and (xxiii) economic value, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices. The 2010 Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards.

Certain Transactions

The plan administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of the 2010 Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our shareholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2010 Plan and outstanding

 

140


Table of Contents

awards. In the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the 2010 Plan), the surviving entity must assume outstanding awards or substitute economically equivalent awards for such outstanding awards; however, if the surviving entity refuses to assume or substitute for all or some outstanding awards, then all such awards will vest in full and be deemed exercised (as applicable) upon the transaction. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Foreign Participants, Transferability and Participant Payments

The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2010 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2010 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2010 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2010 Plan, “reprices” any stock option or SAR or cancels any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which we adopt the 2010 Plan.

Tax Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year for our chief executive officer and each of the other named executive officers (other than our chief financial officer), unless compensation is performance based. We expect that our compensation committee will, following this offering, adhere to the principle that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our named executive officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code requires that “nonqualified deferred compensation” be deferred and paid under plans or arrangements that satisfy the requirements of the statute with respect to the timing of deferral elections, timing of payments and certain other matters. Failure to satisfy these requirements can expose employees and other service providers to accelerated income tax liabilities, penalty taxes and interest on their vested compensation under such plans. Accordingly, as a general matter, it is our intention to design and administer our compensation and benefits plans and arrangements for all of our employees and other service providers, including our named executive officers, so that they are either exempt from, or satisfy the requirements of, Section 409A.

 

141


Table of Contents

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction with respect to excess parachute payments to certain executives of companies which undergo a change in control. In addition, Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a 20% penalty on the individual receiving the excess payment.

Parachute payments are compensation that is linked to or triggered by a change in control and may include, but are not limited to, bonus payments, severance payments, certain fringe benefits, and payments and acceleration of vesting from long-term incentive plans including stock options and other equity-based compensation. Excess parachute payments are parachute payments that exceed a threshold determined under Section 280G based on the executive’s prior compensation. In approving the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 280G. However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements that could give rise to loss of deductibility under Section 280G and the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Accounting Standards

ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (referred to as ASC Topic 718 and formerly known as FASB 123R), requires us to recognize an expense for the fair value of equity-based compensation awards. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units under our equity incentive award plans will be accounted for under ASC Topic 718. Our compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Upon completion of this offering and our concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, we do not anticipate that any of our executive officers will serve as a member of a board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

142


Table of Contents

Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table

We did not conduct business in 2009 and, accordingly, we did not pay any compensation to our named executive officers during or in respect of that year. Because we have no 2009 compensation to report, we are including below a Summary Compensation Table setting forth certain compensation that we expect to pay to our named executive officers during 2010 in order to provide some understanding of our expected compensation levels. While the table below accurately reflects our current expectations with respect to 2010 named executive officer compensation, actual 2010 compensation for these officers may be increased or decreased, including through the use of compensation components not currently contemplated or described herein. We expect to disclose actual 2010 compensation for our named executive officers in 2011, to the extent required by applicable SEC disclosure rules.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year   Salary (1)   Bonus   Stock
Awards
  Option
Awards
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
  Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
  All Other
Compensation
  Total (4)

Victor J. Coleman

  2010   $ 500,000   (2)   (3)   —     —     —     —     $ 500,000

Chief Executive Officer

                 

Howard S. Stern

  2010     400,000   (2)   (3)   —     —     —     —     $ 400,000

President

                 

Mark T. Lammas

  2010     300,000   (2)   (3)   —     —     —     —     $ 300,000

Chief Financial Officer

                 

Christopher Barton

  2010     300,000   (2)   (3)   —     —     —     —     $ 300,000

Executive Vice President, Operations and Development

                 

Dale Shimoda

  2010     300,000   (2)   (3)   —     —     —     —     $ 300,000

Executive Vice President, Finance

                 

 

(1) Each of our named executive officers will receive a pro-rata portion of his 2010 base salary for the period from the completion of this offering through December 31, 2010.
(2) Any bonus awards to our named executive officers will be determined in the sole discretion of our compensation committee contingent upon such factors as the compensation committee may deem appropriate.
(3) Stock awards have not yet been granted to our named executive officers but are expected to be made on or about the date of this offering. The number of shares subject to restricted stock awards is not determinable at this time, but will equal, for Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda, a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing $2,000,000, $910,000, $300,000, $300,000 and $300,000, respectively, by our initial offering price. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of this offering, subject to the executive’s continued employment. These amounts will be amortized ratably over the restricted shares’ vesting period of three years.
(4) Amounts shown in this column do not include the value of restricted stock awards (described in Note 3 above) that are expected to be granted to our named executive officers in connection with the offering, but which have not yet been granted.

 

143


Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, effective as of the date of the closing of this offering. The following is a summary of the material terms of the agreements.

Under the agreements, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda will serve as the company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President—Operations and Development and Executive Vice President—Finance, respectively. Messrs. Coleman and Stern will report directly to the board, while the other executives will report to our Chief Executive Officer. The initial term of the employment agreements will end on the third anniversary of the closing of this offering. On that date, the term of the employment agreements will automatically be extended for one year, unless earlier terminated. In the event that we experience a “change in control” (as defined in the 2010 Plan) during the one-year extension period, the term of the employment agreements will instead continue through the first anniversary of the consummation of the change in control. Pursuant to Messrs. Coleman and Stern’s employment agreements, during the terms of their employment, we will nominate each for election as a director.

Under the employment agreements, the executives will receive initial annual base salaries in the amounts reflected in the “Compensation Tables—Summary Compensation Table” above, which are subject to increase at the discretion of our compensation committee. In addition, the executives will each be eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash performance bonus, the amount of which will be determined based on the attainment of performance criteria established by our compensation committee. In connection with entering into the employment agreements, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda will each be granted a “founders” award of restricted shares of our common stock, with the number of shares determined by dividing $2,000,000, $910,000, $300,000, $300,000 and $300,000, respectively, by the initial public offering price per share of our common stock. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of this offering, subject to the executive’s continued employment. In addition, the executives will be eligible to participate in customary health, welfare and fringe benefit plans, and will accrue up to four weeks of paid vacation per year.

If an executive’s employment is terminated by the company without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the employment agreements), because the company elects not to renew the initial term of the employment agreement or by reason of the executive’s death or disability, the executive will be entitled to certain payments and benefits, as described under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below. The employment agreements also contain customary confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

As discussed above, we have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. Under the employment agreements, if an executive’s employment is terminated by the company without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the employment agreements) then, in addition to accrued amounts and any earned but unpaid bonuses, the executive will be entitled to receive the following:

 

   

A lump-sum payment in an amount equal to two (or, with respect to Messrs. Coleman and Stern, three) times the sum of (i) the executive’s annual base salary then in effect, (ii) the highest annual bonus earned by the executive during the employment term (or, in the event of a termination prior to the end of the completion of the company’s first full fiscal year, an amount as determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion, but in no event less than the executive’s base salary in effect on the termination date) and (iii) the highest value of any annual equity award(s) made to the executive during the employment term (not including the initial grant of restricted stock described above or any award(s) granted pursuant to a multi-year or long-term performance program, initial hiring or retention award or similar non-reoccurring award);

 

144


Table of Contents
   

accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive as of the termination date; and

 

   

company-subsidized continuation healthcare coverage for up to 18 months after the termination date.

In the event that an executive’s employment is terminated because the company elects not to renew the initial tem of the employment agreement, then the executive will be entitled to receive the same payments and benefits described above for a termination without cause or for good reason, except that the amount of the cash severance will be multiplied by one rather than two (or, with respect to Messrs. Coleman and Stern, two rather than three). However, if such a non-renewal termination occurs upon or within 12 months after a change in control of the company, the executive will be entitled to receive the same payments and benefits described above for a termination without cause or for good reason (without reduction of the cash severance multiplier). The executive’s right to receive the severance payments and benefits described above is subject to his delivery of an effective general release of claims in favor of the company.

Under the employment agreements, upon a change in control of the company, the executives will be entitled to accelerated vesting of the executive’s initial restricted stock grant such that the restricted stock will become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

Upon a termination of employment by reason of death or disability, the executive or his/her estate will be entitled to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive as of the termination date, in addition to accrued amounts and earned but unpaid bonuses.

 

145


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, to the extent determinable, the value of the payments and benefits that would be provided to our named executive officers upon the occurrence of a qualifying termination of employment or change in control, in each case, occurring as of the effective time of the offering. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination, or (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his employment that are available to all salaried employees, such as accrued vacation. The amounts set forth in the table below take into account only obligations expected to exist as of the effective time of this offering. We may implement additional termination and/or change in control plans, programs or agreements subsequent to the effective time of the offering. We expect to disclose, in 2011, potential payments to our named executive officers upon a termination of employment or a change in control based on all plans, programs and agreements in effect as of December 31, 2010, to the extent required by applicable SEC disclosure rules.

Name

  

Benefit

   Company
Non-
Renewal (1)

($)
    Death or
Disability

($)
   Change  in
Control

($)
   Company Non-
Renewal After
Change in
Control or
Termination
without Cause or
for Good Reason
at any time

($)

Victor J. Coleman

             
   Cash Severance (2)    $ 2,000,000        —        —      $ 3,000,000
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      —          —        —        —  
   Equity Acceleration (4)    $ 2,000,000      $ 2,000,000    $ 2,000,000    $ 2,000,000
   Total (5)    $ 4,000,000      $ 2,000,000    $ 2,000,000    $ 5,000,000

Howard S. Stern

             
   Cash Severance (2)    $ 1,600,000        —        —      $ 2,400,000
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      —          —        —        —  
   Equity Acceleration (4)    $ 910,000      $ 910,000    $ 910,000    $ 910,000
   Total (5)    $ 2,510,000      $ 910,000    $ 910,000    $ 3,310,000

Mark T. Lammas

             
   Cash Severance (2)    $ 600,000        —        —      $ 1,200,000
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      —          —        —        —  
   Equity Acceleration (4)    $ 300,000      $ 300,000    $ 300,000    $ 300,000
   Total (5)    $ 900,000      $ 300,000    $ 300,000    $ 1,500,000

Christopher Barton

             
   Cash Severance (2)    $ 600,000        —        —      $ 1,200,000
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      —          —        —        —  
   Equity Acceleration (4)    $ 300,000      $ 300,000    $ 300,000    $ 300,000
   Total (5)    $ 900,000      $ 300,000    $ 300,000    $ 1,500,000

Dale Shimoda

             
   Cash Severance (2)    $ 600,000        —        —      $ 1,200,000
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      —          —        —        —  
   Equity Acceleration (4)    $ 300,000      $ 300,000    $ 300,000    $ 300,000
   Total (5)    $ 900,000      $ 300,000    $ 300,000    $ 1,500,000

 

(1) This column describes the payments and benefits that become payable if the company elects not to renew the initial term of the agreement prior to the occurrence of a change in control.
(2) Cash severance was calculated by multiplying the applicable severance multiple (described above) by the sum of the executive’s expected 2010 base salary and minimum bonus severance multiplier ( i.e. , current expected base salary) since no actual bonuses have been earned to date. No portion of any executive’s compensation is expected to consist of annual equity awards during 2010 (as opposed to initial grants associated with this offering, which are excluded from the severance calculation) and, accordingly, no value is included in cash severance for such awards.
(3) Executives will be entitled to continued health insurance coverage under COBRA for 18 months. We have not yet implemented the benefit plans pursuant to which these benefits will be made available and, accordingly, it is not currently possible to estimate the expected value of these benefits.
(4) The value of accelerated restricted stock was calculated as the full fair market value of shares underlying the restricted stock grants on the offering date.

 

146


Table of Contents
(5) Totals do not include the value of the continuation healthcare benefits (where applicable), which value cannot be determined at this time. If any payments described in this table would otherwise be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code by reason of the “golden parachute” rules contained in Section 280G of the Code, such payments will be reduced if and to the extent that doing so will result in net after-tax payments and benefits for the executive that are more favorable than the net after-tax payments and benefits payable to the executive in the absence of such a reduction after the imposition of the excise tax.

Director Compensation

We intend to approve and implement a compensation program for our non-employee directors that consists of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards. Each non-employee director is expected to receive an annual base fee for his or her services of $100,000, payable in quarterly installments in conjunction with quarterly meetings of the board of directors. The annual retainer is expected to be payable 50% in cash and 50% in the form of restricted stock, with directors being permitted to elect to receive the cash portion of the annual retainer in the form of fully vested shares of our common stock. In addition, each non-employee director who serves as the chair of the audit, compensation or nominating and corporate governance committees is expected to receive an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000, $10,000 or $7,500, respectively. Directors are expected to be permitted to elect to receive up to 100% of such additional annual retainers in the form of fully vested shares as well. We anticipate that participating directors will be able to elect to receive fully vested shares currently or on a deferred basis. We intend to reimburse each of our directors for his or her travel expenses incurred in connection with his or her attendance at full board of directors and committee meetings. We have not made any payments to any of our non-employee directors or director nominees to date. Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will grant restricted shares of our common stock with a grant date value of $100,000 to each of our non-employee director nominees pursuant to our 2010 Plan. These awards of restricted stock, along with awards of restricted stock granted as part of the annual retainer (other than vested shares or vested deferred shares received at a director’s election in lieu of the cash component of the annual retainer), are expected to vest ratably as to one-third of the shares subject to each grant on each of the first three anniversaries of the applicable grant, subject to the director’s continued service on our board of directors.

 

147


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

All monetary, share and unit amounts and percentages are based on the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

Concurrent Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, Mr. Coleman will purchase $2.0 million in shares of common stock and the Farallon Funds will purchase $18.0 million in shares of common stock, in each case at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

Contribution Agreements

Hudson Contribution Agreement

Mr. Coleman and Mr. Stern are parties to a contribution agreement, or the Hudson contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which Messrs. Coleman and Stern will contribute their direct or indirect interests in a portfolio of properties and a property management business to our operating partnership in exchange for common units. See “Structure and Formation of Our Company—Formation Transactions.” Under the Hudson contribution agreement, Mr. Coleman will receive 383,869 common units and Mr. Stern will receive 206,699 common units. The aggregate value of the common units to be issued to Mr. Coleman is $6.9 million and to Mr. Stern is $3.7 million, in each case based upon the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The Hudson contribution agreement provides that we will assume or succeed to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the properties and the property entities contributed. It contains representations and warranties by Messrs. Coleman and Stern to our operating partnership with respect to the condition and operations of the properties and interests to be contributed to us and certain other matters. With some exceptions, Messrs. Coleman and Stern have agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of these representations and warranties under claims brought within one year of the closing of this offering, subject to a deductible equal to 1% of the aggregate total consideration received by them under the contribution agreement, and up to a maximum of 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement or, in the case of claims relating to a specific property, 10% of their aggregate total consideration allocable to that property under the contribution agreement. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds have agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the property and certain entity representations and warranties made by Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the Hudson contribution agreement. Messrs. Coleman and Stern will pledge common units to our operating partnership with a value, based on the price per share of our common stock in this offering, equal to 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement, in order to secure their indemnity obligations, and except in limited circumstances, these units will be the sole recourse of our operating partnership against Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification. The Hudson contribution agreement also provides that our operating partnership will use commercially reasonable efforts to make up to $3.0 million of debt available to Messrs. Coleman and Stern, in the aggregate, to guarantee, which may assist them in deferring taxes in connection with their contributions.

The contribution of properties under the Hudson agreement is subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses.

 

148


Table of Contents

Farallon Contribution Agreement

Affiliates of the Farallon Funds are party to a contribution agreement, or the Farallon contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which such affiliates will contribute their direct or indirect interests in a portfolio of properties and approximately $14.8 million in cash (subject to adjustments based on credits to affiliates of the Farallon Funds for payments made prior to closing) for prepaid rents, outstanding tenant improvement costs and outstanding infrastructure costs in exchange for common units and shares of our common stock. See “Structure and Formation of Our Company—Formation Transactions.” Under the Farallon contribution agreement, the Farallon Funds will receive 7,816,390 common units and                shares of common stock. The aggregate value of the common units and common stock to be issued to the Farallon Funds is $140.7 million, based upon the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The Farallon contribution agreement provides that we will assume or succeed to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the properties and the property entities contributed. It contains representations and warranties by the Farallon Funds to our operating partnership with respect to the interests to be contributed to us and certain other matters. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds have agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the representations and warranties made by the contributors in the Farallon contribution agreement.

In addition, the Farallon contribution agreement provides that our board of directors will grant to the Farallon excepted holders an exemption from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. See “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

The contribution of properties under the Farallon agreement is subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses as of the closing. In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash relating to the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property will be distributed to their owners, including the Farallon Funds.

875 Howard Street Contribution Agreement

The third party that owns interests in the 875 Howard Street property is party to a contribution agreement, or the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which the third party will contribute its indirect interests in that property to the operating partnership in exchange for shares of common stock and common units with an aggregate value of approximately $0.5 million that it has directed be issued directly to certain nominees of the Farallon Funds. See “Structure and Formation of Our Company—Formation Transactions.” The 875 Howard Street contribution agreement provides that we will assume or succeed to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the property and the property entities contributed. It contains representations and warranties by the contributor to our operating partnership with respect to the condition and operations of the property and interests to be contributed to us and certain other matters. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds have agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the representations and warranties made by in the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement by the contributor. The contribution of property under the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement is subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses as of the closing.

Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreements

In connection with the formation transactions, we entered into representation, warranty and indemnity agreements with the Farallon Funds, pursuant to which they each made limited representations and warranties to

 

149


Table of Contents

us and our operating partnership regarding their investment intent with respect to the equity securities received by them as nominees, and certain other matters. The Farallon Funds have also agreed to indemnify us and our operating partnership for breaches of such representations and warranties, in addition to the representations and warranties made by their affiliates that are the contributors in the Farallon contribution agreement, the representations and warranties in the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement made by the third party that owns interests in such property, and certain representations and warranties of Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the Hudson contribution agreement. Such indemnification is limited to claims made within one year of the closing of this offering and is subject to a deductible equal to 1% of the aggregate total consideration received by the Farallon Funds under the Farallon contribution agreement, and to a maximum, in the case of each Farallon Fund, of 10% of that Farallon Fund’s aggregate total consideration under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements or, in the case of claims relating to a specific property, 10% of that Farallon Fund’s aggregate total consideration allocable to that property under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements. The Farallon Funds will pledge common units and common stock to our operating partnership with a value, based on the price per share of our common stock in this offering, equal to 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement, in order to secure their indemnity obligations, and except in limited circumstances, these units and shares will be the sole recourse of our operating partnership in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements, and, together with our recourse against Messrs. Coleman and Stern under the Hudson contribution agreement in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification under that agreement, will constitute our operating partnership’s sole recourse for claims of indemnification under the contribution agreements.

Pursuant to a separate agreement between Messrs. Coleman and Stern, on the one hand, and the Farallon Funds, on the other, Messrs. Coleman and Stern have agreed to indemnify the Farallon Funds for certain losses incurred by the Farallon Funds for claims arising under the Hudson contribution agreement, subject to a maximum equal to the aggregate total consideration received by Messrs. Coleman and Stern in respect of their indirect interests in the property entities that own each of the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property.

Del Amo Purchase Agreement

In connection with our acquisition of a 100% ownership interest in the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements, the Farallon Funds will receive $4.3 million (before prorations) in cash in their capacity as indirect owners of the limited partners of the entity that owns the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements.

Partnership Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into an amended and restated partnership agreement with the various limited partners of our operating partnership, including the Farallon Funds. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, persons holding common units as a result of the formation transactions will have rights beginning 14 months after the completion of this offering to cause our operating partnership to redeem their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of common stock, or, at our election, to exchange their common units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances described in the partnership agreement. The partnership agreement also provides for redemption, conversion, exchange and other rights with respect to our series A preferred units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.”

Registration Rights

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the various persons receiving shares of our common stock and/or common units in the formation transactions or pursuant to the concurrent private

 

150


Table of Contents

placement, including the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of our executive officers. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 14 months after the date of this offering, we will file one or more registration statements covering the resale of the shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement, and the resale of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable, at our option, in exchange for operating partnership units issued in the formation transactions. We may, at our option, satisfy our obligation to prepare and file a resale registration statement by filing a registration statement registering the issuance by us of shares of our common stock registered under the Securities Act to the holders of units upon redemption of such units and, to the extent such shares constitute restricted securities, their resale. Commencing on the date that is 180 days following completion of this offering, the Farallon Funds have the right, on one occasion, to require us to register shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement for resale in an underwritten offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act; provided, such registration shall be limited to a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds and their affiliates in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement. Commencing upon our filing of a resale registration statement not later than 14 months after the date of this offering, under certain circumstances, we are also required to undertake an underwritten offering upon the written request of holders of at least 10% in the aggregate of the securities originally issued in the formation transactions, provided that we are not obligated to effect more than two such underwritten offerings in addition to the demand registration. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”

Acquisition of Certain Properties by Hudson Capital and the Farallon Funds Prior to the Formation Transactions

Through various transactions during the two years prior to this offering and the formation transactions, Hudson Capital, LLC and affiliates of the Farallon Funds acquired the City Plaza property for an aggregate net purchase price paid of $53.3 million (before closing costs and prorations), after acquiring the mortgage on the property for $69.3 million and receiving a $1.3 million loan paydown from the original borrower along with a transfer of $14.7 million from existing loan reserves.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers that will take effect upon the completion of this offering. The material terms of the employment agreements with our named executive officers are described under “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table” and “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors as described in “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Reimbursement of Pre-closing Transaction Costs

From time to time prior to this offering, Hudson Capital, LLC, the Farallon Funds and certain other contributors have advanced or incurred an aggregate of approximately $2.9 million in organizational and other similar expenses in connection with this offering and the formation transactions. These funds were advanced or incurred with the understanding that they would be repaid out of the proceeds of a completed public offering. Accordingly, upon consummation of this offering, we will repay approximately $1.0 million of such advances to Hudson Capital, LLC and approximately $1.7 million of such advances to the Farallon Funds. The remaining approximately $250,000 of such advances will be repaid to unaffiliated third parties.

 

151


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

The following is a discussion of certain of our investment, financing and other policies. These policies have been determined by our board of directors and, in general, may be amended or revised from time to time by our board of directors without a vote of our stockholders.

Investment Policies

Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

We will conduct all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our investment objectives are to maximize the cash flow of our properties, acquire properties with cash flow growth potential, provide quarterly cash distributions and achieve long-term capital appreciation for our stockholders through increases in the value of our company. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. For a discussion of our properties and our acquisition and other strategic objectives, see “Business and Properties.”

We expect to pursue our investment objectives primarily through the ownership by our operating partnership of our existing properties and other acquired properties and assets. We currently intend to invest primarily in office and media and entertainment properties. While we may diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, we do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one property or any one geographic area. We intend to engage in such future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with the maintenance of our status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. In addition, we may purchase or lease income-producing office or other types of properties for long-term investment, expand and improve the properties we presently own or other acquired properties, or sell such properties, in whole or in part, when circumstances warrant.

We may also participate with third parties in property ownership, through joint ventures or other types of co-ownership. These types of investments may permit us to own interests in larger assets without unduly restricting our diversification and, therefore, provide us with flexibility in structuring our initial portfolio. We will not, however, enter into a joint venture or other partnership arrangement to make an investment that would not otherwise meet our investment policies.

Equity investments in acquired properties may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or to new indebtedness which may be incurred in connection with acquiring or refinancing these properties. Debt service on such financing or indebtedness will have a priority over any dividends with respect to our common stock. We will limit our investment in any securities so that we do not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.

Investments in Real Estate Mortgages

While our initial portfolio consists of, and our business objectives emphasize, equity investments in office and media and entertainment properties, we may, at the discretion of our board of directors and without a vote of our stockholders, invest in mortgages and other types of real estate interests in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT. We do not presently intend to invest in mortgages or deeds of trust, but may invest in participating or convertible mortgages if we conclude that we may benefit from the gross revenues or any appreciation in value of the property. If we choose to invest in mortgages, we would expect to invest in mortgages secured by office or media and entertainment-related properties. However, there is no restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in a type of mortgage or any single mortgage or type of mortgage loan. Investments in real estate mortgages run the risk that one or more borrowers may default under the mortgages and that the collateral securing those mortgages may not be sufficient to enable us to recoup our full investment. We will limit our investment in any securities so that we do not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

 

152


Table of Contents

Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers

Subject to the percentage of ownership limitations and the income and asset tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may in the future invest in securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers where such investment would be consistent with our investment objectives. We may invest in the debt or equity securities of such entities, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. We currently intend to invest primarily in entities that own office and media and entertainment properties. We have no current plans to invest in entities that are not engaged in real estate activities. While we may attempt to diversify our investments with respect to the office and media and entertainment properties owned by such entities, in terms of property locations, size and market, we do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one entity, property or geographic area. Our investment objectives are to maximize cash flow of our investments, acquire investments with growth potential and provide cash distributions and long-term capital appreciation to our stockholders through increases in the value of our company. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. We will limit our investment in such securities so that we will not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

Investments in Other Securities

Other than as described above, we do not intend to invest in any additional securities such as bonds, preferred stocks or common stock.

Dispositions

We do not currently intend to dispose of any of our properties, although we reserve the right to do so if, based upon management’s periodic review of our initial portfolio, our board of directors determines that such action would be in our best interest and consistent with our qualification as a REIT.

Financings and Leverage Policy

We anticipate using a number of different sources to finance our acquisitions and operations, including cash flows from operations, asset sales, seller financing, issuance of debt securities, private financings (such as additional bank credit facilities, which may or may not be secured by our assets), property-level mortgage debt, common or preferred equity issuances or any combination of these sources, to the extent available to us, or other sources that may become available from time to time. Any debt that we incur may be recourse or non-recourse and may be secured or unsecured. We also may take advantage of joint venture or other partnering opportunities as such opportunities arise in order to acquire properties that would otherwise be unavailable to us. We may use the proceeds of our borrowings to acquire assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes.

Although we are not required to maintain any particular leverage ratio, we intend, when appropriate, to employ prudent amounts of leverage and to use debt as a means of providing additional funds for the acquisition of assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes. We expect to use leverage conservatively, assessing the appropriateness of new equity or debt capital based on market conditions, including prudent assumptions regarding future cash flow, the creditworthiness of tenants and future rental rates, with the ultimate objective of becoming an issuer of investment grade debt. Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount of debt that we may incur. Although our board of directors has not adopted a policy limiting the total amount of debt that we may incur, we intend upon full deployment of the net proceeds of this offering and utilization of our secured credit facility to target a ratio of debt to total assets of 40-45% based on the cost of our assets. We intend to target a limit on our floating rate debt of no more than 20% of outstanding debt through fixed rate borrowing or interest rate hedges.

Our board of directors will consider a number of factors in evaluating the amount of debt that we may incur. Our board of directors may from time to time modify its views regarding the appropriate amount of debt financing in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, market values of

 

153


Table of Contents

our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, fluctuations in the market price of our common stock, growth and acquisition opportunities and other factors. Our decision to use leverage in the future to finance our assets will be at our discretion and will not be subject to the approval of our stockholders.

Lending Policies

We have not made any loans to third parties, although we do not have a policy limiting our ability to make loans to other persons. We may consider offering purchase money financing in connection with the sale of properties where the provision of that financing will increase the value to be received by us for the property sold. We also may make loans to joint ventures in which we participate. However, we do not intend to engage in significant lending activities. Any loan we make will be consistent with maintaining our status as a REIT.

Equity Capital Policies

To the extent that our board of directors determines to obtain additional capital, we may issue debt or equity securities, including additional units and senior securities, retain earnings (subject to provisions in the Code requiring distributions of income to maintain REIT qualification) or pursue a combination of these methods. As long as our operating partnership is in existence, the proceeds of all equity capital raised by us generally will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for additional interests in our operating partnership, which will dilute the ownership interests of the limited partners in our operating partnership.

Existing stockholders will have no preemptive right to common or preferred stock or units issued in any securities offering by us, and any such offering might cause a dilution of a stockholder’s investment in us. Although we have no current plans to do so, we may in the future issue shares of common stock or units in connection with acquisitions of property.

We may, under certain circumstances, purchase shares of our common stock or other securities in the open market or in private transactions with our stockholders, provided that those purchases are approved by our board of directors. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares of our common stock or other securities, and any such action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualification as a REIT.

Conflict of Interest Policies

Overview. Conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its limited partners under Maryland law in connection with the management of our operating partnership. Our fiduciary duties and obligations as general partner to our operating partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

Under Maryland law, the general partner of a Maryland limited partnership has fiduciary duties of loyalty and care to the partnership and its partners and an obligation to discharge its duties and exercise its rights as general partner under the partnership agreement or Maryland law consistently with the obligation of good faith and fair dealing. The duty of loyalty requires a general partner of a Maryland general partnership to account to the partnership and hold as trustee for it any property, profit, or benefit derived by the general partner in the conduct of the partnership business or derived from a use by the general partner of partnership property, including the appropriation of a partnership opportunity, to refrain from dealing with the partnership in the conduct or winding up of the partnership business as or on behalf of a party having an interest adverse to the partnership and to refrain from competing with the partnership in the conduct of the partnership business, although the partnership agreement may identify specific types or categories of activities that do not violate the

 

154


Table of Contents

duty of loyalty. Our operating partnership agreement provides that we, in our capacity as general partner of our operating partnership, are under no obligation not to give priority to our separate interests or those of our stockholders. The partnership agreement also provides that any action or failure to act by us or our directors that gives priority to the separate interests of our company or our stockholders and does not result in a violation of the contract rights of the limited partners of our operating partnership does not violate the duty of loyalty that we owe in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership to the operating partnership or its partners. The duty of care requires a general partner to refrain from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, and this duty may not be unreasonably reduced by the partnership agreement.

The partnership agreement provides that neither we, as the general partner of the operating partnership, nor any of our directors or officers, will be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to our operating partnership, the limited partners or assignees for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment, mistakes of fact or law or for any act or omission if we, or such director or officer, acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. In addition, the partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership must indemnify us, each of our directors, officers and employees, and any other person designated by us, against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (whether joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of such person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which such person received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement, or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the person had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful.

No reported decision of a Maryland appellate court has interpreted provisions similar to the provisions of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership that modify or reduce the fiduciary duties and obligations of a general partner or reduce or eliminate our liability for money damages to the operating partnership and its partners, and we have not obtained an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability of the provisions set forth in the partnership agreement that purport to modify or reduce our fiduciary duties that would be in effect were it not for the partnership agreement.

Policies Applicable to All Directors and Officers. Our governing instruments do not restrict any of our directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a pecuniary interest in an investment or transaction in which we have an interest or from conducting, for their own account, business activities of the type we conduct. We intend, however, to adopt policies that are designed to eliminate or minimize potential conflicts of interest, including a policy for the review, approval or ratification of any related person transaction, which is any transaction or series of transactions in which we or any of our subsidiaries is or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a “related person” (as defined under SEC rules) has a direct or indirect material interest. This policy will provide that the audit committee of our board of directors will review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party. Based on its consideration of all of the relevant facts and circumstances, the audit committee will decide whether or not to approve such transaction and will generally approve only those transactions that do not create a conflict of interest. If we become aware of an existing related person transaction that has not been pre-approved under this policy, the transaction will be referred to the audit committee, which will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision or termination of such transaction. This policy also will require any director who may be interested in a related person transaction to recuse himself or herself from any consideration of such related person transaction. We will also adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, which will provide that all of our

 

155


Table of Contents

directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without our consent. See “Management—Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.” However, we cannot assure you that these policies or provisions of law will always be successful in eliminating the influence of such conflicts, and if they are not successful, decisions could be made that might fail to reflect fully the interests of all stockholders.

Interested Director and Officer Transactions

Pursuant to the MGCL, a contract or other transaction between us and a director or between us and any other corporation or other entity in which any of our directors is a director or has a material financial interest is not void or voidable solely on the grounds of such common directorship or interest, the presence of such director at the meeting at which the contract or transaction is authorized, approved or ratified or the counting of the director’s vote in favor thereof, provided that:

 

   

the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to our board of directors or a committee of our board, and our board or such committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the transaction or contract by the affirmative vote of a majority of disinterested directors, even if the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum;

 

   

the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to our stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction or contract is authorized, approved or ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote other than the votes of shares owned of record or beneficially by the interested director or corporation, firm or other entity; or

 

   

the transaction or contract is fair and reasonable to us at the time it is authorized, ratified or approved.

Furthermore, under Maryland law (where our operating partnership is formed), we, as general partner, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its partners and, consequently, such transactions also are subject to the fiduciary duties of care and loyalty and the obligation of good faith and fair dealing that we, as general partner, owe to the operating partnership and its limited partners (to the extent such duties have not been modified or reduced pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement). We will adopt a policy which requires that all contracts and transactions between us, our operating partnership or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of our directors or executive officers or any entity in which such director or executive officer is a director or has a material financial interest, on the other hand, must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors even if less than a quorum. Where appropriate, in the judgment of the disinterested directors, our board of directors may obtain a fairness opinion or engage independent counsel to represent the interests of non-affiliated security holders, although our board of directors will have no obligation to do so.

Policies With Respect To Other Activities

We will have authority to offer common stock, preferred stock or options to purchase stock, or units convertible into common stock, in exchange for property and to repurchase or otherwise acquire our common stock or other securities in the open market or otherwise, and we may engage in such activities in the future. As described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,” we expect, but are not obligated, to issue common stock to holders of units upon exercise of their redemption rights. Except in connection with the concurrent private placement and formation transactions, we have not issued common stock, units or any other securities in exchange for property or any other purpose, and our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any common stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further stockholder approval, to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock and to authorize us to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock, in one or

 

156


Table of Contents

more series, including senior securities, in any manner, and on the terms and for the consideration, it deems appropriate. See “Description of Stock.” We have not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issuers other than our operating partnership and do not intend to do so. At all times, we intend to make investments in such a manner as to qualify as a REIT, unless because of circumstances or changes in the Code, or the Treasury Regulations, our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to qualify as a REIT. In addition, we intend to make investments in such a way that we will not be treated as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

Reporting Policies

We intend to make available to our stockholders our annual reports, including our audited financial statements. After this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Pursuant to those requirements, we will be required to file annual and periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

 

157


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY

Our Operating Entities

Our Operating Partnership

Following the completion of this offering and the formation transactions, our operating partnership will, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, hold substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our operations. We will contribute the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership in exchange for common units in our operating partnership. Subject to the preferred rights of holders of series A preferred units and any other class or series of units that our operating partnership may issue in the future, our interest in our operating partnership will entitle us to share in cash distributions from, and allocations of profits and losses of, our operating partnership in proportion to our percentage ownership of common units. As the sole general partner of our operating partnership, we will generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct its business, subject to limited approval and voting rights of the limited partners described more fully below in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” Our board of directors will manage the business and affairs of our company by directing the business and affairs of our operating partnership.

Beginning on or after the date that is 14 months after the consummation of this offering, limited partners of our operating partnership and certain qualifying assignees of limited partners will have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their outstanding common units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock, based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” Beginning on or after the date that is three years after the consummation of this offering, the limited partners of our operating partnership holding series A preferred units and certain qualifying assignees of such limited partners will also have the right to either (i) convert up to approximately $12.5 million in aggregate liquidation preference of their outstanding series A preferred units into common units with an equivalent value (valuing each common unit to be received at the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of conversion), or (ii) require our operating partnership to redeem such series A preferred units or, at our option, exchange them for registered shares of our common stock with a value equal to the redemption price (valuing each share of common stock to be received at the fair market value of such share at the time of redemption), subject to the applicable restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter. With each redemption of units, we will increase our percentage ownership interest in our operating partnership and our share of our operating partnership’s cash distributions and profits and losses. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

Our Services Company

As part of our formation transactions, we formed Hudson Pacific Services, Inc., or our services company, a Maryland corporation that is wholly owned by our operating partnership. We will elect with our services company to treat it as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes. Our services company generally may provide non-customary and other services to our tenants and engage in activities that we may not engage in directly without adversely affecting our qualification as a REIT. We anticipate that our services company (or one or more of its wholly owned subsidiaries) will provide a number of services to certain tenants at our media and entertainment properties or other properties. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” In addition, our operating partnership may contribute some or all of its interests in certain wholly owned subsidiaries or their assets to our services company. We also anticipate that we will lease space to our services company at one or more of our media and entertainment properties. We may form additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. Any income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries will not be included in our taxable income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests, except to the extent such income is distributed to us as a dividend, in which case such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not

 

158


Table of Contents

the 75%, gross income test. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” Because a taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax, and state and local income tax (where applicable) as a regular corporation, the income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries generally will be subject to an additional level of tax as compared to the income earned by our other subsidiaries.

Formation Transactions

Each property that will be owned by us, directly by our operating partnership or indirectly by one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, upon the completion of this offering is currently owned by a partnership or limited liability company, or property entity, in which Hudson Capital, LLC, the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and/or other third parties own a direct or indirect interest.

Prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will engage in the formation transactions described below, which are designed to consolidate our asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement, construction, acquisition and financing business into our operating partnership; consolidate the ownership of a portfolio of office and media and entertainment properties, together with certain other real estate assets, into our operating partnership and one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries; facilitate this offering; enable us to raise necessary capital to repay existing indebtedness related to certain properties in our portfolio; enable us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010; and preserve the tax position of certain continuing investors.

Pursuant to the formation transactions, the following have occurred or will occur concurrently with or prior to the completion of this offering. All monetary, share and unit amounts are based on the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

 

   

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. was formed as a Maryland corporation on November 9, 2009. We intend to elect to be taxed and to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010.

 

   

Our operating partnership was formed as a Maryland limited partnership on January 15, 2010.

 

   

Our services company was formed as a Maryland corporation on February 12, 2010. We will elect with our services company to treat it as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes.

 

   

We will sell 12,800,000 shares of our common stock in this offering and 1,920,000 additional shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, and we will contribute the net proceeds from this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

 

   

Pursuant to separate contribution agreements, each dated as of February 15, 2010, our operating partnership will, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, acquire a 100% ownership interest in the entities that own all of our initial properties (other than the Del Amo Office property) in exchange for an aggregate of 5,818,625 shares of our common stock, 2,785,141 common units, 499,010 series A preferred units and $7.2 million in cash, as set forth in greater detail below:

 

   

Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern will contribute to our operating partnership their entire interests in Hudson Capital, LLC in exchange for (i) common units with a value of $9.0 million and (ii) an additional 90,568 common units. Hudson Capital, LLC owns (i) an approximate 1.6% interest in the property entity that owns the Sunset Gower property and the Technicolor Building, (ii) an approximate 1.0% interest in the property entity that owns the Sunset Bronson property, and (iii) an approximate 0.9% interest in the property entity that owns the City Plaza

 

159


Table of Contents
 

property, and is the entity through which our predecessor carried on the property management business that we will continue after the consummation of this offering. For so long as either Mr. Coleman or Mr. Stern is a partner in our operating partnership, our operating partnership has committed to use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to them, upon their request, an opportunity to guarantee, on a “bottom-dollar” basis or otherwise, up to $3.0 million, in the aggregate, of debt of the operating partnership or any of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that the operating partnership will not be required to incur any indebtedness that it would not otherwise have incurred.

 

   

In exchange for their contribution to our operating partnership of the property entities that own 100% of the First Financial and Tierrasanta properties, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its limited partners will receive 499,010 series A preferred units with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million, common units with an aggregate value of approximately $3.0 million, and approximately $7.2 million in cash. In connection with this contribution, our operating partnership will make up to approximately $55.1 million (and, under certain circumstances, up to approximately $70.0 million) of debt available for guarantee by the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership or certain of its owners, which may assist the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership or such owners in deferring taxes in connection with the formation transactions. In addition, pursuant to a tax protection agreement, we have agreed to make certain tax indemnity payments if we dispose of any interest with respect to such properties in a taxable transaction during the period from the closing of the offering through certain specified dates ranging from 2017 to 2027.

 

   

In exchange for the contribution to our operating partnership of (i) their approximate 98.4% interest in the property entity that owns the Sunset Gower property and the Technicolor Building, (ii) their approximate 99.0% interest in the property entity that owns the Sunset Bronson property, (iii) their approximate 99.1% interest in the property entity that owns the City Plaza property and (iv) their approximate 94.0% interest in the property entity that owns the 875 Howard Street property, the Farallon Funds, as nominees of the contributors, will receive 5,795,930 shares of our common stock and 2,020,460 common units, with an aggregate value of $140.7 million. Affiliates of the Farallon Funds also will contribute approximately $14.8 million in cash (subject to adjustments based on credits to such affiliates for payments made prior to closing), representing approximately $10.3 million for prepaid rents under the KTLA lease for the remaining initial term of the lease through January 2013, and contributions of approximately $2.4 million for outstanding tenant improvement costs under the Technicolor lease, approximately $1.1 million for outstanding tenant improvement costs under leases at the City Plaza property and approximately $1.1 million for outstanding infrastructure costs at the City Plaza property. Prior to consummation of this offering, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash relating to the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property will be distributed to their owners, including the Farallon Funds.

 

   

In exchange for the contribution to our operating partnership of their interests in the entity that owns the 875 Howard Street property, the Farallon Funds, as the nominees of the third party that owns the remaining interests in such entity, will receive common stock and common units with a value of approximately $0.5 million.

 

   

The current management team of Hudson Capital, LLC will become our executive management team, and the current employees of Hudson Capital, LLC will become our employees.

 

   

Our operating partnership will use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to repay (i) in full $115.0 million of mortgaged indebtedness secured by the

 

160


Table of Contents
 

Sunset Gower and Technicolor Building properties and (ii) in full approximately $42.2 million of mortgage indebtedness secured by the 875 Howard Street property. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

   

Each of the contributors in our formation transactions that has entered into a contribution agreement, and each other recipient of cash or equity consideration has entered into a representation, warranty and indemnity agreement. These agreements provide for limited representations and warranties by the respective contributors or their nominees regarding the entities and assets being contributed in the formation transactions, and entitle us and our operating partnership to indemnification for breaches of those representations and warranties on a several but not joint basis by each contributor or its nominee. Such indemnification is subject to a deductible in an amount equal to 1% of the total consideration paid by us and our operating partnership in the formation transactions to such contributor or its nominee, and is capped at a maximum of 10% of their aggregate total consideration received by them under their respective contribution agreement. As credit support for potential indemnification claims, we have received from the several contributors or their nominees a lien and security interest in a number of shares of common stock and common units having an aggregate value equal to 10% of the total consideration paid by us and our operating partnership in the formation transactions, based on the price per share of common stock in the initial public offering. The number of pledged shares and units will be fixed as of the closing of this offering, and accordingly will not increase in the event the trading price of our common stock drops below the initial public offering price. The pledged collateral will be released on the one-year anniversary of the closing of this offering to the extent that claims have not been made against the outstanding collateral. If any claim for indemnification is made by us against a contributor or its nominee within such one year period, all or a portion of the shares and units pledged by such contributor or its nominee will be held by us until resolution of such claim, at which time any amounts not used to satisfy such claim will be returned to such contributor or nominee, as applicable.

In addition, following completion of this offering, our operating partnership or a subsidiary of our operating partnership will acquire, directly or indirectly through a wholly owned subsidiary, a 100% ownership interest in the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold and improvements interest for $27.5 million in cash (before closing costs and prorations). The Farallon Funds will receive $4.3 million (before prorations) of this cash in their capacity as indirect owners of the limited partners of the entity that owns the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements. The acquisition of the Del Amo Office property is subject to conditions that could prevent or delay our acquisition of the property. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.”

Concurrent Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, Mr. Coleman and the Farallon Funds will purchase $20.0 million in shares of common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

Benefits of the Formation Transactions and Concurrent Private Placement to Related Parties

In connection with this offering, the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement, the Farallon Funds and certain of our executive officers and directors will receive material benefits, including the following. Amounts below are based on the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

 

161


Table of Contents

Victor J. Coleman

 

   

Mr. Coleman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will purchase $2.0 million in shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement at a price equal to the initial public offering price.

 

   

In exchange for the contribution of his interest in Hudson Capital, LLC (in which he holds a 65% ownership interest), Mr. Coleman will receive (i) common units with a value of approximately $5.8 million and (ii) an additional 58,869 common units. In addition, Mr. Coleman will receive a restricted stock grant consisting of a number of shares determined by dividing $2.0 million by our initial public offering price. As a result, including the shares of common stock purchased by him in the concurrent private placement, Mr. Coleman will own an approximate 2.6% interest in our company on a fully diluted basis, or an approximate 2.4% on a fully diluted basis if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full.

 

   

In connection with Mr. Coleman’s contribution, our operating partnership is obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to make up to $3.0 million of indebtedness of our operating partnership (or a subsidiary thereof) available to Mr. Coleman and Mr. Stern together for guarantee, which may allow Mr. Coleman to defer the recognition of gain in connection with the formation transactions.

Howard S. Stern

 

   

In exchange for the contribution of his interest in Hudson Capital, LLC (in which he holds a 35% ownership interest), Mr. Stern, our President and one of our directors, will receive (i) common units with a value of approximately $3.2 million and (ii) an additional 31,699 common units. In addition, Mr. Stern will receive a restricted stock grant consisting of a number of shares determined by dividing $910,000 by our initial public offering price. As a result, Mr. Stern will own an approximate 1.1% interest in our company on a fully diluted basis, or an approximate 1.0% on a fully diluted basis if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full.

 

   

In connection with his contribution, our operating partnership is obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to make up to $3.0 million of indebtedness of our operating partnership (or a subsidiary thereof) available to Mr. Stern and Mr. Coleman together for guarantee, which may allow Mr. Stern to defer the recognition of gain in connection with the formation transactions.

Richard B. Fried and The Farallon Funds

 

   

Richard B. Fried, a Managing Member and co-head of the real estate group at Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., will serve as one of our directors, based on an agreement entered into in connection with the formation transactions.

 

   

The Farallon Funds will purchase $18.0 million in shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement at a price equal to the initial public offering price.

 

   

In exchange for the contribution by affiliates of the Farallon Funds of their interests in the property entities that own each of the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property, the City Plaza property and the 875 Howard Street property and the contribution of approximately $14.8 million in cash in connection with prepaid rents, outstanding tenant improvement costs and outstanding infrastructure costs, the Farallon Funds will receive (i) 5,795,930 shares of our common stock and (ii) 2,020,460 common units. The Farallon Funds, as nominees of the third party that owns the remaining interests in the 875 Howard Street property, will also receive common stock and common units with a value of approximately $0.5 million. As a

 

162


Table of Contents
 

result, including the shares of common stock purchased by the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement, the Farallon Funds will own an approximate 37.7% interest in our company on a fully diluted basis, or an approximate 34.8% on a fully diluted basis if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. Prior to consummation of this offering, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash relating to the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property will be distributed to their owners, including the Farallon Funds.

 

   

In connection with our acquisition of a 100% ownership interest in the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold and improvements interest, the Farallon Funds will receive $4.3 million (before prorations) in cash in their capacity as indirect owners of the limited partners of the entity that owns the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements.

 

   

Our board of directors will grant to certain Farallon Funds and certain of their affiliates, which we refer to collectively as the Farallon excepted holders, an exception to the ownership limits in our charter that will allow them, during the time that such exception is effective, to own shares in excess of the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations, as described under “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers that will become effective as of the closing of this offering, which provide for salary, bonus and other benefits, including awards of restricted stock upon closing of this offering, accelerated equity vesting upon a change in control and severance upon a termination of employment under certain circumstances, as described under “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table” and “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Indemnification Agreements

We also expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers at the closing of this offering, providing for procedures for indemnification by us to the fullest extent permitted by law and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us as officers or directors.

Registration Rights Agreement

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the various persons receiving shares of our common stock and/or common units in the formation transactions or the concurrent private placement, including the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of our executive officers. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 14 months after the date of this offering, we will file one or more registration statements covering the resale of the shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement, and the resale of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable, at our option, in exchange for common units issued in the formation transactions. We may, at our option, satisfy our obligation to prepare and file a resale registration statement by filing a registration statement registering the issuance by us of shares of our common stock registered under the Securities Act to the holders of units upon redemption of such units and, to the extent such shares constitute restricted securities, their resale. Commencing on the date that is 180 days following completion of this offering, the Farallon Funds have the right, on one occasion, to require us to register shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement for resale in an underwritten offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act; provided, such registration shall be limited to a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued

 

163


Table of Contents

to the Farallon Funds and their affiliates in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement. Commencing upon our filing of a resale registration statement not later than 14 months after the date of this offering, under certain circumstances, we are also required to undertake an underwritten offering upon the written request of holders of at least 10% in the aggregate of the securities originally issued in the formation transactions, provided that we are not obligated to effect more than two such underwritten offerings in addition to the demand registration.

Tax Protection Agreement

In connection with the contribution of the Tierrasanta and First Financial properties (which we refer to as the protected properties) to our operating partnership, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its partners (collectively, the protected partners) will enter into a tax protection agreement with our operating partnership. Pursuant to such agreement, our operating partnership will be required to indemnify the protected partners for certain tax liabilities (including tax liabilities incurred as a result of the indemnity payments) they incur in the event our operating partnership directly or indirectly sells, exchanges or otherwise disposes of (whether by way of merger, sale of assets or otherwise) in a taxable transaction any interest in either of the protected properties during the period from the closing of the offering through certain specified dates until 2027, which we refer to as the protected period. Certain partners’ rights under the tax protection agreement with respect to the protected properties will, however, expire at various times (depending on the rights of such partner) during the period beginning in 2017 and prior to the end of the protected period. The calculation of amounts due to any partner as a result of this indemnity obligation will not be based on the time value of money or the time remaining within the protected period. The protected properties represented 34.4% of our initial office portfolio’s annualized base rent as of March 31, 2010.

These tax indemnities do not apply to the disposition of a restricted property pursuant to:

 

   

any transaction with respect to a protected property that qualifies as a tax-free like-kind exchange under Code Section 1031 or a tax-free contribution under Code Section 721, which would not result in the allocation of taxable income or gain to any protected partner or its indirect owners with respect to the units it receives in connection with such contribution, or

 

   

the condemnation or other taking of a protected property by a governmental entity in an eminent domain proceeding or otherwise.

In the event of a transaction described in the second bullet point above, our operating partnership has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to structure such disposition as either a tax-free like-kind exchange under Code Section 1031 or a tax-free reinvestment of proceeds under Code Section 1033, provided that our operating partnership is not obligated to acquire or invest in any property that it otherwise would not have acquired or invested in.

In addition, under this contribution agreement, our operating partnership has agreed to make up to approximately $55.1 million (or, under certain circumstances, up to approximately $70.0 million) of indebtedness of our operating partnership (or a subsidiary thereof) available to certain protected partners to guarantee during the protected period, which is intended to allow them to defer recognition of gain in connection with the formation transactions. In the event that our operating partnership fails to make this guarantee opportunity available, it will be required to indemnify the protected partners for certain resulting tax liabilities (including tax liabilities incurred as a result of the indemnity payments). Any such indemnification obligation will be calculated in a manner similar to that described above with respect to our operating partnership’s obligation not to sell the protected properties during the protected period. These obligations may require us to maintain more or different indebtedness than we would otherwise require for our business.

 

164


Table of Contents

In addition, our operating partnership has agreed to make certain elections and take certain tax reporting positions in connection with the contribution of the protected properties to the operating partnership. We do not anticipate that these additional agreements will have a material effect on our business or operations.

Consequences of this Offering, the Concurrent Private Placement and the Formation Transactions

The completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement and formation transactions will have the following consequences. All amounts are based on the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

 

   

Through our interest in our operating partnership and its wholly owned subsidiaries, we will own a fee simple or ground subleasehold interest in and operate all of the properties in our initial portfolio.

 

   

We will indirectly own our services company through our operating partnership, which will own 100% of its common stock.

 

   

We will be the sole general partner of our operating partnership and will own 87.8% of the common units therein.

 

   

Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will own 64.0% of our outstanding common stock, or 54.6% on a fully diluted basis, assuming the exchange of all outstanding common and series A preferred units for shares of our common stock.

 

   

The continuing investors, including Messrs. Coleman and Stern, the Farallon Funds and the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, that elected to receive common stock and/or common or series A preferred units in the formation transactions and/or purchased shares in the concurrent private placement will own 35.5% of our outstanding common stock, or 45.0% on a fully diluted basis, assuming the exchange of all outstanding common and series A preferred units for shares of our common stock. If the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, the continuing investors, including Messrs. Coleman and Stern, the Farallon Funds and the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, will own 32.4% of our outstanding common stock or 41.6% on a fully diluted basis.

 

   

We expect to have total consolidated indebtedness of approximately $94.3 million.

 

   

Each common unit owned by us and the limited partners in our operating partnership is intended to have economic rights that are substantially identical to one share of our common stock. The series A preferred units will be entitled to preferential distributions at a rate of 6.25% per annum on the liquidation preference of $25.00 per unit and will be convertible at the option of the holder into common units or redeemable for cash or, at our option, exchangeable for registered shares of our common stock, in each case after an initial holding period of not less than three years from the consummation of this offering. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units” for a description of the conversion and redemption rights.

 

165


Table of Contents

The following diagram depicts our expected ownership structure and the expected ownership structure of our operating partnership upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option). All monetary, share and unit amounts and percentages are based on the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For a discussion of amounts based on other prices within the range, see “Pricing Sensitivity Analysis.”

LOGO

 

(1) Reflects shares of our common stock acquired by the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement and formation transactions.
(2) Reflects shares of our common stock acquired by Victor J. Coleman in the concurrent private placement and shares of restricted stock to be granted to Victor J. Coleman, other members of management and directors concurrently with the completion of this offering.
(3) Reflects approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units that may be converted into common units commencing three years after the consummation of this offering.
(4) Our acquisition of this property is subject to closing conditions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.”

 

166


Table of Contents

Cost of Recent Acquisitions

Through various transactions during the two years prior to this offering and the formation transactions, Hudson Capital, LLC and affiliates of the Farallon Funds acquired the City Plaza property for an aggregate net purchase price paid of approximately $53.3 million (before closing costs and prorations), after acquiring the mortgage on the property for approximately $69.3 million and receiving an approximate $1.3 million loan paydown from the original borrower along with a transfer of $14,696 from existing loan reserves.

Determination of Consideration Payable for Our Properties

Our operating partnership will, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, acquire the ownership of each of the properties in our portfolio in connection with the formation transactions. The consideration paid to each of the sellers or contributors in the formation transactions will be based upon the terms of the applicable contribution agreements negotiated among us and our operating partnership, on the one hand, and the various contributors, on the other hand. Under these agreements, each contributor will receive either (i) a fixed number of common units or shares of common stock, subject to adjustment for pre-closing stock and unit splits or similar structural changes to our pre-closing share and unit capitalization, (ii) a fixed value of common units or shares of common stock, (iii) in the case of those contributors who will receive series A preferred units, a fixed value of such units, (iv) a fixed amount of cash or (v) a combination of the foregoing. In all cases, the number or value of units and shares will be subject to adjustment for closing prorations and changes in indebtedness encumbering the properties, among other things. Where the consideration is based upon a fixed number of common units or shares of common stock, the value of units or shares issued will be equal to (i) the initial public offering price of our common stock, multiplied by (ii) such number of units or shares. Where the consideration is based upon a fixed value of common units or shares of common stock, the number of units or shares to be issued will be equal to (i) the negotiated value for their contributed property interests, divided by (ii) the initial public offering price of our common stock. In the case of the series A preferred units to be received by certain of the contributors, the number of series A preferred units will be equal to (i) the negotiated value for their contributed property interests, divided by (ii) a $25 liquidation value per series A preferred unit. The number of common units into which each series A preferred unit will be convertible will be based on a conversion ratio equal to the quotient of (i) the $25 per unit liquidation value (plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the conversion date), divided by (ii) the applicable per share price of our common stock, which will be equal to the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of conversion. The series A preferred units are not convertible until at least three years after the consummation of this offering.

With respect to properties or interests being contributed in exchange for a fixed dollar value, the contributors in the formation transactions, including Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its limited partners, the Farallon Funds and the sellers of the Del Amo Office property (including the Farallon Funds), will, in the aggregate, receive common stock and common units with a value of $20.8 million, series A preferred units ($25 liquidation preference per unit) with a value of $12.5 million and $34.7 million in cash.

With respect to the properties or interests being contributed in exchange for a fixed number of shares of common stock or common units, the contributors in the formation transactions, including Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and the Farallon Funds, will receive 7,450,982 shares of common stock and common units with an aggregate value of $134.1 million based on the midpoint of the range of prices shown on the cover of this prospectus. This value will increase or decrease if our common stock is priced above or below the mid-point of the range of prices shown on the cover page of this prospectus.

The relative values of the common units and series A preferred units to be issued to the sellers and contributors receiving consideration with a fixed value were determined pursuant to arm’s length negotiations among the contributors and sellers, without any third-party appraisals, based on several factors including, but not

 

167


Table of Contents

limited to, the applicable property’s occupancy and rental revenue; potential for growth in net operating income of the property through increase in occupancy and rental rates; property location, age and amenities; opportunities for reduction in operating expenses; in-place rents relative to the market rates; projected tenant improvements and leasing commissions; current market and submarket conditions and demographics, as well as the future outlook for each market and submarket; strength of significant tenants and lease terms; the property’s competitive position within its market; historical lease renewal rates; and near-term capital expenditure requirements. Using the valuation methodologies described above, the contributors and sellers agreed on the value of consideration to be given or the number of shares of common stock, common units and/or series A preferred units to be issued for each property or interest.

We have not obtained independent third-party appraisals, valuations or fairness opinions in connection with the formation transactions. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the fair market value of the cash and equity securities that we pay or issue to the contributors and sellers will not exceed the fair market value of the properties and other assets acquired by us in the formation transactions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The value we ascribed to the properties and assets to be acquired by us in the formation transactions may exceed the aggregate fair market value of such properties and assets.”

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives of the underwriters and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives of the underwriters will consider, among other things, our record of operations, our management, our estimated net income, our estimated funds from operations, our estimated cash available for distribution, our anticipated dividend yield, our growth prospects, the current market valuations, financial performance and dividend yields of publicly traded companies considered by us and the underwriters to be comparable to us and the current state of the commercial real estate industry and the economy as a whole. The initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value of the properties and assets to be acquired in the formation transactions, our financial condition or any other established criteria of value and may not be indicative of the market price for our common stock after this offering.

 

168


Table of Contents

PRICING SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

Throughout this prospectus, we provide certain information based on the assumption that we price our shares at the mid-point of the pricing range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. However, certain of this information will be affected if the actual price per share in this offering is different from that mid-point. In particular, where the continuing investors and purchasers in the concurrent private placement will receive a number of common units or shares of common stock based on a fixed dollar value, the number of common units or shares of common stock they will receive will vary inversely with the initial public offering price. In contrast, where the continuing investors will receive a fixed number of common units or shares of common stock, the value of such common units and shares of common stock will increase or decrease, respectively, as the initial public offering price increases or decreases above or below the mid-point of the range. The following table sets forth this information at low-, mid- and high-points of the range of prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

    Price per Share  
    $17.00     $18.00     $19.00  

Formation Transactions

     

Number of common units to be issued to Victor J. Coleman in the formation transactions

    402,907        383,869        366,836   

Value of common units to be issued to Victor J. Coleman in the formation transactions

  $ 6,849      $ 6,910      $ 6,970   

Number of common units to be issued to Howard S. Stern in the formation transactions

    216,949        206,699        197,527   

Value of common units to be issued to Howard S. Stern in the formation transactions

  $ 3,688      $ 3,721      $ 3,753   

Number of common units to be issued to the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its limited partners in the formation transactions

    177,568        167,703        158,876   

Value of common units to be issued to the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its limited partners in the formation transactions

  $ 3,019      $ 3,019      $ 3,019   

Number of common units to be issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions

    1,813,518        2,026,870        2,217,765   

Value of common units to be issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions

  $ 30,830      $ 36,484      $ 42,138   

Number of shares of common stock to be issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions

    6,050,037        5,818,625        5,611,572   

Value of shares of common stock to be issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions

  $ 102,851      $ 104,735      $ 106,620   

Concurrent Private Placement

     

Number of shares of common stock to be purchased by Victor J. Coleman in the concurrent private placement

    117,647        111,111        105,263   

Number of shares of common stock to be purchased by the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement

    1,058,824        1,000,000        947,369   

Grants of Restricted Stock

     

Number of shares of restricted stock to be granted to Victor J. Coleman

    117,647        111,111        105,263   

Number of shares of restricted stock to be granted to Howard S. Stern

    53,529        50,556        47,895   

Number of shares of restricted stock to be granted to other officers and directors

    99,412        93,889        88,947   

Number of shares remaining under the equity incentive plan

    1,379,412        1,394,445        1,407,895   

Number of Shares and Units after the Offering, Concurrent Private Placement and the Formation Transactions

     

Number of shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding upon completion of the offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transaction(1)

    20,297,096        19,985,292        19,706,309   

Number of common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership to be issued and outstanding and held by limited partners upon completion of the offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transaction(1)

    2,610,942        2,785,141        2,941,004   

Equity Ownership Percentages after the Offering, Concurrent Private Placement and the Formation Transactions (Fully Diluted)(1)

     

Percentage owned by public

    54.1     54.5     54.9

Percentage owned by continuing investors other than executive officers and directors

    41.6        41.4        41.2   

Percentage owned by executive officers and directors

    4.3        4.1        3.9   
                       
    100.0      100.0      100.0 
                       

 

(1) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

 

169


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.

We have summarized the material terms and provisions of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., which we refer to as the “partnership agreement.” This summary is not complete. For more detail, you should refer to the partnership agreement itself, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. For purposes of this section, references to “we,” “our,” “us,” “our company” and the “general partner” refer to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership.

General

Upon completion of the formation transactions, substantially all of our assets will be held by, and substantially all of our operations will be conducted through, our operating partnership, either directly or through subsidiaries. We will enter into the partnership agreement in connection with the formation transactions, and the provisions of the partnership agreement described below will be in effect from and after the consummation of this offering. We are the general partner of the operating partnership, and, following the completion of this offering, we will own     % of the outstanding common units in the operating partnership.

Certain persons who contribute interests in properties and/or other assets pursuant to the formation transactions will receive common units or series A preferred units in our operating partnership. Holders of common units in the operating partnership are generally entitled to share in cash distributions from, and in the profits and losses of, the operating partnership in proportion to their respective percentage interests of common units in the operating partnership if and to the extent authorized by us and subject to the preferential rights of holders of outstanding preferred units, including series A preferred units. Holders of series A preferred units will rank senior to any other partnership interest and will be entitled to receive preferential cash distributions, a liquidation preference in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances), as well as certain conversion and redemption rights as described below in “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.” The units in the operating partnership will not be listed on any exchange or quoted on any national market system.

Provisions in the partnership agreement could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions also make it more difficult for third parties to alter the management structure of the operating partnership without the concurrence of our board of directors. These provisions include, among others:

 

   

redemption rights of qualifying parties;

 

   

transfer restrictions on units, including our common units;

 

   

our ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the partnership to issue preferred units with terms that we, in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership, may determine, without the consent of the limited partners;

 

   

the right of the limited partners to consent to transfers of the general partnership interest and mergers under specified circumstances; and

 

   

restrictions on debt levels and equity requirements required pursuant to our series A preferred units, as well as required distributions to holders of series A preferred units of our operating partnership, following certain changes of control of us.

 

170


Table of Contents

Purposes, Business and Management

The purpose of the operating partnership includes the conduct of any business, enterprise or activity permitted by or under the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act. The operating partnership may enter into partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements and may own interests in any other entity. However, the operating partnership may not, without our consent, take, or refrain from taking, any action that, in our judgment, in our sole and absolute discretion:

 

   

could adversely affect our ability to continue to qualify as a REIT;

 

   

could subject us to any taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981 or any other related or successor provision under the Code; or

 

   

could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over us, our securities or the operating partnership.

In general, our board of directors will manage the business and affairs of the operating partnership by directing our business and affairs, in our capacity as the general partner of the operating partnership.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the partnership agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the operating partnership are exclusively vested in us, in our capacity as the general partner of the operating partnership. No limited partner or any other person to whom one or more partnership units have been transferred may, in its capacity as a limited partner or assignee, participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the operating partnership. The general partner may not be removed by the partners with or without cause, except with the general partner’s consent. In addition to the powers granted to the general partner under applicable law or that are granted to the general partner under any other provision of the partnership agreement, the general partner, subject to the other provisions of the partnership agreement (including the restrictions on the general partner’s authority described below), has the full and exclusive power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by the general partner to conduct the business of the operating partnership, to exercise or direct the exercise of all powers of the operating partnership and to effectuate the purposes of the operating partnership. The operating partnership may incur debt or enter into credit, guarantee, financing or refinancing arrangements for any purpose, including, without limitation, in connection with any acquisition of properties, upon such terms as the general partner determines to be appropriate. Except in connection with certain transactions involving the general partner discussed in “—Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner” and “—Material Terms of Series A Preferred Units—Voting and Consent Rights,” the general partner may authorize the operating partnership to dispose of any, all or substantially all of the assets (including the goodwill) of the operating partnership or merge, consolidate, reorganize or otherwise combine with or into another entity. With limited exceptions, the general partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform agreements and transactions on behalf of the operating partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the limited partners.

Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority

The general partner may not take any action in contravention of the partnership agreement. The general partner may not, without the prior consent of a majority in interest of the partners (including us), undertake any actions on behalf of the operating partnership, or enter into any transaction, that would have the effect of amending, modifying or terminating the partnership agreement, except as provided in the partnership agreement. For a description of the provisions of the partnership agreement permitting the general partner to amend the partnership agreement without the consent of the limited partners see “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement—Amendment by the General Partner without the Consent of the Limited Partners.” The general partner may not, without the prior consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units

 

171


Table of Contents

(excluding us and any limited partner a majority of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us), transfer all or any portion of its interest in the operating partnership, withdraw as the general partner of the operating partnership or admit into the operating partnership any successor general partners, subject to the exceptions discussed in “—Transfers and Withdrawals—Restrictions on Transfers by General Partner.”

In addition, the general partner may not amend the partnership agreement or take any action on behalf of the operating partnership, without the prior consent of each partner adversely affected by such amendment or action, if such amendment or action would:

 

   

convert a limited partner into a general partner;

 

   

modify the limited liability of a limited partner;

 

   

alter the rights of any limited partner to receive the distributions to which such partner is entitled, or alter the allocations specified in the partnership agreement, except in connection with the creation and issuance of any class or series of units, to the extent permitted by the partnership agreement;

 

   

alter or modify the redemption rights or conversion rights of limited partners and certain qualifying assignees or the related definitions;

 

   

alter the restrictions on the general partner’s ability to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the operating partnership or voluntary withdraw as the general partner;

 

   

enter into any contract, mortgage, loan or other agreement that expressly prohibits or restricts, or has the effect of prohibiting or restricting, the general partner or the operating partnership from performing its obligations in connection with the redemption of units or any limited partner from exercising its redemption or conversion rights under the partnership agreement;

 

   

remove, alter or amend certain provisions of the partnership agreement related to the requirements for us to qualify as a REIT or permitting us to avoid paying tax under Code Sections 857 or 4981;

 

   

reduce any limited partners’ rights to indemnification;

 

   

create any liability of the limited partners not already provided in the partnership agreement; or

 

   

amend the provisions of the partnership agreement requiring the consent of each affected partner before taking any of the actions described above.

Additional Limited Partners

Subject to the rights of limited partners holding series A preferred units, the general partner may cause the operating partnership to issue additional units from time to time, on terms and conditions and for such capital contributions as may be established by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion. The net capital contribution need not be equal for all limited partners. No person may be admitted as an additional limited partner without the general partner’s consent, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

No action or consent by the limited partners is required in connection with the admission of any additional limited partner. The general partner is expressly authorized to cause the operating partnership to issue additional units:

 

   

upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of any debt, units or other securities issued by the operating partnership;

 

172


Table of Contents
   

for less than fair market value, so long as the general partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the general partner and the operating partnership; and

 

   

in connection with any merger of any other entity into the operating partnership.

Subject to the rights of the limited partners holding series A preferred units, any additional units may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption (including, without limitation, terms that may be senior or otherwise entitled to preference over existing units) as the general partner shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion without the approval of any limited partner or any other person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the general partner has authority to specify:

 

   

the allocations of items of partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of units;

 

   

the right of each such class or series of units to share in distributions;

 

   

the rights of each such class or series of units upon dissolution and liquidation of the operating partnership;

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of each such class or series of units; and

 

   

the conversion, redemption or exchange rights applicable to each such class or series of units.

Ability to Engage in Other Businesses; Conflicts of Interest

We may not conduct any business other than in connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of partnership interests, the management of the business of the operating partnership, our operation as a reporting company with a class or classes of securities registered under the Exchange Act, our operations as a REIT, the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests related to the partnership or its assets or activities or our activities in our capacity as general partner, financing or refinancing of any type related to the operating partnership or its assets or activities, and such activities as are incidental to those activities discussed above. We may, however, in our sole and absolute discretion, from time to time hold or acquire assets in our own name or otherwise other than through the operating partnership so long as we take commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the economic benefits and burdens of such property are otherwise vested in the operating partnership.

Distributions

We are required to cause the operating partnership to distribute quarterly, or on a more or less frequent basis as we may determine, all, or such portion as we may in our sole and absolute discretion determine, of the available cash (as such term is defined in the partnership agreement) generated by the operating partnership during such quarter to us and the limited partners:

 

   

first, with respect to the series A preferred units and any other units that are entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of such class or classes of units, and, within such class or classes, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests; and

 

   

second, with respect to any units that are not entitled to any preference in distribution, including common units, in accordance with the rights of holders of such units, as applicable, and, within

 

173


Table of Contents
 

such class, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests.

Distributions payable with respect to any units that were not outstanding during the entire quarterly period in respect of which a distribution is made, other than units issued to us in connection with the issuance of shares of our common stock, will be prorated based on the portion of the period that such units were outstanding.

Allocations

Net income or net loss of our operating partnership will generally be allocated to us, as the general partner, and to the limited partners in accordance with the partners’ respective interests in the operating partnership. Allocations of net income will be made to holders of series A preferred units in respect of their preferential cash distribution prior to allocations made to holders of common units. Allocations to holders of common units will generally be made proportionately to all such holders in respect of such units. However, in some cases gain or loss may be disproportionately allocated to partners who have contributed appreciated property or guaranteed debt of our operating partnership. The allocations described above are subject to special rules relating to depreciation deductions and to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and the associated Treasury Regulations. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies.”

Reimbursement of Expenses; Transactions with Our Affiliates and Us

We are not entitled to receive any compensation for our services as the general partner of our operating partnership. Through our interest in the our operating partnership, we have the same right to distributions as other holders of common units. In addition, the operating partnership is required to reimburse us for all amounts expended by us in connection with the operating partnership’s business, including expenses relating to the ownership of interests in and management and operation of, or for the benefit of, the operating partnership, compensation of our officers and employees and officers and employees of the operating partnership, including payments under future compensation plans that may provide for stock units, or phantom stock, pursuant to which our employees or employees of the operating partnership will receive payments based upon dividends on or the value of our common stock, director or manager fees and expenses and all costs and expenses that we incur in connection with our being a public company, including costs of filings with the SEC, reports and other distributions to our stockholders. The operating partnership is required to reimburse us for all expenses incurred by us relating to any offering of stock after this offering, including any underwriting discounts or commissions in such case based on the percentage of the net proceeds from such issuance contributed to or otherwise made available to the operating partnership. Any reimbursement will be reduced by the amount of any interest that we earn on funds we hold on behalf of the operating partnership.

Except as expressly permitted by the partnership agreement, we and our affiliates may not engage in any transactions with the operating partnership except on terms we determine in good faith to be fair and reasonable.

Our Liability and that of the Limited Partners

We, as general partner of the operating partnership, are ultimately liable for all general recourse obligations of the operating partnership to the extent not paid by the operating partnership. We are not liable for the nonrecourse obligations of the operating partnership.

Except as may be provided in the terms of any class or series of units, the limited partners are not required to make additional contributions to the operating partnership. Assuming that a limited partner does not take part in the control of the business of the operating partnership, the liability of the limited partner for obligations of the operating partnership under the partnership agreement and the Maryland Revised Uniform

 

174


Table of Contents

Limited Partnership Act is generally limited to the loss of the limited partner’s investment in the operating partnership represented by such limited partner’s units.

Exculpation and Indemnification

The partnership agreement generally provides that we, as general partner, and any of our respective directors or officers will incur no liability to the operating partnership, or any limited partner or assignee, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment, mistakes of fact or law or any acts or omissions if we or such officer or director acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. In addition, we, as general partner, are not responsible to the partnership for any misconduct or negligence on the part of our employees or agents, provided we appointed such employees or agents in good faith. We, as general partner, may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisors, and any action we take or omit to take in reliance upon the opinion of such persons, as to matters which we, as general partner, reasonably believe to be within their professional or expert competence, will be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

The partnership agreement also provides for the indemnification of us, as general partner, and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of the operating partnership and such other persons as we, as general partner, may from time to time designate from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, provided that such person will not be indemnified for (i) any act or omission of such person that was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, any act or omission that such person had reason to believe was unlawful, or (iii) any transaction for which such person actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement. The operating partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. The operating partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification (other than an action to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) without our approval or if the person is found to be liable to the operating partnership on any portion of any claim in the action.

The partnership agreement also provides for the indemnification of each of the limited partners of our operating partnership, their affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, stockholders and any other individual acting on its or their behalf, from and against any costs incurred by such person resulting from any litigation or other proceeding in which any limited partner is named as a defendant or any claim threatened or asserted against any limited partner that relates to the operations of the operating partnership or any obligation assumed by the operating partnership, unless such costs are the result of intentional harm or gross negligence on the part of, or a breach of partnership agreement by, such limited partner.

Sales of Partnership Assets; Mergers; Consolidations

Under the partnership agreement, the general partner generally has the authority to cause the operating partnership to sell all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership or to merge, consolidate or otherwise combine its assets with another entity, without the consent or approval of any limited partner, subject to certain limitations described below. However, in connection with the acquisition of properties from persons to

 

175


Table of Contents

whom the general partner issued units as part of the purchase price, in order to preserve such persons’ tax deferral, the general partner may contractually agree, in general, not to sell or otherwise transfer the properties for a specified period of time, or in some instances, not to sell or otherwise transfer the properties without compensating the sellers of the properties for their loss of the tax deferral.

Redemption Rights of Limited Partners

After fourteen months of becoming a holder of common units, each limited partner and some assignees have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of the common units held by such party in exchange for a cash amount per common unit equal to the value of one share of our common stock, as determined in accordance with, and subject to adjustment as provided in, the partnership agreement. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such common units in exchange for common stock.

On or before the close of business on the fifth business day after a limited partner gives us a notice of redemption with respect to common units, we may, in our sole and absolute discretion but subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer,” acquire some or all of the tendered common units from the tendering party in exchange for shares of common stock, based on an exchange ratio of one share of common stock for each common unit, subject to adjustment as provided in the partnership agreement. The partnership agreement does not obligate us to register, qualify or list any common stock issued in exchange for common units with the SEC, with any state securities commissioner, department or agency, or with any stock exchange. Common stock issued in exchange for common units pursuant to the partnership agreement may contain legends regarding restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as we in good faith determine to be necessary or advisable in order to ensure compliance with securities laws.

The partnership agreement also provides redemption rights with respect to our series A preferred units as described below in “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.”

Transfers and Withdrawals

The partnership agreement restricts the transferability of units. Any transfer or purported transfer of a unit not made in accordance with the partnership agreement will be void.

Restrictions on Transfer by Limited Partners

Until the expiration of fourteen months from the date on which a limited partner first acquired units, such limited partner generally may not, without our consent, directly or indirectly transfer all or any portion of its units to any transferee, except for certain permitted transfers to certain affiliates, family members and charities, transfers by a person who is a limited partner upon the completion of this offering to its shareholders, members, partners or beneficiaries and certain pledges of units to lending institutions in connection with bona fide loans.

After the expiration of 14 months from the date on which a limited partner first acquired units, in addition to the permitted transfers described above, such limited partner has the right to transfer all or any portion of its units to any person that is an “accredited investor,” subject to the satisfaction of conditions specified in the partnership agreement, including minimum transfer requirements and our right of first refusal. For purposes of this transfer restriction, “accredited investor” has the meaning set forth in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act. It is a condition to any transfer that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the transferor limited partner under the partnership agreement with respect to such units, and no such transfer will relieve the transferor limited partner of its obligations under the partnership

 

176


Table of Contents

agreement without our approval, in our sole and absolute discretion. This transfer restriction does not apply to a statutory merger or consolidation pursuant to which all obligations and liabilities of the limited partner are assumed by a successor corporation by operation of law.

In connection with any transfer of units other than a permitted transfer, we will have the right to require an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to us to the effect that the proposed transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, and will not otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the operating partnership or the partnership interests or units transferred.

No transfer by a limited partner of its units, including in connection with any redemption or any acquisition of partnership interests or units by us or by the operating partnership, may be made to any person without our consent if:

 

   

it could result in the operating partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

 

   

it could result in a termination of the partnership under Code Section 708;

 

   

it could be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Code Section 7704 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; or

 

   

it could result in the operating partnership being unable to qualify for one or more of the “safe harbors” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published by the IRS setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code).

In addition, except in the case of permitted transfers, we have a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed transfers by other limited partners, exercisable within ten business days of notice of the transfer and a description of the proposed consideration to be paid for the operating partnership units.

Admission of Substituted Limited Partners

No limited partner will have the right to substitute a transferee as a limited partner in its place. A transferee of the interest of a limited partner may be admitted as a substituted limited partner only with our consent, which consent may be given or withheld in our sole and absolute discretion. If we in our sole and absolute discretion, do not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee as a substituted limited partner, such transferee will be considered an assignee for purposes of the partnership agreement. An assignee will be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest under the partnership agreement and the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, including the right to receive distributions from the operating partnership and the share of net income, net losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the operating partnership attributable to the units assigned to such transferee and the rights to transfer and redemption of the units provided in the partnership agreement, but will not be deemed to be a limited partner for any other purpose under the partnership agreement or the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, and will not be entitled to effect a consent or vote with respect to such units on any matter presented to the limited partners for approval. The right to consent or vote, to the extent provided in the partnership agreement or under the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, will fully remain with the transferor limited partner.

 

177


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Transfers by General Partner

We, as general partner, may not transfer any of our units or other partnership interest, whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise, unless:

 

   

we transfer our units in a merger, consolidation or other combination of our assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a reclassification, recapitalization or change in any outstanding shares of the our stock described below in “—Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner” or we receive the prior consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding us and any limited partner whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us);

 

   

the transferee is admitted as a general partner pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement;

 

   

the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the general partner under the partnership agreement with respect to such transferred partnership interest; and

 

   

the transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the partnership agreement with respect to the partnership interest so acquired and the admission of such transferee as the general partner.

Restrictions on Transfers by Any Partner

Units and other partnership interests may be transferred only on the first day of a fiscal quarter unless we otherwise agree. No partner may transfer any units, including in connection with any redemption or acquisition of partnership interests or units by us or by the operating partnership, if:

 

   

the proposed transferee lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own the interest or units to be transferred;

 

   

the proposed transfer would violate applicable law;

 

   

the proposed transfer is of any component portion of a partnership interest, such as a partner’s capital account or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of the partner’s interest in the partnership, unless we consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion;

 

   

the proposed transfer could cause us or any of our affiliates to fail to comply with the requirements under the Code for qualifying as a REIT or “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2));

 

   

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of counsel to us or the operating partnership, cause a termination of the operating partnership for federal or state income tax purposes (other than a result of the redemption (or acquisition by us) of all units held by all limited partners or with our consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion);

 

   

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of legal counsel to the operating partnership, cause the operating partnership to cease to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (other than as a result of the redemption (or acquisition by us) of all units held by all limited partners);

 

178


Table of Contents
   

the proposed transfer would cause the operating partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Code Section 4975(c));

 

   

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of counsel to us or the operating partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the operating partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to United States Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101;

 

   

the proposed transfer requires the registration of such partnership interest or units under any applicable Federal or state securities laws;

 

   

the proposed transfer (1) could be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, (2) could cause the operating partnership to become a “publicly traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Sections 469(k)(2) or 7704(b) of the Code, (3) could cause the operating partnership to have more than 100 partners or cause the partnership interest initially issued to such partner to be held by more than three partners, including, for these purposes, certain persons indirectly owning an interest in the operating partnership through an entity treated as a partnership or S corporation or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, or (4) could cause the operating partnership to fail one or more of the “safe harbors” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1, except, in any case, with our consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion;

 

   

the proposed transfer would cause the operating partnership (as opposed to us) to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act; or

 

   

the proposed transfer would subject the operating partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or ERISA, each as amended.

Withdrawal of Partners

We may not voluntarily withdraw as a general partner of the operating partnership without the consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding us and any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us) other than upon the transfer of our entire interest in the operating partnership and the admission of our successor as a general partner of the operating partnership. A limited partner of the operating partnership may withdraw from the operating partnership only as a result of a transfer of the limited partner’s entire interest in the operating partnership units in accordance with the partnership agreement and the admission of the limited partner’s successor as a limited partner of the operating partnership or as a result of the redemption or acquisition by us of the limited partner’s entire interest in the operating partnership.

Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner

We may not merge, consolidate or otherwise combine our assets with another entity, or sell all or substantially all of our assets not in the ordinary course of our business, or reclassify, recapitalize or change the terms of our outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of our stockholders), unless:

 

   

such event has been approved by the consent of a majority in interest of the partners, including us, and all limited partners holding common units will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive,

 

179


Table of Contents
 

for each common unit, consideration that is equivalent to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received by a holder of one share of our common stock; and, if such event occurs in connection with a purchase, tender or exchange offer, each holder of common units has the right to receive, or elect to receive, the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such holder of units would have received had it exercised its right to redemption pursuant to the partnership agreement and received shares of our common stock in exchange for its units immediately before the expiration of the purchase, tender or exchange offer and had accepted the purchase, tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

substantially all of the assets of our operating partnership are to be owned by a surviving entity in which our limited partners holding common units will hold a percentage interest based on the relative fair market value of the net assets of the operating partnership and the other net assets of such entity, which interest will be on terms that are at least as favorable as the terms of the common units and will include a right to redeem interests in such entity for the consideration described in the preceding bullet, cash on similar terms as those with respect to the common units or, if common equity securities of the person controlling the surviving entity are publicly traded, such common equity securities.

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

Amendments to the partnership agreement may be proposed only by the general partner or by limited partners holding 25% or more of the partnership interests held by limited partners. Following such proposal, the general partner must submit to the partners entitled to vote thereon any proposed amendment that, pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, requires the consent, approval or vote of such partners. The general partner may seek the written consent of the partners entitled to vote on the proposed amendment or call a meeting of the partners to vote on the proposed amendment and to transact any other business that it may deem appropriate. If the general partner seeks the written consent of the partners entitled to vote on a proposed amendment, the general partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen days, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a partner’s consent consistent with the general partner’s recommendation, if any, with respect to the proposed amendment.

Amendment by the General Partner without the Consent of the Limited Partners

The general partner has the power, without the consent of the limited partners, to amend the partnership agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

 

   

to add to its obligations as general partner or surrender any right or power granted to it or any of its affiliates for the benefit of the limited partners;

 

   

to reflect the admission, substitution or withdrawal of partners, the transfer of any partnership interest or the termination of the operating partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement;

 

   

to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature or does not adversely affect the limited partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in the partnership agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions of the partnership agreement, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under the partnership agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of the partnership agreement;

 

   

subject to certain rights of limited partners holding series A preferred units, to set forth or amend the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of the holders of any additional partnership interests issued pursuant to the partnership agreement;

 

180


Table of Contents
   

to reflect the termination of the series A preferred units if and from the time that all of the series A preferred units shall no longer be, or be deemed to be, outstanding for any purpose;

 

   

to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law;

 

   

to reflect such changes as are reasonably necessary for the general partner to maintain its status as a REIT or to reflect the transfer of all or any part of a partnership interest among the general partner and any entity treated as a disregarded entity with respect to the general partner for federal income tax purposes;

 

   

to modify the manner in which items of net income or net loss are allocated or the manner in which capital accounts are adjusted, computed, or maintained (but in each case only to the extent provided by the partnership agreement); and

 

   

to reflect the issuance of additional partnership interests permitted under the partnership agreement.

Amendment With the Consent of the Limited Partners

Except as discussed above and under “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units—Voting and Consent Rights,” the general partner may amend the partnership agreement only with the consent of the partners, including the general partner.

Procedures for Actions and Consents of Partners

Meetings of the partners may be called by the general partner at any time in its own discretion, and must be called by the general partner upon the written request of limited partners holding 25% or more of the partnership interests held by limited partners. Notice of any such meeting must be given to all partners entitled to act at the meeting not less than seven days nor more than 60 days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting. Each meeting of partners will be conducted by the general partner or such other person as it may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as it or such other person deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. Whenever the vote or consent of partners is permitted or required under the partnership agreement, such vote or consent may be given at a meeting of partners or may be given by written consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent is signed by partners holding a majority in interest of the outstanding partnership interests, including the general partner (or such other percentage as is expressly required by the partnership agreement for the action in question).

Dissolution

The operating partnership will dissolve, and its affairs will be wound up, upon the first to occur of any of the following:

 

   

the removal of the last remaining general partner in accordance with the partnership agreement, the withdrawal of the last remaining general partner in violation of the partnership agreement, the death, adjudication of incompetency, dissolution or other termination of the legal existence of the last remaining general partner or the occurrence of certain events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the last remaining general partner unless, within ninety days after the withdrawal, a majority in interest of the limited partners remaining agree in writing, in their sole and absolute discretion, to continue the business of the operating partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of such withdrawal, of a successor general partner;

 

181


Table of Contents
   

an election to dissolve the operating partnership made by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion, with or without the consent of the partners;

 

   

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the operating partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act;

 

   

the occurrence of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership not in the ordinary course of its business or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership not in the ordinary course of its business; or

 

   

the redemption, or acquisition by us or the partnership, of all partnership interests other than partnership interests held by us.

Upon dissolution the operating partnership, or, in the event that there is no remaining general partner, a liquidator will proceed to liquidate the assets of the operating partnership and apply the proceeds from such liquidation in the order of priority set forth in the partnership agreement.

Tax Matters

Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we, as the general partner, are the tax matters partner of our operating partnership, and in such capacity, have the authority to handle tax audits on behalf of the operating partnership. In addition, as the general partner, we have the authority to arrange for the preparation and filing of the operating partnership’s tax returns and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of the operating partnership.

Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units

The following is a discussion of certain of the rights, privileges and preferences of the series A preferred units.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership, holders of series A preferred units will be entitled to receive and be paid in cash an amount equal to $25.00 per preferred unit plus any accrued and unpaid distributions before any distribution or payment may be made with respect to any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances).

Distributions

Holders of series A preferred units are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the operating partnership, out of available cash, cumulative preferential cash distributions in an amount equal to 6.25% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference per unit from the date of issuance of such unit, payable quarterly in arrears on or before the last calendar day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the completion of this offering. Distributions that are due but unpaid will accumulate and compound quarterly. If any such preferential distribution payments for any past quarterly period are in arrears, no distributions may be authorized or paid on any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units, nor shall any other series or class of partnership interests ranking junior to the series A preferred units be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the operating partnership or us, except for:

 

   

a redemption of common units from us in connection with a redemption or repurchase by us of common stock for cash pursuant to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described

 

182


Table of Contents
 

in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” or a redemption of preferred units from us in connection with a redemption or repurchase by us of outstanding preferred stock for cash;

 

   

the acquisition by us of common units tendered for redemption with shares of our common stock; or

 

   

the conversion into or exchange for shares of our common stock or units ranking junior to the series A preferred units with no cash distributed.

Redemption Rights

Beginning three years after the completion of this offering, each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of their series A preferred units in exchange for a cash redemption price equal to $25.00 per unit plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the redemption date. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such preferred units in exchange for shares of our common stock that are issued under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Any notice of redemption must be delivered at least 30 business days prior to the last day of the calendar quarter in which the redemption right is being exercised. On or before the close of business on the tenth business day after such a notice of redemption is received, we may, in our sole and absolute discretion but subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer,” acquire some or all of the tendered series A preferred units in exchange for a number of registered shares of our common stock per unit with a value equal to the redemption price per unit, such value to be based on the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption.

Conversion Rights

Beginning three years after the completion of this offering, each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to convert all or any portion of its series A preferred units into a number of common units with a value equal to the aggregate redemption price of the series A preferred units tendered for conversion, the value of such common units to be based on the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption. Any such conversion of series A preferred units will be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date that we, as general partner, receive notice of conversion.

In the event of a recapitalization, reclassification or change of outstanding common units (other than a subdivision or combination of outstanding common units), a merger, sale or other business combination of our operating partnership, a sale, conveyance or lease to another or entity of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s property and assets (other than to one or more of our subsidiaries) or an exchange of substantially all of the outstanding common units for securities of another entity, in each case in which holders of common units are entitled to receive securities, other property or assets with respect to or in exchange for their common units, qualifying holders of series A preferred units will thereafter be entitled to convert their series A preferred units into the kind and amount of securities or other consideration that such holder would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such a business combination if such holder had converted its series A preferred units into common units immediately before the business combination.

 

183


Table of Contents

Voting and Consent Rights

Generally, the series A preferred units are entitled to limited voting rights and in most cases vote on an as-converted basis with the holders of common units on any matter on which all limited partners are entitled to vote. However, so long as any series A preferred units remain outstanding, the consent of the limited partners holding a majority in interest of series A preferred units other than any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us will be required to:

 

   

authorize, designate or issue any class or series of partnership interests ranking pari passu with or senior to the series A preferred units with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership;

 

   

increase the authorized or issued amount of series A preferred units; or

 

   

amend, alter or repeal the terms of the series A preferred units, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s assets or otherwise, so as to materially and adversely affect any right, preference or privilege of the series A preferred units, except that, so long as the series A preferred units remain outstanding following any such merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s assets with the terms thereof materially unchanged, taking into account that, upon the occurrence of such an event, the operating partnership may not be the surviving entity and the surviving entity may not be a limited partnership, the occurrence of such an event will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the series A preferred units and, in such case, no consent of limited partners holding series A preferred units would be required.

 

   

except as discussed below under “—General Partner Fundamental Change,” effect a “fundamental change,” which is generally defined as a merger, consolidation or other combination of our assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets not in the ordinary course of our business, a reclassification, recapitalization or change in the terms of our outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of our stockholders), as a result of which our stock ceases to be publicly traded or common units cease to be exchangeable (at our option) for publicly traded shares of our stock.

General Partner Fundamental Change

Without the approval of limited partners holding a majority in interest of the series A preferred units, we may not engage in a “fundamental change,” unless upon consummation of such a fundamental change transaction the partnership agreement or other organizational documents of any successor to the operating partnership will contain certain provisions requiring our operating partnership or such successor to:

 

   

make minimum tax distributions to holders of our series A preferred units;

 

   

continue to own an aggregate of at least 33% of the equity in our operating partnership through the ownership of equity interests which are subordinate to our series A preferred units; and

 

   

refrain from incurring additional indebtedness if its ratio of total indebtedness to gross asset value exceeds 50%, or allow this leverage ratio to exceed 60%, so long as series A preferred units remain outstanding.

In connection with any fundamental change transaction, the operating partnership has the right to redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding series A preferred units for cash per unit equal to the redemption price.

 

184


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock and shares of common stock into which units are exchangeable immediately following the completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions for (i) each person who is expected to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock immediately following the completion of this offering, (ii) each of our directors, director nominees and executive officers, and (iii) all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. This table assumes that the concurrent private placement, the formation transactions and this offering are completed, and gives effect to the expected issuance of common stock and units in connection with this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table. The extent to which a person will hold shares of common stock as opposed to units is set forth in the footnotes below.

The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A stockholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (a) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (b) the conversion of a security, (c) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (d) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, common shares subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are exercisable as of June 14, 2010 or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025. No shares beneficially owned by any executive officer, director or director nominee have been pledged as security.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares
and Common Units
Beneficially Owned
   Percentage of
All Shares (1)
    Percentage of
All Shares and
Common Units (2)
 

Farallon Partners, L.L.C. (3)

   8,845,495    44.3   38.8

Victor J. Coleman

   606,091    3.0   2.7

Howard S. Stern

   257,255    1.3   1.1

Christopher Barton

   16,666    *      *   

Mark T. Lammas

   16,666    *      *   

Dale Shimoda

   16,666    *      *   

Theodore R. Antenucci

   5,555    *      *   

Mark Burnett

   5,555    *      *   

Richard B. Fried (4)

   8,845,495    44.3   38.8

Jonathan M. Glaser

   5,555    *      *   

Mark D. Linehan

   5,555    *      *   

Robert M. Moran, Jr.

   5,555    *      *   

Barry A. Porter

   5,555    *      *   

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (12 persons)

   9,792,169    49.0   —     

 

 * Represents less than 1.0%.
(1)

Assumes 19,985,292 shares of common stock are outstanding immediately following this offering. In addition, amounts for individuals assume that all common units held by the person are exchanged for shares of our common stock, and amounts for all directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group assume all common units held by them are

 

185


Table of Contents
 

exchanged for shares of our common stock in each case, regardless of when such common units are exchangeable. The total number of shares of our common stock outstanding used in calculating this percentage assumes that none of the common units held by other persons are exchanged for shares of our common stock.

(2) Assumes 19,985,292 shares of our common stock and 2,785,141 common units held by limited partners are outstanding immediately following this offering, which units may be redeemed for cash or, at our option, exchanged for shares of our common stock as described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” Does not include shares of our common stock that may be issued upon exchange of our series A preferred units to be issued in the formation transactions or upon exchange of common units into which such series A preferred units may be converted.
(3) Farallon Partners, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, is the general partner of Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by each such partnership. As managing members of Farallon Partners, L.L.C, each of Richard B. Fried, Daniel J. Hirsch, Monica R. Landry, Davide Leone, Douglas M. MacMahon, Stephen L. Millham, Rajiv A. Patel, Thomas G. Roberts, Jr., Andrew J. M. Spokes, Thomas F. Steyer and Mark C. Wehrly may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. Farallon Partners, L.L.C. and each of its managing members disclaim any beneficial ownership of such shares. All of the above-mentioned entities and persons disclaim group attribution. Farallon Capital Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. are California limited partnerships, and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. is a Delaware limited partnership. The address for all of the above-mentioned entities and persons is One Maritime Plaza, Suite 2100, San Francisco, CA 94111.
(4) Mr. Fried is a managing member of Farallon Partners, L.L.C. and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock and common units owned by each of the following entities of which Farallon Partners, L.L.C. is the general partner: Farallon Capital Partners, L.P.; Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P.; and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. Mr. Fried disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares.

 

186


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

The following summary of the material terms of the stock of our company does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Maryland law and to our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

General

Our charter provides that we may issue up to 490 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, or common stock, and 10 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, or preferred stock. Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without any action by our stockholders, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have the authority to issue. Upon completion of this offering and the other transactions described in this prospectus, 19,985,292 shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding, and no shares of our preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.

Common Stock

Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions on such shares if, as and when authorized by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor and declared by us, and to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment or establishment of reserves for all known debts and liabilities of our company.

Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of our common stock, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of shares of common stock will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Holders of shares of our common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights, and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of our company. Our charter provides that our stockholders generally have no appraisal rights unless our board of directors determines prospectively that appraisal rights will apply to one or more transactions in which holders of our common stock would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights. Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, consolidate, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. Our charter provides for the approval of these matters by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except that the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast is required to

 

187


Table of Contents

remove a director or to amend the removal provisions of our charter. Maryland law also permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of its stockholders to an entity all of the equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. Because our operating assets may be held by our operating partnership or its wholly owned subsidiaries, these subsidiaries may be able to merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets without the approval of our stockholders.

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of stock, to establish the designation and number of shares of each such class or series and to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series.

Preferred Stock

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify any unissued shares of preferred stock and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each new class or series, our board of directors is required by the MGCL and our charter to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series. As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of stock that have priority over shares of our common stock with respect to dividends, distributions or rights upon liquidation or with other terms or conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. As of the date hereof, no shares of preferred stock are outstanding and we have no present plans to issue any preferred stock.

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Common Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Common and Preferred Stock

We believe that the power of our board of directors to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock, to authorize us to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such classified or reclassified shares will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. The additional classes or series of stock, as well as the additional authorized shares of stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of directors does not currently intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series of stock that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

In order for us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of the outstanding shares of stock (after taking into account options to acquire shares of stock) may be owned, directly, indirectly or through attribution, by five or fewer individuals (for this purpose, the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion

 

188


Table of Contents

of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust) at any time during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).

Our charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock that are intended to assist us in complying with these requirements and continuing to qualify as a REIT. The relevant sections of our charter provide that, subject to the exceptions described below, no person or entity may actually or beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our common stock, excluding any shares of common stock that are not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes, or 9.8% (in value) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. We refer to each of these restrictions as an “ownership limit” and collectively as the “ownership limits.” A person or entity that would have acquired actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock but for the application of the ownership limits or any of the other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed below is referred to as a “prohibited owner.”

The constructive ownership rules under the Code are complex and may cause stock owned actually or constructively by a group of related individuals and/or entities to be owned constructively by one individual or entity. As a result, the acquisition of less than 9.8% of our common stock (or the acquisition of an interest in an entity that owns, actually or constructively, our common stock) by an individual or entity could, nevertheless, cause that individual or entity, or another individual or entity, to own constructively in excess of 9.8% in value or in number of shares (whichever is more restrictive) of our outstanding common stock and thereby violate the applicable ownership limit.

Our board of directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, prospectively or retroactively, waive either or both of the ownership limits with respect to a particular person if, among other limitations, it:

 

   

determines that such waiver will not cause any individual (for this purpose, the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust) to own, actually or beneficially, more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes or series of our stock; and

 

   

determines that, subject to certain exceptions, such person does not and will not own, actually or constructively, an interest in a tenant of ours (or a tenant of any entity owned in whole or in part by us) that would cause us to own, actually or constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant.

As a condition of our waiver, our board of directors may require an opinion of counsel or IRS ruling satisfactory to our board of directors in its sole and absolute discretion in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT or such representations and/or undertakings as are necessary to make the determinations above. Our board of directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with such an exception.

Our board of directors will grant to the Farallon excepted holders an exemption from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. During the time that such waiver is effective, each Farallon excepted holder will be subject to an increased ownership limit applicable to such holder, or the excepted holder limit. As a condition to granting such excepted holder limit, the Farallon excepted holders will make certain representations and covenants to us, including representations that, to their best knowledge, as a result of their ownership of shares of our common stock, no other person (other than our operating partnership) will actually, beneficially, or constructively own shares of our common stock in excess of the ownership limit and that, as of

 

189


Table of Contents

the pricing of this offering, they do not actually or constructively own, or reasonably anticipate so owning, in excess of 9.9% of the outstanding equity interests in any of the tenants that we expect to have at the closing of this offering. Thereafter, before we enter into or acquire a lease with a new tenant, we will be obligated to disclose the new tenant to the Farallon excepted holders, and such holders will have one business day to inform us as to whether they actually or constructively own, or reasonably anticipate so owning, more than 9.9% of the equity interests in such tenant. If they do own such an interest, if we enter into a lease with that tenant, the rent from that tenant would fail to qualify under the REIT income tests. If this rent could prevent us from satisfying the REIT gross income tests, then our charter would require that the number of shares owned by the Farallon excepted holders in excess of the ownership limit be automatically transferred to a trust as described below. If this occurs, and the Farallon excepted holders gave us advance notice of their tenant ownership as described above, we would be obligated to indemnify the Farallon excepted holders for any damages they suffer as a result of the transfer of shares to the trust. In addition, even if the Farallon excepted holders do not own one of our tenants, in connection with the granting of their exemption, they may later acquire over 9.9% of the equity interests in that tenant provided (i) our annual income from that tenant and other tenants in which they own over a 9.9% interest will not exceed 2% of our gross income; and (ii) such ownership could not otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. As a result, ownership of our tenants by the Farallon excepted holders may increase our nonqualifying income or prevent us from entering into certain leases with certain tenants. The representations and covenants that will be made by the Farallon excepted holders in connection with the granting of the exemptions are intended to ensure that, as a result of granting such exemptions, we will continue to qualify as a REIT. The Farallon excepted holders must inform us if any of these representations becomes untrue or is violated, in which case they will lose their excepted holder limit. Subject to certain conditions, we may reduce the excepted holder limit (but not below the ownership limit) if the Farallon excepted holders actually, beneficially or constructively own fewer shares than the excepted holder limit for a specified period. In addition, the Farallon excepted holders’ actual and constructive ownership of our common stock and interests in our operating partnership may cause our operating partnership to be deemed to constructively own shares of our common stock in excess of the ownership limits. In that case, our board of directors will grant our operating partnership an exemption from the ownership limits. We believe that these exemptions will not jeopardize our status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

In connection with a waiver of an ownership limit or at any other time, our board of directors may increase or decrease one or both of the ownership limits, except that a decreased ownership limit will not be effective for any person whose actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock exceeds the decreased ownership limit at the time of the decrease until the person’s actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock equals or falls below the decreased ownership limit, although any further acquisition of our stock will violate the decreased ownership limit. Our board of directors may not increase or decrease any ownership limit if the new ownership limit would allow five or fewer persons to actually or beneficially own more than 49% in value of our outstanding stock or could cause us to be “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT.

Our charter provisions further prohibit:

 

   

any person from actually, beneficially or constructively owning shares of our stock that could result in us being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT; and

 

   

any person from transferring shares of our stock if such transfer would result in shares of our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution).

 

190


Table of Contents

Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our stock that will or may violate the ownership limits or any of the other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above must give written notice immediately to us or, in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, provide us at least 15 days prior notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT.

The ownership limits and other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above will not apply until the closing of this offering and will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT or that compliance is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

Pursuant to our charter, if any purported transfer of our stock or any other event would otherwise result in any person violating the ownership limits or such other limit established by our board of directors, or could result in us being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, then the number of shares causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) will be automatically transferred to, and held by, a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable organizations selected by us. The prohibited owner will have no rights in shares of our stock held by the trustee. The automatic transfer will be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the violative transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the prohibited owner, prior to our discovery that the shares had been automatically transferred to a trust as described above, must be repaid to the trustee upon demand. If the transfer to the trust as described above is not automatically effective, for any reason, to prevent violation of the applicable ownership limit or our being “closely held” (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, then the transfer of the number of shares that otherwise would cause any person to violate the above restrictions will be void. If any transfer of our stock would result in shares of our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), then any such purported transfer will be void and of no force or effect and the intended transferee will acquire no rights in the shares.

Shares of our stock transferred to the trustee are deemed offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (1) the price per share paid by the prohibited owner for the shares (or, if the prohibited owner did not give value in connection with the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer to the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other such transaction), the last sales price reported on the NYSE on the day of the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer of such shares to the trust) and (2) the last sale price reported on the NYSE on the date we, or our designee, accepts such offer. We may reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. We will pay the amount of such reduction to the trustee for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. We have the right to accept such offer until the trustee has sold the shares of our stock held in the trust. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold terminates and the trustee must distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the trustee with respect to such stock will be paid to the charitable beneficiary.

If we do not buy the shares, the trustee must, within 20 days of receiving notice from us of the transfer of shares to the trust, sell the shares to a person or persons, designated by the trustee, who could own the shares without violating the ownership limits or other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock. Upon such sale, the trustee must distribute to the prohibited owner an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the price paid by the prohibited owner for the shares (or, if the prohibited owner did not give value in connection with the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer to the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other such transaction), the last sales price reported on the NYSE on the day of the event that resulted in the transfer of such shares to the trust) and (2) the sales proceeds (net of commissions and other expenses of sale) received by the trustee for the shares. The trustee will reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. Any net sales

 

191


Table of Contents

proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the prohibited owner will be immediately paid to the charitable beneficiary, together with any dividends or other distributions thereon. In addition, if, prior to discovery by us that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trustee, such shares of stock are sold by a prohibited owner, then such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and, to the extent that the prohibited owner received an amount for or in respect of such shares that exceeds the amount that such prohibited owner was entitled to receive, such excess amount shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

The trustee will be designated by us and will be unaffiliated with us and with any prohibited owner. Prior to the sale of any shares by the trust, the trustee will receive, in trust for the charitable beneficiary, all dividends and other distributions paid by us with respect to such shares, and may exercise all voting rights with respect to such shares for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary.

Subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares have been transferred to the trust, the trustee shall have the authority, at the trustee’s sole discretion:

 

   

to rescind as void any vote cast by a prohibited owner prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust; and

 

   

to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the beneficiary of the trust.

However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee may not rescind and recast the vote.

If our board of directors or a committee thereof determines in good faith that a proposed transfer or other event has taken place that violates the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter, our board of directors or such committee may take such action as it deems advisable in its sole discretion to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such transfer, including, but not limited to, causing the company to redeem shares of stock, refusing to give effect to the transfer on our books or instituting proceedings to enjoin the transfer.

Every owner of 5% or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of our stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, must give written notice to us stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class and series of our stock that the owner beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner also must provide us with any additional information that we request in order to determine the effect, if any, of the person’s actual or beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, any person that is an actual, beneficial or constructive owner of shares of our stock and any person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding shares of our stock for an actual, beneficial or constructive owner must, on request, disclose to us such information as we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or determine such compliance.

Any certificates representing shares of our stock will bear a legend referring to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above.

These restrictions on ownership and transfer could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

192


Table of Contents

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

The following summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Maryland law and our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Our Board of Directors

Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of our company may be established, increased or decreased only by a majority of our entire board of directors but may not be fewer than the minimum number required under the MGCL nor, unless our bylaws are amended, more than 15. We expect to have nine directors upon the closing of this offering. Our charter provides that, at such time as we have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors, which we expect to have upon the closing of this offering, we elect to be subject to a provision of Maryland law requiring that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors and that any individual elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under the MGCL. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Removal of Directors

Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.

Business Combinations

Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any interested stockholder, or an affiliate of such an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

 

   

any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

   

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. In approving a transaction, however, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of the approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.

 

193


Table of Contents

After such five-year period, any such business combination must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

   

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

   

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These supermajority approval requirements do not apply if, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a corporation’s board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Pursuant to the statute, our board of directors has by resolution exempted from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, and, consequently, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to, business combinations between us and any interested stockholder that have been approved by a majority of our directors who are not affiliated with the interested stockholder, unless our board in the future alters or repeals this resolution. As a result, anyone who is or later becomes an interested stockholder may be able to enter into business combinations with us without compliance by our company with the five-year moratorium, supermajority vote requirements and the other provisions of the statute.

We cannot assure you that our board of directors will not opt to be subject to such business combination provisions in the future. However, an alteration or repeal of this resolution will not have any effect on any business combinations that have been consummated or upon any agreements existing at the time of such modification or repeal.

Control Share Acquisitions

The MGCL provides that “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power in the election of directors generally but excluding: (1) the person who has made or proposes to make the control share acquisition, (2) any officer of the corporation or (3) any employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of:

 

   

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

   

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

   

a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares that the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of ownership of, or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

 

194


Table of Contents

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and making an “acquiring person statement” as described in the MGCL), may compel the board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the control shares. If no request for a special meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights of control shares are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an “acquiring person statement” as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The control share acquisition statute does not apply (1) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all control share acquisitions by any person of shares of our stock. Our board of directors may amend or eliminate this provision at any time in the future.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:

 

   

a classified board;

 

   

a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

 

   

a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors;

 

   

a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; or

 

   

a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

Our charter provides that, at such time as we become eligible to make a Subtitle 8 election, we elect to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we already (1) require a two-thirds vote for the removal of any director from the board, which removal must be for cause, (2) vest in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships, subject to limitations set forth in our charter and bylaws, and (3) require, unless called by the chairman of our board of directors, our president, our chief executive officer or our board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on a matter at such meeting to call a special meeting to consider and vote on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders. We have not elected to create a classified board. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to create a classified board or adopt one or more of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.

 

195


Table of Contents

Amendments to Our Charter and Bylaws

Our charter generally may be amended only if such amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except that amendments to the provisions of our charter relating to the removal of directors and the vote required to amend the removal provision may be amended only with the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws or to make new bylaws.

Meetings of Stockholders

Under our bylaws, annual meetings of stockholders will be held each year at a date and time determined by our board of directors. Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our president or our chief executive officer. Additionally, subject to the provisions of our bylaws, special meetings of the stockholders to act on any matter must be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on such matter who have requested the special meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

Our bylaws provide that:

 

   

with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders at the annual meeting may be made only:

 

   

pursuant to our notice of the meeting;

 

   

by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

 

   

by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time the stockholder provides the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws; and

 

   

with respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our company’s notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting of stockholders, and nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made only:

 

   

by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

 

   

provided that the meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time the stockholder provides the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give advance notice of nominations and other proposals is to afford our board of directors the opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees or the advisability of the other proposals and, to the extent considered necessary by our board of directors, to inform

 

196


Table of Contents

stockholders and make recommendations regarding the nominations or other proposals. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors the power to disapprove timely stockholder nominations and proposals, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or proposals for other action if the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors to our board of directors or to approve its own proposal.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

The supermajority vote required to remove directors, our election to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 vesting in our board of directors the exclusive power to fill vacancies on our board of directors and the advance notice provisions of our bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. Likewise, if our board of directors were to elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 providing for a classified board or if the provision in our bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were amended or rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.

Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The MGCL requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and:

 

   

was committed in bad faith; or

 

   

was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses.

 

197


Table of Contents

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

 

   

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

 

   

a written unsecured undertaking by the director or officer or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct.

Our charter authorizes us to obligate our company and our bylaws obligate us, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the director’s or officer’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification to:

 

   

any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

 

   

any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Our charter and bylaws also permit us, with the approval of our board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

The partnership agreement of our operating partnership also provides that we, as general partner, and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of our operating partnership and our designees are indemnified against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (whether joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of such person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which such person received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the person had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful. The operating partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. The operating partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification (other than an action to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) without our approval or if the person is found to be liable to the operating partnership on any portion of any claim in the action. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Exculpation and Indemnification.”

Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

198


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors as described in “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of our Stock

Our charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock that are intended to assist us in continuing to qualify as a REIT. Subject to certain exceptions, our charter provides that no person or entity may beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our common stock, or 9.8% (in value) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. For more information regarding these and other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock imposed by our charter, see “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

REIT Qualification

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to be qualified as a REIT.

 

199


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, we will have outstanding 19,985,292 shares of our common stock (21,905,292 shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full). In addition, upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, 2,785,141 shares of our common stock will be issuable upon exchange of common units. We will also have outstanding approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units, which are redeemable for cash, or at our option, exchangeable for registered shares of our common stock following the third anniversary of this offering.

Of these shares, the 12,800,000 shares sold in this offering (14,720,000 shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter. The 4,400,151 shares of common stock issued to our officers, directors and affiliates in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement and the shares of our common stock issuable to officers, directors and affiliates upon exchange of units will be “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Trading of our common stock on the NYSE is expected to commence immediately following the completion of this offering. No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood that an active market for common stock will develop, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of the stockholders to sell their shares or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of their shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued upon the exchange of units or the exercise of stock options), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering.”

For a description of certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, see “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

An affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 199,853 shares immediately after this offering (219,053 shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full); or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

 

200


Table of Contents

Redemption/Exchange Rights

In connection with the formation transactions, our operating partnership will issue an aggregate of common units to contributors of interests in the property entities. Beginning on or after the date which is 14 months after the completion of this offering, limited partners of our operating partnership and certain qualifying assignees of a limited partner have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their common units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock, based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” In addition, beginning three years after the completion of this offering, limited partners holding series A preferred units and certain qualifying assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of their series A preferred units in exchange for a cash redemption price equal to $25.00 per unit plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the redemption date. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such series A preferred units in exchange for shares of our common stock that are issued under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with the various persons receiving shares of our common stock and/or common units in the formation transactions or pursuant to the concurrent private placement, including the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of our executive officers. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 14 months after the date of this offering, we will file one or more registration statements covering the resale of the shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement and the resale of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable, at our option, in exchange for operating partnership units issued in the formation transactions. We may, at our option, satisfy our obligation to prepare and file a resale registration statement by filing a registration statement registering the issuance by us of shares of our common stock registered under the Securities Act to the holders of units upon redemption of such units and, to the extent such shares constitute restricted securities, their resale. Commencing on the date that is 180 days following completion of this offering, the Farallon Funds have the right, on one occasion, to require us to register shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement for resale in an underwritten offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act; provided, such registration shall be limited to a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds and their affiliates in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement. Commencing upon our filing of a resale registration statement not later than 14 months after the date of this offering, under certain circumstances, we are also required to undertake an underwritten offering upon the written request of holders of at least 10% in the aggregate of the securities originally issued in the formation transactions, provided that we are not obligated to effect more than two such underwritten offerings in addition to the demand registration.

Equity Incentive Plan

We have adopted the 2010 Plan, which provides for the grant of incentive awards to eligible service providers. 1,650,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

We intend to file with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock issuable under the 2010 Plan. Shares of our common stock covered by this registration statement, including

 

201


Table of Contents

any shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or shares of restricted common stock, will be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.

Lock-up Agreements and Other Contractual Restrictions on Resale

In addition to the limits placed on the sale of our common stock by operation of Rule 144 and other provisions of the Securities Act, our directors and executive officers, and each of the contributors have agreed with the underwriters of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer or encumber, or enter into any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock owned by them at the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement or thereafter acquired by them for a period of 180 days after the completion of this offering (or, in the case of the Farallon Funds, 365 days; provided , that, commencing on the date that is 180 days after the consummation of this offering, the Farallon Funds may (i) sell shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement pursuant to a demand registration statement or (ii) distribute such amount of shares to their limited partners, members or stockholders), without the prior consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. However, each of our directors and executive officers may transfer or dispose of his or her shares during this 180-day lock-up period in the case of gifts or for estate planning purposes where the transferee agrees to a similar lock-up agreement for the remainder of the this 180-day lock-up period, provided that no report is required to be filed by the transferor under the Exchange Act as a result of the transfer.

 

202


Table of Contents

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding our company and this offering of our common stock. For purposes of this discussion, references to “we,” “our” and “us” mean only Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., and do not include any of its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. The information in this summary is based on:

 

   

the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code;

 

   

current, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code;

 

   

the legislative history of the Code;

 

   

administrative interpretations and practices of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS; and

 

   

court decisions;

in each case, as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, the administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS include its practices and policies as expressed in private letter rulings that are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the particular taxpayers who requested and received those rulings. Future legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations and practices and/or court decisions may adversely affect the tax considerations contained in this discussion. Any such change could apply retroactively to transactions preceding the date of the change. We have not requested and do not intend to request a ruling from the IRS that we qualify as a REIT, and the statements in this prospectus are not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, we can provide no assurance that the tax considerations contained in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. This summary does not discuss any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences associated with the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our common stock or our election to be taxed as a REIT.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to you of:

 

   

the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock, including the federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences;

 

   

our election to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes; and

 

   

potential changes in applicable tax laws.

Taxation of Our Company

General

We currently have in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intend to revoke our subchapter S election prior to the closing date of this offering. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that we are organized and will operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the Code commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010, and we intend to continue to be organized and operate in this manner. However, qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, including through actual annual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we have been organized or will be able to operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify.”

 

203


Table of Contents

The sections of the Code and the corresponding Treasury Regulations that relate to qualification and taxation as a REIT are highly technical and complex. The following discussion sets forth certain material aspects of the sections of the Code that govern the federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the applicable Code provisions, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof.

Latham & Watkins LLP has acted as our tax counsel in connection with this offering of our common stock and our intended election to be taxed as a REIT. Latham & Watkins LLP has rendered an opinion to us to the effect that, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010, we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and our proposed method of operation will enable us to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code. It must be emphasized that this opinion is based on various assumptions and representations as to factual matters, including representations made by us in a factual certificate provided by one of our officers. In addition, this opinion is based upon our factual representations set forth in this prospectus. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, which are discussed below, including through actual annual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the results of which have not been and will not be reviewed by Latham & Watkins LLP. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operation for any particular taxable year will satisfy those requirements. Further, the anticipated federal income tax treatment described in this discussion may be changed, perhaps retroactively, by legislative, administrative or judicial action at any time. Latham & Watkins LLP has no obligation to update its opinion subsequent to the date of such opinion.

Provided we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we generally will not be required to pay federal corporate income taxes on our REIT taxable income that is currently distributed to our stockholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the “double taxation” that ordinarily results from investment in a C corporation. A C corporation is a corporation that generally is required to pay tax at the corporate level. Double taxation means taxation once at the corporate level when income is earned and once again at the stockholder level when the income is distributed. We will, however, be required to pay federal income tax as follows:

 

   

First, we will be required to pay tax at regular corporate rates on any undistributed REIT taxable income, including undistributed net capital gains.

 

   

Second, we may be required to pay the “alternative minimum tax” on our items of tax preference under some circumstances.

 

   

Third, if we have (1) net income from the sale or other disposition of “foreclosure property” held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business or (2) other nonqualifying income from foreclosure property, we will be required to pay tax at the highest corporate rate on this income. To the extent that income from foreclosure property is otherwise qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, this tax is not applicable. Subject to certain other requirements, foreclosure property generally is defined as property we acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a loan secured by the property or a lease of the property.

 

   

Fourth, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on any net income from prohibited transactions. Prohibited transactions are, in general, sales or other taxable dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

 

   

Fifth, if we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below, but have otherwise maintained our qualification as a REIT because certain other requirements are met, we will be required to pay a tax equal to (1) the greater of (A) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test and (B) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 95% gross income test, multiplied by (2) a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

 

204


Table of Contents
   

Sixth, if we fail to satisfy any of the asset tests (other than a de minimis failure of the 5% or 10% asset test), as described below, due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, and we nonetheless maintain our REIT qualification because of specified cure provisions, we will be required to pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets that caused us to fail such test.

 

   

Seventh, if we fail to satisfy any provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT (other than a violation of the gross income tests or certain violations of the asset tests, as described below) and the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, we may retain our REIT qualification but we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.

 

   

Eighth, we will be required to pay a 4% excise tax to the extent we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods.

 

   

Ninth, if we acquire any asset from a corporation that is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our basis in the asset is determined by reference to the C corporation’s basis in the asset, and we subsequently recognize gain on the disposition of the asset during the ten-year period beginning on the date on which we acquired the asset, then we will be required to pay tax at the highest regular corporate tax rate on this gain to the extent of the excess of (1) the fair market value of the asset over (2) our adjusted basis in the asset, in each case determined as of the date on which we acquired the asset. The results described in this paragraph with respect to the recognition of gain assume that the C corporation will refrain from making an election to receive different treatment under applicable Treasury Regulations on its tax return for the year in which we acquire the asset from the C corporation.

 

   

Tenth, our subsidiaries that are C corporations, including our “taxable REIT subsidiaries,” generally will be required to pay federal corporate income tax on their earnings.

 

   

Eleventh, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on any “redetermined rents,” “redetermined deductions” or “excess interest.” See “—Penalty Tax.” In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of services furnished to any of our tenants by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours. Redetermined deductions and excess interest generally represent amounts that are deducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted based on arm’s length negotiations.

 

   

Twelfth, we may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net capital gain. In that case, a stockholder would include its proportionate share of our undistributed net capital gain (to the extent we make a timely designation of such gain to the stockholder) in its income, would be deemed to have paid the tax that we paid on such gain, and would be allowed a credit for its proportionate share of the tax deemed to have been paid, and an adjustment would be made to increase the basis of the stockholder in our common stock.

Requirements for Qualification as a REIT . The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

 

  (1) that is managed by one or more trustees or directors;

 

  (2) that issues transferable shares or transferable certificates to evidence its beneficial ownership;

 

  (3) that would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for Sections 856 through 860 of the Code;

 

205


Table of Contents
  (4) that is not a financial institution or an insurance company within the meaning of certain provisions of the Code;

 

  (5) that is beneficially owned by 100 or more persons;

 

  (6) not more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock of which is owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals, including certain specified entities, during the last half of each taxable year; and

 

  (7) that meets other tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions.

The Code provides that conditions (1) to (4), inclusive, must be met during the entire taxable year and that condition (5) must be met during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Conditions (5) and (6) do not apply until after the first taxable year for which an election is made to be taxed as a REIT. For purposes of condition (6), the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust.

We believe that we have been organized, will operate and will issue sufficient shares of our common stock with sufficient diversity of ownership pursuant to this offering of our common stock to allow us to satisfy conditions (1) through (7) inclusive, during the relevant time periods. In addition, our charter provides for restrictions regarding ownership and transfer of our shares which are intended to assist us in continuing to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in (5) and (6) above. A description of the share ownership and transfer restrictions relating to our common stock is contained in the discussion in this prospectus under the heading “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in (5) and (6) above. If we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, except as provided in the next sentence, our status as a REIT will terminate. If, however, we comply with the rules contained in applicable Treasury Regulations that require us to ascertain the actual ownership of our shares and we do not know, or would not have known through the exercise of reasonable diligence, that we failed to meet the requirement described in condition (6) above, we will be treated as having met this requirement. See “—Failure to Qualify.”

In addition, we may not maintain our status as a REIT unless our taxable year is the calendar year. We will have a calendar taxable year.

Ownership of Interests in Partnerships, Limited Liability Companies and Qualified REIT Subsidiaries . In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership or a member in a limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, Treasury Regulations provide that the REIT will be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, based on its interest in partnership capital, subject to special rules relating to the 10% asset test described below. Also, the REIT will be deemed to be entitled to its proportionate share of the income of that entity. The assets and gross income of the partnership or limited liability company retain the same character in the hands of the REIT for purposes of Section 856 of the Code, including satisfying the gross income tests and the asset tests. Thus, our pro rata share of the assets and items of income of our operating partnership, including our operating partnership’s share of these items of any partnership or limited liability company treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes in which it owns an interest, is treated as our assets and items of income for purposes of applying the requirements described in this discussion, including the gross income and asset tests described below. A brief summary of the rules governing the federal income taxation of partnerships and limited liability companies is set forth below in “—Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies.”

 

206


Table of Contents

We expect to control our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies and intend to operate them in a manner consistent with the requirements for our qualification as a REIT. If we become a limited partner or non-managing member in any partnership or limited liability company and such entity takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. In addition, it is possible that a partnership or limited liability company could take an action which could cause us to fail a gross income or asset test, and that we would not become aware of such action in time to dispose of our interest in the partnership or limited liability company or take other corrective action on a timely basis. In that case, we could fail to qualify as a REIT unless we were entitled to relief, as described below.

We may from time to time own and operate certain properties through subsidiaries that we intend to be treated as “qualified REIT subsidiaries” under the Code. A corporation will qualify as our qualified REIT subsidiary if we own 100% of the corporation’s outstanding stock and do not elect with the subsidiary to treat it as a “taxable REIT subsidiary,” as described below. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not treated as a separate corporation, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of a qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the parent REIT for all purposes under the Code, including all REIT qualification tests. Thus, in applying the federal tax requirements described in this discussion, any qualified REIT subsidiaries we own are ignored, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of such corporations are treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not subject to federal income tax, and our ownership of the stock of a qualified REIT subsidiary will not violate the restrictions on ownership of securities, as described below under “—Asset Tests.”

Ownership of Interests in Taxable REIT Subsidiaries . We will own an interest in one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries and may acquire securities in additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. A taxable REIT subsidiary is a corporation other than a REIT in which a REIT directly or indirectly holds stock, and that has made a joint election with such REIT to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. If a taxable REIT subsidiary owns more than 35% of the total voting power or value of the outstanding securities of another corporation, such other corporation will also be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Other than some activities relating to lodging and health care facilities, a taxable REIT subsidiary may generally engage in any business, including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of its parent REIT. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax as a regular C corporation. In addition, a taxable REIT subsidiary may be prevented from deducting interest on debt funded directly or indirectly by its parent REIT if certain tests regarding the taxable REIT subsidiary’s debt to equity ratio and interest expense are not satisfied. A REIT’s ownership of securities of a taxable REIT subsidiary is not subject to the 5% or 10% asset test described below. See “—Asset Tests.”

Income Tests

We must satisfy two gross income requirements annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, in each taxable year we must derive directly or indirectly at least 75% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property, including “rents from real property” and, in certain circumstances, interest, or certain types of temporary investments. Second, in each taxable year we must derive at least 95% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from the real property investments described above or dividends, interest and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of the foregoing. For these purposes, the term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of all or some of the amount depends in any way on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount received or accrued generally will not be excluded from the term “interest” solely by reason of being based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.

 

207


Table of Contents

Rents we receive from a tenant will qualify as “rents from real property” for the purpose of satisfying the gross income requirements for a REIT described above only if all of the following conditions are met:

 

   

The amount of rent is not based in any way on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount we receive or accrue generally will not be excluded from the term “rents from real property” solely because it is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales;

 

   

Neither we nor an actual or constructive owner of 10% or more of our capital stock actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the interests in the assets or net profits of a non-corporate tenant, or, if the tenant is a corporation, 10% or more of the voting power or value of all classes of stock of the tenant. Rents we receive from such a tenant that is a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, however, will not be excluded from the definition of “rents from real property” as a result of this condition if at least 90% of the space at the property to which the rents relate is leased to third parties, and the rents paid by the taxable REIT subsidiary are substantially comparable to rents paid by our other tenants for comparable space. Whether rents paid by a taxable REIT subsidiary are substantially comparable to rents paid by other tenants is determined at the time the lease with the taxable REIT subsidiary is entered into, extended, and modified, if such modification increases the rents due under such lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if a lease with a “controlled taxable REIT subsidiary” is modified and such modification results in an increase in the rents payable by such taxable REIT subsidiary, any such increase will not qualify as “rents from real property.” For purposes of this rule, a “controlled taxable REIT subsidiary” is a taxable REIT subsidiary in which the parent REIT owns stock possessing more than 50% of the voting power or more than 50% of the total value of the outstanding stock of such taxable REIT subsidiary. We anticipate that one or more of our taxable REIT subsidiaries will lease space from us, primarily in our media and entertainment properties. To the extent any rent from such lease does not satisfy the 90% rental exception described above, our receipt of such rent will not qualify under the gross income tests;

 

   

Rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, is not greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. If this condition is not met, then the portion of the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as “rents from real property.” To the extent that rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, exceeds 15% of the total rent received under the lease, we may transfer a portion of such personal property to a taxable REIT subsidiary. We anticipate that one or more of our taxable REIT subsidiaries may, from time to time, own certain personal property leased to tenants at our media and entertainment properties or other properties; and

 

   

We generally do not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to our tenants, subject to a 1% de minimis exception and except as provided below. We may, however, perform services that are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not otherwise considered “rendered to the occupant” of the property. Examples of these services include the provision of light, heat, or other utilities, trash removal and general maintenance of common areas. In addition, we may employ an independent contractor from whom we derive no revenue to provide customary services, or a taxable REIT subsidiary, which may be wholly or partially owned by us, to provide both customary and non-customary services to our tenants without causing the rent we receive from those tenants to fail to qualify as “rents from real property.” We anticipate that one or more of our taxable REIT subsidiaries (or one or more wholly owned subsidiaries thereof) will provide non-customary services to certain of our tenants at our media and entertainment properties or other properties. Any amounts we receive from a taxable REIT subsidiary with respect to the taxable REIT subsidiary’s provision of non-customary services will, however, be nonqualifying income under the 75% gross income test and, except to the extent received through the payment of dividends, the 95% gross income test.

 

208


Table of Contents

We generally do not intend, and as a general partner of our operating partnership, do not intend to permit our operating partnership, to take actions we believe will cause us to fail to satisfy the rental conditions described above. However, we may intentionally fail to satisfy some of these conditions to the extent we determine, based on the advice of our tax counsel, that the failure will not jeopardize our tax status as a REIT. In addition, with respect to the limitation on the rental of personal property, we have not obtained appraisals of the real property and personal property leased to tenants. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value. Moreover, in connection with granting the excepted holder limit to the Farallon excepted holders, we have obtained representations from these entities in order to ensure that we generally will not be deemed to own an interest in any of our tenants, or in the event we are treated as owning such an interest as a result of granting such waiver, we will not derive nonqualifying rental income in excess of certain thresholds.

Some of our leases are in the form of licenses and have terms of less than 30 days (“short-term licenses”). The treatment of rents derived with respect to these short-term licenses for purposes of the gross income tests is not entirely clear. We believe that rents derived with respect to these short-term licenses should qualify as “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests, although there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position. If the payments we receive in connection with such short-term licenses do not qualify as “rents from real property,” such payments would not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests.

Income we receive that is attributable to the rental of parking spaces at the properties generally will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests if certain services provided with respect to the parking spaces are performed by independent contractors from whom we derive no revenue, either directly or indirectly, or by a taxable REIT subsidiary, and certain other conditions are met. We believe that the income we receive that is attributable to parking spaces will meet these tests and, accordingly, will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests.

From time to time, we may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase these items, and futures and forward contracts. Income from a hedging transaction, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, that is clearly identified as a hedging transaction as specified in the Code will not constitute gross income and thus will be exempt from the 75% and 95% gross income tests. The term “hedging transaction,” as used above, generally means any transaction we enter into in the normal course of our business primarily to manage risk of (1) interest rate changes or fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made by us to acquire or carry real estate assets, or (2) for hedging transactions, currency fluctuations with respect to an item of qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test. To the extent that we do not properly identify such transactions as hedges or we hedge with other types of financial instruments, the income from those transactions is not likely to be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our status as a REIT.

To the extent our taxable REIT subsidiaries pay dividends, we generally will derive our allocable share of such dividend income through our interest in our operating partnership. Such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test.

We will monitor the amount of the dividend and other income from our taxable REIT subsidiaries and will take actions intended to keep this income, and any other nonqualifying income, within the limitations of the gross income tests. Although we expect these actions will be sufficient to prevent a violation of the gross income tests, we cannot guarantee that such actions will in all cases prevent such a violation.

 

209


Table of Contents

If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless qualify as a REIT for the year if we are entitled to relief under certain provisions of the Code. We generally may make use of the relief provisions if:

 

   

following our identification of the failure to meet the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we file a schedule with the IRS setting forth each item of our gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for such taxable year in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be issued; and

 

   

our failure to meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

It is not possible, however, to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to the benefit of these relief provisions. For example, if we fail to satisfy the gross income tests because nonqualifying income that we intentionally accrue or receive exceeds the limits on nonqualifying income, the IRS could conclude that our failure to satisfy the tests was not due to reasonable cause. If these relief provisions do not apply to a particular set of circumstances, we will not qualify as a REIT. As discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company—General,” even if these relief provisions apply, and we retain our status as a REIT, a tax would be imposed with respect to our nonqualifying income. We may not always be able to comply with the gross income tests for REIT qualification despite periodic monitoring of our income.

Prohibited Transaction Income . Any gain that we realize on the sale of property held as inventory or otherwise held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, including our share of any such gain realized by our operating partnership, either directly or through its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax, unless certain safe harbor exceptions apply. This prohibited transaction income may also adversely affect our ability to satisfy the gross income tests for qualification as a REIT. Under existing law, whether property is held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business is a question of fact that depends on all the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction. Our operating partnership intends to hold its properties for investment with a view to long-term appreciation, to engage in the business of acquiring, developing and owning its properties and to make occasional sales of the properties as are consistent with our operating partnership’s investment objectives. We do not intend to enter into any sales that are prohibited transactions. However, the IRS may successfully contend that some or all of the sales made by our operating partnership or its subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies are prohibited transactions. We would be required to pay the 100% penalty tax on our allocable share of the gains resulting from any such sales.

Penalty Tax . Any redetermined rents, redetermined deductions or excess interest we generate will be subject to a 100% penalty tax. In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of any services furnished to any of our tenants by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, and redetermined deductions and excess interest represent any amounts that are deducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted based on arm’s length negotiations. Rents we receive will not constitute redetermined rents if they qualify for certain safe harbor provisions contained in the Code.

We anticipate that one or more of our taxable REIT subsidiaries will provide services to certain of our tenants and will pay rent to us. We intend to set the fees paid to our taxable REIT subsidiaries for such services, and the rent payable to us, at arm’s length rates, although the amounts paid may not satisfy the safe-harbor provisions described above. These determinations are inherently factual, and the IRS has broad discretion to assert that amounts paid between related parties should be reallocated to clearly reflect their respective incomes. If the IRS successfully made such an assertion, we would be required to pay a 100% penalty tax on the excess of an arm’s length fee for tenant services over the amount actually paid, or on the excess rents paid to us.

 

210


Table of Contents

Asset Tests

At the close of each calendar quarter of our taxable year, we must also satisfy four tests relating to the nature and diversification of our assets. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be represented by real estate assets, cash, cash items and government securities. For purposes of this test, the term “real estate assets” generally means real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property) and shares (or transferable certificates of beneficial interest) in other REITs, as well as any stock or debt instrument attributable to the investment of the proceeds of a stock offering or a public offering of debt with a term of at least five years, but only for the one-year period beginning on the date the REIT receives such proceeds.

Second, not more than 25% of the value of our total assets may be represented by securities (including securities of one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries), other than those securities includable in the 75% asset test.

Third, of the investments included in the 25% asset class, and except for investments in other REITs, our qualified REIT subsidiaries and taxable REIT subsidiaries, the value of any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, and we may not own more than 10% of the total vote or value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer except, in the case of the 10% value test, securities satisfying the “straight debt” safe-harbor or securities issued by a partnership that itself would satisfy the 75% income test if it were a REIT. Certain types of securities we may own are disregarded as securities solely for purposes of the 10% value test, including, but not limited to, any loan to an individual or an estate, any obligation to pay rents from real property and any security issued by a REIT. In addition, solely for purposes of the 10% value test, the determination of our interest in the assets of a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest will be based on our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership or limited liability company, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Code.

Our operating partnership will own 100% of the securities of one or more corporations that will elect, together with us, to be treated as our taxable REIT subsidiaries. So long as each of these companies qualifies as a taxable REIT subsidiary, we will not be subject to the 5% asset test, the 10% voting securities limitation or the 10% value limitation with respect to our ownership of their securities. We may acquire securities in other taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. We believe that the aggregate value of our taxable REIT subsidiaries will not exceed 25% of the aggregate value of our gross assets. No independent appraisals have been obtained to support these conclusions. In addition, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value.

The asset tests must be satisfied at the close of each calendar quarter of our taxable year in which we (directly or through our operating partnership) acquire securities in the applicable issuer, and also at the close of each calendar quarter in which we increase our ownership of securities of such issuer (including as a result of increasing our interest in our operating partnership). For example, our indirect ownership of securities of each issuer will increase as a result of our capital contributions to our operating partnership or as limited partners exercise their redemption/exchange rights. Accordingly, after initially meeting the asset tests at the close of any quarter, we will not lose our status as a REIT for failure to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a later quarter solely by reason of changes in asset values. If we fail to satisfy an asset test because we acquire securities or other property during a quarter (including as a result of an increase in our interest in our operating partnership), we may cure this failure by disposing of sufficient nonqualifying assets within 30 days after the close of that quarter. We believe that we have maintained and intend to maintain adequate records of the value of our assets to ensure compliance with the asset tests. If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests within the 30 day cure period, we would cease to qualify as a REIT unless we are eligible for certain relief provisions discussed below.

Certain relief provisions may be available to us if we discover a failure to satisfy the asset tests described above after the 30-day cure period. Under these provisions, we will be deemed to have met the 5% and

 

211


Table of Contents

10% asset tests if the value of our nonqualifying assets (i) does not exceed the lesser of (a) 1% of the total value of our assets at the end of the applicable quarter or (b) $10,000,000, and (ii) we dispose of the nonqualifying assets or otherwise satisfy such tests within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury Regulations to be issued. For violations of any of the asset tests due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and that are, in the case of the 5% and 10% asset tests, in excess of the de minimis exception described above, we may avoid disqualification as a REIT after the 30-day cure period by taking steps including (i) the disposition of sufficient nonqualifying assets, or the taking of other actions, which allow us to meet the asset tests within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury Regulations to be issued, (ii) paying a tax equal to the greater of (a) $50,000 or (b) the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets, and (iii) disclosing certain information to the IRS.

Although we believe we have satisfied the asset tests described above and plan to take steps to ensure that we satisfy such tests for any quarter with respect to which retesting is to occur, there can be no assurance that we will always be successful, or will not require a reduction in our operating partnership’s overall interest in an issuer (including in a taxable REIT subsidiary). If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests in a timely manner, and the relief provisions described above are not available, we would cease to qualify as a REIT.

Annual Distribution Requirements

To maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to our stockholders in an amount at least equal to the sum of:

 

   

90% of our “REIT taxable income”; and

 

   

90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property; minus

 

   

the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our “REIT taxable income.”

For these purposes, our “REIT taxable income” is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain. In addition, for purposes of this test, non-cash income means income attributable to leveled stepped rents, original issue discount on purchase money debt, cancellation of indebtedness, or a like-kind exchange that is later determined to be taxable.

In addition, if we dispose of any asset we acquired from a corporation which is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our basis in the asset is determined by reference to the basis of the asset in the hands of that C corporation, within the ten-year period following our acquisition of such asset, we would be required to distribute at least 90% of the after-tax gain, if any, we recognized on the disposition of the asset, to the extent that gain does not exceed the excess of (a) the fair market value of the asset over (b) our adjusted basis in the asset, in each case, on the date we acquired the asset.

We generally must pay, or be treated as paying, the distributions described above in the taxable year to which they relate. At our election, a distribution will be treated as paid in a taxable year if it is declared before we timely file our tax return for such year and paid on or before the first regular dividend payment after such declaration, provided such payment is made during the 12-month period following the close of such year. These distributions are treated as received by our stockholders in the year in which paid. This is so even though these distributions relate to the prior year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement. In order to be taken into account for purposes of our distribution requirement, the amount distributed must not be preferential— i.e. , every stockholder of the class of stock to which a distribution is made must be treated the same as every other stockholder of that class, and no class of stock may be treated other than according to its dividend rights as a class. To the extent that we do not distribute all of our net capital gain, or distribute at least 90%, but less than

 

212


Table of Contents

100%, of our “REIT taxable income,” as adjusted, we will be required to pay tax on the undistributed amount at regular corporate tax rates. We believe that we will make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy these annual distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligations. In this regard, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership authorizes us, as general partner of our operating partnership, to take such steps as may be necessary to cause our operating partnership to distribute to its partners an amount sufficient to permit us to meet these distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligation.

We expect that our REIT taxable income will be less than our cash flow because of depreciation and other non-cash charges included in computing REIT taxable income. Accordingly, we anticipate that we generally will have sufficient cash or liquid assets to enable us to satisfy the distribution requirements described above. However, from time to time, we may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet these distribution requirements due to timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses, and the inclusion of income and deduction of expenses in determining our taxable income. In addition, we may decide to retain our cash, rather than distribute it, in order to repay debt or for other reasons. If these timing differences occur, we may borrow funds to pay dividends or pay dividends in the form of taxable stock dividends in order to meet the distribution requirements, while preserving our cash.

Recent guidance issued by the IRS extends and clarifies earlier guidance regarding certain part-stock and part-cash dividends by REITs. Pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12, certain part-stock and part-cash dividends distributed by publicly traded REITs with respect to calendar years 2008 though 2011, and in some cases declared as late as December 31, 2012, will be treated as distributions for purposes of the REIT distribution requirements. Under the terms of this Revenue Procedure, up to 90% of our distributions could be paid in shares of our stock. If we make such a distribution, taxable stockholders would be required to include the full amount of the dividend ( i.e. , the cash and the stock portion) as ordinary income (subject to limited exceptions), to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes, as described under the headings “—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock—Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders—Distributions Generally” and “—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders—Distributions Generally.” As a result, our stockholders could recognize taxable income in excess of the cash received and may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash received. If a taxable stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of the stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock.

Under some circumstances, we may be able to rectify an inadvertent failure to meet the 90% distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year, which may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Thus, we may be able to avoid being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, subject to the 4% excise tax described below. However, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction claimed for deficiency dividends.

Furthermore, we will be required to pay a 4% excise tax to the extent we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of 85% of our ordinary income for such year, 95% of our capital gain net income for the year and any undistributed taxable income from prior periods. Any ordinary income and net capital gain on which this excise tax is imposed for any year is treated as an amount distributed during that year for purposes of calculating such tax.

For purposes of the 90% distribution requirement and excise tax described above, dividends declared during the last three months of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date during such period and paid during January of the following year, will be treated as paid by us and received by our stockholders on December 31 of the year in which they are declared.

 

213


Table of Contents

Like-Kind Exchanges

We may dispose of properties in transactions intended to qualify as like-kind exchanges under the Code. Such like-kind exchanges are intended to result in the deferral of gain for federal income tax purposes. The failure of any such transaction to qualify as a like-kind exchange could require us to pay federal income tax, possibly including the 100% prohibited transaction tax, depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction.

Failure To Qualify

If we discover a violation of a provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT, certain specified cure provisions may be available to us. Except with respect to violations of the gross income tests and asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), and provided the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, these cure provisions generally impose a $50,000 penalty for each violation in lieu of a loss of REIT status. If we fail to satisfy the requirements for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions do not apply, we will be required to pay tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT will not be deductible by us, and we will not be required to distribute any amounts to our stockholders. As a result, we anticipate that our failure to qualify as a REIT would reduce the cash available for distribution by us to our stockholders. In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, all distributions to stockholders will be taxable as regular corporate dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. In addition, non-corporate stockholders, including individuals, may be eligible for the preferential tax rates on qualified dividend income. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we will also be ineligible to elect to be treated as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year for which we lost our qualification. It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies

General . All of our investments will be held indirectly through our operating partnership. In addition, our operating partnership will hold certain of its investments indirectly through subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies which we expect will be treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes. In general, entities that are classified as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes are “pass-through” entities which are not required to pay federal income tax. Rather, partners or members of such entities are allocated their shares of the items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the partnership or limited liability company, and are potentially required to pay tax on this income, without regard to whether they receive a distribution from the partnership or limited liability company. We will include in our income our share of these partnership and limited liability company items for purposes of the various gross income tests, the computation of our REIT taxable income, and the REIT distribution requirements. Moreover, for purposes of the asset tests, we will include our pro rata share of assets held by our operating partnership, including its share of its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, based on our capital interests in each such entity. See “—Taxation of Our Company.”

Entity Classification . Our interests in our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies involve special tax considerations, including the possibility that the IRS might challenge the status of these entities as partnerships (or disregarded entities). For example, an entity that would otherwise be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes may nonetheless be taxable as a corporation if it is a “publicly traded partnership” and certain other requirements are met. A partnership or limited liability company would be treated as a publicly traded partnership if its interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or a substantial equivalent thereof, within the meaning of applicable Treasury Regulations. We do not anticipate that our operating partnership or any subsidiary partnership or limited liability company will be treated as a publicly traded partnership that is

 

214


Table of Contents

taxable as a corporation. However, if any such entity were treated as a corporation, it would be required to pay an entity-level tax on its income. In this situation, the character of our assets and items of gross income would change and could prevent us from satisfying the REIT asset tests and possibly the REIT income tests. See “—Taxation of Our Company—Asset Tests” and “—Income Tests.” This, in turn, could prevent us from qualifying as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify” for a discussion of the effect of our failure to meet these tests. In addition, a change in the tax status of our operating partnership or a subsidiary partnership or limited liability company might be treated as a taxable event. If so, we might incur a tax liability without any related cash payment. We believe our operating partnership and each of our other partnerships and limited liability companies will be classified as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes.

Allocations of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction . The operating partnership agreement generally provides that allocations of net income will be made to holders of series A preferred units in respect of their preferential cash distribution prior to allocations made to holders of common units. Allocations to holders of common units will generally be made proportionately to all such holders in respect of such units. Certain limited partners will have the opportunity to guarantee debt of our operating partnership, indirectly through an agreement to make capital contributions to our operating partnership under limited circumstances. As a result of these guaranties or contribution agreements, and notwithstanding the foregoing discussion of allocations of income and loss of our operating partnership to holders of units, such limited partners could under limited circumstances be allocated a disproportionate amount of net loss upon a liquidation of our operating partnership, which net loss would have otherwise been allocable to us.

If an allocation of partnership income or loss does not comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership. This reallocation will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Our operating partnership’s allocations of taxable income and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

Tax Allocations With Respect to the Properties . Under Section 704(c) of the Code, income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership, must be allocated in a manner so that the contributing partner is charged with the unrealized gain or benefits from the unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of the unrealized gain or unrealized loss generally is equal to the difference between the fair market value or book value and the adjusted tax basis of the contributed property at the time of contribution, as adjusted from time to time. These allocations are solely for federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners.

Our operating partnership may, from time to time, acquire interests in property in exchange for interests in our operating partnership. In that case, the tax basis of these property interests generally carries over to the operating partnership, notwithstanding their different book ( i.e ., fair market) value (this difference is referred to as a book-tax difference). The partnership agreement requires that income and loss allocations with respect to these properties be made in a manner consistent with Section 704(c) of the Code. Treasury Regulations issued under Section 704(c) of the Code provide partnerships with a choice of several methods of accounting for book-tax differences. Depending on the method we choose in connection with any particular contribution, the carryover basis of each of the contributed interests in the properties in the hands of our operating partnership (i) will or could cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if any of the contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to its respective fair market value at the time of the contribution and (ii) could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in the event of a sale of such contributed interests or properties in excess of the economic or book income allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the other partners in our operating partnership. An allocation described in clause (ii) above might cause us or the other partners to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the

 

215


Table of Contents

REIT distribution requirements. See “—General— Requirements for Qualification as a REIT” and “—Annual Distribution Requirements.”

Any property acquired by our operating partnership in a taxable transaction will initially have a tax basis equal to its fair market value, and Section 704(c) of the Code generally will not apply.

Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock

The following summary describes the principal federal income tax consequences to you of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock. This summary assumes you hold shares of our common stock as a “capital asset” (generally, property held for investment within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). It does not address all the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not address the tax consequences relevant to persons who receive special treatment under the federal income tax law, except where specifically noted. Holders receiving special treatment include, without limitation:

 

   

financial institutions, banks and thrifts;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

“S” corporations;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to mark to market;

 

   

partnerships, pass-through entities and persons holding our stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity;

 

   

stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

regulated investment companies and REITs;

 

   

foreign governments and international organizations;

 

   

broker-dealers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

U.S. expatriates;

 

   

persons holding our stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, integrated or other risk reduction or constructive sale transaction; or

 

   

U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

If you are considering purchasing our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors concerning the application of federal income tax laws to your particular situation as well as any consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction.

When we use the term “U.S. stockholder,” we mean a holder of shares of our common stock who, for federal income tax purposes, is:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

216


Table of Contents
   

a corporation, including an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or in the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you hold shares of our common stock and are not a U.S. stockholder, you are a “non-U.S. stockholder.”

If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and on the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding shares of our common stock are encouraged to consult their tax advisors.

Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders

Distributions Generally . Distributions out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as dividends and, other than with respect to capital gain dividends and certain amounts which have previously been subject to corporate level tax discussed below, will be taxable to our taxable U.S. stockholders as ordinary income when actually or constructively received. See “—Tax Rates” below. As long as we qualify as a REIT, these distributions will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. stockholders that are corporations or, except to the extent provided in “—Tax Rates” below, the preferential rates on qualified dividend income applicable to non-corporate U.S. stockholders, including individuals.

To the extent that we make distributions on our common stock in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, these distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to a U.S. stockholder. This treatment will reduce the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares of stock by the amount of the distribution, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares will be taxable as capital gain. Such gain will be taxable as long-term capital gain if the shares have been held for more than one year. Dividends we declare in October, November, or December of any year and which are payable to a stockholder of record on a specified date in any of these months will be treated as both paid by us and received by the stockholder on December 31 of that year, provided we actually pay the dividend on or before January 31 of the following year. U.S. stockholders may not include in their own income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses.

Certain stock dividends, including dividends partially paid in our capital stock and partially paid in cash that comply with IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12, will be taxable to the recipient U.S. stockholder to the same extent as if paid in cash.

Capital Gain Dividends . Dividends that we properly designate as capital gain dividends will be taxable to our U.S. stockholders as a gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset held for more than one year, to the extent that such gain does not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year. U.S. stockholders that are corporations may, however, be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

 

217


Table of Contents

Retention of Net Capital Gains . We may elect to retain, rather than distribute as a capital gain dividend, all or a portion of our net capital gains. If we make this election, we would pay tax on our retained net capital gains. In addition, to the extent we so elect, our earnings and profits (determined for federal income tax purposes) would be adjusted accordingly, and a U.S. stockholder generally would:

 

   

include its pro rata share of our undistributed net capital gains in computing its long-term capital gains in its return for its taxable year in which the last day of our taxable year falls, subject to certain limitations as to the amount that is includable;

 

   

be deemed to have paid its share of the capital gains tax imposed on us on the designated amounts included in the U.S. stockholder’s income as long-term capital gain;

 

   

receive a credit or refund for the amount of tax deemed paid by it;

 

   

increase the adjusted basis of its stock by the difference between the amount of includable gains and the tax deemed to have been paid by it; and

 

   

in the case of a U.S. stockholder that is a corporation, appropriately adjust its earnings and profits for the retained capital gains in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be promulgated by the IRS.

Passive Activity Losses and Investment Interest Limitations . Distributions we make and gain arising from the sale or exchange by a U.S. stockholder of our shares will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, U.S. stockholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive losses” against this income or gain. A U.S. stockholder may elect to treat capital gain dividends, capital gains from the disposition of our stock and income designated as qualified dividend income, described in “—Tax Rates” below, as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation, but in such case, the stockholder will be taxed at ordinary income rates on such amount. Other distributions made by us, to the extent they do not constitute a return of capital, generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation.

Dispositions of Our Common Stock . If a U.S. stockholder sells or disposes of shares of common stock, it will recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received on the sale or other disposition and the holder’s adjusted basis in the shares. This gain or loss, except as provided below, will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holder has held such common stock for more than one year. However, if a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss upon the sale or other disposition of common stock that it has held for six months or less, after applying certain holding period rules, the loss recognized will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent the U.S. stockholder received distributions from us which were required to be treated as long-term capital gains.

Tax Rates . The maximum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers for (1) capital gains, including certain “capital gain dividends,” has generally been reduced to 15% (although depending on the characteristics of the assets which produced these gains and on designations which we may make, certain capital gain dividends may be taxed at a 25% rate) and (2) “qualified dividend income” has generally been reduced to 15%. In general, dividends payable by REITs are not eligible for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, except to the extent that certain holding requirements have been met and the REIT’s dividends are attributable to dividends received from taxable corporations (such as its taxable REIT subsidiaries) or to income that was subject to tax at the corporate/REIT level (for example, if it distributed taxable income that it retained and paid tax on in the prior taxable year) or to dividends properly designated by the REIT as “capital gain dividends.” The currently applicable provisions of the federal income tax laws relating to the 15% tax rate are currently scheduled to “sunset” or revert to the provisions of prior law effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, at which time the capital gains tax rate will be increased to 20% and the rate applicable to dividends will be

 

218


Table of Contents

increased to the tax rate then applicable to ordinary income. U.S. stockholders that are corporations may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

Medicare Tax on Unearned Income. Newly enacted legislation requires certain U.S. stockholders that are individuals, estates or trusts to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts. Under newly enacted legislation, certain payments made after December 31, 2012 to “foreign financial institutions” in respect of accounts of U.S. stockholders at such financial institutions may be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this new legislation on their ownership and disposition of our common stock. See “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders—New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts.”

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding . We are required to report to our U.S. stockholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, and the amount of any tax withheld. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid unless the holder is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact, or provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A U.S. stockholder that does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number may also be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status. See “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders.”

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders

Dividend income from us and gain arising upon a sale of our shares generally should not be unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI, to a tax-exempt stockholder, except as described below. This income or gain will be UBTI, however, if a tax-exempt stockholder holds its shares as “debt-financed property” within the meaning of the Code or if the shares are used in a trade or business of the tax-exempt stockholder. Generally, “debt-financed property” is property the acquisition or holding of which was financed through a borrowing by the tax-exempt stockholder.

For tax-exempt stockholders that are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, or qualified group legal services plans exempt from federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) or (c)(20) of the Code, respectively, income from an investment in our shares will constitute UBTI unless the organization is able to properly claim a deduction for amounts set aside or placed in reserve for specific purposes so as to offset the income generated by its investment in our shares. These prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning these “set aside” and reserve requirements.

Notwithstanding the above, however, a portion of the dividends paid by a “pension-held REIT” may be treated as unrelated business taxable income as to certain trusts that hold more than 10%, by value, of the interests in the REIT. A REIT will not be a “pension-held REIT” if it is able to satisfy the “not closely held” requirement without relying on the “look-through” exception with respect to certain trusts or if such REIT is not “predominantly held” by “qualified trusts.” As a result of restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock contained in our charter, we do not expect to be classified as a “pension-held REIT,” and as a result, the tax treatment described above should be inapplicable to our stockholders. However, because our stock will be publicly traded, we cannot guarantee that this will always be the case.

 

219


Table of Contents

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

The following discussion addresses the rules governing federal income taxation of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. stockholders. These rules are complex, and no attempt is made herein to provide more than a brief summary of such rules. Accordingly, the discussion does not address all aspects of federal income taxation and does not address state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. stockholder in light of its particular circumstances. We urge non-U.S. stockholders to consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, including any reporting requirements.

Distributions Generally . Distributions (including any taxable stock dividends) that are neither attributable to gains from sales or exchanges by us of U.S. real property interests nor designated by us as capital gain dividends (except as described below) will be treated as dividends of ordinary income to the extent that they are made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions ordinarily will be subject to withholding of federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the distributions are treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. stockholder of a U.S. trade or business. Under certain treaties, however, lower withholding rates generally applicable to dividends do not apply to dividends from a REIT. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be satisfied to be exempt from withholding under the effectively connected income exemption. Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will generally not be subject to withholding but will be subject to federal income tax on a net basis at graduated rates, in the same manner as dividends paid to U.S. stockholders are subject to federal income tax. Any such dividends received by a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (applicable after deducting federal income taxes paid on such effectively connected income) or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Except as otherwise provided below, we expect to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 30% on any distributions made to a non-U.S. stockholder unless:

 

  (1) a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder files with us an IRS Form W-8BEN evidencing eligibility for that reduced treaty rate; or

 

  (2) the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is income effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s trade or business.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a non-U.S. stockholder to the extent that such distributions do not exceed the adjusted basis of the stockholder’s common stock, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of such stock. To the extent that such distributions exceed the non-U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in such common stock, they will give rise to gain from the sale or exchange of such stock, the tax treatment of which is described below. For withholding purposes, we expect to treat all distributions as made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. However, amounts withheld may be refundable if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, provided that certain conditions are met.

 

220


Table of Contents

Capital Gain Dividends and Distributions Attributable to a Sale or Exchange of U.S. Real Property Interests . Distributions to a non-U.S. stockholder that we properly designate as capital gain dividends, other than those arising from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest, generally should not be subject to federal income taxation, unless:

 

  (1) the investment in our stock is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain, except that a non-U.S. stockholder that is a non-U.S. corporation may also be subject to a branch profits tax of up to 30%, as discussed above; or

 

  (2) the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met, in which case the nonresident alien individual will be subject to a 30% tax on the individual’s capital gains.

Pursuant to the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, which is referred to as “FIRPTA,” distributions to a non-U.S. stockholder that are attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by us of “U.S. real property interests,” or USRPI, whether or not designated as capital gain dividends, will cause the non-U.S. stockholder to be treated as recognizing such gain as income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. Non-U.S. stockholders would generally be taxed at the same rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax. We also will be required to withhold and to remit to the IRS 35% (or 15% to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations) of any distribution to non-U.S. stockholders that is designated as a capital gain dividend or, if greater, 35% of any distribution to non-U.S. stockholders that could have been designated as a capital gain dividend. The amount withheld is creditable against the non-U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability. However, any distribution with respect to any class of stock that is “regularly traded” on an established securities market located in the United States is not subject to FIRPTA, and therefore, not subject to the 35% U.S. withholding tax described above, if the non-U.S. stockholder did not own more than 5% of such class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. Instead, such distributions will generally be treated as ordinary dividend distributions and subject to withholding in the manner described above with respect to ordinary dividends.

Retention of Net Capital Gains . Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts designated by us as retained net capital gains in respect of the stock held by stockholders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. stockholders in the same manner as actual distributions of capital gain dividends. Under that approach, the non-U.S. stockholders would be able to offset as a credit against their federal income tax liability resulting from their proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained net capital gains and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent their proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds their actual federal income tax liability. If we were to designate any portion of our net capital gain as retained net capital gain, a non-U.S. stockholder should consult its tax advisor regarding the taxation of such retained net capital gain.

Sale of Our Common Stock . Gain recognized by a non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to federal income taxation unless such stock constitutes a USRPI. In general, stock of a domestic corporation that constitutes a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, will constitute a USRPI. We expect that we will be a USRPHC. Our common stock will not, however, constitute a USRPI so long as we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” includes a REIT in which at all times during a specified testing period less than 50% in value of its stock is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We believe, but cannot guarantee, that we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” Because our common stock will be publicly traded, no assurance can be given that we will continue to be a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock not otherwise subject to FIRPTA will be taxable to a non-U.S. stockholder if either (a) the investment in

 

221


Table of Contents

our common stock is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business or (b) the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. In addition, even if we are a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, upon disposition of our stock (subject to the 5% exception applicable to “regularly traded” stock described below), a non-U.S. stockholder may be treated as having gain from the sale or other taxable disposition of a USRPI if the non-U.S. stockholder (1) disposes of our stock within a 30-day period preceding the ex-dividend date of a distribution, any portion of which, but for the disposition, would have been treated as gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI and (2) acquires, or enters into a contract or option to acquire, or is deemed to acquire, other shares of that stock during the 61-day period beginning with the first day of the 30-day period described in clause (1).

Even if we do not qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” at the time a non-U.S. stockholder sells our stock, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. stockholder of such stock would not be subject to federal income taxation under FIRPTA as a sale of a USRPI if:

 

  (1) such class of stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market such as the NYSE; and

 

  (2) such non-U.S. stockholder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or exchange.

If gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, the non-U.S. stockholder would be subject to regular federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as a taxable U.S. stockholder (subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals). In addition, if the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, and if shares of our common stock were not “regularly traded” on an established securities market, the purchaser of such common stock would generally be required to withhold and remit to the IRS 10% of the purchase price.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax . Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. stockholder, such holder’s name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to the non-U.S. stockholder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. stockholder’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds from the disposition of stock made to a non-U.S. stockholder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless such holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we have or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that a non-U.S. stockholder is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts . Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to U.S. stockholders that own the shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. stockholders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from

 

222


Table of Contents

the sale or other disposition of, our stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign nonfinancial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. In addition, if the payee is a foreign financial institution, it generally must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury that requires, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to certain other account holders. The legislation applies to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

Other Tax Consequences

State, local and non-U.S. income tax laws may differ substantially from the corresponding federal income tax laws, and this discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws with respect to our tax treatment as a REIT and on an investment in our common stock.

 

223


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

General

The following is a summary of certain considerations arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, and the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code that may be relevant to a prospective purchaser that is an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA. The following summary may also be relevant to a prospective purchaser that is not an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA, but is a tax-qualified retirement plan or an individual retirement account, individual retirement annuity, medical savings account or education individual retirement account, which we refer to collectively as an “IRA.” This discussion does not address all aspects of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, to the extent not preempted, state law that may be relevant to particular employee benefit plan stockholders in light of their particular circumstances, including plans subject to Title I of ERISA, other employee benefit plans and IRAs subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code, and governmental, church, foreign and other plans that are exempt from ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code but that may be subject to other federal, state, local or foreign law requirements.

A fiduciary making the decision to invest in shares of our common stock on behalf of a prospective purchaser which is an ERISA plan, a tax qualified retirement plan, an IRA or other employee benefit plan is advised to consult its legal advisor regarding the specific considerations arising under ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, and, to the extent not preempted, state law with respect to the purchase, ownership or sale of shares of our common stock by the plan or IRA.

Plans should also consider the entire discussion under the heading “Federal Income Tax Considerations,” as material contained in that section is relevant to any decision by an employee benefit plan, tax-qualified retirement plan or IRA to purchase our common stock.

Employee Benefit Plans, Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans and IRAs

Each fiduciary of an “ERISA plan,” which is an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, should carefully consider whether an investment in shares of our common stock is consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA. In particular, the fiduciary requirements of Part 4 of Title I of ERISA require that:

 

   

an ERISA plan make investments that are prudent and in the best interests of the ERISA plan, its participants and beneficiaries;

 

   

an ERISA plan make investments that are diversified in order to reduce the risk of large losses, unless it is clearly prudent for the ERISA plan not to do so;

 

   

an ERISA plan’s investments are authorized under ERISA and the terms of the governing documents of the ERISA plan; and

 

   

the fiduciary not cause the ERISA plan to enter into transactions prohibited under Section 406 of ERISA (and certain corresponding provisions of the Code).

In determining whether an investment in shares of our common stock is prudent for ERISA purposes, the appropriate fiduciary of an ERISA plan should consider all of the facts and circumstances, including whether the investment is reasonably designed, as a part of the ERISA plan’s portfolio for which the fiduciary has investment responsibility, to meet the objectives of the ERISA plan, taking into consideration the risk of loss and opportunity for gain or other return from the investment, the diversification, cash flow and funding requirements of the ERISA plan, and the liquidity and current return of the ERISA plan’s portfolio. A fiduciary should also take into account the nature of our business, the length of our operating history and other matters described in the

 

224


Table of Contents

section entitled “Risk Factors.” Specifically, before investing in shares of our common stock, any fiduciary should, after considering the employee plan’s or IRA’s particular circumstances, determine whether the investment is appropriate under the fiduciary standards of ERISA or other applicable law including standards with respect to prudence, diversification and delegation of control and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code.

Our Status Under ERISA

In some circumstances where an ERISA plan holds an interest in an entity, the assets of the entity are deemed to be ERISA plan assets. This is known as the “look-through rule.” Under those circumstances, the obligations and other responsibilities of plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and plan administrators, and of parties in interest and disqualified persons, under Parts 1 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, as applicable, may be expanded, and there may be an increase in their liability under these and other provisions of ERISA and the Code (except to the extent (if any) that a favorable statutory or administrative exemption or exception applies). For example, a prohibited transaction may occur if our assets are deemed to be assets of investing ERISA plans and persons who have certain specified relationships to an ERISA plan (“parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA, and “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code) deal with these assets. Further, if our assets are deemed to be assets of investing ERISA plans, any person that exercises authority or control with respect to the management or disposition of the assets is an ERISA plan fiduciary.

ERISA plan assets are not defined in ERISA or the Code, but the United States Department of Labor has issued regulations that outline the circumstances under which an ERISA plan’s interest in an entity will be subject to the look-through rule. The Department of Labor regulations apply to the purchase by an ERISA plan of an “equity interest” in an entity, such as stock of a REIT. However, the Department of Labor regulations provide an exception to the look-through rule for equity interests that are “publicly offered securities.”

Under the Department of Labor regulations, a “publicly offered security” is a security that is:

 

   

freely transferable;

 

   

part of a class of securities that is widely held; and

 

   

either part of a class of securities that is registered under section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act or sold to an ERISA plan as part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and the class of securities of which this security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days, or longer if allowed by the SEC, after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which this offering of these securities to the public occurred.

Whether a security is considered “freely transferable” depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. Under the Department of Labor regulations, if the security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, then any restriction on or prohibition against any transfer or assignment of the security for the purposes of preventing a termination or reclassification of the entity for federal or state tax purposes will not ordinarily prevent the security from being considered freely transferable. Additionally, limitations or restrictions on the transfer or assignment of a security which are created or imposed by persons other than the issuer of the security or persons acting for or on behalf of the issuer will ordinarily not prevent the security from being considered freely transferable.

A class of securities is considered “widely held” if it is a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer’s control.

 

225


Table of Contents

The shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus may meet the criteria of the publicly offered securities exception to the look-through rule. First, the common stock could be considered to be freely transferable, as the minimum investment will be less than $10,000 and the only restrictions upon its transfer are those generally permitted under the Department of Labor regulations, those required under federal tax laws to maintain our status as a REIT, resale restrictions under applicable federal securities laws with respect to securities not purchased pursuant to this prospectus and those owned by our officers, directors and other affiliates, and voluntary restrictions agreed to by the selling stockholder regarding volume limitations.

Second, we expect (although we cannot confirm) that our common stock will be held by 100 or more investors, and we expect that at least 100 or more of these investors will be independent of us and of one another.

Third, the shares of our common stock will be part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the common stock is registered under the Exchange Act.

In addition, the Department of Labor regulations provide exceptions to the look-through rule for equity interests in some types of entities, including any entity that qualifies as either a “real estate operating company” or a “venture capital operating company.”

Under the Department of Labor regulations, a “real estate operating company” is defined as an entity which on testing dates has at least 50% of its assets, other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors, valued at cost:

 

   

invested in real estate which is managed or developed and with respect to which the entity has the right to substantially participate directly in the management or development activities; and

 

   

which, in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged directly in real estate management or development activities.

According to those same regulations, a “venture capital operating company” is defined as an entity that on testing dates has at least 50% of its assets, other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors, valued at cost:

 

   

invested in one or more operating companies with respect to which the entity has management rights; and

 

   

that, in the ordinary course of its business, actually exercises its management rights with respect to one or more of the operating companies in which it invests.

We have not endeavored to determine whether we will satisfy the “real estate operating company” or “venture capital operating company” exception.

Prior to making an investment in the shares offered in this prospectus, prospective employee benefit plan investors (whether or not subject to ERISA or section 4975 of the Code) should consult with their legal and other advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code (and, particularly in the case of non-ERISA plans and arrangements, any additional state, local and foreign law considerations), as applicable, and the potential consequences in their specific circumstances of an investment in such shares.

 

226


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters and joint book-running managers named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

                        Underwriter    Number
of Shares

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

  

                      Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  
       

                       Total

   12,800,000
       

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares of common stock sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against the following:

 

   

liabilities arising out of untrue statements or omissions of a material fact contained in or omitted from this prospectus or the related registration statement;

 

   

liabilities arising out of any settlement of any litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim based upon such untrue statements or omissions; and

 

   

expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim based upon such untrue statements or omissions.

In addition, we are obligated to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities if indemnification is not permitted.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares of common stock, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $             per share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

    

Per Share

  

Without Option

  

With Option

Public offering price

   $      $      $  

Underwriting discount

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $      $  

 

227


Table of Contents

The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain specified expenses incurred in connection with this offering. The expenses of the offering, including the filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in connection with FINRA filings, but not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at approximately $7.0 million and are payable by us.

Overallotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to 1,920,000 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 896,000 shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares of our common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. All purchasers of reserved shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to the reserved share program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision to the lock-up agreements described below.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers, directors, director nominees and each of the contributors have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for common stock (including units in our operating partnership), for 180 days after the date of this prospectus (or, in the case of the Farallon Funds, 365 days; provided , that, commencing on the date that is 180 days after the consummation of this offering, the Farallon Funds may (i) sell shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement pursuant to a demand registration statement or (ii) distribute such amount of shares to their limited partners, members or stockholders) without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed not to directly or indirectly

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

   

otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock, or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

228


Table of Contents

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to: (A) with respect to the company, (1) the sale of shares to the underwriters, (2) the sale of shares in the concurrent private placement, (3) any shares of our common stock issued or options to purchase our common stock granted pursuant to our existing employee benefit plans referred to in this prospectus, (4) any shares of our common stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in this prospectus, (5) any shares of our common stock or common or series A preferred units issued in connection with the formation transactions, (6) shares of our common stock transferred in accordance with Article VI of our charter, (7) shares of our common stock, in the aggregate not to exceed 10% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding, issued in connection with other acquisitions of real property or real property companies, provided, in the case of this clause (7), that each acquirer agrees to similar restrictions, and (8) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the offering of securities in accordance with the terms of an equity incentive plan; (B) with respect to our officers, directors, director nominees and contributors, (1)(i) gifts or other dispositions by will or intestacy, (ii) transfers made to (x) limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates or (y) any wholly-owned subsidiary, (iii) bona fide gifts, sales or other dispositions to (w) members of the transferor’s family, (x) affiliates of the transferor that are controlled by the transferor, or (y) a trust the beneficiaries of which are a limited liability company or a partnership owned exclusively by the transferor and/or members of the transferor’s family, or (iv) donations or transfer to charitable organizations, provided, in the case of this clause (1), that (a) the transferee agrees to similar restrictions, (b) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution, (c) each party shall agree to not voluntarily make, any public announcement of the transfer or disposition and (d) the transferor notifies the underwriter representatives at least three business days prior to the proposed disposition, and (2) transactions relating to shares of our common stock acquired by the transferor in the open market after completion of the offering; provided, however, that (a) any subsequent sale of the shares of our common stock acquired in the open market are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the SEC, or otherwise and (ii) the transferor does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such sales; (C) with respect to each of our contributors, in addition to the exceptions set forth in clause (B) above, transfers made to an escrow account by the contributor, or from an escrow account to the company, in connection with the operation of any pledge agreements entered into in connection with indemnification obligations under agreements entered into in connection with the formation transactions, in each case for the benefit of the company; and (D) with respect to the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, in addition to the exceptions set forth in clauses (B) and (C) above, bona fide pledges as collateral to secure certain lending obligations; provided that (a) the lender agrees to similar restrictions, (b) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution, (c) each party shall agree to not voluntarily make, any public announcement of the transfer or disposition and (d) the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership notifies the underwriter representatives at least three business days prior to the proposed pledge.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “HPP,” subject to official notice of issuance. In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares of common stock to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

 

229


Table of Contents

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

 

   

our financial information,

 

   

the prospects for our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

   

the present state of our development, and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares of common stock may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares of common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares of common stock is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

230


Table of Contents

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, certain of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. These underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus may be available on the Internet Web site maintained by certain underwriters. Other than any prospectus in electronic format, the information on an underwriter’s Web site is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and/or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

The Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, the general partner of which is owned by investment funds managed by an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, an underwriter in this offering, will receive benefits from this offering and our formation transactions in addition to customary underwriting discount and commissions. Specifically, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership will contribute properties to us in the formation transactions. In exchange for its contribution to our operating partnership of the property entities that own the First Financial and Tierrasanta properties, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its limited partners will receive an aggregate of approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units, common units with a value of $3.0 million and $7.2 million in cash. As a result of the foregoing, certain of the current limited partners of the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership will become limited partners in our operating partnership and will cease to be limited partners in the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership. In connection with this contribution and pursuant to debt guarantee agreements, certain partners of the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership will have the opportunity to guarantee an aggregate of up to approximately $55.1 million (or, under certain circumstances, up to approximately $70.0 million) of indebtedness of our operating partnership (or a subsidiary thereof) which will, among other things, allow them to defer recognition of gain in connection with the formation transactions. As a result of these transactions, certain affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated have interests in the successful completion of this offering.

An affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, one of the underwriters in this offering, serves as a lender under the approximately $42.2 million mortgage loan secured by the 875 Howard Street property. As such, such affiliate will receive the portion of the net proceeds of this offering that are used to repay such indebtedness.

Affiliates of our underwriters, including Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. have provided commitment letters to participate as lenders under our $200 million secured credit facility. Under this facility, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. also will act as administrative agent and joint lead arranger, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will act as syndication agent and joint lead arranger. In connection with their participation in the secured credit facility, our underwriters or their affiliates will receive customary fees.

 

231


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

 

  (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

 

  (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

 

232


Table of Contents

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e ., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

233


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California, and for the underwriters by Hogan Lovells US LLP. Venable LLP will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock sold in this offering and certain other matters under Maryland law.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited (i) our consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2010 as set forth in their report, (ii) the combined financial statements and schedule of the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 as set forth in their report, (iii) the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2008 as set forth in their report, (iv) the statement of revenues and certain expenses of City Plaza for the year ended December 31, 2007 as set forth in their report and (v) the statements of revenues and certain expenses of Howard Street Associates, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from February 15, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007 as set forth in their report. We have included each of the aforementioned financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young, LLP’s reports, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the combined financial statements of the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor as of December 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007 as set forth in their report. We have included the aforementioned financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Unless otherwise indicated, all statistical and economic market data included in this prospectus, including information relating to the economic conditions within our core markets contained in “Prospectus Summary” and “Industry Background and Market Opportunity” is derived from market information prepared for us by Rosen Consulting Group, a nationally recognized real estate consulting firm, and is included in this prospectus in reliance on Rosen Consulting Group’s authority as an expert in such matters. We paid Rosen Consulting Group a fee of $40,000 for its services.

Information relating to television networks, programming and new media set forth in “Business and Properties—Media and Entertainment Portfolio—Entertainment Industry Overview” is derived from, and is subject to the qualifications and assumptions in, a report of Kagan Media Appraisals, and is included in this prospectus in reliance on Kagan Media Appraisals’ authority as an expert in such matters. We paid Kagan Media Appraisals a fee of $9,995 for its services.

 

234


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We maintain a Web site at www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. Information contained on our Web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our Web site to be part of this prospectus.

We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-11, including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with this registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or other document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement in this prospectus is qualified in all respects by the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC’s Web site, www.sec.gov.

AS A RESULT OF THIS OFFERING, WE WILL BECOME SUBJECT TO THE INFORMATION AND PERIODIC REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF THE EXCHANGE ACT, AND WILL FILE PERIODIC REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH THE SEC. THESE PERIODIC REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AND COPYING AT THE SEC’S PUBLIC REFERENCE FACILITIES AND THE WEB SITE OF THE SEC REFERRED TO ABOVE.

 

235


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.:

  

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited):

  

Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2010

   F-4

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

   F-5

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

   F-6

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

Consolidated Historical Financial Statements:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-16

Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2010

   F-17

Notes to Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2010

   F-18

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor:

  

Combined Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009

   F-20

Combined Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited)

   F-21

Combined Statements of Members’ Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   F-22

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited)

   F-23

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March  31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited)

   F-24

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-40

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-41

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

   F-42

Combined Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December  31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

   F-43

Combined Statements of Members’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

   F-44

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

   F-45

Notes to Combined Financial Statements Years Ended December  31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

   F-46

Schedule III Consolidated Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

   F-64

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC:

  

Unaudited Combined Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Three Months Ended March  31, 2010 and 2009

   F-65

Notes to Unaudited Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

   F-66

Report of Independent Auditors

   F-68

Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

   F-69

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

   F-70

Howard Street Associates, LLC:

  

Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Three Months Ended March  31, 2010 and 2009

   F-72

Notes to Unaudited Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Three Months Ended March  31, 2010 and 2009

   F-73

Report of Independent Auditors

   F-75

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Years Ended December  31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 15, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2007

   F-76

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Years Ended December  31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 15, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2007

   F-77

City Plaza:

  

Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Six Months Ended June  30, 2008 and 2007

   F-79

Notes to Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Six Months Ended June  30, 2008 and 2007

   F-80

Report of Independent Auditors

   F-82

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the Year Ended December 31, 2007

   F-83

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Year Ended December 31, 2007

   F-84

 

F-i


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (together with its combined entities, the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 are derived from the financial statements of: (1) the combined entities consisting of HFOP City Plaza, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, and SGS Really II, LLC (collectively, the “Predecessor”), (2) Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, (3) GLB Encino, LLC, (4) Howard Street Associates, LLC, (5) Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., and (6) Hudson Capital, LLC, and are presented as if this offering, the concurrent private placement, and the formation transactions (including the application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds”), had occurred on March 31, 2010 for the pro forma combined balance sheet and on January 1, 2009 for the pro forma combined statements of operations.

As discussed above, our Predecessor includes HFOP City Plaza, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and SGS Realty II, LLC which in turn, own our Predecessor’s assets—the City Plaza, Technicolor Building, Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties. Each of these Predecessor entities are predominantly owned (between 98.4% and 99.1%) and controlled by investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C. (“Farallon”), which are referred to herein as the “Farallon Funds.” Further, each of the Predecessor entities are also owned (between 1.6% and 0.9%) and managed by Hudson Capital, LLC. As such, we have combined these entities as our Predecessor on the basis of common ownership, common control and common management.

Our pro forma combined financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The adjustments to our pro forma combined financial statements are based on available information and assumptions that we consider reasonable. Our pro forma combined financial statements do not purport to (1) represent our financial position that would have actually occurred had this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions occurred on March 31, 2010, (2) represent the results of our operations that would have actually occurred had this offering, the concurrent private placement, and the formation transactions occurred on January 1, 2009 and (3) project our financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period, as applicable.

We were formed as a Maryland corporation on November 9, 2009 to acquire the entities owning various real estate assets and to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., our operating partnership, was formed as a Maryland limited partnership on January 15, 2010. Upon completion of the offering, the concurrent private placement, and the formation transactions, we expect our operations to be carried on through our operating partnership. At such time, the Company, as the general partner of the operating partnership will own 87.8% of the operating partnership and will have control of the operating partnership. Accordingly, the Company will consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the operating partnership.

The Company has not had any corporate activity since its formation, other than the issuance of 100 shares of its common stock to Victor J. Coleman in connection with the initial capitalization of the Company and activities in preparation for this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions. Accordingly, we believe that a discussion of the results of the Company would not be meaningful, and we have, therefore, set forth below a discussion regarding the historical operations of the Predecessor only. The Predecessor owns the Sunset Gower, Technicolor Building, Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties. The Predecessor does not include: GLB Encino, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to as the

 

F-1


Table of Contents

First Financial entity; Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to as the Tierrasanta entity; Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to as the Del Amo Office entity; and Howard Street Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to as the 875 Howard Street entity; collectively, we refer to these entities as the non-predecessor entities. For periods after consummation of this offering, the concurrent private placement, and the formation transactions, our operations will include their operations. Elsewhere in this prospectus, we have included the audited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses of the First Financial entity and the Tierrasanta entity for the year ended December 31, 2009, the audited statements of revenues and certain expenses of the 875 Howard Street entity for the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the unaudited statements of revenues and certain expenses for those same entities for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Concurrently with this offering, we will complete the formation transactions, pursuant to which we will acquire, through a series of acquisition and contribution transactions, 100% of the ownership interests in the entities that own interests in our initial portfolio, other than the Del Amo Office entity. We also entered into a definitive agreement to acquire 100% of the ownership interests in the Del Amo Office property, subject to the fulfillment of certain closing conditions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.” To acquire the interests in the entities that own the properties to be included in our initial portfolio from the holders thereof, or the prior investors, we will issue to the prior investors an aggregate of 5,818,625 shares of our common stock and 2,785,141 common units in our operating partnership, with an aggregate value of $154,868, and series A preferred units in our operating partnership with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12,475 (before closing costs and prorations), and we will pay $27,500 (before closing costs and prorations) in cash in connection with our acquisition of the Del Amo Office entity and approximately $7,200 in cash to acquire interests in the First Financial and Tierrasanta entities. Cash amounts will be provided from the net proceeds of this offering. Also occurring concurrently with the completion of this offering, Victor J. Coleman and certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon will purchase $20,000 in shares of common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

Upon completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, we expect net proceeds from this offering of approximately $202,400, or approximately $234,541 if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full (after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering and the formation transactions and after payment of 2,480 of capitalized financing fees). We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership in exchange for common units, and our operating partnership will use the proceeds received from us as well as cash on hand, if any, as described under “Use of Proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Upon consummation of this offering and the formation transactions, we expect our operations to be carried on through our operating partnership and subsidiaries of our operating partnership, including our taxable REIT subsidiary. Consummation of the formation transactions will enable us to (i) consolidate our asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisition and financing businesses into our operating partnership; (ii) consolidate the ownership of our property portfolio under our operating partnership; (iii) facilitate this offering; and (iv) qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010.

We have determined that one of the entities comprising the Predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, is the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we have concluded that any interests contributed by the members of the other entities comprising the Predecessor (Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC), as well as the contribution of the members’ interests in the 875 Howard Street entity, is a transaction

 

F-2


Table of Contents

between entities under common control since the Farallon Funds own a controlling interest in each of the entities comprising the Predecessor and the 875 Howard Street entity prior to the completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions. As a result, the contribution of interests in each of the entities comprising the Predecessor and the 875 Howard Street entity will be recorded at historical cost. The contribution or acquisition of interests in entities other than those owned by the Predecessor or Howard Street Associates, LLC in the formation transactions will be accounted for as an acquisition under the acquisition method of accounting and recognized at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities on the date of such contribution or acquisition. The fair value of these assets and liabilities has been allocated in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) section 805-10, Business Combinations . The fair values of tangible assets acquired are determined on an as-if-vacant basis. The as-if-vacant fair value of tangible assets will be allocated to land, building and improvements, tenant improvements and furniture and fixtures based on our own market knowledge and published market data, including current rental rates, expected downtime to lease up vacant space, tenant improvement construction costs, leasing commissions and recent sales on a per square foot basis for comparable properties in our submarkets. The estimated fair value of intangible assets consisting of acquired in-place at-market leases are the costs we would have incurred to lease the property to the occupancy level of the property at the date of acquisition. Such estimates include the fair value of leasing commissions and legal costs that would be incurred to lease this property to this occupancy level. Additionally, we evaluate the time period over which such occupancy level would be achieved and include an estimate of the net operating costs (primarily real estate taxes, insurance and utilities) incurred during the lease-up period, generally six months. Above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as an asset or liability based on the present value (using an interest rate that reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and our estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease for above-market leases and the remaining non-cancelable term plus the term of any below-market fixed rate renewal options for below-market leases. The fair value of the debt assumed was determined using current market interest rates for comparable debt financings.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of March 31, 2010

(Unaudited and in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Hudson
Pacific
Properties,
Inc.
  Predecessor   Howard
Street Associates,
LLC
  Other
Acquisitions
and
Contributions
    Proceeds
from
Offering
  Financing
and Equity
Transactions
    Use of
Proceeds
    Other
Adjustments
    Company
Pro Forma
    (A)   (B)   (C)   (D)     (E)   (F)     (G)     (H)      

ASSETS

                 

Investment in real estate, net

  $ —     $ 352,727   $ 62,510   $ 92,921      $ —     $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 508,158

Cash and cash equivalents

    1     4,512     —       (34,675     204,880     27,773        (154,442     —          48,049

Restricted cash

    —       4,924     —       —          —       (4,924     439        —          439

Accounts receivable, net

    —       1,705     —       22        —       —          —          —          1,727

Deferred rent receivables

    —       3,257     —       —          —       —          —          —          3,257

Lease intangibles, net

    —       13,621     743     12,510        —       —          —          —          26,874

Goodwill

    —       —       —       8,861        —       —          —          —          8,861

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    —       5,808     1,979     2,848        —       2,480        —          —          13,115
                                                             

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 1   $ 386,554   $ 65,232   $ 82,487      $ 204,880   $ 25,329      $ (154,003   $ —        $ 610,480
                                                             

LIABILITIES & EQUITY

                 

Notes payable

  $ —     $ 152,000   $ 39,003   $ 56,740      $ —     $ —        $ (154,003   $ —        $ 93,740

Accounts Payable and accrued liabilities

    —       5,011     2,303     536        —       —          —          —          7,850

Below market leases

    —       —       11,417     —          —       —          —          —          11,417

Security deposits

    —       2,240     904     342        —       —          —          —          3,486

Prepaid rent

    —       10,435     —       213        —       —          —          —          10,648

Interest rate collar liability

    —       218     —       —          —       —          —          —          218
                                                             

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    —       169,904     53,627     57,831        —       —          (154,003     —          127,359

Preferred non-controlling partnership interest

    —       —       —       12,475        —       —          —          —          12,475

Non-controlling partnership interest

    —       —       2,553     12,181        —       —          —          59,934        74,668

Members’/Stockholders’ equity

    1     216,650     9,052     —          204,880     25,329        —          (59,934     395,978
                                                             

TOTAL EQUITY

    1     216,650     11,605     12,181        204,880     25,329        —          —          470,646

TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY

  $ 1   $ 386,554   $ 65,232   $ 82,487      $ 204,880   $ 25,329      $ (154,003   $ —        $ 610,480
                                                             

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

    Predecessor     Howard
Street
Associates,
LLC
  Other
Acquisitions
and
Contributions
  Financing
and
Equity
Transactions
    Other
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Combined
Total
       
    (AA)     (BB)   (CC)                              

REVENUES

               

Rental

  $ 7,891      $ 386   $ 2,684   $ —        $ —          $ 10,961     

Tenant recoveries

    579        62     173     —          —            814     

Other property related revenue

    1,653        —       319     —          —            1,972     

Other

    19        —       332     —          (332   (DD     19     
                                               
    10,142        448     3,508     —          (332       13,766     

OPERATING EXPENSES

               

Property operating expenses

    3,995        173     900     —         
95
  
 

(EE

    5,163     

Other property related expense

    528        —       —       —          63     

(FF

    591     

General and administrative

    290        —       357     —          1,288      (EE     1,935     

Management fees

    251        —       —       —          (221   (DD     30     

Depreciation and amortization

    2,498        135     1,115     —          —            3,748     
                                               
    7,562        308     2,372     —          1,225          11,467     
                                               

Income from operations

    2,580        140     1,136     —          (1,557       2,299     

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

               

Interest expense (Income)

    2,052        67     856     457   (GG)       (1,408   (GG     2,024     

Interest income

    (3     —       —       —          —            (3  

Unrealized gain of interest rate collar

    (207     —       —       —          —            (207  
                                               
    1,842        67     856     457        (1,408       1,814     
                                               

Net income

  $ 738      $ 73   $ 280   $ (457   $ (149     $ 485     
                                         

Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interests

  

  $ (195   (HH

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

  

    (24   (HH

Less: Net income attributable to common non-controlling partnership interests

  

    (33   (HH
                     

Net income attributable to the Company

  

  $ 233     
                     

Pro Forma earnings per share—basic and diluted

  

  $ 0.01      (II
                     

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

  

    19,729,736      (II
                     

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

    Predecessor     Howard
Street
Associates,
LLC
  Other
Acquisitions
and
Contributions
  Financing and
Equity
Transactions
    Other
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Combined
Total
     
    (AA)     (BB)  

(CC)

                         

REVENUES

               

Rental

  $ 28,970      $ 1,866   $ 10,556   $ —        $ —          $ 41,392     

Tenant recoveries

    2,870        377     747     —          —            3,994     

Other property related revenue

    7,419       
—  
    1,243     —          —            8,662     

Other

    78        —       1,431     —          (1,431   (DD)     78     
                                               
    39,337        2,243     13,977     —          (1,431       54,126     

OPERATING EXPENSES

               

Property operating expenses

    17,691       
771
    3,694     —       

 

630

  

  (EE)     22,786     

Other property related expense

    1,397        —       —       —          250      (FF)     1,647     

General and administrative

    1,049        —       1,277     —       

 

4,905

  

  (EE)     7,231     

Management fees

    1,169        —       —       —          (1,049   (DD)     120     

Depreciation and amortization

    9,980        729     4,941     —          —            15,650     
                                               
    31,286        1,500     9,912     —          4,736          47,434     
                                               

Income from operations

    8,051        743     4,065     —          (6,167       6,692     

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

               

Interest expense

    8,352        345     3,536     1,827  (GG)       (5,870   (GG)     8,190     

Interest income

    (17     —       —       —          —            (17  

Unrealized gain on interest rate collar

    (410     —       —       —          —            (410  

Other

    95        —       —       —          —            95     
                                               
    8,020        345     3,536     1,827        (5,870       7,858     
                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 31      $ 398   $ 529   $ (1,827   $ (297     $ (1,166  
                                         

Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interests

  $ (780   (HH)

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

    (97   (HH)

Less: Net loss attributable to common non-controlling partnership interests

    253      (HH)
                     

Net loss attributable to the Company

  $ (1,790  
                     

Pro Forma loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.09   (II)
                     

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    19,729,736      (II)
                     

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

1. Adjustments to the Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet

The adjustments to the pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

  (A) Represents the balance sheet of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as of March 31, 2010. The Company was formed on November 9, 2009 and has had no activity since its inception other than the issuance of 100 shares of common stock for $1 that was initially funded with a promissory note from its sole shareholder. The promissory note was repaid on February 1, 2010.

 

  (B) Reflects the historical combined balance sheet of our Predecessor as of March 31, 2010, which is comprised of HFOP City Plaza, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and SGS Realty II, LLC. We will issue shares of common stock and/or common units in our operating partnership in exchange for all of the ownership interests in our Predecessor. We have determined that one of the entities comprising the Predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, is the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we have concluded that any interests contributed by the members of the other entities comprising the Predecessor (Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC), as well as the contribution of the members’ interests in the 875 Howard Street entity, is a transaction between entities under common control since the Farallon Funds own a controlling interest in each of the entities comprising the Predecessor and the 875 Howard Street entity prior to the completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions. As a result, the contribution of interests in each of the entities comprising the Predecessor and the 875 Howard Street entity (see (C) below) will be recorded at historical cost.

 

       The historical combined financial statements of our Predecessor as of and for the three month period ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 have been included elsewhere in this filing.

 

  (C) Reflects the historical balance sheet of Howard Street Associates, LLC as of March 31, 2010. We will issue shares of common stock or common units in our operating partnership in exchange for all of the ownership interests in Howard Street Associates, LLC. We have determined that one of the entities comprising the Predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, is the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we have concluded that any interests contributed by the members of the other entities comprising the Predecessor (Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC), as well as the contribution of the members’ interests in the 875 Howard Street entity, is a transaction between entities under common control since the Farallon Funds own a controlling interest in each of the entities comprising the Predecessor and the 875 Howard Street entity prior to the completion of this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions. As a result, the contribution of interests in each of the Predecessor entities (see (B) above) and the 875 Howard Street entity will be recorded at historical cost.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

  (D) We will acquire the following non-predecessor entities through a series of acquisitions and contribution transactions. The acquisition of all the interests in the following non-predecessor entities will be accounted for as an acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC Section 805-10, Business Combinations , and recorded at the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The following pro forma adjustments are necessary to reflect the initial allocation of the estimated fair value of the non-predecessor entities. The allocation of fair value shown in the table below is based on the Company’s preliminary estimates and is subject to change based on the final determination of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired. The cash consideration reflected below represents the use of net proceeds received by us from this offering, $27,500 (before closing costs and prorations) of which to acquire the Del Amo Office property and $7,200 of which to acquire indirect partnership interest(s) in the First Financial entity and Tierrasanta entity. We will also issue approximately $12,475 (after estimated closing costs and prorations) of series A preferred operating partnership units to acquire certain indirect partnership interests in the First Financial and Tierrasanta entities based on irrevocable elections made by those certain indirect partnership interests. The total value of the series A preferred operating partnership units issued is based on the value of the indirect partnership interests being acquired. The value of the indirect partnership interests was determined pursuant to arm’s length negotiations with the contributors of such interests. Each series A preferred operating partnership unit has a liquidation value of $25 per unit.

 

     GLB Encino,
LLC and
Glenborough
Tierrasanta,
LLC
    Del Amo
Office
Entity
    Hudson
Capital,
LLC
    Total  

Consideration paid to acquire non-predecessor entities

        

Issuance of common shares or common operating partnership units

   $ 3,181      $ —        $ 9,000      $ 12,181   

Issuance of preferred operating partnership units

     12,475        —          —          12,475   

Cash consideration

     7,200        27,475        —          34,675   

Debt assumed

     57,300        —          —          57,300   
                                

Total consideration paid to acquire non-predecessor entities

   $ 80,156      $ 27,475      $ 9,000      $ 116,631   
                                

Allocation of consideration paid to acquire non-predecessor entities

        

Investment in real estate, net

   $ 71,907      $ 20,748      $ 266      $ 92,921   

Lease intangibles, net

     6,413        6,097        —          12,510   

Goodwill

     —          —          8,861        8,861   

Leasing costs

     1,940        655        —          2,595   

Fair market favorable debt value

     560        —          —          560   

Below market leases

     —          —          —          —     

Other assets acquired (liabilities assumed), net

     (664     (25     (127     (816
                                

Total allocation of consideration paid to acquire non-predecessor entities

   $ 80,156      $ 27,475      $ 9,000      $ 116,631   
                                

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

  (E) Reflects the sale of 12,800,000 shares of common stock in this offering, based on an offering price of $18.00 per share, and net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses as follows:

 

Gross proceeds from offering

   $  230,400   

Less:

  

Underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses

     (25,520
        

Available proceeds

   $ 204,880   
        

 

  (F) In connection with this offering and the formation transactions, Victor J. Coleman and certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon will purchase $20,000 of common stock (1,111,111 shares) at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price ($18.00 per share at the mid-point of the range shown on the front cover of this prospectus) and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. In addition, as part of the closing of the offering, concurrent private placement and completion of the formation transactions, members of our Predecessor will contribute approximately $14,765, representing $10,250 for prepaid rents under the KTLA, Inc. (“KTLA”) lease for the remaining initial term through January 2013 (which for purposes of this presentation has been calculated as of June 9, 2010), and contributions of $2,352 for outstanding tenant improvement costs under the Technicolor (defined below) lease, $1,063 for outstanding tenant improvement costs under leases at the City Plaza property, and $1,100 for outstanding infrastructure costs relating to our City Plaza property, which for purposes of this presentation have all been determined as of June 9, 2010. The amounts outstanding with respect to the Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc. (“Technicolor”) lease, leases at City Plaza, and/or for infrastructure costs at City Plaza, may not be outstanding (in whole or part) as of the closing, to the extent funded by the member prior to closing. The Company expects to designate these member contributions to fund the associated rents and costs. Further, the predecessor will distribute to its members the cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of the predecessor entities totalling $9,436 as part of the closing of the offering, concurrent private placement and completion of the formation transactions. $439 of the restricted cash related to Sunset Bronson will be replenished with proceeds from the offering, private placement and pre-closing members’ contributions (See (G) below). We will not replenish the restricted cash related to SGS Realty II, LLC since the related notes payable will be repaid as part of the closing of the offering, concurrent private placement and formation transactions. Finally, we expect to complete an agreement with affiliates of certain of our underwriters, to provide a $200,000 secured credit facility. For purposes of this presentation, $2,480 of the proceeds from the offering, the concurrent private placement and the closing contribution by members of our Predecessor have been applied to payment of $2,480 in fees associated with the secured credit facility. These fees will be amortized over a three year period.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

     Private
Placement
of
Common
Stock
   Pre-closing
Member’s
Contribution
   Closing
Distribution
to Members
    Payment
of
Financing
Fees
    Total  

ASSETS

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,000    $ 14,765    (4,512   $ (2,480   $ 27,773   

Restricted cash

     —        —      (4,924     —          (4,924

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     —        —      —          2,480        2,480   

EQUITY

            

Members’/stockholders’ equity

     20,000      14,765    (9,436     —          25,329   

 

  (G) We will use the net proceeds received by us from this offering, together with the concurrent private placement and the closing contribution by members of our Predecessor (see note (F) above) to repay $115,000 of debt secured by the Sunset Gower Property and the Technicolor Building, and $39,003 of debt secured by the 875 Howard Street property and replenish $439 of restricted cash for Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC that was distributed to its members (see (F) above).

 

  (H) As consideration for the contributions of the Predecessor’s assets, the prior members in the Predecessor entities will receive common units or shares of our common stock.

2. Adjustments to the Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

The adjustments to the pro forma statements of operations for the three-month period ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 

  (AA) Reflects the historical combined statements of operations of the Predecessor for the three month period ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The tables below show the operating results for each of the entities comprising the Predecessor for the three month period ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2010

 

     Predecessor  
     HFOP City
Plaza,  LLC
   Sunset Bronson
Entertainment
Properties, LLC
    SGS Realty II,
LLC
    Total  

REVENUES

         

Rental

   $ 1,452    $ 2,455      $ 3,984      $ 7,891   

Tenant recoveries

     34      283        262        579   

Other property related revenue

     22      843        788        1,653   

Other

     14      3        2        19   
                               
     1,522      3,584        5,036        10,142   

OPERATING EXPENSES

         

Property operating expenses

     434      1,517        2,044        3,995   

Other property related expense

     86      379        63        528   

General and administrative

     39      139        112        290   

Management fees

     51      75        125        251   

Depreciation and amortization

     643      561        1,294        2,498   
                               
     1,253      2,671        3,638        7,562   
                               

Income from operations

     269      913        1,398        2,580   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

         

Interest expense

     —        709        1,343        2,052   

Interest income

     —        —          (3     (3

Unrealized gain on interest rate collar

     —        (207     —          (207
                               
     —        502        1,340        1,842   
                               

Net income

   $ 269    $ 411      $ 58      $ 738   
                               

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009

 

     Predecessor  
     HFOP City
Plaza,  LLC
    Sunset Bronson
Entertainment
Properties, LLC
    SGS Realty II,
LLC
    Total  

REVENUES

        

Rental

   $ 4,497      $ 8,327      $ 16,146      $ 28,970   

Tenant recoveries

     157        1,401        1,312        2,870   

Other property related revenue

     124        2,772        4,523        7,419   

Other

     18        35        25        78   
                                
     4,796        12,535        22,006        39,337   

OPERATING EXPENSES

        

Property operating expenses

     2,516        6,572        8,603        17,691   

Other property related expense

     303        860        234        1,397   

General and administrative

     241        472        336        1,049   

Management fees

     178        400        591        1,169   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,576        2,381        5,023        9,980   
                                
     5,814        10,685        14,787        31,286   
                                

(Loss) income from operations

     (1,018     1,850        7,219        8,051   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

        

Interest expense

     —          2,812        5,540        8,352   

Interest income

     (3     —          (14     (17

Unrealized gain on interest rate collar

     —          (410     —          (410

Other

     —          111        (16     95   
                                
     (3     2,513        5,510        8,020   
                                

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,015   $ (663   $ 1,709      $ 31   
                                

 

  (BB) Reflects the historical statements of operations of Howard Street Associates, LLC for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009. Rental revenues include $220 and $946 of (above) below market lease intangible amortization for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Rental revenues do not include two new leases with unrelated parties expected to commence in April 2010. Property operating expenses also reflect the capitalization of certain costs relating to redevelopment activity in the amount of $109 for the three month period ended March 31, 2010 and $349 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

  (CC)

Reflects the acquisitions and contributions of the non-predecessor entities as discussed in (D) above, as if this offering, the concurrent private placement, and the formation transactions had occurred on January 1, 2009. The acquisition of all the interests in the non-predecessor entities will be accounted for as an acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

  with ASC Section 805-10, Business Combinations , and recorded at the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. Adjustments for revenues represent the impact of the amortization of the net amount of above- and below-market rents. Depreciation and amortization
  represent the additional depreciation expense and amortization of intangibles as a result of these purchase accounting adjustments. Depreciation and amortization amounts were determined based on management’s evaluation of the estimated useful lives of the properties and intangibles. In utilizing these useful lives for determining the pro forma adjustments, management considered the length of time the property had been in existence, the maintenance history as well as anticipated future maintenance, and any contractual stipulations that might limit the useful life. Interest expense represents the interest expense of the assumed debt at a rate of interest determined to be market for similar indebtedness calculated on the balance at its fair value, with the above or below market component of such fair value amortized over the remaining term of such indebtedness.

The tables below show the operating results for each of the following non-predecessor entities for the three month period ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the three months ended March 31, 2010

 

     GLB Encino,
LLC and
Glenborough
Tierrasanta,
LLC
   Del Amo
Office
Property
   Hudson
Capital,
LLC
    Total
     (1)    (2)           

REVENUES

          

Rental

   $ 2,032    $ 652    $ —        $ 2,684

Tenant recoveries

     171      2      —          173

Other property related revenue

     310      9      —          319

Other

     —        —        332        332
                            
     2,513      663      332        3,508

OPERATING EXPENSES

          

Property operating expenses

     745      155      —          900

General and administrative

     —        —        357        357

Depreciation and amortization

     899      207      9        1,115
                            
     1,644      362      366        2,372
                            

Income (loss) from operations

     869      301      (34     1,136

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

          

Interest expense

     856      —        —          856
                            
     856      —        —          856
                            

Net income (loss)

   $ 13    $ 301    $ (34   $ 280
                            

 

 

  (1) Rental revenues include $(90) of (above) below market lease intangible amortization and interest expense includes $81 of amortization expense related to the fair value adjustment related to the assumed debt. The straight-line rent adjustment for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was $73.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

  (2) Rental revenues include $(102) of (above) below market lease intangible amortization. The straight-line rent adjustment for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was $(13).

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009

 

     GLB Encino,
LLC and
Glenborough
Tierrasanta,
LLC
    Del Amo
Office
Property
   Hudson
Capital,
LLC
   Total
     (1)     (2)          

REVENUES

          

Rental

   $ 8,132      $ 2,424    $ —      $ 10,556

Tenant recoveries

     717        30      —        747

Other property related revenue

     1,198        45      —        1,243

Other

     —          —        1,431      1,431
                            
     10,047        2,499      1,431      13,977

OPERATING EXPENSES

          

Property operating expenses

     2,840        854      —        3,694

General and administrative

     —          —        1,277      1,277

Depreciation and amortization

     4,069        829      43      4,941
                            
     6,909        1,683      1,320      9,912
                            

Income (loss) from operations

     3,138        816      111      4,065

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

          

Interest expense

     3,536        —        —        3,536
                            
     3,536        —        —        3,536
                            

Net (loss) income

   $ (398   $ 816    $ 111    $ 529
                            

 

 

  (1) Rental revenues include $(361) of (above) below market lease intangible amortization and interest expense includes $436 of amortization expense related to the fair value adjustment related to the assumed debt. The straight-line rent adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $337.
  (2) Rental revenues include $(358) of (above) below market lease intangible amortization. The straight-line rent adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $219.

 

  (DD) Reflects the elimination of the management fee, leasing commissions and subtenant revenue to Hudson Capital, LLC and management fee expense of the Predecessor, the elimination of which was partially offset by approximately $30 and $120 of management fee expense for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively anticipated for third party management services related to the 875 Howard Street property.

 

  (EE)

We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a public company, including, but not limited to, incremental salaries, board of directors’ fees and expenses, directors’ and officers’ insurance, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 compliance costs, and incremental

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

  audit and tax fees. We estimate that these costs could result in general and administrative expenses of approximately $8,000 per year, before additional non-cash compensation expenses of approximately $1,633 per year. As we have not yet entered into contracts with third parties to provide all of the services included within this estimate, not all of the estimated expenses appear in the accompanying pro forma consolidated statements of operation. Amounts corresponding to services and expenses under contract have been reflected as an adjustment in the pro forma consolidated statements of operations as additional general and administrative expenses, without duplication, to the general and administrative expenses appearing in the historical operating statements. For purposes of this presentation, certain general and administrative expenses (other than professional fees) of the Predecessor and non-predecessor entities (other than Hudson Capital, LLC) have been reclassified to property operating expenses, as they relate to the operations of the underlying properties.

 

  (FF) Reflects the approximately $63 and $250 of tax expense incurred by our taxable REIT subsidiary for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, for other property related income.

 

  (GG) Reflects $207 and $827 in amortization of the $2,480 in fees associated with the secured credit facility for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, plus $250 and $1,000 for the unused fee of 50 bps. on the $200,000 secured credit facility for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Also, reflects the approximately $1,408 and $5,870 of net interest expense incurred by our Predecessor and the 875 Howard Street entity for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, on debt secured by the Sunset Gower Property, the Technicolor Building and the 875 Howard Street Property that will be repaid from proceeds raised in this offering and the concurrent private placement (see (G) above).

 

  (HH) Reflects the allocation of income attributable to the preferred non-controlling partnership interests and income (loss) attributable to common non-controlling partnership interests.

 

  (II) Pro forma earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted are calculated by dividing pro forma consolidated net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders by the number of shares of common stock issued in this offering, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions. For each period, the series A preferred units in our operating partnership and the participating securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted pro forma earnings per share as such inclusion would be anti-dilutive. Set forth below is a reconciliation of pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

 

Number of shares issued in this offering

   12,800,000

Number of shares issued in the concurrent private placement

   1,111,111

Number of common shares issued in the formation transactions

   5,818,625
    
   19,729,736

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Stockholder of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2010. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the March 31, 2010 balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. at March 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

May  12 , 2010

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Balance Sheet

As of March 31, 2010

 

 

ASSETS

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,000
      
   $ 1,000
      

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Common stock ($0.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 100 issued and outstanding)

   $ 1

Additional paid-in capital

     999
      
   $ 1,000
      

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Balance Sheet

March 31, 2010

(In thousands)

1. Organization

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) was formed as a Maryland corporation on November 9, 2009 to acquire the entities owning various real estate assets and to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to a proposed public offering (the “Offering”) of common stock. The Company is the sole general partner of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., our “operating partnership,” which was formed as a Maryland limited partnership on January 15, 2010. From inception through March 31, 2010, the Company had no operations other than the issuance of 100 shares of common stock at par value to Victor J. Coleman in connection with our initial capitalization. As of March 31, 2010, the shares of common stock of the Company were issued to Victor J. Coleman in consideration for one-thousand dollars cash, which was paid on February 1, 2010. The operations are planned to commence upon completion of the Offering. Upon completion of the Offering and the Formation Transactions (defined below), we expect our operations to be carried on through our operating partnership and its wholly owned subsidiary, Hudson Pacific Services, Inc. At such time, the Company, as the general partner of our operating partnership, will control the operating partnership. The Company will consolidate the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the operating partnership.

Concurrently with the Offering, we will complete certain formation transactions (together with the acquisition of the Del Amo Office entity, the “Formation Transactions”), pursuant to which we will acquire, through a series of purchase and contribution transactions, the entities that own interests in our initial portfolio, other than the Del Amo Office entity, in exchange for cash, shares of our common stock and/or units in our operating partnership. The Formation Transactions are designed to consolidate our asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisition and financing businesses into our operating partnership; consolidate the ownership of our portfolio of office and media and entertainment, together with certain other real estate assets, under our operating partnership; facilitate the Offering; and allow us to qualify as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We also intend to enter into a definitive agreement to acquire 100% of the ownership interests in the Del Amo Office property, subject to the fulfillment of certain closing conditions under such agreement, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the Del Amo Office property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property,” for $27,500 (before closing costs and prorations) in cash, which cash will be provided from the net proceeds of the Offering. In addition, concurrently with the completion of the Offering, Victor J. Coleman and certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C. will purchase $20,000 of shares of common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission.

We intend to elect to be taxed and to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Income taxes

Subject to qualification as a REIT, the Company will be permitted to deduct distributions paid to its stockholders, eliminating the federal taxation of income represented by such distributions at the Company level.

REITs are subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, the Company will be subject to federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on its taxable income at regular corporate tax rates.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the balance sheet and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Underwriting Commissions and Costs

Underwriting commissions and costs to be incurred in connection with the Offering will be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

3. Offering Costs

In connection with the Offering, certain contributors have advanced funds for legal, accounting, and related costs in connection with the Offering and formation transactions, which will be reimbursed by the Company upon the consummation of the Offering. Such costs will be deducted from the gross proceeds of the Offering.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Combined Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

     March 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
     (Unaudited)     

ASSETS

     

Investment in real estate, net

   $ 352,727    $ 353,505

Cash and cash equivalents

     4,512      2,256

Restricted cash

     4,924      3,709

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $185 and $308

     1,705      1,273

Straight-line rent receivables

     3,257      2,935

Lease intangibles, net

     13,621      14,235

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     5,808      6,702
             

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 386,554    $ 384,615
             

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

Notes payable

   $ 152,000    $ 152,000

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     5,011      4,207

Security deposits

     2,240      2,035

Prepaid rent

     10,435      11,019

Interest rate collar liability

     218      425
             

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     169,904      169,686

Commitments and contingencies

     

Members’ equity

     216,650      214,929
             
   $ 386,554    $ 384,615
             

See accompanying notes.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Combined Statements of Operations

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2009  

REVENUES

    

Rental

   $ 7,891      $ 7,382   

Tenant recoveries

     579        674   

Other property related revenue

     1,653        1,901   

Other

     19        25   
                
     10,142        9,982   

OPERATING EXPENSES

    

Property operating expenses

     3,995        4,262   

Other property related expense

     528        401   

General and administrative

     290        302   

Management fees

     251        305   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,498        2,449   
                
     7,562        7,719   
                

Income from operations

     2,580        2,263   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

    

Interest expense

     2,052        2,097   

Interest income

     (3     (3

Unrealized gain on interest rate collar

     (207     (18

Other

     —          90   
                
     1,842        2,166   
                

Net income

   $ 738      $ 97   
                

See accompanying notes.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Combined Statements of Members’ Equity

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

     HFOP
City  Plaza,
LLC
   Sunset Bronson
Entertainment
Properties, LLC
   SGS Realty  II,
LLC
   Total

Balance December 31, 2009

   $ 52,794    $ 64,377    $ 97,758    $ 214,929

Contributions

     983      —        —        983

Net income

     269      411      58      738
                           

Balance March 31, 2010

   $ 54,046    $ 64,788    $ 97,816    $ 216,650
                           

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

     Three Months  Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

   $ 738      $ 97   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used in) by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     2,498        2,449   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     375        358   

Amortization of above market lease intangibles

     121        212   

Straight-line rent receivables

     (322     (297

Bad debt (recovery) expense

     (132     36   

Unrealized gain on interest rate collar

     (207     (18

Other non-cash losses

     —          103   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Restricted cash

     (1,215     (1,490

Accounts receivable

     (300     (148

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     416        (109

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     334        1,158   

Security deposits

     205        72   

Prepaid rent

     (584     (733
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,927        1,690   
                

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Additions to investment property

     (654     (1,932
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (654     (1,932
                

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Contributions by members

     983        2,609   
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     983        2,609   
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     2,256        2,367   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     2,256        4,955   
                

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 4,512      $ 7,322   
                

Supplemental cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 1,520      $ 1,738   
                

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

    

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities for property under development

   $ 469      $ 1,736   
                

See accompanying notes.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

1. Organization

The Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor, which is not a legal entity, is comprised of the real estate activity and holdings of SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC (collectively referred to as the “Company”). The Company is engaged in the business of acquiring, owning, and developing real estate, consisting primarily of office and media and entertainment properties located in Southern California as described below in more detail. The Company is the predecessor of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “REIT”), which is expected to complete an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of the common stock of the REIT in 2010. In connection with the IPO, the Company will engage in formation transactions that are designed to consolidate its asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisition and financing businesses into Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., the operating partnership formed by and managed by the REIT; consolidate the ownership of our portfolio of office and media and entertainment properties, together with certain other real estate assets, under the operating partnership; facilitate the IPO; and allow the REIT to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Below is a background summary of each of the three entities comprising the Company.

SGS Realty II, LLC (“SGS II”), a Delaware limited liability company was formed on August 2, 2007. SGS II is the sole member of SGS Realty I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is the sole member of SGS Holdings, LLC (“SGS”), a Delaware limited liability company. SGS was formed on July 31, 2007 to acquire and operate the media and entertainment campus known as Sunset Gower Studios located in Los Angeles, California consisting of soundstages, office space, support space and storage space (the “Sunset Gower”) and to acquire and develop an adjacent parcel of land into an office building leased to Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc. (“Technicolor Building”), the development of which was completed on June 1, 2008. The Sunset Gower Property and Technicolor building were purchased on August 17, 2007 for $177,800 (including closing costs, and net of an allowance to complete the redevelopment of the Technicolor Building). SGS is obligated to pay $9,350 in tenant improvements to Technicolor, of which $8,685 had been incurred as of March 31, 2010. SGS II acquired a vacant media and entertainment office building on October 5, 2007 (the “6060 Building,” and together with Sunset Gower, the “Sunset Gower Property”) for approximately $2,901. The 6060 Building has been under major renovation and redevelopment since its acquisition in October 2007. Pursuant to SGS’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC (“Sunset Bronson”), a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on March 10, 2008 by Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC, its sole member, to acquire and operate the media and entertainment campus known as Sunset Bronson Studios (formerly, Tribune Studios), located in Los Angeles, California, consisting of soundstages, office space, support space and storage space (the “Sunset Bronson Property”). The Sunset Bronson Property was acquired for $125,000 on January 30, 2008 by Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC and contributed to Sunset Bronson upon its formation. Pursuant to Sunset Bronson’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

HFOP City Plaza, LLC (“City Plaza”), a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on August 26, 2008 by HFOP Associates, LLC (“City Plaza Parent”), its sole member, to acquire and operate the office building known as the City Plaza property located in Orange, California (the “City Plaza Property”). On August 26, 2008, City Plaza Parent acquired the mortgage on the City Plaza Property from an unrelated third

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

party lender for $69,250 and received a $1,250 loan paydown from the original borrower along with a transfer of $14,696 of existing loan reserves, resulting in a net purchase price for the loan of $53,304 plus closing costs. In a simultaneous transaction, City Plaza acquired the City Plaza Property from the fee owner, subject to the mortgage held by its sole member, City Plaza Parent. Pursuant to City Plaza’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses, and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008 the Company’s real estate portfolio was comprised of the Sunset Gower Property, Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson Property and the City Plaza Property (collectively referred to as the “Properties” for purposes of those periods). As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s real estate was comprised of the Sunset Gower Property (referred to as the “Properties” for purposes of that period).

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements of the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The effect of all significant intercompany balances and transactions has been eliminated. The real estate entities included in the accompanying combined financial statements have been combined on the basis that, for the periods presented, such entities were under common control, common management and common ownership.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of commitments and contingencies at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Investment in Real Estate Properties

The Properties are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company allocates the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. The Company assesses fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant.

The Company records acquired “above and below” market leases at fair value using discount rates which reflect the risks associated with the leases acquired. The amount recorded is based on the present value of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to each in-place lease and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for each in-place lease, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above-market leases and the initial term plus the extended term for any leases with below market renewal options. Other intangible assets acquired include amounts for in-place lease values that are based on the Company’s evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease-up periods, market conditions and costs to execute similar leases. In estimating carrying costs, the Company includes estimates of lost rents at market rates during the hypothetical expected lease-up periods, which are dependent on local market conditions. In estimating costs to execute similar leases, the Company considers leasing commissions, legal and other related costs.

The Company capitalizes direct construction and development costs, including predevelopment costs, interest, property taxes, insurance and other costs directly related and essential to the acquisition, development or construction of a real estate project. Construction and development costs are capitalized while substantial activities are ongoing to prepare an asset for its intended use. The Company considers a construction project as substantially complete and held available for occupancy upon the completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year after cessation of major construction activity. Costs incurred after a project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, or after development activities have ceased, are expensed as incurred. Costs previously capitalized related to abandoned acquisitions or developments are charged to earnings. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

The Company computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of a range of 39 years for building and improvements, 15 years for land improvements, 5 or 7 years for furniture and fixtures and equipment, and over the life of the lease for tenant improvements. Depreciation is discontinued when a property is identified as held for sale. Above and below market lease intangibles are amortized primarily to revenue over the remaining non-cancellable lease terms and bargain renewal periods, if any. Other in-place lease intangibles are amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancellable lease term and bargain renewal periods, if any.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. The Company recognizes impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to its real estate assets and related intangibles during the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) nor during the three months ended March 31, 2009 (unaudited).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and in banks plus all short term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.

The Company maintains some of its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. No losses have been experienced related to such accounts.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of amounts held by lenders to provide for future real estate taxes and insurance expenditures, repairs and capital improvements reserves, general and other reserves and security deposits.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. The Company monitors the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances are reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and the Company’s historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. For assets acquired subject to leases, the Company recognizes revenue upon acquisition of the asset, provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, the Company determines whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or the Company. When the Company is the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors including, but not limited to:

 

   

whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

 

   

whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

 

   

whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general-purpose in nature; and

 

   

whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

Certain leases provide for additional rents contingent upon a percentage of the tenant’s revenue in excess of specified base amounts or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized when actual results reported by the tenant, or estimates of tenant results, exceed the base amount or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized only after the contingency has been removed (when the related thresholds are achieved), which may result in the recognition of rental revenue in periods subsequent to when such payments are received.

Other property related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (phone and internet). Other property related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

The Company recognizes gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) the Company is not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan on the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company manages interest rate risk associated with borrowings by entering into interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value are reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

The Company held one interest rate collar instrument and one interest rate cap instrument at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The Company did not use hedge accounting for these instruments.

Income Taxes

The Company’s taxable income is reportable by its members. The entities comprising the Company are limited liability companies and are treated as pass-through entities for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal income taxes in the accompanying combined financial statements. The Company is subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which it conducts business.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Under GAAP, the Company is required to measure certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition, the Company is required to measure other financial instruments and balances at fair value on a non-recurring basis (e.g., carrying value of impaired real estate and long-lived assets). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The GAAP fair value framework uses a three-tiered approach. Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

   

Level 1: unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level 2: quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

 

   

Level 3: prices or valuation techniques where little or no market data is available that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

When available, the Company utilizes quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classifies such items in Level 1 or Level 2. In instances where the market for a financial instrument is not active, regardless of the availability of a nonbinding quoted market price, observable inputs might not be relevant and could require the Company to make a significant adjustment to derive a fair value measurement. Additionally, in an inactive market, a market price quoted from an independent third party may rely more on models with inputs based on information available only to that independent third party. When the Company determines the market for a financial instrument owned by the Company to be illiquid or when market transactions for similar instruments do not appear orderly, the Company uses several valuation sources (including internal valuations, discounted cash flow analysis and quoted market prices) and establishes a fair value by assigning weights to the various valuation sources.

Changes in assumptions or estimation methodologies can have a material effect on these estimated fair values. In this regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of an inactive market: (i) there are few recent transactions, (ii) price quotations are not based on current information, (iii) price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers (for example, some brokered markets), (iv) indexes that previously were highly correlated with the fair values of the asset or liability are demonstrably uncorrelated with recent indications of fair value for that asset or liability, (v) there is a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators (such as delinquency rates or loss severities) for observed transactions or quoted prices when compared with the Company’s estimate of expected cash flows, considering all available market data about credit and other nonperformance risk for the asset or liability, (vi) there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid-ask spread, (vii) there is a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuances (that is, a primary market) for the asset or liability or similar assets or liabilities, and (viii) little information is released publicly (for example, a principal-to-principal market).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of non-orderly transactions: (i) there was not adequate exposure to the market for a period before the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities under current market conditions, (ii) there was a usual and customary marketing period, but the seller marketed the asset or liability to a single market participant, (iii) the seller is in or near bankruptcy or receivership (that is, distressed), or the seller was required to sell to meet regulatory or legal requirements (that is, forced), and (iv) the transaction price is an outlier when compared with other recent transactions for the same or similar assets or liabilities.

In August 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820), Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . This update provides amendments to the Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) for the fair value measurement of liabilities. In circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, the reporting entity is required to measure fair value using (i) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or quoted prices for similar liabilities when traded as assets, or (ii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurement, such as the income approach or the market approach. The amendments in this update also clarify that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. These amendments to the ASC are effective upon issuance and did not have a significant impact on the combined financial statements of the Company.

The Company’s interest rate collar and interest rate cap agreements are classified as Level 2 and their fair value is derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

Unrealized gains associated with Level 2 liabilities were $207 and $18, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

3. Investment in Real Estate

Investment in real estate consisted of the following as of:

 

     March 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

Land

   $ 174,984      $ 174,984   

Land improvements

     9,637        9,660   

Building and improvements

     155,698        155,434   

Tenant improvements

     12,305        12,039   

Furniture and fixtures

     11,059        11,052   

Less: accumulated deprecation

     (14,811     (12,909
                
     348,872        350,260   

Property under development

     3,855        3,245   
                
   $ 352,727      $ 353,505   
                

 

     For the three
months ended
March 31,
2010
    Year ended
December 31, 2009
 

Investment in real estate

    

Beginning balance

   $ 366,414      $ 358,616   

Acquisitions

     —          —     

Improvements, capitalized costs

     1,124        7,874   

Cost of property sold

     —          (76
                

Ending balance

   $ 367,538      $ 366,414   
                

Accumulated Depreciation

    

Beginning balance

   $ (12,909   $ (5,592

Additions

     (1,902     (7,330

Deletions

     —          13   
                

Ending balance

   $ (14,811   $ (12,909
                

4. Lease Intangibles

At March 31, 2010 gross lease intangibles were comprised of $3,111 of above market tenant lease intangibles and $16,113 of in-place lease intangibles. At March 31, 2010 the accumulated amortization of lease intangibles was $5,603. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company recognized $493 of amortization expense related to in-place leases and amortized $121 of above-market leases against rental revenue. The weighted-average amortization period for lease intangibles is 4.29 years.

At December 31, 2009, lease intangibles were comprised of $3,111 of above market tenant lease intangibles and $16,113 of in-place lease intangibles. At December 31, 2009 the accumulated amortization of lease intangibles was $4,989. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company recognized $697 of amortization expense related to in-place leases and amortized $212 of above-market leases against rental revenue.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

The estimated aggregate amortization of lease intangibles for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, and for each of the four succeeding fiscal years and thereafter is as follows for the years ending December 31:

 

2010 (nine months ended December 31, 2010)

   $ 1,633

2011

     1,864

2012

     1,610

2013

     1,522

2014

     1,488

Thereafter

     5,504
      
   $ 13,621
      

5. Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets

Prepaid expenses and other assets consisted of the following as of:

 

     March 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $1,595 and $1,220, respectively

   $ 90    $ 465

Prepaid insurance

     686      1,080

Prepaid property taxes

     1,098      1,412

Trade name, net of accumulated amortization of $268 and $243, respectively

     753      779

Leasing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $357 and $240, respectively

     2,962      2,075

Other

     219      891
             
   $ 5,808    $ 6,702
             

Trade name is amortized over a ten year period from the date of acquisition of Sunset Gower.

6. Notes Payable

On May 12, 2008, Sunset Bronson entered into a loan agreement in the amount of $39,000, $37,000 of which was distributed, net of closing costs, to the member in connection with the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson Property, with the remaining $2,000 being held by the lender. The debt bears interest per annum equal to the one-month LIBOR plus 3.65%. The interest rates, inclusive of the spread, at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were 3.88% and 3.89%, respectively. The weighted average interest rates during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were 3.88% and 4.12% (unaudited), respectively. The loan is payable in monthly installments of interest only, with any unpaid interest and principal due at maturity, May 30, 2010. Management has executed an agreement with the current lenders to extend the maturity date under this loan to April 30, 2011, conditioned upon the completion of this offering and certain other customary conditions with respect to loan transactions, including the payment of an extension fee. The maturity date may be further extended for up to an initial additional period of 13 months and a subsequent period of 12 months if certain

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

conditions are met including the payment of an Extension Fee (as defined in the loan agreement) of 0.25% of the outstanding principal amount of the loan plus any outstanding undisbursed loan capacity of the loan as of the extension date, having a Loan to Value Ratio (as defined in the loan agreement) of the property that does not exceed 48%, and having a 1.35 to 1.0 Debt Service Coverage Ratio (as defined in the loan agreement). The loan is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of Sunset Bronson including an assignment of rents and leases. The outstanding balance of this loan at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $37,000.

As a requirement of the Sunset Bronson mortgage loan, Sunset Bronson entered into an interest rate collar agreement with a notional amount of $37,000, which sets the interest rate cap at 3.87% and the floor at 2.55%. The expiration date of the collar is June 1, 2010. Sunset Bronson has not designated the interest rate collar agreement as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes; therefore, the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument is reported in current earnings. The fair market value of the interest rate collar agreement at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, was a $218 liability position and a $425 liability position, respectively, and is included in the accompanying combined balance sheets. The change in fair value of $207 and $18 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is included in earnings.

On August 14, 2007, SGS entered into a loan agreement with a maximum principal amount of $155,000, related to the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property. The loan was comprised of (i) an initial advance of $126,400 to partially finance the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property and (ii) additional advances in a maximum principal amount of $28,600 to fund the development of the Technicolor Building. The debt bore interest per annum at a rate selected by the lender from among the following: the Eurodollar Rate, LIBOR plus 2.75%, the Adjusted Prime Rate, or the prime rate plus 5.00% per annum. The weighted average interest rates during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were 3.73% and 4.05%, respectively. The loan was payable in monthly installments of interest only and had an initial maturity date of September 14, 2008.

On May 29, 2008, SGS entered into a loan extension, which required a principal repayment of $23,870 and extended the maturity date to September 14, 2009. In addition, on September 14, 2008, the interest rate spread was increased to the one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. Management has completed a term sheet with the current lenders to extend the maturity under this loan for an additional year, through March 14, 2011. The extension of the maturity date under that term sheet calls for an initial extension through October 31, 2010, subject to payment of an extension fee equal to 0.25% of the outstanding loan balance. Should the loan be extended beyond October 31, 2010 to March 14, 2011, then, payment of an additional extension fee equal to 0.25% of the outstanding principal balance and repayment of 5.00% of the outstanding principal balance are required. The interest rate for the initial extension period through October 31, 2010 remains one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. The interest rate for the extension period after October 31, 2010 through March 14, 2011 increases to one-month LIBOR plus 4.50%. As part of these discussions SGS Holdings, LLC has offered to include the 6060 Building as additional collateral under the loan.

As a requirement of the SGS mortgage loan, SGS entered into an interest rate cap agreement, in order to cap the one-month LIBOR rate at 6.00%. As part of the May 2008 loan modification, SGS entered into an interest rate cap agreement in order to cap the one-month LIBOR rate at 4.75%, effective as of September 15, 2008. The notional amount and the terms of the interest rate cap are identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan. The cost related to the cap was $43 and it expired on September 15, 2009. On May 21, 2009, the Company entered into another interest rate cap agreement effective September 15, 2009 through March 15, 2010 to cap the interest rate during the extension of the loan at 4.75%. The fair market value of the interest rate cap agreement at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $0.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

Pursuant to the terms of the SGS mortgage loan, the Company is required to maintain certain escrow and reserve accounts. Such balances were included in restricted cash in the accompanying combined balance sheets and were as follows as of:

 

     March 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009

Taxes and insurance reserve *

   $ 686    $ 392

Repair reserve *

     134      133

Replacement reserve *

     578      522

Debt service reserve *

     431      431

Ground lease reserve *

     46      46

Security deposit

     1,291      1,139

Deposit Account *

     1,758      1,046
             
   $ 4,924    $ 3,709
             

 

(*) Accounts controlled by lender and or its servicing agent.

The following table summarizes the stated debt maturities and scheduled principal repayments at March 31, 2010:

 

2010

   $ 152,000

7. Leases

In May 2006, the previous owner of Sunset Gower entered into a lease agreement with Technicolor (the “Technicolor Lease”) whereby Technicolor leased a six story office and technical production building that was constructed and completed by the Company in June 2008. The lease term is 12 years and six months commencing as of December 1, 2007, with two consecutive options (exercisable upon eighteen months written notice) to extend the lease five years each at an increased rent based on Fair Market Value, as defined in the Technicolor Lease. The Technicolor Lease contains provisions for scheduled rent abatements and rent increases over the term of the lease. During the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $1,466 and $1,438, respectively, of rental revenue related to the Technicolor Lease including tenant recoveries. Straight-line rent receivables as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 included $2,258 and $2,122, respectively of straight-line rent receivable related to the Technicolor lease.

In conjunction with the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property, SGS assumed a ground lease agreement for a portion of the land with an unrelated party. Commencing September 1, 2007, the monthly rent increased to $15, whereas the monthly rent totaled $14 at the time of acquisition. The rental rate is subject to adjustment in September 2011 and every seven years thereafter. The ground lease terminates March 31, 2060. The total ground lease expense for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 totaled $45.

At the time of closing of the Sunset Bronson acquisition in 2008, Sunset Bronson entered into a $16,300, five year lease agreement with an affiliate of the seller, KTLA, Inc. (“KTLA”), that was entirely prepaid at closing. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 the Company had approximately $9,665 and $10,342, respectively, of prepaid rent related to this lease that is included in prepaid rent in the accompanying combined

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

balance sheets. The Company straight-lined such prepaid rent and recognizes the rental revenue on a straight-line basis. The Company recognized $683 and $815 of rental revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to the KTLA lease. On December 8, 2008, Tribune Company and several of its affiliates, including KTLA, Inc., filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 25, 2009, KTLA assumed its lease for the KTLA Building and cured all outstanding prepetition amounts due and owing to Sunset Bronson. In June 2009, Sunset Bronson executed an extension of the KTLA lease through January 2016 for additional base rent payments that escalate over the extended life of the lease.

With the exception of the Technicolor Lease and the KTLA lease, the other SGS and Sunset Bronson leases are generally short term in nature (less than one year); accordingly, the Company does not straight-line rent related to such leases. City Plaza currently has multiple lease agreements with tenants related to the City Plaza Property.

The Properties are leased to tenants under operating leases with initial term expiration dates ranging from 2010 to 2020. Approximate future combined minimum base rentals (excluding tenant reimbursements for operating expenses) for the Properties at March 31, 2010 are as follows for the years/periods ended December 31:

 

2010 (nine months ended December 31, 2010)

   $ 6,957

2011

     11,556

2012

     10,788

2013

     10,145

2014

     9,793

Thereafter

     41,992
      
   $ 91,231
      

8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, payables, and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of fair value because of the short-term maturities of these instruments. Fair values for notes payable are estimates based on rates currently prevailing for similar instruments of similar maturities. The estimated fair values of interest-rate collar/cap arrangements were derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

 

     March 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
   Carrying Value     Fair Value     Carrying Value     Fair Value  

Notes payable

   $ 152,000      $ 149,417      $ 152,000      $ 150,871   

Interest rate cap asset

     —          —          —          —     

Interest rate collar liability

     (218     (218     (425     (425
                                
   $ 151,782      $ 149,199      $ 151,575      $ 150,446   
                                

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings and claims arising in connection with its business. Management believes, based in part upon consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate resolution of all such claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s combined results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

Commitments

On December 1, 2008, City Plaza entered into a management agreement (“Agreement”) with a third party (“Manager”) for a nine month period. The term renews automatically for successive six month terms unless terminated by City Plaza or Manager. The Manager earns either the greater of $4 per month or 1.25% of Gross Income, as defined in the Agreement, collected from the City Plaza Property for the preceding month. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company incurred $21 of property management fees of which none was payable at March 31, 2010. The Agreement also provides for a construction management fee to be based upon an incremental scale, as defined in the Agreement. The Company has not incurred any construction management fees to date.

Pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated August 11, 2008, City Plaza entered into an agreement pursuant to which it agreed to pay the Seller, as defined in the agreement, of the City Plaza property a Contingent Payment, as defined in the agreement, equal to 25% of net proceeds from any Capital Event, as defined in the agreement, in excess of proceeds necessary to provide an 11% unlevered IRR on the investment amount of $54,000. This obligation continues until either the Seller receives $5,000, a transfer of the property to an unaffiliated third party occurs or a transfer of the membership interest of the Company to an unaffiliated third party occurs. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated March 1, 2010, the Seller has agreed that the transfer of City Plaza in the formation transactions shall terminate the contingent payment obligation without giving rise to any payment.

Concentrations

All of the Company’s Properties are located in Southern California which exposes the Company to greater economic risks than if it owned a more geographically dispersed portfolio. Further, for the three months ended March 31, 2010, approximately 70% of the Company’s revenues were derived from tenants in the media and entertainment industry which makes the Company particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in such industry. Consequently, the Company is subject to the risks associated with an investment in real estate with a concentration of tenants in those industries. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, Technicolor Lease accounted for approximately 15% of total revenues and the KTLA lease accounted for approximately 10% of total revenues. Another media and entertainment tenant accounted for approximately 9% of total revenues.

10. Related-Party Transactions

The Properties are managed by Hudson Studios Management, LLC (“Hudson Management”), an affiliate of the Company.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

Upon acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property, SGS entered into a five year management agreement with Hudson Management to pay a monthly management fee equal to $54 for the first 24 months of the term and $42 for the remaining 36 months. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, management fees of $125 and $163, respectively, had been incurred. In addition, Hudson Management is entitled to a construction management fee of $300 plus 5% of the hard costs in association with other future developments. As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $300 of construction management fees had been capitalized to construction in progress.

Upon acquisition of the Sunset Bronson Property, Sunset Bronson entered into an agreement with Hudson Management to pay a management fee equal to $33 per month through December 31, 2009 and $25 per month thereafter for the remaining five year term. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, $75 and $100, respectively, of management fees had been incurred.

Upon acquisition of the City Plaza Property, City Plaza entered into an agreement with Hudson Management to pay a management fee equal to $10 per month. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company paid $30 to Hudson Management.

11. Segment Reporting

The Company’s reporting segments are based on the Company’s method of internal reporting which classifies its operations into two reporting segments: (i) Office Properties, and (ii) Media and Entertainment Properties. The office properties reporting segment includes the City Plaza Property and the Technicolor Building, while the media and entertainment reporting segment includes the Sunset Gower Property (including the 6060 Building), and the Sunset Bronson Property. The Company evaluates performance based upon property net operating income from continuing operations (“NOI”) of the combined properties in each segment. NOI is not a measure of operating results or cash flows from operating activities as measured by GAAP, is not indicative of cash available to fund cash needs and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. All companies may not calculate NOI in the same manner. The Company considers NOI to be an appropriate supplemental measure to net income because it helps both investors and management to understand the core operations of the Company’s properties. The Company defines NOI as operating revenues (including rental revenues, other property related revenue, tenant recoveries and other operating revenues), less property- level operating expenses (which includes management fees and general and administrative expenses). NOI excludes depreciation and amortization, impairments, gain/loss on sale of real estate, interest expense, and other non-operating items.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

Summary information for the reportable segments follows for the three months ended March 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

     Office Properties    Media and Entertainment
Properties
   Total

Rental revenues

   $ 2,606    $ 5,285    $ 7,891

Tenant recoveries

     346      233      579

Other property related revenue

     54      1,599      1,653

Other operating revenues

     14      5      19
                    

Total revenues

     3,020      7,122      10,142

Operating expenses

     922      4,142      5,064
                    

Net operating income

   $ 2,098    $ 2,980    $ 5,078
                    

Summary information for the reportable segments for the three months ended March 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

     Office Properties    Media and Entertainment
Properties
   Total

Rental revenues

   $ 1,983    $ 5,399    $ 7,382

Tenant recoveries

     361      313      674

Other property related revenue

     62      1,839      1,901

Other operating revenues

     1      24      25
                    

Total revenues

     2,407      7,575      9,982

Operating expenses

     1,023      4,247      5,270
                    

Net operating income

   $ 1,384    $ 3,328    $ 4,712
                    

The following is a reconciliation from NOI to reported net income, the most direct comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP:

 

     March 31,
2010
    March 31,
2009
 

Net Operating Income

   $ 5,078      $ 4,712   

Interest income

     3        3   

Unrealized gain on interest rate collar

     207        18   

Depreciation and amortization

     (2,498     (2,449

Interest expense

     (2,052     (2,097

Other expense

     —          (90 )  
                

Net income

   $ 738      $ 97   
                

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

There were no intersegment sales or transfers during either of the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009. The Company’s total assets by segment were as follows as of:

 

     Office
Properties
   Media and
Entertainment
Properties
   Total

March 31, 2010

   $ 125,953    $ 260,601    $ 386,554
                    

December 31, 2009

   $ 125,105    $ 259,510    $ 384,615
                    

12. Subsequent Events

None.

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these combined financial statements were issued.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Members of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet as of December 31 , 2009, of the entities listed in Note 1 (collectively referred to as the “Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor” or the “Company”), and the related combined statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule of real estate and accumulated depreciation. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audit. The financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007, were audited by other auditors whose report dated February 15, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position at December 31, 2009, of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic combined financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 9, 2010

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor (referred to as the “Company”), which includes the combined real estate activity and holdings of certain entities as described in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, as of December 31, 2008 and the related combined statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor as of December 31, 2008 and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ M C G LADREY & P ULLEN , LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 15, 2010

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Combined Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 

    

December 31,
2009

  

December 31,
2008

ASSETS

     

Investment in real estate, net

   $ 353,505    $ 353,024

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,256      4,955

Restricted cash

     3,709      4,605

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $308 and $186

     1,273      1,228

Straight-line rent receivables

     2,935      1,579

Lease intangibles, net

     14,235      17,250

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     6,702      4,061
             

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 384,615    $ 386,702
             

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

Notes payable

   $ 152,000    $ 152,000

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     4,207      8,679

Security deposits

     2,035      1,816

Prepaid rent

     11,019      13,975

Interest rate collar liability

     425      835
             

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     169,686      177,305

Commitments and contingencies

     

Members’ equity

     214,929      209,397
             
   $ 384,615    $ 386,702
             

See accompanying notes.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Combined Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

     2009    

2008

   

2007

 

REVENUES

      

Rental

   $ 28,970      $ 25,866      $ 4,215   

Tenant recoveries

     2,870        2,293        58   

Other property related revenue

     7,419        7,296        2,683   

Other

     78        133        7   
                        
     39,337        35,588        6,963   

OPERATING EXPENSES

      

Property operating expenses

     17,691        15,651        2,710   

Other property related expense

     1,397        1,689        1,337   

General and administrative

     1,049        1,023        363   

Management fees

     1,169        1,073        255   

Depreciation and amortization

     9,980        6,599        741   
                        
     31,286        26,035        5,406   
                        

Income from operations

     8,051        9,553        1,557   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

      

Interest expense

     8,352        10,244        3,860   

Interest income

     (17     (45     (43

Unrealized (gain) loss of interest rate collar

     (410     835        —     

Loss on sale of lot

     —          208        —     

Other

     95        21        —     
                        
     8,020        11,263        3,817   
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 31      $ (1,710   $ (2,260
                        

See accompanying notes.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Combined Statements of Members’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

    

HFOP City Plaza,
LLC

   

Sunset Bronson
Entertainment
Properties, LLC

   

SGS Realty II,
LLC

   

Total

 

Balance July 31, 2007 (inception)

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Contributions

     —          —          65,461        65,461   

Net loss

     —          —          (2,260     (2,260
                                

Balance December 31, 2007

   $ —        $ —        $ 63,201      $ 63,201   

Contributions

     54,600        110,873        29,610        195,083   

Distributions

     —          (47,177     —          (47,177

Net (loss) income

     (791     633        (1,552     (1,710
                                

Balance December 31, 2008

   $ 53,809      $ 64,329      $ 91,259      $ 209,397   

Contributions

     —          711        5,790        6,501   

Distributions

     —          —          (1,000     (1,000

Net (loss) income

     (1,015     (663     1,709        31   
                                

Balance December 31, 2009

   $ 52,794      $ 64,377      $ 97,758      $ 214,929   
                                

See accompanying notes.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

     2009    

2008

   

2007

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 31      $ (1,710   $ (2,260

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     9,980        6,599        741   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     1,461        2,267        830   

Amortization of above-market lease intangibles

     672        366        —     

Straight-line rent receivables

     (1,356     (1,579     —     

Bad debt expense

     191        214        —     

Unrealized gain on interest rate collar

     (410     835        —     

Other non-cash losses

     77        —          —     

Loss on sale of assets

     33        —          —     

Loss on sale of lot

     —          208        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Restricted cash

     896        824        (8,062

Accounts receivable

     (236     (595     (846

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (3,911     (845     (844

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (4,779     (1,402     4,390   

Security deposits

     219        675        1,141   

Prepaid rent

     (2,956     13,975        —     
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (88     19,832        (4,910
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Additions to investment property

     (7,567     (192,460     (192,321

Proceeds from sale of equipment

     30        —          —     

Proceeds from sale of lot

     —          11,404        —     

Restricted cash

     —          2,632        —     
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (7,537     (178,424     (192,321
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from notes payable

     —          41,594        134,280   

Payments of notes payable

     —          (23,875     —     

Contributions by members

     6,501        195,083        65,461   

Distributions to members

     (1,000     (47,177     —     

Payment of loan costs

     (575     (2,174     (2,414
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,926        163,451        197,327   
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,699     4,859        96   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     4,955        96        —     
                        

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 2,256      $ 4,955      $ 96   
                        

Supplemental cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 6,456      $ 8,078      $ 2,486   
                        

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

      

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities for property under development

   $ 307      $ 5,692      $ —     
                        

See accompanying notes.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

1. Organization

The Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor, which is not a legal entity, is comprised of the real estate activity and holdings of SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC (collectively referred to as the “Company”). The Company is engaged in the business of acquiring, owning, and developing real estate, consisting primarily of office and media and entertainment properties located in Southern California as described below in more detail. The Company is the predecessor of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “REIT”), which is expected to complete an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of the common stock of the REIT in 2010. In connection with the IPO, the Company will engage in formation transactions that are designed to consolidate its asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisition and financing businesses into Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., the operating partnership formed by and managed by the REIT; consolidate the ownership of our portfolio of office and media and entertainment properties, together with certain other real estate assets, under the operating partnership; facilitate the IPO; and allow the REIT to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Below is a background summary of each of the three entities comprising the Company.

SGS Realty II, LLC (“SGS II”), a Delaware limited liability company was formed on August 2, 2007. SGS II is the sole member of SGS Realty I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is the sole member of SGS Holdings, LLC (“SGS”), a Delaware limited liability company. SGS was formed on July 31, 2007 to acquire and operate the media and entertainment campus known as Sunset Gower Studios located in Los Angeles, California consisting of soundstages, office space, support space and storage space (“Sunset Gower”) and to acquire and develop an adjacent parcel of land into an office building leased to Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc. (“Technicolor Building”), the development of which was completed on June 1, 2008. Sunset Gower and the Technicolor Building were purchased on August 17, 2007 for $177,800 (including closing costs, and net of an allowance to complete the redevelopment of the Technicolor Building). SGS is obligated to pay $9,350 in tenant improvements to Technicolor, of which $8,215 had been incurred as of December 31, 2009. SGS II acquired a vacant media and entertainment office building on October 5, 2007 (the “6060 Building,” and together with Sunset Gower, the “Sunset Gower Property”) for approximately $2,901. The 6060 Building has been under major renovation and redevelopment since its acquisition in October 2007. Pursuant to SGS’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC (“Sunset Bronson”), a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on March 10, 2008 by Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC, its sole member, to acquire and operate the media and entertainment campus known as Sunset Bronson Studios (formerly, Tribune Studios), located in Los Angeles, California, consisting of soundstages, office space, support space and storage space (the “Sunset Bronson Property”). The Sunset Bronson Property was acquired for $125,000 on January 30, 2008 by Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC and contributed to Sunset Bronson upon its formation. Pursuant to Sunset Bronson’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

HFOP City Plaza, LLC (“City Plaza”), a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on August 26, 2008 by HFOP Associates, LLC (“City Plaza Parent”), its sole member, to acquire and operate the office building known as the City Plaza property located in Orange, California (the “City Plaza Property”). On

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

August 26, 2008, City Plaza Parent acquired the mortgage on the City Plaza Property from an unrelated third party lender for $69,250 and received a $1,250 loan paydown from the original borrower along with a transfer of $14,696 of existing loan reserves, resulting in a net purchase price for the loan of $53,304 plus closing costs. In a simultaneous transaction, City Plaza acquired the City Plaza Property from the fee owner, subject to the mortgage held by its sole member, City Plaza Parent. Pursuant to City Plaza’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses, and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008 the Company’s real estate portfolio was comprised of the Sunset Gower Property, Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson Property and the City Plaza Property (collectively referred to as the “Properties” for purposes of those periods). As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s real estate was comprised of the Sunset Gower Property (referred to as the “Properties” for purposes of that period).

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements of the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The effect of all significant intercompany balances and transactions has been eliminated. The real estate entities included in the accompanying combined financial statements have been combined on the basis that, for the periods presented, such entities were under common control, common management, and common ownership.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of commitments and contingencies at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Investment in Real Estate Properties

The Properties are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company allocates the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. The Company assesses fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant.

The Company records acquired “above and below” market leases at fair value using discount rates which reflect the risks associated with the leases acquired. The amount recorded is based on the present value of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to each in-place lease and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for each in-place lease, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above-market leases and the initial term plus the extended term for any leases with below market renewal options. Other intangible assets acquired include amounts for in-place lease values that are based on the Company’s evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease-up periods, market conditions and costs to execute similar

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

leases. In estimating carrying costs, the Company includes estimates of lost rents at market rates during the hypothetical expected lease-up periods, which are dependent on local market conditions. In estimating costs to execute similar leases, the Company considers leasing commissions, legal and other related costs.

The Company capitalizes direct construction and development costs, including predevelopment costs, interest, property taxes, insurance and other costs directly related and essential to the acquisition, development or construction of a real estate project. Construction and development costs are capitalized while substantial activities are ongoing to prepare an asset for its intended use. The Company considers a construction project as substantially complete and held available for occupancy upon the completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year after cessation of major construction activity. Costs incurred after a project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, or after development activities have ceased, are expensed as incurred. Costs previously capitalized related to abandoned acquisitions or developments are charged to earnings. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

The Company computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of a range of 39 years for building and improvements, 15 years for land improvements, 5 or 7 years for furniture and fixtures and equipment, and over the life of the lease for tenant improvements. Depreciation is discontinued when a property is identified as held for sale. Above- and below-market lease intangibles are amortized primarily to revenue over the remaining non-cancellable lease terms and bargain renewal periods, if any. Other in-place lease intangibles are amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancellable lease term and bargain renewal periods, if any.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. The Company recognizes impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to its real estate assets and related intangibles during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, nor during the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and in banks plus all short-term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.

The Company maintains some of its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. No losses have been experienced related to such accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of amounts held by lenders to provide for future real estate taxes and insurance expenditures, repairs and capital improvements reserves, general and other reserves and security deposits.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. The Company monitors the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances are reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and the Company’s historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. For assets acquired subject to leases, the Company recognizes revenue upon acquisition of the asset, provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, the Company determines whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or the Company. When the Company is the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors including, but not limited to:

 

   

whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

 

   

whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

 

   

whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general-purpose in nature; and

 

   

whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

Certain leases provide for additional rents contingent upon a percentage of the tenant’s revenue in excess of specified base amounts or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized when actual results reported by the tenant, or estimates of tenant results, exceed the base amount or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized only after the contingency has been removed (when the related thresholds are achieved), which may result in the recognition of rental revenue in periods subsequent to when such payments are received.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

Other property related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (phone and internet). Other property related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

The Company recognizes gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) the Company is not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan on the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company manages interest rate risk associated with borrowings by entering into interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value are reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

The Company held one interest rate collar instrument and one interest rate cap instrument at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company did not use hedge accounting for these instruments.

Income Taxes

The Company’s taxable income is reportable by its members. The entities comprising the Company are limited liability companies and are treated as pass-through entities for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal income taxes in the accompanying combined financial statements. The Company is subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which it conducts business.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Under GAAP, the Company is required to measure certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition, the Company is required to measure other financial instruments and balances at fair

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

value on a non-recurring basis (e.g., carrying value of impaired real estate and long-lived assets). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The GAAP fair value framework uses a three-tiered approach. Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

   

Level 1: unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level 2: quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

 

   

Level 3: prices or valuation techniques where little or no market data is available that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

When available, the Company utilizes quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classifies such items in Level 1 or Level 2. In instances where the market for a financial instrument is not active, regardless of the availability of a nonbinding quoted market price, observable inputs might not be relevant and could require the Company to make a significant adjustment to derive a fair value measurement. Additionally, in an inactive market, a market price quoted from an independent third party may rely more on models with inputs based on information available only to that independent third party. When the Company determines the market for a financial instrument owned by the Company to be illiquid or when market transactions for similar instruments do not appear orderly, the Company uses several valuation sources (including internal valuations, discounted cash flow analysis and quoted market prices) and establishes a fair value by assigning weights to the various valuation sources.

Changes in assumptions or estimation methodologies can have a material effect on these estimated fair values. In this regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of an inactive market: (i) there are few recent transactions, (ii) price quotations are not based on current information, (iii) price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers (for example, some brokered markets), (iv) indexes that previously were highly correlated with the fair values of the asset or liability are demonstrably uncorrelated with recent indications of fair value for that asset or liability, (v) there is a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators (such as delinquency rates or loss severities) for observed transactions or quoted prices when compared with the Company’s estimate of expected cash flows, considering all available market data about credit and other nonperformance risk for the asset or liability, (vi) there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid-ask spread, (vii) there is a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuances (that is, a primary market) for the asset or liability or similar assets or liabilities, and (viii) little information is released publicly (for example, a principal-to-principal market).

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of non-orderly transactions: (i) there was not adequate exposure to the market for a period before the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities under current market conditions, (ii) there was a usual and customary marketing period, but the seller marketed the asset or liability to a single

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

market participant, (iii) the seller is in or near bankruptcy or receivership (that is, distressed), or the seller was required to sell to meet regulatory or legal requirements (that is, forced), and (iv) the transaction price is an outlier when compared with other recent transactions for the same or similar assets or liabilities.

In August 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820), Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . This update provides amendments to the Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) for the fair value measurement of liabilities. In circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, the reporting entity is required to measure fair value using (i) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or quoted prices for similar liabilities when traded as assets, or (ii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurement, such as the income approach or the market approach. The amendments in this update also clarify that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. These amendments to the ASC are effective upon issuance and did not have a significant impact on the combined financial statements of the Company.

The Company’s interest rate collar and interest rate cap agreements are classified as Level 2 and their fair value is derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

Unrealized gain associated with Level 2 liabilities was $410 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Unrealized loss associated with Level 2 liabilities was $835 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional disclosure provisions of ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments — Overall (previously Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 161) (“ASC 825-10”). ASC 825-10 requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies in addition to the annual financial statements. ASC 825-10 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after June 15, 2009. Prior period presentation is not required for comparative purposes at initial adoption. The adoption of ASC 825-10 on June 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial position or results of operations.

In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent Events (previously SFAS 165) (“ASC 855”). ASC 855 provides general guidelines to account for the disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. These guidelines are consistent with current accounting requirements, but clarify the period, circumstances, and disclosures for properly identifying and accounting for subsequent events. ASC 855 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 on June 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial position or results of operations.

In June 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) was issued in the form of ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (previously SFAS 168) (“ASC 105”). Upon issuance, the Codification became the single source of authoritative, nongovernmental GAAP. The Codification reorganized GAAP pronouncements into accounting topics, which are displayed using a single structure. Certain Securities

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) guidance is also included in the Codification and will follow a similar topical structure in separate SEC sections. ASC 105 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of the Codification on September 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial position or results of operations.

3. Investment in Real Estate

Investment in real estate consisted of the following as of:

 

     December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Land

   $ 174,984      $ 174,984   

Land improvements

     9,660        9,596   

Building and improvements

     155,434        153,453   

Tenant improvements

     12,039        1,804   

Furniture and fixtures

     11,052        10,304   

Less: accumulated deprecation

     (12,909     (5,592
                
     350,260        344,549   

Property under development

     3,245        8,475   
                
   $ 353,505      $ 353,024   
                

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2009
    Year ended
December 31, 2008
    Period from
July 31, 2007
(inception) to
December 31,  2007
 

Investment in real estate

      

Beginning balance

   $ 358,616      $ 180,094      $ —     

Acquisitions

     —          170,702        168,496   

Improvements, capitalized costs

     7,874        19,432        11,598   

Cost of property sold

     (76     (11,612     —     
                        

Ending balance

   $ 366,414      $ 358,616      $ 180,094   
                        

Accumulated Depreciation

      

Beginning balance

   $ (5,592   $ (741   $ —     

Additions

     (7,330     (4,851     (741

Deletions

     13        —          —     
                        

Ending balance

   $ (12,909   $ (5,592   $ (741
                        

SGS capitalized interest cost relating to the development of the Technicolor Building in the amounts of $0, $1,054 and $1,075 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007, respectively. SGS capitalized real estate taxes relating to the development of the Technicolor Building in the amounts of $0, $401 and $195 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007, respectively.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 

Date of acquisition

   SGS
August 17, 2007
   6060 Building
October 5, 2007
   Sunset Bronson
January 30, 2008
   City Plaza
August 26, 2008

Land

   $ 80,248    $ 2,100    $ 89,309    $ 14,939

Land improvements

     1,485      —        1,350      305

Building and improvements

     81,988      —        23,536      32,844

Property under development

     —        815      —        —  

Tenant improvements

     —        —        487      931

Furniture and fixtures

     1,860      —        7,001      —  

Above market leases

     1,815      —        —        1,296

In-place leases

     9,391      —        3,541      3,181

Trade name

     1,021      —        —        —  
                           

Net assets acquired

   $ 177,808    $ 2,915    $ 125,224    $ 53,496
                           

The table below shows the pro forma financial information (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Predecessor as if the City Plaza Property and Sunset Bronson Property had been acquired as of January 1, 2008. The Technicolor Building was completed and placed into service on June 1, 2008 and only had a partial year of operating in 2008.

     Predecessor
(Actual)
    Predecessor
(Pro forma)
 

Total revenues

   $ 35,588      $ 39,240   

Operating expenses

     (28,302     (33,123

Interest expense

     (7,977     (8,115
                

Net loss

   $ (691   $ (1,998
                

The table below shows the pro forma financial information (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2007 for the Predecessor, as if the Sunset Gower Property had been acquired as of January 1, 2007.

 

     Predecessor
(Actual)
    Predecessor
(Pro forma)
 

Total revenues

   $ 6,963      $ 18,551   

Operating expenses

     (6,236     (16,614

Interest expense

     (3,030     (8,073
                

Net loss

   $ (2,303   $ (6,136
                

On March 25, 2008, Sunset Bronson sold to an unrelated third party a 37,351 square foot (unaudited) vacant lot with approximately 56,026 square feet of FAR (unaudited) for a sale price of $12,000 (unaudited), which resulted in a loss of $208.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

4. Lease Intangibles

At December 31, 2009 and 2008 gross lease intangibles were comprised of $3,111 of above market tenant lease intangibles and $16,113 of in-place lease intangibles. At December 31, 2009 and 2008 the accumulated amortization of lease intangibles was $4,989 and $1,974, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and during the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007, the Company recognized $2,344, $1,609 and $0, respectively, of amortization expense related to in-place leases and amortized $672, $366, and $0, respectively, of above-market leases against rental revenue. The weighted-average amortization period for lease intangibles is 4.35 years.

As of December 31, 2009 the estimated aggregate amortization of lease intangibles for each of the next five years and thereafter:

 

2010

   $ 2,247

2011

     1,864

2012

     1,610

2013

     1,522

2014

     1,488

Thereafter

     5,504
      
   $ 14,235
      

5. Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets

Prepaid expenses and other assets consisted of the following as of:

 

     December 31,
         2009        
   December 31,
         2008        

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $1,220 and $2,986, respectively

   $ 465    $ 1,501

Prepaid insurance

     1,080      1,090

Prepaid property taxes

     1,412      —  

Trade name, net of accumulated amortization of $243 and $140, respectively

     779      881

Leasing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $240 and $9, respectively

     2,075      300

Other

     891      289
             
   $ 6,702    $ 4,061
             

Trade name is amortized over a ten year period from the date of acquisition of Sunset Gower.

6. Notes Payable

On May 12, 2008, Sunset Bronson entered into a loan agreement in the amount of $39,000, $37,000 of which was distributed, net of closing costs, to the member in connection with the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson Property, with the remaining $2,000 being held by the lender. The debt bears interest per annum equal

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

to the one-month LIBOR plus 3.65%. The interest rates, inclusive of the spread, at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 3.89% and 5.55%, respectively. The weighted average interest rates during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 4.00% and 6.28%, respectively. The loan is payable in monthly installments of interest only, with any unpaid interest and principal due at maturity, May 30, 2010. However, management has executed an agreement with the current lenders to extend the maturity date under this loan to April 30, 2011, conditioned upon the completion of this offering and certain other customary conditions with respect to loan transactions, including the payment of an extension fee. The loan can be extended for up to an initial additional period of 13 months and a subsequent period of 12 months if certain conditions are met including the payment of an Extension Fee (as defined in the loan agreement) of 0.25% of the outstanding principal amount of the loan plus any outstanding undisbursed loan capacity of the loan as of the extension date, having a Loan to Value Ratio (as defined in the loan agreement) of the property that does not exceed 48%, and having a 1.35 to 1.0 Debt Service Coverage Ratio (as defined in the loan agreement). Management believes it will meet the loan extension conditions to extend this loan. The loan is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of Sunset Bronson including an assignment of rents and leases. The outstanding balance of this loan at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $37,000.

As a requirement of the Sunset Bronson mortgage loan, Sunset Bronson entered into an interest rate collar agreement with a notional amount of $37,000, which sets the interest rate cap at 3.87% and the floor at 2.55%. The expiration date of the collar is June 1, 2010. Sunset Bronson has not designated the interest rate collar agreement as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes; therefore, the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument is reported in current earnings. The fair market value of the interest rate collar agreement at December 31, 2009 and 2008, was a $425 liability position and a $835 liability position, respectively, and is included in the accompanying combined balance sheets. The change in fair value of $410 and $835 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, is included in earnings.

On August 14, 2007, SGS entered into a loan agreement with a maximum principal amount of $155,000, related to the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property. The loan was comprised of (i) an initial advance of $126,400 to partially finance the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property and (ii) additional advances in a maximum principal amount of $28,600 to fund the development of the Technicolor Building. The debt bore interest per annum at a rate selected by the lender from among the following: the Eurodollar Rate, LIBOR plus 2.75%, the Adjusted Prime Rate, or the prime rate plus 5.00% per annum. The weighted average interest rates during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 3.87% and 5.84%, respectively. The loan was payable in monthly installments of interest only and had an initial maturity date of September 14, 2008.

On May 29, 2008, SGS entered into a loan extension, which required a principal repayment of $23,870 and extended the maturity date to September 14, 2009. In addition, on September 14, 2008, the interest rate spread was increased to the one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. SGS exercised the option to extend such loan until March 14, 2010. The loan is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of SGS including an assignment of rents and leases. The outstanding balance of the SGS loan as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $115,000 and $115,000, respectively. Management has completed a term sheet with the current lenders to extend the maturity under this loan for an additional year, through March 14, 2011. The extension of the maturity date under that term sheet calls for an initial extension through October 31, 2010, subject to payment of an extension fee equal to 0.25% of the outstanding loan balance. Should the loan be extended beyond October 31, 2010 to March 14, 2011, then, payment of an additional extension fee equal to 0.25% of the outstanding principal balance and repayment of 5.00% of the outstanding principal balance are required. The interest rate for the initial

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

extension period through October 31, 2010 remains one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. The interest rate for the extension period after October 31, 2010 through March 14, 2011 increases to one-month LIBOR plus 4.50%. As part of these discussions SGS Holdings, LLC has offered to include the 6060 Building as additional collateral under the loan.

As a requirement of the SGS mortgage loan, SGS entered into an interest rate cap agreement, in order to cap the one-month LIBOR rate at 6.00%. As part of the May 2008 loan modification, SGS entered into an interest rate cap agreement in order to cap the one-month LIBOR rate at 4.75%, effective as of September 15, 2008. The notional amount and the terms of the interest rate cap are identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan. The cost related to the cap was $43 and it expired on September 15, 2009. On May 21, 2009, the Company entered into another interest rate cap agreement effective September 15, 2009 through March 15, 2010 to cap the interest rate during the extension of the loan at 4.75%. The fair market value of the interest rate cap agreement at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $0 and $0, respectively. The change in fair value of $20 and $9 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, is included in interest expense in the accompanying combined statements of operations. In connection with the extension of the maturity date discussed above, the Company expects to enter into an interest rate cap agreement to cap the interest rate during the extension period of the loan at 4.75%.

Pursuant to the terms of the SGS mortgage loan, the Company is required to maintain certain escrow and reserve accounts. Such balances were included in restricted cash in the accompanying combined balance sheets and were as follows as of:

 

     December 31,
2009
   December 31,
2008
 

Taxes and insurance reserve *

   $ 392    $ 922   

Repair reserve *

     133      133   

Replacement reserve *

     522      298   

Debt service reserve *

     431      479   

Ground lease reserve *

     46      46   

General Reserve *

     —        1   

Security deposit

     1,139      1,094   

Deposit Account *

     1,046      1,292   
               
   $ 3,709    $ 4,265 (1)  
               

 

(*) Accounts controlled by lender and or its servicing agent.
(1) In addition to these reserves and accounts, HFOP City Plaza, LLC was also holding $340 of security deposits.

The following table summarizes the stated debt maturities and scheduled principal repayments at December 31, 2009:

 

2010

   $ 152,000
      
   $ 152,000
      

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

7. Leases

In May 2006, the previous owner of Sunset Gower entered into a lease agreement with Technicolor (the “Technicolor Lease”) whereby Technicolor leased a six story office and technical production building that was constructed and completed by the Company in June 2008. The lease term is 12 years and six months commencing as of December 1, 2007, with two consecutive options (exercisable upon eighteen months written notice) to extend the lease five years each at an increased rent based on Fair Market Value, as defined in the Technicolor Lease. The Technicolor Lease contains provisions for scheduled rent abatements and rent increases over the term of the lease. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized $5,813 and $2,617, respectively, of revenue related to the Technicolor Lease, including tenant recoveries. Straight-line rent receivables as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 included $2,122 and $1,353, respectively of straight-line rent receivable related to the Technicolor lease.

In conjunction with the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property, SGS assumed a ground lease agreement for a portion of the land with an unrelated party. Commencing September 1, 2007, the monthly rent increased to $15, whereas the monthly rent totaled $14 at the time of acquisition. The rental rate is subject to adjustment in February 2011 and every seven years thereafter. The ground lease terminates March 31, 2060. The total ground lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaled $181.

At the time of closing of the Sunset Bronson acquisition in 2008, Sunset Bronson entered into a $16,300, five year lease agreement with an affiliate of the seller, KTLA, Inc. (“KTLA”), that was entirely prepaid at closing. At December 31, 2009 and 2008 the Company had approximately $10,342 and $13,294, respectively, of prepaid rent related to this lease that is included in prepaid rent in the accompanying combined balance sheets. The Company straight-lined such prepaid rent and recognizes the rental revenue on a straight-line basis. The Company recognized $2,952 and $3,000 of rental revenue during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively related to the KTLA lease. On December 8, 2008, Tribune Company and several of its affiliates, including KTLA, filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 25, 2009, KTLA assumed its lease for the KTLA Building and cured all outstanding prepetition amounts due and owing to Sunset Bronson. In June 2009, Sunset Bronson executed an extension of the KTLA lease through January 2016 for additional base rent payments that escalate over the extended life of the lease.

With the exception of the Technicolor Lease and the KTLA lease, the other SGS and Sunset Bronson leases are generally short term in nature (less than one year); accordingly, the Company does not straight-line rent related to such leases. City Plaza currently has multiple lease agreements with tenants related to the City Plaza Property.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

The Properties are leased to tenants under operating leases with initial term expiration dates ranging from 2010 to 2020. As of December 31, 2009, the minimum future cash rents receivable (excluding tenant reimbursements for operating expenses) under noncancelable operating leases for the Properties in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2010

   $ 9,401

2011

     11,472

2012

     10,695

2013

     10,056

2014

     9,718

Thereafter

     41,949
      
   $ 93,291
      

8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, payables, and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of fair value because of the short-term maturities of these instruments. Fair values for notes payable are estimates based on rates currently prevailing for similar instruments of similar maturities. The estimated fair values of interest-rate collar/cap arrangements were derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

 

     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
   Carrying Value     Fair Value     Carrying Value     Fair Value  

Notes payable

   $ 152,000      $ 150,871      $ 152,000      $ 147,162   

Interest rate cap asset

     —          —          —          —     

Interest rate collar liability

     (425     (425     (835     (835
                                
   $ 151,575      $ 150,446      $ 151,165      $ 146,327   
                                

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings and claims arising in connection with its business. Management believes, based in part upon consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate resolution of all such claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s combined results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

Commitments

On December 1, 2008, City Plaza entered into a management agreement (“Agreement”) with a third party (“Manager”) for a one year period. The term shall renew automatically for successive six month terms unless terminated by City Plaza or Manager. The Manager earns either the greater of $4 per month or 1.25% of

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

Gross Income, as defined in the Agreement, collected from the City Plaza Property for the preceding month. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred $58 of property management fees of which none was payable at December 31, 2009. The Agreement also provides for a construction management fee to be based upon an incremental scale, as defined in the Agreement. The Company has not incurred any construction management fees to date.

Pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated August 11, 2008, City Plaza entered into an agreement pursuant to which it agreed to pay the Seller, as defined in the agreement, of the City Plaza property a Contingent Payment, as defined in the agreement, equal to 25% of net proceeds from any Capital Event, as defined in the agreement, in excess of proceeds necessary to provide an 11% unlevered IRR on the investment amount of $54,000. This obligation continues until either the Seller receives $5,000, a transfer of the property to an unaffiliated third party occurs or a transfer of the membership interest of the Company to an unaffiliated third party occurs. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated March 1, 2010, the Seller has agreed that the transfer of City Plaza in the formation transactions shall terminate the Contingent Payment obligation without giving rise to any payment.

Concentrations

All of the Company’s Properties are located in Southern California which exposes the Company to greater economic risks than if it owned a more geographically dispersed portfolio. Further, for the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately 75% of the Company’s revenues were derived from tenants in the media and entertainment industry which makes the Company particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in such industry. Consequently, the Company is subject to the risks associated with an investment in real estate with a concentration of tenants in that industry. For the year ended December 31, 2009, Technicolor Lease accounted for approximately 15% of total revenues and the KTLA lease accounted for approximately 11% of total revenues. Another media and entertainment tenant accounted for approximately 11% of total revenues.

10. Related-Party Transactions

The Properties are managed by Hudson Studios Management, LLC (“Hudson Management”), an affiliate of the Company.

Upon acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property, SGS entered into a five year management agreement with Hudson Management to pay a monthly management fee equal to $54 for the first 24 months of the term and $42 for the remaining 36 months. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and during the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007, management fees of $591, $650 and $255, respectively, had been incurred. In addition, Hudson Management is entitled to a construction management fee of $300 plus 5% of the hard costs in association with other future developments. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $300 of construction management fees had been capitalized to construction in progress.

Upon acquisition of the Sunset Bronson Property, Sunset Bronson entered into an agreement with Hudson Management to pay a management fee equal to $33 per month through December 31, 2009 and $25 per month thereafter for the remaining five year term. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, $400 and $367, respectively, of management fees had been incurred.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

Upon acquisition of the City Plaza Property, City Plaza entered into an agreement with Hudson Management to pay a management fee equal to $10 per month. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company paid $120 and $40, respectively, to Hudson Management.

11. Segment Reporting

The Company’s reporting segments are based on the Company’s method of internal reporting which classifies its operations into two reporting segments: (i) Office Properties, and (ii) Media and Entertainment Properties. The office properties reporting segment includes the City Plaza Property and the Technicolor Building, while the media and entertainment reporting segment includes the Sunset Gower Property (including the 6060 Building), and the Sunset Bronson Property. The Company evaluates performance based upon property net operating income from continuing operations (“NOI”) of the combined properties in each segment. NOI is not a measure of operating results or cash flows from operating activities as measured by GAAP, is not indicative of cash available to fund cash needs and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. All companies may not calculate NOI in the same manner. The Company considers NOI to be an appropriate supplemental measure to net income because it helps both investors and management to understand the core operations of the Company’s properties. The Company defines NOI as operating revenues (including rental revenues, other property related revenue, tenant recoveries and other operating revenues), less property-level operating expenses (which includes management fees and general and administrative expenses). NOI excludes depreciation and amortization, impairments, gain/loss on sale of real estate, interest expense, and other non-operating items.

Summary information for the reportable segments follows for the year ended December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

     Office Properties    Media and Entertainment
Properties
   Total

Rental revenues

   $ 9,061    $ 19,909    $ 28,970

Tenant recoveries

     1,407      1,463      2,870

Other property related revenue

     226      7,193      7,419

Other operating revenues

     18      60      78
                    

Total revenues

     10,712      28,625      39,337

Operating expenses

     4,496      16,810      21,306
                    

Net operating income

   $ 6,216    $ 11,815    $ 18,031
                    

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

Summary information for the reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as follows:

 

     Office Properties    Media and Entertainment
Properties
   Total

Rental revenues

   $ 3,791    $ 22,075    $ 25,866

Tenant recoveries

     728      1,565      2,293

Other property related revenue

     58      7,238      7,296

Other operating revenues

     41      92      133
                    

Total revenues

     4,618      30,970      35,588

Operating expenses

     1,805      17,631      19,436
                    

Net operating income

   $ 2,813    $ 13,339    $ 16,152
                    

Summary information for the reportable segments follows for the period July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007 is as follows:

 

     Office Properties    Media and Entertainment
Properties
   Total

Rental revenues

   $ —      $ 4,215    $ 4,215

Tenant recoveries

     —        58      58

Other property related revenue

     —        2,683      2,683

Other operating revenues

     —        7      7
                    

Total revenues

     —        6,963      6,963

Operating expenses

     —        4,665      4,665
                    

Net operating income

   $ —      $ 2,298    $ 2,298
                    

The following is a reconciliation from NOI to reported net income, the most direct comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year Ended
December 31,
2008
    Period July 31, 2007
(inception) to December 31,
2007
 

Net operating income

   $ 18,031      $ 16,152      $ 2,298   

Interest income

     17        45        43   

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate collar

     410        (835     —     

Depreciation and amortization

     (9,980     (6,599     (741

Interest expense

     (8,352     (10,244     (3,860

Other expense

     (95     (21     —     

Loss on sale of real estate

     —          (208     —     
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 31      $ (1,710   $ (2,260
                        

There were no intersegment sales or transfers during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from July 31, 2007 (Inception) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

The Company’s total assets by segment were as follows as of:

 

     Office
Properties
   Media and
Entertainment
Properties
   Total

December 31, 2009

   $ 125,105    $ 259,510    $ 384,615
                    

December 31, 2008

   $ 124,454    $ 262,248    $ 386,702
                    

12. Subsequent Events

None.

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these combined financial statements were issued.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Schedule III

Consolidated Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

(Amounts in thousands)

 

          Initial Cost   Cost Capitalized
Subsequent to Acquisition
  Gross Carrying Amount
at December 31, 2009
  Accumulated
Depreciation at
December 31,
2009
    Year Built/
Renovated
  Year
Acquired

Property Name

  Encumbrances
at December 31,
2009
    Land   Building &
Improvements
  Improvements   Carrying
Costs
  Land   Building &
Improvements
  Total      

Office

                     

City Plaza

  $ —        $ 14,939   $ 34,135   $ 2,669   $ —     $ 14,939   $ 36,804   $ 51,743   $ (1,792   1969/99   2008

Technicolor Building

    —       6,598     27,187     25,453     3,088     6,598     55,728     62,326     (3,010   2008   2007

Media and Entertainment

                     

Sunset Gower

    115,000     75,749     58,969     5,132     —       75,749     64,101     139,850     (4,569   Various   2007

Sunset Bronson

    37,000        77,698     32,374     2,423     —       77,698     34,797     112,495     (3,538   Various   2008
                                                             

Total

  $ 152,000      $ 174,984   $ 152,665   $ 35,677   $ 3,088   $ 174,984   $ 191,430   $ 366,414   $ (12,909    
                                                             

 

* The Technicolor Building and Sunset Gower are encumbered by the same $115,000 note payable.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Unaudited Combined Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

     March 31,
2010
   March 31,
2009

Revenues

     

Rental revenues

   $ 2,122    $ 2,083

Parking and other

     310      289

Tenant recoveries

     171      163
             
     2,603      2,535

Certain expenses

     

Property operating expenses

     745      691
             

Revenues in excess of certain expenses

   $ 1,858    $ 1,844
             

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Unaudited Combined Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses include the combined operations of First Financial Plaza (“First Financial”), an office building located in Los Angeles, California and Tierrasanta Research Park (“Tierrasanta”), an office building located in San Diego, California. First Financial and Tierrasanta are owned by GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, respectively, (collectively the “Company”). Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. is the managing and sole member of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC.

The accompanying unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to the Company and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the unaudited combined statements are not representative of the actual operations for the periods presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Company, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases.

Both First Financial and Tierrasanta are under common management and their acquisition will be conditioned on a single event, consummation of an initial public offering. Due to common management, and consistent with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810-10, Consolidation , management views the First Financial and Tierrasanta on a combined basis.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses have been prepared by the Company’s management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The interim unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 and notes thereto.

2. Principles of Combination

The combined financial statement includes selected accounts of the Company as described in Note 1. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with GAAP. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

4. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

There are various lease agreements in place with tenants to lease space in the Company. As of March 31, 2010, the minimum future cash rents receivable under noncancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

April 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010

   $ 5,876

2011

     7,216

2012

     6,758

2013

     5,676

2014

     4,357

Thereafter

     11,307
      
   $ 41,190
      

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

5. Tenant Concentrations

For each of the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, one tenant represented 13% of the Company’s total revenue.

6. Related-Party Transactions

The Company reimburses an operating company that is owned by the minority owner of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. for property management payroll and related expenses. Such reimbursable costs are included in operating expenses in the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Stockholder of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2009. This combined statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this combined statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall combined financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Company were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Company.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the combined revenues and certain expenses, as defined above of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 9, 2010

 

F-68


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

Revenues

  

Rental revenues

   $ 8,493

Parking and other

     1,198

Tenant recoveries

     717
      
     10,408

Certain expenses

  

Property operating expenses

     2,695

Other operating expenses

     145
      

Revenues in excess of certain expenses

   $ 7,568
      

See accompanying notes.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses includes the combined operations of First Financial Plaza (“First Financial”), an office building located in Los Angeles, California and Tierrasanta Research Park (“Tierrasanta”), an office building located in San Diego, California. First Financial and Tierrasanta are owned by GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, respectively (collectively, the “Company”). Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. is the managing and sole member of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC.

The accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses relates to the Company and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the combined statement is not representative of the actual operations for the year presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Company, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases. The Company is not aware of any material factors relating to First Financial and Tierrasanta other than those discussed above that would cause the reported financial information not to be necessarily indicative of future operating results.

First Financial and Tierrasanta are under common management and their acquisition will be conditioned on a single event, consummation of an initial public offering. Due to common management, and consistent with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810-10, Consolidation , management views First Financial and Tierrasanta on a combined basis.

2. Principles of Combination

The combined financial statement includes selected accounts of the Company as described in Note 1. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the combined statement of revenues and certain expenses.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

4. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

There are various lease agreements in place with tenants to lease space in the Company. As of December 31, 2009, the minimum future cash rents receivable under noncancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2010

   $ 7,775

2011

     7,181

2012

     6,723

2013

     5,667

2014

     4,357

Thereafter

     11,307
      
   $ 43,010
      

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

5. Tenant Concentrations

For the year ended December 31, 2009, one tenant represented 13% of the Company’s total revenue.

6. Related-Party Transactions

The Company reimburses an operating company that is owned by the minority owner of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. for property management payroll and related expenses. Such reimbursable costs are included in operating expenses in the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

8. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these combined financial statements were issued.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

     March 31,
2010
    March 31,
2009

REVENUES

    

Rental

   $ 166      $ 440

Tenant recoveries

     62        181
              
     228        621

CERTAIN EXPENSES

    

Property operating expenses

     282        221
              

(Expenses) Revenues in excess of certain (revenues) expenses

   $ (54   $ 400
              

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to the operations of a commercial building located at 875-899 Howard Street, San Francisco, California (“875 Howard Street” or the “Property”), which is owned by Howard Street Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Howard Street” or the “Company”). The Property was acquired on February 15, 2007 by Howard Street.

The members of Howard Street are TMG-Flynn Soma, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (the “Managing Member”), and SOMA Square Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (the “Investor Member”). The percentage interests of the Managing Member and the Investor Member are 6% and 94%, respectively.

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to 875 Howard Street and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the unaudited statements are not representative of the actual operations for the periods presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared by 875 Howard Street management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the three months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The interim unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Property’s audited statements of revenues and certain expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period ended December 31, 2007, and notes thereto.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with

 

F-73


Table of Contents

respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk. Other income is comprised of signage rental income.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

One of the significant tenants, which accounted for 92% and 35% of the Property’s total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, has a lease that will expire in December 2013, with two five-year renewal options. The other significant tenant, which accounted for 0% and 65% of the Property’s total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, lease expired in February 2009. On November 16, 2009, the Company entered into a seven year lease agreement with new tenant. The lease is subject to extension for one term of five years.

As of March 31, 2010, the minimum future cash rents receivable under non-cancelable operating leases in each of the next five years/periods and thereafter are as follows:

 

Nine months ended December 31, 2010

   $ 540

2011

     1,537

2012

     1,563

2013

     2,106

2014

     1,518

Thereafter

     9,736
      
   $ 17,000
      

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

4. Related-Party Transactions

The developer and manager of 875 Howard Street is TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. TMG Partners is also the managing member of TMG-Flynn Soma, LLC. TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. jointly began providing property management services for the Company starting February 15, 2007. The Company reimburses TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. for property management payroll and related expenses. Such reimbursable costs are included in operating expenses in the accompanying statements of revenues and expenses.

5. Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Property.

6. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Stockholder of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of Howard Street Associates, LLC (the “Company”) for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 15, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007. These statements of revenues and certain expenses are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements of revenues and certain expenses based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statements of revenues and certain expenses, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses of the Company were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of Howard Street Associates, LLC.

In our opinion, the statements of revenues and certain expenses referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and certain expenses, as defined above, of Howard Street Associates, LLC for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 15, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 9, 2010

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 15, 2007

(Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

     2009    2008    2007

REVENUES

        

Rental income

   $ 920    $ 2,275    $ 1,740

Tenant recoveries

     377      718      620
                    
     1,297      2,993      2,360

CERTAIN EXPENSES

        

Property operating expenses

     1,120      849      672
                    

Revenues in excess of certain expenses

   $ 177    $ 2,144    $ 1,688
                    

See accompanying notes.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 15, 2007

(Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to the operations of a commercial building located at 875-899 Howard Street, San Francisco, California (“875 Howard” or the “Property”), which is owned by Howard Street Associates, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company (“Howard Street” or the “Company”). The Property was acquired on February 15, 2007 by Howard Street. The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses include the Property’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the period from February 15, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007.

The members of Howard Street are TMG-Flynn Soma, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (the “Managing Member”), and SOMA Square Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (the “Investor Member”). The percentage interests of the Managing Member and the Investor Member are 6% and 94%, respectively.

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to 875 Howard and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses are not representative of the actual operations for the years presented as revenues and certain expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, amortization of above-market lease intangibles, interest expense and interest income. The Company is not aware of any material factors relating to 875 Howard other than those discussed above that would cause the reported financial information not to be necessarily indicative of future operating results.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 15, 2007

(Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

3. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

One of the significant tenants, which accounted for 68%, 27% and 31% of the Property’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 15, 2007 through December 31, 2007, respectively, has a lease that will expire in December 2013, with two five-year renewal options. The other significant tenant, which accounted for 32%, 73% and 69% of the Property’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 15, 2007 through December 31, 2007, respectively, had a lease that expired in February 2009.

As of December 31, 2009, the minimum future cash rents receivable under non-cancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2010

   $ 708

2011

     2,286

2012

     2,588

2013

     3,163

2014

     2,608

Thereafter

     12,304
      
   $ 23,657
      

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

4. Tenant Concentrations

For the year ended December 31, 2009, one tenant accounted for 68% of the Property’s total revenues and another tenant accounted for 32% of total revenues for the same period.

5. Related-Party Transactions

The developer and manager of 875 Howard is TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. TMG Partners is also the managing member of TMG-Flynn Soma, LLC. TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. jointly began providing property management services for the Company starting February 15, 2007. The Company reimburses TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. for property management payroll and related expenses. These reimbursable costs are included in operating expenses in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses.

6. Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Property.

7. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)

 

     2008    2007

Revenues

     

Rental revenues

   $ 2,174    $ 3,571

Parking and other

     89      121

Tenant recoveries

     162      367
             
     2,425      4,059

Certain expenses

     

Property operating expenses

     1,742      1,689
             

Excess of revenues over certain expenses

   $ 683    $ 2,370
             

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Notes to the Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses include the historical operations of City Plaza (the “Property”), an office building located in Orange, California. City Plaza was acquired by HFOP City Plaza, LLC on August 26, 2008.

Concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., HFOP City Plaza, LLC will contribute its ownership interest in the Property to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Affiliates of the prior owners of the Property have historically provided maintenance and management services to the Property.

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the statements are not representative of the actual operations for the years presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income, and amortization of above- and below-market leases.

Tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, common area maintenance and other recoverable costs are recognized in the period that the expenses are incurred. Lease termination fees, and parking and miscellaneous revenues are included in parking and other income in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses. Lease termination fees are recognized when the related leases are canceled and the landlord has no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses have been prepared by the Property’s management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The interim unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Property’s audited statements of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007, and notes thereto.

Revenue Recognition

The Property recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Notes to the Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)

 

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Property is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with GAAP. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Property’s results of operations.

4. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Stockholder of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of City Plaza (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2007. The statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the management of the Property. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Property’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Property was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Property.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as defined above, of City Plaza for the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 16, 2010

 

F-82


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

Revenues

  

Rental revenues

   $ 5,727

Parking and other

     901

Tenant recoveries

     454
      
     7,082

Certain expenses

  

Property operating expenses

     3,874
      

Excess of revenues over certain expenses

   $ 3,208
      

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses includes the historical operations of City Plaza (the “Property”), an office building located in Orange, California. City Plaza was acquired by HFOP City Plaza, LLC on August 26, 2008.

Concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., HFOP City Plaza, LLC will contribute their ownership interest in the Property to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Affiliates of the prior owners of the Property have historically provided maintenance and management services to the Property.

The accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses relates to the Company and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the combined statement is not representative of the actual operations for the year presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above- and below-market leases.

Tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, common area maintenance and other recoverable costs are recognized in the period that the expenses are incurred. Lease termination fees, and parking and miscellaneous revenues are included in parking and other income in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses. Lease termination fees are recognized when the related leases are canceled and the landlord has no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Property recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Property is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

3. Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Property’s results of operations.

4. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

Until                     , 2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

12,800,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

Barclays Capital

Morgan Stanley

Wells Fargo Securities

BMO Capital Markets

KeyBanc Capital Markets

                    , 2010

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 31. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table itemizes the expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and registration of the securities being registered hereunder. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

  

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 19,964

FINRA Filing Fee

     28,512

NYSE Listing Fee

     144,000

Printing and Engraving Expenses

     300,000

Legal Fees and Expenses (other than Blue Sky)

     4,800,000

Accounting and Fees and Expenses

     1,750,000

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees

     3,500
      

Total

   $ 7,045,976
      

 

Item 32. Sales to Special Parties.

None.

 

Item 33. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On February 1, 2010 we issued 100 shares of our common stock to Victor J. Coleman in connection with the initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. The issuance of such shares was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act.

In connection with the formation transactions, based on the mid-point of the range of prices on the cover of the prospectus (i) an aggregate of 8,603,766 shares of common stock and common units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units, and (ii) series A preferred units of limited partnership interest with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million will be issued to certain persons transferring interests in the properties and assets comprising our initial portfolio to us in consideration of such transfer. All such persons had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us and made irrevocable elections to receive such securities in the formation transactions prior to the filing of this registration statement with the SEC. All of such persons are “accredited investors” as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. The issuance of such shares and units will be effected in reliance upon exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act.

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will complete a separate private placement pursuant to which we will sell 1,111,111 shares of common stock, based on the mid-point of the range of prices on the cover of the prospectus, with an aggregate value of $20.0 million to Victor J. Coleman and certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., at a price per share equal to the price to the public without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. Mr. Coleman and each such investment fund had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us and made irrevocable elections to receive such securities in the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

concurrent private placement prior to the filing of this registration statement with the SEC. Mr. Coleman and each such investment fund are “accredited investors” as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. The issuance of such shares will be effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act.

 

Item 34. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from:

 

   

actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

 

   

active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action.

Our charter contains a provision that eliminates the liability of our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

Maryland law requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation also may not indemnify a director or officer in a suit by or in the right of the corporation in which the director or officer was adjudged liable to the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct; however, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by us or in our right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

 

   

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

 

   

a written unsecured undertaking by the director or officer or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Our charter authorizes us, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any individual who:

 

   

is a present or former director or officer and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

 

   

while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, manager, member or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

Furthermore, our officers and directors are indemnified against specified liabilities by the underwriters, and the underwriters are indemnified against certain liabilities by us, under the underwriting agreement relating to this offering. See “Underwriting.”

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors whereby we indemnify such executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law against all expenses and liabilities, subject to limited exceptions. These indemnification agreements also provide that upon an application for indemnity by an executive officer or director to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, such court may order us to indemnify such executive officer or director.

In addition, our directors and officers are indemnified for specified liabilities and expenses pursuant to the partnership agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., the partnership in which we serve as sole general partner.

 

Item 35. Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered.

None.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 36. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

  (A) Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto.

 

  (B) Exhibits . The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this registration statement on Form S-11:

 

Exhibit

    
    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement. (4)
    3.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (3)
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (3)
    4.1    Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (6)
    5.1    Opinion of Venable LLP.
    8.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP with respect to tax matters.
  10.1    Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (2)
  10.2    Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and the persons named therein. (3)
  10.3    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and its directors and officers. (3)
  10.4    Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan. (6)
  10.5    Form of Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (6)
  10.6    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Victor J. Coleman. (3)
  10.7    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Howard S. Stern. (3)
  10.8    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Mark T. Lammas. (5)
  10.9    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Christopher Barton. (3)
  10.10    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Dale Shimoda. (3)
  10.11    Contribution Agreement by and among Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.12    Contribution Agreement by and among SGS Investors, LLC, HFOP Investors, LLC, Soma Square Investors, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.13    Contribution Agreement by and among TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.14    Contribution Agreement by and among Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Glenborough Acquisition, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.15    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of the Farallon Funds, dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
  10.16    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.17   

Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)

  10.18   

Subscription Agreement by and among Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., Victor J. Coleman and Hudson Pacific Properties Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. (3)

  10.19    Form of Tax Protection Agreement between Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein. (2)
  10.20    Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow Instructions between Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company and Hudson Capital, LLC dated as of May 18, 2010. (5)
  10.21    Form of Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., Barclays Capital and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto.
  10.22    First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 10, 2010. (6)
  10.23   

Loan Agreement among Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, L.L.C., as Borrower, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and lenders party thereto, dated as of May 12, 2008.

  10.24    Conditional Consent Agreement between GLB Encino, LLC, as Borrower, and SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Lender, dated as of June 10, 2010.
  10.25   

Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents between GLB Encino, LLC, as Trustor, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Beneficiary, and First American Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, dated as of January 26, 2007.

  10.26   

Amended and Restated Promissory Note by GLB Encino, as Maker, to SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Holder, dated as of January 26, 2007.

  10.27    Approval Letter from Wells Fargo, as Master Servicer, and CWCapital Asset Management, LLC, as Special Servicer to Hudson Capital LLC, dated as of June 8, 2010.
  10.28   

Loan and Security Agreement between Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, and German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006.

  10.29    Note by Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, in favor of German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006.
  21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (5)
  23.1    Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  23.2    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).
  23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23.4    Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.
  23.5    Consent of Rosen Consulting Group . (1)
  23.6    Consent of Kagan Media Appraisals. (4)
  24.1    Power of Attorney. (1)

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
  99.1    Consent of Theodore R. Antenucci. (1)
  99.2    Consent of Mark Burnett. (1)
  99.3    Consent of Jonathan M. Glaser. (1)
  99.4    Consent of Robert M. Moran, Jr. (1)
  99.5    Consent of Barry A. Porter. (1)
  99.6    Consent of Mark D. Linehan. (3)
  99.7    Rosen Consulting Group Market Study. (3)
  99.8    Kagan Media Appraisals Special Report. (4)

 

* To be filed by amendment.
(1)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2010.

(2)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2010.

(3)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2010.

(4)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2010.

(5)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2010.

(6)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2010.

 

Item 37. Undertakings.

 

  (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance under Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that the registrant meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 7 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on this 22nd day of June, 2010.

 

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.
By:   / S /    V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN        
  Victor J. Coleman
  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN        

Victor J. Coleman

  

Chief Executive Officer and

Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)

  June 22, 2010

/ S /    M ARK T. L AMMAS        

Mark T. Lammas

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Financial and Accounting Officer)

  June 22, 2010

*

Howard S. Stern

  

President, Secretary and Director

  June 22, 2010

*

Richard B. Fried

  

Director

  June 22, 2010
*By:   / S /    V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN        
 

Victor J. Coleman        

Attorney-in-fact            

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

    
    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement. (4)
    3.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (3)
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (3)
    4.1    Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (6)
    5.1    Opinion of Venable LLP.
    8.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP with respect to tax matters.
  10.1    Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (2)
  10.2    Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and the persons named therein. (3)
  10.3    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and its directors and officers. (3)
  10.4    Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan. (6)
  10.5    Form of Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (6)
  10.6    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Victor J. Coleman. (3)
  10.7    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Howard S. Stern. (3)
  10.8    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Mark T. Lammas. (5)
  10.9    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Christopher Barton. (3)
  10.10    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Dale Shimoda. (3)
  10.11    Contribution Agreement by and among Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.12    Contribution Agreement by and among SGS Investors, LLC, HFOP Investors, LLC, Soma Square Investors, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.13    Contribution Agreement by and among TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.14    Contribution Agreement by and among Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Glenborough Acquisition, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.15    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of the Farallon Funds, dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.16    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.17    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
  10.18   

Subscription Agreement by and among Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., Victor J. Coleman and Hudson Pacific Properties Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. (3)

  10.19    Form of Tax Protection Agreement between Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein. (2)
  10.20    Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow Instructions between Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company and Hudson Capital, LLC dated as of May 18, 2010. (5)
  10.21    Form of Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., Barclays Capital and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto.
  10.22    First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 10, 2010. (6)
  10.23   

Loan Agreement among Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, L.L.C., as Borrower, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and lenders party thereto, dated as of May 12, 2008.

  10.24    Conditional Consent Agreement between GLB Encino, LLC, as Borrower, and SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Lender, dated as of June 10, 2010.
  10.25   

Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents between GLB Encino, LLC, as Trustor, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Beneficiary, and First American Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, dated as of January 26, 2007.

  10.26   

Amended and Restated Promissory Note by GLB Encino, as Maker, to SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Holder, dated as of January 26, 2007.

  10.27    Approval Letter from Wells Fargo, as Master Servicer, and CWCapital Asset Management, LLC, as Special Servicer to Hudson Capital LLC, dated as of June 8, 2010.
  10.28   

Loan and Security Agreement between Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, and German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006.

  10.29    Note by Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, in favor of German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006.
  21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (5)
  23.1    Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  23.2    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).
  23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23.4    Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.
  23.5    Consent of Rosen Consulting Group. (1)
  23.6    Consent of Kagan Media Appraisals. (4)
  24.1    Power of Attorney. (1)
  99.1    Consent of Theodore R. Antenucci. (1)
  99.2    Consent of Mark Burnett. (1)
  99.3    Consent of Jonathan M. Glaser. (1)
  99.4    Consent of Robert M. Moran, Jr. (1)
  99.5    Consent of Barry A. Porter. (1)
  99.6    Consent of Mark D. Linehan. (3)
  99.7    Rosen Consulting Group Market Study. (3)
  99.8    Kagan Media Appraisals Special Report. (4)


Table of Contents

 

* To be filed by amendment.
(1)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2010.

(2)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2010.

(3)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2010.

(4)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2010.

(5)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2010.

(6)

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2010.

 

EXHIBIT 5.1

[LETTERHEAD OF VENABLE LLP]

June 21, 2010

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11691 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form S-11

Commission File No 333-164916

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have served as Maryland counsel to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration of up to 14,720,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, in an underwritten initial public offering covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):

1. The Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission under the Securities Act;

2. The charter of the Company (the “Charter”), certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);

3. The Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

4. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;

5. Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) relating to, among other matters, the registration and issuance of the Shares (the “Resolutions”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

6. A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and


Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

June 21, 2010

Page 2

 

7. Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.

In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:

1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.

2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.

3. Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.

4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.

5. The Shares will not be issued or transferred in violation of any restriction or limitation contained in Article VI of the Charter.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.

2. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement, the Resolutions and any other resolutions adopted by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof relating thereto, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.


Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

June 21, 2010

Page 3

 

The foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. We express no opinion as to compliance with any federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or as to federal or state laws regarding fraudulent transfers. To the extent that any matter as to which our opinion is expressed herein would be governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland, we do not express any opinion on such matter. The opinion expressed herein is subject to the effect of any judicial decision which may permit the introduction of parol evidence to modify the terms or the interpretation of agreements.

The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.

This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,
/S/ VENABLE LLP

EXHIBIT 8.1

 

   355 South Grand Avenue
   Los Angeles, California 90071-1560
   Tel: +1.213.485.1234 Fax: +1.213.891.8763
   www.lw.com
LOGO    FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
   Abu Dhabi    Moscow
   Barcelona    Munich
   Beijing    New Jersey
   Brussels    New York
   Chicago    Orange County
   Doha    Paris
   Dubai    Riyadh
   Frankfurt    Rome
   Hamburg    San Diego
   Hong Kong    San Francisco
   Houston    Shanghai
June 21, 2010    London    Silicon Valley
   Los Angeles    Singapore
   Madrid    Tokyo
   Milan    Washington, D.C.
Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.    File No. 047182-0001

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

 

  Re: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as tax counsel to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with its filing of a registration statement on Form S-11 dated February 16, 2010 (File No. 333-164916) (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), relating to the registration of up to 14,720,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), as set forth in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement.

You have requested our opinion concerning certain of the federal income tax considerations relating to the Company. This opinion is based on various facts and assumptions, including the facts set forth in the Registration Statement concerning the business, assets and governing documents of the Company and its subsidiaries. We have also been furnished with, and with your consent have relied upon, certain representations made by the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to certain factual matters through a certificate of an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”). With your permission, we have assumed that the conclusion reached in the opinion of Venable LLP, counsel for the Company, dated as of the date hereof, with respect to certain matters of Maryland law is correct and accurate.

In our capacity as tax counsel to the Company, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. For the purposes of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in the


June 21, 2010

Page 2

LOGO

 

above referenced documents or in the Officer’s Certificate. In addition, in rendering this opinion we have assumed the truth and accuracy of all representations and statements made to us that are qualified as to knowledge or belief, without regard to such qualification. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.

We are opining herein only as to the federal income tax laws of the United States, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of other federal laws or the laws of any state or other jurisdiction, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state.

Based on such facts, assumptions and representations, it is our opinion that:

 

  1. Commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 2010, the Company will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a real estate investment trust (a “ REIT ”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and its proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code for such taxable year and thereafter; and

 

  2. The statements set forth in the Registration Statement under the caption “Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as they purport to describe or summarize certain provisions of the statutes or regulations referred to therein, are accurate descriptions or summaries in all material respects.

No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed herein.

This opinion is rendered to you as of the date of this letter, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion subsequent to the date hereof. This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Any such change may affect the conclusions stated herein. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the Registration Statement or the Officer’s Certificate may affect the conclusions stated herein. As described in the Registration Statement, the Company’s qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon the Company’s ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, including through actual annual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the results of which have not been and will not be reviewed by Latham & Watkins LLP. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of the Company’s operation for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements.

This opinion is rendered for your benefit in connection with the transaction described above. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose, or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or other entity for any purpose without our prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in our discretion, provided


June 21, 2010

Page 3

LOGO

 

that this opinion may be relied upon by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law and persons purchasing Common Stock.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm name in the Registration Statement under the captions “Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Legal Matters.” In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/    LATHAM & WATKINS LLP

EXHIBIT 10.21

 

 

 

$200,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.,

as a Guarantor

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.,

as Borrower,

The Several Lenders

from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

BARCLAYS CAPITAL

and

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of June      , 2010

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

1.1

 

Defined Terms

  1

1.2

 

Other Definitional Provisions

  36
SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT

2.1

 

Revolving Credit Commitments

  37

2.2

 

Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing

  37

2.3

 

Swing Line Commitment

  38

2.4

 

Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing; Refunding of Swing Line Loans

  38

2.5

 

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

  40

2.6

 

Commitment Fees, Etc.

  41

2.7

 

Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments

  41

2.8

 

Optional Prepayments

  41

2.9

 

Mandatory Prepayments

  41

2.10

 

Conversion and Continuation Options

  42

2.11

 

Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of Eurodollar Tranches

  42

2.12

 

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

  42

2.13

 

Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate

  43

2.14

 

Inability to Determine Interest Rate

  44

2.15

 

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments

  44

2.16

 

Requirements of Law

  46

2.17

 

Taxes

  47

2.18

 

Indemnity

  49

2.19

 

Illegality

  49

2.20

 

Change of Lending Office

  50

2.21

 

Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances

  50

2.22

 

Increases in Revolving Credit Commitments

  50

2.23

 

Defaulting Lender

  52
SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1

 

L/C Commitment

  54

3.2

 

Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit

  54

3.3

 

Fees and Other Charges

  55

3.4

 

L/C Participations

  55

3.5

 

Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower

  56

3.6

 

Obligations Absolute

  57

 

-i-


        Page

3.7

 

Letter of Credit Payments

  57

3.8

 

Applications

  58
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4.1

 

Financial Condition

  58

4.2

 

No Change

  58

4.3

 

Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law

  59

4.4

 

Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

  59

4.5

 

No Legal Bar

  59

4.6

 

No Material Litigation

  59

4.7

 

No Default

  60

4.8

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

  60

4.9

 

Intellectual Property

  60

4.10

 

Taxes

  60

4.11

 

Federal Regulations

  60

4.12

 

Labor Matters

  61

4.13

 

ERISA

  61

4.14

 

Investment Company Act; Other Regulations

  61

4.15

 

Subsidiaries

  61

4.16

 

Use of Proceeds

  62

4.17

 

Environmental Matters

  62

4.18

 

Accuracy of Information, etc.

  63

4.19

 

Security Documents

  63

4.20

 

Solvency

  64

4.21

 

Regulation H

  64

4.22

 

REIT Status; Borrower Tax Status

  64

4.23

 

Insurance

  64

4.24

 

Casualty; Condemnation

  65

4.25

 

Compliance with Anti-Terrorism, Embargo and Anti-Money Laundering Laws

  65

4.26

 

Property Condition

  65

4.27

 

Ground Leases

  66
SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.1

 

Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit

  66

5.2

 

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit

  71

5.3

 

Conditions to the Addition of a Borrowing Base Property

  72

5.4

 

Conditions to the Release of a Borrowing Base Property

  72
SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

6.1

 

Financial Statements

  73

6.2

 

Certificates; Other Information

  74

6.3

 

Payment of Obligations

  75

 

-ii-


        Page

6.4

 

Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance

  75

6.5

 

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

  75

6.6

 

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions

  80

6.7

 

Notices

  80

6.8

 

Environmental Laws; ESAs

  83

6.9

 

Additional Collateral, etc.

  84

6.10

 

Further Assurances

  85

6.11

 

Appraisals

  86

6.12

 

Borrowing Base Reports

  86

6.13

 

Blocked Account Control Agreements

  86

6.14

 

Taxes

  87

6.15

 

Condemnation, Casualty and Restoration

  87

6.16

 

Ground Leases

  88

6.17

 

Borrowing Base Property Covenants

  90

6.18

 

Matters Concerning Manager

  91
SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

7.1

 

Financial Condition Covenants

  91

7.2

 

Limitation on Indebtedness

  92

7.3

 

Limitation on Liens

  95

7.4

 

Limitation on Fundamental Changes

  96

7.5

 

Limitation on Disposition of Property

  97

7.6

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

  97

7.7

 

Limitation on Investments

  99

7.8

 

Limitation on Optional Payments and Modifications of Organizational Documents

  100

7.9

 

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

  100

7.10

 

Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks

  100

7.11

 

Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods

  100

7.12

 

Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses

  100

7.13

 

Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions

  101

7.14

 

Limitation on Lines of Business

  101

7.15

 

Limitation on Activities of the REIT

  101

7.16

 

Limitation on Hedge Agreements

  102

7.17

 

REIT Status

  102

7.18

 

Borrower Tax Status

  102

7.19

 

Borrowing Base Properties; Ground Leases

  102

7.20

 

Environmental Matters

  103
SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
SECTION 9 THE AGENTS

9.1

 

Appointment

  107

 

-iii-


        Page

9.2

 

Delegation of Duties

  107

9.3

 

Exculpatory Provisions

  107

9.4

 

Reliance by Agents

  108

9.5

 

Notice of Default

  108

9.6

 

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

  108

9.7

 

Indemnification

  109

9.8

 

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

  109

9.9

 

Successor Administrative Agent

  110

9.10

 

Authorization to Release Liens and Guarantees

  110

9.11

 

The Arranger; the Syndication Agent

  110

9.12

 

No Duty to Disclose

  110

9.13

 

Waiver

  110
SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS

10.1

 

Amendments and Waivers

  111

10.2

 

Notices

  112

10.3

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

  114

10.4

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

  114

10.5

 

Payment of Expenses

  114

10.6

 

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

  115

10.7

 

Adjustments; Set-off

  118

10.8

 

Counterparts

  119

10.9

 

Severability

  119

10.10

 

Integration

  119

10.11

 

Governing Law

  119

10.12

 

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

  120

10.13

 

Acknowledgments

  120

10.14

 

Confidentiality

  121

10.15

 

Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations

  121

10.16

 

Accounting Changes

  122

10.17

 

Waivers of Jury Trial

  123

 

-iv-


ANNEX:

 

A    Commitments

SCHEDULES:

 

1.1A   Mortgaged Property
1.1B   Real Property
1.1C   Excluded Subsidiaries
4.4   Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices
4.15   Subsidiaries
4.19(a)   UCC Filing Jurisdictions
4.19(b)   Mortgage Filing Jurisdictions
7.2(d)   Existing Indebtedness
7.3(g)   Existing Liens
7.9   Specified Affiliate Transactions

EXHIBITS:

 

A   Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
B   Form of Compliance Certificate
C   Form of Closing Certificate
D   Form of Mortgage
E   Form of Assignment and Assumption
F-1   Form of Revolving Credit Note
F-2   Form of Swing Line Note
G   Form of Exemption Certificate
H   Form of Borrowing Notice
I   Form of New Lender Supplement
J   Form of Commitment Increase Supplement
K   Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

 

-v-


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of June [__], 2010, among HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ REIT ”), HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), BARCLAYS CAPITAL, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, and BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (in such capacity, collectively, the “ Arrangers ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders make available a revolving credit loan facility to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $200,000,000 (as may be increased pursuant to this Agreement), to provide for the general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (as defined below), including to refinance existing indebtedness, and funding acquisitions, redevelopment and expansion; and

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make such revolving credit loan facility available upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

Acceptable Ground Lease ”: a ground lease with respect to a Borrowing Base Property executed by a Loan Party, as lessee, that satisfies, in substance, each of the conditions set forth below, other than any such condition waived by the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent in their sole discretion:

(a) such ground lease is in full force and effect;

(b) such ground lease has a remaining lease term of at least 30 years (excluding extension or renewal rights) , calculated as of the Revolving Credit Termination Date;

(c) (i) no default has occurred and is continuing and no terminating event has occurred under such ground lease by any Loan Party thereunder, (ii) no event has occurred which but for the passage of time, or notice, or both would constitute a default or terminating event under such ground lease except for such defaults or terminating events specifically disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing and (iii) to the


Borrower’s and each Loan Party’s knowledge, there is no default or terminating event under such ground lease by any ground lessor thereunder, in each case, which event, default or terminating event has caused or otherwise resulted in or could reasonably be expected to cause or otherwise result in any material interference with the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s occupancy under such ground lease or adversely affect in any material respect the Administrative Agent’s rights under the related Mortgage;

(d) such ground lease requires (or the ground lessor thereunder agrees in writing for the benefit of the Administrative Agent) that the ground lessor thereunder shall give the Administrative Agent (i) a copy of each notice of default or event of default under such ground lease at the same time as it gives notice of default to the applicable Loan Party, and no such notice of default or event of default shall be deemed effective unless and until a copy thereof shall have been so given to the Administrative Agent and (ii) notice if such ground lease is terminated by reason of an event of default under such ground lease;

(e) the Administrative Agent is permitted the opportunity to cure any default by any Loan Party under the ground lease before any applicable ground lessor thereunder may terminate such ground lease;

(f) all rents, additional rents, and other sums due and payable under such ground lease have been paid in full;

(g) no Loan Party nor the ground lessor under such ground lease has commenced any action or given or received any notice for the purpose of terminating such ground lease;

(h) such ground lease or a memorandum thereof has been duly recorded and there have not been any amendments or modifications to the terms of the ground lease since recordation of the ground lease (or a memoranda thereof) that would cause such ground lease to fail to satisfy any other clause of this definition;

(i) such ground lease permits the interest of the applicable Loan Party to be encumbered by the Security Documents or the necessary approval has been obtained in writing from the applicable ground lessor to permit such encumbrance;

(j) no Loan Party’s interest in such ground lease is subject to any Liens or encumbrances superior to, or of equal priority with, the related Mortgage other than the ground lessor’s related fee interest and Liens set forth in Sections 7.3(a), 7.3(b), 7.3(d) and 7.3(f) and as otherwise set forth in the applicable title insurance policy;

(k) each Loan Party’s interest in the ground lease is assignable to the Administrative Agent or its designee upon notice to, but without the consent of, the ground lessor thereunder (or, if any such consent is required, then such consent has been obtained in writing prior to the date such ground lease is admitted into the Borrowing Base), provided that, any subsequent assignment of such Loan Party’s interest in the ground lease by the Administrative Agent may be subject to the consent of the ground

 

2


lessor thereunder in accordance with the terms of the applicable ground lease, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld;

(l) the Administrative Agent will be recognized by the applicable ground lessor as a permitted mortgagee of such ground lease; and

(m) such ground lease requires the applicable ground lessor (or the ground lessor thereunder otherwise agrees in writing for the benefit of the Administrative Agent) to enter into a new lease with the Administrative Agent or its designee upon termination of such ground lease for any reason, including rejection or disaffirmation of such ground lease in a bankruptcy proceeding; provided that, the Administrative Agent (i) shall provide written notice to the ground lessor of its (or its designee’s) intent to enter into a new lease, (ii) shall cure, or cause to be cured, all monetary defaults of the ground lessee and any non-monetary defaults reasonably susceptible to being cured within the applicable time period, and diligently pursue the cure of any non-monetary defaults that are not reasonably susceptible to being cured within the applicable time period and (iii) may be required to pay all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the ground lessor in connection with the new lease.

Accounting Change ”: as defined in Section 10.16.

Acquisition ”: as to any Person, the acquisition by such Person of (a) Capital Stock of any other Person if, after giving effect to the acquisition of such Capital Stock, such other Person would be a Subsidiary, and (b) any other Property of any other Person.

Additional Borrowing Base Office Properties ”: any office property (other than the Approved Borrowing Base Office Properties) acquired after the Closing Date by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and approved by the Required Lenders, provided that, subject to Section 5.3(a)(ii), the approval of the Required Lenders shall not be required to add any additional office property to the Borrowing Base at any time there are five or more Borrowing Base Office Properties.

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Affiliate ”: as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Agents ”: the collective reference to the Syndication Agent and the Administrative Agent.

Agreement ”: this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

3


Applicable Borrowing Base Office Property Advance Rate ”: (a) at any time during a Borrowing Base Office Property Advance Rate Increase Period, 60%, and (b) any other time, 55%.

Applicable Margin ”: for each Type of Loan, the rate per annum determined pursuant to the pricing grid below:

 

Consolidated Leverage
Ratio

 

Applicable Margin for

Eurodollars Loan

 

Applicable Margin for Base

Rate Loans

< 0.35 to 1.00   3.25%   2.25%
³ 0.35 to 1.00 and
< 0.45 to 1.00
  3.50%   2.50%
³ 0.45 to 1.00 and
< 0.55 to 1.00
  3.75%   2.75%
³ 0.55 to 1.00   4.00%   3.00%

Changes in the Applicable Margin resulting from changes in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the date on which financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1 (but in any event not later than the 45 th day after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year (or, in the case of the first quarter ending after the Closing Date, such later date as may be permitted by the SEC) or the 90 th day after the end of each fiscal year, as the case may be) and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph. If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified above, then, until such financial statements are delivered, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as at the end of the fiscal period that would have been covered thereby shall for the purposes of this definition be deemed to be equal to or greater than 0.55 to 1.00. In addition, at all times while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall for the purposes of this pricing grid be deemed to be equal to or greater than 0.55 to 1.00. Each determination of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio pursuant to this pricing grid shall be made for the periods and in the manner contemplated by Section 7.1(a).

Applicable Supermajority Lenders ”: (x) at any time prior to the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date, those Lenders which comprise Supermajority Lenders as of the Closing Date, and (y) at any time thereafter, the Supermajority Lenders.

Application ”: an application, in such form as the relevant Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting such Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.

Appraisal ”: with respect to any Real Property, an MAI “Full Appraisal Report” prepared in accordance with FIRREA and USPAP, undertaken by an Appraiser, and providing an assessment of the value of such Real Property, which shall be commissioned by, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent at the sole expense of the Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, the appraised value of any Real Property shall include the appraised value of any Specified Development Property part of such Real Property set forth in a separate Appraisal approved in accordance with the definition of “Specified Development Property”.

 

4


Appraiser ”: CB Richard Ellis or such other independent appraisal firm selected by the Administrative Agent.

Approved Borrowing Base Office Properties ”: at any time at the Borrower’s discretion (and, for the avoidance of doubt, without requiring the consent of the Required Lenders), (i) that certain 113,000 square foot office building in Torrance, CA, known as the “Del Amo Office”, (ii) that certain 222,423 square foot office located in Encino, CA, known as “First Financial Plaza”, (iii) that certain 104,234 square foot office building located in San Diego, CA, known as “Tierrasanta”, and (iv) that certain 286,270 square foot office/retail project, located at 875 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA, known as “875 Howard”.

Arranger ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Assignee ”: as defined in Section 10.6(c).

Assignment of Management Agreement ”: with respect to each Borrowing Base Property, that certain Assignment of Management Agreement and Subordination of Management Fees, dated as of the date hereof, among the Administrative Agent, the Loan Party which owns such Borrowing Base Property and the Manager, as manager, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assignor ”: as defined in Section 10.6(c).

ASTM ”: the American Society for Testing & Materials.

Available Revolving Credit Commitment ”: with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that, in calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 2.6(a), the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

Bankruptcy Code ”: Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq., as the same may be amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder, and any comparable foreign laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or creditors’ rights or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law.

Base Rate ”: for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 / 2 of 1% and (c) 1.0% per annum plus the Eurodollar Rate (for avoidance of doubt after giving effect to the proviso of the definition thereof) applicable to an Interest Period of one month, provided that, in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 2.50%. For purposes hereof: “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the prime lending rate as set forth on the Reuters Screen RTRTSY1 (or such other comparable publicly available page as may, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent after notice to the Borrower, replace such page for the purpose of displaying such rate if such rate no longer appears on the Reuters Screen RTRTSY1), as in effect from time to time.

 

5


The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually available. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the one-month Eurodollar Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, or the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the one-month Eurodollar Rate, respectively.

Base Rate Loans ”: Loans for which the applicable rate of interest is based upon the Base Rate.

Benefitted Lender ”: as defined in Section 10.7.

Bilateral Line of Credit ”: unsecured, bilateral Recourse Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries with a single Eligible Institution in an aggregate amount not exceeding $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

Blocked Account Control Agreements ”: as defined in Section 5.1(b).

Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Common Units ”: the Borrower’s Common Units as defined in the Borrower’s LP Agreement.

Borrower LP Agreement ”: the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Borrower, dated as of June [__], 2010, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Borrower Preferred Units ”: the Borrower’s Series A Preferred Units as defined in the Borrower’s LP Agreement.

Borrowing Base ”: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of:

(a) with respect to each Borrowing Base Office Property, the lesser of (i) a percentage equal to the Applicable Borrowing Base Office Property Advance Rate of the MAI “as-is” appraised value of such Borrowing Base Office Property set forth in the most recent Appraisal for such Borrowing Base Office Property, and (ii) the Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Amount for such Borrowing Base Office Property as at such time; plus

(b) with respect to each Borrowing Base Studio Property, the lesser of (i) 25% of MAI “as-is” appraised value of such Borrowing Base Studio Property set forth in the most recent Appraisal for such Borrowing Base Studio Property and (ii) the Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Amount for such Borrowing Base Studio Property as at such time;

 

6


subject to the following adjustments:

(i) if (x) prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the aggregate Borrowing Base attributable to the Borrowing Base Studio Properties exceeds more than 25% of the aggregate Borrowing Base, or (y) on and after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the aggregate Borrowing Base attributable to the Borrowing Base Studio Properties exceeds more than 20% of the aggregate Borrowing Base, then, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y), any excess amount shall be excluded from the aggregate Borrowing Base;

(ii) from and after the date that is nine months after the Closing Date, if the aggregate total revenue for Borrowing Base Office Properties with single Tenants exceeds 35% of the total revenue for all of the Borrowing Base Properties for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available, the Borrowing Base shall exclude such Borrowing Base Office Properties, beginning with the Borrowing Base Office Property with the lowest revenue derived from single Tenants, until the aggregate total revenue for such Borrowing Base Office Properties no longer exceeds 35% of the total revenue for all of the Borrowing Base Properties for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available;

(iii) from and after the date that is nine months after the Closing Date, the Borrowing Base shall exclude any Borrowing Base Office Property with a single Tenant comprising more than 15% of the total revenue for all of the Borrowing Base Properties for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available, provided that, the Technicolor Building may comprise up to 25% of the total revenue for all of the Borrowing Base Properties for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available at any time except during a Borrowing Base Office Property Advance Rate Increase Period;

(iv) if a mechanics’ Lien or other Lien for the performance of work or the supply of materials is filed against a Borrowing Base Property, or any stop notice is served on the owner of such Borrowing Base Property, and the Lien remains unsatisfied or unbonded for a period of ten days after the date of filing or service, the Borrowing Base shall be reduced by an amount equal to 125% of the aggregate amount of such Lien until the Administrative Agent has received satisfactory evidence that such Lien has been released or bonded; and

(v) if a Borrowing Base Property suffers a Material Environmental Event, the Borrowing Base shall be reduced by an amount equal to 125% of the Cost to Remedy such Material Environmental Event, until such Material Environmental Event is fully remedied as evidenced by an ESA.

The Borrowing Base shall be determined based on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(u), 5.3 or 5.4 or Section 6.12, provided that,

 

7


the Administrative Agent may adjust the Borrowing Base at any time following the receipt of a new Appraisal received pursuant to Section 6.11.

Borrowing Base Certificate ”: a certificate, appropriately completed and substantially in the form of Exhibit K (with such modifications as to format and presentation as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent upon five Business Days’ notice) together with all supporting documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

Borrowing Base Office Properties ”: subject to Section 5.4, (a) on the Closing Date, the Initial Borrowing Base Office Properties and (b) after the Closing Date, the Initial Borrowing Base Office Properties, together with any Approved Borrowing Base Office Properties and Additional Borrowing Base Office Properties added to the Borrowing Base in accordance with Section 5.3 and, for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), together with any Specified Development Property part of such Real Property.

Borrowing Base Office Property Advance Rate Increase Period ”: any period during which each of the following conditions has occurred and is continuing: (i) there are five or more Borrowing Base Office Properties, (ii) the Net Operating Income of any Borrowing Base Office Property for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available does not exceed 30% of the aggregate Net Operating Income of all the Borrowing Base Properties for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available, (iii) any Tenant of Borrowing Base Office Properties that does not have an Investment Grade Rating does not account for more than 15% of total revenue for all Borrowing Base Properties for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available and (iv)   any Tenant of Borrowing Base Office Properties that has an Investment Grade Rating does not account for more than 20% of total revenue for all Borrowing Base Properties for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available. For the avoidance of doubt, a Borrowing Base Office Property Advance Rate Increase Period shall cease on the first date that any of the conditions above are not met.

Borrowing Base Properties ”: collectively, the Borrowing Base Studio Properties and Borrowing Base Office Properties.

Borrowing Base Studio Properties ”: subject to Section 5.4, (a) on the Closing Date, Sunset Gower, and (b) after the Closing Date, Sunset Gower and, to the extent added to the Borrowing Base at the Borrower’s discretion in accordance with Section 5.3, Sunset Bronson and, for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), together with any Specified Development Property part of such Real Property. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5.3, the consent of the Lenders shall not be required to add Sunset Bronson as a Borrowing Base Property, and (y) at no time shall there be Borrowing Base Studio Properties other than Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson.

Borrowing Date ”: any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

 

8


Borrowing Notice ”: with respect to any request for borrowing of Loans hereunder, a notice from the Borrower, substantially in the form of, and containing the information prescribed by, Exhibit H, delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Business Day ”: (a) for all purposes other than as covered by clause (b) below, a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close and (b) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (a) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures ”: for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) which are required to be capitalized under GAAP on a balance sheet of such Person; provided that, “Capital Expenditures” shall not include (x) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution or restoration of assets (i) to the extent financed from insurance proceeds paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced or restored or (ii) with awards of compensation arising from the taking or the threat of taking by eminent domain or Condemnation of the assets being replaced, (y) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment but only to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or (z) the purchase of plant, property and equipment made within 270 days of the sale of any asset to the extent purchased with the proceeds of such sale.

Capital Lease Obligations ”: with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Capitalization Rate ”: for office properties, 8.50%, and for studio properties, 9.00%, provided that, for the purposes of determining “Total Asset Value” on any date of determination, the Capitalization Rate shall be equal to a weighted average percentage based on the Consolidated EBITDA allocable to Real Property (other than Borrowing Base Properties and Construction in Process) owned for four or more consecutive fiscal quarters.

Cash Collateralize ”: to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (as applicable) and the Secured Parties, as collateral for the L/C Obligations or obligations of the Lenders to fund

 

9


participations in respect thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if Issuing Lender benefitting from such collateral shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the Issuing Lender. The term “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents ”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-2 by S&P or P-2 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; and (g) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

Casualty ”: with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, that such Borrowing Base Property is damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty.

Change of Control ”: the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), excluding the Permitted Investors, shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 30% of the outstanding common stock of the REIT; (b) the board of directors of the REIT shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors; (c) the Borrower shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the equity interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor free and clear of any Liens (other than Liens in favor of Administrative Agent) unless the Borrowing Base Property owned by such Subsidiary Guarantor is removed from the Borrowing Base in accordance with Section 5.4 of this Agreement; or (d) the REIT shall (i) fail to be sole general partner of the Borrower or cease to own all the general partnership interests of the Borrower or (ii) fail to control the management and policies of the Borrower.

 

10


City Plaza ”: as defined in the definition of “Initial Borrowing Base Office Properties”.

Closing Date ”: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 shall have been satisfied, which date shall be not later than June [      ], 2010.

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ”: all Property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Commitment Fee Rate ”:  1 / 2 of 1% per annum.

Commitment Increase Supplement ”: as defined in Section 2.22(c).

Commonly Controlled Entity ”: an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Sections 412 or 430 of the Code, Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

Compliance Certificate ”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Condemnation ”: a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result, in lieu or in anticipation, of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, of all or any part of any Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting such Property or any part thereof.

Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Amount ”: at any date:

(i) for any Borrowing Base Office Property, the (1) the Net Operating Income of such Borrowing Base Office Property for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available divided by (2) 1.60, divided by the greater of (x) an interest rate of 8.0% per annum (assuming a 30-year amortization) or (y) the 10-year treasury rate on the last day of such period plus 3.0% (assuming a 30-year amortization); and

(ii) for any Borrowing Base Studio Property, the (1) the Net Operating Income of such Borrowing Base Studio Property for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which financial statements are available divided by (2) 4.50, divided by the greater of (x) an interest rate of 8.0% per annum (assuming a 30-year amortization) or (y) the 10-year treasury rate on the last day of such period plus 3.0% (assuming a 30-year amortization);

provided that, solely for the purpose of determining the Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Amount during such four fiscal quarter period for City Plaza and, after such Real Property

 

11


becomes a Borrowing Base Property in accordance with Section 5.3, 875 Howard, Net Operating Income for City Plaza and 875 Howard, as applicable, shall be increased on a pro forma basis to include the contractual monthly base rent for each Tenant subject to a valid and effective Lease that does not yet occupy any space or that is otherwise in a free-rent period during such four fiscal quarter period for each month occurring during the Lease Adjustment Period for such Lease, less any applicable duplications for Tenants relocating within the applicable building. For the avoidance of doubt, the Net Operating Income of any Borrowing Base Property shall include the Net Operating Income of any Specified Development Property part of such Borrowing Base Property.

Consolidated EBITDA ”: of the Group Members for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus , without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax expense, (b) interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill) and organization costs, (e) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), (f) any other non-cash charges or expenses and (g) the Group Members’ pro rata share of Consolidated EBITDA from their Unconsolidated Joint Ventures minus , to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) interest income (except to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income), (b) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, gains on the sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), (c) any other non-cash income and (d) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (e) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expenses or losses were reflected as a charge in the statement of Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ”: for any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ”: for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Group Members for such period, (b) provision for cash income taxes made by the Group Members on a consolidated basis in respect of such period, (c) scheduled payments made during such period on account of principal of Indebtedness of the Group Members (excluding any “balloon” payment or final payment at maturity that is significantly larger than the scheduled payments that preceded it), (d) all preferred dividends paid during such period and (e) the Group Members’ pro rata share of all expenses, taxes, payments and dividends referred to in the preceding clauses (a) to (d) from their Unconsolidated Joint Ventures.

 

12


Consolidated Floating Rate Debt ”: Consolidated Total Debt bearing interest based on an index that floats, or otherwise changes from time to time (excluding any such Indebtedness subject to a fixed rate interest rate hedge, cap or collar).

Consolidated Interest Expense ”: of the Group Members for any period, total interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of the Group Members for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Group Members (including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed by the Group Members with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs of the Group Members under Hedge Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP).

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”: on any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on such date to (b) Total Asset Value on such date; provided that for purposes of calculating Total Asset Value on any date, (i) the Total Asset Value of any Person acquired by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries during the four fiscal quarters most recently ending on or prior to such date shall be included on a pro forma basis for such period (assuming the consummation of such acquisition and the incurrence or assumption of any Indebtedness in connection therewith occurred on the first day of such period) if the consolidated balance sheet of such acquired Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of the period preceding the acquisition of such Person and the related consolidated statements of income and stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for the period in respect of which Total Asset Value is to be calculated (x) have been previously provided to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) either (1) have been reported on without a qualification arising out of the scope of the audit by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing or (2) have been found acceptable by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Total Asset Value of any Person Disposed of by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such period shall be excluded for such period (assuming the consummation of such Disposition and the repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith occurred on the first day of such period).

Consolidated Net Income ”: of the Group Members for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Group Members for such period, determined on a consolidated basis; provided that, in calculating Consolidated Net Income of the Group Members for any period, there shall be excluded (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person in which any Group Member has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by such Group Member in the form of dividends or similar distributions and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of any Group Member to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary.

Consolidated Total Debt ”: at any date, an amount equal to (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Group Members at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (ii) the Group Members’ pro rata share of Indebtedness of their Unconsolidated Joint Ventures at such date.

 

13


Construction in Process ”: any Real Property owned by a Group Member consisting of (i) new ground up construction or (ii) renovation or expansion of existing Real Property in which (a) greater than 40% of the square footage of such Real Property is unavailable for occupancy due to renovation and (b) no Rents are being paid on such square footage. A Real Property will cease being classified as “Construction in Process”, (i) with respect to new ground up construction, upon the completion of such construction as evidenced by the issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy (whichever occurs first) for the related Real Property, and (ii) with respect to the renovation or expansion of existing property, upon the earlier to occur of (a) the time that such property has an Occupancy Rate of at least 65% of the total square footage (including any applicable expansion) or (b) 180 days after completion of such renovation or expansion.

Continuing Directors ”: the directors of the REIT on the Closing Date, after giving effect to the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director of the REIT, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the REIT is recommended by at least 66  2 / 3 % of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Investors in his or her election by the shareholders of the REIT.

Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

Control Investment Affiliate ”: as to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Cost to Remedy ”: the actual or reasonably estimated cost to remedy a Material Environmental Event, provided that, if the Cost to Remedy a Material Environmental Event is not known or cannot be reasonably estimated at the time such Material Environmental Event occurs, the Cost to Remedy shall be determined pursuant to an ESA delivered in accordance with Section 6.8(h).

Debtor Relief Laws ”: the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 8, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

14


Defaulting Lender ”: any Lender that has in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion:

(a) failed to fund any portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment (including the purchase of a participation under any Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4) within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute,

(b) failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 9.7,

(c) notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender in writing, or has otherwise indicated through a public statement, that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder or generally under any agreement in which it commits to extend credit,

(d) failed, within three Business Days after receipt of a written request from the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Revolving Credit Commitments (including the purchase of a participation under any Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4),

(e) otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or

(f) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment;

provided that, (i) if the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender agree in writing, each in its sole discretion, that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Swing Line Commitment and funded and unfunded participations in Swing Line Loans and Letters to Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their pro rata share of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.23), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and (ii) a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of

 

15


voting stock or any other equity interest in such Lender or a parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Derivatives Counterparty ”: as defined in Section 7.6.

Disposition ”: with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof; and the terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

Dollars ” and “ $ ”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States of America.

875   Howard ”: as defined in the definition of “Approved Borrowing Base Office Properties”.

Eligible Account ”: a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution that is either (a) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company which complies with the definition of Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity which, in the case of a state chartered depository institution or trust company, is subject to regulations substantially similar to 12 C.F.R. §9.10(b), having in either case a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal and state authority. An Eligible Account will not be evidenced by a certificate of deposit, passbook or other instrument.

Eligible Borrowing Base Property ”: any Real Property (other than the Initial Borrowing Base Office Properties and Sunset Gower) that satisfies each of the following conditions:

(i) such Real Property is located in the continental United States and is used for commercial office purposes,

(ii) such Real Property is wholly-owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor in fee simple or ground leased pursuant to an Acceptable Ground Lease,

(iii) such Real Property has an Occupancy Rate greater than 80% at the time it is included in the Borrowing Base,

(iv) such Real Property is subject to a duly perfected, first priority security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties,

 

16


(v) the Administrative Agent has received for such Real Property, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(A) an ESA,

(B) a current property condition and structural report,

(C) evidence as to whether the applicable Real Property is a Flood Hazard Property and if such Real Property is a Flood Hazard Property, evidence of compliance with federally-mandated flood insurance requirements, including (1) the Borrower’s written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification required pursuant to Section 208(e)(3) of Regulation H of the Board from the Administrative Agent (x) as to the fact that such Real Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (y) as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (2) copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance evidencing flood insurance naming the Administrative Agent as sole loss payee on behalf of the Secured Parties under a standard mortgagee endorsement, that (a) covers any parcel of improved Real Property that is encumbered by any Mortgage, (b) is written in an amount which is commercially available at a reasonable cost, and (c) has a term ending not later than the maturity of the indebtedness secured by such Mortgage or that may be renewed to such maturity date,

(D) certificates of insurance or insurance policies satisfying the requirements of Section 6.5, with all premiums fully paid current,

(E) a title insurance policy satisfying the requirements of Section 5.1(p),

(F) a new Appraisal,

(G) a recent survey satisfying the requirements of Section 5.1(p),

(H) estoppels and subordination and nondisturbance and attornment agreements from all Tenants subject to a Major Lease at such Real Property, and

(I) if such applicable Real Property is held pursuant to an Acceptable Ground Lease: (i) true and correct copies of such Acceptable Ground Lease and any guarantees thereof and (ii) to the extent required by the Administrative Agent in its discretion, recognition agreements and estoppel certificates executed by the lessor under such Acceptable Ground Lease, in form and content satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

17


(vi) which satisfies any other criteria required by the Administrative Agent, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

Eligible Institution ”: the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, Morgan Stanley, Wells Fargo, City National Bank, KeyBank National Association or a depository institution or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the short term unsecured debt obligations or commercial paper of which are rated at least “A 1+” by S&P, “P 1” by Moody’s and “F 1+” by Fitch in the case of accounts in which funds are held for 30 days or less (or, in the case of accounts in which funds are held for more than 30 days, the long term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated at least “AA” by Fitch and S&P and “Aa2” by Moody’s).

Environmental Claim ”: any investigative, enforcement, cleanup, removal, containment, remedial, or other private or governmental or regulatory action threatened, instituted, or completed pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law against any Group Member or against or with respect to any Real Property or facility.

Environmental Laws ”: any and all laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, guidelines, codes, decrees, agreements or other legally enforceable requirements (including, without limitation, common law) of any international authority, foreign government, the United States, or any state, local, municipal or other governmental authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment or of human health, or employee health and safety, as has been, is now, or may at any time hereafter be, in effect.

Environmental Permits ”: any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, notifications, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.

Environmental Requirement ”: as defined in Section 6.8(g).

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ESA ”: as defined in Section 5.1(k).

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”: for any day, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including, without limitation, basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

Eurodollar Base Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which Dollar deposits are offered by lending banks in London

 

18


interbank deposit market) as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which Dollar deposits are offered by lending banks in London interbank deposit market) (or otherwise on such screen), the “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” for purposes of this definition shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent.

Eurodollar Loans ”: Loans for which the applicable rate of interest is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

Eurodollar Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

 

Eurodollar Base Rate

 
  1.00 – Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements  

; provided that, in no event shall the Eurodollar Rate be less than 1.50%.

Eurodollar Tranche ”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 8, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Exchange Act ”: as defined in the definition of “Change of Control”.

Excluded Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Foreign Subsidiary in respect of which either (a) the pledge of all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary as Collateral or (b) the guaranteeing by such Subsidiary of the Obligations, would, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, result in adverse tax consequences to the Borrower.

Excluded Subsidiary ”: (i) any Immaterial Subsidiary or (ii) any other Subsidiary that is unable to guarantee the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents because it is a party to one or more agreements entered into in connection with Indebtedness listed on Schedule 7.2(d), incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(g), a Mortgage Financing or Permitted Construction Financing that prohibits such Subsidiary from providing a guarantee, or any Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent or Subsidiary of such Subsidiary, provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have been provided satisfactory evidence of such prohibition. Schedule 1.1C sets forth each Excluded Subsidiary as of the Closing Date with a notation identifying whether clause (i) or (ii) above is applicable.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the

 

19


average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

FIRREA ”: Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), as amended.

Fitch ”: Fitch, Inc. and its successors.

Flood Hazard Property ”: as defined in Section 4.21.

Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fund ”: any Person (other than a natural person) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

Funding Office ”: the office specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Funds from Operations ”: for any Person for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) depreciation and amortization expense determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall not be included in such calculation (i) any proceeds of any insurance policy other than rental or business interruption insurance received by such Person, (ii) any gain or loss which is classified as “extraordinary” in accordance with GAAP, or (iii) any capital gains and taxes on capital gains.

GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time.

Governmental Authority ”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

Granting Lender ”: as defined in Section 10.6(g).

Group Members ”: the REIT and all of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the Borrower.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by the REIT, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guarantee Obligation ”: as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the

 

20


guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any Property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase Property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors ”: the collective reference to the REIT and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Hedge Agreements ”: all interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collar agreements, foreign exchange agreements, commodity or currency futures contracts, options to purchase or sell a commodity or currency, or option, warrant or other right with respect to a commodity or currency futures contract or similar arrangements entered into by the Group Members providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity prices or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

Hudson Pacific Predecessor ”: the real estate activity and holdings of the entities that own the following properties contributed to the REIT and its Subsidiaries: Sunset Gower, the Technicolor Building, Sunset Bronson and City Plaza.

Immaterial Subsidiary ”: (i) any TRS Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries and (ii) any other Subsidiary with de minimis income and assets, provided that, collectively, Immaterial Subsidiaries do not comprise on any date of determination more than 5% of the lesser of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four quarters most recently completed for which financial statements are available or (b) Total Asset Value on such date.

Improvements ”: any Loan Party’s interest in and to all on site and off site improvements to the Borrowing Base Properties, together with all fixtures, Tenant

 

21


improvements, and appurtenances now or later to be located on the Borrowing Base Properties or in such improvements.

Indebtedness ”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to Property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under acceptance, letter of credit, surety bond or similar facilities, (g) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of such Person (other than the Borrower Common Units) on or prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of others of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on Property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, but limited to the lesser of the fair market value of such property and the aggregate amount of the obligations so secured, and (j) for the purposes of Section 8(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include, without duplication, the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For purposes of clause (j) above, the principal amount of Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements shall equal the amount that would be payable (giving effect to netting) at such time if such Hedge Agreement were terminated.

Indemnified Liabilities ”: as defined in Section 10.5.

Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 10.5.

Initial Borrowing Base Office Properties ”: collectively, (a) that certain 114,958 square foot office building located in Hollywood, CA, known as the “Technicolor Building” (“ Technicolor Building ”) and (b) that certain 333,922 square foot office building located in Orange, CA, known as “City Plaza” (“ City Plaza ”).

Insolvency ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent ”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

Insurance Premiums ”: as defined in Section 6.5(h).

 

22


Insurance Proceeds ”: the proceeds of any insurance to which any Group Member may be entitled to, whether or not actually received, with respect to any Borrowing Base Property.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including, without limitation, copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Interest Payment Date ”: (a) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or shorter, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan and any Swing Line Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.

Interest Period ”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(1) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(2) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Revolving Credit Termination Date shall end on the Revolving Credit Termination Date or such due date, as applicable; and

(3) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period.

 

23


Investment Grade Rating ”: a corporate credit rating of BBB- (or equivalent) or higher from S&P and Baa3 (or equivalent) or higher from Moody’s.

Investments ”: as defined in Section 7.7.

Issuing Lender ”: (a) Barclays Bank PLC or (b) any other Revolving Credit Lender from time to time designated by the Borrower as an Issuing Lender with the consent of such Revolving Credit Lender and the Administrative Agent.

IPO ” as defined in Section 5.1(c).

Joint Venture ”: any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, association, partnership or any other entity which, in each case, in which the REIT and its Subsidiaries has a direct or indirect equity or similar interest and which is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

L/C Commitment ”: $10,000,000.

L/C Exposure ”: for any Lender, at any time, its Revolving Credit Percentage of the total L/C Obligations at such time.

L/C Fee Payment Date ”: the last day of each March, June, September and December and the last day of the Revolving Credit Commitment Period.

L/C Obligations ”: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.5.

L/C Participants ”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the collective reference to all the Revolving Credit Lenders other than the Issuing Lender that issued such Letter of Credit.

Lease ”: each existing or future lease, sublease (to the extent of any Loan Party’s rights thereunder), license, or other agreement (other than an Acceptable Ground Lease) under the terms of which any Person has or acquires any right to occupy or use any Real Property of any Loan Party, or any part thereof, or interest therein, and (a) every modification, amendment or other agreement relating to such lease, sublease, subsublease or other agreement and (b) each existing or future guaranty of payment or performance thereunder.

Lease Adjustment Period ”: with respect to any Lease that is effective prior to December 31, 2010, the period beginning on the date that is twelve months prior to the date such Lease becomes valid and effective and ending on the date that is the earlier of (i) the date on which the applicable Tenant occupies the related space or the expiration of the free-rent period, as applicable, and (ii) December 31, 2010.

Lenders ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

24


Letters of Credit ”: as defined in Section 3.1(a).

Lien ”: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ”: any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents ”: this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Applications and the Notes.

Loan Parties ”: the REIT, the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a party to a Loan Document.

Lockbox Account ”: an Eligible Account established for deposit of all Rents and other receipts from a Borrowing Base Property.

Major Lease ”: a lease that comprises in excess of 20,000 square feet of a Borrowing Base Property or in excess of 10% of the rentable square footage of such Borrowing Base Property.

Management Agreement ”: with respect to each Borrowing Base Property, the management agreement entered into by and between the Loan Party which owns such Borrowing Base Property and the Manager, pursuant to which the Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties, or, if the context requires, a Qualified Manager who is managing the Borrowing Base Properties in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement pursuant to a Replacement Management Agreement.

Manager ”: (i) with respect to the Borrowing Base Studio Properties, Hudson Media and Entertainment Management, LLC, (ii) with respect to the Borrowing Base Office Properties, Hudson OP Management LLC, or (iii) if the context requires, the Qualified Manager who is managing the applicable Borrowing Base Property in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement pursuant to a Replacement Management Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ”: a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Loan Parties and the Borrowing Base Properties, taken as a whole or in the facts and information regarding such entities as represented to date or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agents or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

Material Environmental Amount ”: an amount or amounts payable by any of the Group Members in the aggregate in excess of $5,000,000, for: costs to comply with any Environmental Law; costs of any investigation, and any remediation, of any Material of Environmental Concern; and compensatory damages (including, without limitation damages to natural resources), punitive damages, fines, and penalties pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

25


Material Environmental Event ”: with respect to any Borrowing Base Property or Real Property, (a) a violation of any Environmental Law with respect to such Borrowing Base Property or Real Property, or (b) the presence of any Materials of Environmental Concern on, about, or under such Borrowing Base Property or Real Property that, under or pursuant to any Environmental Law, would require remediation, if in the case of either (a) or (b), such event or circumstance could reasonably be expected to have a Material Property Event.

Material Property Event ”: with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, the occurrence of any event or circumstance occurring or arising after the date of this Agreement that could reasonably be expected to have a (a) material adverse effect with respect to the financial condition or the operations of such Borrowing Base Property, (b) material adverse effect on the appraised value of such Borrowing Base Property, (c) material adverse effect on the ownership of such Borrowing Base Property, or (d) result in a Material Environmental Amount.

Materials of Environmental Concern ”: any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products (virgin or used), polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, radioactivity, and any other materials, substances or forces of any kind, whether or not any such material, substance or force is defined as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, that is regulated pursuant to or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

Maximum Facility Availability ”: at any date, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Total Revolving Credit Commitments on such date and (ii) the Borrowing Base on such date.

Moody s ”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

Mortgage Financing ”: Indebtedness of the type permitted by Section 7.2(h).

Mortgaged Properties ”: the real properties listed on Schedule 1.1A , as to which the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties shall be granted a Lien pursuant to one or more Mortgages.

Mortgage Notes Receivable ”: any mortgage notes receivable, including interest payments thereunder, issued in favor of any Group Member or any Joint Venture in which a Group Member is a member by any Person (other than a Group Member).

Mortgages ”: each of the mortgage/deed of trust/deed to secure debt, assignment of leases and rents, fixture filing and security agreements made by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit D (with such changes thereto as shall be advisable under the law of the jurisdiction in which such mortgage or deed of trust is to be recorded), as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Multiemployer Plan ”: a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

26


Net Operating Income ”: of any Borrowing Base Property for any period, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate gross revenues from the operations of such Borrowing Base Property during such period, minus (b) the sum of (i) all expenses and other proper charges incurred in connection with the operation of such Borrowing Base Property during such period (including real estate taxes, but excluding any management fees, debt service charges, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and other noncash expenses), (ii) a management fee that is the greater of 3% of the aggregate net revenues from the operations of such Borrowing Base Property during such period or actual management fees paid, and (iii) an annual replacement reserve of $0.25 per square foot for Borrowing Base Office Properties and $0.40 for Borrowing Base Studio Properties. Net Operating Income for any Borrowing Base Property for any period prior to the closing date of the IPO shall be calculated based upon the historical Net Operating Income of such Borrowing Base Property.

New Revolving Credit Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.22(b).

Non-Excluded Taxes ”: as defined in Section 2.17(a).

Non-Recourse Indebtedness ”: any Indebtedness other than Recourse Indebtedness.

Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower ”: a Subsidiary of the Borrower whose principal assets are the assets securing Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 7.2(d), 7.2(g), 7.2(h) or 7.2(i).

Non-Recourse Parent Guarantor ”: the Borrower and any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower providing a guarantee permitted by Section 7.2(d), 7.2(g), 7.2(h) or 7.2(i).

Non-U.S. Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.17(d).

Note ”: any promissory note evidencing any Loan.

Obligations ”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender or any Qualified Counterparty, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Hedge Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise; provided , that (i) obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Specified Hedge Agreement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and (ii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors

 

27


effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements.

Occupancy Rate ”: for any Real Property, the percentage of the rentable area of such Real Property occupied by bona fide Tenants of such Real Property or leased by Tenants pursuant to bona fide Tenant Leases, in each case, which Tenants are not more than 30 days in arrears on base rental or other similar payments due under such Leases, provided that, such period may be extended by an additional 30 days at the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion.

OFAC List ”: the list of specially designated nationals and blocked persons subject to financial sanctions that is maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department, Office Foreign Assets Control.

Other Charges ”: all ground rents, maintenance charges, impositions other than taxes, and any other charges, including, without limitation, vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining the Real Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Real Property or any part thereof.

Other Taxes ”: any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Ownership Percentage ”: with respect to any Person, the percentage of the total outstanding Capital Stock of such Person held directly and indirectly by the REIT and its Subsidiaries.

Participant ”: as defined in Section 10.6(b).

Payment Office ”: the office specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its payment office by notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

Permitted Construction Financing ”: Non-Recourse Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction or improvement of Real Estate Under Construction (inclusive of Non-Recourse Indebtedness incurred as part of such construction financing and applied to reimburse costs previously paid to fund the related construction) and that is secured by such Real Estate Under Construction.

Permitted Investors ”: the collective reference to Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern, Christopher Barton, Mark T. Lammas, Dale Shimoda, Theodore R. Antenucci, James M. Burnett, Richard B. Fried, Jonathan M. Glaser, Robert M. Moran, Jr., and Barry A. Porter and their Control Investment Affiliates.

 

28


Permitted Limited Recourse Guarantees ”: guarantees by any Non-Recourse Parent Guarantor (i) for fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication of cash, waste, environmental claims and liabilities, prohibited transfers, violations of special purpose entity covenants and other circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and/or included in separate guarantee or indemnification agreements in non-recourse financing of real estate and customary non-monetary completion and performance guarantees by any Non-Recourse Parent Guarantor, in each case with respect to Indebtedness permitted by Sections 7.2(h) and 7.2(i), and (ii) monetary completion guarantees and payment guarantees in connection with Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(f) hereof.

Person ”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ”: at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Pledged Stock ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Policies ”: as defined in Section 6.5(d).

Prime Rate ”: as defined in the definition of “Base Rate”.

Principal Financial Officer ”: the chief financial officer, any director (or equivalent) or officer from time to time of the REIT with actual knowledge of the financial affairs of the REIT and its Subsidiaries.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”: as defined in Section 4.1(a).

Prohibited Person ”: any Person identified on the OFAC List or any other Person with whom a U.S. Person may not conduct business or transactions by prohibition of Federal law or Executive Order of the President of the United States of America.

Projections ”: as defined in Section 6.2(c).

Property ”: any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

Qualified Counterparty ”: with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreement, any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Hedge Agreement was entered into, was a Lender or an affiliate of a Lender.

Qualified Manager ”: either (a) the Manager; or (b) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, a reputable and experienced management organization (which may

 

29


be an Affiliate of the Borrower) possessing experience in managing properties similar in size, scope, use and value as the Borrowing Base Property.

Real Estate Under Construction ”: Real Property on which construction of material improvements has commenced or shall concurrently commence with the incurrence of Indebtedness financing such construction and is or shall be continuing to be performed, but has not yet been completed (as such completion is evidenced by the issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy (whichever occurs first) for such Real Property.

Real Property ”: with respect to any Person, all of the right, title, and interest of such Person in and to land, improvements and fixtures, including ground leases.

REC ”: as defined in Section 6.8(c).

Recourse Indebtedness ”: any Indebtedness, to the extent that recourse of the applicable lender for non-payment is not limited to such lender’s Liens on a particular asset or group of assets (except to the extent the Property on which such lender has a Lien and to which its recourse for non-payment is limited constitutes cash or Cash Equivalents, to which extent such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Recourse Indebtedness); provided that, personal recourse of any Person for any such Indebtedness for fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication of cash, waste, environmental claims and liabilities, prohibited transfers, violations of single purpose entity covenants, failure to maintain insurance, failure to pay taxes, and other circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and included in separate guaranty or indemnification agreements in non-recourse financing of real estate shall not, by itself, cause such Indebtedness to be characterized as Recourse Indebtedness. For the avoidance of doubt, Recourse Indebtedness shall not include the Obligations.

Refunded Swing Line Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.4.

Refunding Date ”: as defined in Section 2.4.

Register ”: as defined in Section 10.6(d).

Regulation   H ”: Regulation H of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation   U ”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Reimbursement Obligation ”: the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse each Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.5 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender.

REIT ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

REIT Permitted Investments ”: Investments by the REIT or any Subsidiary of the REIT in the following items at any one time outstanding, provided that, on any date of determination, the aggregate value of such holdings of the REIT and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed the following amounts as a percentage of Total Asset Value on such date:

 

30


(i)    Mortgage Notes Receivables    20
(ii)    Unimproved Land    10
(iii)    Construction in Process (other than with respect to Sunset Bronson)    15
(iv)    Pro rata share of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures    25
(v)    Aggregate of (i) through (iv) above    30

REIT Status ”: with respect to any Person, (a) the qualification of such Person as a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code, and (b) the applicability to such Person and its shareholders of the method of taxation provided for in Section 857 et seq . of the Code, including a deduction for dividends paid.

Related Fund ”: with respect to any Lender, any fund that (x) invests in commercial loans and (y) is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender, by such Lender or an affiliate of such Lender.

Rents ”: with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, shall have the meaning set forth in the Mortgage for such Borrowing Base Property.

Replacement Management Agreement ”: collectively, (a) either (i) a management agreement with a Qualified Manager substantially in the same form and substance as the Management Agreement, or (ii) a management agreement with a Qualified Manager, which management agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (b) an assignment of management agreement and subordination of management fees substantially in the form then used by the Administrative Agent (or of such other form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower and such Qualified Manager at the Borrower’s expense.

Reorganization ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event ”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30-day notice period is waived under subsections .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34 or .35 of PBGC Reg. § 4043.

Required Lenders ”: at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

Requirements of Law ”: as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any treaty, federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, orders, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions of Governmental Authorities or determination of

 

31


an arbitrator or a court, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject, or the construction, use, alteration or operation of any Real Property, or any part thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, and all permits, licenses and authorizations and regulations relating thereto, and, with respect to any Real Property, all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or known to the Group Members, at any time in force affecting such Real Property or any part thereof.

Responsible Officer ”: the chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of the REIT, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer of the REIT.

Restricted Payments ”: as defined in Section 7.6.

Revolving Credit Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Credit Loans and participate in Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit, in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Revolving Credit Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A, or, as the case may be, in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The original aggregate amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments is $200,000,000.00.

Revolving Commitment Increase Notice ”: as defined in Section 2.22(a).

Revolving Credit Commitment Period ”: the period from and including the Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Termination Date.

Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date ”: as defined in Section 2.22(f).

Revolving Credit Lender ”: each Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment or that is the holder of Revolving Credit Loans.

Revolving Credit Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.1.

Revolving Credit Note ”: as defined in Section 2.5.

Revolving Credit Percentage ”: as to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding constitutes of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding).

Revolving Credit Termination Date ”: June [__], 2013.

Revolving Extensions of Credit ”: as to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of

 

32


the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding.

Revolving Offered Increase Amount ”: as defined in Section 2.22(a).

S&P ”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and its successors.

SEC ”: the Securities and Exchange Commission (or successors thereto or an analogous Governmental Authority).

Secured Parties ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Security Documents ”: the collective reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any Property of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Single Employer Plan ”: any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

Solvent ”: with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise”, as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim”, and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

SPC ”: as defined in Section 10.6(g).

Specified Development Property ”: that portion of any Real Property that has been designated for additional development but with respect to which construction has not yet commenced, provided that, (i) the Loan Parties shall have delivered new Appraisals to the Administrative Agent and Lenders for both the portion of such Real Property that has been designated for additional development and the remaining portion of such Real Property ( provided that, an Appraisal for the remaining portion of such Real Property shall not be required for any Real Property not added as a Borrowing Base Property), and (ii)(x) with respect to Sunset Gower, Sunset Bronson and City Plaza, such new Appraisals have been approved by the Applicable Supermajority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (y) with respect to any Real Property that is a Borrowing Base Property at the time

 

33


the Borrower requests such designation, such new Appraisals have been approved by the Required Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to the extent such approval was required to add such Real Property to the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 5.3, and (z) with respect to any Real Property that is to be added as a Borrowing Base Property after the Closing Date, such new Appraisals have been approved by the Required Lenders, to the extent such approval is required to add such Real Property to the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 5.3.

Specified Hedge Agreement ”: any Hedge Agreement entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor and any Qualified Counterparty.

Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor ”: each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Sunset Bronson ”: that certain 333,723 square foot media and entertainment property located in Hollywood, CA, known as “Sunset Bronson”.

Sunset Gower ”: that certain 543,709 square foot media and entertainment property locate din Hollywood, CA, known as “Sunset Gower”.

Supermajority Lenders ”: at any time, the holders of more than 66  2 / 3 % of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

Survey ”: as defined in Section 5.1(p).

Swing Line Commitment ”: the obligation of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.3 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $20,000,000.

Swing Line Exposure ”: for any Lender, at any time, its Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time.

Swing Line Lender ”: Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as the lender of Swing Line Loans.

Swing Line Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.3.

 

34


Swing Line Note ”: as defined in Section 2.5.

Swing Line Participation Amount ”: as defined in Section 2.4.

Syndication Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Technicolor Building ”: as defined in the definition of “Initial Borrowing Base Office Properties”.

Tenant ”: any Person leasing, subleasing or otherwise occupying any portion of a Borrowing Base Property under a Lease or other occupancy agreement with the Loan Party that is the direct owner of such Borrowing Base Property.

Threshold Amount ”: (a) $5,000,000 with respect to Recourse Indebtedness and (b) $15,000,000 with respect to all Non-Recourse Indebtedness.

Title Insurance Company ”: as defined in Section 5.1(p).

Title Insurance Policy ”: with respect to each Borrowing Base Property, an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if a Borrowing Base Property is in a State which does not permit the issuance of such ALTA policy, such form as shall be permitted in such State and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) issued with respect to each Borrowing Base Property and insuring the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering such Borrowing Base Property.

Total Asset Value ”: as of any date of determination, without duplication, with respect to the Group Members on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) for Real Property assets owned for four consecutive fiscal quarters or more as of such date (other than any Borrowing Base Property, any Specified Development Property and Construction in Process), an amount equal to (x) Consolidated EBITDA for such assets for the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ending on or prior to such date minus the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA attributable to each such Real Property asset acquired, sold or otherwise disposed of during such period, divided by (y) the Capitalization Rate with respect to such Real Property assets, (b) the acquisition cost of each Real Property asset (other than any Borrowing Base Property, any Specified Development Property, Construction in Process and Unimproved Land) acquired during the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or prior to such date, (c) cost of Construction in Process (including the book value of the related Real Property) plus the cost of improvements, (d) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents on the last day of such period, (e) the Group Members pro rata share of the items in clauses (a), (b) and (c) attributable to interests in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures, (f) an amount equal to the aggregate book value of Mortgage Notes Receivable, construction loans, capital improvement loans and other loans not in default owned by the Group Members, (g) an amount equal to the aggregate book value of Unimproved Land, (h) other than with respect to the Specified Development Properties related to the Borrowing Base Properties, the MAI “as-is” appraised value of such Specified Development Property set forth in the most recent Appraisal for such Specified Development Property and (i) an amount equal to the aggregate MAI “as-is” appraised values of the Borrowing Base Properties (including any related Specified Development Properties) set forth in the most recent Appraisal for each Borrowing Base Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for the purpose of

 

35


determining the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Immaterial Subsidiaries, and compliance with Sections 7.1(a), 7.1(d), or 7.2(f) and 7.7(f), Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be (i) $[              ] for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2009, (ii) $[              ] for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2009, (iii) $[              ] for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2009, and (iv) $[              ] for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2010.

Total Net Worth ”: on any date of determination, (a) Total Asset Value on such date minus (b) Consolidated Total Debt on such date.

Total Revolving Credit Commitments ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

Total Revolving Extensions of Credit ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Credit Lenders outstanding at such time.

Transferee ”: as defined in Section 10.14.

TRS Subsidiary ”: Hudson Pacific Services, Inc. and any other Subsidiary of the REIT that is a “taxable REIT subsidiary” within the meaning of Section 856(l) of the Code.

Type ”: as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

Unconsolidated Joint Venture ”: with respect to any Group Member, any Joint Venture in which such Group Member has an interest that is not consolidated with such Group Member in accordance with GAAP.

Unimproved Land ”: on any date of determination, any land of the Group Members, or in which any Group Member has an interest (either directly or indirectly, through an Unconsolidated Joint Venture of such Group Member or otherwise) with respect to which the construction of improvements or infrastructure has not yet commenced.

USPAP ”: the Uniform Standards for Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP).

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor ”: any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions . (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the REIT, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly

 

36


defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) All calculations of financial ratios set forth in Section 7.1 and the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for purposes of determining the Applicable Margin shall be calculated to the same number of decimal places as the relevant ratios are expressed in and shall be rounded upward if the number in the decimal place immediately following the last calculated decimal place is five or greater. For example, if the relevant ratio is to be calculated to the hundredth decimal place and the calculation of the ratio is 5.126, the ratio will be rounded up to 5.13.

SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT

2.1 Revolving Credit Commitments . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to make revolving credit loans (the “ Revolving Credit Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (i) for each Revolving Credit Lender which, when added to such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the sum of (x) the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Loans then outstanding does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit shall at no time exceed the Maximum Facility Availability at such time. During the Revolving Credit Commitment Period the Borrower may use the Revolving Credit Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The Revolving Credit Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.10, provided that no Revolving Credit Loan shall be made as a Eurodollar Loan after the day that is one month prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date.

(b) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans on the Revolving Credit Termination Date.

2.2 Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing . The Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Credit Commitments on any Business Day during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, provided that the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Notice (which Borrowing Notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing

 

37


Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans). Each borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans under the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Credit Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided , that the Swing Line Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrower, borrowings of Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Credit Commitments in other amounts pursuant to Section 2.4. Upon receipt of any such Borrowing Notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender thereof. Each Revolving Credit Lender will make its Revolving Credit Percentage of the amount of each borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

2.3 Swing Line Commitment . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender agrees that, during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, it will make available to the Borrower in the form of swing line loans (“ Swing Line Loans ”) a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swing Line Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swing Line Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swing Line Lender’s other outstanding Revolving Credit Loans hereunder, may exceed the Swing Line Commitment then in effect or such Swing Line Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect), (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swing Line Lender shall not make, any Swing Line Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swing Line Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Credit Commitments would be less than zero and (iii) the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit shall at no time exceed the Maximum Facility Availability at such time. During the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Swing Line Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Swing Line Loans shall be Base Rate Loans only.

(b) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Swing Line Loans on the Revolving Credit Termination Date.

2.4 Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing; Refunding of Swing Line Loans . (a) The Borrower may borrow under the Swing Line Commitment on any Business Day during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, provided , the Borrower shall give the Swing Line Lender irrevocable telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the proposed Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date. Each borrowing under the Swing Line Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Not later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in the borrowing notice in respect of any Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of such Swing

 

38


Line Loan. The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Swing Line Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Swing Line Lender to act on its behalf), on one Business Day’s notice given by the Swing Line Lender no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, request each Revolving Credit Lender to make, and each Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Credit Loan (which shall initially be a Base Rate Loan), in an amount equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Loans (the “ Refunded Swing Line Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swing Line Lender. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day after the date of such notice. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans shall be made immediately available by the Administrative Agent to the Swing Line Lender for application by the Swing Line Lender to the repayment of the Refunded Swing Line Loans.

(c) If prior to the time a Revolving Credit Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.4(b), one of the events described in Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower, or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swing Line Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Credit Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 2.4(b), each Revolving Credit Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Credit Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.4(b) (the “ Refunding Date ”), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swing Line Loans by paying to the Swing Line Lender an amount (the “ Swing Line Participation Amount ”) equal to (i) such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding which were to have been repaid with such Revolving Credit Loans.

(d) Whenever, at any time after the Swing Line Lender has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s Swing Line Participation Amount, the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of the Swing Line Loans, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swing Line Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swing Line Loans then due); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by the Swing Line Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Credit Lender will return to the Swing Line Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swing Line Lender.

(e) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 2.4(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.4(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving

 

39


Credit Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Revolving Credit Lender; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

2.5 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the appropriate Revolving Credit Lender, (i) the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan of such Revolving Credit Lender on the Revolving Credit Termination Date (or on such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 8) and (ii) the then unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan of such Swing Line Lender on the Revolving Credit Termination Date (or on such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 8). The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.12.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 10.6(d), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and any Note evidencing such Loan, the Type of such Loan and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 2.5(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will promptly execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing any Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, of such Lender, substantially in the forms of Exhibit F-1 or F-2, respectively (a “ Revolving Credit Note ” or “ Swing Line Note ”, respectively), with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount; provided , that delivery of Notes shall not be a condition precedent to the

 

40


occurrence of the Closing Date or the making of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit on the Closing Date.

2.6 Commitment Fees, Etc. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Credit Termination Date, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates from time to time agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

2.7 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments . The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitments. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

2.8 Optional Prepayments . The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as otherwise provided herein), upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior thereto in the case of Eurodollar Loans and no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day prior thereto in the case of Base Rate Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment, whether such prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans; provided , that (i) if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.18 and (ii) no prior notice is required for the prepayment of Swing Line Loans. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Revolving Credit Loans that are Base Rate Loans and Swing Line Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of Swing Line Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.

2.9 Mandatory Prepayments . If at any date the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit exceed the Maximum Facility Availability calculated as of such date, the Borrower shall

 

41


prepay the Loans and the outstanding Letters of Credit shall be Cash Collateralized within three Business Days of such date in an amount equal to or greater than such excess so that the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit no longer exceed the Maximum Facility Availability as of such date. Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied, first , to the prepayment of the Loans (without a corresponding reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments) and, second , to Cash Collateralize the outstanding Letters of Credit.

2.10 Conversion and Continuation Options . (a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least two Business Days’ prior irrevocable notice of such election, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may be made only on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable notice of such election (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor), provided that no Base Rate Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has, or the Required Lenders have, determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the final scheduled termination or maturity date of the Loan. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

(b) The Borrower may elect to continue any Eurodollar Loan as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “ Interest Period ” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loan, provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has, or the Required Lenders have, determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the final scheduled termination or maturity date of the Loans, and provided , further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Loans shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

2.11 Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of Eurodollar Tranches . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions, continuations and optional prepayments of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (b) no more than ten Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

2.12 Interest Rates and Payment Dates . (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

 

42


(b) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for each day on which it is outstanding at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect for such day plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such day.

(c) (i) At any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all outstanding Loans and Reimbursement Obligations (whether or not overdue) (to the extent legally permitted) shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is equal to (x) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2% or (y) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the rate applicable to the Base Rate Loans plus 2% and (ii) if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any commitment fee or other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans plus 2%, in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

2.13 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate . (a) Interest, fees and commissions payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to Base Rate Loans on which interest is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Base Rate or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.12(a).

(c) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the REIT or for any other reason, the REIT, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the REIT and the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 8(f) with respect to the Borrower, automatically and without further

 

43


action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Lender) an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, under Section   3.3(a), 3.4(b) or 2.12(c) or under Section 8.

2.14 Inability to Determine Interest Rate . If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or

(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (y) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as Base Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans to Eurodollar Loans.

2.15 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments . (a) Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee or Letter of Credit fee, and any reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders, shall be made pro rata according to the Revolving Credit Percentages of the Lenders. Each payment of interest in respect of the Loans and each payment in respect of fees payable hereunder shall be applied to the amounts of such obligations owing to the Lenders pro rata according to the respective amounts then due and owing to the Lenders.

(b) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of the Revolving Credit Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Credit Loans then held by the Revolving Credit Lenders. Each payment in respect of Reimbursement Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit shall be made to the Issuing Lender that issued such Letter of Credit.

(c) The application of any payment of Loans (including optional and mandatory prepayments) shall be made, first, to Base Rate Loans and, second, to Eurodollar Loans. Each payment of the Loans (except in the case of Swing Line Loans and Revolving

 

44


Credit Loans that are Base Rate Loans) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such payment on the amount paid.

(d) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant Lenders, at the Payment Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. Any payment made by the Borrower after 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on any Business Day shall be deemed to have been on the next following Business Day. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans, on demand, from the Borrower.

(f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate. Nothing

 

45


herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

(g) Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of payments on behalf of Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute such payments to the Lender or Lenders entitled thereto, in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent receives any payment (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8(f), or otherwise) (the amount of such payment, the “ Lender Payment Amount ”) for the account of any Lender (whether in such Lender’s capacity as a Revolving Credit Lender or L/C Participant), and at the time of such receipt such Lender, in its capacity as L/C Participant, is in default in any of its obligations pursuant to Section 3.4(a) (the amount of such obligations in default, the “ Defaulted Amount ”), the Administrative Agent may withhold from the Lender Payment Amount an amount up to the Defaulted Amount, and apply the amount so withheld toward payment to the relevant Issuing Lender of the Defaulted Amount or, if applicable, toward reimbursement of any other Person that has previously reimbursed such Issuing Lender for the Defaulted Amount.

2.16 Requirements of Law . (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any Eurodollar Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 2.17 and changes in the rate of any Excluded Taxes payable by such Lender);

(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

 

46


(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

(c) A certificate in reasonable detail as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.17 Taxes . (a) All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding (i) net income taxes (however denominated), branch profit taxes, and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) imposed on any Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between such Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from such Agent’s or such Lender’s having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document); (ii) taxes that are attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph (d) or (e) of this Section; (iii) taxes that are United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, except to the extent that such Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such deduction or withholding pursuant to this paragraph (a); or (iv) with respect to any Loan not outstanding before March 18, 2012, any U.S. federal withholding tax imposed on any “withholdable payment” (as defined in section 1473 of the Code) as a result of an Agent’s or Lender’s failure to satisfy the applicable requirements as set forth in section 1472 of the Code or that is imposed under section 1471 of the Code, as applicable (or regulation or administrative guidance promulgated thereunder). If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (“ Non-Excluded Taxes ”) or any Other Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to any Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to such Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement.

 

47


(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Agent or Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Agents and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by any Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure, except to the extent that any such amounts are compensated for by an increased payment under Section 2.17(a). The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(d) Any Lender (or Transferee) that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. Each Lender (or Transferee) that in not a “U.S. Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant that would be Non-U.S. Lender if it were a Lender (each, a “ Non-U.S. Participant ”), to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI, Form W-81MY (together with all required supporting documentation), or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest” a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit G and a Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Non-U.S. Participant, on or before the date such Non-U.S. Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower (or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Participant, the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(e) Each Lender shall deliver documentation and information to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the times and in form required by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sufficient to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not payments made with respect

 

48


to this Agreement or any Loan Documents are subject to taxes, and, if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction. However, a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation or information pursuant to this paragraph that such Lender is not legally able to deliver. A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate, provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender.

(f) Nothing in this Section 2.17 shall require the Lender to make available any of its tax returns or any other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary

2.18 Indemnity . The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment or conversion of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.19 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be canceled and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If

 

49


any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.18.

2.20 Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.16, 2.17(a) or 2.19 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided , that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of any Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, 2.17(a) or 2.19.

2.21 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances . The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16 or 2.17 or gives a notice of illegality pursuant to Section 2.19 or (b) is a Defaulting Lender with a replacement financial institution; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 2.20 so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16 or 2.17 or to eliminate the illegality referred to in such notice of illegality given pursuant to Section 2.19, (iv) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (v) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.18 (as though Section 2.18 were applicable) if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (vi) the replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (vii) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 ( provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (viii) the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 2.16 or 2.17, as the case may be, in respect of any period prior to the date on which such replacement shall be consummated, and (ix) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

2.22 Increases in Revolving Credit Commitments . (a) At any time after the Closing Date and prior to the date that is twelve months prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Notice ”), which notice shall promptly be copied by the Administrative Agent to each Lender, request an increase in the Total Revolving Credit Commitments in an aggregate principal amount up to $50,000,000 (the “ Revolving Offered Increase Amount ”), provided that, (x) each such Revolving Offered Increase Amount shall be in a minimum amount of not less than $15,000,000 and (y) at no time shall the Total Revolving Credit Commitments exceed $250,000,000. The Borrower may, at its election, (i) offer one or more of the Revolving Credit Lenders the

 

50


opportunity to provide all or a portion of any Revolving Offered Increase Amount pursuant to subparagraph (c) below and/or (ii) with the consent of the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), offer one or more additional banks, financial institutions or other entities the opportunity to provide all or a portion of such Revolving Offered Increase Amount pursuant to Section 2.22(b) below. Each Revolving Commitment Increase Notice shall specify which Revolving Credit Lenders and/or banks, financial institutions or other entities the Borrower desires to provide such Revolving Offered Increase Amount. The Borrower or, if requested by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent will notify such Revolving Credit Lenders, and/or banks, financial institutions or other entities.

(b) Any additional bank, financial institution or other entity that the Borrower selects to offer participation in any increased Total Revolving Credit Commitments and that elects to become a party to this Agreement and provide a Revolving Credit Commitment in an amount so offered and accepted by it pursuant to Section 2.22(a) shall execute a New Lender Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit I , with the Borrower, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, whereupon such bank, financial institution or other entity (herein called a “ New Revolving Credit Lender ”) shall become a Revolving Credit Lender for all purposes and to the same extent as if originally a party hereto and shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement, provided that, the Revolving Credit Commitment of any such New Revolving Credit Lender shall be in an amount not less than $5,000,000.

(c) Any Revolving Credit Lender that accepts an offer to it by the Borrower to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 2.22(a) shall, in each case, execute a Commitment Increase Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit J (each, a “ Commitment Increase Supplement ”), with the Borrower, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, whereupon such Revolving Credit Lender shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement with respect to the full amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment as so increased.

(d) On any Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date, (i) each bank, financial institution or other entity that is a New Revolving Credit Lender pursuant Section 2.22(b) or any Revolving Credit Lender that has increased its Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 2.22(c) shall make available to the Administrative Agent such amounts in immediately available funds as the Administrative Agent shall determine, for the benefit of the other relevant Revolving Credit Lenders, as being required in order to cause, after giving effect to such increase and the use of such amounts to make payments to such other relevant Revolving Credit Lenders, each Revolving Credit Lender’s portion of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of all the Lenders to equal its Revolving Credit Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) the Borrower shall be deemed to have repaid and reborrowed all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of all the Revolving Credit Lenders to equal its Revolving Credit Percentage of such outstanding Revolving Credit Loans as of the date of any increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments (with such reborrowing to consist of the Types of Loans, with related Interest Periods if applicable, specified in a notice delivered by the Borrower in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.2). The deemed payments made pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence in respect of each Eurodollar Loan shall be subject to indemnification by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.18 if the deemed payment occurs other than on the last day of the related Interest Periods.

 

51


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.22, (i) in no event may the Borrower deliver more than three Revolving Commitment Increase Notices, (ii) in no event shall there be more than three Revolving Credit Increase Effective Dates and (iii) no Lender shall have any obligation to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment unless it agrees to do so in its sole discretion.

(f) The increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments provided pursuant to this Section 2.22 shall be effective on the date (the “ Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date ”) the Administrative Agent receives legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing documents (including, without limitation, all documentation referred to in Section 5.1(p) necessary to provide additional coverage in an amount equal to the related Revolving Offered Increase Amount); provided that, immediately prior to and after giving effect to such increase, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) each of the REIT and the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.1, such determination of pro forma compliance to be based on the then outstanding principal amount of Loans and (iii) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, provided that, (x) to the extent that any such representation or warranty relates to a specific earlier date, they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date and (y) any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on such respective dates. For the avoidance of doubt, no increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.22 shall require, as a condition to its effectiveness, the signature of, or any consent or approval from, any Lender that is not obligated to increase its Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to a Commitment Increase Supplement.

2.23 Defaulting Lender . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 3.3;

(b) the Revolving Credit Commitment and the Revolving Extension of Credit of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all the Lenders, the Required Lenders or the Supermajority Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 10.1), provided that, any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender;

(c) if (i) any Swing Line Loan exists or (ii) any Letter of Credit is outstanding, at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure and Swing Line Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in

 

52


accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Percentage (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied at such time and (y) after giving effect to such reallocation, the Revolving Extension of Credit of any non-Defaulting Lender shall not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; and

(ii) if the reallocation described in Section 2.23(c)(i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent prepay such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure and Swing Line Exposure;

(d) so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loan, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be covered by the Revolving Credit Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders, and participating interests in any newly made Swing Line Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders;

(e) so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be covered by the Revolving Credit Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders, and participating interests in any newly issued Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders;

(f) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.6 or 3.3) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable Requirements of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i)  first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii)  second , pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender, any Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender hereunder, (iii)  third , if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by an Issuing Lender or the Swing Line Lender, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender in respect of any existing or future participating interest in any Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit, (iv)  fourth , to the funding of any Loan or the purchase of any participation under any Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund or purchase its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (v)  fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender in respect of any Loans or the purchase of any participation under any Letter of Credit under this Agreement, (vi)  sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, any Issuing Lender or the Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any Issuing Lender or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, (vii)  seventh , to

 

53


the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, and (viii)  eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction, provided , with respect to this clause (viii), that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 2.9 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans made by all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender; and

(g) for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.1, the “ Revolving Credit Percentage ” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Credit Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided that, (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Credit Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate Revolving Extensions of Credit of such non-Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1 L/C Commitment . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in Section 3.4(a), agrees to issue letters of credit (the “ Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by such Issuing Lender; provided , that no Issuing Lender shall have any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Credit Commitments would be less than zero. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date which is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above).

(b) No Issuing Lender shall at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause such Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.

3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit . The Borrower may from time to time request that an Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to such Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of such Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and

 

54


information as such Issuing Lender may reasonably request. Concurrently with the delivery of an Application to an Issuing Lender, the Borrower shall deliver a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any Application, an Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by such Issuing Lender and the Borrower (but in no event shall any Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto). Promptly after issuance by an Issuing Lender of a Letter of Credit, such Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower. Each Issuing Lender shall promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent of the issuance of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender (including the face amount thereof), and shall provide a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Administrative Agent as soon as possible after the date of issuance.

3.3 Fees and Other Charges . (a) The Borrower will pay a fee on the aggregate drawable amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans, shared ratably among the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Percentages and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the relevant Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee on the aggregate drawable amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit issued by it of  1 / 4 of 1% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date.

(b) In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse each Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by such Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

3.4 L/C Participations . (a) Each Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce each Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from each Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk, an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Percentage in each Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by such Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with each Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender for which such Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender upon demand at such Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein (and thereafter the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to such Issuing Lender) an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. Each L/C Participant’s obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such

 

55


L/C Participant may have against any Issuing Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other L/C Participant or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(b) If any amount (a “ Participation Amount ”) required to be paid by any L/C Participant to an Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.4(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by such Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to such Issuing Lender within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such Issuing Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, which shall promptly notify the L/C Participants, and each L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Lender, on demand (and thereafter the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to such Issuing Lender) an amount equal to the product of (i) such Participation Amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any Participation Amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.4(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such Participation Amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted on behalf of an Issuing Lender to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Whenever, at any time after an Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from the Administrative Agent any L/C Participant’s pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.4(a), such Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by such Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, such Issuing Lender will distribute to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Participant (and thereafter the Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to such L/C Participant) its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by such Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by such Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender (and thereafter the Administrative Agent shall promptly return to such Issuing Lender) the portion thereof previously distributed by such Issuing Lender.

3.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower . The Borrower agrees to reimburse each Issuing Lender, on each date on which such Issuing Lender notifies the Borrower of the date and amount of a draft presented under any Letter of Credit and paid by such Issuing Lender, for the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by such Issuing Lender in connection with such payment (the amounts

 

56


described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) in respect of any drawing, collectively, the “ Payment Amount ”). Each such payment shall be made to such Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds. Interest shall be payable on each Payment Amount from the date of the applicable drawing until payment in full at the rate set forth in (i) until the second Business Day following the date of the applicable drawing, Section 2.12(b) and (ii) thereafter, Section 2.12(c). Each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an event of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower, in which case the procedures specified in Section 3.4 for funding by L/C Participants shall apply) constitute a request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.5 of Base Rate Loans (or, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender in their sole discretion, a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.7 of Swing Line Loans) in the amount of such drawing. The Borrowing Date with respect to such borrowing shall be the first date on which a borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans (or, if applicable, Swing Line Loans) could be made, pursuant to Section 2.5 (or, if applicable, Section 2.7), if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the relevant Issuing Lender of such drawing under such Letter of Credit.

3.6 Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against any Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. The Borrower also agrees with each Issuing Lender that such Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.5 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. No Issuing Lender shall be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Lender. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by an Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of such Issuing Lender to the Borrower.

3.7 Letter of Credit Payments . If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the relevant Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender, shall be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment appear on their face to be in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

 

57


3.8 Applications . To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loan and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the REIT and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Agent and each Lender that:

4.1 Financial Condition . (a) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2010 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, has been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the consummation of the IPO, (ii) the Loans to be made on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof and (iii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet has been prepared based on the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and presents fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2010, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.

(b) The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor as at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from Ernst & Young LLP, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor as at March 31, 2010, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the three-month period ended on such date, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the three-month period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein). The REIT, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not have any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term Leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including, without limitation, any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this paragraph. During the period from December 31, 2009 to and including the date hereof there has been no Disposition by the REIT and its Subsidiaries of any material part of its business or Property.

4.2 No Change . Since December 31, 2009 there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

58


4.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . Each of the Group Members (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate or other power and authority, and the legal right and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to own and operate its Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except in the case of clauses (c) and (d) to the extent that the failure to so qualify or comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . Each Group Member has the corporate or other power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow hereunder. Each Group Member has taken all necessary corporate or other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 4.4 , which consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.20. Each Group Member has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Group Member that is a party thereto, enforceable against each such Group Member in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

4.5 No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of the any Group Member and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents). No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation applicable to any Group Member could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 No Material Litigation . No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the REIT or the Borrower, threatened by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

59


4.7 No Default . None of the Group Members is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4.8 Ownership of Property; Liens . (a) Each of the Group Members has good record and marketable title, and with respect to the Borrowing Base Properties, insurable title, in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its Real Property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other Property, and none of such Property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.3. Such Liens in the aggregate do not materially and adversely affect the value, operation or use of the applicable Real Property (as currently used) or the Borrower’s ability to repay the Loans. Except to the extent permitted by Section 7.3(b), there are no claims for payment for work, labor or materials affecting any Real Property which are or may become a Lien prior to, or of equal priority with, the Liens created by the Loan Documents.

(b) (i) No Loan Party has received written notice of the assertion of any material valid claim by anyone adverse to any Loan Party’s ownership, or leasehold rights in and to any Borrowing Base Property and (ii) no Person has an option or right of first refusal to purchase all or part of any Borrowing Base Property or any interest therein which has not been waived (except as disclosed in writing and approved by the Required Lenders).

4.9 Intellectual Property . Each of the Group Members owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted. No material claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does the REIT or the Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim. The use of Intellectual Property by the Group Members does not infringe on the rights of any Person in any material respect.

4.10 Taxes . Each of the Group Members has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its Property and all other material taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its Property by any Governmental Authority (other than any taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the applicable Group Member, as the case may be); and no tax Lien (other than any Lien for taxes not yet delinquent) has been filed, and, to the knowledge of the REIT and the Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.

4.11 Federal Regulations . No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U.

 

60


4.12 Labor Matters . There are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of the REIT or the Borrower, threatened that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Group Members have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from the Group Members on account of employee health and welfare insurance that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if not paid have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Group Members.

4.13 ERISA . Except as would not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) has complied with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code; (b) no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period; (c) the present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Single Employer Plan allocable to such accrued benefits; (d) neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a “complete withdrawal” (within the meaning of Sections 4203 of ERISA) or “partial withdrawal” (within the meaning of Sections 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan; (e) neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability under part 1 of subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA if the Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made; and (f) no Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent.

4.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations . No Loan Party is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board) that limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.

4.15 Subsidiaries . (a) The Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 4.15 constitute all the Subsidiaries of the REIT at the date hereof. Schedule 4.15 sets forth as of the Closing Date the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary and, as to each Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by each Group Member.

(b) There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of the REIT, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except as disclosed on Schedule 4.15 .

 

61


4.16 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used for general corporate purposes, including to refinance existing indebtedness, and funding acquisitions, redevelopment and expansion.

4.17 Environmental Matters . Other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in the payment of a Material Environmental Amount:

(a) Each of the Group Members and all Real Property and facilities owned, leased, or otherwise operated by them: (i) is, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation has been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) holds or as applicable is covered by all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for its current or intended operations; (iii) is, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation has been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Permits; and (iv) to the extent within the control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries: each of such Environmental Permits will be timely renewed and complied with and additional Environmental Permits that may be required of it will be timely obtained and complied with, without material expense; and compliance with any Environmental Law that is or is expected to become applicable to it will be timely attained and maintained, without material expense.

(b) Materials of Environmental Concern are not present at, on, under, in, or about any Real Property or facilities now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Group Member, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage, or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to liability of any Group Member under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to any Group Member, or (ii) interfere with the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ continued operations, or (iii) impair the fair saleable value of any Real Property owned or leased by any Group Member.

(c) There is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including any notice of violation or alleged violation) under or relating to any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is, or to the knowledge of any Group Member will be, named as a party that is pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened.

(d) No Group Member has received any notice or, or has any knowledge of, any Environmental Claim or any completed, pending, proposed or threatened investigation or inquiry concerning the presence or release of any Materials of Environmental Concern at any Real Property or facilities owned, leased, or otherwise operated by them.

(e) None of the Group Members has received any written request for information, or been notified that it is a potentially responsible party under or relating to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act or any similar Environmental Law, or with respect to any Materials of Environmental

 

62


Concern, or with respect to any Real Property or facilities owned, leased, or otherwise operated by them.

(f) None of the Group Members, or as applicable any Real Property or facilities owned, leased, or otherwise operated by them, has entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or settlement or other agreement, or is subject to any judgment, decree, or order or other agreement, in any judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum for dispute resolution, relating to compliance with or liability under any Environmental Law.

(g) None of the Group Members has assumed or retained, by contract, conduct or operation of law, any liabilities of any kind, fixed or contingent, known or unknown, under any Environmental Law or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern, and none of the Borrowing Base Properties or any other Real Property is subject to any Lien imposed pursuant to Environmental Laws.

(h) ESAs prepared within twelve months prior to the applicable Closing Date in respect to all Borrowing Base Properties and any ESAs for other Real Property have not identified any conditions, circumstances, or facts past or present likely to result in material liability pursuant to Environmental Law, including and without limitation with respect to landfills, dumping, or other waste disposal activities or operations; generation, storage, use, sale, treatment, processing, recycling, or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern; underground or aboveground storage tanks, asbestos, polychlorinated byphenyls, or lead in water or paint.

4.18 Accuracy of Information, etc . No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or any of them, by or on behalf of any Loan Party for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. There is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Agents and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

4.19 Security Documents . (a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement,

 

63


when any stock certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a) (which financing statements have been duly completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent), the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section 7.3).

(b) Each of the Mortgages is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof; and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(b) (in the case of the Mortgages to be executed and delivered on the Closing Date) or in the recording office designated by the Borrower, each Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties described therein and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than Persons holding Liens or other encumbrances or rights permitted by the relevant Mortgage). Schedule 1.1B lists, as of the Closing Date, each parcel of owned Real Property and each leasehold interest in Real Property located in the United States and held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

4.20 Solvency . Each Loan Party is, and after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be and will continue to be, Solvent.

4.21 Regulation H . No Mortgage encumbers improved Real Property which is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (each, a “ Flood Hazard Property ”) (except any Mortgaged Properties as to which such flood insurance as required by Regulation H has been obtained and is in full force and effect as required by this Agreement).

4.22 REIT Status; Borrower Tax Status . The REIT has been organized and will be operated in a manner that will allow it to qualify for REIT Status commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and it will meet the requirements for REIT Status. The Borrower is not an association taxable as a corporation under the Code.

4.23 Insurance . The Group Members obtained and has delivered to the Administrative Agent certified copies of insurance certificates reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements for insurance policies set forth in this Agreement. No claims have been made under any such policies, and no Person, including the Group Members, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of any such policies.

 

64


4.24 Casualty; Condemnation . (a) No material Condemnation has been commenced or, to the REIT’s or the Borrower’s knowledge, is contemplated with respect to all or any part of any Borrowing Base Property or for the relocation of roadways providing material access to any Borrowing Base Property, other than any Condemnation for which the Administrative Agent shall have received notice in accordance with Section 6.7 and the Borrowing Base Properties are not the subject of any adverse zoning proceeding, except as could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No material Casualty has occurred with respect to all or any part of any Borrowing Base Property, other than any Casualty for which the Administrative Agent shall have received notice in accordance with Section 6.7 and the Improvements have not been damaged (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and not repaired, except as could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Property Event.

4.25 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism, Embargo and Anti-Money Laundering Laws . (a) No Group Member is currently identified on the OFAC List or otherwise qualifies as a Prohibited Person, and Borrower has implemented procedures to ensure that no Person who now or hereafter owns any equity interest in the Borrower or any Guarantor is a Prohibited Person or controlled by a Prohibited Person, and (b) neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor is in violation of any Requirements of Law relating to anti-money laundering or anti-terrorism, including, without limitation, Requirements of Law related to transacting business with Prohibited Persons or the requirements of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, U.S. Public Law 107-56, and the related regulations issued thereunder, including temporary regulations, all as amended from time to time.

4.26 Property Condition . Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) all Borrowing Base Properties comply with all Requirements of Law, including all subdivision and platting requirements, without reliance on any adjoining or neighboring property; (b) the Improvements comply with all Requirements of Law regarding access and facilities for handicapped or disabled persons; (c) no Group Member has directly or indirectly conveyed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, or transferred (or agreed to do so) any development rights, air rights, or other similar rights, privileges, or attributes with respect to any Borrowing Base Properties, including those arising under any zoning or property use ordinance or other Requirements of Law; (d) all utility services necessary for the use of the Borrowing Base Properties and the Improvements and the operation thereof for their intended purpose are available at the Borrowing Base Property; (e) except as otherwise permitted in the Loan Documents, no Group Member has made any contract or arrangement of any kind the performance of which by the other party thereto would give rise to Liens on the Borrowing Base Properties; (f) no Borrowing Base Property is part of a larger tract of Real Property owned by the Borrower or any other Group Member or otherwise included under any unity of title or similar covenant with other Real Property not owned by a Loan Party and each Borrowing Base Property constitutes a separate tax lot or lots with a separate tax assessment or assessments for such Borrowing Base Property and the Improvements thereon, independent of those for any other Real Property or improvements; (g) the current and anticipated use of the Borrowing Base Properties complies in all material respects with all applicable zoning ordinances, regulations, certificates of occupancy issued for the Borrowing Base Properties and restrictive covenants

 

65


affecting the Borrowing Base Properties without the existence of any variance, non-complying use, nonconforming use, or other special exception, all use restrictions of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction have been satisfied, and no violation of any Requirements of Law or regulation exists with respect thereto; (h) all certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits, required for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Borrowing Base Properties have been obtained are in full force and effect; (i) the Borrowing Base Properties, including, without limitation, all buildings, improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping, irrigation systems and all structural components, are in good condition, order and repair in all material respects; there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in the Borrowing Base Properties, whether latent or otherwise, and Borrower has not received notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in the Borrowing Base Properties, or any part thereof, which would adversely affect the insurability of the same or cause the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or of any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond; and (j) all of the Improvements which were included in determining the appraised value of each Borrowing Base Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of such Borrowing Base Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Borrowing Base Property, and no easements or other encumbrances upon the Borrowing Base Property encroach upon any of the Improvements, so as to materially affect the value or marketability of the Borrowing Base Property except those which are insured against by the applicable Title Insurance Policy.

4.27 Ground Leases . Each applicable Loan Party has delivered true and correct copies of each Acceptable Ground Lease to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the REIT and the Borrower, (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the REIT, the Borrower and each Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary, any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary), (iii) a Mortgage covering each of the Borrowing Base Properties, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party thereto and (iv) an executed counterpart to this Agreement executed and delivered by each Lender.

(b) Blocked Account Control Agreements . The Administrative Agent shall have received deposit account control agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent granting the Administrative Agent “control” for purposes of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or as necessary to perfect such

 

66


security interest under any other applicable law (such agreements, each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Blocked Account Control Agreements ”), executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party a party thereto, covering each Lockbox Account.

(c) IPO . The REIT shall have received gross proceeds of at least $200,000,000 from the initial public offering and the private placement of its common stock (the “ IPO ”).

(d) Formation Transactions . The consummation of formation transactions described in the prospectus for the IPO, including the acquisition of assets contributed by entities owned by Hudson Capital, LLC, investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., an investment vehicle whose general partner is owned by investment funds managed by Morgan Stanley, including the Initial Borrowing Base Office Properties and Sunset Gower.

(e) Pro Forma Balance Sheet; Financial Statements . The Lenders shall have received (i) the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, (ii) audited consolidated financial statements of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor for the 2007, 2008 and 2009 fiscal years and (iii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Hudson Pacific Predecessor for each quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest applicable financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available; and such financial statements shall not, in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders, reflect any material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition of the REIT and its Subsidiaries, as reflected in the financial statements or projections delivered to the Agents and the Lenders prior to the Closing Date.

(f) Approvals . All governmental and third party approvals (including landlords’ and other consents) necessary in connection with the continuing operations of the REIT, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the financing contemplated hereby.

(g) Appraisals . The Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders shall have received a recent Appraisal for each Initial Borrowing Base Office Property and Sunset Gower and such documents shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders in their sole discretion.

(h) Fees . The Lenders, the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Agents), on or before the Closing Date. All such amounts will be either paid with (i) proceeds of Loans made on the Closing Date and will be reflected in the funding

 

67


instructions given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date or (ii) proceeds from the IPO.

(i) Solvency Analysis . The Lenders shall have received a reasonably satisfactory solvency analysis certified by the chief financial officer of the REIT which shall document the solvency of the REIT and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

(j) Lien Searches . The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search in each of the jurisdictions in which Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or other filings or recordations should be made to evidence or perfect security interests in all assets of the Group Members, and such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the Group Members, except for Liens permitted by Section 7.3.

(k) Environmental Matters . The Administrative Agent shall have received, with a copy for each Lender, an American Society for Testing & Materials (“ ASTM ”) compliant Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment (“ ESA ”), and as may be recommended by any Phase 1 ESA, a copy also of an ASTM Phase II ESA, each dated no earlier than the date that is 12 months prior to the Closing Date for each Borrowing Base Property, prepared by an environmental consultant acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with a letter or equivalent from the environmental consultant permitting the Agents and the Lenders to rely on the ESA as if address to and prepared for each of them. Each such Phase I ESA, or Phase II ESA as appropriate, shall identify no environmental condition reasonably likely to result in a Material Environmental Amount.

(l) Closing Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments.

(m) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following executed legal opinions:

(i) the legal opinion of Latham & Watkins, LLP, counsel to the REIT, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and

(ii) the legal opinion of local counsel in Maryland and California and of such other special and local counsel as may be required by the Administrative Agent.

Each such legal opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require and shall be addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(n) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Acknowledgment and Consent; Pledged Notes . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the certificates representing the

 

68


shares of Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof, (ii) an Acknowledgment and Consent, substantially in the form of Annex II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, duly executed by any issuer of Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement that is not itself a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (iii) each promissory note pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) by the pledgor thereof.

(o) Filings, Registrations and Recordings . Each document (including, without limitation, any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.3), shall have been filed, registered or recorded or shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(p) Title Insurance; Flood Insurance . (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received, and the title insurance company issuing the policy referred to in clause (ii) below (the “ Title Insurance Company ”) shall have received, maps or plats of an as-built survey (each, a “ Survey ”) of the sites of the Mortgaged Properties certified to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company in a manner reasonably satisfactory to them, dated a date reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company by an independent professional licensed land surveyor reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company, which maps or plats and the surveys on which they are based shall be made in accordance with the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by the American Land Title Association and the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping in 2005, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there shall be surveyed and shown on such maps, plats or surveys the following: (A) the locations on such sites of all the buildings, structures and other improvements and the established building setback lines; (B) the lines of streets abutting the sites and width thereof; (C) all access and other easements appurtenant to the sites; (D) all roadways, paths, driveways, easements, encroachments and overhanging projections and similar encumbrances affecting the site, whether recorded, apparent from a physical inspection of the sites or otherwise known to the surveyor; (E) any encroachments on any adjoining property by the building structures and improvements on the sites; (F) if the site is described as being on a filed map, a legend relating the survey to said map; and (G) the flood zone designations, if any, in which the Mortgaged Properties are located.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received in respect of each Borrowing Base Property a mortgagee’s title insurance policy (or policies) or marked up unconditional binder for such insurance. Each such policy shall (A) be

 

69


in an amount satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (B) be issued at ordinary rates; (C) insure that the Mortgage insured thereby creates a valid first Lien on such Borrowing Base Property free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, except as disclosed therein; (D) name the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as the insured thereunder; (E) be in the form of ALTA Loan Policy – 2006 (or equivalent policies); (F) contain such endorsements and affirmative coverage as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (G) be issued by title companies reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (including any such title companies acting as co-insurers or reinsurers, at the option of the Administrative Agent). The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that all premiums in respect of each such policy, all charges for mortgage recording tax, and all related expenses, if any, have been paid.

(iii) Evidence as to whether any Borrowing Base Property is a Flood Hazard Property and if such Borrowing Base Property is a Flood Hazard Property, evidence of compliance with federally-mandated flood insurance requirements, including (1) the Borrower’s written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification required pursuant to Section 208(e)(3) of Regulation H of the Board from the Administrative Agent (x) as to the fact that such Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (y) as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (2) copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance evidencing flood insurance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and naming the Administrative Agent as sole loss payee on behalf of the Secured Parties under a standard mortgagee endorsement, that (a) covers any parcel of improved Real Property that is encumbered by any Mortgage, (b) is written in an amount which is commercially available at a reasonable cost, and (c) has a term ending not later than the maturity of the indebtedness secured by such Mortgage or that may be renewed to such maturity date.

(iv) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of all recorded documents referred to, or listed as exceptions to title in, the title policy or policies referred to in clause (ii) above and a copy of all other material documents affecting the Mortgaged Properties.

(q) Estoppels; SNDAs . The Administrative Agent shall have received estoppels and subordination and nondisturbance and attornment agreements from all Tenants subject to a Major Lease for any Borrowing Base Property.

(r) Other Property Reports . The Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders shall have received for each Initial Borrowing Base Office Property and Sunset Gower, in each case, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, a current property condition and structural reports and seismic reports.

 

70


(s) Insurance . (i) The Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders shall be satisfied with the amounts, types and terms and conditions of all insurance maintained by the Group Members.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 5.3 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(t) PATRIOT Act . The Lenders shall have received, sufficiently in advance of the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the United States PATRIOT Act.

(u) Borrowing Base Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received and be satisfied in all respects with, a completed Borrowing Base Certificate as of March 31, 2010 and signed by a Principal Financial Officer.

(v) Related Agreements . The Administrative Agent shall have received, to the extent not previously delivered, true and correct copies, certified as to authenticity by the Borrower, a copy of any debt instrument, security agreement or other material contract to which the Group Members may be a party that in each case is listed on Schedule 7.2(d) (the “ Existing Indebtedness ”).

(w) No Litigation . There shall exist no action, suit, investigation or proceeding, pending or threatened, in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental authority that purports to affect the Borrower and Guarantors in a materially adverse manner or any transaction contemplated hereby, or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower and Guarantors or any transaction contemplated hereby or on the ability of the Borrower and Guarantors to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents.

(x) No Material Adverse Effect . No event or condition shall have occurred since the date of the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ most recent audited financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it hereunder on any date (including, without limitation, its initial extension of credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, provided that, (x) to the extent that any such representation or warranty relates to a specific earlier date, they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, (y) to the extent that such representation or warranty relates to a Borrowing Base Property being removed from the Borrowing Base, the representation and warranties shall be true and correct

 

71


without regard to such removed Borrowing Base Property, and (z) any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on such respective dates.

(b) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.

5.3 Conditions to the Addition of a Borrowing Base Property . (a) The addition of any Real Property (other than the Initial Borrowing Base Office Properties and Sunset Gower) as a Borrowing Base Property shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(i) such Real Property shall be an Eligible Borrowing Base Property; and

(ii) if, at the time such Real Property is to be added as a Borrowing Base Property, (x) there are less than five Borrowing Base Office Properties or (y) such Real Property, after giving pro forma effect to the addition of such Real Property, would comprise more than 20% of the Borrowing Base, the Required Lenders shall have approved the addition of such Real Property (other than any Approved Borrowing Base Office Property and Sunset Bronson).

(b) Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of all property level diligence materials (including, without limitation, historical operating statements and third party reports) for such Real Property from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute such materials to the Lenders (which distribution may be effected by posting such materials to an Intralinks or SyndTrak workspace). If the Administrative Agent does not receive a written notice from a Lender objecting to the inclusion of such Real Property as a Borrowing Base Property pursuant to Section 5.3(a)(ii) on or prior to the date that is ten Business Days from the date the Administrative Agent distributed such materials, the admission of such Real Property shall be deemed approved by such Lender.

(c) Upon the effectiveness of any new Real Property added as a Borrowing Base Property, the Borrower may deliver to the Administrative Agent an updated Borrowing Base Certificate giving pro forma affect to such new Borrowing Base Property as of the date of the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate previously delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(u), 5.3, 5.4 and 6.12.

5.4 Conditions to the Release of a Borrowing Base Property . The release of any Borrowing Base Property at the request of the Borrower shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) if at any time there are less than five Borrowing Base Office Properties (or after giving effect to any release, there would be less than five Borrowing Base Office

 

72


Properties), the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained to release such Real Property;

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date immediately prior to or after giving effect to the release of such Real Property from the Borrowing Base;

(c) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Principal Financial Officer (x) certifying that after giving pro forma effect to the release of such Real Property from the Borrowing Base, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Maximum Facility Availability and (y) containing all information and calculations necessary, after giving pro forma effect to the release of such Real Property from the Borrowing Base, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof;

(d) the removal occurs in connection with either (x) a sale, financing, or other transaction involving the Borrowing Base Property being removed from the Borrowing Base or (y) a transaction undertaken by the Borrower pursuant to which the removal of the Borrowing Base Property is necessary or advisable to facilitate such transaction;

(e) all representations and warranties in the Loan Documents are true and accurate in all material respects at the time of such release and immediately after giving effect to such release, (x) to the extent that any such representation or warranty relates to a specific earlier date, they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, (y) to the extent that such representation or warranty relates to a Borrowing Base Property being removed from the Borrowing Base, the representation and warranties shall be true and correct without regard to such removed Borrowing Base Property, and (z) any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on such respective dates; and

(f) the Administrative Agent shall have received an updated Borrowing Base Certificate giving pro forma affect to the release of such Borrowing Base Property from the Borrowing Base as of the date of the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate previously delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(u), 5.3, 5.4 and 6.12.

SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The REIT and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, so long as the Revolving Credit Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder, each of the REIT and the Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

6.1 Financial Statements . Furnish to each Agent and each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the REIT, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the

 

73


REIT and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing; and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the REIT (or, in the case of the first quarter ending after the Closing Date, such later date as may be permitted by the SEC), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the REIT and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the corresponding period in the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

all such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material respects and to be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein).

6.2 Certificates; Other Information . Furnish to each Agent and each Lender, or, in the case of clause (e), to the relevant Lender:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a), a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate (it being understood that such certificate shall be limited to the items that independent certified public accountants are permitted to cover in such certificates pursuant to their professional standards and customs of the profession);

(b) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each Loan Party during such period has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition, contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by the Group Members with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the REIT, as the case may be, (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a listing of any Intellectual Property acquired by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent list delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (or, in the case of the first such list so

 

74


delivered, since the Closing Date) and (z) any UCC financing statements or other filings specified in such Compliance Certificate as being required to be delivered therewith;

(c) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 65 days after the end of each fiscal year of the REIT, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the REIT and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

(d) within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that the REIT or the Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities (including, without limitation, the Borrower Preferred Units) and, within five days after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports that the REIT or the Borrower may make to, or file with, the SEC; and

(e) promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

6.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member.

6.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance . (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance .

(a) (i) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material Property and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (ii) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have

 

75


a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities; and (iv) keep the Borrowing Base Properties in good order, repair, operating condition, and appearance, causing all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, and improvements to be promptly made, and not allow any of the Borrowing Base Properties to be misused, abused or wasted or to deteriorate (ordinary wear and tear excepted).

(b) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights, licenses, permits and franchises and comply with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Loan Parties and the Borrowing Base Properties (and the Improvements thereon and the use thereof), including, without limitation, building and zoning ordinances and codes and certificates of occupancy. There shall never be committed by any Group Member, and the Borrower shall not permit any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Borrowing Base Properties to commit any act or omission affording the federal government or any state or local government the right of forfeiture against any Borrowing Base Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of any Loan Party’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents. The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees not to commit, permit or suffer to exist any act or omission affording such right of forfeiture. The Borrower shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business.

(c) The Borrower shall obtain and maintain, or cause to be maintained, insurance for the Group Members and the Borrowing Base Properties providing at least the following coverages:

(i) property insurance with respect to all insurable property, against loss or damage by fire, lightning, windstorm, explosion, hail, tornado and such additional hazards as are presently included in special form (also known as “all-risk”) coverage and against any and all acts of terrorism and such other insurable hazards as the Administrative Agent may require, (A) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost (the “ Full Replacement Cost ”) which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean actual replacement value (exclusive of costs of excavations, foundations, underground utilities and footings) with a waiver of depreciation; (B) containing an agreed amount endorsement waiving all co-insurance provisions; (C) providing for no deductible in excess of $25,000.00 for all such insurance coverage; provided however with respect to (i) named windstorm and earthquake coverage, providing for a deductible satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (ii) flood coverage, providing for no deductible in excess of (1) $500,000 for buildings, (2) $500,000 for contents and (3) $100,000 for business interruption; and (D) if any of the Borrowing Base Properties or the use of the Borrowing Base Properties shall at any time constitute legal non-conforming structures or uses, coverage for loss due to operation of law in an amount equal to no less than a sublimit of $25,000,000, coverage for demolition costs and coverage for increased costs of construction. In addition, the Borrower shall obtain: (y) if any portion of any Borrowing Base Property is currently or at any time in the future located in a federally designated “special flood hazard area”, flood hazard insurance in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the outstanding amount of the Obligations or (2) the maximum amount of such insurance available under the

 

76


National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (for purposes of this Section, “ FDPA ”) or the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as each may be amended or such greater amount as the Administrative Agent shall require, and (z) with respect to any Borrowing Base Property located in an area with a high degree of seismic activity, earthquake insurance in an amount not less than the product of the “Probable Maximum Loss” applicable to such Borrowing Base Property, as set forth in the seismic report prepared by a seismic engineer or other qualified consultant, multiplied by the replacement cost of the improvements less the amount attributable to the 5% deductible applicable to the total insured value at risk and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that the insurance pursuant to clauses (y) and (z)  hereof shall be on terms consistent with the comprehensive all risk insurance policy required under this subsection (i) ;

(ii) business income or rental loss insurance (A) with loss payable to the Administrative Agent; (B) covering all risks required to be covered by the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above; (C) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the projected gross revenues from the operation of any Borrowing Base Property for a period of at least 24 months after the date of the Casualty; and (D) containing an extended period of indemnity endorsement which provides that after the physical loss to any Borrowing Base Property has been repaired, the continued loss of income will be insured until such income either returns to the same level it was at prior to the loss, or the expiration of 365 days from the date that such Borrowing Base Property is repaired or replaced and operations are resumed, whichever first occurs, and notwithstanding that the policy may expire prior to the end of such period. The amount of such business income or rental loss insurance shall be determined prior to the date hereof and at least once each year thereafter based on the Borrower’s reasonable estimate of the gross revenues from the Property for the succeeding 12 month period. All proceeds payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this subsection shall be held by the Administrative Agent and shall be applied to the obligations secured by the Loan Documents from time to time due and payable hereunder; provided , however , that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve the Borrower of its obligations to pay the obligations secured by the Loan Documents on the respective dates of payment provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such amounts are actually paid out of the proceeds of such business income insurance;

(iii) at all times during which structural construction, repairs or alterations are being made with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, and only if such Borrowing Base coverage form does not otherwise apply, (A) owner’s contingent or protective liability insurance, otherwise known as Owner Contractor’s Protective Liability, covering claims not covered by or under the terms or provisions of the below mentioned commercial general liability insurance policy and (B) the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above written in a so-called builder’s risk completed value form (1) on a non-reporting basis, (2) against all risks insured against pursuant to subsection (i) above, (3) including permission to occupy any Borrowing Base Property and (4) with an agreed amount endorsement waiving co-insurance provisions;

 

77


(iv) comprehensive boiler and machinery insurance, if steam boilers or other pressure-fixed vessels are in operation, in amounts as shall be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent on terms consistent with the commercial property insurance policy required under subsection (i) above;

(v) commercial general liability insurance against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about any Borrowing Base Property, such insurance (A) to be on the so-called “occurrence” form with a combined limit of not less than $2,000,000.00 in the aggregate and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; (B) to continue at not less than the aforesaid limit until required to be changed by the Administrative Agent in writing by reason of changed exposure making such protection inadequate and (C) to cover at least the following hazards: (1) premises and operations; (2) products and completed operations on an “if any” basis; (3) independent contractors; (4) blanket contractual liability for all written contracts and (5) contractual liability covering the indemnities contained in Article 33 of the Mortgages to the extent the same is available;

(vi) automobile liability coverage for all owned and non-owned vehicles, including rented and leased vehicles containing minimum limits per occurrence of $1,000,000.00;

(vii) worker’s compensation and employee’s liability subject to the worker’s compensation laws of the applicable state;

(viii) umbrella and excess liability insurance in an amount not less than $50,000,000.00 per occurrence affording excess coverage on terms consistent with the commercial general liability, employer liability and automobile liability required under subsection (v), (vii), and (vii); and

(ix) upon 60 days written notice, such other reasonable insurance, including, but not limited to, sinkhole or land subsidence insurance, and in such reasonable amounts as Lender from time to time may reasonably request against such other insurable hazards which at the time are commonly insured against for property similar to the such Borrowing Base Property located in or around the region in which the such Borrowing Base Property is located.

(d) All insurance provided for in Section 6.5(c) hereof, shall be obtained under valid and enforceable policies (collectively, the “ Policies ” or in the singular, the “ Policy ”), and shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent as to insurance companies, amounts, deductibles, loss payees and insureds. The Policies shall be issued by financially sound and responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State and having a rating of “A:VII” or better in the current Best’s Insurance Reports and a claims paying ability rating of “A” or better by at least two (2) of the Rating Agencies including, (i) S&P, (ii) Fitch, and (iii) Moody’s, provided that, Borrower may request to obtain Policies from an insurance company not meeting such ratings, and which shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. The Policies described in Section 6.5(c) hereof

 

78


(other than those strictly limited to liability protection) shall designate the Administrative Agent as loss payee.

(e) Any blanket insurance Policy shall specifically allocate to each Borrowing Base Property the amount of coverage from time to time required hereunder and shall otherwise provide the same protection as would a separate Policy insuring only the Borrowing Base Property in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.5(c) hereof.

(f) All Policies provided for or contemplated by Section 6.5(c) hereof, except for the Policy referenced in Section 6.5(c)(vii) of this Agreement, shall name the Borrower as the insured and the Administrative Agent as the additional insured, as its interests may appear, and in the case of property damage, boiler and machinery, flood and earthquake insurance, shall contain a so-called New York standard non-contributing mortgagee clause in favor of Administrative Agent providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable to the Administrative Agent.

(g) All Policies shall contain clauses or endorsements to the effect that:

(i) no act or negligence of any Group Member, or anyone acting for the Group Members, or of any Tenant or other occupant, or failure to comply with the provisions of any Policy, which might otherwise result in a forfeiture of the insurance or any part thereof, shall in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the insurance insofar as the Administrative Agent is concerned;

(ii) the Policy shall not be materially changed (other than to increase the coverage provided thereby) or canceled without at least 30 days written notice or 10 days notice in the case of non-payment of any premium, to the Administrative Agent and any other party named therein as an additional insured;

(iii) the issuers thereof shall give written notice to the Administrative Agent if the Policy has not been renewed 10 days prior to its expiration; and

(iv) the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any Insurance Premiums or retentions (including deductibles) of the Policies thereon or subject to any assessments thereunder.

(h) If at any time the Administrative Agent is not in receipt of written evidence that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, without notice to the Borrower, to take such action as the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect its interest in any Borrowing Base Property, including, without limitation, the obtaining of such insurance coverage as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion deems appropriate after 10 Business Days notice to the Borrower if prior to the date upon which any such coverage will lapse or at any time the Administrative Agent deems necessary (regardless of prior notice to the Borrower) to avoid the lapse of any such coverage. All premiums incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with such action or in obtaining such insurance and keeping it in effect shall be paid by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent upon demand and, until paid, shall be secured by the Mortgage and shall bear interest at the rate specified in Section 2.12(c)(ii).

 

79


(i) All Policies maintained, or caused to be maintained, with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, shall be primary without right of contribution from any other insurance that may be carried by the Administrative Agent and that all of the provisions thereof, except the limits of liability, shall operate in the same manner as if there were a separate policy covering each insured. If any insurer which has issued a Policy required under this Section 6.5 becomes insolvent or is the subject of any petition, case, proceeding or other action pursuant to any Debtor Relief Law, or if in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable opinion the financial responsibility of such insurer is or becomes inadequate, then the Borrower shall in each instance promptly upon its discovery thereof or upon the request of the Administrative Agent therefor, promptly obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent a like policy (or, if and to the extent permitted by the Administrative Agent, acceptable evidence of insurance) issued by another insurer, which insurer and policy meet the requirements of this Section 6.5.

(j) All certificates of insurance evidencing the Borrower’s compliance to the insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date, with all premiums fully paid current and each renewal or substitute policy (or evidence of insurance) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, with all premiums fully paid current (the “ Insurance Premiums ”), within 10 days after the termination of the policy it renews or replaces.

6.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions . (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit representatives of any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers and employees of the Group Members and with its independent certified public accountants.

6.7 Notices . Promptly (unless otherwise specified below) give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, that in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the aggregate actual or estimated liability of the Group Members is $5,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;

(d) the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof: (i) the occurrence of any

 

80


Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan;

(e) as soon as any Group Member first obtains knowledge thereof,: (i) any Environmental Claim or other development, event, or condition that, individually or in the aggregate with other developments, events or conditions, could reasonably be expected to result in the payment by the Group Members, in the aggregate, of a Material Environmental Amount; and (ii) any notice that any governmental authority may deny any application for an Environmental Permit sought by, or revoke or refuse to renew any Environmental Permit held by, any Group Member, in each case including a full description of the nature and extent of the matter for which notice is given and all relevant circumstances;

(f) as soon as possible and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer of the REIT or the Borrower has knowledge, or should have had knowledge thereof, of any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) (i) any Casualty to the extent required by Section 6.15(b) and (ii) any actual or threatened Condemnation of any material portion of any Borrowing Base Property (including copies of any and all papers served in connection with such proceeding), any negotiations with respect to any such taking, or any loss of or substantial damage to any Borrowing Base Property;

(h) the failure of the REIT to maintain REIT Status;

(i) any notice received by any Group Member with respect to the cancellation, alteration or non-renewal of any insurance coverage required by this Agreement to be maintained with respect to any Borrowing Base Property;

(j) if any required permit, license, certificate or approval with respect to any Borrowing Base Property that is material to the operation of such Borrowing Base Property lapses or ceases to be in full force and effect or claim from any Person that any Borrowing Base Property, or any use, activity, operation or maintenance thereof or thereon, is not in compliance with any Requirement of Law that would materially interfere with the use or operation of such Borrowing Base Property;

(k) (A) with respect to the Major Leases for the Borrowing Base Properties, (i) any Major Lease no longer being in full force and effect, (ii) the default by any Loan Party after notice and the expiration of all applicable cure periods in the performance of any material obligation under any Major Lease or the occurrence of any circumstance which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default by any party under any of the Major Leases, (iii) subject to the

 

81


Borrower’s knowledge, the default by any Tenant after notice and the expiration of all applicable cure periods in the performance of any material obligation under any Major Lease, (iv) subject to the Borrower’s knowledge, any action, voluntary or involuntary, pending against any Tenant under any Major Lease under any Debtor Relief Law, (v) the assignment of any Major Lease or the assignment, pledge or encumbrance of any rent or other amounts payable thereunder by any of the Loan Parties or any other Person, except with respect to the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties securing the Obligations, and (vi) any Tenant under any Major Lease having a right or option pursuant to such Major Lease or otherwise having a right to purchase all or any part of the leased premises or the building of which the leased premises are a part and (B) any Person having any possessory interest in the Borrowing Base Properties or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to the provisions of the Leases;

(l) (i) any default by any Loan Party under any Acceptable Ground Lease, (ii) the occurrence of any material default by any ground lessor of which any Loan Party is aware or the occurrence of any event of which any Loan Party is aware that, with the passage of time or service of notice, or both, would constitute a material default by any ground lessor, and (iii) concurrently with the giving thereof, and within five Business Days of receipt thereof, copies of all material notices, other than routine correspondence, given or received by any Loan Party with respect to any Acceptable Ground Lease with respect to a Borrowing Base Property;

(m) after obtaining knowledge or receiving any notice of any action, proceeding, motion or notice being commenced or filed in respect of any ground lessor of all or any part of any Acceptable Ground Lease in connection with any case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency, which notice shall set forth any information available to such Loan Party as to the date of such filing, the court in which such petition was filed, and the relief sought in such filing and copies of any and all notices, summonses, pleadings, applications and other documents received by such Loan Party in connection with any such petition and any proceedings relating to such petition; and

(n) within five Business Days of receipt thereof, copies of all notices and other correspondence relating to (i) the occurrence of any monetary or material non-monetary default or monetary or material non-monetary event of default under any Recourse Indebtedness, or any other default or event of default under any Recourse Indebtedness, the occurrence of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the occurrence of any monetary or material non-monetary default or monetary or material non-monetary event of default under any Non-Recourse Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 which is secured by any Real Property (or the Capital Stock of the owner of such Real Property), or any other default or event of default under any Non-Recourse Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 which is secured by any Real Property (or the Capital Stock of the owner of such Real Property), the occurrence of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

82


Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.8 Environmental Laws; ESAs . (a) Comply in all material respects with, and ensure compliance in all material respects by all Tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all Tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws.

(b) Promptly conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.

(c) If any ESA or update delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(k) identifies a material Recognized Environmental Condition (“ REC ”), as defined under ASTM guidelines then in effect, the Borrower shall, within six months of the delivery of such ESA or update to the Administrative Agent, conduct such follow up testing, provide such reports, and take such other actions as required or approved by the applicable Governmental Authority to mitigate such REC.

(d) Within 30 days of completion of such actions required pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, the applicable Loan Party shall obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent an ESA of the applicable Borrowing Base Property made after such completion and confirming to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction that all required investigation and other action has been successfully completed.

(e) Keep the Borrowing Base Properties and other Real Property free of Materials of Environmental Concern to the extent such conditions could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Environmental Event.

(f) Keep the Borrowing Base Properties and other Real Property free of any liens imposed pursuant to Environmental Law.

(g) Promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of any update to an ESA and each report pertaining to any Borrowing Base Property or to any Group Member prepared by or on behalf of such Group Member pursuant to any Environmental Requirement. “Environmental Requirement” shall mean any Environmental Law, agreement or restriction (including any condition or requirement imposed by any insurance or surety company) pertaining to Environmental Law.

(h) If (x) the Administrative Agent shall ever have reason to believe that a material violation of Environmental Law exists at or that any Materials of Environmental Concern materially adversely affects any Borrowing Base Property and other Real Property, or if any material Environmental Claim is made or threatened, (y) a Material Environmental Event occurs with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, or the Loan Parties become aware of any Material Environmental Event with respect to a Borrowing Base Property or (z) a Default or

 

83


Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then if requested by the Administrative Agent, at Borrower’s expense, deliver to the Administrative Agent from time to time, in each case within 30 days after the Administrative Agent’s request, an ESA prepared after the date of the Administrative Agent’s request. If any applicable Loan Party fails to furnish to the Administrative Agent such ESA within 30 days after the Administrative Agent’s request, the Administrative Agent may cause any such ESA to be prepared at Borrower’s expense and risk, and each applicable Loan Party shall cooperate and provide access and information as requested. The Administrative Agent and its designees are hereby granted access to the Borrowing Base Properties at any time or times, upon reasonable notice (which may be written or oral), and a license which is coupled with an interest and irrevocable, to observe environmental conditions and compliance and as may be necessary to prepare or cause to be prepared such ESAs. The Administrative Agent may disclose to interested parties any information about the environmental condition or compliance of the Borrowing Base Properties, but assumes no obligation and shall be under no duty to disclose any such information.

6.9 Additional Collateral, etc . (a) With respect to any Property acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than (w) any Real Property or any Property described in paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section, (x) any Property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(h), 7.3(k) or 7.3(l), (y) any Property acquired by an Excluded Subsidiary or an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary and (z) any Excluded Asset (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement)) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such Property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in such Property, including without limitation, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent.

(b) With respect to any new Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date (which, for the purposes of this paragraph, shall include any existing Subsidiary that ceases to be an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary), by any Group Member, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any Group Member (other than any Excluded Subsidiary whose Capital Stock is prohibited from being included in the Collateral pursuant to one or more agreements entered into with any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(g), (h) or (i)), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of such Group Member, (iii) cause such new Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B) to take such actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with respect to

 

84


such new Subsidiary, including, without limitation, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, provided that, (x) in the event that any restriction prohibiting the pledge of the Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary terminates or lapses, within 60 days thereof, the Borrower shall cause the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary to be pledged pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, and (y) in the event that any Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, the Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to comply with clause (iii) above

(c) With respect to any new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (other than any Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries), promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable in order to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by such Group Member (other than any Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries), ( provided that, in no event shall (x) more than 65% of the total outstanding Capital Stock of any such new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary be required to be so pledged and (y) any Capital Stock or assets of any Subsidiary (or other entity) owned by such new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of such Group Member, as the case may be, and take such other action as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Lien of the Administrative Agent thereon, and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

6.10 Further Assurances . From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take such actions, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of more fully perfecting or renewing the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto. Upon the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, the REIT and the Borrower will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may be required to obtain from any Group Member for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

 

85


6.11 Appraisals . (a) For each Borrowing Base Property, the Required Lenders may request a new Appraisal for such Borrowing Base Property once during the term of this Agreement.

(b) If at any time the aggregate Occupancy Rate of the Borrowing Base Office Properties is less than 85%, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to request Appraisals for the Borrowing Base Office Properties (including an Appraisal of any related Specified Development Property) on a quarterly basis at such time.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have the right to request an Appraisal for any Borrowing Base Property (including an Appraisal of any related Specified Development Property) on a quarterly basis from time to time if any of the following events has occurred and is continuing at the time of such request:

(i) if such Borrowing Base Property suffers a Material Environmental Event after the date of this Agreement; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent determines that such Borrowing Base Property has suffered a Material Property Event after the date such Borrowing Base Property was admitted into the Borrowing Base (or in the case of a Casualty, in respect of such Borrowing Base Property, is reasonably likely to become a Material Property Event).

6.12 Borrowing Base Reports . (a) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall thereafter deliver to each Lender), as soon as available and in any event concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.1(a) and (b), a completed Borrowing Base Certificate calculating and certifying the Borrowing Base as of the end of such quarter, signed on behalf of the Borrower by a Principal Financial Officer.

(b) Furnish to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall thereafter deliver to each Lender) as soon as practicable and in any event within five Business Days after any Disposition outside the ordinary course of business (including by way of Casualty or Condemnation) of any Collateral having a book value exceeding $2,000,000, an updated Borrowing Base Certificate calculating (on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to such Disposition and reflecting only the changes to the affected component of the Borrowing Base Property) and certifying such pro forma Borrowing Base as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which a Borrowing Base Certificate was delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(u), 5.3, 5.4 or 6.12(a), as applicable. The Borrowing Base set forth in each Borrowing Base Certificate delivered with respect to each fiscal quarter occurring after the fiscal quarter covered by the updated Borrowing Base Certificate described in the preceding sentence and ending prior to any such Disposition shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to such Disposition.

6.13 Blocked Account Control Agreements . (a) Cause each Tenant to deposit all Rents in a Lockbox Account subject to a Blocked Account Control Agreement.

(b) Execute and deliver and cause each depository bank holding each Lockbox Account established after the Closing Date to execute and deliver Blocked Account Control Agreements covering each such Lockbox Account.

 

86


6.14 Taxes . (a) Each of the Group Members shall timely file or cause to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and shall timely pay all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its Property and all other material taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its Property by any Governmental Authority (other than any taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the applicable Group Member, as the case may be).

(b) The Loan Parties shall pay all taxes and Other Charges now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against any Borrowing Base Property or any part thereof as the same become due and payable. At the request of the Administrative Agent, each Loan Party will deliver to the Administrative Agent receipts for payment or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the taxes and Other Charges have been so paid or are not then delinquent no later than 10 days prior to the date on which the taxes or Other Charges would otherwise be delinquent if not paid. At the request of the Administrative Agent, each Loan Party shall furnish to the Administrative Agent receipts for the payment of the taxes and the Other Charges prior to the date the same shall become delinquent. Except Liens set forth in Sections 7.3(a), 7.3(b), 7.3(d) and 7.3(f), the Loan Parties shall not suffer and shall promptly cause to be paid and discharged any Lien or charge whatsoever which may be or become a Lien or charge against any Borrowing Base Property, and shall promptly pay for all utility services provided to each Borrowing Base Property.

6.15 Condemnation, Casualty and Restoration . (a) The Administrative Agent has the right (but not the obligation) to participate in any proceeding for the Condemnation of a Borrowing Base Property that would materially interfere with the use or operation of such Borrowing Base Property and to be represented by counsel of its own choice, and the applicable Loan Parties shall from time to time deliver to the Administrative Agent all instruments requested by it to permit such participation. Each applicable Loan Party shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any such proceedings, and shall consult with the Administrative Agent, its attorneys, and experts, and cooperate with them in the carrying on or defense of any such proceedings. Notwithstanding any taking by any public or quasi-public authority through Condemnation or otherwise (including any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of such taking), the Borrower shall continue to pay the Obligations at the time and in the manner provided for in this Agreement and the Obligations shall not be reduced until any award shall have been actually received and applied by the Administrative Agent, after the deduction of expenses of collection, to the reduction or discharge of the Obligations. All costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Condemnation shall be a demand obligation owing by the Borrower (which the Borrower hereby promises to pay) to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) If any Borrowing Base Property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by a Casualty, and either (i) the aggregate cost of repair of such damage or destruction shall be equal to or in excess of 5% of value as reflected in the most-recent Appraisal for such Borrowing Base Property or (ii) such Casualty is reasonably expected to cause a Material Property Event, give prompt notice of such Casualty to the Administrative Agent and in the case of clause (ii) above, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to request a new Appraisal

 

87


pursuant to Section 6.11(c)(ii) and adjust the Borrowing Base. The applicable Loan Party shall pay or cause to be paid, all restoration costs whether or not such costs are covered by insurance. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make proof of loss if not made promptly by the applicable Loan Party. If an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, then the applicable Loan Party shall adjust all claims for Insurance Proceeds in consultation with, and approval of, the Administrative Agent.

(c) The Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be entitled to receive all sums which may be awarded or become payable to a Loan Party for the Condemnation of any Borrowing Base Property, or any part thereof, and any Insurance Proceeds of a Casualty and the applicable Loan Party shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, promptly execute such additional assignments and other documents as may be necessary from time to time to permit such participation and to enable the Administrative Agent to collect and receipt for any such sums, provided that, in the event the Insurance Proceeds shall be less than $250,000, such Insurance Proceeds shall be paid by the insurance company directly to the Borrower and the Borrower shall use such Insurance Proceeds to commence and satisfactorily complete with due diligence the restoration of the applicable Borrowing Base Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. All such sums are hereby assigned to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and shall, after deduction therefrom of all reasonable expenses actually incurred by the Administrative Agent, including attorneys’ fees and costs, at the Administrative Agent’s option be (i) released to the applicable Loan Party, or (ii) applied to the restoration of the affected Borrowing Base Property, or (iii) applied to the payment of the Obligations in such order and manner as the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect, whether or not due. Any amounts not applied in accordance with clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the foregoing sentence shall be remitted to the applicable Loan Party. In any event the unpaid portion of the Obligations shall remain in full force and effect and the payment thereof shall not be excused. The Administrative Agent shall not be, under any circumstances, liable or responsible for failure to collect or to exercise diligence in the collection of any such sum or for failure to see to the proper application of any amount paid over to the applicable Loan Party.

6.16 Ground Leases . (a) Each ground lease that is a Borrowing Base Property or a portion thereof, shall at all times be an Acceptable Ground Lease;

(b) within ten days after receipt of request by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from each ground lessor and furnish to the Administrative Agent the estoppel certificate of such ground lessor stating the date through which rent has been paid and whether or not there are any defaults thereunder and specifying the nature of such claimed defaults, if any;

(c) promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Administrative Agent such instruments as may be required to permit the Administrative Agent to cure any default under any Acceptable Ground Lease or permit the Administrative Agent to take such other action required to enable the Administrative Agent to cure or remedy the matter in default and preserve the security interest of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents with respect to the applicable Acceptable Ground Lease and each Loan Party irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to do, in its name or otherwise, any

 

88


and all acts and to execute any and all documents that are necessary to preserve any rights of such Loan Party under or with respect to each Acceptable Ground Lease, including, without limitation, the right to effectuate any extension or renewal of such Acceptable Ground Lease, or to preserve any rights of such Loan Party whatsoever in respect of any part of such Acceptable Ground Lease (and the above powers granted to the Administrative Agent are coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable);

(d) the actions or payments of the Administrative Agent to cure any default by any Loan Party under any Acceptable Ground Lease shall not remove or waive, as between such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, the default that occurred under this Agreement by virtue of the default by a Loan Party under such Acceptable Ground Lease. All sums expended by the Administrative Agent to cure any such default in accordance with this Section 6.16 , shall be paid by Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, upon demand, with interest on such sum at the rate set forth in this Agreement from the date such sum is expended to and including the date the reimbursement payment is made to the Administrative Agent. All such indebtedness shall be deemed to be Obligations secured by the Security Documents;

(e) if the applicable Loan Party shall default in the performance or observance of any term, covenant, or condition of any Acceptable Ground Lease on the part of such Loan Party and shall fail to cure the same prior to the expiration of any applicable cure period provided thereunder, then the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but shall be under no obligation, to pay any sums and to perform any act or take any action as may be appropriate to cause all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of such Acceptable Ground Lease on the part of such Loan Party to be performed or observed on behalf of such Loan Party and subject to the rights of Tenants under the Acceptable Ground Leases, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to enter all or any portion of the applicable Real Property at such times and in such manner as the Administrative Agent deems necessary, to prevent or to cure any such default, to the end that the rights of such Loan Party in, to, and under such Acceptable Ground Lease shall be kept unimpaired and free from default. If the landlord under any Acceptable Ground Lease shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of any notice of default under such Acceptable Ground Lease, then such notice shall constitute full protection to the Administrative Agent for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrative Agent, in good faith, in reliance thereon; and

(f) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement with respect to any Acceptable Ground Lease:

(i) the Lien of the related Mortgage attaches to all of such Loan Party’s rights and remedies at any time arising under or pursuant to Subsection 365(h) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, all of the Loan Party’s rights, as debtor, to remain in possession of applicable Acceptable Ground Lease;

(ii) each Loan Party shall not, without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent, elect to treat any Acceptable Ground Lease as terminated under subsection 365(h)(l) of the Bankruptcy Code. Any such election made without the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent shall be void;

 

89


(iii) as security for the Obligations, each Loan Party unconditionally assigns, transfers and sets over to the Administrative Agent all of such Loan Party’s claims and rights to the payment of damages arising from any rejection by any ground lessor under the Bankruptcy Code. The Administrative Agent and each Loan Party shall proceed jointly or in the name of such Loan Party in respect of any claim, suit, action or proceeding relating to the rejection of any Acceptable Ground Lease, including, without limitation, the right to file and prosecute any proofs of claim, complaints, motions, applications, notices and other documents in any case in respect of any ground lessor under the Bankruptcy Code. This assignment constitutes a present, irrevocable and unconditional assignment of the foregoing claims, rights and remedies, and shall continue in effect until all of the Obligations shall have been satisfied and discharged in full. Any amounts received by the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party as damages arising out of the rejection of any Acceptable Ground Lease as aforesaid shall be applied to all reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) incurred in connection with the exercise of any of its rights or remedies in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement;

(iv) if, pursuant to subsection 365(h) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Loan Party seeks to offset, against the rent reserved in any Acceptable Ground Lease, the amount of any damages caused by the nonperformance by the applicable ground lessor of any of its obligations thereunder after the rejection by such ground lessor of such Acceptable Ground Lease under the Bankruptcy Code, then such Loan Party shall not effect any offset of the amounts so objected to by the Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent has failed to object as aforesaid within ten days after notice from the Loan Party in accordance with the first sentence of this subsection, the Loan Party may proceed to offset the amounts set forth in Loan Party’s notice; and

(v) if any action, proceeding, motion or notice shall be commenced or filed in respect of any ground lessor of all or any part of any Acceptable Ground Lease in connection with any case under the Bankruptcy Code, the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties shall cooperatively conduct and control any such litigation with counsel agreed upon between the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent in connection with such litigation. Each Loan Party shall, upon demand, pay to the Administrative Agent all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) actually paid or actually incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the cooperative prosecution or conduct of any such proceedings. All such costs and expenses shall be secured by the Lien of the Mortgages.

6.17 Borrowing Base Property Covenants .

(a) Reports and Testing . (i) Deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of all material reports, studies, inspections, and tests made on the Borrowing Base Properties, the Improvements, or any materials to be incorporated into the Improvements and (ii) immediately notify the Administrative Agent of any report, study, inspection, or test that indicates any material adverse condition relating to the Borrowing Base Properties, the Improvements, or any such materials which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Property Event.

 

90


(b) Business Strategy . Maintain ownership of each Borrowing Base Property at all times consistent with the Borrower’s business strategy, and each Borrowing Base Property shall at all times be of an asset quality consistent in all material respects with or better than the quality of Borrowing Base Properties owned by the Loan Parties as of the date hereof.

(c) Estoppels and SNDA Agreements . If on any date after the Closing Date, any Lease becomes a Major Lease, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain executed estoppels and subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements (to the extent such Lease is not subordinated by its terms) from each Tenant party to such Major Lease. To the extent such estoppels or subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements cannot be obtained, provide the Administrative Agent reasonable evidence of the matters or issues preventing such agreements from being executed.

6.18 Matters Concerning Manager .

If (a) an Event of Default hereunder has occurred and remains uncured, (b) the Manager shall become insolvent or is the subject of any petition, case, proceeding or other action pursuant to any Debtor Relief Law or (c) a default occurs under the Management Agreement, the Borrower shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent, terminate the Management Agreement and replace the Manager with a Qualified Manager pursuant to a Replacement Management Agreement, it being understood and agreed that the management fee for such Qualified Manager shall not exceed then prevailing market rates.

SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The REIT and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, so long as the Revolving Credit Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder, each of the REIT and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

7.1 Financial Condition Covenants .

(a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to exceed 60%.

(b) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower (or, if less, the number of full fiscal quarters subsequent to the Closing Date) to be less than 1.75 to 1.00.

(c) Maintenance of Total Net Worth . Permit Total Net Worth as of the last day of any fiscal quarter to be less than the sum of (i) 85% of the Total Net Worth as of the Closing Date, plus (ii) 75% of net cash proceeds of any issuance or sale of Capital Stock by the REIT after the Closing Date.

(d) Consolidated Floating Rate Debt . Permit Consolidated Floating Rate Debt of at the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower at any time to exceed 25% of the Total Asset Value on such date.

 

91


7.2 Limitation on Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness of (i) the Borrower to any Subsidiary and (ii) any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that, the aggregate amount of any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Loan Party shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(c) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(h) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(d) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.2(d) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (without any increase in the principal amount thereof (other than by the refinancing costs thereof including premiums and make-whole payments) or any shortening of the maturity of any principal amount thereof);

(e) Guarantee Obligations made in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(f) unsecured Recourse Indebtedness of the REIT and its Subsidiaries which (i) shall (other than the Bilateral Line of Credit) mature at least one year after the Revolving Credit Termination Date and (ii) shall not exceed on any date of determination, an amount equal to 15% of Total Asset Value on such date at any one time outstanding;

(g) Non-Recourse Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the date hereof in accordance with Section 7.7(g), which exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that, (x) such Indebtedness existed at the time of such acquisition and was not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof, and (y) the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate (i) certifying that, immediately prior to and after giving effect to such additional Indebtedness, no Default or Event of Default shall exist and (ii) containing all information and calculations necessary, and taking into consideration such additional Indebtedness, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof

(h) Non-Recourse Indebtedness (other than Permitted Construction Financing) in respect of the Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrowers that is secured by either (i) Real Property owned or leased by such Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrowers and any related Property permitted by Section 7.3(k) or (ii) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of such Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower that is also a Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower, including, in either case, any refinancing of any Indebtedness incurred

 

92


pursuant to Section 7.2(d); provided that, with respect to any of the foregoing Indebtedness:

(A) none of the Group Members provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or is directly or indirectly liable (as guarantor or otherwise), other than (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a direct or indirect parent or Subsidiary of such Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower or (ii) the Non-Recourse Parent Guarantor as guarantor (x) to the extent permitted by Section 7.2(j) for fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication of cash, waste, environmental claims and liabilities, prohibited transfers, violations of special purpose entity covenants and other circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and included in separate guarantee or indemnification agreements in non-recourse financing of real estate or (y) to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 7.2(f); and

(B) as to which the lenders thereunder will not have any recourse to the Capital Stock or assets of the Group Members other than the assets securing such Indebtedness, additions, accessions and improvements thereto and proceeds thereof, the Capital Stock of the Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower that is the borrower under such Indebtedness or the Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of such Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower and, in the case of a Non-Recourse Parent Guarantor, recourse against such Non-Recourse Parent Guarantor for fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication of cash, waste, environmental claims and liabilities, prohibited transfers, violations of special purpose entity covenants and other circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and included in separate guarantee or indemnification agreements in non-recourse financings of real estate, and Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2(f); and

provided , further , that, (x) immediately prior to and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) after giving pro forma effect to such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds therefrom, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, if at any time following the Closing Date any Group Member acquires the remaining Capital Stock of any Joint Venture not owned by the Group Members on the Closing Date, any Real Property owned by such Joint Venture shall be included in clause (i) of this Section 7.2(h);

(i) Permitted Construction Financing of any Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower; provided that, with respect to any of the foregoing Indebtedness:

(A) none of the Group Members provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or is directly or indirectly liable (as guarantor or otherwise), other than (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a direct or indirect parent or Subsidiary of such Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower or (ii) the Non-Recourse

 

93


Parent Guarantor as guarantor (x) to the extent permitted by Section 7.2(j) for fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication of cash, waste, environmental claims and liabilities, prohibited transfers, violations of special purpose entity covenants and other circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and included in separate non-monetary completion guarantee or indemnification agreements in construction financing of real estate or (y) to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 7.2(f), including customary monetary completion and repayment guarantees; and

(B) as to which the lenders thereunder will not have any recourse to the Capital Stock or assets of the Group Members other than the assets securing such Indebtedness, additions, accessions and improvements thereto and proceeds thereof and, in the case of a Non-Recourse Parent Guarantor, recourse against such Non-Recourse Parent Guarantor for (x) fraud, misrepresentation, misapplication of cash, waste, environmental claims and liabilities, prohibited transfers, violations of special purpose entity covenants and other circumstances customarily excluded by institutional lenders from exculpation provisions and included in separate non-monetary completion guarantee or indemnification agreements in construction financing of real estate, and or (y) to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 7.2(f), including customary monetary completion and repayment guarantees;

provided , further , that, (x) immediately prior to and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) after giving pro forma effect to such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds therefrom, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof;

(j) Permitted Limited Recourse Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted by Sections 7.2(h) and (i), provided that, the sum of, without duplication, (x) the aggregate amount of Permitted Limited Recourse Guarantees comprised of monetary completion or payment guarantees plus (y) the aggregate amount of Permitted Limited Recourse Guarantees required by GAAP to be reflected as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the Group Members shall not exceed the amount permitted to be incurred under Section 7.2(f) (together with all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to such Section at such time) at any one time outstanding;

(k) unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to finance customary leasehold improvements required by the terms of, or as a condition to the entering into of, operating leases, subleases, licenses, occupancy agreements and rights-of-use entered into by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their respective capacities as lessor or a similar capacity in the ordinary course of business; and

(l) additional Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000 at any one time outstanding.

 

94


7.3 Limitation on Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

(a) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

(d) any attachment or judgment liens not resulting in an Event of Default under Section 8(h);

(e) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(g) Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(g) , securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(d), provided that, no such Lien is spread to cover any additional Property after the Closing Date and that the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased except as permitted by Section 7.2(d);

(h) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(c) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets, including Real Property, provided that (i) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any Property other than the Property financed by such Indebtedness and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

(i) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

(j) any interest or title of a lessor under any Lease entered into by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

 

95


(k) Liens on (x) fee-owned property or Real Property leases of the Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrowers and any related Property (other than the Capital Stock of any Group Member that is not a Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower or a direct or indirect parent of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower) customarily granted or pledged by a borrower to its lender in connection with non-recourse real estate financing or construction financing, as applicable, including, without limitation, any personal property located on or related to such Property, any contracts, accounts receivables and general intangibles related to such Real Property and any Hedge Agreements relating to the Indebtedness, or (y) in the case of any Mortgage Financing, the Capital Stock of any Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower or a direct or indirect parent of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary Borrower (and, in each case, any proceeds from any of the foregoing) which Liens secure Indebtedness permitted by Sections 7.2(h) and (i), provided that, no such Lien shall encumber any Collateral;

(l) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(g), which exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, provided that, (x) such Liens are created substantially simultaneously with the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (y) such Liens do not at any time encumber any Property other than the Property financed by such Indebtedness, other than, in each case, in connection with any consolidations of such Indebtedness; and

(m) Liens not otherwise permitted hereunder securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000, provided that, no such Lien shall encumber any Collateral.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Lien be created, incurred, assumed or suffered to exist on Capital Stock of any Person that is the direct or indirect owner of any Borrowing Base Property, except Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents.

7.4 Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its Property or business, except that:

(a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with (or liquidated or dissolved into) or into the Borrower ( provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor ( provided that (i) the Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) simultaneously with such transaction, the continuing or surviving corporation shall become a Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor and the Borrower shall comply with Section 6.9 in connection therewith);

(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation, dissolution or otherwise) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor; and

 

96


(c) the Borrower and any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets pursuant to Section 7.5(e) or (f).

7.5 Limitation on Disposition of Property . Dispose of any of its Property (including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

(a) the Disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.4(b);

(d) the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(e) the Disposition of any Borrowing Base Property; provided that the Borrower shall have complied with each of the requirements set forth in Section 5.4; and

(f) the Disposition of other assets; provided that, for each such Disposition, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of a Principal Financial Officer certifying that after giving pro forma effect to the Disposition of such asset, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Maximum Facility Availability and (ii) a pro forma Compliance Certificate (x) containing all information and calculations necessary, after giving pro forma effect to the Disposition of such asset, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof and (y) certifying that immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing.

7.6 Limitation on Restricted Payments . Declare or pay any dividend on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member, or enter into any derivatives or other transaction with any financial institution, commodities or stock exchange or clearinghouse (a “ Derivatives Counterparty ”) obligating any Group Member to make payments to such Derivatives Counterparty as a result of any change in market value of any such Capital Stock (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that:

(a) any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(b) the REIT may make Restricted Payments in the form of common stock of the REIT;

 

97


(c) the REIT may make Restricted Payments to its direct or indirect owners during any four quarter period (and the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the REIT, the holders of the Borrower Preferred Units and the Borrower Common Units, in each case, to the extent necessary to enable the REIT to make such Restricted Payments), not to exceed the greater of (x) such amount necessary to enable (disregarding the ability of the REIT to make consent dividends within the meaning of Section 565 of the Code) the REIT to maintain REIT Status, (y) 95% of the REIT’s Funds from Operations during such period and (z) such amount necessary to enable the REIT to avoid the imposition of income and excise taxes on the REIT; provided that, on the date of any such Restricted Payment pursuant to clauses (y) or (z), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate (A) certifying that, immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (B) containing all information and calculations necessary, and taking into consideration such Restricted Payment, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof;

(d) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the REIT to permit the REIT to (i) pay corporate overhead expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) pay any taxes which are due and payable by the REIT, the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(e) the Borrower may make distributions with respect to its Borrower Preferred Units to the extent required by the Borrower LP Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(f) the Borrower may redeem or repurchase the Borrower Preferred Units or the Borrower Common Units in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 during the term of this Agreement, provided that, on the date of any such Restricted Payment, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate (A) certifying that, immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (B) containing all information and calculations necessary, and taking into consideration such Restricted Payment, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof;

(g) the Borrower may make redemption payments in cash with respect to the Borrower Common Units to the extent required by the Borrower LP Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date, provided that, on the date of any such Restricted Payment, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate (A) certifying that, immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (B) containing all information and calculations necessary, and taking into consideration such Restricted Payment, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof; and

(h) any Joint Venture may make Restricted Payments pursuant to the terms of its joint venture agreement; provided that, such Restricted Payments shall be made

 

98


(i) pro rata concurrently to each applicable Group Member in accordance with its relevant Ownership Percentage at the time of any such Restricted Payment, (ii) such Restricted Payments do not exceed the amount of such Joint Venture’s obligations under its joint venture agreement and (iii) such Restricted Payments are required pursuant to the terms of such joint venture agreement.

7.7 Limitation on Investments . Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting an ongoing business from, or make any other investment in, any other Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments arising in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(b), (e) and (k);

(d) loans and advances to employees of the REIT, the Borrower or any Subsidiaries of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an aggregate amount for the REIT, the Borrower and Subsidiaries of the Borrower not to exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding;

(e) Investments (other than those relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.7(c)) by the Group Members in the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, provided that, (x) immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) after giving pro forma effect to such Investment, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof;

(f) REIT Permitted Investments and Investments in Sunset Bronson made prior to the Closing Date;

(g) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, consisting of Acquisitions; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Principal Financial Officer (i) certifying that after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit shall not exceed the Maximum Facility Availability, (ii) containing all information and calculations necessary, after giving pro forma effect to such Investment, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof and (iii) certifying that immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

(h) Investments not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000.

 

99


7.8 Limitation on Optional Payments and Modifications of Organizational Documents . (a) Except as permitted by Section 7.6(f), make or offer to make any optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of, or otherwise voluntarily or optionally defease, the Borrower Preferred Units, or segregate funds for any such payment, prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance, or enter into any derivative or other transaction with any Derivatives Counterparty obligating any Group Member to make payments to such Derivatives Counterparty as a result of any change in market value of the Borrower Preferred Units; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower Preferred Units may be exchanged for or converted into Borrower Common Units or common stock of the REIT, (b) amend, modify or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any material amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of the Borrower Preferred Units (other than any such amendment, modification, waiver or other change which (i) would extend the date on which the holders of the Borrower Preferred Units are entitled to be redeemed at their option, or reduce the amount of the liquidation preference with respect to the Borrower Preferred Units, reduce the rate or extend the date for payment of preferred distributions thereon or relax any covenant or other restriction applicable to the Borrower Preferred Units and (ii) does not involve the payment of a consent fee of more than a de minimis amount), or (c) amend its organizational documents in any manner determined by the Administrative Agent to be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect (including any amendment, modification or supplement to the Borrower LP Agreement or any related agreement that in any manner that increases the redemption price applicable to the Borrower Preferred Units).

7.9 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.9 enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than any Group Member) unless such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (b) in the ordinary course of business of such Group Member, as the case may be, and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Group Member, as the case may be, than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate.

7.10 Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks . Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the REIT, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the REIT, the Borrower or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of the REIT, the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

7.11 Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods . Permit the fiscal year of the Borrower to end on a day other than December 31 or change the Borrower’s method of determining fiscal quarters.

7.12 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Group Member to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations or, in the case of any Guarantor, its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, other than (a) this Agreement and the

 

100


other Loan Documents; (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby; (c) documentation evidencing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(g); (d) any restrictions in connection with existing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(d), Mortgage Financing or Permitted Construction Financing, including on the Capital Stock of the Subsidiary that is the borrower under such existing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(d), Mortgage Financing or Permitted Construction Financing or any direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary; and (e) single purpose entity limitations contained in charter documents for Excluded Subsidiaries, provided that, (i) in the case of clauses (b) and (c), such prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby and (ii) in the case of clause (d), such prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby and indirect transfers of the Capital Stock of the Subsidiary.

7.13 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (b) make Investments in the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents; (ii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; (iii) restrictions with respect to a Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary pursuant to any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(g), provided that, such restrictions (x) were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (y) such restrictions apply solely to such Person and its Subsidiaries; (iv) restrictions imposed by applicable law; (v) with respect to clauses (b) and (c) above, (A) restrictions pursuant to documentation evidencing Permitted Construction Financing or Mortgage Financing incurred by Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, and (B) restrictions pursuant to any joint venture agreement solely with respect to the transfer of the assets or Capital Stock of the related Joint Venture; and (vi) any restrictions existing under an agreement that amends, refinances or replaces any agreement containing restrictions permitted under the preceding clauses (i) through (v), provided that, the terms and conditions of any such agreement, as they relate to any such restrictions are no less favorable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, than those under the agreement so amended, refinanced or replaced, taken as a whole.

7.14 Limitation on Lines of Business . Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which the Group Members are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related thereto.

7.15 Limitation on Activities of the REIT . In the case of the REIT, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any business or operations other than those incidental to its ownership of the Capital Stock of the Borrower, (b) incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness or other liabilities or financial obligations, except (i) nonconsensual obligations imposed by operation of law, (ii) pursuant to the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) obligations with respect to its

 

101


Capital Stock, and (iv) Permitted Limited Recourse Guarantees permitted by Section 7.2(j), or (c) own, lease, manage or otherwise operate any properties or assets (including cash (other than cash received in connection with dividends made by the Borrower in accordance with Section 7.6 pending application in the manner contemplated by said Section) and cash equivalents) other than the ownership of shares of Capital Stock of the Borrower.

7.16 Limitation on Hedge Agreements . Enter into any Hedge Agreement other than Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, and not for speculative purposes, to protect against changes in interest rates.

7.17 REIT Status . Permit the REIT to fail to meet the requirements for REIT Status.

7.18 Borrower Tax Status . Permit the Borrower to become an association (or publicly traded partnership or taxable mortgage pool) taxable as a corporation for federal tax purposes at any time.

7.19 Borrowing Base Properties; Ground Leases . (a) Use or occupy or conduct any activity on, or allow the use or occupancy of or the conduct of any activity on any Borrowing Base Properties in any manner which makes void, voidable, or cancelable any insurance then in force with respect thereto or makes the maintenance of insurance in accordance with Section 6.5 commercially unreasonable (including by way of increased premium);

(b) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, initiate or permit any zoning reclassification of any Borrowing Base Property or seek any variance under existing zoning ordinances applicable to any Borrowing Base Property or use or permit the use of any Borrowing Base Property in such a manner which would result in such use becoming a nonconforming use under applicable zoning ordinances or other Requirement of Law, in each case, in a manner that would materially interfere with the use or operation of such Borrowing Base Property;

(c) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (i) except as permitted by Section 7.3(f), impose any material easement, restrictive covenant, or encumbrance upon any Borrowing Base Property, (ii) execute or file any subdivision plat affecting any Borrowing Base Property or (iii) consent to the annexation of any Borrowing Base Property to any municipality;

(d) Suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of any Borrowing Base Property (a) with any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from such Borrowing Base Property, and (b) which constitutes real property with any portion of such Borrowing Base Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the Lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to such real property portion of such Borrowing Base Property;

(e) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, permit any drilling or exploration for or extraction, removal or production of any mineral, hydrocarbon, gas, natural element, compound or substance (including sand and gravel) from the surface or

 

102


subsurface of any Borrowing Base Property regardless of the depth thereof or the method of mining or extraction thereof;

(f) Without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent, surrender the leasehold estate created by any Acceptable Ground Lease or terminate or cancel any Acceptable Ground Lease or modify, change, supplement, alter, or amend any Acceptable Ground Lease, either orally or in writing, in each case, except as would not cause such Acceptable Ground Lease to fail to qualify as an Acceptable Ground Lease;

(g) Without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent, fail to exercise any option or right to renew or extend the term of any Acceptable Ground Lease in accordance with the terms of such Acceptable Ground Lease, and shall give prompt written notice to Lender and shall execute, acknowledge, deliver and record any document requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the Lien of the related Mortgage on such extended or renewed lease term, in each case, except as would not cause such Acceptable Ground Lease to fail to qualify as an Acceptable Ground Lease; provided , that, the Loan Parties shall not be required to exercise any particular option or right to renew or extend to the extent the Loan Parties shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent may be withheld by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion and which consent shall not be necessary to the extent such failure to exercise such right would not cause such Acceptable Ground Lease to fail to qualify as an Acceptable Ground Lease) allowing the Loan Parties to forego exercising such option or right to renew or extend;

(h) Waive, excuse, condone or in any way release or discharge any ground lessor of or from such ground lessor’s material obligations, covenants and/or conditions under the applicable Acceptable Ground Lease without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, in each case, except as would not cause such Acceptable Ground Lease to fail to qualify as an Acceptable Ground Lease;

(i) Notwithstanding anything contained in any Acceptable Ground Lease to the contrary, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, sublet any portion of any Borrowing Base Property held pursuant to an Acceptable Ground Lease, except as would not cause such Acceptable Ground Lease to fail to qualify as an Acceptable Ground Lease;

(j) Enter into any Contractual Obligations related to any Borrowing Base Property providing for the payment of a management fee (or any other similar fee) to anyone other than a Group Member, unless such fee is subordinated to the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; or

(k) Any acquisition of any ground lessor’s interest in any Acceptable Ground Lease by any Group Member shall be accomplished by the Group Member in such a manner so as to avoid a merger of the interests of lessor and lessee in such Acceptable Ground Lease, unless consent to such merger is granted by the Administrative Agent.

7.20 Environmental Matters . (a) Cause, commit, permit, or allow to continue (i) any violation of any Environmental Requirement which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Property Event or have a Material Adverse Effect: (A) by any Group Member

 

103


or by any Person; and (B) by or with respect to any Borrowing Base Property or any use of or condition or activity on any Real Property, or (ii) the attachment of any environmental Liens on any Borrowing Base Property.

(b) Place, install, dispose of, or release, or cause, permit, or allow the placing, installation, disposal, spilling, leaking, dumping, or release of, any Materials of Environmental Concern or storage tank (or similar vessel) on any Real Property; provided that, any Materials of Environmental Concern or storage tank (or similar vessel) disclosed in the ESA or otherwise permitted pursuant to any Lease affecting any Borrowing Base Property shall be permitted on any Borrowing Base Property so long as such Materials of Environmental Concern or storage tanks (or similar vessels) are maintained in compliance with all applicable Environmental Requirements.

SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document, in any Borrowing Base Certificate, or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made or furnished; or

(c) (i) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 6.4(a) (with respect to the REIT and the Borrower only), Section 6.7(a) or Section 7, or in Section 5 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or (ii) an “ Event of Default ” under and as defined in any Mortgage shall have occurred and be continuing; or

(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days; or

(e) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations), on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance

 

104


or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or to become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereunder or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable; provided that, (x) a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of which exceeds in the aggregate the Threshold Amount, and (y) solely with respect to any Non-Recourse Indebtedness, a default, event or condition described in clause (iii) of this paragraph (e) with respect to any Non-Recourse Indebtedness shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless at such time, the lenders thereunder have caused such Non-Recourse Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or the applicable Group Members have otherwise commenced negotiations with such lenders with respect to a deed-in-lieu or other settlement of all or substantially all of the obligations under such Non-Recourse Indebtedness; or

(f) (i) any Group Member shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Group Member shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any failure to

 

105


satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee would reasonably be expected to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, or (v) the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall incur, or reasonably be expected to incur, any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of a Multiemployer Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (v) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would, in the sole judgment of the Required Lenders, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member involving for the Group Members taken as a whole a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $5,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason (other than by reason of the express release thereof pursuant to Section 10.15), to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or

(j) the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason (other than by reason of the express release thereof pursuant to Section 10.15), to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert; or

(k) any Change of Control shall occur;

then, and in any such event, (a) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Revolving Credit Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (b) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Revolving Credit Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Credit Commitments shall

 

106


immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. In the case of all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired face amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto).

SECTION 9 THE AGENTS

9.1 Appointment . Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.

9.2 Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

9.3 Exculpatory Provisions . Neither any Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by

 

107


any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

9.4 Reliance by Agents . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. The Agents may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless such Note shall have been transferred in accordance with Section 10.6 and all actions required by such Section in connection with such transfer shall have been taken. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

9.5 Notice of Default . No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent shall have received notice from a Lender, the REIT, or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent shall receive such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

9.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither any of the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to

 

108


it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, no Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of such Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

9.7 Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the REIT or the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the REIT or the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Revolving Credit Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Revolving Credit Percentages immediately prior to such date), for, and to save each Agent harmless from and against, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Revolving Credit Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity . Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and

 

109


may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

9.9 Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon ten days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or Section 8(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “ Administrative Agent ” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is ten days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. The Syndication Agent may, at any time, by notice to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, resign as Syndication Agent hereunder, whereupon the duties, rights, obligations and responsibilities of the Syndication Agent hereunder shall automatically be assumed by, and inure to the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, without any further act by the Syndication Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender. After any retiring Agent’s resignation as Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

9.10 Authorization to Release Liens and Guarantees . The Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each of the Lenders to effect any release of Liens or guarantee obligations contemplated by Section 10.15.

9.11 The Arranger; the Syndication Agent . Neither the Arranger nor the Syndication Agent, in their respective capacities as such, shall have any duties or responsibilities, nor shall any such Person incur any liability, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

9.12 No Duty to Disclose . The Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the REIT, the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent nor any Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the REIT, the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates.

9.13 Waiver . To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the REIT, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have

 

110


against the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or (with the written consent of the Required Lenders) the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents (including amendments and restatements hereof or thereof) for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as may be specified in the instrument of waiver, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:

(i) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable under this Agreement (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders) and (y) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section or reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders or Supermajority Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their guarantee obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the consent of all the Lenders;

(iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9, or any other provision affecting the rights, duties or obligations of any Agent, without the consent of any Agent directly affected thereby;

(iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.3 or 2.4 without the consent of the Swing Line Lender;

 

111


(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.15 without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the consent of each Issuing Lender affected thereby;

(vii) impose restrictions on assignments and participations that are more restrictive than, or additional to, those set forth in Section 10.6 without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; or

(viii) amend, modify or waive (i) the definitions of “Approved Borrowing Base Office Properties,” “Borrowing Base,” “Borrowing Base Office Properties,” “Borrowing Base Properties,” “Borrowing Base Studio Properties,” “Capitalization Rate,” “Eligible Borrowing Base Property”, “Maximum Facility Availability” or “Total Asset Value”, (ii) solely in connection with determining the Borrowing Base, the definitions of “Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Amount” (and the related defined terms used therein) and “Net Operating Income” (and the related defined terms used therein), (iii) add a Borrowing Base Studio Property (other than Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson) to the Borrowing Base or (iv) Sections 5.3 or 5.4, in each case, without the consent of the Supermajority Lenders.

Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Any such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification shall be effected by a written instrument signed by the parties required to sign pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section; provided , that delivery of an executed signature page of any such instrument by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

10.2 Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed (a) in the case of the REIT, the Borrower and the Agents, as follows and (b) in the case of the Lenders, as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent or in the case of a Lender which becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E, in such Assignment and Assumption or (c) in the case of any party, to such other address as such party may hereafter notify to the other parties hereto:

 

112


  The REIT:   

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attention: Mark Lammas or Corporate Credit

Facility Administrator

Telecopy: (310) 445-5710

Telephone: (310) 445-5702

  The Borrower:   

Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.

c/o Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attention: Mark Lammas or Corporate Credit

Facility Administrator

Telecopy: (310) 445-5710

Telephone: (310) 445-5702

  The Syndication Agent:   

Bank of America, N.A.

315 Montgomery Street

Mail Code: CA5-704-06-37

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Helen W. Chan

Telecopy: (415) 913-2356

Telephone:                         

  The Administrative Agent:   

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Craig Malloy

Telecopy: (646) 758-4617

Telephone: (212) 526-7150

  With a copy to:   

Issuing Lender:

As notified by such Issuing Lender to the

Administrative Agent and the Borrower

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon any Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender shall not be effective until received.

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications

 

113


to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made herein, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

10.5 Payment of Expenses . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the syndication of the Revolving Credit Commitments (other than fees payable to syndicate members) and the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the charges of Intralinks, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Agents for all their costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated fees and disbursements and other charges of in-house counsel) to each Lender and of counsel to the Agents, (c) to pay, indemnify, or reimburse each Lender and the Agents for, and hold each Lender and the Agents harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify or reimburse each Lender, each Agent, their respective affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, trustees, employees, advisors, agents and controlling persons (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) for, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by an Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any commitment letter or fee letter in connection therewith, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto or thereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of

 

114


the proceeds thereof (including any refusal by any Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Materials of Environmental Concern on or from any property owned, occupied or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any environmental liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any or their respective properties, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), provided , that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unauthorized persons of information or other materials sent through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems that are intercepted by such persons or for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in connection with the Revolving Credit Commitments. Without limiting the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower agrees not to assert and to cause its Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries so to waive, all rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature, under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor. Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be submitted to Mark Lammas (Telephone No. (310) 445-5702) (Fax No. (310) 445-5710), at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 10.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a notice to the Administrative Agent. The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments . (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the REIT, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Agents, all future holders of the Loans and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agents and each Lender.

(b) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks, financial institutions or other entities (each, a “ Participant ”) participating interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender or any other interest of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement to the other parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Borrower and the Agents shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights

 

115


and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In no event shall any Participant under any such participation have any right to approve any amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would require the consent of all Lenders pursuant to Section 10.1. The Borrower agrees that if amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the Loans are due or unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, be deemed to have the right of setoff in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement, provided that, in purchasing such participating interest, such Participant shall be deemed to have agreed to share with the Lenders the proceeds thereof as provided in Section 10.7(a) as fully as if such Participant were a Lender hereunder. The Borrower also agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.16, 2.17 or 2.18 with respect to its participation in the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Loans outstanding from time to time as if such Participant were a Lender; provided that, in the case of Section 2.17, such Participant shall have complied with the requirements of said Section, and provided , further , that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any such Section than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

(c) Any Lender (an “ Assignor ”) may, in accordance with applicable law and upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time and from time to time assign to any Lender or any affiliate, Related Fund or Control Investment Affiliate thereof or, with the consent of the Borrower and the Agents and, in the case of any assignment of Revolving Credit Commitments, the written consent of the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to an additional bank, financial institution or other entity (an “ Assignee ”) all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, executed by such Assignee and such Assignor (and, where the consent of the Borrower, the Agents or the Issuing Lender or the Swing Line Lender is required pursuant to the foregoing provisions, by the Borrower and such other Persons) and delivered to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register; provided that no such assignment to an Assignee (other than any Lender or any affiliate thereof) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of less than $5,000,000 (other than in the case of an assignment of all of a Lender’s interests under this Agreement), unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date determined pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (x) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder with the Revolving Credit Commitments and/or Loans as set forth therein, and (y) the Assignor thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of an Assignor’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Assignor shall cease to be a party hereto, except as to Section 2.16, 2.17 and 10.5 in respect of the period prior to such effective date). In the event that Borrower fails to respond within five Business Days after the receipt of a request to approve an assignment pursuant to this

 

116


Section 10.6(c), the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section, the consent of the Borrower shall not be required for any assignment that occurs at any time when any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. For purposes of the minimum assignment amounts set forth in this paragraph, multiple assignments by two or more Related Funds shall be aggregated.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall, on behalf of the Borrower, maintain at its address referred to in Section 10.2 a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register (the “ Register ”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Revolving Credit Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, each Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loans and any Notes evidencing such Loans recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. Any assignment of any Loan, whether or not evidenced by a Note, shall be effective only upon appropriate entries with respect thereto being made in the Register (and each Note shall expressly so provide). Any assignment or transfer of all or part of a Loan evidenced by a Note shall be registered on the Register only upon surrender for registration of assignment or transfer of the Note evidencing such Loan, accompanied by a duly executed Assignment and Assumption; thereupon one or more new Notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated Assignee, and the old Notes shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower marked “canceled”. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender (with respect to any entry relating to such Lender’s Loans) at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Each Lender that sells a participation, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent (solely for tax purposes) shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts of each participant’s interest in the Revolving Credit Commitments, Loans and other Obligations held by it (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such interest in the Revolving Credit Commitments, Loans and other Obligations as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Assumption executed by an Assignor and an Assignee (and, in any case where the consent of any other Person is required by Section 10.6(c), by each such other Person) together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 (treating multiple, simultaneous assignments by or to two or more Related Funds as a single assignment), the Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and (ii) on the effective date determined pursuant thereto record the information contained therein in the Register and give notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Borrower. On or prior to such effective date, the Borrower, at its own expense, upon request, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (in exchange for the Revolving Credit Note of the assigning Lender) a new Revolving Credit Note to the order of such Assignee in an amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment assumed or acquired by it pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption and, if the Assignor has retained a Revolving Credit Commitment upon request, a new Revolving Credit Note to the order of the Assignor in an amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment retained by it hereunder.

 

117


Such new Note or Notes shall be dated the Closing Date and shall otherwise be in the form of the Note or Notes replaced thereby.

(f) For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the provisions of this Section concerning assignments of Loans and Notes relate only to absolute assignments and that such provisions do not prohibit assignments creating security interests in Loans and Notes, including, without limitation, any pledge or assignment by a Lender of any Loan or Note to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable law.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPC ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Revolving Credit Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any state thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.6(g), any SPC may (A) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender, or with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to any financial institutions providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans, and (B) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC; provided that non-public information with respect to the Borrower may be disclosed only with the Borrower’s consent which will not be unreasonably withheld. This paragraph (g) may not be amended without the written consent of any SPC with Loans outstanding at the time of such proposed amendment.

10.7 Adjustments; Set-off . (a) Except to the extent that this Agreement provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders, if any Lender (a “ Benefitted Lender ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Obligations, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for

 

118


cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Obligations, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the REIT or the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the REIT and the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the REIT or the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the REIT or the Borrower, as the case may be. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

10.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

10.9 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.10 Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the REIT, the Borrower, the Agents, the Arranger and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Arranger, any Agent or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

10.11 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

119


10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the REIT and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its Property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the REIT or the Borrower, as the case may be at its address set forth in Section 10.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

10.13 Acknowledgments . Each of the REIT and the Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by and consulted with its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors (to the extent it deemed appropriate) in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither the Arranger, any Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the REIT or the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Arranger, the Agents and the Lenders, on one hand, and the REIT and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor;

(c) it is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; and

(d) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Arranger, the Agents and the Lenders or among the REIT, the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

120


10.14 Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement that is designated by such Loan Party as confidential; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Arranger, any Agent, any other Lender or any affiliate of any thereof, (b) to any Participant or Assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) or prospective Transferee that agrees to comply with the provisions of this Section or substantially equivalent provisions, (c) to any of its employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors, (d) to any financial institution that is a direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section), (e) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it, (f) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (g) in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (h) that has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Section, (i) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender or (j) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

10.15 Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, upon request of the Borrower in connection with any Disposition of Property permitted by the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Specified Hedge Agreement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in any Collateral being Disposed of in such Disposition, and to release any guarantee obligations under any Loan Document of any Person being Disposed of in such Disposition, to the extent necessary to permit consummation of such Disposition in accordance with the Loan Documents.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, upon request of the Borrower in connection with any incurrence of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Specified Hedge Agreement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in any Collateral to be subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.3, and to release any guarantee obligations under any Loan Document of the Person incurring such Indebtedness, to the extent necessary to permit the incurrence of such Indebtedness (and the granting of Liens to secure such Indebtedness) in accordance with the Loan Documents, provided that, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate (i) certifying that, immediately prior to and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) containing all information and calculations necessary, and taking into consideration such Indebtedness, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof and the Borrowing Base and (iii) with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, certifying that the conditions set forth for the release of such Borrowing Base Property in Section 5.4 have been satisfied.

 

121


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, upon request of the Borrower in connection with any transaction undertaken by the Borrower pursuant to which the removal of certain Collateral is necessary or advisable to facilitate such transaction, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Specified Hedge Agreement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in such Collateral and, if such Collateral is comprised of a Person, to release any guarantee obligations under any Loan Document of such Person, but only to the extent reasonably necessary to facilitate the transaction being undertaken by the Borrower, provided that, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate (i) certifying that, immediately prior to and after giving effect to the removal of such Collateral, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) containing all information and calculations necessary, and taking into consideration the removal of such Collateral, for determining pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof and the Borrowing Base and (iii) with respect to any Borrowing Base Property, certifying that the conditions set forth for the release of such Borrowing Base Property in Section 5.4 have been satisfied.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreement) have been paid in full, all Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired and no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding, upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Specified Hedge Agreement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all guarantee obligations under any Loan Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be outstanding Obligations in respect of Specified Hedge Agreements. Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

10.16 Accounting Changes . In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Change with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Change as if such Accounting Change had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Change had not occurred. “ Accounting Change ” refers to any change in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.

 

122


10.17 Waivers of Jury Trial . THE REIT, THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

123


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as Arranger

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

EXHIBIT 10.23

 

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

by and among

SUNSET BRONSON ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES, LLC,

as Borrower

the Lenders Party Hereto,

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent

with

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,

As Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

dated as of

May 12, 2008

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS    1
  1.1    Definitions    1
  1.2    Accounting Terms    11
ARTICLE II THE LOANS    11
  2.1    Agreement to Lend and Borrow    11
  2.2    Evidence of Indebtedness    11
  2.3    Interest Rate; Principal Amortization    12
  2.4    Maturity of the Loans    13
  2.5    Security    14
  2.6    Fees    14
  2.7    Increased Costs    15
  2.8    Payments; Pro Rata Treatment    15
  2.9    Designation of a Different Lending Office    16
  2.10    Taxes    16
  2.11    Survival of Indemnity    18
  2.12    Funding by Lenders; Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by
     Administrative Agent    18
  2.13    Replacement of Lenders    19
  2.14    Cash Management Account    19
  2.15    Partial Release of Collateral    20
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    22
  3.1    Closing    22
ARTICLE IV LOAN DISBURSEMENTS    23
  4.1    Recordation Disbursements    23
  4.2    Subsequent Disbursements    23
  4.3    Notice of Borrowing    24
  4.4    Availability of Funds    24
  4.5    Lending Offices    24
  4.6    Borrowing Monthly    25
  4.7    Method of Loan Advances    25
  4.8    Limitations and Conditions on Loan Advances    25
  4.9    Reallocation of Amounts    26
  4.10    Deficiencies    26
  4.11    Appraisals    26
  4.12    [Intentionally Omitted]    27
  4.13    [Intentionally Omitted]    27
  4.14    [Intentionally Omitted]    27
  4.15    Letters of Credit Issuance    27

 

-i-


ARTICLE V TITLE INSURANCE    29
  5.1    Basic Insurance    29
  5.2    Continuation and Date-Down Endorsements    29
ARTICLE VI OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PROJECT    29
  6.1    Operation as First Class Studio Facility    29
  6.2    Maintenance    29
ARTICLE VII LIABILITY, RISK, AND FLOOD INSURANCE    29
  7.1    Property    29
  7.2    Liability    29
  7.3    Flood    30
  7.4    Additional Insurance    30
  7.5    Other Requirements    30
  7.6    Evidence    30
ARTICLE VIII RIGHTS OF INSPECTION; AGENCY    31
ARTICLE IX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    31
  9.1    Consideration    31
  9.2    Organization, Powers and Good Standing    31
  9.3    Authorization of Loan Documents    32
  9.4    Compliance with Laws    32
  9.5    No Material Defaults    32
  9.6    Litigation; Adverse Facts    32
  9.7    Title to Properties; Liens    33
  9.8    Disclosure    33
  9.9    Payment of Taxes    33
  9.10    Securities Activities    33
  9.11    Government Regulations    33
  9.12    Rights to Project Agreements, Permits and Licenses    34
  9.13    Utilities and Access    34
  9.14    Use of Project    34
  9.15    Financial Condition    34
  9.16    Personal Property    34
  9.17    No Condemnation    34
  9.18    Other Loan Documents    34
  9.19    Indemnitor    34
  9.20    No Lease Defaults    34
  9.21    Defects    35
  9.22    ERISA    35
ARTICLE X COVENANTS OF BORROWER    35
  10.1    Consideration    35
  10.2    Existence    35

 

-ii-


  10.3    Books and Records; Access by Administrative Agent and the Lenders    35
  10.4    No Encumbrances    35
  10.5    Compliance with Laws    36
  10.6    Personal Property    36
  10.7    Assessments    36
  10.8    Disbursements    36
  10.9    Information and Statements    36
  10.10    Representations and Warranties    37
  10.11    Trade Names    37
  10.12    Further Assurances    37
  10.13    Notice of Litigation    37
  10.14    Maintenance of Existence    38
  10.15    Hazardous Materials    38
  10.16    Verification of Costs    38
  10.17    Single Purpose Entity    38
  10.18    Government Regulation    38
  10.19    Negative Covenants    38
  10.20    “Last Look” for Refinancing    41
ARTICLE XI EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES    42
  11.1    Events of Default    42
  11.2    Remedies    44
ARTICLE XII ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    46
  12.1    Appointment and Authority    46
  12.2    Rights as a Lender    46
  12.3    Exculpatory Provisions    47
  12.4    Reliance by Administrative Agent    47
  12.5    Delegation of Duties    48
  12.6    Resignation of Administrative Agent    48
  12.7    Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders    49
  12.8    No Other Duties, Etc.    49
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS    49
  13.1    Successors and Assigns Generally; Assignments    49
  13.2    Notices    52
  13.3    Authority to File Notices    53
  13.4    Inconsistencies with the Loan Documents    53
  13.5    No Waiver    53
  13.6    Administrative Agent Approval of Instruments and Parties    53
  13.7    Administrative Agent Determination of Facts    53
  13.8    Incorporation of Preamble, Recitals and Exhibits    53
  13.9    Third-Party Consultants    53
  13.10    Costs and Expenses; Indemnification; Reimbursement    53
  13.11    Disclaimer by Administrative Agent and the Lenders    55
  13.12    Intentionally Omitted    55

 

-iii-


  13.13    Titles and Headings    55
  13.14    Brokers    55
  13.15    Change, Discharge, Termination, or Waiver    55
  13.16    CHOICE OF LAW    56
  13.17    Disbursements in Excess of Aggregate Commitment    56
  13.18    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Venue; Service of Process    56
  13.19    Counterparts    57
  13.20    Time is of the Essence    57
  13.21    Attorneys’ Fees    57
  13.22    [Intentionally Omitted]    57
  13.23    [Intentionally Omitted]    57
  13.24    Waiver Of Jury Trial    57
  13.25    WAIVER OF SPECIAL DAMAGES    57
  13.26    USA Patriot Act Notification    58
  13.27    Amendments and Waivers    58
  13.28    Setoff; Sharing of Payments by Lenders    59
  13.29    Application of Proceeds    60
  13.30    Swap Contracts    61
ARTICLE XIV EXHIBITS    62

 

-iv-


LOAN AGREEMENT

This Loan Agreement is made as of May 12, 2008 by and among SUNSET BRONSON ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is c/o Hudson Capital, LLC, 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025-0317, Attention: Victor Coleman and Howard Stern (“ Borrower ”), the Lenders party hereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”) and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, whose address is Wachovia Bank, N.A., Real Estate Financial Services, General Banking Group, Mail Code: CA 6500, 1800 Century Park East, Suite 500, Los Angeles, California 90067, as administrative agent for the Lenders (“ Administrative Agent ”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower has acquired fee simple title to that certain real property located in Hollywood, California, more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Property ”).

B. Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit to it for the refinancing, re-entitlement and leasing of the Property and the payment of the other costs described in the Budget.

C. The Lenders are prepared to extend such credit in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and conditions herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, each intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof and shall include any successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to Section 12.6 .

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

-1-


Aggregate Commitment ” means the aggregate Commitments of all the Lenders, as reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, the Aggregate Commitment is $39,000,000.

Agreement ” shall mean this Loan Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, renewed and restated from time to time.

Appraisal ” shall mean an appraisal of the “as is” value of the Property and the Improvements (i) ordered by Administrative Agent, (ii) prepared by an appraiser selected by and satisfactory to Administrative Agent, (iii) in compliance with all federal and state standards for appraisals (including without limitation all requirements under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act), (iv) reviewed by Administrative Agent and (v) satisfying Administrative Agent’s then-current policies for appraisals; provided, however, that in reviewing such appraisals and applying such discretion, Administrative Agent will act in good faith and will consistently apply the standards generally used by Administrative Agent in the normal course of its real estate lending business in order to review and evaluate appraisals.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 13.1 ), and accepted by Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B or any other form approved by Administrative Agent.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Knowledge ” means the current actual (and not the constructive or imputed) knowledge of the Responsible Persons. Lender acknowledges that the individuals who are named as Responsible Persons are named solely for the purpose of defining the scope of Borrower s Knowledge and not for the purpose of imposing any liability or creating any duties running from such individuals to Lender.

Borrowing Date ” means any Business Day specified pursuant to Section 4.3 as a date on which the Lenders make a disbursement of the Loans hereunder.

Budget ” shall mean the cost breakdown/budget for the Loans attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in Charlotte, North Carolina and Los Angeles, California for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities.

CC&R’s ” shall mean any and all covenants, conditions, restrictions, maintenance agreements or reciprocal easement agreements affecting the Project or any of the Property.

 

-2-


Calendar Month ” shall mean any of the twelve (12) calendar months of the year. With respect to any payment or obligation that is due or required to be performed within a specified number of Calendar Months, then such payment or obligation shall become due on the day in the last of such specified number of Calendar Months that corresponds numerically to the date on which such payment or obligation was incurred or commenced; provided, however, that with respect to any obligation that was incurred or commenced on the 29th, 30th or 31st day of any Calendar Month and if the Calendar Month in which such payment or obligation would otherwise become due does not have a numerically corresponding date, such obligation shall become due on the first Business Day of the next succeeding Calendar Month.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date the Deed of Trust is recorded in the official records of the County.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or superseded from time to time. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code shall be construed to include any comparable provision of the Code as hereafter amended or superseded.

Collateral ” shall mean all real and personal property (whether tangible or intangible) in which a lien, encumbrance or security interest is granted in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to the Loan Documents.

Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to the Maturity Date, or such earlier date as the Aggregate Commitment shall terminate as provided herein.

County ” shall mean Los Angeles County, California.

Day ” or “ Days ” shall mean calendar days unless expressly stated to be Business Days.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the Net Operating Income from the Project before payment of debt service for the three-month period in question, and the denominator of which is an amount equivalent to the sum of an amount, as reasonably determined by Administrative Agent, equivalent to the interest that would accrue on the Loans during such three-month period at a rate of interest equal to the then-current LIBOR Rate (giving affect to all Swap Contracts then in effect).

Deed of Trust ” shall mean a Deed of Trust, Assignment, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing executed by Borrower, as trustor, and naming Administrative Agent as beneficiary, creating a first lien on the Property, the Improvements, and all other buildings,

 

-3-


fixtures and improvements now or hereafter owned or acquired by Borrower and situated on the Property, and all rights and easements appurtenant thereto, securing indebtedness and obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents, all in form and substance acceptable to Administrative Agent, as such deed of trust may be amended, modified, supplemented, renewed and restated from time to time.

Defaulting Lender ” means, as of any date, any Lender that has (a) failed to make a Loan required to be made by it hereunder, (b) given notice to Administrative Agent or Borrower that it will not make, or that it has disaffirmed or repudiated any obligation to make, any Loan required to be made by it hereunder (unless such notice is given by all Lenders) or (c) been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund, and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) with total assets of $1,000,000,000 or more that is regularly engaged in commercial lending activities as one of its core businesses, and is approved by (i) Administrative Agent and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

Environmental Indemnity ” shall mean that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement executed by Borrower and Indemnitor of even date herewith.

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the events listed in Section 11.1 of this Agreement.

ERISA ” shall mean Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may, from time to time, be amended.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by Borrower under Section 2.13 ), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 2.10(e) , except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.10(a) .

Extended Maturity Date ” shall mean an extended Maturity Date determined in accordance with Section 2.4 of this Agreement.

 

-4-


Extension Fee ” shall mean one quarter of one percent (.25%) of the sum of (i) amounts outstanding on the Loans as of the then applicable Maturity Date and (ii) the undisbursed amount of the Loans as of the then applicable Maturity Date.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest  1 / 100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided , however , that (a) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such Business Day shall be the average rate charged to Administrative Agent on such Business Day on such transactions as determined by Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain letter agreement of even date herewith between Wachovia Bank and Borrower, pertaining to the payment by Borrower to Wachovia Bank of certain fees in connection with this Agreement.

Financing Statement ” shall mean one or more UCC-1 financing statements authorized by Borrower, as debtor, in favor of Administrative Agent, as secured party, and perfecting Administrative Agent’s security interest in the collateral described therein, each in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, to be filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware, and in such other offices for recording or filing such statements in such jurisdictions as Administrative Agent shall desire to perfect Administrative Agent’s security interest or reflect such interest in appropriate public records.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender (or, if such Lender is a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes, the Person treated, for United States federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the assets of such Lender) that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean (a) any governmental municipality or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department instrumentality or public body, or (c) any court, administrative tribunal or public utility.

Guaranty ” shall mean that certain Guaranty of even date herewith executed by Indemnitor in favor of Administrative Agent and Lenders, as more fully described therein.

Hard Costs ” shall mean acquisition costs, refinancing costs, permit costs, and other hard costs, in each case to the extent that such items are set forth in the Budget.

 

-5-


Improvements ” shall mean all on-site and off-site improvements to the Property, including the existing approximately 306,722 square foot structures located at 5300 West Sunset Boulevard, together with all capital improvements, fixtures, tenant improvements and appurtenances now or later to be constructed and/or located on the Property and/or in such improvements.

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person (a) indebtedness created, issued, incurred or assumed by such Person for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (b) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services; (c) all indebtedness secured by a lien on any asset of such Person whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person; (d) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person or in any manner providing for the payment of any indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such indebtedness against loss (excluding endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business); (e) the amount of all reimbursement obligations and other obligations of such Person (whether due or to become due, contingent or otherwise) in respect of letters of credit, drafts, notes, bankers’ acceptances, surety or other bonds and similar instruments; (f) all other obligations that would be included as liabilities on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; and (g) net liabilities under Swap Contracts.

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitor ” means Hudson Sunset Gower, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Interest Period ” means each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the same day of the month that interest is due 1 month thereafter; provided, (a) the first Interest Period shall commence on the Closing Date and end on the first day of the next Calendar Month, (b) any Interest Period that ends in a month for which there is no day which numerically corresponds to the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period shall end on the last day of the month, and (c) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend past the Maturity Date shall end on the Maturity Date.

Issuing Lender ” means Wachovia Bank, N.A. in its individual capacity as a Lender issuing Letters of Credit under this Agreement and such other Lenders as Borrower and Administrative Agent hereafter approve to issue Letters of Credit hereunder.

KTLA Lease ” shall mean that certain Lease executed by Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, predecessor-in-interest to Borrower, as landlord, and KTLA, Inc., as tenant, and dated as of January 30, 2008.

Leases ” means all leases, and other occupancy or use agreements (whether oral or written), now or hereafter existing, which cover or relate to the Property or any part thereof, together with all options therefor, amendments thereto and renewals and modifications thereof.

Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

 

-6-


Lending Office ” means with respect to a Lender, the office, branch, subsidiary or affiliate of such Lender identified in the Administrative Questionnaire delivered by such Lender to the Administrative Agent or otherwise selected by such Lender pursuant to Section 4.5 .

LIBOR Rate ” means, with respect to each Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of one month which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second London Banking Day before such Interest Period Begins, plus 3.65% per annum; provided that, if no such offered rates appear on such page, the applicable “LIBOR Rate” shall instead be the arithmetic average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher  1 / 100 th of 1%) of rates quoted by not less than two (2) major lenders in New York City, selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, at approximately 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such day, for deposits in U.S. dollars offered by leading European banks having a maturity of one month in a amount comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, plus 3.65% per annum; provided, further, that if on any day the Administrative Agent is unable to determine the LIBOR Rate in the foregoing manner, the LIBOR Rate for such day shall be the rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate for such day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after June 1, 2010, in no event shall the “LIBOR Rate” hereunder ever be less than 5.90% per annum.

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Deed of Trust, Financing Statements, the Guaranty, the Environmental Indemnity, and all other documents and instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection with this Agreement and the Loans described herein.

Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (i) the sum of (A) the outstanding principal balance of the Loans and (B) the undisbursed amount of the Loans to (ii) the as-is value of the Project, as set forth in the applicable Appraisal, as approved by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Loans ” means the loans made pursuant to this Agreement that are more particularly described in Section 2.1 .

London Banking Day ” means a day on which dealings in dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the date upon which the Loans become due and payable, which date shall be May 30, 2010; provided that if the Maturity Date is extended as provided in Section 2.4 , it shall mean the Extended Maturity Date.

Net Operating Income ” shall mean the amount of (a) Rental Income for the applicable three (3) month period of time in question, less (b) the amount of Operating Expenses for such period of time.

Net Sales Proceeds : The gross sales price for the Satellite D Parcel, minus customary and reasonable expenses (not to exceed seven percent (7%) of the gross sales price) actually incurred.

 

-7-


Non-Related Party ” shall mean a person or entity that is not an Affiliate of Borrower.

Note ” or “Notes ” means a promissory note or notes substantially in the form of Exhibit D , executed and delivered by Borrower payable to the order of a Lender, and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2 or any other provision hereof, as the same may be modified, amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) and shall be in the form of Exhibit E .

Obligations ” means any and all indebtedness and obligations of Borrower owing to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Documents.

OFAC ” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Operating Expenses ” shall mean any and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (or which should spent to operate and maintain the Project at the level currently managed) during the applicable three-month time period in question as reasonably determined by Lender, including without limitation (a) taxes and assessments imposed upon the Project which are reasonably allocable to such time period, (b) bond assessments which are reasonably allocable to such time period, (c) insurance premiums for casualty insurance and liability insurance carried in connection with the Project which are reasonably allocable to such time period, (d) operating expenses incurred by Borrower for the management, operation, cleaning, leasing, maintenance and repair of the Project which are reasonably allocable to such time period, including a management fee equal to three percent (3.0%), and (e) a $0.25 per square foot per annum replacement reserve reasonably allocable to such time period. Operating Expenses shall not include any interest, principal, loan fees, extension fees or other payments on the Loan or capital expenditures.

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Parking Lease ” shall mean that certain Parking Lot Lease between Parking Lease Lessor, as lessor, and Borrower, as lessee, dated as of May 12, 2008.

Parking Lease Lessor ” shall mean Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Permitted Exceptions ” means the matters approved by Administrative Agent as permitted exceptions of title with respect to the Property and set forth as exceptions to title in the Title Insurance Policy approved by Administrative Agent.

 

-8-


Person ” shall mean a natural person, a partnership, a joint venture, an unincorporated association, a limited liability company, a corporation, a trust, any other legal entity, or any Governmental Authority.

Prime Rate ” means that interest rate so denominated and set by Wachovia Bank from time to time as an interest rate basis for borrowings. The Prime Rate is but one of several interest rate bases used by Wachovia Bank. Wachovia Bank lends at interest rates above and below the Prime Rate.

Project ” shall mean the Property and the Improvements.

Project Costs ” means all costs incurred or to be incurred by Borrower with respect to the acquisition and/or refinancing of the Property, and the leasing, re-entitlement, development and operation of the Project, as set forth in the Budget.

Property ” shall mean the real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

Ratable Share ” means, with respect to any Lender on any date, the ratio of (a) the amount of the Commitment of such Lender to (b) the Aggregate Commitment.

Rental Income ” shall mean the rental income and any other income received by Borrower, as reasonably determined by Administrative Agent, for the three (3) month period of time in question from the tenant Leases of the Improvements which are then in effect (and as to which the tenants thereunder are in possession and paying rent, and are not in default); provided, however, rental income and other income to be received by Borrower, as reasonably determined by Administrative Agent, from the tenant Leases of the Improvements which are then in effect, but under which rent has not yet commenced (and as to which the tenants thereunder are not in default), shall be credited to Rental Income.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(c) .

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, (i) at any particular time that there are three (3) or more Lenders, Lenders having at least 66-  2 / 3 % of the Aggregate Commitment or, if the Aggregate Commitment has been terminated, Lenders having at least 66-  2 / 3 % of the aggregate amount of the Loans then outstanding or (ii) at any particular time that there are two (2) or fewer Lenders, all the Lenders; provided in each case that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Loans held by, any Defaulting Lender (and the Defaulting Lender itself if there are two (2) Lenders) shall be excluded for purposes of determining Required Lenders.

Responsible Persons ” shall mean Christopher Barton and Dale Shimoda.

Responsible Officer ” means as to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of the chief executive officer, president, any vice president or chief financial officer of the with respect to Borrower or such Subsidiary and, with respect to financial matters and matters, any of the

 

-9-


chief financial officer or treasurer with respect to Borrower or such Subsidiary, or Christopher Barton or Howard Stern.

Satellite D Parcel ” means the approximately 13,242 square-foot portion of the Project located on Bronson Avenue and more particularly described in Exhibit I attached hereto.

Soft Costs ” shall mean the fees and costs other than Hard Costs, which shall include, without limitation, loan fees, advertising, fees and costs for direct project supervision, project overhead, project audit fees, management fees, temporary facilities, interest, appraisal fees, real property taxes, processing fees, insurance and closing costs plus any other costs, fees or expenses, all as approved by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, in each case to the extent that such items are set forth in the Budget.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, a corporation, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, limited liability company or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person, and with respect to Borrower shall include all Subsidiaries of Subsidiaries of Borrower, provided that no joint venture will be a Subsidiary. Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower (including Subsidiaries of Subsidiaries).

Swap Contract ” shall mean any agreement, whether or not in writing, relating to any transaction that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange transaction, interest cap, collar or floor transaction, currency swap, cross-currency rate swap, swap option, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option to enter into the foregoing) or any combination of the foregoing, and, unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., or any other master agreement, together with any related schedules and confirmations, as amended, supplemented, superseded or replaced from time to time, relating to or governing any or all of the foregoing.

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Title Company ” shall mean Chicago Title Insurance Company, or such other title insurance company as Administrative Agent may approve from time to time.

Title Insurance Policy ” shall mean a title insurance policy issued by the Title Company, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and containing such endorsements as Administrative Agent may require.

Total Costs ” shall mean the sum of Hard Costs (including all acquisition costs of the Property) and Soft Costs.

 

-10-


Treasury Note Rate ” shall mean the yields reported, as of 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Business Day (hereinafter defined), on the display designated as “Page 678” on the Telerate Data Service (or such other display as may replace Page 678 on the Telerate Data Service) for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to ten (10) years, or if such yields shall not be reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time shall not be ascertainable, the latest Treasury Constant Maturity Series yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields shall have been so reported as of the applicable Business Day, in Federal Reserve statistical Release H. 15 (519) (or any comparable successor publication) for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to ten (10) years. Such implied yield shall be determined, if necessary, by (i) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (ii) interpolating linearly between reported yields. The term “ Business Day ” as used in this paragraph means a day on which banks are open for business in New York, New York.

Unmatured Event of Default ” shall mean an event or condition which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default.

Wachovia Bank ” means Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association.

1.2 Accounting Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein or in the Recitals shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with generally acceptable accounting standards and principles, consistently applied ( “GAAP ”).

ARTICLE II

THE LOANS

2.1 Agreement to Lend and Borrow .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender severally agrees to make Loans to Borrower from time to time during the Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount of Loans made by such Lender not to exceed the amount set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto (such Lender’s obligations to make Loans in such amounts, as reduced, increased or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, being referred to herein as such Lender’s “Commitment ”). The proceeds of the Loans shall be used for the purposes of paying for the costs of acquiring and/or refinancing the Property, leasing the Improvements, re-entitlement of the Project and for the other purposes set forth in the Budget. All amounts advanced under the Loans and repaid may not be re-borrowed.

(b) Agent and Lenders shall not have any obligation to make any Loan that would have the effect of increasing the aggregate amount of all Loans made by Lenders hereunder plus the amount of all L/C Obligations (as defined in Section 4.15 below) to an amount exceeding the Aggregate Commitment.

2.2 Evidence of Indebtedness . The Loans made by the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be evidenced by Notes, payable to the order of each Lender in the amount of its Commitment and evidencing the obligation of Borrower to pay the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the

 

-11-


Loans made by such Lender, with interest thereon as prescribed in Section 2.3 . Each Lender is hereby authorized to record electronically or otherwise the date and amount of each Loan disbursement made by such Lender, and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof, and any such recordation shall be conclusive absent manifest error as to the accuracy of the information so recorded; provided , however , the failure of such Lender to make, or any error in making, any such recordation(s) shall not affect the obligation of Borrower to repay outstanding principal, interest, or any other Obligation due hereunder or under the Notes in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

2.3 Interest Rate; Principal Amortization .

(a) Payment . The Loans shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Rate. Interest shall be payable in arrears and shall be due on the first Business Day of each Calendar Month and on the last day of the Commitment Period.

(b) Rate after Default . If all or a portion of the principal amount of any of the Loans made hereunder or any installment of interest on any Loan shall not be paid on or prior to the fifth (5 th ) day after the same becomes due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and after any applicable opportunity to cure), any such overdue principal amount and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any overdue installment of interest on any Loan shall, without limiting any other rights of the Lenders, bear interest, payable on demand, for each day thereafter until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 4% plus the LIBOR Rate. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the principal amount of the Loans (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all accrued interest thereon) may, at the election of the Required Lenders, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 4% plus the LIBOR Rate.

(c) Computation of Interest . Interest in respect of the Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Each determination of an interest rate by Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Lenders and Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

(d) No Deductions . All payments of principal or interest under the Notes shall be made without deduction of any present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, which amounts shall be owed and paid by Borrower. Borrower will pay the amounts necessary such that the gross amount of the principal and interest received by the Lenders is not less than that required by this Agreement and the Notes.

(e) Late Charge . If any payments (other than the principal payment due on the Maturity Date) under the Notes or any other Loan Documents are not made on or prior to the fifth (5 th ) day after the same becomes due, Borrower shall also pay to Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders) a late charge equal to 4% of such payment. Acceptance by Administrative Agent of any late payment without an accompanying late charge shall not be deemed a waiver of Administrative Agent’s right to collect such late charge or to collect a late charge for any subsequent late payment received.

 

-12-


2.4 Maturity of the Loans . The outstanding principal balance of the Loans, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon (not otherwise paid when due), and all other amounts payable by Borrower with respect to the Notes or pursuant to the terms of any other Loan Documents (not otherwise paid when due), shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date; provided, however, that the Maturity Date may be extended for three additional periods of twelve (12) months each, upon Borrower’s satisfaction of the following terms and conditions as to each such proposed extension prior to each such extension:

(a) At least thirty (30) days (but not more than one hundred twenty (120) days) prior to the then applicable maturity date, Borrower shall give Administrative Agent and each Lender written notice that Borrower desires an extension of said maturity date;

(b) At the time notice of such extension is given to Administrative Agent and the Lenders and at the time of such extension, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(c) At the time of such extension, Borrower shall pay the Extension Fee to Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in cash or immediately available funds, which extension fee is fully earned and non-refundable regardless of whether the Loans are repaid prior to the expiration of any extension period;

(d) Borrower shall have paid all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Administrative Agent in connection with such extension;

(e) Borrower, at its sole cost and expense, shall have obtained such endorsements to the Title Insurance Policy as Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with such extension;

(f) At Administrative Agent’s option, Administrative Agent shall have received and approved an updated (within 90 days proceeding the proposed extension) Appraisal of the Project at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, which demonstrates a Loan-to-Value Ratio of not to exceed forty-eight percent (48%); provided that Borrower may satisfy this requirement notwithstanding that such Loan-to-Value Ratio has been exceeded by paying down the outstanding balance of the Loan within thirty (30) days of being notified of such non-compliance by an amount sufficient so that such required Loan-to-Value Ratio, calculated based upon an assumed outstanding principal balance of the Loan (after giving affect to such paydown) is achieved;

(g) The Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the Project for the three month period immediately preceding the then applicable Maturity Date shall have been at least 1.35 to 1.0; provided that Borrower may satisfy this requirement notwithstanding that such Debt Service Coverage Ratio has not been met by paying down the outstanding balance of the Loan within thirty (30) days of being notified of such non-compliance by an amount sufficient so that such required Debt Service Coverage Ratio, calculated with a denominator equal to the amount of interest that would accrue on the Loans (after giving effect to such paydown) based upon the then current interest rate, is achieved. For purposes of this Section 2.4(g) only, “Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the Net Operating Income from

 

-13-


the Project before payment of debt service for the three month period in question, and the denominator of which is an amount equivalent to the sum of (i) an amount, as reasonably determined by Administrative Agent, equivalent to the interest that would accrue on the Loans during such three month period at a rate of interest equal to the greater of (A) seven percent (7.0%) per annum, or (B) the rate of two percent (2.0%) per annum above the Treasury Note Rate (herein defined), and (ii) an amount for such period, as reasonably determined by Administrative Agent, equivalent to the amount of principal that would be payable during such three month period according to a schedule that would fully amortize the Loans over a 30-year period given the foregoing rate of interest.; and

(h) Borrower shall have given evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that either (i) the Swap Contract entered into in accordance with Section 13.30 has been extended at least through the Extended Maturity Date or (ii) Borrower has entered into a new Swap Contract satisfying the requirements set forth in Section 13.30 with term at least through the Extended Maturity Date.

(i) Borrower shall have given evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that either (i) the term of the Parking Lease remains in full force with a term expiring no earlier than (or has been extended through at least, in the case of the final extension) the date which is twelve months after the Extended Maturity Date, or (ii) after giving effect to the loss of parking resulting from the termination of the Parking Lease, the remainder of the Project encumbered by the Deed of Trust has adequate parking to satisfy zoning requirements (as evidenced by a zoning letter or zoning report delivered to Administrative Agent) and requirements under the Leases.

2.5 Security . Payment of the Notes shall be secured by the following:

(a) The Deed of Trust;

(b) The Guaranty (subject to the limitations set forth therein);

(c) To the extent to which they may be assigned, all rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, approvals and agreements relating to the use, occupancy or operation of the Project, including all governmental permits and entitlements to use; and

(d) The Financing Statement.

2.6 Fees .

(a) Loan Fee and Other Fees . Borrower shall pay to Wachovia Bank the fees specified in the Fee Letter, at the time specified in the Fee Letter. All such fees payable to Wachovia Bank under the Fee Letter shall belong solely to Wachovia Bank, and Wachovia Bank shall not be required to share any such fees or compensation specified in the Fee Letter with any of the other Lenders (except only to the extent, if at all, set forth in a separate written agreement between Wachovia Bank and any of such other Lenders).

(b) Extension Fees . Borrower shall pay all fees for any maturity date extension as and when due pursuant to this Agreement.

 

-14-


(c) L/C Fees . With respect to the Letters of Credit, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent each L/C Fee pursuant to Section 4.15 below.

2.7 Increased Costs .

(a) If any Change in Law shall: (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender; (ii) subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 2.10 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender); or (iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or participation therein; and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of such Lender or the Loans made by, such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

2.8 Payments; Pro Rata Treatment .

(a) Each borrowing by Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Loans, and each payment by Borrower on account of any reduction of the Commitments, shall be made pro rata according to the respective Lenders’ Ratable Shares; provided that any Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to its Ratable Share of any such payment by Borrower until such time as such Defaulting Lender has paid its Ratable Share of all borrowing payable by it hereunder, together with interest thereon (as provided in Section 2.12(a) ), to Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower hereunder and under the Notes, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 1:00 p.m., Charlotte, North Carolina time, on the due date thereof to Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at Administrative Agent’s office at 301 South College Street, Charlotte, North Carolina, or at such other office as directed by Administrative Agent from time to time, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. Administrative Agent shall promptly

 

-15-


distribute such payments to the Lenders upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(b) Borrower may from time to time pay, without penalty or premium, all outstanding Loans, or, in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Loans, upon notice to Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. Charlotte, North Carolina time on the date of payment; provided , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no more than two prepayments of Loans may be made each calendar month.

(c) In addition to the principal payments otherwise required hereunder, Borrower shall make mandatory prepayments ( “Mandatory Prepayments ”) of principal as set forth below. Amounts repaid hereunder may not be reborrowed. If Administrative Agent notifies Borrower at any time that the aggregate amount of the Loans made hereunder plus the L/C Obligations exceeds the Aggregate Commitment, then, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice, Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such outstanding principal plus the L/C Obligations as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed the Aggregate Commitment.

2.9 Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.7 , or requires Borrower to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.10 , then such Lender, unless directed by Borrower not to do so, shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.7 or Section 2.10 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

2.10 Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if Borrower shall be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

-16-


(b) Without limiting the provisions of paragraph (a)  above, Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Borrower shall indemnify Administrative Agent and each Lender, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent), or by Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by Borrower to a Governmental Authority, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of Borrower or Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable: (i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party, (ii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, (iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or (iv) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for

 

-17-


claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made. If a Foreign Lender fails to establish to the reasonable satisfaction of Borrower that payments made to such Foreign Lender under the Loan Documents are exempt from United States withholding taxes, Borrower shall remit all required withholding taxes to the applicable taxing authority and all such withheld amounts (to the extent treated hereunder as Excluded Taxes) shall be treated, for purposes of the Loan Documents, as if they were paid to such Foreign Lender.

(f) If Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that Borrower, upon the request of Administrative Agent, such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to Borrower or any other Person.

2.11 Survival of Indemnity . Determination of amounts payable under Section 2.7 shall be calculated as though each Lender funded its Loan through the purchase of a deposit of the type and maturity corresponding to the deposit used as a reference in determining the interest rate applicable to such Loan, whether in fact that is the case or not. The obligations of Borrower under Section 2.7 and Section 2.10 shall survive repayment of the Notes and termination of this Agreement.

2.12 Funding by Lenders; Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent .

(a) Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any borrowing of Loans that such Lender will not make available to Administrative Agent such Lender’s Ratable Share of such Loans, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Ratable Share available on such date in accordance with Section 4.4 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its Ratable Share of the Loans available to Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and Borrower severally agree to pay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the Loans. If Borrower and such Lender

 

-18-


shall pay such interest to Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its Ratable Share of Loans to Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to Administrative Agent.

(b) Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

2.13 Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.7 , or if Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.10 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and Administrative Agent, either pay such Lender’s Commitment (and thereby reduce the Aggregate Commitment) or require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 13.1 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that: (a) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents from Borrower in the case of a pay off or the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts); (b) in the case of any such payoff or assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.7 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.10 , such payoff or assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (c) such payoff or assignment does not conflict with applicable law; (d) in the case of a payoff, Borrower pays all applicable breakage fees owing under the Loan Documents; and (e) in the case of a payoff, Borrower deposits with Administrative Agent the positive difference between such Lender’s Commitment and the outstanding principal of such Lender’s Loans, which amount shall be advanced in full, subject to the conditions and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Agreement for advancing Loan proceeds, prior to the advance of any additional Loan proceeds. A Lender shall not be required to allow any such payoff or make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such payoff or assignment and delegation cease to apply.

2.14 Cash Management Account .

 

-19-


(a) On or prior to the Closing Date (and as a condition to the closing of the Loans and the first disbursement of funds hereunder), Borrower shall establish a deposit account (herein the “Cash Management Account ”) controlled by a cash management agreement (herein the “Cash Management Agreement ”) approved by Administrative Agent and pursuant to which Borrower shall have no right of withdrawal, except as specified herein. All rents, income and other sums and amounts collected by Borrower (and/or any agent or property manager of Borrower) with respect to the Project each month shall be deposited directly into the Cash Management Account promptly upon receipt by Borrower (or such agent and/or property manager). Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, shall have, and is hereby granted by Borrower, a security interest in the Cash Management Account to secure the Obligations. All funds in the Cash Management Account shall be remitted to Borrower from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Cash Management Agreement; provided, however (a) at any time that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the most-recent three-month period (measured monthly on a rolling three-month basis) is less than 1.10:1.0, funds in the Cash Management Account shall be swept daily into the Collection Account (as defined in the Cash Management Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the Cash Management Agreement, and any funds remaining in the Collection Account after payment of all interest payments, principal amortization payments, reserves, escrows and any other sums then owing to Administrative Agent and/or Lenders under the terms of the Loan Documents and payment of all Operating Expenses shall be retained in the Collection Account and may be disbursed by Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, for Project-related costs, or (b) if any Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, all sums and amounts deposited in both the Cash Management Account and the Collection Account may be applied by Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, to the Obligations in the order and manner chosen by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. For purposes of calculating the Debt Service Coverage Ratio under this Section 2.14 only, the assumed interest rate shall be the then-current LIBOR Rate.

(b) If the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is at least 1.10:1.0 for three consecutive months (measured monthly on a rolling three-month basis), and so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default then exists, amounts on deposit in the Cash Management Account shall be released to Borrower upon Borrower’s request therefor.

2.15 Partial Release of Collateral . Except as expressly set forth below in this Section, Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to release any of the Collateral for the Loans until all of Borrower’s indebtedness and obligations under the Loan Documents have been paid and performed in full, and all obligations of Administrative Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have terminated. Borrower shall be entitled to obtain a release of the Satellite D Parcel (but not any other portion of the Project) from the lien of the Loan Documents, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) Borrower has provided Lender with at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days prior written notice (the “ Partial Release Notice ”) of the proposed release together with copies of any documents which Borrower requests that Administrative Agent execute in connection with such proposed release;

 

-20-


(b) At the time the Partial Release Notice is given to Administrative Agent and the Lenders and at the time of such release, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(c) Concurrently with Administrative Agent’s release of the Satellite D Parcel, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) a release payment (the “Release Payment ”) equal to the greatest of the following amounts

(i) $1,400,000;

(ii) Ninety percent (90%) of the Net Sales Proceeds from the sale of the Satellite D Parcel; or

(iii) The amount which, when applied to the outstanding principal balance of the Loans, would result in an Loan-to-Value Ratio (after such application) of forty-eight percent (48%), based on the portion of the Project remaining as Collateral after giving effect to the proposed release. In connection therewith, at Administrative Agent’s option, Administrative Agent shall have received and approved an updated (within 90 days preceeding the proposed release) Appraisal of the portion of the Project remaining as Collateral at Borrower’s sole cost and expense;

(d) The Satellite D Parcel and the portion of the Project remaining as Collateral shall each constitute a legally subdivided interest in real property, and the release of the Satellite D Parcel will not (i) violate any requirements of any document of record covering the Satellite D Parcel or the portion of the Project remaining as Collateral in any material respect, (ii) cause the remainder of the Project to be in violation of any setback, zoning or other similar restrictions in any material respect, or (iii) violate in any material respect any applicable laws regarding subdivisions, parcel maps and the division of land into lots or parcels;

(e) Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion that the Satellite D Parcel and the balance of the Project, after giving effect to the release, shall not be dependent on each other or on any other parcel for compliance with any of the laws or restrictions described in paragraph (d) above;

(f) Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion that the balance of the Project, after giving effect to the release, shall have adequate parking (either on-site or on adjacent property subject to recorded easement agreements acceptable to Administrative Agent);

(g) Administrative Agent shall be satisfied in its reasonable discretion that the remaining Project, after the proposed release, has (independent of the Satellite D Parcel) adequate ingress and egress to one or more physically open, publicly dedicated streets, and is adequately serviced by public or onsite water systems, sewer or septic systems and utilities;

(h) Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Administrative Agent such other instruments, certificates and documentation as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to preserve, confirm or secure the validity and priority of the remaining liens and

 

-21-


security granted to Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, including any amendments, modifications or supplements to any of the Loan Documents and endorsements to the title insurance policy insuring the lien of the Deed of Trust encumbering the remainder of the Project;

(i) Borrower shall have provided to Administrative Agent a tax parcel endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy, or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender, that the remaining Project shall be taxed as a separate tax parcel;

(j) Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent a copy of the purchase and sale agreement and all other related material documentation with respect to any sale of the Satellite D Parcel;

(k) Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent true, correct and complete copies of any mutual covenants, conditions and restrictions, easement agreements, plans or other agreements to be executed in connection with the release (if any) which affect the balance of the Project, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and shall be in full force and effect contemporaneously with the release; and

(l) Borrower shall have paid all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Administrative Agent and Lenders in connection with the proposed release, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs (excluding fees and costs for in-house legal counsel) and all title insurance premiums for title endorsements required by Administrative Agent in connection with the proposed release.

2.16 Partial Release of Main Lot Development Parcel . Administrative Agent agrees to consider in good faith a one-time request from Borrower for the release of a legally-subdivided portion of the land shown on Exhibit H attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the “Release Parcel ”) in connection with the construction of a parking garage and/or office building thereon; provided, however, Administrative Agent may approve or reject such request in its sole discretion, and any approval shall be subject to any conditions deemed appropriate by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. If the parties have not agreed upon mutually acceptable terms for such release within fifteen (15) Business Days after Administrative Agent’s receipt of Borrower’s proposal for the construction, development and release of the Release Parcel, Section 10.20 shall be of no further force or effect; provided, however, Borrower agrees to negotiate with Administrative Agent in good faith and not for the purpose of terminating its obligations under Section 10.20 .

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1 Closing . Administrative Agent’s and the Lender’s obligations to close the Loans and perform under this Agreement are expressly conditioned upon (i) Borrower’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in Exhibit G hereto; (ii) Borrower’s satisfaction of the conditions for disbursement set forth in Article IV (as applicable); (iii) the Title Company’s unconditional commitment to issue the Title Insurance Policy; and (iv) Borrower’s delivery to Administrative

 

-22-


Agent of the following documents, in form and content satisfactory to Administrative Agent, duly executed (and acknowledged where necessary) by the appropriate parties thereto, if applicable:

(a) This Agreement;

(b) The Notes;

(c) The Deed of Trust, which shall be duly recorded in the official records of the County;

(d) The Financing Statement, which shall be duly filed with the California Secretary of State;

(e) The Environmental Indemnity;

(f) Assignments of all agreements, contracts, rights, permits, licenses, entitlements, authorizations, and franchises relating to the Project, and consents to such assignments where deemed appropriate by Administrative Agent

(g) The Guaranty; and

(h) Such other documents that Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

ARTICLE IV

LOAN DISBURSEMENTS

4.1 Recordation Disbursements . Upon recordation of the Deed of Trust and satisfaction of all conditions set forth herein, provided that the Title Company has issued or irrevocably committed in writing to issue to Administrative Agent the Title Insurance Policy referred to in Section 5.1 hereof, Lenders shall disburse, subject to the limitations of the Budget, to Borrower or to the persons, firms or corporations entitled thereto the amounts (if approved in writing by Administrative Agent) necessary to pay all or portions of: (i) reasonable out-of-pocket costs, charges and expenses incurred by (A) Administrative Agent and payable by Borrower hereunder or (B) Borrower in connection with title insurance charges and premiums, tax and lien service charges, recording fees, escrow fees, real property taxes and assessments, and insurance premiums payable in connection with Borrower’s acquisition of fee title to the Property; (ii) the amount necessary to complete the purchase of the Property (or to reimburse Borrower for such amounts previously paid by Borrower); and (iii) other Project costs and expenses theretofore incurred by Borrower.

4.2 Subsequent Disbursements . Subsequent to recordation of the Deed of Trust and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Borrower shall be entitled to Loan advances as are required to be used for the payment of:

(a) interest on borrowings under the Notes;

 

-23-


(b) the costs and expenses of Administrative Agent and the Lenders which are payable by Borrower or reimbursable by Borrower as set forth herein;

(c) to the extent applicable, the Hard Costs and Soft Costs with respect to the Project in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Budget; provided, however, the amount of funds available for such disbursements will be reduced, pro rata for each applicable line item of the Budget, by the sum of the face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (defined below), if any; and

(d) for the payment of draws under standby letters of credit made by the Issuing Lender (individually, “Letter of Credit ”, and collectively “Letters of Credit ”) in accordance with Section 4.15 .

4.3 Notice of Borrowing .

(a) Borrower may borrow under the Commitments, during the Commitment Period, provided Borrower shall give Administrative Agent written notice, substantially in the form of Form of Exhibit E hereto (the “Notice of Borrowing ”) signed by a Responsible Officer, which Notice of Borrowing must be received at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date of the requested Loans. Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable. Each Notice of Borrowing shall specify (i) the Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day), and (ii) the amount of the requested Loans. Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) notify each Lender of the contents thereof and of such Lender’s ratable share of the requested Loans and (ii) provide each Lender a copy of the Notice of Borrowing.

(b) Upon the reasonable request of Administrative Agent at any time or from time to time, Borrower shall also deliver to Administrative Agent (i) a list of the names and addresses of all material dealers, laborers and subcontractors with whom written agreements (if any) have been made by Borrower or Borrower’s general contractor (if any), (ii) lien waivers and releases with respect to all work performed and materials supplied (if any) in connection with the Improvements, and (iii) copies of invoices greater than $25,000 (or any other amount as hereinafter requested by Administrative Agent).

4.4 Availability of Funds . Subject to satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender shall deposit funds with Administrative Agent for the account of Borrower by 2:00 p.m. Charlotte, North Carolina time on the Borrowing Date by wire transfer or other immediately available funds equal to its Ratable Share of the Loans to be made on the Borrowing Date. Except as provided above, the Loans will then be disbursed to Borrower by Administrative Agent crediting the account of Borrower on the books of Administrative Agent with the aggregate amounts made available to Administrative Agent by the Lenders, and in like funds as received by Administrative Agent, and all Loan proceeds shall be withdrawn and used solely for the purposes specified in the Notice of Borrowing and Borrower shall upon the request of Administrative Agent, promptly furnish Administrative Agent with evidence of such use.

4.5 Lending Offices . Each Lender may book its Loans at any Lending Office selected by such Lender and may change its Lending Office from time to time. All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such Lending Office and the Loans and the Notes issued hereunder

 

-24-


shall be deemed held by each Lender for the benefit of any such Lending Office. Each Lender may, by written notice to Administrative Agent and Borrower in accordance with Section 13.2 , designate replacement or additional Lending Offices through which Loans will be made by it and for whose account Loan payments are to be made.

4.6 Borrowing Monthly . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Borrower may submit no more than one (1) Notice of Borrowing in any Calendar Month. Each borrowing must be in an amount not less than $100,000.

4.7 Method of Loan Advances . Loan Advances shall be disbursed directly to Borrower, provided however, that in the event that Administrative Agent determines that Borrower has failed to honor any obligation under the Loan Documents, then Administrative Agent may, at Administrative Agent’s option, disburse Loan advances (a) directly to Borrower, (b) directly to persons supplying labor, materials and services in connection with the Improvements, or (c) jointly to Borrower and said persons.

4.8 Limitations and Conditions on Loan Advances . Borrower shall be entitled to Loans only in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (unless waived or modified by Administrative Agent) and, in addition, each of the following conditions (unless waived or modified by Administrative Agent):

(a) Subject to representations and warranties that, by nature, cannot remain true and correct, the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in all of the Loan Documents shall be correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the disbursement as though made on and as of that date and no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date of the disbursement;

(b) Disbursement of Loan proceeds shall be available only to pay costs actually incurred by Borrower in connection with the acquisition and/or refinancing of the Project, the leasing of the Improvements, and the other purposes set forth in the Budget;

(c) Prior to each Loan advance, Administrative Agent shall have received and approved the documents required pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof, and, if applicable, properly completed and executed AIA forms G702 and G703;

(d) No stop notices shall have been received by Administrative Agent which Administrative Agent believes requires the withholding of any Loan advance;

(e) No mechanics’ lien shall have been recorded against the Property and remain undischarged or unreleased (other than mechanics' liens that have been bonded over);

(f) Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that the Loan advance will not be junior in priority to any mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens or any intervening or other liens on the Property (other than mechanics’ liens that have been bonded over);

(g) Prior to each Loan advance, Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent all material approvals, consents, permits and licenses issued by Governmental Authorities required for the Project that have not been previously delivered to

 

-25-


Administrative Agent, and all approvals, consents, permits and licenses then required for the Project shall remain in full force and effect;

(h) Loan advances shall be limited to thirty percent (30%) of the actual amounts of costs incurred with respect to items set forth in the Budget, as indicated by invoices, statements, vouchers, receipts or other written evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent (it being understood that Borrower shall pay the remaining seventy percent (70%) out of its own funds [i.e., not Loan proceeds]);

(i) All Loan advances shall be limited to the purposes and amounts set forth in the categories set forth in the Budget; provided that notwithstanding any limitations on disbursements set forth in this Agreement, the budget, or otherwise, Borrower shall pay all costs and expenses arising in connection with the Project;

(j) Administrative Agent shall not be required to disburse any requested Loans before five (5) days after the receipt of the applicable Notice of Borrowing, and in any event until all applicable conditions and requirements in this Agreement have been satisfied; and

(k) Borrower shall not be entitled to any Loan advances for any costs under the headings “Investor Equity” or “Developer Equity” on the Budget and such costs will either be paid directly by Borrower at or prior to closing if so required in the Budget, deposited with Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.10 below if so required by Administrative Agent, or otherwise paid directly by Borrower; provided, however, that this clause (k) shall not apply to any management fees, disposition fees or leasing fees payable by Borrower.

4.9 Reallocation of Amounts . At Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, Borrower shall be entitled to reallocate between budget categories, subject to the following limitations:

(a) All undisbursed funds in any budget category after giving effect to any such reallocation must be sufficient to fully pay all amounts allocated to such category relating to unfinished work or costs; and

(b) Borrower shall not be entitled to request a reallocation between budget categories more often than once a month.

4.10 Deficiencies . In no event shall Administrative Agent be required to advance any amount which, in Administrative Agent’s reasonable opinion, will reduce the undisbursed amount of the Loans allocated to the costs described in any line item in the Budget or in any cost category set forth in any schedule of values approved by Administrative Agent below the amount which Administrative Agent, in Administrative Agent’s reasonable opinion, deems sufficient to pay in full the costs to which such amount is allocated.

4.11 Appraisals . If reasonably required by Administrative Agent or if required by law, Administrative Agent shall have the right to order Appraisals of the Project from time to time from an appraiser selected by Administrative Agent, which Appraisals shall comply with all federal and state standards for appraisals and otherwise shall be satisfactory to Administrative

 

-26-


Agent in all material respects. Borrower agrees to pay the cost and expense for all Appraisals and reviews thereof ordered by Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph.

4.12 [Intentionally Omitted] .

4.13 [Intentionally Omitted] .

4.14 [Intentionally Omitted] .

4.15 Letters of Credit Issuance .

(a) Amount and Terms of the Credit . Subject to the terms and upon the conditions of this Agreement, the Issuing Lender shall issue letters of credit for the account of the Borrower from time to time up to but not including one (1) month prior to the Maturity Date (the “ L/C Commitment Termination Date ”). The maximum aggregate principal amount which remains undrawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit (the “ L/C Obligations ”) under this Agreement shall not exceed at any one time the amount of Loan funds which remain available for disbursement (the “ L/C Commitment ”).

(b) Letters of Credit .

(i) Amounts and Terms of Letters of Credit . During the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the L/C Commitment Termination Date, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon Borrower’s request pursuant to Section 4.15(c) , the Issuing Lender shall issue one or more letter(s) of credit for the purposes specified in subsection 4.15(b)(ii) below (each, a “ Letter of Credit ,” and collectively, the “ Letters of Credit ”) for the account of Borrower; provided that the Issuing Lender shall not be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect thereto, the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment. All Letters of Credit shall be on Issuing Lender’s standard forms of letters of credit at the time of issuance. No Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date later than the Maturity Date.

(ii) Purpose . Borrower shall request, and Issuing Lender shall be obligated to issue, Letters of Credit solely for the purpose of supporting Borrower’s performance obligations in connection with its ownership, development, re-entitlement, leasing and operation of the Project.

(iii) Letter of Credit Draws are Loans under this Agreement . Borrower and each Lender agree that any draws under any Letters of Credit shall constitute Loan advances under this Agreement for all purposes. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) all draws under any Letter of Credit shall bear interest and be repaid as Loan advances outstanding under this Agreement, and (ii) if, at the time any draw is made under any Letter of Credit, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or the Maturity Date has passed or the Loans have been accelerated or are otherwise due and payable, such draw under such Letter of Credit shall be immediately due and payable in full. Promptly upon being notified by the Administrative Agent (after Administrative Agent has received notice from the Issuing Lender) that a draw has occurred under any Letter of Credit, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent (whether or not a Default is outstanding), for the benefit of the Issuing Lender, for that Lender’s Ratable Share of such draw.

(c) Request for Credit . Borrower, on or after the Closing Date, shall give the Issuing Lender notice of its request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit by delivering to the

 

-27-


Issuing Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a duly executed and completed L/C Application on Issuing Lender’s then current form (herein, an “ L/C Application ”). Such request shall specify: (a) the date on which the issuance of the Letter of Credit is requested to be made (which day shall be a Business Day), and (b) the amount of the Letter Credit. Subject to the conditions herein, the Issuing Lender will issue the Letter of Credit as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the above described notice.

(d) Issuance Fees . For each Letter of Credit issued by Issuing Lender, and upon any renewal thereof, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender (including the Issuing Lender) in accordance with its Ratable Share, from the Borrower’s own funds, such fees determined by Issuing Lender prior to the issuance of such Letter of Credit (the “ L/C Fee ”). The L/C Fee shall be due and payable, and shall be deemed fully earned, on the date of issuance (or the date of renewal) of the Letter of Credit. If a Letter of Credit is canceled or otherwise terminates prior to the expiration of its term, Borrower shall not be entitled to any rebate of any portion of the L/C Fee.

(e) Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Letters of Credit . The obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit requested by Borrower is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (in addition to those set forth above in this Section 4.15 ):

(i) Conditions to Advances shall be Satisfied . Each of the conditions specified in Section 4.8 shall also be applicable as conditions precedent to the issuance of any Letter of Credit.

(ii) L/C Application . The Issuing Lender shall have received from Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Lender, (i) a duly executed and completed L/C Application which L/C Application shall set forth, among other things, the beneficiary, the amount, and the term of the proposed Letter of Credit, and (ii) a duly executed and completed written request for a Letter of Credit.

(iii) Issuing Lender Approval . The Issuing Lender shall have determined that the amount of any requested Letter of Credit, the beneficiary thereof and the other terms contained in the documents pertaining to such Letter of Credit comply with the terms hereof and are otherwise satisfactory to the Issuing Lender in the exercise of its reasonable discretion.

(iv) Payment of Fees . Borrower shall pay the applicable L/C Fee. The applicable L/C Fee shall be payable prior to the issuance (or renewal) of any Letter of Credit and shall be paid by Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of Issuing Lender and Lenders, as set forth in Section 4.15(d) above. In addition, Borrower shall pay all reasonable and customary fees and costs (other than issuance fees) described in the documents pertaining to such Letter of Credit.

(v) Telephone Confirmation . Prior to the issuance of any Letter of Credit, Issuing Lender shall confirm by telephone with Administrative Agent that, following the issuance of such Letter of Credit, none of the limitations set forth in this Section 4.15 would be violated.

 

-28-


ARTICLE V

TITLE INSURANCE

5.1 Basic Insurance . Concurrently with the recording of the Deed of Trust, Borrower shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, deliver or cause to be delivered to Administrative Agent the Title Insurance Policy issued by the Title Company with a liability limit of not less than the full amount of the Aggregate Commitment and with coverage and in form satisfactory to Administrative Agent, insuring Administrative Agent’s and Lender’s interest under the Deed of Trust as a valid first lien on the Project, which policy shall contain only such exceptions from its coverage as shall have been approved in writing by Administrative Agent, and thereafter Borrower shall, at its own cost and expense, do all things necessary to maintain the Deed of Trust as a valid first lien on the Property.

5.2 Endorsements . After recordation of the Deed of Trust and as a condition precedent to each Loan advance under Article IV above, Borrower shall (if required by Administrative Agent) at its own cost and expense, deliver or cause to be delivered to Administrative Agent from time to time CLTA 122 endorsements to be attached to the Title Insurance Policy referred to above, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, as Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to insure the priority of the Deed of Trust as a valid first lien on the Project as of the date of and including the amount covered by each such disbursement, and Borrower agrees to furnish to the Title Company such surveys and other information as are required by the Title Company to enable the Title Company to issue such endorsements to Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VI

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PROJECT

6.1 Operation as First Class Studio Facility . At all times during the term of this Agreement, Borrower shall itself (or through a manager satisfactory to Administrative Agent) operate the Project as a studio, production, office and parking facility, and uses related or ancillary thereto, at not less than the level currently managed.

6.2 Maintenance . Borrower shall at all times maintain the Project in good condition and repair (as is more fully set forth in the Deed of Trust).

ARTICLE VII

LIABILITY, RISK, AND FLOOD INSURANCE

At all times throughout the term hereof, Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain insurance, and shall pay, prior to the date on which the same become delinquent, all premiums in respect thereto, including, but not necessarily limited to:

7.1 Property . “Special Cause of Loss” insurance on the Improvements in an amount not less than the full insurable value on a replacement cost basis of the insured Improvements and personal property related thereto.

7.2 Liability . Insurance protecting Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders against loss or losses from liability imposed by law or assumed in any written contract and

 

-29-


arising from personal injury, including bodily injury or death, having a limit of liability of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (combined single limit for personal injury and property damage) and an umbrella excess liability policy in an amount not less than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) protecting Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders against any loss or liability or damage for personal injury, including bodily injury or death, or property damage. Such policies must be written on an occurrence basis so as to provide blanket contractual liability, broad form property damage coverage, and coverage for products and completed operations.

7.3 Flood . If required by Administrative Agent, a policy or policies of flood insurance in the maximum amount of flood insurance available with respect to the Project under the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended. This requirement will be waived upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that no portion of the Property is located within an area identified by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development as having special flood hazards.

7.4 Additional Insurance . Borrower shall provide such other policies of insurance as Administrative Agent may reasonably request in writing.

7.5 Other Requirements . All required insurance shall be procured and maintained in financially sound and generally recognized responsible insurance companies selected by Borrower and subject to the approval of Administrative Agent. Such companies should be authorized to write such insurance in the State of California. The company issuing the policies shall have a financial and performance rating of “A-VII” or better by A.M. Best Co., in Bests’ Key Guide, or such other rating acceptable to Administrative Agent. All property policies evidencing the required insurance shall name Administrative Agent (for the benefit of Lenders) as first mortgagee, and all liability policies evidencing the insurance required shall name Administrative Agent (for the benefit of Lenders) as additional insured, shall provide for payment to the Administrative Agent (or its assignee, as directed by Administrative Agent), for the benefit of Lenders, of the net proceeds of insurance resulting from any claim for loss or damage thereunder, shall not be cancelable as to the interests of Administrative Agent and Lenders due to the acts of Borrower, and shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the cancellation or modification thereof to Administrative Agent.

7.6 Evidence . All policies of insurance, or certificates of insurance evidencing that such insurance is in full force and effect, shall be delivered to Administrative Agent on or before the closing date (together with proof of the payment of the premiums thereof). At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or cancellation of each such policy, Borrower shall furnish Administrative Agent evidence that such policy has been renewed or replaced in the form of a certificate reflecting that there is in full force and effect, with a term covering the next succeeding calendar year, insurance of the types and in the amounts required.

 

-30-


ARTICLE VIII

RIGHTS OF INSPECTION; AGENCY

Administrative Agent, or its agent, shall, upon written notice, subject to the rights of tenants at the Project, have the right at any reasonable time and from time to time to enter upon the Property for purposes of inspection and conducting appraisals.

ARTICLE IX

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

9.1 Consideration . As an inducement to Administrative Agent and Lenders to execute this Agreement and to disburse the proceeds of the Loans, Borrower represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and Lenders that the following statements set forth in this Article IX are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof and will be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date and Borrower acknowledges that the truth and accuracy of such representations and warranties is also a condition precedent to Administrative Agent’s and Lenders’ obligation to make each Loan advance.

9.2 Organization, Powers and Good Standing .

(a) Organization and Powers-Borrower . Borrower is a limited liability company, duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to transact business under the laws of the State of California. Borrower has all requisite power and authority and rights to own and operate its properties, to carry on its businesses as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and to enter into and perform this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The address of Borrower’s principal place of business is 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025-0317.

(b) Organization and Powers-Indemnitor . Indemnitor is a limited liability company, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to transact business under the laws of the State of California. Indemnitor has all requisite power and authority, rights and franchises to own and operate its properties, to carry on its businesses as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and to enter into and perform the Environmental Indemnity and the other Loan Documents. The address of Indemnitor’s chief executive office and principal place of business is c/o Hudson Capital, LLC, 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025-0317.

(c) Good Standing . Borrower has made all filings and is in good standing in the State of California and in each other jurisdiction in which the character of the property it owns or the nature of the business it transacts makes such filings necessary or where the failure to make such filings could have a materially adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower. Indemnitor has made all filings and is in good standing in the State of Delaware and in each other jurisdiction in which the character of the property it owns or the nature of the business it transacts makes such filings necessary or where the failure to make such filings could have a materially adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Indemnitor.

 

-31-


(d) Non-foreign Status . Borrower is not a “foreign corporation,” “foreign partnership,” “foreign trust,” or “foreign estate,” as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Borrower’s U.S. employer identification number is 74-3247776.

9.3 Authorization of Loan Documents .

(a) Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by Borrower are within Borrower’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower.

(b) No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by Borrower will not violate (i) Borrower’s limited liability company agreement or certificate of formation; or (ii) any legal requirement affecting Borrower or any of its properties; or (iii) any agreement to which Borrower is bound or to which it is a party and will not result in or require the creation (except as provided in or contemplated by this Agreement) of any lien upon any of such properties.

(c) Binding Obligations . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly executed by Borrower, and are legally valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

9.4 Compliance with Laws . The Property consists of legal and separate lots under California law, and for tax assessment purposes. To Borrower’s Knowledge, the Improvements were constructed in material compliance with, and the Project presently complies in all material respects with, all restrictive covenants and all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, all building codes, environmental laws, and the Americans With Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336).

9.5 No Material Defaults . To Borrowers Knowledge, there exists no material violation of or material default by Borrower and no event has occurred which, upon the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a material default with respect to (a) the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing any material indebtedness secured by the Project, (b) any material lease or other agreement affecting the Project to which Borrower is a party, (c) any material license, permit, statute, ordinance, law, judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or any determination or award of any arbitrator to which Borrower or the Project may be bound, or (d) any mortgage, instrument, agreement or document by which Borrower, or any of its properties is bound: (i) which involves any Loan Document, (ii) that might materially and adversely affect the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under any of the Loan Documents or any other material instrument, agreement or document to which it is a party, or (iii) which might adversely affect the first priority of the liens created by this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents.

9.6 Litigation; Adverse Facts . Borrower has no knowledge of any action, suit, investigation, proceeding or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Borrower) at

 

-32-


law or in equity or before or by any foreign or domestic court or other governmental entity (a “ Legal Action ”), pending or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, overtly threatened against or affecting Borrower or any of its assets which could reasonably be expected to result in any material adverse change in the business, operations, assets (including the Project) or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or would materially and adversely affect Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents. Borrower is not (a) in violation of any applicable law which violation materially and adversely affects or may materially and adversely affect the business, operations, assets (including the Project) or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, (b) subject to, or in default with respect to any other legal requirement that would have a materially adverse effect on the business, operations, assets (including the Project) or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, or (c) in default with respect to any agreement to which Borrower is a party or to which it is bound. There is no Legal Action pending or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower questioning the validity or the enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

9.7 Title to Properties; Liens . Borrower has good and legal title to all properties and assets reflected in its most recent balance sheet delivered to Administrative Agent, except for assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business since the date of such balance sheet. Borrower is the sole owner of, and has good and marketable title to the fee interest in the Property, and the Improvements and all other real property described in the Deed of Trust, free from any adverse lien, security interest or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, excepting only (a) liens and encumbrances shown on the Title Policy, (b) liens and security interests in favor of Administrative Agent, and (c) other matters which have been approved in writing by Administrative Agent.

9.8 Disclosure . There is no fact known to Borrower that materially and adversely affects the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower that has not been disclosed in this Agreement or in other documents, certificates and written statements furnished to Administrative Agent in connection herewith.

9.9 Payment of Taxes . All tax returns and reports of Borrower required to be filed by it have been timely filed, and all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Borrower and upon its properties, assets, income and franchises which are due and payable have been paid prior to delinquency.

9.10 Securities Activities . Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock (as defined within Regulations G, T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and none of the value of Borrower’s assets consists of such margin stock. No part of the Loans will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for that purpose or for any other purpose that violates the provisions of Regulations U or X of said Board of Governors.

9.11 Government Regulations . Borrower is not subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Federal Power Act, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Interstate Commerce Act or to any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability in incur indebtedness for money borrowed.

 

-33-


9.12 Rights to Project Agreements, Permits and Licenses . To Borrower’s Knowledge, Borrower is the true owner of all rights in and to all existing agreements, permits and licenses relating to the Project, and will be the true owner of all rights in and to all future agreements, permits and licenses relating to the Project.

9.13 Utilities and Access . Telephone services, gas, electric power, storm sewers, sanitary sewers and water facilities are available to the Project and are adequate to serve the Project, and are not subject to any conditions, other than normal charges to the utility supplier, which would limit the use of such utilities. All streets and easements necessary for the operation of the Project for its intended purpose are available to the Property.

9.14 Use of Project . The Improvements and the Property, and their use as a studio, production, office and parking facility, and uses related or ancillary thereto, comply (after giving effect to the Parking Lease), in all material respects, fully with all applicable laws and restrictive covenants, including, without limitation, all zoning laws.

9.15 Financial Condition . The financial statements and all financial data previously delivered to Administrative Agent in connection with the Loans and/or relating to Borrower are true, correct and complete in all material respects. Such financial statements comply with the requirements of Section 10.9 of this Agreement and fairly present the financial position of the parties who are the subject thereof as of the date thereof. No borrowings have been made by Borrower since the date thereof which are secured by, or might give rise to, a lien or claim against the Project, the proceeds of the Loans, or other assets of Borrower.

9.16 Personal Property . Borrower is now and shall continue to be the sole owner of the personal property constituting part of the Collateral free from any adverse lien, security interest or adverse claim of any kind whatsoever, except for liens or security interests in favor of Administrative Agent.

9.17 No Condemnation . No condemnation proceedings or moratorium is pending or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened against the Project or the Property (or any portion thereof) which would materially impair the use, occupancy or full operation of the Project in any manner whatsoever.

9.18 Other Loan Documents . Each of the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in any of the other Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects. All of such representations and warranties are incorporated herein for the benefit of Administrative Agent.

9.19 Indemnitor . Each Indemnitor has full right, power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms of the Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity and, when executed and delivered pursuant thereto, the Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity will constitute the valid, binding and legal obligations of Indemnitor, enforceable against Indemnitor in accordance with its terms subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors generally and to general principles of equity.

9.20 No Lease Defaults . To Borrower’s Knowledge, there are no defaults under any Lease.

 

-34-


9.21 Defects . There are no defects, facts or conditions affecting the Project which would make it unsuitable for its present use and operation as a studio, production, office and parking facility, and uses related or ancillary thereto.

9.22 ERISA . Any Employee Pension Benefit Plan, as defined in ERISA, of Borrower meets, as of the date hereof, the minimum standards of 29 USCA Section 1082 (Section 302 of ERISA), and no Reportable Event or prohibited transaction has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, as defined in ERISA, of Borrower.

9.23 Borrower’s Knowledge . Borrower represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and Lenders that Christopher Barton and Dale Shimoda are the individuals most likely to have actual knowledge of any item for which Borrower’s representations are limited to Borrower’s Knowledge.

ARTICLE X

COVENANTS OF BORROWER

10.1 Consideration . As an inducement to Administrative Agent and the Lenders to execute this Agreement and to make each disbursement of the Loans, Borrower hereby covenants as set forth in this Article X , which covenants shall remain in effect so long as the Notes shall remain unpaid or any obligation of Borrower under any other Loan Documents remain outstanding or unperformed.

10.2 Existence . Borrower shall continue to be validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

10.3 Books and Records; Access by Administrative Agent and the Lenders . Borrower shall maintain a single, standard, modern system of accounting (including, without limitation, a single, complete and accurate set of books and records of its assets, business, financial condition, operations, property, prospects and results of operation in accordance with good accounting practice and on a cash basis). Borrower shall also maintain copies of all information and records regarding the operation of the Project and the construction of any tenant improvements, including, without limitation, plans, specifications, drawings, maps, contracts, subcontracts, correspondence, payment applications, draw requests, lien waivers, stop notices, and all other similar information. During business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice, Borrower will give representatives of Administrative Agent and each Lender access to all assets, books, documents, property, and records of Borrower and will permit such representatives to inspect such assets and property and to audit, copy, examine and make excerpts from such books, documents and records.

10.4 No Encumbrances . Borrower will not permit any lien, levy, attachment or restraint to be made or filed against the Project, or any portion thereof, or permit any receiver, trustee or assignee for the benefit of creditors to be appointed to take possession of the Project or any portion thereof, except for mechanics’ lien claims filed or asserted against the Property or the Project and concerning which Borrower is in full compliance with Section 5.1 of the Deed of Trust.

 

-35-


10.5 Compliance with Laws . Borrower shall comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, statutes, regulations, codes and requirements, as amended from time to time (including, without limitation, all environmental laws, building, zoning and use laws, requirements, regulations and ordinances, and the Americans With Disabilities Act), all CC&Rs and all obligations created by private contracts and leases which affect ownership, construction, equipping, fixturing, use or operation of the Project. If requested by Administrative Agent, Borrower shall promptly deliver to Administrative Agent, copies of all permits and approvals received from Governmental Authorities relating to the construction, use, occupancy or operation of the Project.

10.6 Personal Property . Borrower will not install materials, personal property, equipment or fixtures subject to any security agreement or other agreement or contract wherein the right is reserved to any person, firm or corporation to remove or repossess any such materials, equipment for fixtures, or whereby title to any of the same is not completely vested in Borrower at the time of installation, without Administrative Agent’s prior written consent.

10.7 Assessments . Borrower shall pay or discharge all lawful claims, including taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon Borrower or its income or profits or upon any property (including the Project) belonging to Borrower prior to the date upon which penalties attach thereto, and submit evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent confirming the payment of all taxes assessments and charges against the Project.

10.8 Disbursements . Borrower shall receive the disbursements to be made hereunder subsequent to the initial advance as a trust fund for the purpose of paying the costs and expenses approved hereunder by Administrative Agent as provided herein.

10.9 Information and Statements . Borrower shall furnish to Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender which Administrative Agent shall distribute to the Lenders:

(a) as soon as the same are available, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year and sixty (60) days after the end of each interim quarterly accounting period of the subject, a copy of the current financial statements of Borrower, which shall consist of (i) a balance sheet as of the end of the relevant fiscal period, (ii) statements of income and expenses of Borrower for such fiscal period (together, in each case, with the comparable figures for the corresponding period of the previous fiscal year), (iii) statements of income and expenses of the Project for such fiscal period (together with comparable figures for the corresponding period of the previous fiscal year), (iv) contingent liabilities of Borrower, and (v) cash flow statements of Borrower. The year-end financial statements of Borrower shall be audited by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(b) within twenty (20) days after the end of each month, monthly leasing reports and rent rolls for the Project. Each such report shall be in form satisfactory to Administrative Agent and include such information as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

 

-36-


(c) copies of filed federal income tax returns of Borrower for each taxable year (with all K-1s and other forms and supporting schedules attached), within thirty (30) days after filing but in any event not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each such taxable year (subject to extension at Borrower’s option); and

(d) such other information concerning Borrower, the Project, and the assets, business, financial condition, operations, property, prospects, and results of operations of Borrower as Administrative Agent reasonably requests from time to time. In this regard, promptly upon request of Administrative Agent, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent counterparts and/or conditional assignments as security of any and all renovation and/or construction contracts (if any), receipted invoices, bills of sale, statements, conveyances, and other agreements, documents, and instruments of any nature relating to the Project or under which Borrower claims title to any materials or supplies used or to be used in the Project. Also, in this regard, promptly upon request of Administrative Agent, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a complete list of all contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers, other vendors, artisans, and laborers (if any) performing work or services or providing materials or supplies for the Project.

10.10 Representations and Warranties . Until repayment of the Notes and all other obligations secured by the Deed of Trust, the representations and warranties of Article IX shall remain true and complete in all material respects, subject to representations and warranties that, by nature, cannot remain true and correct.

10.11 Trade Names . Borrower shall immediately notify Administrative Agent in writing of any change in the legal, trade or fictitious business names used by Borrower and shall, upon Administrative Agent’s request, execute any additional financing statements and other certificates necessary to reflect the change in trade names or fictitious business names.

10.12 Further Assurances . Borrower shall execute and deliver from time to time, promptly after any request therefor by Administrative Agent, any and all instruments, agreements and documents and shall take such other action as may be necessary or desirable in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent to maintain, perfect or insure Administrative Agent’s security provided for herein and in the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the authorization of UCC-1 renewal statements, the execution of such amendments to the Deed of Trust and the other Loan Documents and the delivery of such endorsements to the Title Company, all as Administrative Agent shall reasonably require (in each case for the purpose of maintaining, perfecting or insuring Administrative Agent’s security provided for herein and in the other Loan Documents and not for the purpose of changing any of the economic terms under the Loan Documents), and Borrower shall pay all fees and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) related thereto. Promptly upon the request of Administrative Agent, Borrower shall execute and deliver a Certification of Non-Foreign Status.

10.13 Notice of Litigation . Borrower shall give, or cause to be given, prompt written notice to Administrative Agent of (a) any action or proceeding which is instituted by or against it in any Federal or state court or before any commission or other regulatory body, Federal, state or local, foreign or domestic, or any such proceedings which are threatened against it, which, if adversely determined, would be likely to have a material and adverse effect upon its business,

 

-37-


operations, properties, assets, management, ownership or condition (financial or otherwise), (b) any other action, event or condition of any nature which may have a material and adverse effect upon its business, operations, management, assets, properties, ownership or condition (financial or otherwise), or which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default or a default under any other contract, instrument or agreement to which it is a party to by or to which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound or subject, and (c) any actions, proceedings or notices adversely affecting the Project or Administrative Agent’s interest therein by any zoning, building or other municipal officers, offices or departments having jurisdiction with respect to the Project.

10.14 Maintenance of Existence . Borrower shall maintain and preserve its existence and all rights and franchises material to its business.

10.15 Hazardous Materials . Borrower will not use, and will not permit the use of, any Hazardous Material (as defined in the Environmental Indemnity) in violation of any Environmental Requirement (as defined in the Environmental Indemnity) in connection with the Project.

10.16 Verification of Costs . At Administrative Agent’s request, Borrower agrees to provide Administrative Agent with copies of all contracts, subcontracts and other agreements and information relating to the Project so that Administrative Agent can verify all costs set forth in the Budget, which contracts, subcontracts and other agreements and information shall be subject to Administrative Agent’s review and approval. Based on its review and verification of costs set forth in the Budget, Administrative Agent shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to reduce the dollar amount of any line items in the Budget or reallocate between line items in the Budget.

10.17 Single Purpose Entity . Prior to the date hereof Borrower has not, and in the future Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, own any properties or assets other than the Project and the personal property pertaining thereto or to be used in connection therewith.

10.18 Government Regulation . Borrower shall not (a) be or become subject at any time to any law, regulation, or list of any government agency (including, without limitation, the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control list) that prohibits or limits Administrative Agent or any Lender from making any advance or extension of credit to Borrower or from otherwise conducting business with Borrower, or (b) fail to provide documentary and other evidence of Borrower’s identity as may be requested by Administrative Agent at any time to enable Administrative Agent to verify Borrower’s identity or to comply with any applicable law or regulation, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318.

10.19 Negative Covenants . Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent in Administrative Agent’s sole and absolute discretion, do or permit to be done any of the following:

 

-38-


(a) Indebtedness . Borrower shall not incur or become liable for any Indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured, in favor of any Person, other than:

(i) the Loans;

(ii) unsecured trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and paid in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and not exceeding $500,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and

(iii) obligations under Swap Contracts permitted under Section 13.30 hereof.

(b) Liens and Encumbrances . Borrower shall not create, incur or suffer to exist any lien or encumbrance in, of or on any of the property of Borrower except for Permitted Exceptions or for mechanics’ lien claims filed or asserted against the Property or the Project and concerning which Borrower is in full compliance with Section 5.1 of the Deed of Trust.

(c) Fundamental Changes . Borrower shall not dissolve or liquidate or become a party to any merger or consolidation.

(d) Distributions . Borrower will not declare or pay any distributions or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of its capital stock or other ownership interest at any time outstanding, except that, for so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may make distributions to its members so long as after giving effect to any such distribution no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred.

(e) Affiliates . Borrower will not, without the prior written approval of Administrative Agent, enter into any transaction (including the purchase or sale of any property or service) with, or make any payment or transfer to, any Affiliate of Borrower except in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of Borrower’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Borrower than Borrower would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction. Administrative Agent acknowledges that it has approved (i) that certain Management Agreement dated as of January      , 2008 between Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC, predecessor-in-interest to Borrower, and Hudson Studios Management, LLC, and (ii) the Parking Lease.

(f) Amendments to Organizational Documents . Borrower shall not allow any material amendments to be made in the terms of Borrower’s organizational documents.

(g) No Other Business . Borrower will not engage in any business other than the ownership, management, and operation of the Project and Borrower will conduct and operate its business as presently conducted and operated.

(h) No Commingling . Borrower will not commingle its funds and other assets with those of any Affiliate, Indemnitor, any of Borrower’s members, managers, partners or shareholders or any other Person.

 

-39-


(i) Changes . Borrower will not change or in any manner cause or seek a change in any laws, requirements of Governmental Authorities or obligations created by private contracts and leases which now or hereafter may significantly adversely affect Borrower’s ability to repay the Loan or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(j) Change in Ownership . Following the closing of the Loan and the recordation of the Deed of Trust, Borrower will not suffer to occur or exist, whether occurring voluntarily or involuntarily, any change in, or any lien or encumbrance with respect to, the legal or beneficial ownership of any interest in Borrower, any partner in Borrower or any other direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower or the partners in Borrower.

(k) Leases . Except as specified below, Borrower shall not enter into, or amend or modify in any material respect, any lease covering any portion of the Project without Administrative Agent’s prior written consent, in Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, and shall furnish to Administrative Agent, upon execution, a fully executed copy of each such lease entered into by Borrower, together with all exhibits and attachments thereto and all amendments and modifications thereof. Borrower shall provide Administrative Agent with a copy of each proposed lease and with financial information on the proposed tenant to aid Administrative Agent in determining whether it will consent thereto. Administrative Agent may declare each such lease to be prior or subordinate to the Deed of Trust, at Administrative Agent’s sole option. Borrower shall provide to Administrative Agent a monthly status report on the Project, showing the names of all lessees, the areas leased and the major terms of all leases. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this subsection (k), with respect to all leases that either (i) demise less than 8,000 square feet or (ii) provide for a term of fewer than six (6) months, Borrower shall not be obligated to obtain Administrative Agent’s prior written consent so long as such lease is on a lease form approved by Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and with any material modifications thereto also having been approved by Administrative Agent), and the rents payable under such leases are market rents (such leases being referred to hereinafter as “ Safe Harbor Leases ”), and Borrower shall not be required to get Administrative Agent’s consent to modifications of Safe Harbor Leases so long as such leases would continue to meet the criteria for being Safe Harbor Leases after giving effect to such modifications. Additionally, notwithstanding the first sentence of this subsection (k) Borrower shall not be obligated to obtain Administrative Agent’s prior written consent with respect to extensions and renewals of existing or subsequently approved leases so long as such lease is on the same form as the existing or subsequently-approved lease (with any material modifications thereto also having been approved by Administrative Agent) and the rents payable under such leases are either (i) determined in accordance with the procedures for determining rents payable thereunder during an extension or renewal expressly set forth in the existing or subsequently-approved lease or (ii) market rents. Borrower shall provide Administrative Agent with a copy of each proposed lease requiring approval, modification requiring approval or extension/renewal requiring approval and with financial information on the proposed tenant to aid Administrative Agent in determining whether it will consent thereto; if Administrative Agent fails to approve or reject any proposed lease, modification or extension/renewal within three (3) Business Days thereafter, such proposed lease or extension/renewal shall be deemed approved. Except for payments under the KTLA Lease,

 

-40-


Borrower shall not accept payment of more than twelve (12) month’s rent in advance from any tenant; provided, however, that Borrower shall be entitled to accept security deposits. No such Lease shall contain any provision granting an option, right of first offer or refusal or other preemptory right to purchase all or any portion of the Project.

10.20 “Last Look” for Refinancing . If at any time Borrower receives from any Person other than Wachovia Bank, N.A. (a “ Third Party Lender ”), an offer, term sheet, loan application or loan commitment (each, an “ Offer ”) which provides for construction and/or redevelopment financing (but excluding any equity financing and any permanent financing) with respect to the entirety of the Property and such financing is to be secured by a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge or any other hypothecation of the Property by Borrower (each, a “ Financing Transaction ”), then Borrower shall deliver written notice of such Offer to Lender (including a copy of such offer, term sheet, loan application or loan commitment) (the “ Offer Notice ”) and Lender shall have five (5) Business Days after receipt of the Offer Notice (the “ Right of First Refusal Period ”) to deliver to Borrower a notice (an “ Acceptance Notice ”) setting forth Lender’s intent to enter into a Financing Transaction with Borrower in the place of such Third Party Lender upon the same terms and conditions as the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice (the “ Third Party Terms and Conditions ”). Subject to the following sentence, in the event that Lender delivers an Acceptance Notice, Borrower shall not accept the Offer from, or enter into the Financing Transaction with, such Third Party Lender and Borrower shall enter into a Financing Transaction with Lender in the place of such Third Party Lender upon the Third Party Terms and Conditions; provided, however, that the loan documents used by Lender in connection therewith shall be substantially identical to the Loan Documents (except to the extent that the Third Party Terms and Conditions vary from the terms of the Loan Documents). Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.20 to the contrary, in the event that the Third Party Terms and Conditions provide that the Third Party Lender’s obligation to consummate the Financing Transaction is contingent upon the satisfactory review of due diligence materials, Lender’s obligation to consummate the Financing Transaction after delivery of an Acceptance Notice shall not be contingent upon facts or circumstances of which it was aware as of the date of the delivery of the Acceptance Notice. Lender shall consummate the Financing Transaction within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Acceptance Notice and Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender materials and documents similar to those delivered by Borrower to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan. If no Acceptance Notice has been sent by Lender within the Right of First Refusal Period or if Lender fails to consummate the Financing Transaction within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Acceptance Notice, then Borrower may consummate the Financing Transaction set forth in the Offer with the applicable Third Party Lender or with any other Third Party Lender on materially the same terms and conditions as the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer without complying with the provisions of this Section 10.20 for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the expiration of the Right of First Refusal Period or the thirty (30) day period, as applicable.

10.21 Post-Closing Delivery . Borrower shall use its best efforts to, within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, deliver to Lender a fully-executed and acknowledged subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement, in form and content satisfactory to Lender, for the KTLA Lease.

 

-41-


ARTICLE XI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

11.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

(a) Failure of Borrower or Indemnitor to pay any amounts of principal or interest due pursuant to this Agreement or the Loan Documents within ten (10) days after the date such amount is due.

(b) Failure by Borrower or Indemnitor to pay any amount (other than principal or interest) when due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the expiration of ten (10) days after written notice of such failure by Administrative Agent to Borrower.

(c) Failure by Borrower, Indemnitor or any other Person referred to therein to comply with any of the provisions of Article VII or Sections 10.4 , 10.18 , or 10.19 .

(d) Failure by Borrower or Indemnitor to perform any other obligation, or to comply with any term or condition, applicable to Borrower or Indemnitor under any Loan Document that is not referred to in another Section of this Section 11.1 and the expiration of thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure by Administrative Agent to Borrower; provided, however, that if such failure is of a nature such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and if such failure requires work to be performed, acts to be done or conditions to be removed which cannot, by their nature, with reasonable diligence, be performed, done or removed, as the case may be, within such thirty-day period and Borrower shall have commenced to cure such failure within such thirty-day period and thereafter diligently continues to prosecute such cure, such period shall be deemed extended for so long as shall be required by Borrower in the exercise of reasonable diligence to cure such failure, but in no event shall such thirty-day period be so extended to be a period in excess of ninety (90) days.

(e) Any representation or warranty by Borrower or Indemnitor in any Loan Document is materially false, incorrect, or misleading as of the date made or renewed, excluding the lapse of representations and warranties that, by nature, cannot remain true and correct.

(f) Intentionally Omitted.

(g) Borrower or Indemnitor (i) is unable or admits in writing Borrower’s or Indemnitor’s inability to pay its monetary obligations as they become due, (ii) fails to pay when due any monetary obligation, whether such obligation be direct or contingent, to any person in excess of $150,000.00, (iii) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) applies for, consents to, or acquiesces in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or other custodian for Borrower or Indemnitor or the property of Borrower or Indemnitor or any part thereof, or in the absence of such application, consent, or acquiescence a trustee, receiver, or other custodian is appointed for Borrower or Indemnitor or the property of Borrower or Indemnitor or any part thereof, and such appointment is not discharged within ninety (90) days.

 

-42-


(h) Commencement of any case under the Bankruptcy Code, Title 11 of the United State Code, or commencement of any other bankruptcy arrangement, reorganization, receivership, custodianship, or similar proceeding under any federal, state, or foreign law by Borrower or Indemnitor.

(i) If a receiver, trustee or similar officer shall be appointed for Borrower or Indemnitor or for all or any substantial part of the property of Borrower or Indemnitor without the application or consent of Borrower or Indemnitor and such appointment shall continue undischarged for a period of ninety (90) days (whether or not consecutive); or any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangements, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceedings shall be instituted (by petition, application, or otherwise) against Borrower or Indemnitor and shall remain undismissed for a period of ninety (90) days (whether or not consecutive).

(j) Any litigation or proceeding is commenced before any Governmental Authority against or affecting Borrower or Indemnitor or the property of Borrower or Indemnitor or any part thereof and such litigation or proceeding is not defended diligently and in good faith by Borrower or Indemnitor.

(k) A final judgment or decree for monetary damages or a monetary fine or penalty (not subject to appeal or as to which the time for appeal has expired) is entered against Borrower or Indemnitor by any Government Authority, which together with the aggregate amount of all other such judgments and decrees against Borrower or Indemnitor that remain unpaid or that have not been discharged or stayed, exceeds $50,000.00, is not paid and discharged or stayed within thirty (30) days after the entry thereof.

(l) Commencement of any action or proceeding which seeks as one of its remedies the dissolution of Borrower or Indemnitor.

(m) All or any material part of the property of Borrower or Indemnitor is attached, levied upon, or otherwise seized by legal process, and such attachment, levy, or seizure is not quashed, stayed, or released within sixty (60) days of the date thereof.

(n) The occurrence of any Accelerating Transfer (as defined in the Deed of Trust), unless Administrative Agent has consented to such Accelerating Transfer in its sole and absolute discretion, as more particularly provided in the Deed of Trust.

(o) The occurrence of any Event of Default, as such term is defined in any other Loan Document, after taking into account applicable cure periods.

(p) (i) A default shall occur in the payment when due (after giving effect to any applicable notice and grace periods), whether by acceleration or otherwise, with respect to indebtedness of Borrower or Indemnitor in an aggregate amount exceeding $150,000.00; or (ii) a default shall occur in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to indebtedness in an aggregate amount exceeding $150,000.00 if the effect of such default described in this clause (ii) is to permit the acceleration of the maturity of such indebtedness.

 

-43-


(q) Borrower, Indemnitor or any Person on behalf of Borrower or Indemnitor shall claim or assert that the Loan Documents are not legal, valid and binding agreements enforceable against Borrower or Indemnitor in accordance with their respective terms; or the Loan Documents shall in any way be terminated (except in accordance with their terms) or become or be judicially declared ineffective or inoperative or shall in any way cease to give or provide the respective liens, security interests, rights, titles, interests, remedies, powers or privileges intended to be created thereby.

(r) Any Governmental Authorities take or institute action in response to Borrower’s violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation, which in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent, will adversely affect Borrower’s or Indemnitor’s ability to repay the Loans, if such action remains effective for more than thirty (30) days.

(s) Administrative Agent fails to have a legal, valid, binding, and enforceable first priority lien reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent (subject to Permitted Exceptions) on the Property, Improvements and all other collateral.

(t) A stop notice affecting the balance of the Loan proceeds is served on Administrative Agent, unless and until a bond in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, issued by a surety acceptable to Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, is furnished to Administrative Agent within the time period specified by Administrative Agent.

(u) (i) if the leasehold estate created by the Parking Lease shall be surrendered or the Parking Lease shall be terminated or cancelled for any reason or under any circumstances whatsoever, or (ii) if any of the material terms, covenants or conditions of the Parking Lease shall in any manner be modified, changed, supplemented, altered, or amended without consent of Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, the occurrence of any of the events described in clauses (i) or (ii) shall not be an Event of Default if, after giving effect to the loss of parking resulting from the termination of the Parking Lease, the Project still has adequate parking to satisfy zoning requirements (as evidenced by a zoning letter or zoning report delivered to Administrative Agent) and requirements under the Leases.

11.2 Remedies .

(a) During the continuance of any Event of Default, (i) if such event is one of the Events of Default specified in Section 11.1(g)(iii) , Section 11.1(h) or Section 11.1(i) , the Commitments, if still outstanding, shall automatically and immediately terminate and all indebtedness under the Notes and the other Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and (ii) if such event is any other Event of Default and is continuing, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (A) Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, Administrative Agent shall, by notice to Borrower, declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (B) Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, Administrative Agent shall, by notice of default to Borrower, declare the full amount of all outstanding indebtedness under the Notes and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. Except as expressly provided

 

-44-


above in this Section 11.2(a) , presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders shall (to the extent such request of the Required Lenders is not contrary to law or sound business practices), exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it under the Deed of Trust and the other Loan Documents. Additionally, Administrative Agent and each Lender may exercise any and all other rights and remedies available to Administrative Agent and each Lender at law or in equity to the extent not inconsistent with the rights specifically granted to Administrative Agent and each Lender hereunder.

During the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make disbursements and to directly apply such disbursements to satisfy Borrower’s obligations. Borrower hereby authorizes Administrative Agent during the continuance of any Event of Default to hold, use, disburse and apply disbursements hereunder to payment of Project Costs, payment or performance of obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents (including payment of interest on the Notes and preservation and protection of the Improvements). Such disbursements shall be deemed disbursements for all purposes of the Loan Documents.

During the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any other remedies which any Person may have under any of the Loan Documents or under applicable law, Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to requisition funds hereunder and disburse them pursuant to the Deed of Trust to enable the construction, equipping and completion of any tenant improvements and/or ongoing renovations. All sums disbursed by the Lender pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed disbursements for all purposes of the Loan Documents.

(b) Effective from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby constitutes and appoints Administrative Agent, or an independent contractor selected by Administrative Agent, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution for the purposes of operation of the Project and performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement in the name of the Borrower, and hereby empower said attorney-in-fact to do any or all of the following upon the occurrence of an Event of Default:

(i) to use any of the funds of Borrower, including any balance of the Loans, as applicable, and any funds which may be held by Administrative Agent for Borrower, for the purpose of effecting completion of any tenant improvements and/or ongoing renovations;

(ii) to employ any contractors, subcontractors, agents, architects and inspectors required for said purposes;

(iii) to employ attorneys to defend against attempts to interfere with the exercise of power granted hereby;

(iv) to pay, settle or compromise all existing bills and claims which are or may be liens against the Property, the Improvements or the Project or may be necessary or

 

-45-


desirable for the completion of any tenant improvements and/or ongoing renovations or clearance of objections to or encumbrances on title;

(v) to execute all applications and certificates in the name of Borrower, which may be required by any other construction contract;

(vi) to prosecute and defend all actions or proceedings in connection with the Project and to take such action, require such performance and do any and every other act as is deemed necessary with respect to the completion of any tenant improvements and/or ongoing renovations which Borrower might do on its own behalf;

(vii) to let new or additional contracts to the extent not prohibited by their existing contracts;

(viii) to employ watchmen and erect security fences to protect the Project from injury; and

(ix) to take such action and require such performance as it deems necessary under any of the bonds or insurance policies to be furnished hereunder, to make settlements and compromises with the sureties or insurers thereunder, and in connection therewith to execute instruments of release and satisfaction.

It is understood and agreed that the foregoing power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest which cannot be revoked until repayment of the Loans. Administrative Agent agrees to act in good faith in its exercise of the foregoing power of attorney, and in exercising such power of attorney will take actions in its reasonable opinion either to maintain, protect or enhance its collateral or to collect sums owing under the Loan Documents, and shall not act in a manner in its exercise of the foregoing power of attorney which would increase Indemnitor’s recourse obligations under the Guaranty.

ARTICLE XII

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

12.1 Appointment and Authority . Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Wachovia Bank to act on its behalf as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, including without limitation acting as collateral agent for the Lenders under the Loan Documents, or any of them, and authorizes Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither Borrower nor Indemnitor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

12.2 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such

 

-46-


Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

12.3 Exculpatory Provisions .

(a) Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Administrative Agent: (i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and (iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary), or as Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 13.1 and Article XI or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Event of Default is given to Administrative Agent by Borrower or a Lender.

(c) Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Administrative Agent.

12.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent . Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Administrative Agent also may

 

-47-


rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

12.5 Delegation of Duties . Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by Administrative Agent; provided, however, Borrower shall not be responsible for any additional cost or expense solely caused by such an arrangement. Administrative Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

12.6 Resignation of Administrative Agent . Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of Borrower unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above provided that if Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. The predecessor Administrative Agent shall pay to the successor the pro rata portion of any annual administration fee paid in advance by Borrower for the portion of the year between the time of the successor Administrative Agent’s acceptance of its appointment as

 

-48-


Administrative Agent and the following anniversary date of this Agreement. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 13.10 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

12.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

12.8 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Arrangers or Bookrunners listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Successors and Assigns Generally; Assignments .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder, except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b)  of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d)  of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f)  of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d)  of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement at no cost to Borrower (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) in the case of an assignment of the

 

-49-


entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; (ii) in any case not described in clause (i)  of this paragraph, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to Administrative Agent or, if an “Effective Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Effective Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof), unless each of Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned; (iv) no consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by clause (ii)  of this paragraph and, in addition: (A) the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund (other than a Foreign Lender) and (B) the consent of Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; (v) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 for each assignment, and the assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; (vi) no such assignment shall be made to Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries; (vii) no such assignment shall be made to a natural person; and (viii) the assigning Lender must retain a Commitment of at least $10,000,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof).

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c)  of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.8 , 2.10 and 13.10 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d)  of this Section.

(c) Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at its office in Charlotte, North Carolina, a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of

 

-50-


the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Borrower, Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Loans will be treated as in registered form within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related regulations (and any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or such regulations).

(d) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower or Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower, Administrative Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 13.27 that requires the consent of all Lenders, that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (e)  of this Section, and subject to Borrower’s rights under Section 2.13 , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.8 and 2.10 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b)  of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.28(a) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 13.28(b) as though it were a Lender. Borrower shall not be responsible for any participation costs and expenses of any Participant.

(e) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.8 or 2.10 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.10 unless Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of Borrower, to comply with Section 2.10 as though it were a Lender.

(f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

-51-


13.2 Notices . All demands or notices under the Loan Documents shall be in writing (including, without limitation, telecopy, telegraphic, telex, or cable communication) and mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, cabled, or delivered to the respective party hereto at the address specified at the end of this paragraph or at such other address as may have been specified in a written notice. Any demand or notice mailed shall be mailed first class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and shall be effective upon the earlier of (i) actual receipt by the addressee, and (ii) the dates showing on the return-receipt. Any demand or notice not mailed will be effective upon the earlier of (i) actual receipt by the addressee, and (ii) the time the receipt of the telecopy, telegram, telex, or cable is mechanically confirmed. The addresses for notices are as follows:

 

If to Administrative Agent:    Wachovia Bank, N.A.
   Real Estate Asset Management
   General Banking Group
   Mail Code: CA 6500
   1800 Century Park East, Suite 500
   Los Angeles, California 90067
   Attn: Raquel Castro
   Facsimile: (310) 789-8994
If to Borrower:    Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC
   c/o Hudson Capital, LLC
   11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600
   Los Angeles, California 90025-0317
   Attn: Victor Coleman and Howard Stern
   Facsimile: (310) 445-5710
with copies to:    Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP
   1900 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700
   Los Angeles, California 90067
   Attn: Scott M. Kalt, Esq.
   Facsimile: (310) 203-0567
   SGS Investors, LLC
   c/o Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C.
   One Maritime Plaza, Suite 2100
   San Francisco, California 94111
   Attn: Richard B. Fried
   Facsimile: (415) 616-6059
   Pircher, Nichols & Meeks
   1925 Century Park East, Suite 1700
   Los Angeles, California 90067
   Attn: Real Estate Notices (903375.5/JLB/CWB)
   Facsimile: (310) 201-8922

 

-52-


13.3 Authority to File Notices . During the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower irrevocably appoints Administrative Agent at its attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to file for record, at the Borrower’s cost and expense and in Borrower’s name, any notices of completion, notices of cessation of labor, or any other notices that Administrative Agent considers necessary or desirable to protect its security. Administrative Agent agrees to act in good faith in its exercise of the foregoing power of attorney, and shall not act in a manner in its exercise of the foregoing power of attorney which would increase Indemnitor’s recourse obligations under the Guaranty.

13.4 Inconsistencies with the Loan Documents . In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of this Agreement and any terms of any of the Loan Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and prevail.

13.5 No Waiver . No disbursement of proceeds of the Loans shall constitute a waiver of any conditions to Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s obligation to make further disbursements nor, in the event Borrower is unable to satisfy any such conditions, shall any such waiver have the effect of precluding Administrative Agent or the Lenders from thereafter declaring such inability to constitute a default under this Agreement.

13.6 Administrative Agent Approval of Instruments and Parties . All proceedings taken in accordance with transactions provided for herein; all surveys, appraisals and documents required or contemplated by this Agreement and the persons responsible for the execution and preparation thereof; shall be satisfactory to and subject to approval by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent’s counsel shall be provided with copies of all documents which they may reasonably request in connection with the Agreement.

13.7 Administrative Agent Determination of Facts . Administrative Agent shall at all times be free to establish independently, to its satisfaction, the existence or nonexistence of any fact or facts, the existence or nonexistence of which is a condition of this Agreement.

13.8 Incorporation of Preamble, Recitals and Exhibits . The preamble, recitals and exhibits hereto are hereby incorporated in to this Agreement.

13.9 Third-Party Consultants . Administrative Agent may hire such third-party consultants as it deems necessary, the costs of which shall be paid by Borrower, to provide the following services: (a) review the Budget and the costs associated therewith; (b) conduct compliance inspections with respect to the progress of construction of any tenant improvements, and approve each element of a request for disbursement relating to construction costs incurred in connection therewith; and (c) perform such other services as may, from time to time, be required by Administrative Agent. This obligation on the part of Borrower shall survive the closing of the Loans and the repayment thereof. Borrower hereby authorizes Administrative Agent, in its discretion, to pay such expenses, charges, costs and fees at any time by a disbursement of Loans.

13.10 Costs and Expenses; Indemnification; Reimbursement .

(a) Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for Administrative Agent), in connection with the preparation,

 

-53-


negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all taxes and assessments and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, charges, costs and fees provided for in this Agreement or relating to the Loans or construction of any tenant improvements, including, without limitation, any fees incurred for recording or filing any of the Loan Documents, title insurance premiums and charges, tax service contract fees, fees of any consultants, Administrative Agent’s processing and closing fees, Administrative Agent’s inspection fees, printing, photostating and duplicating expenses, air freight charges, escrow fees, costs of surveys, premiums of hazard insurance policies and surety bonds and fees for any appraisal, appraisal review, market or feasibility study required by Administrative Agent, (iii) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for Administrative Agent or any Lender), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans, and (iv) any civil penalty or fine assessed by OFAC against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof, by Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of conduct of Borrower that violated a sanction enforced by OFAC.

(b) Borrower shall indemnify Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by Borrower or Indemnitor arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower or Indemnitor, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by Borrower or Indemnitor against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if Borrower or Indemnitor has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under paragraph (a)  or (b)  of this Section to be paid by it to Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of Administrative Agent, each Lender

 

-54-


severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Ratable Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the Administrative Agent acting for Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph are several and not joint or joint and several.

(d) The obligations on the part of Borrower under this Section 13.10 shall survive the closing of the Loans and the repayment thereof.

13.11 Disclaimer by Administrative Agent and the Lenders . Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable to any contractor, subcontractor, supplier, laborer, architect, engineer or any other party for services performed or materials supplied in connection with the Project. Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable for any debts or claims accruing in favor of any such parties against Borrowers or others or against the Property or the Project. Borrower is not and shall not be an agent of Administrative Agent or any Lender for any purpose. Administrative Agent and the Lenders are not joint venture partners with Borrower in any manner whatsoever. Prior to default by Borrower under this Agreement and the exercise of remedies granted herein, and subject to the explicit written consent of Administrative Agent, Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be deemed to be in privity of contract with any contractor or provider of services to the Project, nor shall any payment of funds directly to a contractor, subcontractor, or provider of services be deemed to create any third party beneficiary status or recognition of same by Administrative Agent or the Lenders. Approvals granted by Administrative Agent or the Lenders for any matters covered under this Agreement shall be narrowly construed to cover only the parties and facts identified in any written approval or, if not in writing, such approvals shall be solely for the benefit of Borrower.

13.12 Intentionally Omitted .

13.13 Titles and Headings . The titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are intended for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

13.14 Brokers . Borrower represents that it has paid all brokerage commissions due to Eastdil Secured in connection with this transaction. Borrower and Administrative Agent represent to each other that neither of them knows of any other brokerage commissions or finders’ fee due or claimed with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby. Borrower and Administrative Agent shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all loss, damage, liability, or expense, including costs and reasonable attorney fees, which such other party may incur or sustain by reason of or in connection with any misrepresentation by the indemnifying party with respect to the foregoing.

13.15 Change, Discharge, Termination, or Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, discharged, terminated, or waived except in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, discharge, termination, or waiver is sought. No failure on the

 

-55-


part of Administrative Agent or the Lenders to exercise and no delay by Administrative Agent or the Lenders in exercising any right or remedy under the Loan Documents or under the law shall operate as a waiver thereof.

13.16 CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

13.17 Disbursements in Excess of Aggregate Commitment . In the event the total disbursements by Administrative Agent plus L/C Obligations exceed the Aggregate Commitment, the total of all disbursements plus the L/C Obligations shall nonetheless be secured by the Deed of Trust. All other sums expended by Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been paid to Borrower and shall be secured by, among other things, the Deed of Trust.

13.18 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Venue; Service of Process .

(a) BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA SITTING IN LOS ANGELES COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(b) BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (a)  OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

-56-


(c) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 13.2 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

13.19 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

13.20 Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

13.21 Attorneys’ Fees . Without limiting the generality of the expense reimbursement obligations of Borrower set forth in Section 13.10 , Borrower shall promptly pay to Administrative Agent from Borrower’s own funds or from the proceeds of the Loans, upon demand, with interest thereon from the date of demand at the default interest rate, reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees (excluding in-house counsel) and all costs and other expenses paid or incurred by Administrative Agent in enforcing or exercising its rights or remedies created by, connected with or provided for in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and payment thereof shall be secured by the Deed of Trust. If at any time Borrower fails, refuses or neglects to do any of the things herein provided to be done by Borrower, Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to do the same but at the expense and for the account of Borrower. The amount of any monies so expended or obligations so incurred by Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon at the default interest rate, shall be repaid to Administrative Agent forthwith upon written demand therefor and payment thereof shall be secured by the Deed of Trust.

13.22 [ Intentionally Omitted]

13.23 [Intentionally Omitted ]

13.24 Waiver Of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

13.25 WAIVER OF SPECIAL DAMAGES . BORROWER WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT BORROWER MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER FROM ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER

 

-57-


IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

13.26 USA Patriot Act Notification . The following notification is provided to Borrower pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318:

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account, including any deposit account, treasury management account, loan, other extension of credit, or other financial services product. What this means for Borrower: When Borrower opens an account, if Borrower is an individual, Administrative Agent will ask for Borrower’s name, taxpayer identification number, residential address, date of birth, and other information that will allow Administrative Agent to identify Borrower, and, if Borrower is not an individual, Administrative Agent will ask for Borrower’s name, taxpayer identification number, business address, and other information that will allow Administrative Agent to identify Borrower. Administrative Agent may also ask, if Borrower is an individual, to see Borrower’s driver’s license or other identifying documents, and, if Borrower is not an individual, to see Borrower’s legal organizational documents or other identifying documents.

13.27 Amendments and Waivers . Administrative Agent and Borrower may, from time to time, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the Notes or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or Borrower hereunder or thereunder, and with the consent of the Required Lenders, Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may execute and deliver to Borrower a written instrument waiving, on such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement, the Notes or any Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of principal, interest or fees on any Note or reduce the principal amount of any Note, or change the amount or terms of any Lender’s Loan or Ratable Share or the amount of any Lender’s Commitment (except for (i) changes resulting from an assignment permitted hereunder or (ii) as provided in Section 2.13 ), or change Section 13.28(b) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, or release any Indemnitor from the Guaranty or the Environmental Indemnity, or amend, modify, change or waive any provision of this Section, or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, or consent to the assignment or transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or consent to the release of all, substantially all or a material portion of the collateral (unless otherwise permitted under this Agreement), or amend, modify or change any other provision of this Agreement that requires the consent of all Lenders, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; and provided , further , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall amend, modify, change or waive any provision relating to the rights or obligations of Administrative Agent without the consent of Administrative Agent; provided , further , that Administrative Agent and Borrower may, from

 

-58-


time to time, with the written consent of the Required Lenders extend the final maturity of any Note by causing any Lender not consenting to such extension to be repaid the outstanding principal balance allocated to its Commitment together with all interest, fees and other amounts which may be due to such Lender hereunder (at which point such non-consenting Lender shall cease to be a Lender). Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall be binding upon Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender, and all future holders of the Notes. In the case of any waiver, Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Notes, and any Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, modification, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased without the consent of such Lender.

13.28 Setoff; Sharing of Payments by Lenders .

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, following receipt of Administrative Agent’s written consent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against any and all of the obligations of Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees to notify Borrower and Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

(b) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations hereunder resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that: (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express

 

-59-


terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation.

13.29 Application of Proceeds . So long as no Event of Default shall be continuing, Administrative Agent shall apply all payments and prepayments in respect of the Notes in such order as shall be specified by Borrower; provided that if Borrower does not specify how such payments and prepayments are to be applied prior to Administrative Agent’s receipt of such payments, and prepayments, such amounts received shall be applied in such manner as Administrative Agent shall determine. During the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall, unless otherwise specified at the direction of the Required Lenders which direction shall be consistent with the last two sentences of the penultimate paragraph of this Section, apply all payments and prepayments in respect of the Notes and all proceeds of collateral, if any, and any enforcement action (or other realization), in the following order:

(a) first, to pay all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such sale of collateral or enforcement action (or other realization), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses actually incurred (including, without limitation, the expenses and costs associated with any collateral disposition or enforcement action (or other realization));

(b) second, to pay all late charges then due under the Loan Documents;

(c) third, to pay all accrued interest on and then principal of any portion of the Loans which Administrative Agent may have advanced on behalf of any Lender for which Administrative Agent has not then been reimbursed by such Lender or Borrower;

(d) fourth, to pay any fees, expenses, reimbursements or indemnities then due to Administrative Agent;

(e) fifth, to pay any fees, expenses, reimbursements or indemnities then due under the Loan Documents to the Lenders;

(f) sixth, to pay all accrued interest in respect of the Loans and any obligations owing under any Swap Contracts;

(g) seventh, to the ratable payment or prepayment of principal outstanding on the Loans in such order as Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion; and

(h) eighth, to the ratable payment of all other amounts payable under the Notes or under the other Loan Documents.

Borrower shall remain liable and will pay, on demand, any deficiency remaining in respect of the Notes and the other Loan Documents, together with interest thereon

 

-60-


pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The order of priority set forth in clauses (b)  and (c)  above and the related provisions of this Agreement are set forth solely to determine the rights and priorities of Administrative Agent. The order of priority set forth in clauses (d) , (e)  and (f)  above may be changed only with the prior written consent of all the Lenders without necessity of notice to or consent of or approval by Borrower, or any other Person. The order of priority set forth in clauses (b)  and (c)  above may be changed only with the prior written consent of Administrative Agent.

Notwithstanding any provisions concerning distribution of payments to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Event of Default exists that has not been waived by the Required Lenders, each Lender shall share in any payments or proceeds, including proceeds of any collateral, received by Administrative Agent or any Lender made or received at any time the continuance of any Event of Default (“ Proceeds after Default ”) in an amount equal to such Lender’s Ratable Share of the Proceeds after Default; provided , however , if any one or more of the Lenders has not made any funding when required hereunder, the distribution of Proceeds after Default shall be adjusted so that each Lender shall receive Proceeds after Default in an amount equal to (1) the Proceeds after Default multiplied by (2) the percentage (rounded to five decimal places) of the total amount outstanding funded by all the Lenders that such Lender has actually funded. If necessary, Administrative Agent and each Lender shall use the adjustments procedure set forth in Section 13.28(b) to make the appropriate distributions to the Lenders as set forth in this paragraph of this Article.

13.30 Swap Contracts . Prior to or substantially concurrently with the Closing Date (and as an additional condition precedent to the obligation of Agent and Lenders to make advances hereunder), Borrower shall enter into Swap Contracts with Wachovia Bank or with another Lender (or with Affiliates of Wachovia Bank or such other Lender), or with another financial institution satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, for the purpose of hedging and protecting against interest rate fluctuation risks with respect to the Loans, with a notional amount of at least the Aggregate Commitment and a term at least until the Maturity Date, and on such additional terms and conditions as are approved by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion and as are reasonably acceptable to Wachovia Bank or such other Lender (or their Affiliates), or such other financial institution, as applicable. So long as the Deed of Trust encumbers the Project and the Swap Contract has been provided by Wachovia Bank or another Lender (or any of their Affiliates) in connection with the Loans, Borrower’s obligations (including any payment obligations) with respect to any such Swap Contract shall be secured by the Deed of Trust and any other Collateral, and any default by Borrower under any such Swap Contract shall, at the discretion of Administrative Agent, constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement. All Swap Contracts, if any, between Borrower and Wachovia Bank or any other Lender (or any of their Affiliates) are independent Agreements governed by the written provisions of the Swap Contracts, which will remain in full force and effect, unaffected by any repayment, prepayment, acceleration, reduction, increase or change in the terms of any Notes or other Loan Documents, except as otherwise expressly provided in the written Swap Contracts, and any payoff statement from Administrative Agent relating to the Notes shall not apply to the Swap Contracts except as otherwise expressly provided in such payoff statement. By its signature below, Borrower waives any right under California Civil Code Section 2954.10 (to the extent applicable) or otherwise to prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without payment of any and all amounts specified or required under the terms of any Swap Contracts (the “ Indemnified

 

-61-


Amounts ”). Borrower acknowledges that prepayment of the Loans may result in Lenders and their Affiliates incurring additional losses, costs, expenses and liabilities, including lost revenues and lost profits in connection with the Swap Contracts or otherwise. Borrower therefore agrees to pay any and all Indemnified Amounts if the Loans are prepaid, whether voluntarily or by reason of acceleration, including acceleration upon any transfer or conveyance of any right, title or interest in any Property giving Administrative Agent the right to accelerate the maturity of the Loan as provided in the Loan Documents. Borrower agrees that Lenders’ willingness to offer the Loans to Borrower is sufficient and independent consideration, given individual weight by Lenders, for this waiver. Borrower understands that Lenders would not offer the Loans to Borrower absent this waiver.

13.31 Breakage Fees . Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender sustains or incurs (other than through such Lender’s negligence or willful misconduct) as a consequence of (a) default by Borrower in making any prepayment of a Loan after Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (b) the making of a prepayment of Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto (whether by acceleration, demand, required assignment or otherwise). Such indemnification may include, without limitation, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid or not so borrowed for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such portion of the Loan provided for herein over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank LIBOR market. By its signature below, Borrower waives any right under California Civil Code Section 2954.10 or otherwise to prepay any Loan, in whole or in part, without payment of any and all amounts specified above in this Section 2.14 (the “ Breakage Amounts ”). Borrower acknowledges that prepayment of any Loan may result in Lenders’ incurring additional losses, costs, expenses and liabilities, including lost revenues and lost profits. Borrower therefore agrees to pay any and all Breakage Amounts if any Loan is prepaid, whether voluntarily or by reason of acceleration, including acceleration upon any transfer or conveyance of any right, title or interest in the Project giving Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders the right to accelerate the maturity of the Loans as provided in the Loan Documents. Borrower agrees that Lenders’ willingness to offer the LIBOR Rate to Borrower is sufficient and independent consideration, given individual weight by Lenders, for this waiver. Borrower understands that Lenders would not offer the LIBOR Rate to Borrower absent this waiver.

ARTICLE XIV

EXHIBITS

The following exhibits to this Agreement are fully incorporated herein as if set forth at length:

 

Exhibit A     Property Description

 

-62-


Exhibit B     Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit C     Loan Budget
Exhibit D     Form of Note
Exhibit E     Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit F     Commitments
Exhibit G     Closing Conditions
Exhibit H     Depiction of Release Parcel
Exhibit I     Satellite D Parcel Property Description

[Signatures Appear on Following Page.]

 

-63-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Administrative Agent and Borrower have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

“Borrower”

 

SUNSET BRONSON ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company,
  its sole member
  By:   Hudson Sunset Gower, LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company,
    its administrative member
    By:  

Hudson Capital, LLC,

a California limited liability company,

its sole member

      By:  

/s/ Victor Coleman

      Name:   Victor Coleman
      Title:   Manager

 

S-1


“Administrative Agent”

 

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,

a national banking association

By:  

/s/ Raquel Castro

Name:   Raquel Castro
Title:   Vice President

“Lenders”

 

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,

a national banking association

By:  

/s/ Raquel Castro

Name:   Raquel Castro
Title:   Vice President

 

S-2


EXHIBIT A

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION

PARCEL 1:

LOT 1 AND A PORTION OF LOT 2 OF TRACT NO. 1619, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 20 PAGE 48 OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, AND LOTS 1 TO 12 INCLUSIVE OF TRACT NO. 4468, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 48 PAGE 67 OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, DESCRIBED AS A WHOLE AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 1 OF TRACT NO. 1619, AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SUNSET BOULEVARD AND BRONSON AVENUE; THENCE ALONG BRONSON AVENUE, SOUTH 00 DEGREES 08 MINUTES EAST 735.61 FEET TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 1 OF TRACT NO. 4468, IN THE NORTH LINE OF FERNWOOD AVENUE; THENCE ALONG FERNWOOD AVENUE, NORTH 89 DEGREES 41 MINUTES EAST 601.42 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 12 OF TRACT NO. 4468, IN THE WEST LINE OF VAN NESS AVENUE; THENCE ALONG VAN NESS AVENUE, NORTH 00 DEGREES 13 MINUTES WEST 735.56 FEET TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF VAN NESS AVENUE AND SUNSET BOULEVARD; THENCE ALONG SUNSET BOULEVARD, SOUTH 89 DEGREES 41 MINUTES WEST 600.30 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

PARCEL 2:

THAT PORTION OF FERNWOOD AVENUE VACATED BY RESOLUTION TO VACATE NO. 05-1400270 RECORDED FEBRUARY 2, 2006 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 06-0257516, OFFICIAL RECORDS, BOUNDED AS FOLLOWS:

ON THE SOUTH BY THE CENTERLINE OF FERNWOOD AVENUE, 60 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP OF SAID TRACT NO. 1619;

ON THE WEST BY A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND 15 FEET EASTERLY OF THE SOUTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE WESTERLY LINE OF LOT 1 OF SAID TRACT NO. 1619.

ON THE EAST BY A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND 2 FEET WESTERLY OF THE SOUTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE EASTERLY LINE OF LOT 12 OF SAID TRACT NO. 1619.

 

EXHIBIT A


PARCEL 3:

LOTS 3 AND 4 OF GRIDER AND HAMILTON’S HOLLYWOOD TRACT, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 9 PAGE 12 OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

EXHIBIT A


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (the “Assignment and Assumption”) dated as of                  , 200      , is made by and between                                                       (“ Assignor ”) and                                                   (“ Assignee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Assignor is party to that certain Loan Agreement dated as of May      , 2008 (as it may be amended, amended and restated, modified, supplemented or renewed from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among                                      (“ Borrower ”), the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto (collectively, including Assignor, “ Lenders ”), and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as agent for Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Assignment and Assumption and not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, as provided under the Loan Agreement, Assignor has committed to making advances of Loan proceeds to Borrower (collectively, the “ Advances ”) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $              (the “ Commitment ”);

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date (defined below), the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances owing by Borrower to Assignor equals $              ;

WHEREAS, Assignor wishes to assign to Assignee [a portion] [all] of the rights and obligations of Assignor under the Loan Agreement in respect of its Commitment (both as to outstanding and undisbursed Advances), in an amount equal to $              (the “ Assigned Amount ”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and Assignee wishes to accept assignment of such rights and to assume such obligations from Assignor on such terms and subject to such conditions;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Assignment and Assumption .

1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Assignment and Assumption, (i) Assignor hereby sells, transfers and assigns to Assignee, and (ii) Assignee hereby purchases, assumes and undertakes from Assignor, without recourse and without representation or warranty (except as provided in this Assignment and Assumption)      % (the “ Assignee’s Percentage Share ”) of (A) the Commitment of Assignor and (B) all related rights, benefits, obligations, liabilities and indemnities of Assignor under and in connection with the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 1


1.2 With effect on and after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 5 hereof), Assignee shall be a party to the Loan Agreement and shall succeed to all of the rights and be obligated to perform all of the obligations of a Lender under the Loan Agreement, including the requirements concerning the payment of indemnification, with a Commitment in an amount equal to the Assigned Amount. Assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which it is required to perform as a Lender under the Loan Agreement. It is the intent of the parties hereto that the Commitment of Assignor shall, as of the Effective Date, be reduced by an amount equal to the Assigned Amount and Assignor shall relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Agreement to the extent such obligations have been assumed by Assignee; provided , however, that Assignor shall not relinquish its rights to be indemnified by Borrower under the Environmental Indemnity or any other Loan Documents to the extent such rights relate to the time prior to the Effective Date.

1.3 After giving effect to the assignment and assumption set forth herein, on the Effective Date Assignor’s Commitment will be $              ; and its Ratable Share will be      %.

1.4 After giving effect to the assignment and assumption set forth herein, on the Effective Date Assignee’s Commitment will be $              ; and its Ratable Share will be      %.

2. Payments .

2.1 As consideration for the sale, assignment and transfer contemplated in Section 1 hereof, Assignee shall pay to Assignor on the Effective Date in immediately available funds an amount equal to $              , representing Assignee’s Ratable Share of the principal amount of all outstanding Advances under the Loan Documents.

2.2 Assignor further agrees to pay to Agent a processing and recordation fee in the amount specified in Section 13.1(b) of the Loan Agreement.

2.3 Assignee shall be entitled to the following portions of the [commitment fees and extension fees] payable to Assignor (and no portion of any other fees payable to Assignor in connection with the Loan):                                                                           

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            .

3. Reallocation of Payments . Any interest, fees (except as specified in Section 2.3 above) and other payments accrued to the Effective Date with respect to the Commitment or the outstanding Advances of Assignor shall be for the account of Assignor. Any interest, fees (except as specified in Section 2.3 above) and other payments accrued on and after the Effective Date with respect to the Assigned Amount shall be for the account of Assignee. Each of Assignor and Assignee agrees that it will hold in trust for the other party any interest, fees and other amounts which it may receive to which the other party is entitled pursuant to the preceding sentence and pay to the other party any such amounts that it may receive promptly upon receipt.

4. Independent Credit Decision . Assignee (a) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and the Exhibits thereto, together with copies of the most recent

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 2


financial statements referred to in Section      of the Loan Agreement, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit and legal analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption; and (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon Assignor, Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit and legal decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Agreement.

5. Effective Date; Notices .

5.1 As between Assignor and Assignee, the effective date for this Assignment and Assumption shall be              , 200      (the “ Effective Date ”); provided that the following conditions precedent have been satisfied on or before the Effective Date:

(a) this Assignment and Assumption shall be executed and delivered by Assignor and Assignee;

(b) the consent of Agent required for an effective assignment of the Assigned Amount by Assignor to Assignee under Section 13.1(b) of the Loan Agreement shall have been duly obtained and shall be in full force and effect as of the Effective Date;

(c) Assignee shall pay to Assignor all amounts due to Assignor under this Assignment and Assumption; and

(d) the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 2.2 hereof shall have been paid to Agent.

5.2 Promptly following the execution of this Assignment and Assumption, Assignor shall deliver to Borrower and Agent for acknowledgment by Agent, a Notice of Assignment substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 .

6. Agent . [INCLUDE ONLY IF ASSIGNOR IS AGENT]

6.1 Assignee hereby appoints and authorizes Assignor to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Agreement as are delegated to Agent by the Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement.

6.2 Assignee shall assume no duties or obligations held by Assignor in its capacity as Agent under the Loan Agreement.]

7. Withholding Tax . Assignee (a) represents and warrants to Lenders, Agent and Borrower that under applicable law and treaties no tax will be required to be withheld by the Lenders or Borrower with respect to any payments to be made to Assignee hereunder, (b) agrees to furnish (if it [or, if such Assignee is a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes, the person or entity treated, for United States federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the assets of such Assignee] is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof) to Agent and Borrower prior to the time that Agent or Borrower is required to make any payment of principal, interest or fees hereunder, duplicate executed originals of the applicable forms and/or other documentation described in Section

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 3


2.10(e) (“ Tax Certificates ”) of the Loan Agreement (wherein Assignee claims entitlement to the benefits of a tax treaty that provides for a complete exemption from U.S. federal income withholding tax an all payments hereunder) and agrees to provide new Tax Certificates upon the expiration of any previously delivered Tax Certificates or comparable statements in accordance with applicable U.S. law and regulations and amendments thereto, duly executed and completed by Assignee, and (c) agrees to comply with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations with regard to such withholding tax exemption.

8. Representations and Warranties .

8.1 Assignor represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any lien or other adverse claim; (ii) it is duly organized and existing and it has the full power and authority to take, and has taken, all action necessary to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and any other documents required or permitted to be executed or delivered by it in connection with this Assignment and Assumption and to fulfill its obligations hereunder; (iii) no notices to, or consents, authorizations or approvals of, any Person are required (other than any already given or obtained) for its due execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and Assumption, and apart from any agreements or undertakings or filings required by the Loan Agreement, no further action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Person is required of it for such execution, delivery or performance; and (iv) this Assignment and Assumption has been duly executed and delivered by it, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Assignor, enforceable against Assignor in accordance with the terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equitable principles.

8.2 Assignor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Loan Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto. Assignor makes no representation or warranty in connection with, and assumes no responsibility with respect to, the solvency, financial condition or statements of Borrower, or the performance or observance by Borrower of any of its respective obligations under the Loan Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished in connection therewith.

8.3 Assignee represents and warrants that (i) it is duly organized and existing and it has full power and authority to take, and has taken, all action necessary to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and any other documents required or permitted to be executed or delivered by it in connection with this Assignment and Assumption, and to fulfill its obligations hereunder; (ii) no notices to, or consents, authorizations or approvals of, any Person are required (other than any already given or obtained) for its due execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and Assumption; and apart from any agreements or undertakings or filings required by the Loan Agreement, no further action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Person is required of it for such execution, delivery or performance; (iii) this Assignment and Assumption has been duly executed and delivered by it, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Assignee, enforceable against Assignee in accordance with

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 4


the terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equitable principles; and (iv) it satisfies the requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Loan Agreement.

9. Further Assurances . Assignor and Assignee each hereby agree to execute and deliver such other instruments, and take such other action, as either party may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Assignment and Assumption, including the delivery of any notices or other documents or instruments to Borrower or Agent, which may be required in connection with the assignment and assumption contemplated hereby.

10. Miscellaneous .

10.1 Any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Assignment and Assumption shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No failure or delay by either party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any waiver of any breach of the provisions of this Assignment and Assumption shall be without prejudice to any rights with respect to any other or further breach thereof.

10.2 All payments made hereunder shall be made without any set-off or counterclaim.

10.3 Assignor and Assignee shall each pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and performance of this Assignment and Assumption.

10.4 This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

10.5 THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. Assignor and Assignee each irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any State or Federal court sitting in [ jurisdiction select by Assignor ] over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Assignment and Assumption, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such [ jurisdiction select by Assignor ] State or Federal court. Each party to this Assignment and Assumption hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding.

10.6 TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ASSIGNOR AND ASSIGNEE EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION, THE LOAN AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, OR STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN).

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have caused this Assignment and Assumption to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

[ASSIGNOR]

 
By:  

 

Title:  

 

By:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ASSIGNEE]

 
By:  

 

Title:  

 

By:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 6


SCHEDULE 1

TO EXHIBIT B

NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

                     , 200     

To Agent:

Wachovia Bank, National Association

Real Estate Financial Services

General Banking Group

Mail Code: CA 6500

1800 Century Park East, Suite 500

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Raquel Castro

To Borrower:

 

 

c/o  

 

 

 

Attn:  

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We refer to the Loan Agreement dated as of May      , 2008 (as it may be amended, amended and restated, modified, supplemented or renewed from time to time the “ Loan Agreement ”) among                                          (“ Borrower ”), the Lenders referred to therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

1. We hereby give you notice of, and request your consent to, the assignment by                                      (“ Assignor ”) to                                  (“ Assignee ”) of      % of the right, title and interest of Assignor in and to the Loan Agreement (including, without limitation, the right, title and interest of Assignor in and to the Commitment of Assignor and all outstanding Advances made by Assignor) pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement attached hereto (the “ Assignment and Acceptance ”). Before giving effect to such assignment Assignor’s Commitment is $              [,] [and] the aggregate amount of its outstanding Advances is $              .

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 7


2. Assignee agrees that, upon receiving the consent of Agent to such assignment, Assignee will be bound by the terms of the Loan Agreement as fully and to the same extent as if Assignee were the Lender originally holding such interest in the Loan Agreement

3. The following administrative details apply to Assignee:

 

(A)    Notice Address:      
  

Assignee name:

  

 

  
  

Address:

  

 

  
     

 

  
     

 

  
  

Attention:

  

 

  
  

Telephone:

  

 

  
  

Telecopier:

  

 

  
(B)    Assignee’s Payment Instructions to Agent:   
  

Account Number:

  

 

  
  

At:

  

 

  
     

 

  
     

 

  
  

Reference:

  

 

  
  

Attention:

  

 

  

4. You are entitled to rely upon the representations, warranties and covenants of each of Assignor and Assignee contained in the Assignment and Assumption.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have caused this Notice of Assignment and Assumption to be executed by their respective duly authorized officials, officers or agents as of the date first above mentioned.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

 

 

  [Printed Name and Title]
By:  

 

 

 

  [Printed Name and Title[

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 8


[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

 

 

  [Printed Name and Title]
By:  

 

 

 

  [Printed Name and Title]

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ASSIGNMENT CONSENTED TO:

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Agent

 

By:  

 

 

 

  [Printed Name and Title]

 

EXHIBIT B – Page 9


EXHIBIT C

LOAN BUDGET

 

EXHIBIT C


TRIBUNE STUDIOS

Hollywood, California

DEFERRED MAINTENANCE AND OPINION OF PROBABLE COSTS

 

Description

  Immediate   Year 1   Year 2   Year 3   Year 4   Year 5   Year 6   Year 7   Year 8   Year 9   Year 10  

Comments

SITE

                       

Seal and re-stripe asphaltic-concrete pavement at main site.

        41,500         41,500         41,500      

Seal and re-stripe asphaltic-concrete pavement at Lot A.

                        Per discussion with the client, Lot A and Lot B have been sold.

Seal and re-stripe asphaltic-concrete pavement at Lot B.

                        Per discussion with the client, Lot A and Lot B have been sold.

Remove and replace cracked and/or deteriorated asphaltic-concrete throughout main site.

        3,000                  

Allowance to repair damaged concrete at Lot D (Producer’s Lot).

        25,000                  

Remove and replace damaged paving at Lot A and Lot B.

                        Per discussion with the client, Lot A and Lot B have been sold.

Slurry coat asphaltic-concrete at maintenance storage area.

                        Per discussion with the client, Lot A and Lot B have been sold.
                                                                   

Site - Subtotal

  $ 0   $ 0   $ 69,500   $ 0   $ 0   $ 41,500   $ 0   $ 0   $ 41,500   $ 0   $ 0  
                                                                   

STRUCTURE

                       

Stages 1 through 3: Install horizontal bracing at the roof diaphragm and vertical bracing at the perimeter of the building.

          500,000                

Stages 1 through 3: Install sill plate anchors at the west addition to the building.

          25,000                

Stages 4 through 5: Install supplemental horizontal bracing at the roof diaphragm and vertical bracing at the perimeter of the building.

        200,000                  

Stages 4 through 5: Provide wall anchors at the roof-to-wall connections on the north and east walls.

        40,000                  

Stage 6: Install horizontal bracing at the roof diaphragm and vertical bracing at the perimeter of the building.

          200,000                

 

62


TRIBUNE STUDIOS

Hollywood, California

 

Description

  Immediate   Year 1   Year 2   Year 3   Year 4   Year 5   Year 6   Year 7   Year 8   Year 9   Year 10  

Comments

Stages 7 through 8: Install horizontal bracing at the roof diaphragm and vertical bracing at the perimeter of the building.

                350,000           Currently occupied by KTLA Stuidios. Cannot initiate upgrade until space is vacated. Not feasible to shut down studio, as it could inteript broascast operations.

Stage 9 through 10: Install horizontal bracing at the roof diaphragm and vertical bracing at the perimeter of the building.

            750,000              

Stages 9 through 10: Install sill plate anchors at the south addition to the building.

            30,000              

Building 10: Install sill plate anchors.

            50,000              

Building 10: Install additional plywood shear walls.

            100,000              

Building 11: Install steel-braced frames throughout the building.

              500,000            

Building 14: Install supplemental horizontal bracing at the roof diaphragm and vertical bracing at the perimeter of the building.

                        Per discussion with the client, Building 14 is to be demolished.

Building 14: Provide braces for the mezzanine.

                        Per discussion with the client, Building 14 is to be demolished.

Building 16: Install sill plate anchors at the building.

                50,000           Currently occupied by KTLA Stuidios. Cannot initiate upgrade until space is vacated. Not feasible to shut down studio, as it could inteript broascast operations.

Building 16: Install additional plywood shear walls.

                250,000          

Provide adequate anchorage and bracing for building service equipment.

        10,000                  
                                                                   

Structure - Subtotal

  $ 0   $ 0   $ 250,000   $ 725,000   $ 930,000   $ 500,000   $ 650,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0  
                                                                   

 

63


TRIBUNE STUDIOS

Hollywood, California

 

Description

  Immediate   Year 1   Year 2   Year 3   Year 4   Year 5   Year 6   Year 7   Year 8   Year 9   Year 10  

Comments

ENVELOPE AND EXTERIOR

Repaint exterior walls of buildings.

    50,000     50,000     50,000     50,000     50,000     Includes minor wall repairs.

Replacement of roof insulation at sound stage buildings.

    24,000   24,000   24,000   24,000   25,000            

Repair and retrofit of stage doors at sound stage buildings.

    100,000                    

Allowance for limited window replacement.

    Maint.                     Replacement of windows based on remaining useful life of windows.

Allowance for roof repairs.

    30,000   30,000   30,000   30,000               Monies are in place to allow for roofing replacements to be delayed and coordinated with seismic retrofit work.

STAGES 1 THROUGH 3:

Low sloped roof replacement.

        256,000                 Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Steep sloped roof replacement.

        131,000                 Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Roof replacement consulting services.

        17,950                 Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

STAGES 4 THROUGH 5:

Low sloped roof replacement.

      214,000                   Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Steep sloped roof replacement.

      163,000                   Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Roof replacement consulting services.

      17,950                   Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

STAGE 6:

                       

Low sloped roof replacement.

          216,000               Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Steep sloped roof replacement.

          85,000               Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Roof replacement consulting services.

          17,500               Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

STAGES 7 AND 8:

                       

Low sloped roof replacement.

              257,000           Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Roof replacement consulting services.

              7,400           Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

STAGE 9:

                       

Low sloped roof replacement.

          528,000               Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Skylight replacement.

          23,100              

Roof replacement consulting services.

          12,375               Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

 

64


TRIBUNE STUDIOS

Hollywood, California

 

Description

  Immediate   Year 1   Year 2   Year 3   Year 4   Year 5   Year 6   Year 7   Year 8   Year 9   Year 10  

Comments

BUILDING 10:

                       

Low sloped roof replacement.

            165,000               Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Roof replacement consulting services.

            7,425               Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

BUILDING 11:

Low sloped roof replacement.

              312,000             Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Roof replacement consulting services.

              16,650             Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

KTLA OFFICES/NEWSROOM:

Low sloped roof replacement.

                65,000           Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Steep sloped roof replacement.

                160,000           Re-roof with 30 year composition shingles over 30# underlayment felt.

Roof replacement consulting services.

                19,350           Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

BUILDING 14/MAINTENANCE BUILDING:

Low sloped roof replacement.

                        Per discussion with the client, Building 14 is to be demolished.

Roof replacement consulting services.

                        Per discussion with the client, Building 14 is to be demolished.

BLDG. 21/ENTERTAINMENT CENTER:

Low sloped roof replacement.

                80,000           Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Roof replacement consulting services.

                3,000           Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.

BUILDING 15/MASTER CONTROL BLDG.

Low sloped roof replacement.

                116,000           Re-roof with 60 mil Fibertite over  1 / 4 ” DensDeck.

Roof replacement consulting services.

                3,500           Spec., Pre-Bid, Q.C, etc.
                                                                   

Envelope and Exterior - Subtotal

  $ 0   $ 204,000   $ 448,950   $ 508,950   $ 1,108,400   $ 403,650   $ 711,250   $ 50,000   $ 0   $ 50,000   $ 0  
                                                                   

INTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

Common area flooring replacements at Buildings 10 and 11.

      50,000     50,000     50,000             50,000     50,000     50,000  

Restroom improvements at Building 10 and Building 11.

      25,000     25,000     25,000             25,000     25,000     25,000  

 

65


TRIBUNE STUDIOS

Hollywood, California

 

Description

  Immediate   Year 1   Year 2   Year 3   Year 4   Year 5   Year 6   Year 7   Year 8   Year 9   Year 10  

Comments

Replacement of wall insulation at sound stage buildings.

      42,000     42,000     42,000     42,000     42,000            
                                                                   

Interior Improvements - Subtotal

  $ 0   $ 117,000   $ 117,000   $ 117,000   $ 42,000   $ 42,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 75,000   $ 75,000   $ 75,000  
                                                                   

MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL

Allowance for anticipated replacement of rooftop package units and compressor/condensing units that can be completed as needed.

      148,580     148,580     148,580     148,580     148,580     85,620     105,650     105,650     105,650     105,650  

Allowance for providing control of additional equipment by the computerized control system on site.

                        Cost not included, as this is considered an upgrade to existing systems at the property.

Consideration should be given to completing a comprehensive site utility plan showing domestic water, fire water, sewer, natural gas, communications, and electrical systems.

                        Per discussion with the owner, a site utility plan has been completed.

Referred loads from one lightly loaded service in Building 11 that is in poor shape to another service that has capacity.

      20,000                    

Complete five year fire sprinkler certification required by the California State Fire Marshal.

    10,000                      

Equip Building 10, Stages 9A and 9B, and Stage 10 with a fire alarm system approved by the International Building Code effective January 1, 2008.

      85,000                     May be required by the City, in conjunction with any tenant improvement work, and the cost has already been incurred.

Equip Building 11 with a fire alarm system approved by The International Building Code effective January 1, 2008.

      92,000                     May be required by the City, in conjunction with any tenant improvement work.

Replace obsolete fire alarm panel for special systems at Building 21 and Master Control.

        15,000                   May be required by the City, in conjunction with any tenant improvement work.

Replace obsolete fire alarm panel for special systems at KTLA Administrative Offices.

        12,000                   May be required by the City, in conjunction with any tenant improvement work.
                                                                   

Mechanical/Electrical - Subtotal

  $ 10,000   $ 345,580   $ 175,580   $ 148,580   $ 148,580   $ 148,580   $ 85,620   $ 105,650   $ 105,650   $ 105,650   $ 105,650  
                                                                   

 

66


TRIBUNE STUDIOS

Hollywood, California

 

Description

  Immediate   Year 1   Year 2   Year 3   Year 4   Year 5   Year 6   Year 7   Year 8   Year 9   Year 10  

Comments

BUILDING EQUIPMENT

Modernize elevator in Building 21 with Microprocessor Controller and closed-loop door operator.

    50,000                      

Modernize elevator in Building 21 with a new car operating panel and hall stations that comply with ADA. Including illuminated alarm button and ADA telephone.

    6,500                      

Install ADA handrails in all five elevators.

    10,000                      

Install illuminated alarm buttons in four remaining elevators.

    8,000                      

Install new hydraulic cylinders with PVC liners on elevators in Building 21, Stage 1, and Stage 11.

        60,000         30,000             Work at Building 21 to proceed after current tenant vacates the space.
                                                                   

Building Equipment - Subtotal

  $ 74,500   $ 0   $ 60,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 30,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0  
                                                                   

CODE REVIEW

No issues were noted.

                       
                                                                   

Code Review - Subtotal

  $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0  
                                                                   

DISABLED ACCESSIBILITY

Stripe accessible paths-of-travel from buildings to accessible parking stalls.

    500                      

Provide grab bars at the freestanding disabled-accessible men’s and women’s restrooms at the Van Ness Gate.

    1,000                      

Lower mirrors to the accessible height at the freestanding disabled-accessible men’s and women’s restrooms at the Van Ness Gate.

    100                      

Provide cane detection warning at the disabled-accessible drinking fountain at the freestanding restrooms at the Van Ness Gate.

    400                      

 

67


TRIBUNE STUDIOS

Hollywood, California

 

Description

  Immediate   Year 1   Year 2   Year 3   Year 4   Year 5   Year 6   Year 7   Year 8   Year 9   Year 10  

Comments

Allowance for ADA modifications that are anticipated when KTLA vacates their space.

          25,000                 Any major renovations to the property are likely to require property ownership to conduct a full ADA review of the property.
                                                                   

Disabled Accessibility - Subtotal

  $ 2,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 25,000   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0  
                                                                   

SUBTOTAL

  $ 86,500   $ 666,580   $ 1,121,030   $ 1,524,530   $ 2,228,980   $ 1,165,730   $ 1,446,870   $ 155,650   $ 222,150   $ 230,650   $ 180,650  
                                                                   

GRAND TOTAL

  $ 9,029,320                      
                                                                   

 

68


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF NOTE

$                         

Los Angeles, California

                              , 2008

For value received,                                                                                                , a                                                                           (the “ Borrower ”), promises to pay to the order of                                                                           (the “ Lender ”), for the account of its Lending Office, the principal sum of                                                                                                                                                                                               and No/100 Dollars ($                      .00), or such lesser amount as shall equal the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement referred to below, on the dates and in the amounts provided in the Loan Agreement. The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Loan Agreement. Interest on any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest on the principal amount hereof shall bear interest at a rate per annum as provided in Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in Federal or other immediately available funds at the office of Wachovia Bank, National Association, Mail Code: CA 6500, 1800 Century Park East, Suite 500, Los Angeles, California 90067 Attention: Raquel Castro, or such other address as may be specified from time to time pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

All Loans made by the Lender, the respective maturities thereof, the interest rates from time to time applicable thereto and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed by the Lender on the schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the Lender to make, or any error of the Lender in making, any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Loan Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in that certain Loan Agreement dated as of May      , 2008 among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (as the same may be amended, restated or modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Terms defined in the Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Reference is made to the Loan Agreement for provisions for the prepayment and the repayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest, notice of demand, protest and nonpayment and any other notice required by law relative hereto, except to the extent as otherwise may be expressly provided for in the Loan Agreement.

The Borrower agrees, in the event that this Note or any portion hereof is collected by law or through an attorney at law, to pay all reasonable costs of collection, including, without

 

EXHIBIT D – Page 1


limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. This Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to the choice or conflict of law principles thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed under seal, by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

                                                                           ,
a                                                              

 

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

EXHIBIT D – Page 2


Note (cont’d)

LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

 

 

Date

  Type of
Loan
  Interest
Rate
  Amount of
Loan
  Amount of
Principal
Repaid
  Maturity Date   Notation
Made By
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

EXHIBIT D – Page 3


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

1. This Notice of Borrowing is executed and delivered by                                                                                   , a                                                                                   (“ Borrower ”) to Wachovia Bank (the “ Agent ”) for the Lenders pursuant to the Loan Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of May      , 2008, entered into by the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent. Any terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings defined in the Agreement.

2. The Borrower hereby requests that the Banks make a Loan for the account of the Borrower pursuant to the Agreement, as follows:

(a) Amount of Loan: $                              (minimum of $250,000).

(b) Date of Loan:                              , 20          .

(c) Loan Number:                                         

3. In connection with the Loan requested herein, the Borrower hereby represents, warrants and certifies to the Agent and the Lenders that, as of the date of the Loan requested herein: Subject to representations and warranties that, by nature, cannot remain true and correct, each representation and warranty made by the Borrower in Article IX of the Agreement will be true and correct, both immediately before and after such Loan is made, as though such representation and warranty was made on and as of the date of such Loan; and no Event of Default or event that upon notice or passage of time would constitute an Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing. (If any of the foregoing statements is not true and correct, attach a statement specifying in detail the circumstances thereof and the actions Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.)

4. The undersigned authorizes and requests Wachovia to make disbursements of the proceeds as follows:

 

            Deposit directly to Wachovia Bank, ABA#                                         
   Account Number                                                                  
   held in the name of                                                                       , or

 

            Wire transfer to                                          , ABA#                                         
   Account Number                                                                  
   held in the name of                                                                      
   Additional Wire Detail:                                                                      

 

EXHIBIT E – Page 1


This Notice of Borrowing is executed on                      , 20          , by a Responsible Officer of Borrower on behalf of Borrower. The undersigned, in such capacity, hereby certifies each and every matter contained herein to be true and correct.

Dated:                     

 

                                                                           ,
a                                                              

 

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Employer Identification No. [                      ]

 

EXHIBIT E – Page 2


EXHIBIT F

COMMITMENTS

 

    Title   Allocation   % of Aggregate
Wachovia Bank, N.A.   Administrative Agent   $39,000,000   100.00%

 

EXHIBIT F


EXHIBIT G

CLOSING REQUIREMENTS

The obligations of Administrative Agent and Lenders to make the Loans to Borrower and to perform the remainder of their obligations under the Agreement are expressly conditioned upon Administrative Agent’s receipt and approval of each of the following items and the satisfaction by Borrower of the following conditions:

1. Agreements . One copy, if any, of Borrower’s agreements with all other parties providing architectural, design or engineering services for the Project.

2. Appraisal . An appraisal of the Property in form and content satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion.

3. Inspection Reports . A copy of all inspection and test reports made by or for Borrower with respect to the Project.

4. Authorizations . All appropriate authorizations, permits and approvals for the Project. Copies of all development agreements and other agreements with any Governmental Authority or utility provider.

5. Title Report . The Preliminary Title Report and evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that the Title Company is prepared to issue the Title Insurance Policy and copies of recorded documents such as easements, liens or other matters of public record or known to Borrower affecting the Property.

6. Insurance . The policies of insurance required under Article V and Article VII of the Loan Agreement.

7. Good Standing - Borrower . Borrower shall have submitted to Administrative Agent (i) a certificate issued by the appropriate agency of the state of the Borrower’s formation and the State of California, certifying that Borrower is a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of such states, (ii) a copy of Borrower’s certificate of formation and all amendments thereto certified by the appropriate agency of the state of Borrower’s formation, (iii) a copy of the Borrower’s limited liability company agreement and all amendments thereto, and (iv) a copy of resolutions of the sole member of Borrower authorizing Borrower’s execution of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, which shall be certified as true and correct by the manager or sole member of Borrower.

8. Good Standing – Indemnitor. Indemnitor shall have submitted to Administrative Agent (i) a certificate issued by the appropriate agency of the state of the Indemnitor’s organization, certifying that Indemnitor is a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of such state, (ii) a copy of Indemnitor’s formation documents and all amendments thereto certified by the appropriate agency of the state of Indemnitor’s organization, and (iii) a copy of resolutions authorizing Indemnitor’s execution of the Loan Documents and the consummation of

 

EXHIBIT G – Page 1


the transactions contemplated thereby, which shall be certified as true and correct by the manager of Indemnitor.

9. Flood Zone . Evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent, as to whether (a) the Property is located in an area designated by the Department of Housing and Urban Development as having special flood or mudslide hazards, and (b) the community in which the Property are located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program.

10. Soils Tests . A soils sample test report as recommended by the environmental site assessment report for the Property.

11. Utilities . Evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent, that (a) telephone service, electric power, storm sewer, sanitary sewer and water facilities are available to the Property; (b) such utilities are or will be adequate to serve the Project; and (c) no conditions exist to affect Borrower’s right to connect into and have unlimited use of such utilities except for the payment of a normal connection charge and except for the payment of subsequent charges for such services to the utility supplier.

12. Approvals . Evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that all permits (including certificates of occupancy), variances, zoning approvals, or other required permissions for the operation and occupancy of the Project are in existence, and that the Project will be in full compliance with all Federal, State and local laws, and all rules or regulation governing the protection of the environment in all material respects.

13. Taxes, Etc . Evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that all real estate taxes, assessments, water, sewer or other charges levied or assessed against the Project have been paid in full (other than those that are payable but not yet delinquent).

14. Bankruptcy . Evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that there is not pending, at the time of closing, by or against the Borrower or Indemnitor, any petition for reorganization, or arrangement under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any other action brought under such law.

15. Environmental Assessment . An environmental assessment report for the Property, performed by an environmental engineer that is acceptable to Administrative Agent, and which assessment shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, in Administrative Agent’s sole discretion. Such report shall be addressed to such persons as Administrative Agent may require.

16. Financial Statements . Current financial statements required by Administrative Agent of Borrower and Indemnitor.

17. Non-Foreign Certificate . A certificate of non-foreign status.

18. Attorney Fees ’. The payment of attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket costs incurred by Administrative Agent to document and close the Loans.

 

EXHIBIT G – Page 2


19. Equity . Evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent of payment by Borrower (from its own funds and not from Loan proceeds) of not less than $38,700,000 toward the purchase price of the Property and/or other Project Costs.

20. Fees . Payment of all loan and other fees required pursuant to the Fee Letter and Loan Documents.

21. Survey . Administrative Agent shall have received and approved a current survey of the Property and Project.

22. Earthquake Insurance . Without limiting the other insurance requirements specified in this Agreement, Administrative Agent shall have reviewed and approved the earthquake insurance with respect to the Project, which shall be required in the event that the Probable Maximum Loss for the Project as determined by a qualified consultant satisfactory to Administrative Agent is greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total value of the Project.

23. Leases . Lease, estoppel certificate and subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from KTLA.

24. Operating Statements . Historical operating statements for the Project for the prior two (2) years.

25. NOI . Administrative Agent shall have determined (based upon an appraisal approved by Administrative Agent) that the annual net operating income from the Project (as stabilized) will be at least $3,500,000.

26. Other Items . Such other items or documents as Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

 

EXHIBIT G – Page 3


EXHIBIT H

DEPICTION OF RELEASE PARCEL

(Attached)

 

EXHIBIT H


LOGO

 


EXHIBIT I

SATELLITE D PARCEL PROPERTY DESCRIPTION

LOTS 3 AND 4 OF GRIDER AND HAMILTON S HOLLYWOOD TRACT, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 9 PAGE 12 OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

EXHIBIT I

EXHIBIT 10.24

CONDITIONAL CONSENT AGREEMENT

THIS CONDITIONAL CONSENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of this 10 th day of June, 2010, by and between GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), and SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Arizona corporation (“ Lender ”).

RECITALS:

A. Lender made a loan to Borrower in the original principal amount of $43,000,000.00 (the “ Loan ”), as evidenced by a certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated as of January 26, 2007, made payable by Borrower to the order of Lender (the “Note”), which Note is secured by an Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents dated as of January 26, 2007 and filed in the official records of the Recorder’s Office of Los Angeles County, California at Document No. 20070203632 (the “ Deed of Trust ”) encumbering certain real property in Los Angeles County, California, legally described in the Deed of Trust (the “ Property ”). The Note, the Deed of Trust and all other documents or instruments executed by the Borrower to evidence or secure the Loan, all as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, are referred to as the “ Loan Documents ”.

B. Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Existing Guarantor ”) has guaranteed certain obligations of Borrower with respect to the Loan pursuant to an Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 26, 2007 (the “ Existing Guaranty ”, and together with the Amended and Restated Environmental Indemnity Agreement dated as of January 26, 2007 executed by Existing Guarantor and Borrower (“ Existing Environmental Indemnity ”) and any other documents or instruments executed by Existing Guarantor in connection with the Loan (collectively, the “ Existing Guarantor Documents ”).

C. As of June 1, 2010, the outstanding principal balance of the Loan is $43,000,000.00. In connection with the modifications provided for herein, upon the IPO Closing Time (as defined below), certain modifications as described herein shall be made to the terms of the Loan.

D. Borrower has notified Lender of certain contemplated transactions described in: (a) that certain Contribution Agreement dated as of February 15, 2010 among Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (“ Operating Partnership ”), Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“ REIT ”), Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Contributor ”) and Glenborough Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and general partner of Contributor (“ Glenborough GP ”); and, (b) those sections entitled “Formation Transactions” and “Concurrent Private Placement” (collectively with the transactions described in the Contribution Agreement, the “ Formation Transactions ”) of that certain preliminary Prospectus of the REIT, a copy of which is contained in that certain Prospectus filed February 16, 2010 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Prospectus filed April 9, 2010


with the SEC (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, “ Prospectus ”). In connection with the Formation Transactions, there will be an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares in the REIT. Pursuant to the Formation Transactions, the Operating Partnership intends to acquire, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in the Borrower. The date and time as of which the proceeds of the IPO have been received by the REIT is sometimes referred to herein as the “ IPO Closing Time .”

E. Borrower has requested, and Lender has agreed, to consent to the Formation Transactions and the change in ownership and control of Borrower resulting from the Formation Transactions, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

F. Borrower has requested, and Lender has agreed, upon the conditions referenced in this Agreement, effective upon the IPO Closing Time, to release the Existing Guarantor under the Existing Guarantor Documents, other than for obligations that may exist or arise under the Existing Guarantor Documents by reason of any event or circumstance that occurred or existed prior to the IPO Closing Time, provided that Borrower delivers to the Lender a Guaranty Agreement (the “ Replacement Guaranty ”) and an Environmental Indemnity Agreement (the “ Replacement Environmental Indemnity ”) executed by the Operating Partnership (in such capacity as guarantor or indemnitor, “ Replacement Guarantor ”) in favor of Lender, dated on or about the IPO Closing Time and effective as of the IPO Closing Time, in substantially the forms attached as Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Replacement Guarantor Documents ”).

G. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to such terms in the Deed of Trust.

AGREEMENTS:

NOW, THEREFORE, the Borrower and the Lender agree effective upon the IPO Closing Time as follows:

Section 1. Reaffirmation of Loan . Borrower reaffirms all of its obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower acknowledges that its has no claims, offsets or defenses with respect to the payment of sums due under the Note or any other Loan Document.

Section 2. Lender’s Consent to Change in Control: Conditions to Consent .

(a) Conditional Consent . Pursuant to Section 5.4(a) of the Deed of Trust, and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Lender hereby consents to (i) the Formation Transactions (ii) and the issuance and transfer of public shares in the REIT and general and limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership in connection with the Formation Transactions and the IPO, (iii) the direct or indirect contribution of 100% of the membership interests in Borrower to the Operating Partnership, in one transaction or by a series of transactions, resulting in the Operating Partnership or a wholly-owned subsidiary thereof owning, directly or indirectly, 100% of the membership interests in Borrower, (iv) the change in ownership and control resulting from items (i), (ii) and (iii) above, and (iv) such modifications to Borrower’s organizational documents or the organizational documents of any direct or indirect owner of Borrower that are

 

2


necessary or desirable to implement the Formation Transactions and the IPO. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Borrower shall have no obligation to complete the Formation Transactions or the IPO.

(b) Conditions to Consent . The consent in subsection (a) above is conditioned upon the following:

(i) the Formation Transactions and the IPO shall be completed in all material respects by August 15, 2010;

(ii) there shall be no default or Event of Default continuing under the Loan Documents as of the IPO Closing Time;

(iii) as of IPO Closing Time, Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Certificate Concerning Governing Documents in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (“ Certificate Concerning Governing Documents ”;

(iv) as of IPO Closing Time, Borrower shall have paid to Lender a transfer fee in the amount of $430,000.00;

(v) as of IPO Closing Time, Victor J. Coleman, Howard Stern and Richard Fried will serve on the board of directors of the REIT and Victor J. Coleman and Howard Stern will (A) maintain an equity interest in either the REIT or the Operating Partnership, and (B) have senior management operating responsibilities for the REIT and Operating Partnership;

(vi) as of the IPO Closing Time, the Operating Partnership shall, directly or indirectly, own 100% of the outstanding membership interests in Borrower;

(vii) as of the IPO Closing Time, Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Certificate of Confirmation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (“ Certificate of Confirmation ”);

(viii) as of the IPO Closing Time, the Operating Partnership shall have delivered to the Lender a fully-executed original of each of the Replacement Guarantor Documents dated effective as of the IPO Closing Time;

(ix) as of the IPO Closing Time, the net worth of the Operating Partnership shall be equal to or greater than $200,000,000.00, it being agreed that the “net worth” of the Operating Partnership shall be equal to the excess of assets over liabilities, taking into account the effect of the IPO and related transactions, and, within thirty (30) days following the IPO Closing Time, the Operating Partnership shall deliver to Lender an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Operating Partnership as of the IPO Closing Time evidencing such net worth; and

(x) Borrower shall have paid or caused the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with this Agreement and review and

 

3


approval of the items set forth in this Section 2 and Section 3 below (including, without limitation, Lender’s outside counsel attorneys’ fees and expenses) promptly following Borrower’s receipt of Lender’s statement therefor.

Section 3. Lender’s Consent to Release of Existing Guarantor: Conditions to Consent . Lender hereby agrees that upon the occurrence of the following conditions, the Existing Guarantor shall automatically be released from any and all liabilities and obligations to Lender under the Existing Guarantor Documents, other than for obligations that may exist or arise under the Existing Guarantor Documents by reason of any event or circumstance that occurred or existed prior to the IPO Closing Time (herein, the “Non-Released Obligations”):

(a) the IPO and the Formation Transactions shall have occurred; and

(b) each of the conditions set forth in Section 2 above have been satisfied.

Borrower’s delivery to Lender of a Certificate of Confirmation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C as required pursuant to Section 2 above, together with the delivery of (1) an executed original of the Certificate Concerning Governing Documents, (2) executed originals of each of the Replacement Guarantor Documents, and (3) payment of all costs and expenses described in Section 2(b)(x), shall serve as conclusive evidence of satisfaction of all of the conditions Section 2(b) and Section 3 above, absent manifest error. The Existing Guarantor shall be an express third-party beneficiary of this Section 3.

Section 4. Modification of Loan Documents . Effective upon the IPO Closing Time, the Loan Documents are hereby amended as follows:

(a) Guaranty and Environmental Indemnity . From and after the IPO Closing Time and the delivery of the Guarantor Documents, all references in the Loan Documents to (i) the “Guaranty” shall mean the Existing Guaranty (but only with respect to the Non- Released Obligations) and the Guaranty, as defined in this Agreement, and (ii) the “Guarantor” shall mean the Existing Guarantor (but only with respect to the Non- Released Obligations) and Guarantor, as defined in this Agreement, and (iii) “Environmental Indemnity” shall mean the Existing Environmental Indemnity (but only with respect to the Non-Released Obligations) and the Environmental Indemnity, as defined in this Agreement.

(b) Additional Definitions . From and after the IPO Closing Time, the following definitions shall be added to Article 1 of the Deed of Trust:

“1.25 Affiliate: Any entity that, directly or indirectly (including through one or more intermediaries), Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Operating Partnership.

1.26 Control: Possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an entity, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

4


1.27 Operating Partnership: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership.

1.28 REIT: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.”

(c) Permitted Transfers . From and after the IPO Closing Time, Section 5.4(b) of the Deed of Trust shall be deleted and replaced with the following:

“(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.4(a) to the contrary, Beneficiary’s prior written consent shall not be required for the following transfers (each a “Permitted Transfer”):

(i) transfers of securities or other interests in the REIT in the ordinary course of business over a recognized stock exchange, provided that as a result of such transfer, and after giving effect thereto, (A) no substantial portion of the business of the REIT or the Operating Partnership shall be discontinued, and (B) no substantial portion of the assets of the REIT or the Operating Partnership shall be disposed of in connection therewith;

(ii) transfers or issuances of securities or other interests in the REIT in the ordinary course of business as part of an incentive compensation program for employees or directors of (1) the REIT, (2) the Operating Partnership, or (3) any Affiliate of the Operating Partnership, provided that as a result of such transfer or issuance, and after giving effect thereto, (A) no substantial portion of the business of the REIT or the Operating Partnership shall be discontinued, and (B) no substantial portion of the assets of the REIT or the Operating Partnership shall be disposed of in connection therewith;

(iii) provided that all of the Transfer Conditions (defined below) are satisfied, each of the following transfers:

(A) transfers of direct or indirect interests in Trustor to an Affiliate of the Operating Partnership, provided that after giving effect to any such transfer, the REIT directly or indirectly Controls such Affiliate;

(B) issuances and transfers (including pledges) of securities, options, warrants, or other interests in the REIT, whether directly or indirectly;

(C) issuances and transfers (including pledges) of partnership interests or other interests in the Operating Partnership, whether directly or indirectly; and

 

5


(D) a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities to which the REIT or the Operating Partnership is a party, provided that, after giving effect to any such transaction, the surviving entity shall be the REIT or the Operating Partnership, as applicable.

(c) “Transfer Conditions” means that, after giving effect to the proposed transfer or issuance, all of the following will be true and correct:

(i) the REIT continues to (A) Control, directly or indirectly, each of the Operating Partnership and Trustor, and (B) own, directly or indirectly, at least 51% of the ownership interests in the Operating Partnership that the REIT owned, directly or indirectly, as of the IPO Closing Time;

(ii) the Operating Partnership will continue to own, directly or indirectly, at least 51% of the ownership interests in Trustor;

(iii) as a result of the transfer or issuance (A) no substantial portion of the business of the REIT or the Operating Partnership shall be discontinued, and (B) no substantial portion of the assets of the REIT or the Operating Partnership shall be disposed of in connection therewith;

(iv) the IPO Directors shall continue to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the REIT. For purposes hereof, “ IPO Director ” means an individual who is (A) a member of the Board of Directors of the REIT as of the IPO Closing Time, or (B) a member of the Board of Directors of the REIT who either was nominated for membership on such Board of Directors or affirmatively endorsed for membership on such Board of Directors by at least a majority of the then IPO Directors (including any such IPO Director that qualifies as such pursuant to this clause (B)); and

(v) neither the transfer nor the transferee or any of its constituents shall be in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including without limitation, Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, and the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as such laws have been or may hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced, as evidenced by, among other

 

6


things, a certificate executed by such persons in form and substance satisfactory to Beneficiary.”

(d) Management . From and after the IPO Closing Time, the term “ Property Manager ” set forth in Section 4.23 shall mean the Operating Partnership or a wholly-owned subsidiary thereof (or another property manager approved by Beneficiary in its sole discretion), and “ Management Agreement ” shall mean a management agreement between Trustor and Property Manager in a form delivered to, and approved by, Beneficiary.

(e) Financial Statements . From and after the IPO Closing Time, Lender acknowledges and agrees that any requirement in the Loan Documents for the delivery of audited financial statements (but not Property operating statements or rent rolls) for the Borrower or the Guarantor shall be deemed to be satisfied by the delivery of audited consolidated financial statements for the REIT for the applicable period.

(f) Notices . From and after the IPO Closing Time, all notices under the Loan Documents shall be addressed as follows:

If to Borrower:

c/o Hudson Pacific Properties

11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

Attn: Mark Lammas

Telephone: (310) 445-5702

Facsimile: (310) 445-5710

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

355 S. Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: Brad Helms

Telephone: (213) 891-8640

Facsimile: (213) 891-8763

If to Lender:

SunAmerica Life Insurance Company

1999 Avenue of the Stars, 38 th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90067-6022

Attn: VP, Servicing – Commercial Mortgage Lending

(g) Insurance Agreement . From and after the IPO Closing Time, the term “Insurance Agreement” (as set forth in the Deed of Trust) shall mean that certain Agreement Concerning Insurance Requirements dated as of December 19, 2002,

 

7


executed by Trustor for the benefit of Beneficiary, as amended by the provisions of Section 9.22 of the Deed of Trust and as set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto.

(h) No Other Modifications . Except as set forth in this Section 4, the Loan Documents remain unmodified.

Section 5. Representations of Borrower . Borrower hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof and as of the IPO Closing Time upon giving effect to this Agreement, (a) the Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party and this Agreement constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other laws applicable to creditors’ rights or the collection of debtors’ obligations generally; (b) the consummation of the Formation Transactions and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and all documents contemplated hereby to be executed by Borrower do not contravene, result in a breach of or constitute a default under any deed of trust, deed to secure debt, mortgage, loan agreement, indenture or other contract, agreement or undertaking to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or any of its properties may be bound, including, without limitation, Borrower’s organizational documents (nor would such execution and delivery constitute such a default with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both) and, do not violate or contravene any law, order, decree, rule or regulation to which Borrower is subject; (c) to Borrower’s knowledge there exists no uncured default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents; and (d) there are no offsets, claims or defenses to the Loan Documents.

Section 6. Incorporation . This Agreement shall form a part of each Loan Document, and all references in any Loan Document to any other given Loan Document shall mean that document as modified by Section 4 above.

Section 7. No Prejudice; Reservation of Rights . This Agreement shall not prejudice any rights or remedies of Lender under the Loan Documents as modified hereby, all of which are hereby reserved. The consent contained in this Agreement shall not be deemed a consent by Lender to any future transfer, reorganization, recapitalization, conveyance, assignment or any other action for which Lender’s consent is required under the Loan Documents, other than the Formation Transactions, nor shall such consent constitute a contractual obligation to consent to any future transactions or any waiver of any requirement in the Loan Documents requiring Lender’s consent, other than the Formation Transactions.

Section 8. No Impairment . Except as amended by Section 4 above, the Loan Documents shall each remain unaffected by this Agreement and all such documents shall remain in full force and effect and unmodified. The Deed of Trust shall continue to secure payment and performance of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents as specifically modified and supplemented pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, and nothing in this Agreement shall impair the lien of the Deed of Trust.

Section 9. Integration . The Loan Documents, including this Agreement (a) integrate all the terms and conditions mentioned in or incidental to the Loan Documents; (b) supersede all oral negotiations and prior and other writings with respect to their subject matter; and (c) are intended by the parties as the final expression of the agreement with respect to the terms and

 

8


conditions set forth in those documents and as the complete and exclusive statement of the terms agreed to by the parties. If there is any conflict between the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement and those of any other agreement or instrument, including any of the other Loan Documents, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

Section 10. Miscellaneous . This Agreement and any attached consents or exhibits requiring signatures may be executed in counterparts (and delivered via facsimile or through electronic delivery of a PDF file), and all such counterparts and documents delivered via facsimile or through electronic delivery of a PDF file shall constitute but one and the same document. If any court of competent jurisdiction determines any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be deemed severed from the rest, which shall remain in full force and effect as though the invalid, illegal or unenforceable portion had never been a part of the Loan Documents. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of law rules of that State.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

LOGO

Title:  

             LOGO

LENDER:

SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,

an Arizona corporation

By:   AIG Asset Management (U.S.), LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Maria S. Campagna

Title:  

Vice President

 

10


EXHIBIT A

Form of Guaranty

GUARANTY AGREEMENT

This GUARANTY AGREEMENT (this “ Guaranty ”) is made as of              , 2010 and effective as of the IPO Closing Time (as defined below), by HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (the “ Guarantor ”), in favor of SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Arizona corporation (“ Lender ”).

RECITALS

A. Lender made a loan to Borrower in the original principal amount of $43,000,000.00 (the “ Loan ”), as evidenced by a certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated as of January 26, 2007, made payable by Borrower to the order of Lender (the “ Note ”), which Note is secured by an Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents dated as of January 26, 2007 and filed in the official records of the Recorder’s Office of Los Angeles County, California at Document No. 20070203632 (the “ Deed of Trust ”) encumbering certain real property in Los Angeles County, California, legally described in the Deed of Trust (the “ Property ”). The Note, the Deed of Trust and all other documents or instruments executed by the Borrower to evidence or secure the Loan, all as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, are referred to as the “ Loan Documents ”.

B. Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Existing Guarantor ”) has guaranteed certain obligations of Borrower with respect to the Loan pursuant to an Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 26, 2007 (the “ Existing Guaranty ”).

C. Borrower and Lender have entered into that certain Conditional Consent Agreement dated as of June      , 2010 (the “ Consent Agreement ”), pursuant to which Lender has consented to certain Formation Transactions (as defined therein), subject to the terms and conditions of the Consent Agreement. In connection with the Formation Transactions, there has been or will be an initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares in Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ REIT ”). Pursuant to the Formation Transactions, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”) has been formed as the operating partnership and principal subsidiary of the REIT. The Operating Partnership has acquired all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in the Borrower pursuant to a certain Contribution Agreement made by and among the members of Borrower and the Operating Partnership, and Borrower has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Operating Partnership. The date and time as of which the proceeds of the IPO have been received by the REIT is sometimes referred to herein as the “ IPO Closing Time .”

D. Pursuant to the Consent Agreement, Lender has also consented to the release of Existing Guarantor under the Existing Guaranty for any events occurring subsequent to the IPO

 

A-1


Closing Time, provided that, among other things, Guarantor execute and deliver this Guaranty to Lender.

E. The Guarantor owns all outstanding membership interests in the Borrower, and having a financial interest in the Borrower and the Property, has agreed to execute and deliver this Guaranty to the Lender upon the terms and conditions as are hereinafter set forth.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. Guaranty . Guarantor hereby guarantees absolutely, primarily, and irrevocably, payment and performance of all obligations for which Borrower has, or may incur, personal liability to Lender under Section 18 of the Note from and after the date of this Guaranty (collectively, the “ Obligations ”).

2. Guaranty is Independent and Absolute . The obligations of Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower and of any other person who may become liable with respect to the Obligations. Guarantor is jointly and severally liable with Borrower and with any other guarantor for the full and timely payment and performance of all of the Obligations. Guarantor expressly agrees that a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor (or any other guarantor), whether or not any action is brought against Borrower, any other guarantor or any other person for any Obligations guaranteed hereby and whether or not Borrower, any other guarantor or any other persons are joined in any action against Guarantor. Guarantor further agrees that Lender shall have no obligation to proceed against any security for the Obligations prior to enforcing this Guaranty against Guarantor, and that Lender may pursue or omit to pursue any and all rights and remedies Lender has against any person or with respect to any security in any order or simultaneously or in any other manner. All rights of Lender and all obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Note or any other Loan Document, and (b) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of Borrower in respect of, the Obligations.

3. Authorizations to Lender . Guarantor authorizes Lender, without notice or demand and without affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time (a) to renew, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, change, amend, alter, cancel, compromise or otherwise modify the terms of the Note, including increasing the rate or rates of interest thereunder agreed to by Borrower, and to grant any indulgences, forbearances, or extensions of time; (b) to renew, extend, change, amend, alter, cancel, compromise or otherwise modify any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of any of the Loan Documents or any of the Obligations; (c) to apply any security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Lender, in Lender’s discretion, may determine; (d) to proceed against Borrower, Guarantor or any other guarantor with respect to any or all of the Obligations without first foreclosing against any security therefor; (e) to exchange, release, surrender, impair or otherwise deal in any manner with, or waive, release or subordinate any security interest in, any security for the Obligations; (f) to release or substitute Borrower, any other guarantors, endorsers, or other parties who may

 

A-2


be or become liable with respect to the Obligations, without any release being deemed made of Guarantor or any other such person; and (g) to accept a conveyance or transfer to Lender of all or any part of any security in partial satisfaction of the Obligations, or any of them, without releasing Borrower, Guarantor, or any other guarantor, endorser or other party who may be or become liable with respect to the Obligations, from any liability for the balance of the Obligations.

4. Application of Payments Received by Lender . Any sums of money Lender receives from or for the account of Borrower may be applied by Lender to reduce any of the Obligations or any other liability of Borrower to Lender, as Lender in Lender’s discretion deems appropriate.

5. Waivers by Guarantor . In addition to all waivers expressed in any of the Loan Documents, all of which are incorporated herein by Guarantor:

(a) Guarantor hereby waives (1) presentment, demand, protest and notice of protest, notice of dishonor and of non-payment, notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, and diligence in collection; (2) notice of the existence, creation, or incurring of any new or additional Obligations under or pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; (3) any right to require Lender to proceed against, give notice to, or make demand upon Borrower; (4) any right to require Lender to proceed against or exhaust any security or to proceed against or exhaust any security in any particular order; (5) any right to require Lender to pursue any remedy of Lender; (6) any right to direct the application of any security held by Lender; (7) any right of subrogation, any right to enforce any remedy which Lender may have against Borrower, any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Lender and any right to reimbursement from the Borrower for amounts paid to Lender by Guarantor until all of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Deed of Trust) have been satisfied; (8) benefits, if any, of Guarantor under any anti-deficiency statutes or single-action legislation or judicial interpretation thereof; (9) any defense arising out of any disability or other defense of Borrower, including bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, cessation, impairment, modification, or limitation, from any cause, of any liability of Borrower, or of any remedy for the enforcement of such liability; (10) any statute of limitations affecting the liability of Guarantor hereunder; (11) any right to plead or assert any election of remedies by Lender; (12) any other defenses available to a surety under applicable law; (13) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or of any other fact that might increase Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (14) notice of any event of default under the Loan Documents; and (15) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to Guarantor hereunder or under any Loan Document to which Guarantor is a party) and demands to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.

(b) Guarantor hereby waives its right, under Sections 2845 or 2850 of the California Civil Code, or otherwise, to require Lender to institute suit against, or to exhaust any rights and remedies which Lender has or may have against, Borrower or any third party, or against any collateral for the Obligations provided by Borrower, Guarantor, or any third party. In this regard, Guarantor agrees that it is bound to the payment of all Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter accruing as fully as if such Obligations were directly owing to Lender by Guarantor. Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed

 

A-3


and indefeasibly paid) of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower in respect thereof.

(c) Guarantor hereby waives: (1) any rights to assert against Lender any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against Borrower or any other party liable to Lender; (2) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Obligations or any security therefor; (3) any defense Guarantor has to performance hereunder, and any right Guarantor has to be exonerated, provided by Sections 2819, 2822, or 2825 of the California Civil Code, or otherwise, arising by reason of: any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by Lender; the impairment or suspension of Lender’s rights or remedies against Borrower; the alteration by Lender of the Obligations; any discharge of Borrower’s obligations to Lender by operation of law as a result of Lender’s intervention or omission; or the acceptance by Lender of anything in partial satisfaction of the Obligations; (4) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

(d) Guarantor hereby waives any right of subrogation Guarantor has or may have as against Borrower with respect to the Obligations. In addition, Guarantor hereby waives any right to proceed against Borrower, now or hereafter for contribution, indemnity, reimbursement, and any other suretyship rights and claims, whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent, whether arising under express or implied contract or by operation of law, which Guarantor may now have or hereafter have as against Borrower with respect to the Obligations. Guarantor also hereby waives any rights to recourse to or with respect to any asset of Borrower. Guarantor agrees that in light of the immediately foregoing waivers, the execution of this Guaranty shall not be deemed to make Guarantor a “creditor” of Borrower, and that for purposes of Sections 547 and 550 of the Bankruptcy Code Guarantor shall not be deemed a “creditor” of Borrower.

(e) Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lender, even though that election of remedies, such as a non-judicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the principal by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise. Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that, as a result of the foregoing sentence, Guarantor is knowingly waiving in advance a complete or partial defense to this Guaranty arising under CCP Sections 580d or 580a and based upon Lender’s election to conduct a private non-judicial foreclosure sale, even though such election would destroy, diminish, or affect Guarantor’s rights of subrogation against Borrower or any other party and Guarantor’s rights to pursue Borrower or such other party for reimbursement contribution, indemnity, or otherwise.

(f) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT ANY AND ALL BENEFITS OR

 

A-4


DEFENSES ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY UNDER ANY ONE OR MORE OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2825, 2839, 2845, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433, CCP SECTIONS 580a, 580b, 580c, 580d, AND 726, AND CHAPTER 2 OF TITLE 14 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE.

(g) Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have because the Borrower’s debt is secured by real property. This means, among other things, (1) Lender may collect from the Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the Borrower; (2) if Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by the Borrower: (A) the amount of the debt may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and (B) Lender may collect from the Guarantor, even if Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right the Guarantor may have to collect from the Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses the Guarantor may have because the Borrower’s debt is secured by real property.

6. Subordination by Guarantor . Guarantor hereby agrees that any indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter created, shall be and is hereby subordinated to the indebtedness of Borrower to Lender under the Loan Documents. At any time during which a Default or Event of Default shall exist, Guarantor shall not accept or seek to receive any amounts from Borrower on account of any indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor.

7. Bankruptcy Reimbursements . Guarantor hereby agrees that if all or any part of the Obligations paid to Lender by Borrower or any other party liable for payment and satisfaction of the Obligations (other than Guarantor) are recovered from Lender in any bankruptcy proceeding, Guarantor shall reimburse Lender immediately on demand for all amounts of such Obligations so recovered from Lender, together with interest thereon at the default rate set forth in the Note from the date such amounts are so recovered until repaid in full to Lender, and, for this purpose, this Guaranty shall survive repayment of the Loan.

8. Net Worth and Liquid Assets Covenant . Until all of the Obligations have been paid in full, Guarantor shall maintain (i) a Net Worth at least equal to $100,000,000.00 and (ii) Liquid Assets having a market value of at least $5,000,000.00. Guarantor’s Net Worth and Liquid Assets shall be set forth in reasonable detail in the financial statements required to be delivered to Lender under this Guaranty. The term “Net Worth” shall mean, as of a given date, (x) the total assets of Guarantor as of such date less (y) such Guarantor’s total liabilities as of such date, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. The term “Liquid Assets” shall mean assets in the form of cash, cash equivalents, obligations of (or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by) the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided the full faith and credit of the United States supports such obligation or guarantee), certificates of deposit issued by a commercial bank having net assets of not less than $500,000,000.00, securities listed and traded on a recognized stock exchange or traded over the counter and listed in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotations, or liquid debt instruments that have a readily ascertainable value and are regularly traded in a recognized financial market.

 

A-5


9. Jurisdiction and Venue . Guarantor hereby submits itself to the jurisdiction and venue of any federal court located in the State of California or any state court located in Los Angeles County, California in connection with any action or proceeding brought for enforcement of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, and hereby waives any and all personal or other rights under the law of any other country or state to object to jurisdiction within such locations for purposes of litigation to enforce such obligations. Guarantor agrees that service of process upon Guarantor shall be complete upon delivery thereof in any manner permitted by law.

10. Financial Statements . In addition to those obligations set forth in any of the Loan Documents, for so long as any of the Obligations remain unsatisfied, within 90 days after the end of each calendar year, Guarantor shall furnish to Lender such financial statements of Guarantor for such calendar year as Lender may request, in such detail as Lender may request, certified by Guarantor as being true and correct in all respects. Guarantor shall also furnish to Lender copies of its federal and state income tax returns for the preceding year within ten (10) days of the filing thereof with the appropriate governmental agencies.

11. Assignability . This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and Guarantor’s heirs, representatives, successors, and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and Lender’s successors and assigns. This Guaranty shall follow the Note and other Loan Documents which are for the benefit of Lender, and, in the event the Note and other Loan Documents are negotiated, sold, transferred, assigned, or conveyed by Lender in whole or in part, this Guaranty shall be deemed to have been sold, transferred, assigned, or conveyed by Lender to the holder or holders of the Note and other Loan Documents, with respect to the Obligations contained therein, and such holder or holders may enforce this Guaranty as if such holder or holders had been originally named as Lender hereunder.

12. Payment of Costs of Enforcement . In the event any action or proceeding is brought to enforce this Guaranty, Guarantor shall pay all costs and expenses of Lender in connection with such action or proceeding, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender.

13. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given by Guarantor or Lender under this Guaranty shall be in writing and will be deemed given (a) upon personal delivery, (b) on the first business day after receipted delivery to a courier service which guarantees next-business day delivery, or (c) on the third business day after mailing, by registered or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, in any case to the appropriate party at its address set forth below:

If to Guarantor:

Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.

11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

Attn: Mr. Mark Lammas

 

A-6


If to Lender:

SunAmerica Life Insurance Company

1999 Avenue of the Stars, 38 th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90067-6022

Attn: VP, Servicing – Commercial Mortgage Lending

Either party may change such party’s address for notices or copies of notices by giving notice to the other party in accordance with this Section 13.

14. Reinstatement of Obligations . If at any time all or any part of any payment made by Guarantor or received by Lender from Guarantor under or with respect to this Guaranty is or must be rescinded or returned for any reason whatsoever (including, but not limited to, the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Guarantor), then the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall, to the extent of the payment rescinded or returned, and to the extent permitted by law, be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such previous payment made by Guarantor, or receipt of payment by Lender, and the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, as to such payment, all as though such previous payment by Guarantor had never been made.

15. Severability of Provisions . If any provision hereof or of any other Loan Document shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, then the remainder of the document in which such provision is set forth, the application of the provision to other persons, entities or circumstances, and any other document referred to herein shall not be affected thereby but instead shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

16. Joint and Several Obligation . If Guarantor is more than one person or entity, then (a) all persons or entities comprising Guarantor are jointly and severally liable for all of the Obligations; (b) all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Guarantor shall be deemed representations, warranties, and covenants of each of the persons or entities comprising Guarantor; (c) any breach, default or Event of Default by any of the persons or entities comprising Guarantor hereunder shall be deemed to be a breach, default, or Event of Default of Guarantor; and (d) any reference herein contained to the knowledge or awareness of Guarantor shall mean the knowledge or awareness of any of the persons or entities comprising Guarantor.

17. Waiver . Neither the failure of Lender to exercise any right or power given hereunder or to insist upon strict compliance by Borrower, Guarantor, any other guarantor, or any other person with any of its obligations set forth herein or in any of the Loan Documents, nor any practice of Borrower or Guarantor at variance with the terms hereof or of any Loan Documents, shall constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to demand strict compliance with the terms and provisions of this Guaranty.

18. Certain Waivers . GUARANTOR, BY SIGNING THIS GUARANTY, AND LENDER, BY ACCEPTING IT, EACH KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BASED ON THIS GUARANTY, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS

 

A-7


GUARANTY OR ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENT (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER AND GUARANTOR ENTERING INTO THE SUBJECT LOAN TRANSACTION.

19. Applicable Law . This Guaranty and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

20. Confirmation of IPO Closing Time . Upon Lender’s request, Guarantor shall provide written confirmation to Lender of the IPO Closing Time.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

A-8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.

 

GUARANTOR:

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a

Maryland limited partnership

By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

A-9


ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

THIS ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated              , 2010, and effective as of the IPO Closing Time (as defined in the Consent Agreement), is made by HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (“Indemnitor”), for the benefit of SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Arizona corporation (“Lender”), and the other “Indemnitees,” as hereinafter defined.

RECITALS

A. Lender made a loan to GLB Encino, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”) in the original principal amount of $43,000,000.00 (the “ Loan ”), as evidenced by a certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated as of January 26, 2007, made payable by Borrower to the order of Lender (the “ Note ”), which Note is secured by an Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents dated as of January 26, 2007 and filed in the official records of the Recorder’s Office of Los Angeles County, California at Document No. 20070203632 (the “ Deed of Trust ”) encumbering certain real property in Los Angeles County, California, legally described in the Deed of Trust (the “ Property ”). The Note, the Deed of Trust and all other documents or instruments executed by the Borrower to evidence or secure the Loan, all as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, are referred to as the “ Loan Documents ”.

B. Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Existing Guarantor ”) has guaranteed certain obligations of Borrower with respect to the Loan pursuant to an Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 26, 2007 (the “ Existing Guaranty ”), and Indemnitor has guaranteed certain obligations of Borrower with respect to the Loan pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Guaranty ”).

C. Pursuant to the Conditional Consent Agreement dated as of June      , 2010 by and between Borrower and Lender (“ Consent Agreement ”) Borrower has requested and Lender has agreed to consent to certain Formation Transactions (as defined in the Consent Agreement).

D. As a condition precedent to consenting to the Formation Transactions, Lender required that Indemnitor enter into this Agreement and Indemnitor’s covenants and obligations are independent of and in addition to Borrower’s obligations under the Note, Deed of Trust and the other documents governing, evidencing and securing the Loan, Existing Guarantor’s obligations under the Existing Guaranty and the Indemnitor’s obligations under the Guaranty.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Indemnitor hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Lender and Lender’s officers, directors, employees, agents, affiliates, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) as follows:

 

A-10


Section 1. Representations and Warranties . Indemnitor represents and warrants to the Indemnitees that:

(a) to the best of Indemnitor’s knowledge, except as disclosed in the Environmental Assessment, Hazardous Substances have not at any time been Released or disposed of on the Property in any quantity or manner which violates any Environmental Law (as each capitalized term is defined above or below in this Agreement);

(b) to the best of Indemnitor’s knowledge, except as disclosed in the Environmental Assessment, Borrower is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to the Property and the requirements of any permits issued under such Environmental Laws with respect to the Property;

(c) to the best of Indemnitor’s knowledge, there are no past, pending or threatened Environmental Claims against Indemnitor or the Property;

(d) to the best of Indemnitor’s knowledge, except as disclosed in the Environmental Assessment, there is no condition or occurrence at the Property that could reasonably be anticipated (i) to form the basis of any Environmental Claim against Indemnitor or the Property, or (ii) to cause the Property to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability thereof under any Environmental Law;

(e) to the best of Indemnitor’s knowledge, there are not now and never have been any underground storage tanks located on the Property;

(f) Indemnitor (i) is a limited partnership, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, (ii) has the power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and (iii) is duly qualified and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or in which failure to be duly qualified and in good standing would have an adverse effect on its business, operations, property or financial condition;

(g) Indemnitor has the power to execute, deliver and perform the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement;

(h) Indemnitor has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against Indemnitor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by principles of equity;

(i) neither the execution, delivery or performance by Indemnitor of this Agreement, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions hereof, will (i) contravene any provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the

 

A-11


creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any lien upon any of its property or assets pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, credit agreement, loan agreement or any other agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound or to which it may be subject, or (iii) violate any provision of Indemnitor’s organizational documents;

(j) no order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is required to authorize, or is required in connection with, the execution, delivery and performance by Indemnitor of this Agreement or the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement; and

(k) Borrower is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by all governmental bodies in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property.

For the purposes of this Section 1, the knowledge of Indemnitor shall mean the knowledge of any of the officers of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., the general partner of Indemnitor, and Indemnitor hereby represents that such officers are the most likely to know of such matters.

Section 2. Covenants . Indemnitor covenants and agrees as follows:

(a) Borrower will (i) comply with all Environmental Laws applicable to the ownership or use of the Property, (ii) use its best efforts to cause all tenants and other persons occupying the Property to comply with all Environmental Laws, (iii) immediately pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incurred in such compliance, and (iv) keep or cause the Property to be kept free and clear of any liens imposed thereon pursuant to any Environmental Laws.

(b) Borrower will not generate, use, treat, store, Release or dispose of, or permit the generation, use, treatment, storage, Release or disposal of, any Hazardous Substances on the Property, or transport or permit the transportation of any Hazardous Substances to or from the Property, in each case in any quantity or manner which violates any Environmental Law.

(c) If Lender (i) has knowledge of any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against Indemnitor or the Property or (ii) has reason to believe that the Borrower, Indemnitor or the Property are in violation of any Environmental Law or (iii) receives a request for an environmental site assessment report from a regulatory or other governmental entity with jurisdiction over Lender, then at Lender’s written request, at any time and from time to time, Indemnitor will provide to Lender an environmental site assessment report concerning the Property, prepared by an environmental consulting firm approved by Lender, indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Substances and the potential cost of any removal or remedial action in connection with any Hazardous Substances on the Property. Any such environmental site assessment report shall be conducted at Indemnitor’s sole cost and expense. If Indemnitor fails to deliver to Lender

 

A-12


any such environmental site assessment report within thirty (30) days after being requested to do so by Lender pursuant to this Section, Lender may obtain the same, and Indemnitor hereby grants to Lender and its agents access to the Property and specifically grants to Lender an irrevocable nonexclusive license to undertake such an assessment, and the cost of such assessment (together with interest thereon at the Default Rate as defined in the Note) will be payable by Indemnitor on demand.

(d) Lender may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, perform at its sole cost and expense an environmental site assessment report for the Property (provided that a copy of any such report is delivered to Indemnitor), and Indemnitor hereby grants to Lender and its agents access to the Property and specifically grants to Lender an irrevocable non-exclusive license to undertake such an assessment.

(e) Indemnitor will advise Lender in writing immediately upon learning of any of the following: (i) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against Borrower, Indemnitor or the Property; (ii) any condition or occurrence on the Property that (A) results in noncompliance by Borrower or Indemnitor with any applicable Environmental Law, or (B) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against Borrower, Indemnitor or the Property; (iii) any condition or occurrence on the Property that could reasonably be anticipated to cause the Property to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of the Property under any Environmental Law; and (iv) the taking of any removal or remedial action in response to the actual or alleged presence, in any quantity or manner which violates any Environmental Law, of any Hazardous Substances on the Property. Each such notice shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and Indemnitor’s response thereto. In addition, Indemnitor will provide Lender with copies of all written communications to or from Indemnitor and any governmental agency relating to Environmental Laws, all written communications to or from Indemnitor and any person relating to Environmental Claims, and such detailed reports of any Environmental Claim as may be requested by Lender.

(f) Lender shall have the right but not the obligation to participate in or defend, as a party if it so elects, any Environmental Claim. Without Lender’s prior written consent, Indemnitor shall not enter into any settlement, consent or compromise with respect to any Environmental Claim that might impair the value of the Property.

(g) At its sole expense, Indemnitor will conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Substances from the Property which must be so removed or cleaned up in accordance with the requirements of any applicable Environmental Laws, to the reasonable satisfaction of a professional environmental consultant selected by Lender, and in accordance with all such requirements and with orders and directives of all governmental authorities. If all or any portion of the Loan shall be outstanding, Indemnitor may prepay the Loan in full, together with all applicable prepayment penalties, in lieu of complying with the preceding sentence.

 

A-13


Section 3. Indemnity .

(a) Indemnitor agrees to defend (with attorneys satisfactory to the Indemnitees), protect, indemnify and hold harmless each of the Indemnitees and its respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents from and against any and all liabilities, obligations (including removal and remedial actions), losses, damages (including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages and punitive damages), penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and disbursements) of any kind or nature whatsoever that may at any time be incurred by, imposed on or asserted against any of them directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from (i) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Substances on the Property in any quantity or manner which violates Environmental Law, or the removal, handling, transportation, disposal or storage of such Hazardous Substances, (ii) any Environmental Claim with respect to Borrower, Indemnitor or the Property, or (iii) the exercise of any Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Matters”), regardless of when such Indemnified Matters arise, but excluding any Indemnified Matter with respect to Hazardous Substances first placed or Released on the Property after the later of (1) the date neither Borrower, Indemnitor nor any of their respective affiliates holds title to or any other interest in or lien on the Property, or (2) the payment in full of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Deed of Trust). To the extent that this indemnity is unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, Indemnitor agrees to contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to contribute under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Matters.

(b) Indemnitor agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all sums paid and costs incurred by such Indemnitee with respect to any Indemnified Matter within ten (10) days following written demand therefor, with interest thereon at the Default Rate (as defined in the Note) if not paid within such ten (10) day period.

(c) Should any Indemnitee institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or in arbitration, to enforce any provision of this Agreement (including an action for declaratory relief or for damages by reason of any alleged breach of any provision of this Agreement) or otherwise in connection with this Agreement or any provision hereof, it shall be entitled to recover from Indemnitor its reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in connection therewith if it is the prevailing party in such action or proceeding.

Section 4. Events of Default . Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an “Event of Default”):

(a) if any of the representations and warranties contained in Section 1 shall prove to be untrue in any respect; or

(b) if Indemnitor fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement within fifteen (15) days following written notice thereof from Lender; provided that if such nonperformance is incapable of cure within such fifteen (15) day period, no Event

 

A-14


of Default shall occur hereunder if Indemnitor has commenced a program to perform such obligations, which program is satisfactory to Lender in its sole and absolute discretion and is in accordance with applicable law, and is diligently pursuing such program to completion; and provided further that if a shorter cure period or notice requirement for any particular failure to perform is provided by applicable law or this Agreement, such specific provision shall control;

then and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, Lender may do or cause to be done whatever is necessary in its sole judgment to cause the Property to comply with applicable Environmental Laws, and the cost thereof (together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, as defined in the Note) shall become immediately due and payable by Indemnitor without notice. Indemnitor shall and does hereby grant to Lender and its agents access to the Property and hereby specifically grants to Lender an irrevocable, non exclusive license to do whatever is necessary in Lender’s judgment to cause the Property to so comply, including, without limitation, to enter the Property and remove therefrom any Hazardous Substances.

Section 5. Recourse Obligations .

(a) Indemnitor agrees that notwithstanding any term or provision contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the obligations of Indemnitor as set forth in this Agreement shall be exceptions to any non-recourse or exculpatory provision relating to the Loan, and Indemnitor shall be fully liable for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, and such liability shall not be limited to the original principal amount of the Loan.

(b) The liability of Indemnitor under this Agreement shall in no way be limited to or impaired by any amendment or modification of the provisions of the Loan Documents unless such amendment or modification expressly refers to this Agreement. In addition, the liability of Indemnitor under this Agreement shall in no way be limited or impaired by (i) any extensions of time for performance required by any of the Loan Documents, (ii) any sale, assignment or foreclosure of the Note or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Property, (iii) any exculpatory provision in any of the Loan Documents limiting any Indemnitee’s recourse to property encumbered by the Deed of Trust or to any other security, or limiting the Indemnitees’ rights to a deficiency judgment against Indemnitor, (iv) the accuracy or inaccuracy of the representations and warranties made by Indemnitor under any of the Loan Documents, (v) the release of Indemnitor or any other person from performance or observance of any of the agreements, covenants, terms or conditions contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than this Agreement) by operation of law, any Indemnitee’s voluntary act, or otherwise, (vi) the release or substitution in whole or in part of any security for the Note or (vii) Lender’s failure to record the Deed of Trust or file any Financing Statements (or Lender’s improper recording or filing of any thereof) or to otherwise perfect, protect, secure or insure any security interest or lien given as security for the Note; and, in any such case, whether with or without notice to Indemnitor and with or without consideration.

 

A-15


Section 6. Independent Obligations . This Agreement is intended to create obligations that are separate and independent of Borrower’s obligations under the Note, Deed of Trust and other Loan Documents, and Indemnitor’s obligations hereunder are not secured by the Deed of Trust and the other Loan Documents.

Section 7. Survival .

(a) The representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities set forth in this Agreement shall survive the repayment of the Loan, the release of the lien of the Deed of Trust, any foreclosure of the Deed of Trust or the delivery of a deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, and the transfer of any interest in and to the Property; provided, however, that the covenants contained in subsections 2(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (g) hereof shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) repayment of the Loan, or (ii) a permitted sale of the Property and assumption of the Loan.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of Indemnitor, the Indemnitees, and their respective successors and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of each assignee or holder of the Note and each of such assignee’s or holder’s officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indemnitor, without the prior written consent of Lender in each instance, may not assign, transfer or set over in whole or in part, all or any part of its benefits, rights, duties and obligations hereunder.

Section 8. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Hazardous Substances” means (a) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (b) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental authority, including, without limitation, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials in any form, lead-based paint, any radioactive materials and polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCB’s”), or substances or compounds containing PCB’s.

“Environmental Law” means any federal, state or local law, whether common law, court or administrative decision, statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, court order or decree, or administrative order or any administrative policy or guidelines concerning action levels of a governmental authority (federal, state or local) now or hereafter in effect relating to the environment, public health, occupational safety, industrial hygiene, any Hazardous Substance (including, without limitation, the disposal, generation, manufacture, presence, processing, production, Release, storage, transportation, treatment or use thereof), or the environmental conditions on, under or about the Property, as amended and as in effect from time to time (including, without limitation, the following statutes and all regulations thereunder as amended and in effect from time to time: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601, et seq.; the Superfund Amendments

 

A-16


and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Title III, 42 U.S.C. §§ 11001, et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401, et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 300(f), et seq.; the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901, et seq.; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5101, et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901, et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601, et seq.; the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651, et seq.; and any successor statutes and regulations to the foregoing).

“Environmental Claims” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of non-compliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law (hereafter “Claims”) or any permit issued under any such Environmental Law, including without limitation (a) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, and (b) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Substances or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment.

“Release” means disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, leaking, leaching, dumping, emitting, escaping, emptying, seeping, placing and the like, into or upon any land or water or air, or otherwise entering into the environment.

“Environmental Assessment” means the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment prepared in connection with the 2002 Loan by LAW Engineering and Environmental Services for the benefit of Lender.

Section 9. Miscellaneous .

(a) If Indemnitor is more than one person or entity, then (i) all persons or entities comprising Indemnitor are jointly and severally liable for all of the Indemnitor’s obligations hereunder; (ii) all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Indemnitor shall be deemed representations, warranties, and covenants of each of the persons or entities comprising Indemnitor; (iii) any breach, Default or Event of Default by any of the persons or entities comprising Indemnitor hereunder shall be deemed to be a breach, Default, or Event of Default of Indemnitor; and (iv) any reference herein contained to the knowledge or awareness of Indemnitor shall mean the knowledge or awareness of any of the persons or entities comprising Indemnitor.

(b) Indemnitor waives any right or claim of right to cause a marshalling of its assets or to cause any Indemnitee to proceed against any of the security for the Loan before proceeding under this Agreement. Indemnitor expressly waives and relinquishes all present or future rights, remedies, or circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge of Indemnitor or which might otherwise impair the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. Indemnitor hereby agrees to postpone the exercise of any and all rights of subrogation to the rights of any Indemnitee against Indemnitor

 

A-17


hereunder and any rights of subrogation to any collateral securing the Loan, until all obligations of Indemnitor to the Indemnitees hereunder have been performed in full and all principal, interest and other sums evidenced or secured by the Loan Documents shall have been paid in full.

(c) Any party liable upon or in respect of this Agreement or the Loan may be released without affecting the liability of any party not so released.

(d) No failure or delay on the part of any of the Indemnitees in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document and no course of dealing between Indemnitor and the Indemnitees (or any of them) shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights, powers and remedies herein or in any other Loan Document expressly provided are cumulative with and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies which the Indemnitees or any of them would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on Indemnitor in any case shall, ipso facto, entitle Indemnitor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Indemnitees to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand where notice or demand is not otherwise required.

(e) All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered to Borrower and Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Deed of Trust, and to Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Guaranty.

(f) Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated unless such change, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

(g) LENDER AND INDEMNITOR KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BASED ON THIS AGREEMENT, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENT (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER AND INDEMNITOR TO ENTER INTO THE LOAN TRANSACTION EVIDENCED BY THE NOTE.

(h) This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law of the State of California.

(i) All pronouns and any variations of pronouns herein shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the parties

 

A-18


may require. Whenever the terms herein are singular, the same shall be deemed to mean the plural, as the identity of the parties or the context requires and vice versa.

(j) This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute a duplicate original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Balance of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Indemnitor has executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INDEMNITOR:

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a

Maryland limited partnership

By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

A-20


EXHIBIT B

Certificate Concerning Governing Documents

CERTIFICATE CONCERNING GOVERNING DOCUMENTS

This Certificate Concerning Governing Documents (“ Certificate ”) is made              , 2010 and effective as of the IPO Closing Time (as defined in the Consent Agreement) by GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”) to SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Arizona corporation (“ Lender ”).

This Certificate is given to Lender in connection with the Conditional Consent Agreement dated as of June      , 2010 (the “ Consent Agreement ”) by and between Lender and Borrower and the “Formation Transactions” described therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given them in the Consent Agreement.

Borrower hereby certifies to Lender that:

(i) (A) the Certificate of Formation and Operating Agreement of Borrower, and any amendments thereto (the “ Current Governing Documents ”) that were attached to that certain Certificate Concerning Governing Documents made by Borrower in favor of Lender and dated as of January 26, 2007 remain true, correct and complete as of the date of this Certificate and (B) immediately prior to the IPO Closing Time, the Operating Agreement of Borrower will be amended and restated pursuant to the form thereof attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the Current Governing Documents, as so amended, the “ Amended Governing Documents ”) and that, as of the IPO Closing Time, such Amended Governing Documents will not have been further modified or amended, and shall be in full force and effect,

(ii) the individuals authorized to execute and deliver the Certificate of Confirmation on behalf of Borrower are                      ,

(iii) the taxpayer identification number of Borrower is                      ,

(iv) attached hereto as Schedule A are organizational charts of Borrower accurately and completely reflecting the direct and indirect ownership of Borrower at all levels both immediately prior to and immediately after the consummation of the Formation Transactions and the IPO Closing Time, and

(v) both as of the date hereof and as of the IPO Closing Time, Borrower does not receive more than 5% of its revenues from business conducted in or with countries sanctioned by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control, except in compliance with the “Country Sanction Programs” promulgated thereby.

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this certificate as of the date set forth above.

 

BORROWER:
GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

B-2


Schedule 1

to

Certificate Concerning Governing Documents

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BORROWER

 

B-3


Schedule A

to

Certificate Concerning Governing Documents

BEFORE AND AFTER ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

Certificate of Confirmation

CERTIFICATE OF CONFIRMATION

THIS CERTIFICATE OF CONFIRMATION (this “Certificate”) is made by GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), for the benefit of SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Arizona corporation (“Lender”) as of this      day of          , 2010 as follows:

1. Reference is hereby made to that certain Conditional Consent Agreement dated June      , 2010 by and between Borrower and Lender (“ Consent Agreement ”). All capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Consent Agreement.

2. Pursuant to the Consent Agreement, Borrower is to deliver a Certificate of Confirmation to Lender to serve as confirmation that the conditions set forth in Section 2(b) and Section 3 of the Consent Agreement have been satisfied (“ Conditions to Consent ”).

3. Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender that as of the date set forth above, the Conditions to Consent are satisfied and the IPO Closing occurred as of              , 2010. Borrower agrees if the foregoing representation is false or misleading in any material respect, then (i) Lender’s consent and agreements pursuant to and as set forth in the Consent Agreement shall be of no force or effect (including, without limitation, any release by Lender of the Existing Guarantor), and (ii) such breach shall constitute an unpermitted transfer of interests of Borrower in violation of Section 5.4(a) of the Deed of Trust and an Event of Default under the Loan Documents.

 

GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[signatures continue on following page]

 

C-1


By execution below, Guarantor and Existing Guarantor each hereby: (i) acknowledge and agree that it has received a copy of the Consent Agreement and all documents referenced therein, (ii) consent to the amendments and modifications to the Loan Documents set forth in the Consent Agreement, and to the transactions described therein, (iii) consent to the execution and delivery by Borrower of this Certificate, the Consent Agreement, and all documents entered into in connection with the transactions described therein, and (iv) confirm that its obligations under the Existing Guarantor Documents (subject to the terms of the Consent Agreement and this Certificate) or the Guarantor Documents (as applicable), in each case as amended and modified by the Consent Agreement and subject to the terms of this Certificate, are hereby ratified and confirmed and remain in full force and effect. Except as expressly set forth otherwise, nothing contained in this Certificate, the Consent Agreement or any of the documents entered into in connection therewith, shall be deemed to waive, release, limit or modify any obligation of Guarantor or Existing Guarantor relating to or otherwise connected with any Guarantor Document or Existing Guarantor Document (as applicable) or the Loan.

 

GUARANTOR:
HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership
By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

EXISTING GUARANTOR:
MORGAN STANLEY REAL ESTATE FUND V U.S., L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:   MSREF V U.S.-GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

Modifications to Insurance Agreement

 

SECTION

  

MODIFICATION

A(vi)    Delete and replace with “Earthquake insurance in an amount equal to the probably maximum loss (PML) less the earthquake deductible of 5%.”
F(i)    Amend Best key Rating Guide to A VII.
F(ii)    Amend requirement for requirement for delivery of certificates to the following “within 15 days after coverage is in force.” Delete requirement for certified copies of policies; copies of insurance certificates should suffice.
F(vi)   

(i)     Delete entire paragraph, substitute the following:

  

Cut-through Clause : Lender retains the right to require a “cut-through” clause on any policy and at any time, should Lender determine that the insurer’s actual or projected solvency jeopardizes the interest of Lender as a mortgagee or additional insured.

 

D-1

EXHIBIT 10.25

LOGO

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES

 

Recording requested by:

 

And when recorded mail to:

 

Otten, Johnson, Robinson,

Neff & Ragonetti, P.C.

950 Seventeenth Street

Suite 1600

Denver, Colorado 80202

 

Attention: Mark F. Copertino, Esq.

   LOGO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT, FIXTURE FILING, FINANCING

STATEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS

 

TRUSTOR:   

GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

400 South El Camino Real, 11 th Floor

San Mateo, California 94402

Attention: Tracey Perry

BENEFICIARY:   

SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
    an Arizona corporation

c/o AIG Global Investment Corp.

1 SunAmerica Center, 38 th Floor

Century City

Los Angeles. California 90067-6022

Attention: Director-Mortgage Lending and Real Estate

TRUSTEE:   

FIRST AMERICAN TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY,

a California corporation

555 Marshall Street

Redwood City, California 94063

AMOUNT SECURED:    $43,000,000.00
GOVERNING LAW:    CALIFORNIA


AMENDED AND RESTATED

DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT, FIXTURE FILING, FINANCING

STATEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT, FIXTURE FILING, FINANCING STATEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS (this “Deed of Trust”) is given as of January 26, 2007, by GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Trustor”), to FIRST AMERICAN TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY, a California corporation (“Trustee”), for the use and benefit of SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Arizona corporation (“Beneficiary”).

RECITALS

A. On or about December 19, 2002, Beneficiary made a $33,000,000.00 loan (the “2002 Loan”) to Trustor, which 2002 Loan is (i) evidenced by a Promissory Note in the principal amount of the 2002 Loan dated as of December 19, 2002 (the “2002 Note”), and (ii) secured by, among other things, a Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents (the “2002 Deed of Trust”) dated as of December 19, 2002, granted by Trustor for the benefit of Beneficiary encumbering certain real property commonly known as the First Financial Plaza, Encino, California, and more particularly described in the 2002 Deed of Trust and in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Property”). The 2002 Deed of Trust was recorded on December 27, 2002, in the Los Angeles County. California records as Instrument No. 02-3184851.

B. On or about September 16, 2004, Trustor and Beneficiary (i) amended the 2002 Note pursuant to an Amendment to Promissory Note dated as of September 16, 2004 (the “Note Amendment”), and (ii) amended the 2002 Deed of Trust pursuant to a Deed of Trust and Loan Modification Agreement dated as of September 16, 2004, and recorded on September 21, 2004, in the Los Angeles County, California records as Instrument No. 04-2419309 (the “Modification Agreement”).

C. The 2002 Note, as amended by the Note Amendment, is referred to hereinafter as the “Original Note.” The 2002 Deed of Trust, as modified by the Modification Agreement, is referred to hereinafter as the “Original Deed of Trust.”

D. As of the date of this Deed of Trust, the outstanding principal balance existing under the Original Note is $30,838,395.85, and there is no accrued and unpaid interest due thereon.

E. On or about the date hereof, Beneficiary is making an additional advance to Trustor in the amount of $12,161,604,15 (the “Additional Advance”), such that the aggregate indebtedness owing by Trustor to Beneficiary under the Original Note and the Additional Advance will be, as of the date of such Additional Advance, $43,000,000.00.

F. Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “Amended and Restated Note”) dated as of the date hereof in the original principal amount of


$43,000,000.00, Trustor and Beneficiary are consolidating, amending and restating the Original Note and the Additional Advance.

G. In connection with the Additional Advance, Trustor and Beneficiary hereby desire to amend, restate and replace in its entirety the terms of the Original Deed of Trust to (i) secure the Amended and Restated Note, and (ii) reflect certain other agreements, as hereinafter provided.

H. This Deed of Trust shall be effective as of the date Beneficiary makes the Additional Advance to Trustor, and upon Trustor making such Additional Advance, this Deed of Trust shall amend, modify and restate in its entirety, the Original Deed of Trust.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Trustor hereby agrees as follows:

ARTICLE 1

PARTIES, PROPERTY, AND DEFINITIONS

The following terms and references shall have the meanings indicated:

1.1 Beneficiary: The Beneficiary named in the introductory paragraph of this Deed of Trust, whose legal address is c/o A1G Global Investment Corp. 1 SunAmerica Center. 38th Floor, Century City, Los Angeles, California 90067-6022, together with any future holder of the Note.

1.2 Chattels: All goods, fixtures, inventory, equipment, building and other materials, supplies, and other tangible personal property of every nature, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Trustor, used, intended for use, or reasonably required in the construction, development, or operation of the Property, together with all accessions thereto, replacements and substitutions therefor, and proceeds thereof.

1.3 Controlling Persons: Collectively, (a) if Trustor is a partnership or joint venture, all general partners or joint venturers of Trustor, (b) Guarantor, (c)any other party directly liable for payment of the Secured Obligations, whether as maker, endorser, guarantor, surety, general partner, or otherwise, and (d) any successor to any of the foregoing.

1.4 Default: Any matter which, with the giving of notice, passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

1.5 Environmental Indemnity Agreement: The Amended and Restated Environmental Indemnity Agreement of even date herewith made by Trustor and Guarantor for the benefit of Beneficiary.

 

2


1.6 ERISA: The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, together with all rules and regulations issued thereunder.

1.7 Event of Default: As defined in Article 6.

1.8 Guarantor: Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S., L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

1.9 Guaranty Agreement: The Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement of even date herewith made by Guarantor for the benefit of Beneficiary.

1.10 Insurance Agreement: The Agreement Concerning Insurance Requirements dated as of December 19, 2002. executed by Trustor for the benefit of Beneficiary, as amended by the provisions of Section 9.22 of this Deed of Trust.

1.11 Intangible Personality: The right to use all trademarks and trade names and symbols or logos used in connection therewith, or any modifications or variations thereof, in connection with the operation of the improvements existing or to be constructed on the Property, together with all accounts, deposit accounts, letter of credit rights, investment property, monies in the possession of Beneficiary (including, without limitation, proceeds from insurance, retainages and deposits for taxes and insurance), Permits, contract rights (including, without limitation, rights to receive insurance proceeds) and general intangibles (whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and including proceeds thereof) relating to or arising from Trustor’s ownership, use, operation, leasing, or sale of all or any part of the Property, specifically including but in no way limited to any right which Trustor may have or acquire to transfer any development rights from the Property to other real property, and any development rights which may be so transferred.

1.12 Lease Certificate: The Certificate of even date herewith made by Trustor to Beneficiary concerning Leases of the Property.

1.13 Leases: Any and all leases, subleases and other agreements under the terms of which any person other than Trustor has or acquires any right to occupy or use the Property, or any part thereof.

1.14 Loan: The loan from Beneficiary to Trustor evidenced by the Note.

1.15 Loan Documents: The Note, all of the deeds of trust, mortgages, security agreements and other documents securing or executed and delivered in connection with the Note, including this Deed of Trust, the Insurance Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the Guaranty Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Lease Certificate and each other document executed or delivered in connection with the transaction pursuant to which the Note has been executed and delivered. The term “Loan Documents” also includes all modifications, extensions, renewals, and replacements of each document referred to above.

1.16 Lockbox Agreement: The Lockbox Deposit Service Agreement dated as December 19, 2002, among Trustor, Beneficiary, the “Servicer” referenced therein and the

 

3


“Depository Bank” referenced therein, as amended by the Amendment to Lockbox Agreement of even date herewith.

1.17 Note: The Amended and Restated Promissory Note of even dale herewith payable to the order of Beneficiary in the principal face amount of $43,000.000.00, the last payment under which is due on December 1, 2011, or, if extended by Beneficiary pursuant to its terms, December 1, 2016, unless such due date is accelerated, together with all renewals, extensions and modifications of such promissory note. All terms and provisions of the Note are incorporated by this reference in this Deed of Trust.

1.18 Permits: All permits, licenses, certificates and authorizations necessary for the beneficial development, ownership, use, occupancy, operation and maintenance of the Property.

1.19 Permitted Exceptions: The matters (excluding matters of survey) set forth in Schedule B-I of the title insurance policy insuring the lien created by this Deed of Trust, in form and substance satisfactory to, and accepted by, Beneficiary, that Trustor has caused to be delivered to Beneficiary in connection with the Loan.

1.20 Pledge Agreement: The Pledge and Cash Collateral Agreement dated as of December 19, 2002, among Trustor, Beneficiary and the “Servicer” referenced therein, as amended by the Amendment to Pledge Agreement of even date herewith.

1.21 Property: The tract or tracts of land described in Exhibit A attached, together with the following:

(a) All buildings, structures, and improvements now or hereafter located on such tract or tracts, as well as all rights-of-way, easements, and other appurtenances thereto;

(b) Any land lying between the boundaries of such tract or tracts and the center line of any adjacent street, road, avenue, or alley, whether opened or proposed;

(c) All of the rents, income, receipts, revenues, issues and profits of and from such tract or tracts and improvements;

(d) All (i) water and water rights (whether decreed or undecreed, tributary, nontributary or not nontributary, surface or underground, or appropriated or unappropriated); (ii) ditches and ditch rights; (iii) spring and spring rights: (iv) reservoir and reservoir rights; and (v) shares of stock in water, ditch and canal companies and all other evidence of such rights, which are now owned or hereafter acquired by Trustor and which arc appurtenant to or which have been used in connection with such tract or tracts or improvements:

(e) All minerals, crops, timber, trees, shrubs, flowers, and landscaping features now or hereafter located on, under or above such tract or tracts;

(f) All machinery, apparatus, equipment, fittings, fixtures (whether actually or constructively attached, and including all trade, domestic, and ornamental fixtures)

 

4


now or hereafter located in, upon, or under such tract or tracts or improvements and used or usable in connection with any present or future operation thereof, including but not limited to all healing, air-conditioning, freezing, lighting, laundry, incinerating and power equipment; engines; pipes; pumps; tanks; motors; conduits; switchboards; plumbing, lifting, cleaning, fire prevention, fire extinguishing, refrigerating, ventilating, cooking, and communications apparatus; boilers, water heaters, ranges, furnaces, and burners; appliances; vacuum cleaning systems; elevators; escalators; shades; awnings; screens; storm doors and windows; stoves; refrigerators; attached cabinets; partitions; ducts and compressors; rugs and carpets; draperies: and all additions thereto and replacements therefor;

(g) All development rights associated with such tract or tracts, whether previously or subsequently transferred to such tract or tracts from other real property or now or hereafter susceptible of transfer from such tract or tracts to other real property;

(h) All awards and payments, including interest thereon, resulting from the exercise of any right of eminent domain or any other public or private taking of, injury to, or decrease in the value of, any of such property; and

(i) All other and greater rights and interests of every nature in such tract or tracts and in the possession or use thereof and income therefrom, whether now owned or subsequently acquired by Trustor.

1.22 Secured Obligations: All present and future obligations of Trustor to Beneficiary evidenced by or contained in the Note, this Deed of Trust and all other Loan Documents (excluding the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, which is not secured by this Deed of Trust), whether stated in the form of promises, covenants, representations, warranties, conditions, or prohibitions or in any other form. If the maturity of the Note secured by this Deed of Trust is accelerated, then the Secured Obligations shall also include an amount equal to any prepayment premium which would be payable under the terms of the Note as if the Note were prepaid in full on the date of the acceleration. If under the terms of the Note no voluntary prepayment would be permissible on the date of such acceleration, then the prepayment fee or premium to be included in the Secured Obligations shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the highest prepayment fee or premium set forth in the Note, calculated as of the date of such acceleration, as if prepayment were permitted on such date.

1.23 Trustee: The Trustee named in the introductory paragraph of this Deed of Trust, whose address is 555 Marshall Street, Redwood City, California 94063.

1.24 Trustor: The Trustor named in the introductory paragraph of this Deed of Trust (Taxpayer I.D. No. 94-3231041; Organizational I.D. No. 3504518), whose legal address is 400 South El Camino Real, 11 th Floor, San Matco, California 94402, together with any future owner of the Property or any part thereof or interest therein.

 

5


ARTICLE 2

GRANTING CLAUSE

2.1 Grant to Trustee. As security for the Secured Obligations. Trustor hereby grants, bargains, sells, warrants and conveys the Property to Trustee, in trust, with power of sale, for the use and benefit of Beneficiary, and subject to all provisions hereof.

2.2 Security Interest to Beneficiary. As additional security for the Secured Obligations, Trustor hereby grants to Beneficiary a security interest in the Property, Chattels and Intangible Personality. To the extent any of the Property, Chattels or Intangible Personality may be or have been acquired with funds advanced by Beneficiary under the Loan Documents, this security interest is a purchase money security interest. This Deed of Trust constitutes a security agreement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Property is located (the “Code”) with respect to any part of the Property, Chattels and Intangible Personality that may or might now or hereafter be or be deemed to be personal property, fixtures or property other than real estate (all collectively hereinafter called “Collateral”); all of the terms, provisions, conditions and agreements contained in this Deed of Trust pertain and apply to the Collateral as fully and to the same extent as to any other property comprising the Property, and the following provisions of this Section shall not limit the generality or applicability of any other provisions of this Deed of Trust but shall be in addition thereto:

(a) The Collateral shall be used by Trustor solely for business purposes, and all Collateral (other than the Intangible Personality) shall be installed upon the real estate comprising part of the Property for Trustor’s own use or as the equipment and furnishings furnished by Trustor, as landlord, to tenants of the Property;

(b) The Collateral (other than the Intangible Personally) shall be kept at the real estate comprising a part of the Property, and shall not be removed therefrom without the consent of Beneficiary (being the Secured Party as that term is used in the Code); and the Collateral (other than the Intangible Personality) may be affixed to such real estate but shall not be affixed to any other real estate;

(c) No financing statement covering any of the Collateral or any proceeds thereof is on file in any public office; and Trustor will, at its cost and expense, upon demand, furnish to Beneficiary such further information and will execute and deliver to Beneficiary such financing statements and other documents in form satisfactory to Beneficiary and will do all such acts and things as Beneficiary may at any time or from time to time reasonably request or as may be necessary or appropriate to establish and maintain a perfected first-priority security interest in the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations, subject to no adverse liens or encumbrances; and Trustor will pay the cost of filing the same or filing or recording such financing statements or other documents and this instrument in all public offices wherever filing or recording is deemed by Beneficiary to be necessary or desirable:

(d) The terms and provisions contained in this Section and in Section 7.6 of this Deed of Trust shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings and be construed as provided in the Code; and

 

6


(e) This Deed of Trust constitutes a financing statement under the Code with respect to the Collateral. As such, this Deed of Trust covers all items of the Collateral that are or are to become fixtures. The filing of this Deed of Trust in the real estate records of the county where the Property is located shall constitute a fixture filing in accordance with the Code. Information concerning the security interests created hereby may be obtained at the addresses set forth in Article 1 of this Deed of Trust. Trustor is the “Debtor” and Beneficiary is the “Secured Party” (as those terms are defined and used in the Code) insofar as this Deed of Trust constitutes a financing statement.

ARTICLE 3

TRUSTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.1 Warranty of Title. Trustor represents and warrants to Beneficiary that:

(a) Trustor has good, marketable and indefeasible fee simple title to the Property, and such fee simple title is free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests and other claims whatsoever, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions;

(b) Trustor is the sole and absolute owner of the Chattels and the Intangible Personality, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests and other claims whatsoever, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions;

(c) This Deed of Trust is a valid and enforceable first lien and security interest on the Property, Chattels and Intangible Personality, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions;

(d) Trustor, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby agrees to warrant and forever defend, all and singular of the property and property interests granted and conveyed pursuant to this Deed of Trust, against every person whomsoever lawfully claiming, or to claim, the same or any part thereof; and

The representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Section shall survive foreclosure of this Deed of Trust, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by any person who may acquire title to the Property, the Chattels, or the Intangible Personality pursuant to any such foreclosure.

3.2 Due Authorization. If Trustor is other than a natural person, then each individual who executes this document on behalf of Trustor represents and warrants to Beneficiary that such execution has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other action on the part of Trustor. Trustor represents that Trustor has obtained all consents and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed of Trust.

3.3 Other Representations and Warranties. Trustor represents and warrants to Beneficiary as follows:

 

7


(a) Trustor is a limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The only Controlling Person of Trustor is Guarantor, a limited partnership duly authorized to transact business in and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Trustor of the Loan Documents are within Trustor’s power and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary action;

(c) This Deed of Trust is, and each other Loan Document to which Trustor or Guarantor is a party will, when delivered hereunder, be valid and binding obligations of Trustor and Guarantor enforceable against Trustor and Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by equitable principles and bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights;

(d) The execution, delivery and performance by Trustor and Guarantor of the Loan Documents will not contravene any contractual or other restriction binding on or affecting Trustor or any Controlling Person and will not result in or require the creation of any lien, security interest, other charge or encumbrance (other than pursuant hereto) upon or with respect to any of its properties;

(e) The execution, delivery and performance by Trustor and Guarantor of the Loan Documents does not contravene any applicable law;

(f) No authorization, approval, consent or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any court, governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by Trustor and Guarantor of any of the Loan Documents or the effectiveness of any assignment of any of Trustor’s rights and interests of any kind to Beneficiary;

(g) No part of the Property, Chattels, or Intangible Personality is in the hands of a receiver, no application for a receiver is pending with respect to any portion of the Property, Chattels, or Intangible Personality, and no part of the Property, Chattels, or Intangible Personality is subject to any foreclosure or similar proceeding;

(h) Neither Trustor nor any Controlling Person has made any assignment for the benefit of creditors, nor has Trustor or any Controlling Person filed, or had filed against it, any petition in bankruptcy;

(i) There is no pending or, to the best of Trustor’s knowledge, threatened, litigation, action, proceeding or investigation against Trustor, any Controlling Person or the Property before any court, governmental or quasi-governmental, arbitrator or other authority, which could have a materially adverse effect on Trustor, any such Controlling Person or the Property. There is no pending or, to the best of Trustor’s knowledge, threatened, condemnation proceeding against the Property before any court, governmental or quasi-governmental, arbitrator or other authority;

 

8


(j) Trustor is a “non-foreign person” within the meaning of Sections 1445 and 7701 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder;

(k) Access to and egress from the Property are available and provided by public streets, and Trustor has no knowledge of any federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental plans to change the highway or road system in the vicinity of the Property or to restrict or change access from any such highway or road to the Property;

(l) All public utility services necessary for the operation of all improvements constituting part of the Property for their intended purposes are available at the boundaries of the land constituting part of the Property, including water supply, storm and sanitary sewer facilities, and natural gas, electric, telephone and cable television facilities;

(m) The Property is located in a zoning district designated (Q)C4-1L and (Q)PB-1L, by the City of Los Angeles, California. Such designation permits the development, use and operation of the Property as it is currently operated as a permitted, and not as a non-conforming use. The Property complies in all respects with all zoning ordinances, regulations, requirements, conditions and restrictions, including but not limited to deed restrictions and restrictive covenants, applicable to the Property;

(n) There are no special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise now affecting the Property, nor does Trustor know of any pending or threatened special assessments affecting the Property or any contemplated improvements affecting the Property that may result in special assessments. There are no tax abatements or exceptions affecting the Property;

(o) Trustor and each Controlling Person has filed all tax returns it is required to have filed, and has paid all taxes as shown on such returns or on any assessment received pertaining to the Property;

(p) Trustor has not received any notice from any governmental body having jurisdiction over the Property as to any violation of any applicable law, or any notice from any insurance company or inspection or rating bureau setting forth any requirements as a condition to the continuation of any insurance coverage on or with respect to the Property or the continuation thereof at premium rates existing at present which have not been remedied or satisfied;

(q) Neither Trustor nor any Controlling Person is in default, in any manner which would materially adversely affect its properties, assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise), in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions set forth in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties, assets or revenues are bound;

(r) Except as set forth in the Lease Certificate, there are no occupancy rights (written or oral), Leases or tenancies presently affecting any part of the Property. The Lease Certificate contains a true and correct description of all Leases presently affecting the Property. No written or oral agreements or understandings exist between Trustor and the tenants

 

9


under the Leases described in the Lease Certificate that grant such tenants any rights greater than those described in the Lease Certificate or that are in any way inconsistent with the rights described in the Lease Certificate;

(s) There are no options, purchase contracts or other similar agreements of any type (written or oral) presently affecting any part of the Property:

(t) There exists no brokerage agreement with respect to any part of the Property;

(u) Except as otherwise disclosed to Beneficiary in writing prior to the date hereof, (i) there are no contracts presently affecting the Property (“Contracts”) having a term in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days or not terminable by Trustor (without penalty) on thirty (30) days’ notice; (ii) Trustor has heretofore delivered to Beneficiary true and correct copies of each of the Contracts together with all amendments thereto; (iii) Trustor is not in default of any obligations under any of the Contracts; and (iv) the Contracts represent the complete agreement between Trustor and such other parties as to the services to be performed or materials to be provided thereunder and the compensation to be paid for such services or materials, as applicable, and except as otherwise disclosed herein, such other parties possess no unsatisfied claims against Trustor. Trustor is not in default under any of the Contracts and no event has occurred which, with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under any of the Contracts;

(v) Trustor has obtained all Permits necessary for the operation, use, ownership, development, occupancy and maintenance of the Property as an office building, as it is currently being operated. None of the Permits has been suspended or revoked, and all of the Permits are in full force and effect, are fully paid for, and Trustor has made or will make application for renewals of any of the Permits prior to the expiration thereof;

(w) All insurance policies held by Trustor relating to or affecting the Property are in full force and effect and shall remain in full force and effect until all Secured Obligations are satisfied. Trustor has not received any notice of default or notice terminating or threatening to terminate any such insurance policies. Trustor has made or will make application for renewals of any of such insurance policies prior to the expiration thereof;

(x) Trustor currently complies with ERISA. Neither the making of the Loan nor the exercise by Beneficiary of any of its rights under the Loan Documents constitutes or will constitute a non-exempt, prohibited transaction under ERISA; and

(y) Trustor’s exact legal name is correctly set out in the introductory paragraph of this Deed of Trust. Trustor’s organizational identification number is correctly set forth in the definition of “Trustor” set forth in Article 1 hereof. Trustor’s location (as such term is used in Section 5.8 hereof) is the State of Delaware.

3.4 Continuing Effect. Trustor shall be liable to Beneficiary for any damage suffered by Beneficiary if any of the foregoing representations are inaccurate as of the date hereof, regardless when such inaccuracy may be discovered by, or result in harm to, Beneficiary. Trustor further represents and warrants that the foregoing representations and warranties, as well

 

10


as all other representations and warranties of Trustor to Beneficiary relative to the Loan Documents, shall remain true and correct during the term of the Note and shall survive termination of this Deed of Trust.

ARTICLE 4

TRUSTOR’S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

4.1 Payment of Note. Trustor will pay all principal, interest, and other sums payable under the Note, on the date when such payments are due, without notice or demand.

4.2 Performance of Other Obligations. Trustor will promptly and strictly perform and comply with all other covenants, conditions, and prohibitions required of Trustor by the terms of the Loan Documents.

4.3 Other Encumbrances. Trustor will promptly and strictly perform and comply with all covenants, conditions, and prohibitions required of Trustor in connection with any other encumbrance affecting the Property, the Chattels, or the Intangible Personality, or any part thereof, or any interest therein, regardless of whether such other encumbrance is superior or subordinate to the lien hereof.

4.4 Payment of Taxes.

(a) Property Taxes . Unless Trustor is depositing money into escrow pursuant to Section 4.4(b), Trustor will (i) pay, before delinquency, all taxes and assessments, general or special, which may be levied or imposed at any time against Trustor’s interest and estate in the Property, the Chattels, or the Intangible Personality, and (ii) within ten days after each payment of any such tax or assessment, Trustor will deliver to Beneficiary, without notice or demand, an official receipt for such payment. At Beneficiary’s option. Beneficiary may retain the services of a firm to monitor the payment of all taxes and assessments relating to the Property, the cost of which shall be borne by Trustor.

(b) Deposit for Taxes . Upon demand made by Beneficiary following the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default. Trustor shall deposit with Beneficiary an amount equal to l/12th of the amount which Beneficiary estimates will be required to make the next annual payment of taxes, assessments, and similar governmental charges referred to in this Section, multiplied by the number of whole or partial months that have elapsed since the date one month prior to the most recent due date for such taxes, assessments and similar governmental charges. Thereafter, with each monthly payment under the Note, Trustor shall deposit with Beneficiary an amount equal to l/12th of the amount which Beneficiary estimates will be required to pay the next annual payment of taxes, assessments, and similar governmental charges referred to in this Section. The purpose of these provisions is to provide Beneficiary with sufficient funds on hand to pay all such taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges thirty (30) days before the date on which they become past due. If the Beneficiary, in its sole discretion, determines that the funds escrowed hereunder are, or will be, insufficient, Trustor shall upon demand pay such additional sums as Beneficiary shall determine necessary and shall pay any increased monthly charges requested by Beneficiary. Provided no Default or Event of

 

11


Default exists hereunder, Beneficiary will apply the amounts so deposited to the payment of such taxes, assessments, and other charges when due, but in no event will Beneficiary be liable for any interest on any amount so deposited, and any amount so deposited may be held and commingled with Beneficiary’s own funds.

(c) Intangible Taxes . If by reason of any statutory or constitutional amendment or judicial decision adopted or rendered after the date hereof, any tax, assessment, or similar charge is imposed against the Note, against Beneficiary, or against any interest of Beneficiary in any real or personal property encumbered hereby. Trustor will pay such tax, assessment, or other charge before delinquency and will indemnify Beneficiary against all loss, expense, or diminution of income in connection therewith. In the event Trustor is unable to do so, either for economic reasons or because the legal provisions or decisions creating such tax, assessment or charge forbid Trustor from doing so, then the Note will, at Beneficiary’s option, become due and payable in full upon ninety (90) days’ notice to Trustor.

(d) Right to Contest . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, Trustor will not be deemed to be in default solely by reason of Trustor’s failure to pay any tax, assessment or similar governmental charge so long as, in Beneficiary’s judgment, each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(i) Trustor is engaged in and diligently pursuing in good faith administrative or judicial proceedings appropriate to contest the validity or amount of such tax, assessment, or charge; and

(ii) Trustor’s payment of such tax, assessment, or charge would necessarily and materially prejudice Trustor’s prospects for success in such proceedings; and

(iii) Nonpayment of such tax, assessment, or charge will not result in the loss or forfeiture of any property encumbered hereby or any interest of Beneficiary therein; and

(iv) Trustor deposits with Beneficiary, as security for such payment which may ultimately be required, a sum equal to the amount of the disputed tax, assessment or charge plus the interest, penalties, advertising charges, and other costs which Beneficiary estimates are likely to become payable if Trustor’s contest is unsuccessful.

If Beneficiary determines that any one or more of such conditions is not satisfied or is no longer satisfied, Trustor will pay the tax, assessment, or charge in question, together with any interest and penalties thereon, within ten days after Beneficiary gives notice of such determination.

4.5 Maintenance of Insurance.

(a) Coverages Required . Trustor shall maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or associations satisfactory to Beneficiary, all insurance required under the terms of the Insurance Agreement, and shall comply with each and every covenant and agreement contained in the Insurance Agreement.

 

12


(b) Renewal Policies . Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of each insurance policy required pursuant to the Insurance Agreement, Trustor will deliver to Beneficiary an appropriate renewal policy (or a certified copy thereof), together with evidence satisfactory to Beneficiary that the applicable premium has been prepaid.

(c) Deposit for Premiums . Upon demand made by Beneficiary following the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default. Trustor shall deposit with Beneficiary an amount equal to 1/12th of the amount which Beneficiary estimates will be required to make the next annual payments of the premiums for the policies of insurance referred to in this Section, multiplied by the number of whole and partial months which have elapsed since the date one month prior to the most recent policy anniversary date for each such policy. Thereafter, with each monthly payment under the Note, Trustor will deposit an amount equal to l/12th of the amount which Beneficiary estimates will be required to pay the next required annual premium for each insurance policy referred to in this Section. The purpose of these provisions is to provide Beneficiary with sufficient funds on hand to pay all such premiums thirty (30) days before the date on which they become past due. If the Beneficiary, in its sole discretion, determines that the funds escrowed hereunder are, or will be. insufficient. Trustor shall upon demand pay such additional sums as Beneficiary shall determine necessary and shall pay any increased monthly charges requested by Beneficiary. Provided no Default or Event of Default exists hereunder, Beneficiary will apply the amounts so deposited to the payment of such insurance premiums when due, but in no event will Beneficiary be liable for any interest on any amounts so deposited, and the money so received may be held and commingled with Beneficiary’s own funds.

(d) Application of Hazard Insurance Proceeds . Trustor shall promptly notify Beneficiary of any damage or casualty to all or any portion of the Property or Chattels. Beneficiary may participate in all negotiations and appear and participate in all judicial arbitration proceedings concerning any insurance proceeds which may be payable as a result of any casualty or damage in excess of $200,000.00 (the “Insurance Threshold”). Any insurance proceeds relating to any casualty in excess of the Insurance Threshold shall be paid to Beneficiary and shall be applied first to reimburse Beneficiary for all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Beneficiary in connection with the collection of such insurance proceeds. The balance of any insurance proceeds received by Beneficiary with respect to an insured casualty may, in Beneficiary’s sole discretion, either (i) be retained and applied by Beneficiary toward payment of the Secured Obligations, or (ii) be paid over, in whole or in part and subject to such conditions as Beneficiary may impose, to Trustor to pay for repairs or replacements necessitated by the casualty; provided, however, that if all of the Secured Obligations have been performed or are discharged by the application of less than all of such insurance proceeds, then any remaining proceeds will be paid over to Trustor. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if (A) no Default or Event of Default shall exist hereunder, and (B) the proceeds received by Beneficiary (together with any other funds delivered by Trustor to Beneficiary for such purpose) shall be sufficient, in Beneficiary’s reasonable judgment, to pay for any restoration necessitated by the casualty, and (C) either (1) the damage involves a loss of less than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage at the Property, or (2) Trustor is required to restore the Property pursuant to the terms of the Lease or Leases of that portion of the Property affected by the casually, and (D) such restoration can be completed, in Beneficiary’s reasonable judgment, by the earliest of (x) the 180 lh day following Trustor’s receipt of the

 

13


insurance proceeds, (y) the 180 th day prior to the maturity date of the Note, or (z) the expiration of the payment period on the rental-loss insurance coverage in respect of such casualty, then Beneficiary shall apply such proceeds as provided in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. Beneficiary will have no obligation to see to the proper application of any insurance proceeds paid over to Trustor, nor will any such proceeds received by Beneficiary bear interest or be subject to any other charge for the benefit of Trustor. Beneficiary may, prior to the application of insurance proceeds, commingle them with Beneficiary’s own funds and otherwise act with regard to such proceeds as Beneficiary may determine in Beneficiary’s sole discretion.

(e) Successor’s Rights . Any person who acquires title to the Property or the Chattels upon foreclosure hereunder will succeed to all of Trustor’s rights under all policies of insurance maintained pursuant to this Section.

4.6 Maintenance and Repair of Property and Chattels. Trustor will at all times maintain the Property and the Chattels in good condition and repair, will diligently prosecute the completion of any building or other improvement which is at any time in the process of construction on the Property, and will promptly repair, restore, replace, or rebuild any part of the Property or the Chattels which may be affected by any casualty or any public or private taking or injury to the Property or the Chattels. All costs and expenses arising out of the foregoing shall be paid by Trustor whether or not the proceeds of any insurance or eminent domain shall be sufficient therefor. Trustor will comply with all statutes, ordinances, and other governmental or quasi-governmental requirements and private covenants relating to the ownership, construction, use, or operation of the Property, including but not limited to any environmental or ecological requirements; provided, that so long as Trustor is not otherwise in default hereunder, Trustor may, upon providing Beneficiary with security reasonably satisfactory to Beneficiary, proceed diligently and in good faith to contest the validity or applicability of any such statute, ordinance, or requirement. Beneficiary and any person authorized by Beneficiary may enter and inspect the Property at all reasonable times, and may inspect the Chattels, wherever located, at all reasonable times.

4.7 Leases. Trustor shall timely pay and perform each of its obligations under or in connection with the Leases, and shall otherwise pay such sums and take such action as shall be necessary or required in order to maintain each of the Leases in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Trustor shall immediately furnish to Beneficiary copies of any notices given to Trustor by the lessee under any Lease, alleging the default by Trustor in the timely payment or performance of its obligations under such Lease and any subsequent communication related thereto. Trustor shall also promptly furnish to Beneficiary copies of any notices given to Trustor by the lessee under any Lease, extending the term of any Lease, requiring or demanding the expenditure of any sum by Trustor (or demanding the taking of any action by Trustor), or relating to any other material obligation of Trustor under such Lease and any subsequent communication related thereto. Trustor agrees that Beneficiary, in its reasonable discretion, may advance any sum or take any action which Beneficiary believes is necessary or required to maintain the Leases in full force and effect, and all such sums advanced by Beneficiary, together with all costs and expenses incurred by Beneficiary in connection with action taken by Beneficiary pursuant to this Section, shall be due and payable by Trustor to Beneficiary upon demand, shall bear interest until paid at the Default Rate (as defined in the Note), and shall be secured by this Deed of Trust.

 

14


4.8 Eminent Domain; Private Damage. If all or any part of the Property is taken or damaged by eminent domain or any other public or private action, Trustor will notify Beneficiary promptly of the time and place of all meetings, hearings, trials, and other proceedings relating to such action. Beneficiary may participate in all negotiations and appear and participate in all judicial or arbitration proceedings concerning any award or payment which may be due as a result of such taking or damage in excess of $200.000.00 (the “Condemnation Threshold”), and may, in Beneficiary’s reasonable discretion, compromise or settle, in the names of both Trustor and Beneficiary, any claim for any such award or payment in excess of the Condemnation Threshold. Any such award or payment is to be paid to Beneficiary and will be applied first to reimburse Beneficiary for all costs and expenses, including attorneys” fees, incurred by Beneficiary in connection with the ascertainment and collection of such award or payment. The balance, if any, of such award or payment may, in Beneficiary’s sole discretion, either (a) be retained by Beneficiary and applied toward the Secured Obligations, or (b) be paid over, in whole or in part and subject to such conditions as Beneficiary may impose, to Trustor for the purpose of restoring, repairing, or rebuilding any part of the Property affected by the taking or damage. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, and (ii) the proceeds received by Beneficiary (together with any other funds delivered by Trustor to Beneficiary for such purpose) shall be sufficient, in Beneficiary’s reasonable judgment, to pay for any restoration necessitated by the taking or damage, and (iii) either (1) the condemnation involves a loss of less than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage at the Property, or (2) Trustor is required to restore the Property pursuant to the terms of the Lease or Leases of that portion of the Property affected by the condemnation, and (iv) such restoration can be completed, in Beneficiary’s reasonable judgment, by the earliest of (x) the 180th day following Trustor’s receipt of the condemnation proceeds, or (y) the 180th day prior to the maturity date of the Note, and (v) the remaining Property shall constitute, in Beneficiary’s sole judgment, adequate security for the Secured Obligations, then Beneficiary shall apply such proceeds as provided in clause (b) of the preceding sentence. Trustor’s duty to pay the Note in accordance with its terms and to perform the other Secured Obligations will not be suspended by the pendency or discharged by the conclusion of any proceedings for the collection of any such award or payment, and any reduction in the Secured Obligations resulting from Beneficiary’s application of any such award or payment will take effect only when Beneficiary receives such award or payment. If this Deed of Trust has been foreclosed prior to Beneficiary’s receipt of such award or payment. Beneficiary may nonetheless retain such award or payment to the extent required to reimburse Beneficiary for all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection therewith, and to discharge any deficiency remaining with respect to the Secured Obligations.

4.9 Mechanics’ Liens. Trustor will keep the Property free and clear of all liens and claims of liens by contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, laborers, materialmen, and other such persons, and will cause any recorded statement of any such lien to be released of record within thirty (30) days after the recording thereof. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, however, Trustor will not be deemed to be in default under this Section if and so long as Trustor (a) contests in good faith the validity or amount of any asserted lien and diligently prosecutes or defends an action appropriate to obtain a binding determination of the disputed matter, and (b) provides Beneficiary with such security as Beneficiary may require to protect Beneficiary against all loss, damage, and expense, including attorneys” fees, which Beneficiary might incur if the asserted lien is determined to be valid.

 

15


4.10 Defense of Actions. Trustor will defend, at Trustor’s expense, any action, proceeding or claim which affects any property encumbered hereby or any interest of Beneficiary in such property or in the Secured Obligations, and will indemnify and hold Beneficiary harmless from all loss, damage, cost, or expense, including attorneys’ fees, which Beneficiary may incur in connection therewith.

4.11 Expenses of Enforcement. Trustor will pay all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which Beneficiary may incur in connection with any effort or action (whether or not litigation or foreclosure is involved) to enforce or defend Beneficiary’s rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents, including but not limited to all attorneys’ fees, appraisal fees, consultants’ fees, and other expenses incurred by Beneficiary in securing title to or possession of, and realizing upon, any security for the Secured Obligations. All such costs and expenses (together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date incurred) shall constitute part of the Secured Obligations, and may be included in the computation of the amount owed to Beneficiary for purposes of foreclosing or otherwise enforcing this Deed of Trust.

4.12 Financial Reports. During the term of the Loan. Trustor shall supply to Beneficiary (a) within thirty (30) days following the end of each quarter. Trustor’s quarterly and annual operating statements for the Property as of the end of and for the preceding quarter and fiscal year, as applicable, in each case prepared against the budget for such year; (b) contemporaneously with Trustor’s delivery of each of such operating statements, a certified rent roll signed and dated by Trustor detailing the names of all tenants under the Leases, the portion of the improvements on the Property occupied by each tenant, the rent and any other charges payable under each Lease, and the term of each Lease; and (c) within ninety (90) days following the end of each year, an annual balance sheet and profit and loss statement of Trustor and each Guarantor. The financial statements and reports described in (a) and (c) above shall be in such detail as Beneficiary may require, shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and shall be certified as true and correct by Trustor or the applicable Guarantor (or, if required by Beneficiary, by an independent certified public accountant acceptable to Beneficiary). Trustor shall also furnish to Beneficiary within thirty (30) days of Beneficiary’s request, any other financial reports or statements of Trustor as Beneficiary may request. Upon Beneficiary’s demand after any Default or Event of Default, or if Beneficiary securitizes the Loan, Trustor shall supply to Beneficiary the items required in (a) and (b) above on a monthly basis.

4.13 Priority of Leases. To the extent Trustor has the right, under the terms of any Lease, to make such Lease subordinate to the lien hereof. Trustor will, at Beneficiary’s request and Trustor’s expense, take such action as may be required to effect such subordination, Conversely, Trustor will, at Beneficiary’s request and Trustor’s expense, take such action as may be necessary to subordinate the lien hereof to any future Lease designated by Beneficiary.

4.14 Inventories; Assembly of Chattels. Trustor will, from time to time at the request of Beneficiary, supply Beneficiary with a current inventory of the Chattels and the Intangible Personality, in such detail as Beneficiary may require. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder, Trustor will at Beneficiary’s request assemble the Chattels and make them available to Beneficiary at any place designated by Beneficiary which is reasonably convenient to both parties.

 

16


4.15 Compliance with Laws, Etc. Trustor shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, maintaining all Permits and paying before the same become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon Trustor or the Property.

4.16 Records and Books of Account. Trustor shall keep accurate and complete records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, reflecting all financial transactions relating to the Property.

4.17 Inspection Rights. At any reasonable time, and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days prior notice, Trustor shall permit Beneficiary, or any agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and visit the Property and to discuss with Trustor the affairs, finances and accounts of Trustor.

4.18 Change of Trustor’s Address or State of Organization. Trustor shall promptly notify Beneficiary if changes are made in Trustor’s address from that set forth in Section 9.10 hereof, or if Trustor shall either change its “location” (as such term is used in Section 5.8 hereof), its state of organization or if Trustor shall organize in any state other than the State of Delaware.

4.19 Further Assurances; Estoppel Certificates. Trustor will execute and deliver to Beneficiary upon demand, and pay the costs of preparation and recording thereof, any further documents which Beneficiary may request to confirm or perfect the liens and security interests created or intended to be created hereby, or to confirm or perfect any evidence of the Secured Obligations. Trustor will also, within ten days after any request by Beneficiary, deliver to Beneficiary a signed and acknowledged statement certifying to Beneficiary, or to any proposed transferee of the Secured Obligations, (a) the balance of principal, interest, and other sums then outstanding under the Note, and (b) whether Trustor claims to have any offsets or defenses with respect to the Secured Obligations and, if so, the nature of such offsets or defenses.

4.20 Costs of Closing. Trustor shall on demand pay directly or reimburse Beneficiary for any costs or expenses pertaining to the closing of the Loan, including, but not limited to, fees of counsel for Beneficiary, costs and expenses for which invoices were not available at the closing of the Loan, or costs and expenses which are incurred by Beneficiary after such closing, including, without limitation, costs or expenses incurred to obtain originals or copies of recorded or filed Loan Documents and UCC financing statements. All such costs and expenses (together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date that is ten (10) days following demand made therefor by Beneficiary) shall constitute a part of the Secured Obligations, and may be included in the computation of the amount owed to Beneficiary for purposes of foreclosing or otherwise enforcing this Deed of Trust.

4.21 Fund for Electronic Transfer. All monthly payments of principal and interest on the Note, and escrow deposits under this Deed of Trust, shall be made by Trustor by electronic funds transfer from a bank account established and maintained by Trustor for such purpose. Trustor shall establish and maintain such an account until the Note is fully paid and

 

17


shall direct the depository of such account in writing to so transmit such payments on or before the respective due dates to the account of Beneficiary as shall be designated by Beneficiary in writing.

4.22 Use. Trustor shall use the Property solely for the operation of an office building, and for no other use or purpose.

4.23 Management. The Property shall be managed by Glenborough. LLC (“Property Manager”) under a management agreement previously delivered to. and approved, by Beneficiary (the “Management Agreement”). Trustor shall not permit any amendment to or modification of the Management Agreement, or management of the Property by any person or entity other than Property Manager, without the prior written consent of Beneficiary.

ARTICLE 5

TRUSTOR’S NEGATIVE COVENANTS

5.1 Waste and Alterations. Trustor will not commit or permit any waste with respect to the Property or the Chattels. Trustor shall not cause or permit any part of the Property, including but not limited to any building, structure, parking lot, driveway, landscape scheme, timber, or other ground improvement, to be removed, demolished, or materially altered without the prior written consent of Beneficiary.

5.2 Zoning and Private Covenants. Trustor will not initiate, join in, or consent to any change in any zoning ordinance or classification, any change in the “zone lot” or “zone lots” (or similar zoning unit or units) presently comprising the Property, any transfer of development rights, any change in any private restrictive covenant, or any change in any other public or private restriction limiting or defining the uses which may be made of the Property or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Beneficiary. If under applicable zoning provisions the use of all or any part of the Property is or becomes a nonconforming use, Trustor will not cause such use to be discontinued or abandoned without the prior written consent of Beneficiary, and Trustor will use its best efforts to prevent the tenant under any Lease from discontinuing or abandoning such use.

5.3 Interference with Leases.

(a) Trustor will neither do, nor neglect to do, anything which may cause or permit the termination of any Lease of all or any part of the Property, or cause or permit the withholding or abatement of any rent payable under any such Lease.

(b) Except as provided below, without Beneficiary’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Beneficiary’s sole discretion. Trustor shall not enter into or modify any Lease of all or any part of the Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing. Trustor may, without Beneficiary’s prior consent, enter into or modify any Lease of less than 10.000 rentable square feet of space at the Property, provided that (i) the rent payable under such proposed Lease or modification is a market rent taking into account the type, quality and location of the Property and the type and quality of the tenant and contains then prevailing market practices with respect to tenant concessions and allowances in comparable office properties in

 

18


the market in which the Property is located, (ii) such Lease or modification shall be entered into on the standard form of Lease, without material modification thereto, and (iii) such Lease or modification shall be entered into on arms-length terms. Any submission by Trustor for Beneficiary’s approval of a Lease or modification thereof shall be accompanied by a copy of such Lease or modification, a Lease abstract, a then-current rent roll for the Property, year-to-date and prior year operating statements for the Property, and a cover letter requesting Beneficiary’s approval which contains a signature line on which Beneficiary may evidence its approval of such Lease or modification.

(c) Except with the prior written consent of Beneficiary, which may be granted or withheld in Beneficiary’s sole discretion, Trustor will not (i) collect rent from all or any part of the Property for more than one month in advance, (ii) assign the rents from the Property or any part thereof, or (iii) consent to the cancellation or surrender of all or any part of any Lease, except that Trustor may in good faith terminate any Lease for nonpayment of rent or other material breach by the tenant.

(d) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whether or not Beneficiary’s consent to the cancellation or surrender of any Major Tenant (as defined in the Note) Lease is required hereunder, Beneficiary may (i) require that Trustor deposit into an escrow account acceptable to Beneficiary in its reasonable discretion all cancellation penalties or other consideration paid to Trustor in connection with any Major Tenant Lease cancellation or surrender (the “Termination Fees”), and (ii) require that such vacant space be relet to a tenant and under a Lease acceptable to Beneficiary in its reasonable discretion (an “Approved Lease”). Upon execution of an Approved Lease, Beneficiary shall refund a pro-rata portion of the Termination Fees equal to the ratio of the number of square feet of newly leased space under the Approved Lease divided by the total square feet of space vacated pursuant to the subject Major Tenant Lease. If the Property is at least 87% occupied and the income from the Property is sufficient, in Beneficiary’s determination, to pay all operating expenses of the Property and debt service payments due under the Note, then Beneficiary shall deliver any Termination Fees then held in escrow to Trustor.

5.4 Transfer or Further Encumbrance of Property.

(a) Without Beneficiary’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Beneficiary’s sole and absolute discretion, Trustor shall not (i) sell, assign, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any legal, beneficial or equitable interest in all or any part of the Property, (ii) permit or suffer any owner, directly or indirectly, of any beneficial interest in the Property or Trustor to transfer such interest, whether by transfer of partnership, membership, stock or other beneficial interest in any entity or otherwise, or (iii) mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or permit to be encumbered or grant or permit to be granted a security interest in all or any part of the Property or Trustor or any beneficial or equitable interest in either the Property or Trustor. The provisions of this Section shall not prohibit transfers of title or interest under any will or testament or applicable law of descent.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.4(a) to the contrary. Beneficiary’s prior written consent shall not be required for the following transfers (each a “Permitted Transfer”): (i) the transfer of limited partnership interests in Guarantor; (ii) the

 

19


transfer of up to forty-nine percent (49%) of the membership and/or beneficial ownership interests in (A) Glenborough Acquisition, LLC or (B) Glenborough Holdings, LLC or (iii) the conversion of a portion of the general partnership interests to limited partnership interests, or transfers of limited partnership interests, in Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., provided that, at all times during the term of the Loan and following any such Permitted Transfer, Morgan Stanley, or a wholly owned subsidiary or other affiliate of Morgan Stanley which it controls, shall retain management control over Guarantor and Trustor.

5.5 Further Encumbrance of Chattels. Trustor will neither create nor permit any lien, security interest or encumbrance against the Chattels or Intangible Personality or any part thereof or interest therein, other than the liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents, without the prior written consent of Beneficiary, which may be withheld for any reason.

5.6 Assessments Against Property. Trustor will not, without the prior written approval of Beneficiary, which may be withheld for any reason, consent to or allow the creation of any so-called special districts, special improvement districts, benefit assessment districts or similar districts, or any other body or entity of any type, or allow to occur any other event, that would or might result in the imposition of any additional taxes, assessments or other monetary obligations or burdens on the Property, and this provision shall serve as RECORD NOTICE to any such district or districts or any governmental entity under whose authority such district or districts exist or are being formed that, should Trustor or any other person or entity include all or any portion of the Property in such district or districts, whether formed or in the process of formation, without first obtaining Beneficiary’s express written consent, the rights of Beneficiary in the Property pursuant to this Deed of Trust or following any foreclosure of this Deed of Trust, and the rights of any person or entity to whom Beneficiary might transfer the Property following a foreclosure of this Deed of Trust, shall be senior and superior to any taxes, charges, fees, assessments or other impositions of any kind or nature whatsoever, or liens (whether statutory, contractual or otherwise) levied or imposed, or to be levied or imposed, upon the Property or any portion thereof as a result of inclusion of the Property in such district or districts.

5.7 Transfer or Removal of Chattels. Trustor will not sell, transfer or remove from the Property all or any part of the Chattels, unless the items sold, transferred, or removed are simultaneously replaced with similar items of equal or greater value.

5.8 Change of Name, Organizational I.D. No. or Location. Trustor will not change its name or the name under which it docs business (or adopt or begin doing business under any other name or assumed or trade name), change its organizational identification number, or change its location, without first notifying Beneficiary of its intention to do so and delivering to Beneficiary such organizational documents of Trustor and executed modifications or supplements to this Deed of Trust (and to any financing statement which may be filed in connection herewith) as Beneficiary may require. For purposes of the foregoing, Trustor’s “location” shall mean (a) if Trustor is a registered organization. Trustor’s state of registration, (b) if Trustor is an individual, the state of Trustor’s principal residence, or (c) if Trustor is neither a registered organization nor an individual, the state in which Trustor’s place of business (or, if Trustor has more than one place of business, the Trustor’s chief executive office) is located.

 

20


5.9 Improper Use of Property or Chattels. Trustor will not use the Property or the Chattels for any purpose or in any manner which violates any applicable law. ordinance, or other governmental requirement, the requirements or conditions of any insurance policy, or any private covenant.

5.10 ERISA. Trustor shall not engage in any transaction which would cause the Note (or the exercise by Beneficiary of any of its rights under the Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt, prohibited transaction under ERISA (including for this purpose the parallel provisions of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. as amended), or otherwise result in Beneficiary being deemed in violation of any applicable provisions of ER1SA. Trustor shall indemnify, protect, defend, and hold Beneficiary harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, costs, and expenses (including, without limitation attorneys” fees and costs incurred in the investigation, defense, and settlement of claims and in obtaining any individual ERISA exemption or state administrative exception that may be required, in Beneficiary’s sole and absolute discretion) that Beneficiary may incur, directly or indirectly, as the result of the breach by Trustor of any warranty or representation set forth in Section 3.3(x) hereof or the breach by Trustor of any covenant contained in this Section. This indemnity shall survive any termination, satisfaction or foreclosure of this Deed of Trust and shall not be subject to the limitation on personal liability described in the Note.

5.11 Use of Proceeds. Trustor will not use any funds advanced by Beneficiary under the Loan Documents for household or agricultural purposes, to purchase margin stock, or for any purpose prohibited by law.

5.12 Single-Purpose Entity. Trustor will not engage in any business other than the ownership, development, operation and disposition of the Property.

ARTICLE 6

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the following events will constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Deed of Trust and under each of the other Loan Documents:

6.1 Failure to Pay Note. Trustor’s failure to make any payment when due under the terms of the Note or any other Loan Document.

6.2 Due on Sale or Encumbrance. The occurrence of any violation of any covenant contained in Section 5.3(a), 5.5 or 5.7 hereof.

6.3 Other Obligations. The failure of Trustor to properly perform any obligation contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents (other than the obligation to make payments under the Note or the other Loan Documents) and the continuance of such failure for a period of ten (10) days following written notice thereof from Beneficiary to Trustor; provided, however, that if such failure is not curable within such ten (10) day period, then, so long as Trustor commences to cure such failure within such ten (10) day period and is continually and diligently attempting to cure to completion, such failure shall not be an Event of

 

21


Default unless such failure remains uncured for ninety (90) days after such written notice to Trustor.

6.4 Levy Against Property. The levy against any of the Property. Chattels or Intangible Personality, of any execution, attachment, sequestration or other writ.

6.5 Liquidation. The liquidation, termination or dissolution of Trustor or any Controlling Person.

6.6 Appointment of Receiver. The appointment of a trustee or receiver for the assets, or any part thereof, of Trustor, or any Controlling Person, or the appointment of a trustee or receiver for any real or personal property, or the like, or any part thereof, representing the security for the Secured Obligations.

6.7 Assignments. The making by Trustor or any Controlling Person of a transfer in fraud of creditors or an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

6.8 Order for Relief. The entry in bankruptcy of an order for relief for or against Trustor or any Controlling Person.

6.9 Bankruptcy. The filing of any petition (or answer admitting the material allegations of any petition), or other pleading, seeking entry of an order for relief for or against Trustor or any Controlling Person as a debtor or bankrupt or seeking an adjustment of any of such parties’ debts, or any other relief under any state or federal bankruptcy, reorganization, debtor’s relief or insolvency laws now or hereafter existing, including, without limitation, a petition or answer seeking reorganization or admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against any such party in any bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding, or the act of any of such parties in instituting or voluntarily being or becoming a party to any other judicial proceedings intended to effect a discharge of the debts of any such parties, in whole or in part, or a postponement of the maturity or the collection thereof, or a suspension of any of the rights or powers of a trustee or of any of the rights or powers granted to Beneficiary herein, or in any other document executed in connection herewith.

6.10 Misrepresentation. If any representation or warranty made by Trustor or any Controlling Person, or in any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document modifying, renewing, extending, evidencing, securing or pertaining to the Note is false, misleading or erroneous in any material respect.

6.11 Judgments. The failure of Trustor or any Controlling Person to pay any money judgment in excess of $10,000.00 against any such party before the expiration of thirty (30) days after such judgment becomes final and no longer appealable.

6.12 Admissions Regarding Debts. The admission of Trustor or any Controlling Person in writing of any such party’s inability to pay such party’s debts as they become due.

6.13 Assertion of Priority. The assertion of any claim of priority over this Deed of Trust, by title, lien, or otherwise, unless Trustor within thirty (30) days after such

 

22


assertion either causes the assertion to be withdrawn or provides Beneficiary with such security as Beneficiary may require to protect Beneficiary against all loss, damage, or expense, including attorneys’ fees, which Beneficiary may incur in the event such assertion is upheld.

6.14 Other Loan Documents. The occurrence of any default by Trustor. after the lapse of any applicable grace or cure period, or the occurrence of any event or circumstance defined as an Event of Default, under any of the Loan Documents other than this Deed of Trust.

6.15 Other Liens. The occurrence of any default by Trustor. after the lapse of any applicable grace or cure period, or the occurrence of any event or circumstance defined as an Event of Default, under any other consensual lien encumbering the Property, or any part thereof or interest therein, or any document or instrument evidencing obligations secured thereby.

6.16 Other Indebtedness. The occurrence of any default by Trustor. after the lapse of any applicable grace or cure period, or the occurrence of any event or circumstance defined as an Event of Default, under any other indebtedness incurred or owing by Trustor, or any document or instrument evidencing any obligation to pay such indebtedness.

ARTICLE 7

BENEFICIARY’S REMEDIES

Immediately upon or any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder. Beneficiary may exercise any remedy available at law or in equity, including but not limited to those listed below and those listed in the other Loan Documents, in such sequence or combination as Beneficiary may determine in Beneficiary’s sole discretion:

7.1 Performance of Defaulted Obligations. Beneficiary may make any payment or perform any other obligation under the Loan Documents or under Leases which Trustor has failed to make or perform, and Trustor hereby irrevocably appoints Beneficiary as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact for Trustor to make any such payment and perform any such obligation in the name of Trustor. All payments made and expenses (including attorneys” fees and expenses) incurred by Beneficiary in this connection, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date paid or incurred until repaid, will be part of the Secured Obligations and will be immediately due and payable by Trustor to Beneficiary. In lieu of advancing Beneficiary’s own funds for such purposes, Beneficiary may use any funds of Trustor which may be in Beneficiary’s possession, including but not limited to insurance or condemnation proceeds and amounts deposited for taxes, insurance premiums, or other purposes.

7.2 Specific Performance and Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding the availability of legal remedies, Beneficiary will be entitled to obtain specific performance, mandatory or prohibitory injunctive relief, or other equitable relief requiring Trustor to cure or refrain from repeating any Default.

7.3 Acceleration of Secured Obligations. Beneficiary may, without notice or demand, declare all of the Secured Obligations immediately due and payable in full.

 

23


7.4 Suit for Monetary Relief. Subject to the non-recourse provisions of the Note, with or without accelerating the maturity of the Secured Obligations. Beneficiary may sue from time to time for any payment due under any of the Loan Documents, or for money damages resulting from Trustor’s default under any of the Loan Documents.

7.5 Possession of Property. Beneficiary may enter and take possession of the Property without seeking or obtaining the appointment of a receiver, may employ a managing agent for the Property, and may lease or rent all or any part of the Property, either in Beneficiary’s name or in the name of Trustor, and may collect the rents, issues, and profits of the Property. Any revenues collected by Beneficiary under this Section will be applied first toward payment of all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Beneficiary, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date incurred until repaid, and the balance, if any. will be applied against the Secured Obligations in such order and manner as Beneficiary may elect in its sole discretion.

7.6 Enforcement of Security Interests. Beneficiary may exercise all rights of a secured party under the Code with respect to the Chattels and the Intangible Personality, including but not limited to taking possession of. holding, and selling the Chattels and enforcing or otherwise realizing upon any accounts and general intangibles. Any requirement for reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale, or of the time after which any private sale or other disposition is to be made, will be satisfied by Beneficiary’s giving of such notice to Trustor at least five days prior to the time of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to be made.

7.7 Foreclosure Against Property.

(a) Beneficiary may foreclose this Deed of Trust, insofar as it encumbers the Property, either by judicial action or through Trustee. Should Beneficiary elect to foreclose by exercise of the power of sale herein contained, Beneficiary shall notify Trustee and shall deposit with Trustee this Deed of Trust and the Note and such receipts and evidence of expenditures made and secured hereby as Trustee may require.

(b) Upon receipt of such notice from Beneficiary. Trustee shall cause to be recorded, published and delivered to Trustor such Notice of Default and Election to Sell as is then required by law and by this Deed of Trust. Trustee shall, without demand on Trustor. after lapse of such time as may then be required by law and after recordation of such Notice of Default and after Notice of Sale having been given as required by law. sell the Property at the time and place of sale fixed by it in said Notice of Sale, either as a whole, or in separate lots or parcels or items as Trustee shall deem expedient, and in such order as it may determine, at public auction to the highest bidder for cash in lawful money of the United States payable at the time of Sale. Trustee shall deliver to such purchaser or purchasers thereof its good and sufficient deed or deeds conveying the property so sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied. The recitals in such deed of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof. Any person, including, without limitation, Trustor, Trustee or Beneficiary, may- purchase at such sale and Trustor hereby covenants to warrant and defend the title of such purchaser or purchasers. Trustor hereby constitutes and appoints Trustee as its attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to execute, deliver, file, record or process on behalf of Trustor any

 

24


and all instruments or documents or to take any other action on behalf of Trustor reasonably required to accomplish the vesting of the Property, or any part thereof, in the purchaser or purchasers at any sale conducted hereunder.

(c) All fees, costs and expenses of any kind incurred by Beneficiary in connection with foreclosure of this Deed of Trust, including, without limitation, the costs of any appraisals of the Property obtained by Beneficiary, the cost of any title reports or abstracts, all costs of any receivership for the Property advanced by Beneficiary, and all attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses incurred by Beneficiary, shall constitute a part of the Secured Obligations and may be included as part of the amount owing from Trustor to Beneficiary at any foreclosure sale. The proceeds of any sale under this Section shall be applied first to the fees and expenses of the Trustee or other officer conducting the sale, and then to the reduction or discharge of the Secured Obligations; any surplus remaining shall be paid over to Trustor or to such other person or persons as may be lawfully entitled to such surplus.

(d) Subject to California Civil Code § 2924g, Trustee may postpone sale of all or any portion of the Property by public announcement at such time and place of sale, and from time to time thereafter may postpone such sale by public announcement at the time fixed by the preceding postponement or subsequently noticed sale, and without further notice make such sale at the time fixed by the last postponement, or may in its discretion, give a new notice of sale.

(e) A sale of less than the whole of the Property or any defective or irregular sale made hereunder shall not exhaust the power of sale provided for herein: and subsequent sales may be made hereunder until all obligations secured hereby have been satisfied, or the entire Property sold, without defect or irregularity.

7.8 Appointment of Receiver. Beneficiary shall be entitled, as a matter of absolute right and without regard to the value of any security for the Secured Obligations or the solvency of any person liable therefor, to the appointment of a receiver for the Property upon ex-parte application to any court of competent jurisdiction. Trustor waives any right to any hearing or notice of hearing prior to the appointment of a receiver. Such receiver and its agents shall be empowered, but shall not be obligated, to (a) take possession of the Property and any businesses conducted by Trustor or any other person thereon and any business assets used in connection therewith, (b) exclude Trustor and Trustor’s agents, servants, and employees from the Property, (c) collect the rents, issues, profits, and income therefrom, (d) complete any construction which may be in progress, (e) do such maintenance and make such repairs and alterations as the receiver deems necessary, (f) use all stores of materials, supplies, and maintenance equipment on the Property and replace such items at the expense of the receivership estate, (g) pay all taxes and assessments against the Property and the Chattels, all premiums for insurance thereon, all utility and other operating expenses, and all sums due under any prior or subsequent encumbrance, and (h) generally do anything which Trustor could legally do if Trustor were in possession of the Property. All expenses incurred by the receiver or its agents shall constitute a part of the Secured Obligations. Any revenues collected by the receiver shall be applied first to the expenses of the receivership, including attorneys” fees incurred by the receiver and by Beneficiary, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date incurred until repaid, and the balance shall be applied toward the Secured Obligations or in such other manner as the court may direct. Unless

 

25


sooner terminated with the express consent of Beneficiary, any such receivership will continue until the Secured Obligations have been discharged in full, or until title to the Property has passed after foreclosure sale and all applicable periods of redemption have expired.

7.9 Right to Make Repairs, Improvements. Should any part of the Property come into the possession of Beneficiary, Beneficiary may, but shall not be obligated to, use, operate, and/or make repairs, alterations, additions and improvements to the Property for the purpose of preserving it or its value. Trustor covenants to promptly reimburse and pay to Beneficiary, at the place where the Note is payable, or at such other place as may be designated by Beneficiary in writing, the amount of all reasonable expenses (including the cost of any insurance, taxes, or other charges) incurred by Beneficiary in connection with its custody, preservation, use or operation of the Property, together with interest thereon from the date incurred by Beneficiary at the Default Rate, and all such expenses, costs, taxes, interest, and other charges shall be a part of the Secured Obligations. It is agreed, however, that the risk of accidental loss or damage to the Property is undertaken by Trustor and Beneficiary shall have no liability whatsoever for decline in value of the Property, for failure to obtain or maintain insurance, or for failure to determine whether any insurance ever in force is adequate as to amount or as to the risks insured.

7.10 Surrender of Insurance. Beneficiary may surrender the insurance policies maintained pursuant to the terms hereof, or any part thereof, and receive and apply the unearned premiums as a credit on the Secured Obligations and. in connection therewith, Trustor hereby appoints Beneficiary (or any officer of Beneficiary), as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact for Trustor (with full powers of substitution), which power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and therefore irrevocable, to collect such premiums.

7.11 Prima Facie Evidence. Trustor agrees that, in any assignments, deeds, bills of sale, notices of sale, or postings, given by Beneficiary, any and all statements of fact or other recitals therein made as to the identity of Beneficiary, or as to the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, or as to the acceleration of the maturity of the Secured Obligations, or as to the request to sell, posting of notice of sale, notice of sale, time, place, terms and manner of sale and receipt, distribution and application of the money realized therefrom, and without being limited by the foregoing, as to any other act or thing having been duly done by Beneficiary, shall be taken by all courts of law and equity as prima facie evidence that such statements or recitals state facts and arc without further question to be so accepted, and Trustor does hereby ratify and confirm any and all acts that Beneficiary may lawfully do by virtue hereof.

ARTICLE 8

ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS

8.1 Assignment of Leases and Rents. Trustor hereby unconditionally and absolutely grants, transfers and assigns unto Beneficiary all rents, royalties, issues, profits and income (“Rents”) now or hereafter due or payable for the occupancy or use of the Property, and all Leases, whether written or oral, with all security therefor, including all guaranties thereof, now or hereafter affecting the Property; on the condition that Beneficiary hereby grants to

 

26


Trustor a license to collect and retain such Rents prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder. Such license shall be revocable by Beneficiary without notice to Trustor at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default. Trustor represents that the Rents and the Leases have not been heretofore sold, assigned, transferred or set over by any instrument now in force and will not at any time during the life of this assignment be sold, assigned, transferred or set over by Trustor or by any person or persons whomsoever; and Trustor has good right to sell, assign, transfer and set over the same and to grant to and confer upon Beneficiary the rights, interest, powers and authorities herein granted and conferred. Failure of Beneficiary at any time or from time to time to enforce the assignment of Rents and Leases under this Section shall not in any manner prevent its subsequent enforcement, and Beneficiary is not obligated to collect anything hereunder, but is accountable only for sums actually collected.

8.2 Further Assignments. Trustor shall give Beneficiary at any time upon demand any further or additional forms of assignment of transfer of such Rents, Leases and security as may be reasonably requested by Beneficiary, and shall deliver to Beneficiary executed copies of all such Leases and security.

8.3 Application of Rents. Beneficiary shall be entitled to deduct and retain a just and reasonable compensation from monies received hereunder for its services or that of its agents in collecting such monies. Any monies received by Beneficiary hereunder may be applied when received from time to time in payment of any taxes, assessments or other liens affecting the Property regardless of the delinquency, such application to be in such order as Beneficiary may determine. The acceptance of this Deed of Trust by Beneficiary or the exercise of any rights by it hereunder shall not be, or be construed to be, an affirmation by it of any Lease nor an assumption of any liability under any Lease.

8.4 Collection of Rents. Upon or at any time after an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Beneficiary may declare all sums secured hereby immediately due and payable, and may, at its option, without notice, and whether or not the Secured Obligations shall have been declared due and payable, either in person or by agent, with or without bringing any action or proceeding, or by a receiver to be appointed by a court, (i) enter upon, take possession of, manage and operate the Property, or any part thereof (including without limitation making necessary repairs, alterations and improvements to the Property); (ii) make, cancel, enforce or modify Leases; (iii) obtain and evict tenants; (iv) fix or modify Rents: (v) do any acts which Beneficiary deems reasonably proper to protect the security thereof; and (vi) either with or without taking possession of the Property, in its own name sue for or otherwise collect and receive such Rents, including those past due and unpaid. In connection with the foregoing, Beneficiary shall be entitled and empowered to employ attorneys, and management, rental and other agents in and about the Property and to effect the matters which Beneficiary is empowered to do, and in the event Beneficiary shall itself effect such matters. Beneficiary shall be entitled to charge and receive reasonable management, rental and other fees therefor as may be customary in the area in which the Property is located; and the reasonable fees, charges, costs and expenses of Beneficiary or such persons shall be additional Secured Obligations. Beneficiary may apply all funds collected as aforesaid, less costs and expenses of operation and collection, including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees, charges, costs and expenses, as aforesaid, upon any Secured Obligations, and in such order as Beneficiary may determine. The entering upon and taking possession of the Property, the collection of such Rents

 

27


and the application thereof as aforesaid shall not cure or waive any default or waive, modify or affect notice of default under the Note or this Deed of Trust or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice.

8.5 Authority of Beneficiary. Any tenants or occupants of any part of the Property are hereby authorized to recognize the claims of Beneficiary hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by Beneficiary, or the validity or the amount of indebtedness owing to Beneficiary, or the existence of any default in the Note or this Deed of Trust, or under or by reason of this assignment of Rents and Leases, or the application to be made by Beneficiary of any amounts to be paid to Beneficiary. The sole signature of Beneficiary shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this assignment and the sole receipt of Beneficiary for any sums received shall be a full discharge and release therefor to any such tenant or occupant of the Property. Checks for all or any part of the rentals collected under this assignment of Rents and Leases shall be drawn to the exclusive order of Beneficiary.

8.6 Indemnification of Beneficiary. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to obligate Beneficiary to perform or discharge any obligation, duty or liability of any lessor under any Lease of the Property, and Trustor shall and does hereby indemnify and hold Beneficiary harmless from any and all liability, loss or damage which Beneficiary may or might incur under any Lease of the Property or by reason of this assignment; and any and all such liability, loss or damage incurred by Beneficiary, together with the costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Beneficiary in defense of any claims or demands therefor (whether successful or not), shall be additional Secured Obligations, and Trustor shall reimburse Beneficiary therefor on demand.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to all of Trustor’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

9.2 Joint and Several Obligations. If Trustor is more than one person or entity, then (a) all persons or entities comprising Trustor are jointly and severally liable for all of the Secured Obligations; (b) all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Trustor shall be deemed representations, warranties, and covenants of each of the persons or entities comprising Trustor; (c) any breach, Default or Event of Default by any persons or entities comprising Trustor hereunder shall be deemed to be a breach. Default or Event of Default of Trustor; (d) any reference herein contained to the knowledge or awareness of Trustor shall mean the knowledge or awareness of any of the persons or entities comprising Trustor; and (e) any event creating personal liability of any of the persons or entities comprising Trustor shall create personal liability for all such persons or entities.

9.3 Waiver of Homestead and Other Exemptions. To the extent permitted by law, Trustor hereby waives all rights to any homestead or other exemption to which Trustor would otherwise be entitled under any present or future constitutional, statutory, or other

 

28


provision of applicable state or federal law. Trustor hereby waives any right it may have to require Beneficiary to marshal all or any portion of the security for the Secured Obligations.

9.4 Non-Recourse; Exceptions to Non-Recourse. Except as expressly set forth in the Note, the recourse of Beneficiary with respect to the obligations evidenced by the Note and the other Loan Documents shall be solely to the Property, Chattels and Intangible Personality, and any other collateral given as security for the Note.

9.5 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Beneficiary’s rights and remedies under each of the Loan Documents are cumulative of the right and remedies available to Beneficiary under each of the other Loan Documents and those otherwise available to Beneficiary at law or in equity. No act of Beneficiary shall be construed as an election to proceed under any particular provision of any Loan Document to the exclusion of any other provision in the same or any other Loan Document, or as an election of remedies to the exclusion of any other remedy which may then or thereafter be available to Beneficiary.

9.6 No Implied Waivers. Beneficiary shall not be deemed to have waived any provision of any Loan Document unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by Beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, neither Beneficiary’s acceptance of any payment with knowledge of a Default by Trustor, nor any failure by Beneficiary to exercise any remedy following a Default by Trustor shall be deemed a waiver of such Default, and no waiver by Beneficiary of any particular Default on the part of Trustor shall be deemed a waiver of any other Default or of any similar Default in the future.

9.7 No Third-Party Rights. No person shall be a third-party beneficiary of any provision of any of the Loan Documents. All provisions of the Loan Documents favoring Beneficiary are intended solely for the benefit of Beneficiary, and no third party shall be entitled to assume or expect that Beneficiary will waive or consent to modification of any such provision in Beneficiary’s sole discretion.

9.8 Preservation of Liability and Priority. Without affecting the liability of Trustor or of any other person (except a person expressly released in writing) for payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations, and without affecting the rights of Beneficiary with respect to any security not expressly released in writing, and without impairing in any way the priority of this Deed of Trust over the interests of any person acquired or first evidenced by recording subsequent to the recording hereof, Beneficiary may, either before or after the maturity of the Note, and without notice or consent: (a) release any person liable for payment or performance of all or any part of the Secured Obligations; (b) make any agreement altering the terms of payment or performance of all or any of the Secured Obligations; (c) exercise or refrain from exercising, or waive, any right or remedy which Beneficiary may have under any of the Loan Documents; (d) accept additional security of any kind for any of the Secured Obligations; or (e) release or otherwise deal with any real or personal properly securing the Secured Obligations. Any person acquiring or recording evidence of any interest of any nature in the Property, the Chattels, or the Intangible Personality shall be deemed, by acquiring such interest or recording any evidence thereof, to have agreed and consented to any or all such actions by Beneficiary.

 

29


9.9 Subrogation of Beneficiary. Beneficiary shall be subrogated to the lien of any previous encumbrance discharged with funds advanced by Beneficiary under the Loan Documents, regardless of whether such previous encumbrance has been released of record.

9.10 Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given by Trustor or Beneficiary under this Deed of Trust shall be in writing and will be deemed given (a) upon personal delivery, (b) on the first business day after receipted delivery to a courier service which guarantees next-business-day delivery, or (c) on the third business day after mailing, by registered or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, in any case to the appropriate party at its address set forth below:

If to Trustor:

GLB Encino, LLC

400 South El Camino Real, 11 th Floor

San Mateo, California 94402

Attention: General Counsel

If to Beneficiary:

SunAmerica Life Insurance Company

c/o AIG Global Investment Corp.

1 SunAmerica Center, 38 th Floor

Century City

Los Angeles, California 90067-6022

Attention: Director-Mortgage Lending and Real Estate

with a copy to:

Otten, Johnson, Robinson, Neff &

        Ragonetti, P.C.

950 Seventeenth Street, Suite 1600

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Mark F. Copertino, Esq.

Either party may change such party’s address for notices or copies of notices by giving notice to the other party in accordance with this Section.

9.11 Release of Lien. Upon payment and performance in full of all of the Secured Obligations, Beneficiary will execute and deliver to Trustor such documents as may be required to release this Deed of Trust of record.

9.12 Illegality. If any provision of this Deed of Trust is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Deed of Trust, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Deed of Trust shall not be affected thereby, and in lieu of each such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as a part of this Deed of Trust a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and

 

30


enforceable. If the rights and liens created by this Deed of Trust shall be invalid or unenforceable as to any part of the Secured Obligations, then the unsecured portion of the Secured Obligations shall be completely paid prior to the payment of the remaining and secured portion of the Secured Obligations, and all payments made on the Secured Obligations shall be considered to have been paid on and applied first to the complete payment of the unsecured portion of the Secured Obligations.

9.13 Usury Savings Clause. It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of Beneficiary and Trustor at all times to comply with the applicable law governing the highest lawful interest rate. If the applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under the Note or under any of the other Loan Documents, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received with respect to the Loan, or if acceleration of the maturity of the Note, any prepayment by Trustor, or any other circumstance whatsoever, results in Trustor having paid any interest in excess of that permitted by applicable law, then it is the express intent of Trustor and Beneficiary that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Beneficiary be credited on the principal balance of the Note (or, at Beneficiary’s option, paid over to Trustor), and the provisions of the Note and other Loan Documents immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder and thereunder. The right to accelerate maturity of the Note does not include the right to accelerate any interest which has not otherwise accrued on the date of such acceleration, and Beneficiary does not intend to collect any unearned interest in the event of acceleration. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Beneficiary for the use. forbearance or detention of the Secured Obligations evidenced hereby or by the Note shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term of such Secured Obligations until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of such Secured Obligations does not exceed the maximum rate or amount of interest permitted under applicable law. The term “applicable law” as used herein shall mean any federal or state law applicable to the Loan.

9.14 Obligations Binding Upon Trustor’s Successors. This Deed of Trust is binding upon Trustor and Trustor’s successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Beneficiary, and its successors and assigns, and the provisions hereof shall likewise be covenants running with the land. The duties, covenants, conditions, obligations, and warranties of Trustor in this Deed of Trust shall be joint and several obligations of Trustor and Trustor’s successors and assigns.

9.15 Construction. All pronouns and any variations of pronouns herein shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the parties may require. Whenever the terms herein are singular, the same shall be deemed to mean the plural, as the identity of the parties or the context requires.

9.16 Attorneys’ Fees. Any reference in this Deed of Trust to attorneys’ or counsel’s fees paid or incurred by Beneficiary shall be deemed to include paralegals’ fees and legal assistants’ fees. Moreover, wherever provision is made herein for payment of attorneys, or counsel’s fees or expenses incurred by Beneficiary, such provision shall include but not be limited to, such fees or expenses incurred in any and all judicial, bankruptcy, reorganization.

 

31


administrative, or other proceedings, including appellate proceedings, whether such fees or expenses arise before proceedings are commenced, during such proceedings or after entry of a final judgment.

9.17 Waiver and Agreement. TRUSTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW TO PREPAY THE NOTE, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITHOUT CHARGE, FEE OR PENALTY, UPON ACCELERATION OF THE MATURITY DATE OF THE NOTE, AND AGREES THAT, IF FOR ANY REASON A PREPAYMENT OF ALL OR ANY PART OF THE NOTE IS MADE, WHETHER VOLUNTARILY OR FOLLOWING ANY ACCELERATION OF THE MATURITY DATE OF THE NOTE BY BENEFICIARY ON ACCOUNT OF THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY EVENT OF DEFAULT ARISING FOR ANY REASON, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS A RESULT OF ANY PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED TRANSFER, FURTHER ENCUMBRANCE OR DISPOSITION OF THE PROPERTY OR ANY PART THEREOF SECURING THE NOTE, OR ANY PROHIBITED DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN TRUSTOR, THEN TRUSTOR SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO PAY, CONCURRENTLY WITH SUCH PREPAYMENT, THE PREPAYMENT PREMIUM PROVIDED FOR IN THE NOTE (OR, IN THE EVENT OF ACCELERATION WHEN THE NOTE IS CLOSED TO PREPAYMENT, AS PROVIDED IN THE DEFINITION OF “SECURED OBLIGATIONS” SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 1 HEREOF) AND ANY AND ALL OTHER CHARGES AND FEES DUE UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS. TRUSTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE UNDER CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 2954.10 WITH RESPECT TO THE FOREGOING. TRUSTOR HEREBY DECLARES THAT BENEFICIARY’S AGREEMENT TO MAKE THE LOAN EVIDENCED BY THE NOTE AT THE INTEREST RATE AND FOR THE TERM SET FORTH IN THE NOTE CONSTITUTES ADEQUATE CONSIDERATION, GIVEN INDIVIDUAL WEIGHT BY TRUSTOR, FOR THIS WAIVER AND AGREEMENT.

 

 

LOGO

   Trustor’s Initials

9.18 Waiver of Jury Trial. TRUSTOR HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF: (A) THE LOAN OR THE PROPERTY, (B) THE NOTE, THIS DEED OF TRUST, OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT BETWEEN TRUSTOR AND BENEFICIARY RELATING TO THE NOTE, THE PROPERTY OR THE LOAN, OR (C) ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN TRUSTOR AND BENEFICIARY RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE NOTE OR THE LOAN. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THAT RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, ANTITRUST CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS. AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. TRUSTOR HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH LEGAL COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOOSING, OR HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO DO SO, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS

 

32


IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS DEED OF TRUST, THE NOTE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT WITHOUT A JURY.

9.19 Governing Laws. The substantive laws of the State of California shall govern the validity, construction, enforcement, and interpretation of this Deed of Trust.

9.20 Inconsistency. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Loan Documents and the terms of that certain Mortgage Loan Application between Trustor and Beneficiary, as amended, the terms of the Loan Documents shall govern and control in all respects.

9.21 Anti-Terrorism. Trustor represents, warrants and covenants to Beneficiary that:

(a) None of Trustor, Guarantor or any of their respective constituents, affiliates, members, officers, directors or any individual who has the authority to execute or authorize, or who has been authorized to execute, and/or whose consent is required for the execution of the Loan Documents on behalf of Trustor or Guarantor is in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including without limitation, Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, (as the same has been, or may hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced, the “Executive Order”) and the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. §5311 et seq. ), as amended by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56, as the same has been, or may hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced, the “Patriot Act”). As used herein, “Anti-Terrorism Laws” shall mean any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the Executive Order, the Patriot Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Asset Control (as any of the foregoing laws may from time to time be renewed, extended, amended, or replaced).

(b) None of Trustor, Guarantor, their respective constituents, affiliates, members, officers, directors or any individual who has the authority to execute or authorize, or who has been authorized to execute, and/or whose consent is required for the execution of the Loan Documents on behalf of Trustor or Guarantor, any person having a beneficial interest in Trustor or Guarantor, any person for whom Trustor or Guarantor is acting as agent or nominee, any of their respective brokers or other agents acting in any capacity in connection with the Loan or, to Trustor’s knowledge as of the date hereof, Trustor’s predecessor in interest to the Property is a “Prohibited Person,” which is defined as follows:

(i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

33


(ii) a person or entity owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(iii) a person or entity with whom Beneficiary or any bank or other institutional lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any Anti-Terrorism Law;

(iv) a person or entity who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order;

(v) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official Website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/tllsdn.pdf or at any replacement Website or other replacement official publication of such list; and

(vi) a person or entity who is affiliated with a person or entity listed above.

(c) None of Trustor, Guarantor, any of their respective constituents, affiliates, members, officers, directors or any individual who has the authority to execute or authorize, or who has been authorized to execute, and/or whose consent is required for the execution of the Loan Documents on behalf of Trustor or Guarantor, any of their respective brokers or other agents acting in any capacity in connection with the Loan or, to Trustor’s knowledge as of the date hereof, the seller of the Property (if any portion of the Property is being acquired with proceeds of the Loan), does or shall (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person or leasing any portion of the Property to any Prohibited Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

(d) Trustor shall promptly deliver to Beneficiary any certification or other evidence reasonably requested from time to time by Beneficiary confirming Trustor’s compliance with this Section. The representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Section shall be deemed repeated and reaffirmed by Trustor as of each date that Trustor makes a payment to Beneficiary under the Note, this Deed of Trust and the other Loan Documents or receives any payment from Beneficiary. Trustor shall promptly notify Beneficiary in writing should Trustor become aware of any change in the information set forth in these representations, warranties and covenants.

9.22 Modification of Insurance Agreement. Trustor and Beneficiary acknowledge and agree that the terms “Note” and “Deed of Trust” used in the Insurance

 

35


Agreement shall mean and refer to the Note, as defined herein, and this Deed of Trust, respectively.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trustor has executed and delivered this Deed of Trust as of the date first mentioned above.

 

GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

LOGO

  Brian Peay, Chief Financial Officer


State of California   )  
  )   ss
County of San Mateo   )  

On January 26 th 2007, before me, Karen J. Uribe, personally appeared Brian S. Peay, personally known to me, on evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

LOGO    

LOGO

    Signature of Notary


EXHIBIT A

to

AMENDED AND RESTATED DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT, FIXTURE

FILING, FINANCING STATEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS

(Legal Description)

Real property in the City of Los Angeles, County of Los Angeles, State of California, described as follows:

PARCEL 1:

THAT PORTION OF LOT 6 IN BLOCK 9 OF TRACT NO. 2955, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 31 PAGES 62 TO 70 INCLUSIVE OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID LOT; THENCE SOUTH 0° 03’ 30” EAST ALONG THE EASTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 180.98 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT DISTANT NORTH 0° 03’ 30” WEST 68 FEET FROM THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF THE LAND DESCRIBED IN DEED TO CHARLES LEONARD MURDOCK, RECORDED IN BOOK 19353 PAGE 263, OFFICIAL RECORDS; THENCE PARALLEL WITH THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF SAID LAND OF MURDOCK NORTH 75° 29’ 30” WEST 196.55 FEET TO A LINE BEARING SOUTH 14° 30’ 30” WEST FROM A POINT THAT IS NORTH 52° 13’ 30” EAST 412 FEET, MEASURED ALONG THE NORTHWEST LINE OF SAID LOT FROM THE MOST WESTERLY CORNER OF SAID LOT; THENCE NORTH 14° 30’ 30” EAST TO SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE; THENCE ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF SAID LOT, NORTHEASTERLY, EASTERLY AND SOUTHEASTERLY TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

PARCEL 2:

THAT PORTION OF LOT 6 IN BLOCK 9 TRACT NO. 2955, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 31 PAGES 62 TO 70 INCLUSIVE OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT A POINT IN THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT THAT IS DISTANT NORTH 52° 13’ 30” EAST 412 FEET FROM THE MOST EASTERLY CORNER OF SAID LOT 6; THENCE ALONG SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE SOUTH 52° 13’ 30” WEST 242 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHERLY CORNER OF THE LAND DESCRIBED IN THE DEED TO CHARLES LEONARD MURDOCK, RECORDED IN BOOK 19353 PAGE 263, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE ALONG THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF SAID LAND OF MURDOCK SOUTH 75° 29’ 30” EAST 361.69 FEET TO THE EAST LINE OF SAID LOT 6; THENCE ALONG SAID EAST LINE NORTH 0° 03’ 30” WEST 68.00 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF SAID LAND OF MURDOCK, NORTH 75° 29’ 30” WEST 196.55 FEET TO A LINE BEARING SOUTH 14° 30’ 30” WEST FROM THE POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE ALONG SAID LINE NORTH 14° 30’ 30” EAST 125.62 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

PARCEL 3:

THAT PORTION OF LOT 6 IN BLOCK 9 OF TRACT NO. 2955, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 31 PAGES 62 TO 70 INCLUSIVE OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT A POINT IN THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF SAID LOT DISTANT ALONG SAID LINE SOUTH 74° 16’ 30” EAST 276.85 FEET FROM THE MOST WESTERLY CORNER OF SAID LOT;

 

A-1


THENCE NORTH 15° 43’ 30” EAST 85.72 FEET; THENCE NORTH 74° 16’ 30” WEST 39.54 FEET; THENCE NORTH 77° 14’ 10” WEST 181.04 FEET TO THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT; THENCE ALONG SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE NORTH 52° 13’ 30” EAST 75 FEET TO A POINT DISTANT NORTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE 170 FEET FROM THE MOST WESTERLY CORNER OF SAID LOT; THENCE SOUTH 75° 29’ 30” EAST 361.69 FEET TO A POINT IN THE EASTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT DISTANT NORTHERLY ALONG SAID EASTERLY LINE 150 FEET FROM THE SOUTHEASTERLY CORNER OF SAID LOT; THENCE ALONG SAID EASTERLY LINE SOUTH 0° 03’ 30” EAST 150 FEET TO SAID SOUTHEASTERLY CORNER; THENCE ALONG THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF SAID LOT NORTH 74° 16’ 30” WEST 226.68 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

PARCEL 4:

THOSE PORTIONS OF LOTS 1 AND 4 OF TRACT NO. 34766, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 920 PAGES 31 TO 34 INCLUSIVE OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, TOGETHER WITH THOSE PORTIONS OF LOT 5, IN BOOK 9 OF TRACT NO. 2955, IN SAID CITY, COUNTY AND STATE, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 31 PAGES 62 TO 70 INCLUSIVE OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, DESCRIBED AS A WHOLE AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT THE MOST WESTERLY TERMINUS OF THAT CERTAIN NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 4 SHOWN ON THE MAP OF SAID TRACT NO. 34766, AS HAVING A BEARING AND LENGTH OF NORTH 74° 16’ 30” WEST 250.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 0° 03’ 30” EAST ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 4 A DISTANCE OF 99.33 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 74° 17’ 53” EAST 4.98 FEET; THENCE NORTH 15° 43’ 30” EAST 75.30 FEET TO A LINE THAT IS PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 20.28 FEET SOUTHERLY MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES FROM THE ABOVE MENTIONED NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 4; THENCE SOUTH 74° 16’ 30” EAST ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 18.00 FEET; THENCE NORTH 15° 43’ 30” EAST 20.28 FEET TO SAID NORTHERLY LINE OF LOT 4; THENCE SOUTH 74° 16’ 30” EAST ALONG SAID NORTHERLY LINE 110.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 15° 43’ 30” WEST 20.28 FEET TO SAID LAST MENTIONED PARALLEL LINE; THENCE SOUTH 74° 16’ 30” EAST ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 95.73 FEET TO THE SOUTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 4 OF TRACT NO. 34766; THENCE ALONG SAID PROLONGATION NORTH 0° 03’ 30” WEST 160.29 FEET TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 1 OF TRACT NO. 34766; THENCE ALONG THE PROLONGATION OF THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF LOT 1 OF SAID TRACT NO. 34766 NORTH 74° 16’ 30” WEST 27.31 FEET; THENCE NORTH 15° 43’ 30” WEST 63.33 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 74° 16’ 30” EAST 7.24 FEET; THENCE NORTH 15° 43’ 30” EAST 71.39 FEET TO THE NORTHERLY LINE OF LOT 1 OF SAID TRACT NO. 34766; THENCE ALONG SAID LAST MEASURED NORTHERLY LINE NORTH 74° 16’ 30” WEST TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 1 OF SAID TRACT NO. 34766; THENCE ALONG THE PROLONGATION OF THE WESTERLY LINE OF LOT 1 OF SAID TRACT NO. 34766 NORTH 0° 03’ 30” WEST; TO THE NORTHERLY LINE OF LOT 5 IN BLOCK 9 OF SAID TRACT NO. 2955, THENCE ALONG SAID LAST MENTIONED NORTHERLY LINE NORTH 74° 16’ 30” WEST TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 5 IN BLOCK 9 OF TRACT NO. 2955; THENCE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 5 IN BLOCK 9 OF TRACT NO. 2955; SOUTH 0° 03’ 30” WEST TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

APN: 2289-001-034 and 2289-019-015 and 2289-019-016

 

A-2

EXHIBIT 10.26

AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

U.S. $43,000,000.00

January 26, 2007

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and at the times hereinafter specified, GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maker”), whose address is 400 South El Camino Real, 11 th Floor, San Mateo, California 94402, hereby promises to pay to the order of SUNAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, an Arizona corporation (hereinafter referred to, together with each subsequent holder hereof, as “Holder”), at c/o AIG Global Investment Corp., 1 SunAmerica Center, 38 th Floor, Century City, Los Angeles, California 90067-6022, or at such other address as may be designated from time to time hereafter by any Holder, the principal sum of FORTY THREE MILLION AND NO/100THS DOLLARS ($43,000,000.00), together with interest on the principal balance outstanding from time to time, as hereinafter provided, in lawful money of the United States of America.

RECITALS

A. On or about December 19, 2002, Holder made a $33,000,000.00 loan (“2002 Loan”) to Maker.

B. The 2002 Loan is evidenced by a Promissory Note (“2002 Note”) dated as of December 19, 2002, in the original principal amount of the 2002 Loan executed by Maker for the benefit of Holder, and secured by, among other things, a Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents dated as of December 19, 2002, executed by Maker for the benefit of Holder encumbering certain property commonly known as the First Financial Plaza, Encino, California, as more particularly described therein (“2002 Deed of Trust”).

C. On or about September 16, 2004, Holder and Maker amended the 2002 Note pursuant to an Amendment to Promissory Note dated as of September 16, 2004, executed by Maker and Holder (“Note Amendment”) to, among other things, extend the maturity date of such 2002 Note.

D. The 2002 Note, as amended by the Note Amendment, is referred to hereinafter as the “Original Note”; the loan evidenced by the Original Note is referred to hereinafter as the “Original Loan.”

E. Maker has requested that Holder make an additional advance to Maker in the amount of $12,161,604.15 (the “Additional Advance”). Immediately prior to Holder making the Additional Advance, the outstanding principal balance existing under the Original Loan will be $30,838,395.85 (the “Original Loan Principal Balance”). After Holder makes the Additional Advance, the aggregate principal indebtedness owing by Maker to Holder under the Original Loan and the Additional Advance will be, as of the date of such Additional Advance, $43,000,000.00 (the “New Principal Balance”).


F. This Amended and Restated Promissory Note (this “Note”) shall be effective as of the date Holder makes the Additional Advance to Maker (the “Closing Date”), and upon Holder making such Additional Advance, (i) this Note shall consolidate the Original Loan and the Additional Advance, and amend, modify and restate in its entirety, the Original Note, and (ii) the conditions contained in this Note shall supersede and control the terms, covenants, agreements, rights, obligations and conditions contained in the Original Note.

AGREEMENT

By its execution and delivery of this Note, Maker covenants and agrees as follows:

 

  1. Interest Rate and Payments.

(a) Commencing on the Closing Date, the balance of principal outstanding from time to time under this Note shall bear interest at the rate of five and thirty-four one-hundredths percent (5.34%) per annum (the “New Rate”), based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year composed of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each; however, interest for partial months shall be calculated by multiplying the principal balance of this Note by the applicable interest rate (i.e., the New Rate or the Extension Term Rate (hereinafter defined)), dividing the product by three hundred sixty (360), and multiplying that result by the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Accrued interest (if any) on the Original Loan Principal Balance, at the interest rate set forth in the Original Note, shall be payable on the Closing Date, in arrears. In addition, interest only, at the New Rate, on the New Principal Balance, shall be payable on the Closing Date, in advance, for the period from and including the Closing Date through and including January 31, 2007.

(c) Commencing on March 1, 2007, and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter through and including November 1, 2011, payments of interest only on the outstanding principal balance of this Note, at the New Rate, shall be due and payable, in arrears, in the amount of $191,350.00 each.

(d) The entire outstanding principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and all other sums due hereunder, shall be due and payable in full on December 1, 2011 (the “Original Maturity Date”).

 

  2. Holder’s Extension Option: Net Operating Income.

(a) If Maker shall fail to pay the outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued interest and other charges due hereon at the Original Maturity Date. Holder shall have the right, at Holder’s sole option and discretion, to extend the term of the loan evidenced by this Note (the “Loan”) for an additional period of five (5) years (the “Extension Term”). If Holder elects to extend the term of the Loan, Maker shall pay all fees of Holder incurred in connection with such extension, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and title insurance premiums. Maker shall execute all documents reasonably requested by Holder to

 

2


evidence and secure the Loan, as extended, and shall obtain and provide to Holder any title insurance policy or endorsement requested by Holder.

(b) Should Holder elect to extend the term of the Loan as provided above, Holder shall (i) reset the interest rate borne by the then-existing principal balance of the Loan to a rate per annum (the “Extension Term Rate”) equal to the greater of (A) the New Rate, or (B) Holder’s (or comparable lenders’, if Holder is no longer making such loans) then-prevailing interest rate for five (5) year loans secured by properties similar to the Property (hereinafter defined), as determined by Holder in its sole discretion; (ii) amortize the then-existing principal balance of the Loan over a thirty (30) year amortization period (the “Amortization Period”); (iii) have the right to require Maker to enter into modifications of the non-economic terms of the Loan Documents as Holder may request (the “Non-Economic Modifications”); and (iv) notwithstanding any provision set forth in the Loan Documents to the contrary, have the right to require Maker to make monthly payments into escrow for insurance premiums and real property taxes, assessments and similar governmental charges. Hence, monthly principal and interest payments during the Extension Term shall be based upon the Extension Term Rate, and calculated to fully amortize the outstanding principal balance of the Loan over the Amortization Period.

(c) If Holder elects to extend the term of the Loan, Holder shall advise Maker of the Extension Term Rate within fifteen (15) days following the Original Maturity Date.

(d) In addition to the required monthly payments of principal and interest set forth above, commencing on the first day of the second month following the Original Maturity Date and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter during the Extension Term (each an “Additional Payment Date”), Maker shall make monthly payments to Holder in an amount equal to all Net Operating Income (hereinafter defined) attributable to the Property for the calendar month ending on the last day of the month that is two months preceding each such Additional Payment Date. For example, assuming the Original Maturity Date is January 1, then Net Operating Income for the period from January 1 through January 31 shall be payable to Holder on March 1: Net Operating Income for the period from February 1 through February 28 shall be payable to Holder on April 1, and so on.

(e) Holder shall deposit all such Net Operating Income received from Maker into an account or accounts maintained at a financial institution chosen by Holder or its servicer in its sole discretion (the “Deposit Account”) and all such funds shall be invested in a manner acceptable to Holder in its sole discretion. All interest, dividends and earnings credited to the Deposit Account shall be held and applied in accordance with the terms hereof.

(f) On the third Additional Payment Date and on each third Additional Payment Date thereafter. Holder shall apply all Excess Funds (hereinafter defined), if any, to prepayment of amounts due under this Note, without premium or penalty.

(g) As security for the repayment of the Loan and the performance of all other obligations of Maker under the Loan Documents, Maker hereby assigns, pledges, conveys, delivers, transfers and grants to Holder a first priority security interest in and to: all Maker’s right, title and interest in and to the Deposit Account; all rights to payment from the

 

3


Deposit Account and the money deposited therein or credited thereto (whether then due or in the future due and whether then or in the future on deposit): all interest thereon: any certificates, instruments and securities, if any, representing the Deposit Account: all claims, demands, general intangibles, choses in action and other rights or interests of Maker in respect of the Deposit Account; any monies then or at any time thereafter deposited therein; any increases, renewals, extensions, substitutions and replacements thereof; and all proceeds of the foregoing.

(h) From time to time, but not more frequently than monthly, Maker may request a disbursement (a “Disbursement”) from the Deposit Account for capital expenses, tenant improvement expenses, leasing commissions and special contingency expenses. Holder may consent to or deny any such Disbursement in its sole discretion.

(i) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (hereinafter defined) (i) Maker shall not be entitled to any further Disbursement from the Deposit Account; and (ii) Holder shall be entitled to take immediate possession and control of the Deposit Account (and all funds contained therein) and to pursue all of its rights and remedies available to Holder under the Loan Documents, at law and in equity.

(j) All of the terms and conditions of the Loan shall apply during the Extension Term, except as expressly set forth above, and except that no further extensions of the Loan shall be permitted.

(k) For the purposes of the foregoing:

(i) “Excess Funds” shall mean, on any Additional Payment Date, the amount of funds then existing in the Deposit Account (including any Net Operating Income due on the applicable Additional Payment Date), less an amount equal to the sum of three regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest due on this Note;

(ii) “Net Operating Income” shall mean, for any particular period of time. Gross Revenue for the relevant period, less Operating Expenses for the relevant period; provided, however, that if such amount is equal to or less than zero (0). Net Operating Income shall equal zero (0);

(iii) “Gross Revenue” shall mean all payments and other revenues (exclusive, however, of any payments attributable to sales taxes) received by or on behalf of Maker from all sources related to the ownership or operation of the Property, including, but not limited to, rents, room charges, parking fees, interest, security deposits (unless required to be held in a segregated account), business interruption insurance proceeds, operating expense pass-through revenues and common area maintenance charges, for the relevant period for which the calculation of Gross Revenue is being made; and

(iv) “Operating Expenses” shall mean the sum of all ordinary and necessary operating expenses actually paid by Maker in connection with the operation of the Property during the relevant period for which the calculation of Operating Expenses is being made, including, but not limited to, (a) payments made by

 

4


Maker for taxes and insurance required under the Loan Documents, and (b) monthly debt service payments as required under this Note.

 

  3. Budgets During Extension Term.

(a) Within fifteen (15) days following the Original Maturity Date and on or before December 1 of each subsequent calendar year. Maker shall deliver to Holder a proposed revenue and expense budget for the Property for the remainder of the calendar year in which the Original Maturity Date occurs or the immediately succeeding calendar year (as applicable). Such budget shall set forth Maker’s projection of Gross Revenue and Operating Expenses for the applicable calendar year, which shall be subject to Holder’s reasonable approval. Once a proposed budget has been reviewed and approved by Holder, and Maker has made all revisions requested by Holder, if any, the revised budget shall be delivered to Holder and shall thereafter become the budget for the Property hereunder (the “Budget”) for the applicable calendar year. If Maker and Holder are unable to agree upon a Budget for any calendar year, the budgeted Operating Expenses (excluding extraordinary items) provided in the Budget for the Property for the preceding calendar year shall be considered the Budget for the Property for the subject calendar year until Maker and Holder agree upon a new Budget for such calendar year.

(b) During the Extension Term, Maker shall operate the Property in accordance with the Budget for the applicable calendar year, and the total of expenditures relating to the Property exceeding one hundred and five percent (105%) of the aggregate of such expenses set forth in the Budget for the applicable time period shall not be treated as Operating Expenses for the purposes of calculating “Net Operating Income,” without the prior written consent of Holder except for emergency expenditures which, in the Maker’s good faith judgment, are reasonably necessary to protect, or avoid immediate danger to, life or property.

 

  4. Reports During Extension Term.

(a) During the Extension Term, Maker shall deliver to Holder all financial statements reasonably required by Holder to calculate Net Operating Income, including, without limitation, a monthly statement to be delivered to Holder concurrently with Maker’s payment of Net Operating Income that sets forth the amount of Net Operating Income accompanying such statement and Maker’s calculation of Net Operating Income for the relevant calendar month. Such statements shall be certified by an executive officer of Maker or Maker’s manager, managing member or general partner (as applicable) as having been prepared in accordance with the terms hereof and to be true, accurate and complete in all material respects.

(b) In addition, on or before February 1 of each calendar year during the Extension Term, Maker shall submit to Holder an annual income and expense statement for the Property which shall include the calculation of Gross Revenue. Operating Expenses and Net Operating Income for the preceding calendar year and shall be accompanied by Maker’s reconciliation of any difference between the actual aggregate amount of the Net Operating Income for such calendar year and the aggregate amount of Net Operating Income for such calendar year actually remitted to Holder. All such statements shall be certified by an executive officer of Maker or Maker’s manager, managing member or general partner (as applicable) as

 

5


having been prepared in accordance with the terms hereof and to be true, accurate and complete in all material respects. If any such annual financial statement discloses any inconsistency between the calculation of Net Operating Income and the amount of Net Operating Income actually remitted to Holder, Maker shall immediately remit to Holder the amount of any underpayment of Net Operating Income for such calendar year or, in the event of an overpayment by Maker, such amount may be withheld from any subsequent payment of Net Operating Income required hereunder.

(c) Holder may notify Maker within ninety (90) days after receipt of any statement or report required hereunder that Holder disputes any computation or item contained in any portion of such statement or report. If Holder so notifies Maker. Holder and Maker shall meet in good faith within twenty (20) days after Holder’s notice to Maker to resolve such disputed items. If, despite such good faith efforts, the parties are unable to resolve the dispute at such meeting or within ten (10) days thereafter, the items shall be resolved by an independent certified public accountant designated by Holder within fifteen (15) days after such ten (10) day period. The determination of such accountant shall be final. All fees of such accountant shall be paid by Maker. Maker shall remit to Holder any additional amount of Net Operating Income found to be due for such periods within ten (10) days after the resolution of such dispute by the parties or the accountant’s determination, as applicable. The amount of any overpayment found to have been made for such periods may be withheld from any required future remittance of Net Operating Income.

(d) Maker shall at all times keep and maintain full and accurate books of account and records adequate to reflect correctly all items required in order to calculate Net Operating Income.

 

  5. Prepayment.

(a) Maker shall have no right to prepay all or any part of this Note at any time on or prior to June 30, 2009 (the “Lockout Period”).

(b) At any time following the expiration of the Lockout Period, Maker shall have the right to prepay the full principal amount of this Note and all accrued but unpaid interest hereon as of the date of prepayment, provided that (i) Maker gives not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Holder of Maker’s election to prepay this Note, and (ii) Maker pays a prepayment premium to Holder equal to the greater of (A) one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal amount of this Note or (B) the Present Value of this Note (hereinafter defined), less the amount of principal being prepaid, calculated as of the prepayment date.

(c) Holder shall notify Maker of the amount and basis of determination of the prepayment premium. Holder shall not be obligated to accept any prepayment of the principal balance of this Note unless such prepayment is accompanied by the applicable prepayment premium and all accrued interest and other sums due under this Note. Maker may not prepay the Loan on a Friday or on any day preceding a public holiday, or the equivalent for banks generally under the laws of the State in which the Property is located (the “State”).

 

6


(d) Except for making payments of Net Operating Income as required above, and except for the application of insurance proceeds or condemnation awards to the principal balance of this Note, as provided in the Deed of Trust (hereinafter defined), in no event shall Maker be permitted to make any partial prepayments of this Note.

(e) If Holder accelerates this Note due to the occurrence of an Event of Default, then in addition to Maker’s obligation to pay the then outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon. Maker shall pay to Holder an additional amount equal to the prepayment premium that would be due to Holder if Maker were voluntarily prepaying this Note at the time that such acceleration occurred, or if under the terms hereof no voluntary prepayment would be permissible on the date of such acceleration (i.e. during the Lockout Period), Maker shall pay a prepayment premium calculated as set forth in the Deed of Trust.

(f) For the purposes of the foregoing:

(i) The “Present Value of this Note” with respect to any prepayment of this Note, as of any date, shall be determined by discounting all scheduled payments of principal and interest remaining to maturity of this Note, attributed to the amount being prepaid, at the Discount Rate. If prepayment occurs on a date other than a regularly scheduled payment date, the actual number of days remaining from the prepayment date to the next regularly scheduled payment date will be used to discount within such period;

(ii) The “Discount Rate” is the rate which, when compounded monthly, is equivalent to the Treasury Rate, when compounded semi-annually;

(iii) The “Treasury Rate” is the semi-annual yield on the Treasury Constant Maturity Series with maturity equal to the remaining weighted average life of this Note, for the week prior to the prepayment date, as reported in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15—Selected Interest Rates, conclusively determined by Holder on the prepayment date. The rate will be determined by linear interpolation between the yields reported in Release H.15, if necessary. In the event Release 11.15 is no longer published. Holder shall select a comparable publication to determine the Treasury Rate.

(g) Holder shall not be obligated actually to reinvest the amount prepaid in any treasury obligations as a condition precedent to receiving any prepayment premium.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) at any time following the date that is ninety (90) days preceding the Original Maturity Date, and at any time during the Extension Term. Maker shall have the right to prepay the full principal amount of this Note and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon as of the date of prepayment, without prepayment premium thereon, and (ii) no prepayment premium shall be due in connection with the application of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards to the principal balance of this Note, as provided in the Deed of Trust.

 

7


6. Payments . Whenever any payment to be made under this Note shall be stated to be due on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday or the equivalent for banks generally under the laws of the State (any other day being a “Business Day”), such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

7. Default Rate .

(a) The entire balance of principal, interest, and other sums due upon the maturity hereof, by acceleration or otherwise, shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the greater of (i) eighteen percent (18%) per annum and (ii) a per annum rate equal to five percent (5%) over the prime rate (for corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks) published in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of each month (the “Default Rate”); provided, however, that such rate shall not exceed the maximum permitted by applicable state or federal law. In the event The Wall Street Journal is no longer published or no longer publishes such prime rate. Holder shall select a comparable reference.

(b) If any payment under this Note is not made when due, interest shall accrue at the Default Rate from the date such payment was due until payment is actually made.

8. Late Charges . In addition to interest as set forth herein, Maker shall pay to Holder a late charge equal to four percent (4%) of any amounts due under this Note in the event any such amount is not paid when due.

9. Application of Payments . All payments hereunder shall be applied first to the payment of late charges, if any, then to the payment of prepayment premiums, if any, then to the repayment of any sums advanced by Holder for the payment of any insurance premiums, taxes, assessments, or other charges against the property securing this Note (together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date of advance until repaid), then to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest, and then to the reduction of principal.

10. Immediately Available Funds . Payments under this Note shall be payable in immediately available funds without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, and shall be made by electronic funds transfer from a bank account established and maintained by Maker for such purpose.

11. Security . This Note is secured by an Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents of even date herewith granted by Maker for the benefit of the named Holder hereof (the “Deed of Trust”) encumbering certain real property and improvements thereon commonly known as First Financial Plaza, Encino, California, and more particularly described in such Deed of Trust (the “Property”).

12. Certain Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Deed of Trust.

13. Event of Default . Each of the following events will constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Note and under the Deed of Trust and each other Loan

 

8


Document, and any Event of Default under any Loan Document shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder and under each of the other Loan Documents:

(a) any failure to pay when due any sum hereunder;

(b) any failure of Maker to properly perform any obligation contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents (other than the obligation to make payments under this Note or the other Loan Documents) and the continuance of such failure for a period of ten (10) days following written notice thereof from Holder to Maker; provided, however, that if such failure is not curable within such ten (10) day period, then, so long as Maker commences to cure such failure within such ten (10) day period and is continually and diligently attempting to cure to completion, such failure shall not be an Event of Default unless such failure remains uncured for ninety (90) days after such written notice to Maker; or

(c) if, at any time during the Extension Term. Gross Revenue for any calendar month shall be less than ninety-three percent (93%) of the amount of projected Gross Revenue for such month set forth in the applicable Budget.

14. Acceleration . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the entire balance of principal, accrued interest, and other sums owing hereunder shall, at the option of Holder, become at once due and payable without notice or demand. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 13(c) hereof, Holder shall have the option, in its sole discretion, to either (a) exercise any remedies available to it under the Loan Documents, at law or in equity, or (b) require Maker to submit a new proposed budget for Holder’s approval. If Holder agrees to accept such new proposed budget, then such budget shall become the Budget for all purposes hereunder.

15. Conditions Precedent . Maker hereby certifies and declares that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have happened precedent to the creation and issuance of this Note, and to constitute this Note the legal, valid and binding obligation of Maker, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof, have been done and performed and happened in due and strict compliance with all applicable laws.

16. Certain Waivers and Consents . Maker and all parties now or hereafter liable for the payment hereof, primarily or secondarily, directly or indirectly, and whether as endorser, guarantor, surety, or otherwise, hereby severally (a) waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest and/or dishonor, and all other demands or notices of any sort whatever with respect to this Note, (b) consent to impairment or release of collateral, extensions of time for payment, and acceptance of partial payments before, at, or after maturity, (c) waive any right to require Holder to proceed against any security for this Note before proceeding hereunder, (d) waive diligence in the collection of this Note or in filing suit on this Note, and (e) agree to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which may be incurred in the collection of this Note or any part thereof or in preserving, securing possession of, and realizing upon any security for this Note.

17. Usury Savings Clause . The provisions of this Note and of all agreements between Maker and Holder are, whether now existing or hereinafter made, hereby expressly

 

9


limited so that in no contingency or event whatever, whether by reason of acceleration of the maturity hereof, prepayment, demand for payment or otherwise, shall the amount paid, or agreed to be paid, to Holder for the use, forbearance, or detention of the principal hereof or interest hereon, which remains unpaid from time to time, exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law, it particularly being the intention of the parties hereto to conform strictly to the laws of the State and Federal law, whichever is applicable. If from any circumstance whatever, the performance or fulfillment of any provision hereof or of any other agreement between Maker and Holder shall, at the time performance or fulfillment of such provision is due, involve or purport to require any payment in excess of the limits prescribed by law, then the obligation to be performed or fulfilled is hereby reduced to the limit of such validity, and if from any circumstance whatever Holder should ever receive as interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, the amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance owing hereunder (or, at Holder’s option, be paid over to Maker) and shall not be counted as interest. To the extent permitted by applicable law, determination of the legal maximum amount of interest shall at all times be made by amortizing, prorating, allocating and spreading in equal parts during the period of the full stated term of this Note, all interest at any time contracted for, charged, or received from Maker in connection with this Note and all other agreements between Maker and Holder, so that the actual rate of interest on account of the indebtedness represented by this Note is uniform throughout the term hereof.

18. Non-Recourse; Exceptions to Non-Recourse . Nothing contained in this Note or any of the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to impair or limit Holder’s rights: in foreclosure proceedings or in any ancillary proceedings brought to facilitate Holder’s foreclosure on the Property or any portion thereof or to exercise any specific rights or remedies afforded Holder under any other provisions of the Loan Documents or by law or in equity, subject to the non-recourse provisions set forth below: to recover under any guarantee given in connection with the Loan: or to pursue any personal liability of Maker or any Guarantor under the Environmental Indemnity Agreement or Section 5.10 of the Deed of Trust. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 18, the recourse of Holder with respect to the obligations evidenced by this Note shall be solely to the Property, Chattels and Intangible Personalty (as defined in the Deed of Trust) and any other collateral given as security for the Loan:

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note or in any Loan Document, nothing shall be deemed in any way to impair, limit or prejudice the rights of Holder to collect or recover from Maker and Guarantor: (i) damages or costs (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Holder as a result of waste by Maker; (ii) any condemnation or insurance proceeds attributable to the Property which were not paid to Holder or used to restore the Property in accordance with the terms of the Deed of Trust; (iii) any rents, profits. advances, rebates, prepaid rents or other similar sums attributable to the Property collected by or for Maker following an Event of Default (as defined in the Deed of Trust) and not properly applied to the reasonable fixed and operating expenses of the Property, including payments of this Note and other sums due under the Loan Documents; (iv) any security deposits collected by or for Borrower and not applied in accordance with applicable leases; (v) the amount of any accrued taxes, assessments, and/or utility charges affecting the Property (whether or not the same have been billed to Maker) that are either unpaid by Maker or advanced by Holder under the Deed of Trust; (vi) any sums expended by Holder in fulfilling the obligations of Maker, as lessor, under any leases affecting the Property; (vii) the amount of any loss suffered by

 

10


Holder (that would otherwise be covered by insurance) as a result of Maker’s failure to maintain the insurance required under the terms of any Loan Document: and (viii) the amount of any loss suffered by Holder as a result of any amendment, modification or termination of any lease to Pepperdine University, Marcus & Millichap, Vitas Healthcare Corporation of California, Haber Corporation, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc., and Ezra, Burtzkus, Gubner, L.L.P. (individually, a “Major Tenant”) or execution or subsequent amendment, modification or termination of any lease for any space currently occupied by any Major Tenant without the prior written consent of Holder, if such consent is required under Section 5.3 of the Deed of Trust:

(b) The agreement set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Section 18 to limit the personal liability of Maker shall become null and void and be of no further force and effect, and Maker and each Guarantor shall be personally liable for the obligations evidenced by this Note, in the event (i) that the Property, or any part thereof or any interest therein, or any interest in Maker, shall be further encumbered by a voluntary lien securing any obligation upon which Maker, any direct or indirect general partner, manager or managing member of Maker, any guarantor of the Loan, or any principal or affiliate of Maker shall be personally liable for repayment, either as obligor or guarantor; (ii) of any breach or violation of Section 5.4, 5.5 or 5.7 of the Deed of Trust: (iii) of any fraud or material misrepresentation by Maker in connection with the Property, the Loan Documents or the application made by Maker for the Loan; (iv) that Maker forfeits the Property or Chattels or any portion of the Property or Chattels due to criminal activity; or (v) of any attempt by Maker, any Guarantor, or any other person directly or indirectly responsible for the management of Maker or liable for repayment of Maker’s obligations under the Loan (whether as maker, endorser, guarantor, surety, general partner or otherwise) to materially delay any foreclosure against the Property. Chattels and/or Intangible Personality or any other exercise by Holder of its remedies under the Loan Documents, which attempts shall include, without limitation. (A) any claim that any Loan Document is invalid or unenforceable to an extent that would preclude any such foreclosure or other exercise of remedies, (B) Maker filing a petition in bankruptcy, Maker failing to oppose in good faith the entry of an order for relief pursuant to any involuntary bankruptcy petition filed against it or Maker seeking any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any other similar federal, state or other statute relating to relief from indebtedness, or (C) the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator with respect to Maker or the Property or any part thereof. For purposes of the foregoing, “affiliate” shall mean any individual, corporation, trust, partnership or any other person or entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Maker. A person or entity of any nature shall be presumed to have control when it possesses the power, directly or indirectly, to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of another person or entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

19. Severability . If any provision hereof or of any other document securing or related to the indebtedness evidenced hereby is, for any reason and to any extent, invalid or unenforceable, then neither the remainder of the document in which such provision is contained, nor the application of the provision to other persons, entities, or circumstances, nor any other document referred to herein, shall be affected thereby, but instead shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

11


20. Transfer of Note . Each provision of this Note shall be and remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any negotiation or transfer hereof and any interest herein to any other Holder or participant.

21. Governing Law . Regardless of the place of its execution. this Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State.

22. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to all of Maker’s obligations under this Note.

23. Remedies Cumulative . The remedies provided to Holder in this Note, the Deed of Trust and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and concurrent and may be exercised singly, successively or together against Maker, the Property, and other security, or any guarantor of this Note, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Holder.

24. No Waiver . Holder shall not by any act or omission be deemed to waive any of its rights or remedies hereunder unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the Holder and then only to the extent specifically set forth therein. A waiver of one event shall not be construed as continuing or as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy granted to Holder hereunder in connection with a subsequent event.

25. Joint and Several Obligation . If Maker is more than one person or entity, then (a) all persons or entities comprising Maker are jointly and severally liable for all of the Maker’s obligations hereunder; (b) all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Maker shall be deemed representations, warranties, and covenants of each of the persons or entities comprising Maker; (c) any breach. Default or Event of Default by any of the persons or entities comprising Maker hereunder shall be deemed to be a breach. Default, or Event of Default of Maker; and (d) any reference herein contained to the knowledge or awareness of Maker shall mean the knowledge or awareness of any of the persons or entities comprising Maker.

26. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . MAKER HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW. ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF: (A) THE LOAN OR THE PROPERTY, (B) THIS NOTE, THE DEED OF TRUST, OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT BETWEEN MAKER AND HOLDER RELATING TO THIS NOTE. THE PROPERTY OR THE LOAN, OR (C) ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN MAKER AND HOLDER RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS NOTE OR THE LOAN. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THAT RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, ANTITRUST CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS, MAKER HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH LEGAL COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOOSING, OR HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO DO SO, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS

 

12


IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT WITHOUT A JURY.

27. WAIVER OF PREPAYMENT RIGHT WITHOUT PREMIUM . MAKER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW TO PREPAY THIS NOTE. IN WHOLE OR IN PART. WITHOUT CHARGE. FEE OR PENALTY. UPON ACCELERATION OF THE MATURITY DATE OF THIS NOTE, AND AGREES THAT. IF FOR ANY REASON A PREPAYMENT OF ALL OR ANY PART OF THIS NOTE IS MADE. WHETHER VOLUNTARILY OR FOLLOWING ANY ACCELERATION OF THE MATURITY DATE OF THIS NOTE BY HOLDER ON ACCOUNT OF THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY EVENT OF DEFAULT ARISING FOR ANY REASON. INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS A RESULT OF ANY PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED TRANSFER, FURTHER ENCUMBRANCE OR DISPOSITION OF THE PROPERTY OR ANY PART THEREOF SECURING THIS NOTE, OR ANY PROHIBITED DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN MAKER, THEN MAKER SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO PAY, CONCURRENTLY WITH SUCH PREPAYMENT, THE PREPAYMENT PREMIUM PROVIDED FOR IN THIS NOTE (OR, IN THE EVENT OF PREPAYMENT FOLLOWING ACCELERATION OF THE MATURITY DATE HEREOF WHEN THIS NOTE IS CLOSED TO PREPAYMENT, AS PROVIDED IN THE DEED OF TRUST) AND ANY AND ALL OTHER CHARGES AND FEES DUE UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS. MAKER HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE UNDER CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 2954.10 WITH RESPECT TO THE FOREGOING. MAKER HEREBY DECLARES THAT HOLDER’S AGREEMENT TO MAKE THE LOAN AT THE INTEREST RATE AND FOR THE TERM SET FORTH IN THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES ADEQUATE CONSIDERATION, GIVEN INDIVIDUAL WEIGHT BY MAKER, FOR THIS WAIVER AND AGREEMENT.

 

MAKER   

LOGO

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF and intending to be legally bound, Maker has duly executed this Note as of the date first above written.

 

MAKER:

 

GLB ENCINO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By:   LOGO
  Brian Peay, Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 10.27

LOGO

Approval Letter        

VIA E-MAIL

June 8, 2010

Hudson Capital, LLC.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attn: Alex Vouvalides

Office: 310.445.5706

Cell: 917.609.2808

alex@hudsonllc.com

 

Re:    Loan Name:    Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC
   Loan No.:    16-8000081
   Investor:    168
   Property:    Glenborough Tierrasanta
      9765-9775 Clairemont Mesa Blvd.
      San Diego, CA 92124
   Lender:    CD 2007-CD4

Dear Mr. Vouvalides:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“ WFB ” or “ Lender ”) as Master Servicer, and CWCapital Asset Management, LLC (“ CWCAM ”) as Special Servicer, has approved Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC’s request for consent to the proposed transfer of ownership in Borrower to Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (“ Hudson ”), and the replacement of the guarantor/indemnitor for the non-recourse carve-outs and environmental indemnity by Hudson (collectively, the “ Transfer ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

  1. Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC (“ Borrower ”), the current member of Borrower, and the proposed new member of Borrower shall execute a consent agreement and any other documentation required by Lender, in form and content acceptable to Lender evidencing the proposed Transfer, including representations from both current and proposed new members of Borrower that the loan is not in default.

 

  2. Hudson shall execute such documents as Lender may require evidencing the proposed Transfer.

 

  3. Hudson shall execute documents as indemnitor and guarantor. Borrower shall reaffirm its obligations as a guarantor.


  4. Borrower shall deliver to Lender a “no adverse change” certification which states that its the current financial position has not significantly deteriorated from that reflected in the most recently provided financial statements.

 

  5. Borrower shall deliver to Lender a property management contract acceptable to Lender. Such agreement or a subordination agreement of such agreement shall include a 30-day cancellation provision and shall stipulate that no change in management shall take place without Lender’s consent. Any management fee included shall not exceed 5% and the management agreement must be subordinate to the subject loan.

 

  6. Borrower and its key principals/limited guarantors shall certify to Lender that the closing funds are being contributed as a capital contribution and are not secured, directly or indirectly, by an interest in proposed borrower or any collateral assigned to lender under the loan documents.

 

  7. WFB and Lender shall receive a legal opinion, in form and content and issued by tax counsel satisfactory to WFB’s tax counsel, that the Transfer will not result in a significant modification of the loan within the meaning of the applicable Treasury regulations or otherwise result in any adverse tax consequences to the lender under the applicable REMIC statutes and regulations.

 

  8. CWCAM shall review and approve the proposed Standard Lease Form.

 

  9. Any and all of Borrower’s proposed loan modifications shall be subject to the review and approval of Lender’s outside counsel.

 

  10. Any loan modifications related to transfers of direct or indirect interests in Borrower shall conform to Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

  11. After giving effect to the Transfer, Borrower’s insurance policy (and insurance carriers) shall continue to comply with any applicable requirements in the loan documents, as may be amended, subject to Lender’s approval.

 

  12. The initial public offering (“ IPO ”) for Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (“ HPP ”), the general partner of Hudson, which is anticipated to occur on or about June 22, 2010 or as soon thereafter as practicable, shall be successful.

 

  13. Borrower shall complete those deferred maintenance items identified on that certain site inspection report from September 2009 in a manner satisfactory to Lender.

 

  14.

Upon successful completion of its IPO, HPP, Hudson and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ REIT ”) shall collectively maintain (i) a Tangible Net Worth (as defined below) in excess of $232,500,000, and (ii) Liquid Assets (as defined below) having a market value in excess of $19,500,000. As used herein, “ Tangible Net Worth ” means, as of a given date, the REIT’s equity calculated by subtracting total liabilities of the REIT from total assets of the REIT, with evidence of valuation satisfactory to Lender. As used herein, “ Liquid Assets ” means assets in the form of cash, cash equivalents, obligations of (or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by) the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided the full faith and credit of the United States supports such obligation or guarantee), certificates of deposit issued by a commercial bank having net assets of not less than $500 million, securities used and traded on a recognized stock


  exchange or traded over the counter and listed in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotations, or liquid debt instruments that have a readily ascertainable value and are regularly traded in a recognized financial market.

 

  15. At the closing of the proposed Transfer, Borrower shall deposit with Lender, as additional security for the payment and performance by Borrower of its obligations under the loan documents, an amount equal to $700,000 in the form of cash or a letter of credit from a financial institution and in a form acceptable to Lender. The cash or the letter of credit shall be held by Lender throughout the term of the loan and may be applied to the outstanding principal balance of the loan at payoff and maturity of the loan.

 

  16. At the closing of the proposed Transfer, Hudson shall provide a limited payment guaranty in an amount of $700,000.

 

  17. Borrower shall pay for all costs and expenses related to the Transfer, including but not limited to legal fees, rating agency review fees, closing and title fees and WFB’s loan administration fees. Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all costs and expenses it incurs as a result of the Transfer, even in the event the Transfer fails to close for any reason whatsoever.

 

  18. Lender shall receive at closing a loan transfer and modification fee in an amount equal to $71,500, which such amount is equal to 0.50% of the outstanding balance of the loan.

This letter shall be valid for a period of thirty (30) days from the date hereof.

 

Sincerely,
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,

/s/ Nicholas Errico

Nicholas Errico

Wells Fargo Commercial Mortgage

nicholas.errico@wellsfargo.com

(415) 947-4696

 

Your Contact for the Closing Process:
  Asset Administrator:    Wayne Ventus
  E-mail:    wayne.ventus@wellsfargo.com
  Phone Number:    510-446-3204
  Fax Number:    510-446-3652
  Address:    Wells Fargo Commercial Mortgage
     Asset Administration
     1901 Harrison Street, 2nd Floor
     Oakland, CA 94612


EXHIBIT A

(a) Section 8.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Section 8.1 Restrictions on Transfers . Unless such action is permitted by the provisions of this Article VIII, Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other Person holding any direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower or the Property to, except with the prior written consent of Lender, (i) Transfer all or any part of the Property, or (ii) permit any Transfer (directly or indirectly) of any interest in Borrower, Borrower Parent, any SPE Entity, or the Property (other than pursuant to Leases of a space to tenants in accordance with this Agreement).”

(b) Subsections (vi) – (viii) of Section 8.5(b) of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(vi) Borrower Parents shall at all times maintain at least a 30% direct or indirect, equity interest in Borrower, (vii) Borrower Parents shall maintain management and control of Borrower and the Property, and (viii) Operating Partnership shall deliver to lender written affirmation of its obligations under the Recourse Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity.”

(c) Section 8.5(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, no Lender approval, Rating Agency Confirmation or delivery of a Non-Consolidation Opinion shall be necessary or requested to effect or consummate any Transfers of interests in or of Borrower to any Affiliate of any Borrower Parent provided that (i) Borrower shall provide Lender with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof, (ii) immediately prior to such Transfer, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) there is no Change of Control and the persons responsible for the day to day management of the property remains unchanged, and (iv) Borrower shall pay (y) to Lender a transfer fee equal to [              ] of the outstanding Principal Amount of the Loan and (z) all of Lender’s fees, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs, actually incurred by Lender in contraction with such Transfer. For purposes of this Section 8.5(c), a “ Change of Control” shall mean a change in the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Controlled entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other beneficial interest, by contract or otherwise.”

(d) The following is added as Section 8.5(d) of the Loan Agreement:

“(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, for so long as REIT and the Operating Partnership are Borrower Parents, the issuance, sale, conveyance, transfer, disposition, alienation, hypothecation, pledge or encumbrance (whether voluntary or involuntary or directly or indirectly) of (i) any securities, options, warrants or other interests in the REIT (a “ REIT Transfer ”) or (ii) partnership interests and other interests in the Operating Partnership


(an “ OP Transfer ”) shall be permitted without Lender’s prior written consent, provided that any such REIT Transfer and/or OP Transfer, as the case may be, does not (i) result in a Change in Control (hereinafter defined) of the REIT and/or the Operating Partnership or (ii) result in a change in control of the Property; provided, however, that (A) at all times the public issuance and/or trading of stock of the REIT shall at all times be permitted and (B) any REIT Transfer and/or OP Transfer, as the case may be, that would result from a merger and/or acquisition and/or consolidation of the REIT or the Operating Partnership, as the case may be, by or into any other Person shall not be permitted without Lender’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(1) So long as a Change in Control does not occur, no consent of the Lender shall be required in connection with a merger of the REIT into or an acquisition of the REIT by a Qualified Transferee (hereinafter defined), so long as the following conditions are met:

(A) The REIT or the surviving entity if such entity is not the REIT (the “ REIT Successor ”), shall continue to own 100% of the direct and indirect general partnership interests in the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership shall continue to own 100% of the direct and indirect membership interests in Borrower.

(B) Lender must be given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the REIT Transfer, giving sufficient default of the proposed transaction. This shall include, but not be limited to, a pro-forma balance sheet as of the expected date of the REIT Transfer.

(C) Borrower and Operating Partnership, in its capacity as an indemnitor/guarantor of the Loan, shall execute and deliver to Lender in its reasonable discretion, ratifying their existing obligations under the Loan Documents and confirming that there has been no change in Borrower’s organizational documents or Operating Partnership’s organizational documents.

(D) Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all of Lender’s reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses related to the REIT Transfer, without limitation, Lender’s reasonable attorney’s fees and costs and the costs of Rating Agency review, if applicable, and shall pay to Lender a transfer fee equal to one percent (1%) of the outstanding Principal Amount of the Loan.

(2) If a Change in Control does occur in connection with a REIT Transfer and/or an OP Transfer, consent of the Lender shall be required in accordance with Article 8 of this Loan Agreement, and provided that such REIT Transfer is to a Qualified Transferee, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as all conditions set forth in Section 8.5(d)(1) hereinabove are satisfied and the provisions of Article 8 are satisfied.

(3) No REIT Transfer or OP Transfer shall relieve Borrower, Operating Partnership, as indemnitor/guarantor of the Loan, or the REIT (except where the REIT is not the surviving entity, and in such event the REIT Successor shall have assumed the REIT’s obligations under the Loan Documents) of any of their respective obligations and liabilities under the Note or any of the other Loan Documents.


For purposes of this Section 8.5(d), the term “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) a change in the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other beneficial interest, by contract or otherwise, or (ii) any transfer of interests or series of transfers of interests in the REIT which results in more than 49% of the ownership interests of the REIT or the surviving entity, as applicable, being held by any single person or entity or related group of people or entities which does not currently own more than 49% of the interests in the REIT.

For purposes of this Section 8.5(d), the term “ Qualified Transferee ” is defined as follows: Only one of the following:

(A) a real estate investment trust, bank, saving and loan association, investment bank, insurance company, trust company, commercial credit corporation, pension plan, pension fund or pension advisory firm, mutual fund, government entity or plan, provided that any of the foregoing entities referred to in this clause (A)  satisfies the Eligibility Requirements;

(B) an investment company, money management firm or “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided that any of the foregoing entities referred to in this clause (B)  satisfies the Eligibility Requirements;

(C) an institution substantially similar to any of the foregoing entities described in clauses (A)  or (B)  that satisfies the Eligibility Requirements;

(D) any entity Controlled by any of the entities described in clauses (A)  or (B)  above;

(E) an investment fund, limited liability company, limited partnership or general partnership where a Permitted Fund Manager or an entity that is otherwise a Qualified Transferee under clauses (A) , (B) , (C)  or (D)  of this definition acts as the general partner, managing member or fund manager and at least 50% of the equity interests in such investment vehicle are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more entities that are otherwise Qualified Transferees under clauses (A) , (B) , (C)  or (D)  of this definition; and

(F) is not a Prohibited Person.

For purposes of this Section 8.5(d), the term “ Eligibility Requirements ” means, with respect to any entity, that such entity (i) has capital/statutory surplus or shareholder’s equity in excess of $600,000,000, and (ii) is regularly engaged in the business of making or owning commercial real estate loans or operating commercial mortgage properties and has not less than seven (7) years of experience with the management of commercial real estate comparable to the Property and has a reputation in the industry reasonably equivalent to, or better than that of, the REIT, or is otherwise satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion. For purposes of this Section, the term “ Permitted Fund Manager ” means, with respect to any entity, that such entity (i) is a nationally-recognized manager of investment funds investing in debt or equity interests relating to commercial real estate, or (ii) is a commercial real estate manager that controls or manages at least $500,000,000 in real estate equity assets.


Other than as specifically provided above, the terms and provisions of Article 8 of the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

EXHIBIT 10.28

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 28, 2006

between

GLENBOROUGH TIERRASANTA, LLC, as Borrower,

and

GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Lender


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page
I.    DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION   1
   Section 1.1    Definitions   1
   Section 1.2    Principles of Construction   21
II.    GENERAL TERMS   22
   Section 2.1    Loan; Disbursement to Borrower   22
   Section 2.2    Interest; Loan Payments; Late Payment Charge   22
   Section 2.3    Prepayments   23
   Section 2.4    Regulatory Change; Taxes   26
   Section 2.5    Conditions Precedent to Closing   28
III.    RESERVED   32
IV.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   32
   Section 4.1    Borrower Representations   32
   Section 4.2    Survival of Representations   41
V.    BORROWER COVENANTS   41
   Section 5.1    Affirmative Covenants   41
   Section 5.2    Negative Covenants   48
VI.    INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION; RESTORATION   51
   Section 6.1    Insurance Coverage Requirements   51
   Section 6.2    Condemnation and Insurance Proceeds   56
VII.    IMPOSITIONS, OTHER CHARGES, LIENS AND OTHER ITEMS   60
   Section 7.1    Borrower to Pay Impositions and Other Charges   60
   Section 7.2    No Liens   60
   Section 7.3    Contest   60
VIII.    TRANSFERS, INDEBTEDNESS AND SUBORDINATE LIENS   61
   Section 8.1    Restrictions on Transfers   61
   Section 8.2    Sale of Building Equipment   61
   Section 8.3    Immaterial Transfers and Easements, etc.   62
   Section 8.4    Indebtedness   62
   Section 8.5    Permitted Transfers   62

 

i


   Section 8.6    Deliveries to Lender    63
   Section 8.7    Loan Assumption    63
   Section 8.8    Leases    64
IX.    RESERVED    68
X.    MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; ALTERATIONS    68
   Section 10.1    Maintenance of Property    68
   Section 10.2    Conditions to Alteration    68
   Section 10.3    Costs of Alteration    69
XI.    BOOKS AND RECORDS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION    70
   Section 11.1    Books and Records    70
   Section 11.2    Financial Statements    70
XII.    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS    72
   Section 12.1    Representations    72
   Section 12.2    Covenants    72
   Section 12.3    Environmental Indemnification    73
   Section 12.4    Mold Indemnification    74
   Section 12.5    Recourse Nature of Certain Indemnifications    75
XIII.    RESERVED    75
XIV.    SECURITIZATION AND PARTICIPATION    75
   Section 14.1    Sale of Note and Securitization    75
   Section 14.2    Cooperation with Rating Agencies    76
   Section 14.3    Securitization Financial Statements    76
   Section 14.4    Securitization Indemnification    76
   Section 14.5    RESERVED    79
   Section 14.6    Retention of Servicer    79
   Section 14.7    Securitization Costs    79
XV.    ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS    79
   Section 15.1    Assignment and Acceptance    79
   Section 15.2    Effect of Assignment and Acceptance    80
   Section 15.3    Content    80
   Section 15.4    Register    81
   Section 15.5    Substitute Notes    81
   Section 15.6    Participations    81

 

ii


   Section 15.7    Disclosure of Information    82
   Section 15.8    Security Interest in Favor of Federal Reserve Bank    82
XVI.    RESERVED    82
XVII.    DEFAULTS    82
   Section 17.1    Event of Default    82
   Section 17.2    Remedies    85
   Section 17.3    Remedies Cumulative; Waivers    86
   Section 17.4    Costs of Collection    86
XVIII.    SPECIAL PROVISIONS    87
   Section 18.1    Exculpation    87
   Section 18.2    Carveouts From Non-Recourse Limitations    87
XIX.    MISCELLANEOUS    89
   Section 19.1    Survival    89
   Section 19.2    Lender’s Discretion    89
   Section 19.3    Governing Law    89
   Section 19.4    Modification, Waiver in Writing    90
   Section 19.5    Delay Not a Waiver    91
   Section 19.6    Notices    91
   Section 19.7    TRIAL BY JURY    92
   Section 19.8    Headings    93
   Section 19.9    Severability    93
   Section 19.10    Preferences    93
   Section 19.11    Waiver of Notice    93
   Section 19.12    Expenses; Indemnity    93
   Section 19.13    Exhibits and Schedules Incorporated    95
   Section 19.14    Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses    95
   Section 19.15    Liability of Assignees of Lender    96
   Section 19.16    No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries    96
   Section 19.17    Publicity    96
   Section 19.18    Waiver of Marshalling of Assets    96
   Section 19.19    Waiver of Counterclaim and other Actions    97
   Section 19.20    Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance    97
   Section 19.21    Brokers and Financial Advisors    97
   Section 19.22    Prior Agreements    97
   Section 19.23    Counterparts    98
   Section 19.24    Preferences    98

 

iii


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBIT A    TITLE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS, ENDORSEMENTS AND AFFIRMATIVE COVERAGES
EXHIBIT B    SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
EXHIBIT C    SINGLE PURPOSE ENTITY PROVISIONS
EXHIBIT D    ENFORCEABILITY OPINION REQUIREMENTS
EXHIBIT E    NON-CONSOLIDATION OPINION REQUIREMENTS
EXHIBIT F    RESERVED
EXHIBIT G    FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL LETTER
EXHIBIT H    BORROWER ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
EXHIBIT I    RESERVED
EXHIBIT J    FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT K    FORM OF SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT L    FORM OF TENANT NOTIFICATION LETTER
EXHIBIT M    RESERVED
EXHIBIT N   
EXHIBIT O    STANDARD FORM OF LEASE
EXHIBIT P    FORM OF INDEPENDENT MANAGER/MEMBER/DIRECTOR CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT Q    RESERVED
SCHEDULE I    RESERVED
SCHEDULE II    RESERVED
SCHEDULE III    RESERVED
SCHEDULE IV    RESERVED
SCHEDULE V    PRE-APPROVED TRANSFEREES
SCHEDULE VI    RESERVED
SCHEDULE VII    LITIGATION SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE VIII    RENT ROLL
SCHEDULE IX    RESERVED
SCHEDULE X    BORROWER’S TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
SCHEDULE XI    TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENTS
SCHEDULE XII    RESERVED
SCHEDULE XIII    EXCEPTION TO REPRESENTATION 4.1.12

 

iv


LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of November 28, 2006 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this Agreement ), by and between GLENBOROUGH TIERRASANTA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Borrower , having an address at c/o Morgan Stanley, 1585 Broadway, 37 th Floor, New York, New York 10036, and GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, having an address at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005 (together with its successors and assigns, Lender ).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain the Loan (as hereinafter defined) from Lender;

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the making of the Loan by Lender and the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant as follows:

I. DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly required or unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent:

Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.29(b) .

Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with, or any general partner or managing member in, such specified Person. An Affiliate of a Person includes, without limitation, (i) any officer or director of such Person, (ii) any record or beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of ownership interests of such Person and (iii) any Affiliate of the foregoing. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other beneficial interest, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement shall mean this Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

ALTA shall mean American Land Title Association, or any successor thereto.

Alterations shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 .


Annual Budget shall mean the operating budget for the Property prepared by Manager, on Borrower’s behalf, pursuant to the Management Agreement, for the applicable Fiscal Year or other period setting forth, in reasonable detail, Manager’s good faith estimates of the anticipated results of operations of the Property, including revenues from all sources, all Operating Expenses, management fees and Capital Expenditures.

Applicable Rate shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

Assignment and Acceptance shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by Lender and an assignee, and accepted by Lender in accordance with Article XV and in substantially the form of Exhibit J or such other form customarily used by Lender in connection with the participation or syndication of mortgage loans at the time of such assignment pursuant to which the assignee agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions hereof.

Assignment of Leases shall mean that certain first priority Assignment of Leases, Rents and Security Deposits, dated as of the date hereof, from Borrower, as assignor, to Lender, as assignee, assigning to Lender all of Borrower’s interest in and to the Leases, Rents and Security Deposits as security for the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assignment of Management Agreement shall mean that certain Manager’s Consent and Subordination of Management Agreement, dated the date hereof, among Lender, Borrower and Manager, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy Code shall mean Title 11, U.S.C.A., as amended from time to time and any successor statute thereto.

Blanket Policy shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.1.14 .

Borrower shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Borrower Parents shall mean, collectively, Glenborough Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Glenborough Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Holding Company.

Building Equipment shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banks in New York or in the state in which Servicer is located are not open for business.

Capital Expenditures shall mean any amount incurred in respect of capital items which in accordance with GAAP would not be included in Borrower’s annual financial statements for an applicable period as an operating expense of the Property and is not reasonably expected by Borrower to be a regularly recurring operating expense of the Property.

Cash shall mean the legal tender of the United States of America.

 

2


Cash and Cash Equivalents shall mean any one or a combination of the following: (i) Cash, and (ii) U.S. Government Obligations.

Casualty Amount shall mean two and one half percent (2.5%) of the Principal Amount of the Loan.

Closing Date shall mean the date of this Agreement set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as it may be further amended from time to time, and any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

Control shall mean (i) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise or (ii) the ownership, direct or indirect, of more than 50% of the voting securities of such Person, and the terms Controlled, Controlling and Common Control shall have correlative meanings.

Cut-Off Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.3(a) .

DBS shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.2(b) .

DBS Group shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.2(b) .

Debt shall mean, with respect to any Person at any time, (a) indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (b) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases; (c) obligations issued for, or liabilities incurred on the account of, such Person; (d) obligations or liabilities of such Person arising under letters of credit, credit facilities or other acceptance facilities; (e) obligations of such Person under any guarantees or other agreement to become secondarily liable for any obligation of any other Person, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; (f) obligations of such Person secured by any Lien on any property of such Person, whether or not the obligations have been assumed by such Person; or (g) obligations of such Person under any interest rate or currency exchange agreement.

Debt Service shall mean, with respect to any particular period of time, scheduled interest payments under the Note.

Default shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under any other Loan Document which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

3


Defeasance Collateral shall mean obligations or securities that (a) are not subject to prepayment, call or early redemption, (b) provide for interest at a fixed rate, (c) have a principal amount due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (d) are rated “AAA” by S&P (or, if not rated by S&P in its published criteria in paragraphs 1, 2, or 3 of its Eligible Investment Criteria for “AAA” Rated Structured Transactions) and Aaa by Moody’s, and (e) constitute “government securities” as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended (15 U.S.C. 80a-l)

Defeasance Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.4(a)(i) hereof.

Defeasance Deposit shall mean an amount equal to the remaining Principal Amount of the Note and any costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred in the purchase of Defeasance Collateral necessary to meet the Scheduled Defeasance Payments.

Defeasance Event shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.4(a) hereof.

Defeasance Lockout Period shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

Deficiency shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.4(b)(ii) .

Deficiency Collateral shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.4(b)(ii) .

Disclosure Document shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.1 .

Disqualified Transferee shall mean any Person that (within the past five (5) years) (i) has been convicted (or has any natural person who is a principal of such Person at the time of such transfer who has been convicted) in a criminal proceeding for a felony; (ii) has filed a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (iii) as to which an involuntary petition (which was not subsequently dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days) has been filed under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (iv) has filed an answer consenting to or acquiescing in any involuntary petition filed against it by any other person under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (v) has consented to or acquiesced in or joined in an application for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or examiner for itself or any of its property; (vi) has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or has admitted its insolvency or inability to pay its debts as they become due; or (vii) has been found by a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental authority in a comparable proceeding to have violated any federal or state securities laws or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Eligibility Requirements means, with respect to any Person, that such Person (i) has real estate assets (in name or under management) in excess of $600,000,000 and (except with respect to a pension advisory firm or similar fiduciary) capital/statutory surplus or shareholder’s equity of $250,000,000 and (ii) is regularly engaged in the business of making or owning commercial real estate loans or operating commercial properties.

Environmental Certificate shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.1 .

 

4


Environmental Claim shall mean any claim, action, cause of action, investigation or written notice by any Person alleging potential liability (including liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, natural resource damages, property damages, personal injuries or penalties) arising out of, based upon or resulting from (a) the presence, release or threatened release into the environment of any Hazardous Materials from or at the Property, or (b) the violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law relating to the Property.

Environmental Consultant shall mean an Independent environmental consulting firm having at least five (5) years experience (i) conducting environmental assessments for properties similar to the Property and (ii) preparing and supervising remediation plans for properties similar to the Property, which firm is selected by Borrower and is reasonably acceptable to Lender.

Environmental Event shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.1 .

Environmental Indemnity shall mean the Environmental Indemnity, dated the date hereof, made by Borrower and Sponsor in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Laws shall have the meaning provided in the Environmental Indemnity.

Environmental Reports shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 .

ERISA shall mean the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the applicable rulings issued thereunder.

Event of Default shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.1(a) .

Exchange Act shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.1 .

Exculpated Parties shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18.1.1 .

Excusable Delay shall mean a delay solely due to acts of God, governmental restrictions, stays, judgments, orders, decrees, war, other enemy actions, terrorism, civil commotion, fire, casualty, strikes, work stoppages, shortages of labor or materials or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Borrower, but Borrower’s lack of funds in and of itself shall not be deemed a cause beyond the control of Borrower.

Fiscal Year shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 during each year of the term of the Loan or the portion of any such twelve (12) month period falling within the term of the Loan in the event that such a twelve (12) month period occurs partially before or after, and partially during, the term of the Loan.

Fitch shall mean Fitch, Inc.

Foreign Lender shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the

 

5


United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Future Lease shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.1 .

GAAP shall mean the generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the accounting profession), or in such other statements by such entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the U.S. accounting profession, to the extent such principles are applicable to the facts and circumstances on the date of determination.

Governmental Authority shall mean any court, board, agency, commission, office or other authority of any nature whatsoever for any governmental unit (federal, state, county, district, municipal, city or otherwise) whether now or hereafter in existence.

Hazardous Materials shall have the meaning provided in the Environmental Indemnity.

Holding Company shall mean Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (f/k/a Glenborough Properties, L.P.).

Holding Company LP Agreement means that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Glenborough Properties, L.P., as the same may be amended, restated, replaced or otherwise modified.

Impositions shall mean all taxes (including all ad valorem , sales (including those imposed on lease rentals), use, single business, gross receipts, value added, intangible transaction, privilege or license or similar taxes), governmental assessments (including all assessments for public improvements or benefits, whether or not commenced or completed prior to the date hereof and whether or not commenced or completed within the term of this Agreement), water, sewer or other rents and charges, excises, levies, fees (including license, permit, inspection, authorization and similar fees), and all other governmental charges, in each case whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, or foreseen or unforeseen, of every character in respect of the Property and/or any Rents (including all interest and penalties thereon), which at any time prior to, during or in respect of the term hereof may be assessed or imposed on or in respect of or be a Lien upon (a) Borrower (including all income, franchise, single business or other taxes imposed on Borrower for the privilege of doing business in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located), (b) the Property, or any other collateral delivered or pledged to Lender in connection with the Loan, or any part thereof, or any Rents therefrom or any estate, right, title or interest therein, or (c) any occupancy, operation, use or possession of, or sales from, or activity conducted on, or in connection with the Property or the leasing or use of all or any part thereof. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to require Borrower to pay any tax, assessment, levy or charge imposed on (i) any tenant occupying any portion of the Property, (ii) any third party manager of the Property, or (iii) Lender in the nature of a capital levy, estate, inheritance, succession, income or net revenue tax.

Improvements shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

 

6


Increased Costs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.1 .

Indebtedness shall mean, at any given time, the Principal Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other obligations and liabilities due or to become due to Lender pursuant hereto, under the Note or in accordance with the other Loan Documents and all other amounts, sums and expenses that may become payable by Borrower to Lender hereunder or pursuant to the Note or the other Loan Documents.

Indemnified Parties shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.12(b) .

Independent shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, a Person who: (i) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in any Borrower or in any Affiliate of any Borrower, (ii) is not connected with any Borrower or any Affiliate of any Borrower, as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, member, manager, creditor, director, supplier, customer or person performing similar functions, and (iii) is not a member of the immediate family of a Person defined in (i)  or (ii)  above.

Independent Accountant shall mean (i) any “big four” accounting firm or (ii) another firm of nationally recognized, certified public accountants which is Independent and which is selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender.

Independent Architect shall mean an architect, engineer or construction consultant selected by Borrower which is Independent, licensed to practice in the State and has at least five (5) years of architectural and/or engineering experience and which is selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender.

Independent Manager , Independent Member or Independent Director shall mean a Person who is not and will not be while serving and has never been (i) a member (other than an Independent Member), manager (other than an Independent Manager), director (other than an Independent Director), employee, attorney, or counsel of Borrower or its Affiliates, (ii) a customer, supplier or other Person who derives more than 1% of its purchases or revenues from its activities with Borrower’s Affiliates unless provided by a nationally recognized company that provides professional independent managers, directors or special members in which Sponsors, Borrower and Borrower Parents do not hold an interest, (iii) a direct or indirect legal or beneficial owner in such entity or any of its Affiliates, (iv) a member of the immediate family of any member (other than an Independent Member), manager (other than an Independent Manager), employee, attorney, customer, supplier or other Person referred to above or (v) a person Controlling or under the common Control of anyone listed in (i) through (iv) above. A Person that otherwise satisfies the foregoing shall not be disqualified from serving as an Independent Director or Independent Manager or Independent Member if such individual is, at the time of initial appointment, or at any time while serving as such, is an Independent Director or Independent Manager or, Independent Member or Independent Director, as applicable, of a Single Purpose Entity affiliated with Borrower.

Insurance Requirements shall mean, collectively, (i) all material terms of any insurance policy required pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all material regulations and then- current standards applicable to or affecting the Property or any part thereof or any use or

 

7


condition thereof, which may, at any time, be recommended by the Board of Fire Underwriters, if any, having jurisdiction over the Property, or such other body exercising similar functions.

Intangible shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

Interest Period shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

Land shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

Late Payment Charge shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.3 .

Lease shall mean any lease, sublease or subsublease, letting, license, concession or other agreement (whether written or oral and whether now or hereafter in effect) pursuant to which any Person is granted by the Borrower a possessory interest in, or right to use or occupy all or any portion of any space in the Property, and every modification, amendment or other agreement relating to such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement entered into in connection with such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement and every guarantee of the performance and observance of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed and observed by the other party thereto.

Lease Modification shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.81 .

Legal Requirements shall mean all present and future laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, judgments, decrees, injunctions, rules, regulations and requirements, and irrespective of the nature of the work to be done, of every Governmental Authority including, without limitation, Environmental Laws and all covenants, restrictions and conditions now or hereafter of record which may be applicable to Borrower or to the Property and the Improvements and the Building Equipment thereon, or to the use, manner of use, occupancy, possession, operation, maintenance, alteration, repair or reconstruction of the Property and the Improvements and the Building Equipment thereon including, without limitation, building and zoning codes and ordinances and laws relating to handicapped accessibility.

Lender shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Letter of Credit shall mean an irrevocable, unconditional, transferable (without payment of any fee as a condition of such transfer), clean sight draft letter of credit (either an evergreen letter of credit or one which does not expire until at least thirty (30) days after the Maturity Date or such other date reasonably approved in writing by Lender (the LC Expiration Date ), in favor of Lender and entitling Lender to draw thereon in any city in the continental United States, based solely on a statement executed by an officer or authorized signatory of Lender and issued by an Approved Bank. If at any time (a) the institution issuing any such Letter of Credit shall cease to be an Approved Bank or (b) the Letter of Credit is due to expire prior to the LC Expiration Date, Lender shall have the right immediately to draw down the same in full and hold the proceeds thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, unless Borrower shall deliver a replacement Letter of Credit from an Approved Bank within (i) as to (a) above, twenty (20) Business Days after Lender delivers written notice to Borrower that the institution issuing the Letter of Credit has ceased to be an Approved Bank or (ii) as to (b) above, within twenty (20) days prior to the expiration date of said Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit

 

8


shall provide that any transfer fees or charges incurred due to Lender’s transfer of the Letter of Credit shall be payable separately by Borrower.

Liabilities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.2(b) .

Licenses shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.23 .

Lien shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, or any other encumbrance or charge on or affecting Borrower, the Property, any portion thereof or any interest therein, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, the filing of any financing statement, and the filing of mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar liens and encumbrances.

Liquidated Damages Amount shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

Loan shall mean the loan in the amount of $14,300,000 made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Security Instrument, the Assignment of Leases, the Environmental Indemnity, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Recourse Guaranty and all other documents executed and/or delivered by Borrower in connection with the Loan including any certifications or representations delivered by or on behalf of Borrower, any Affiliate of Borrower, the Manager, or any Affiliate of the Manager.

Lockout Release Date shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

Management Agreement shall mean the management agreement, dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which the Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to the Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Manager shall mean Glenborough, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or such other Qualified Manager as now or hereafter becomes manager of the Property in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Material Adverse Effect shall mean any event or condition that has a material adverse effect on (i) the Property taken as a whole, (ii) the use, operation, or value of the Property, (iii) the business, profits, operations or financial condition of Borrower, or (iv) the ability of Borrower to repay the principal and interest of the Loan as it becomes due or to satisfy any of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

Material Alteration shall mean any Alteration which, when aggregated with all related Alterations (other than decorative work such as painting, wall papering and carpeting and the replacement of fixtures, furnishings and equipment to the extent being of a routine and recurring nature and performed in the ordinary course of business) constituting a single project, involves an estimated cost exceeding three percent (3%) of the Principal Amount with respect to such Alteration or related Alterations (including the Alteration in question) then being

 

9


undertaken at the Property; provided , however , that the term “ Material Alteration ” shall not include Alterations relating to tenant improvements pursuant to any Lease existing as of the date hereof or any Future Lease entered into in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.8 .

Maturity Date shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

Maturity Date Payment shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

Maximum Legal Rate shall mean the maximum non-usurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or the other Loan Documents, under the laws of such state or states whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan.

Merger Agreement shall mean that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 20, 2006, by and among Glenborough Realty Trust Incorporated, Glenborough Properties, L.P., Gridiron Holdings LLC, and Gridiron Acquisition LLC.

Monthly Payment Grace Period Expiration Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.l(a)(i) .

Moody’s shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

MSREF Entity shall mean, each of MSP Real Estate Fund V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S., L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Morgan Stanley Real Estate Investors V U.S., L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V Special U.S., L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MSP Co-Investment Partnership V. L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, MSP Co-Investment Partnership V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and, if the context requires, MSREF Entity or MSREF Entities shall mean each and every MSREF Entity, collectively.

Net Operating Income shall mean the amount obtained by subtracting Operating Expenses from Operating Income.

New Lease shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.1 .

New Note shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.8 .

Non-Consolidation Opinion shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5.5(a) .

Non-Disturbance Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.9 .

Non-Securitized Debt shall mean any portion of the Loan (including participations therein and/or note components) that at the time of the first Securitization by Lender does not collateralize Securities rated by one or more of the applicable Rating Agencies.

Note shall mean that certain $14,300,000 Note, dated as of the date hereof, made by Borrower in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced (including, without limitation, replacement of such Note with multiple Notes in accordance with this

 

10


Agreement), supplemented, consolidated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the provisions hereof or of the other Loan Documents, from time to time.

Obligations shall have meaning set forth in the recitals of the Security Instrument.

OFAC List means the list of specially designated nationals and blocked persons subject to financial sanctions that is maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department, Office of Foreign Assets Control and accessible through the internet website www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf.

Officer’s Certificate shall mean a certificate executed by an authorized signatory of Borrower that is familiar with the financial condition of Borrower and the operation of the Property.

Operating Asset shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

Operating Expenses shall mean, for any period, without duplication, all expenses actually paid or payable by Borrower during such period in connection with the operation, management, maintenance, repair and use of the Property, determined on an accrual basis, and, except to the extent otherwise provided in this definition, in accordance with GAAP. Operating Expenses specifically shall include without duplication (i) all expenses incurred based on quarterly financial statements delivered to Lender in accordance with Article XI , (ii) all payments required to be made pursuant to any REAs, (iii) property management fees (which for purposes of calculating Projected Net Operating Income only, shall be equal to the greater of 2% of total gross revenue or actual property management fees paid under the Management Agreement (up to a maximum amount of 3% of total gross revenue), provided , however , such fees shall be deemed to equal 2% so long as any portion thereof in excess of 2% is fully subordinated to the payment of Debt Service and ongoing reserves required in accordance with Article III hereof, (iv) administrative, payroll, security and general expenses for the Property, (v) the cost of utilities, inventories and fixed asset supplies consumed in the operation of the Property, (vi) a reasonable reserve for uncollectible accounts, (vii) costs and fees of independent and in-house professionals (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, consultants and other professional expenses), technical consultants, operational experts (including quality assurance inspectors) or other third parties retained to perform services required or permitted hereunder, (viii) association dues, (ix) computer processing charges, (x) operational equipment and other lease payments as reasonably approved by Lender, (xi) taxes and other Impositions, other than income taxes or other Impositions in the nature of income taxes and insurance premiums, and (xii) all underwritten reserves required by Lender hereunder (without duplication). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include (1) depreciation or amortization, (2) income taxes or other Impositions in the nature of income taxes, (3) any expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the making of the Loan or the sale, exchange, transfer, leasing, financing or refinancing of all or any portion of the Property or in connection with the recovery of Proceeds which are applied to prepay the Note, (4) any expenses which in accordance with GAAP should be capitalized, (5) Debt Service and (6) any item of expense which would otherwise be considered within Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions above but is paid directly by any Tenant.

 

11


Operating Income shall mean, for any period, all income of Borrower (whether in cash or credit) during such period from the use, ownership or operation of the Property as follows:

(a) all amounts payable to Borrower by any Person as Rent and other amounts under Leases, license agreements, occupancy agreements, REAs, concession agreements or other agreements relating to the Property, which amounts (other than those from pre-paid rent) shall be based on actual amounts rather than on a straight-line basis;

(b) business interruption, rental interruption and use and occupancy insurance proceeds allocable to the applicable reporting period;

(c) all other amounts which in accordance with GAAP are included in Borrower’s annual financial statements as operating income attributable to the Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Projected Net Operating Income only, Operating Income shall not include (a) any Proceeds (other than business interruption insurance proceeds and only to the extent allocable to the applicable reporting period), (b) any proceeds resulting from the Transfer of all or any portion of the Property, (c) any Rent attributable to a Lease (i) prior to the date in which the Tenant thereunder has taken occupancy or in which the actual payment of rent is required to commence thereunder, (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default on the part of the Tenant under such lease for more than sixty (60) days, or (iii) from a tenant in bankruptcy, (d) any item of income otherwise included in Operating Income but paid directly by any Tenant to a Person other than Borrower as an offset or deduction against Rent payable by such Tenant, provided such item of income is for payment of an item of expense (such as payments for utilities paid directly to a utility company) and such expense is otherwise excluded from the definition of Operating Expenses pursuant to clause “(6)” of the definition thereof, and (e) security deposits received from Tenants until forfeited or applied. Operating Income shall be calculated on the accrual basis of accounting and, except to the extent otherwise provided in this definition, in accordance with GAAP.

Opinion of Counsel shall mean an opinion of counsel of a law firm selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender.

Other Charges shall mean, without duplication of any amounts constituting Impositions, (i) all sums, charges, fees, costs, expenses, common area maintenance charges and other charges or assessments reserved in or payable under the REAs, and (ii) all maintenance charges, impositions, and any other charges, including, without limitation, vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining the Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof by any Governmental Authority, other than those required to be paid by a tenant pursuant to its respective Lease.

Other Taxes shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.3 .

Payment Date shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

12


Permitted Debt shall mean collectively, (a) the Note and the other obligations, indebtedness and liabilities specifically provided for in any Loan Document and secured by this Agreement, the Security Instruments and the other Loan Documents; (b) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, not secured by Liens on the Property (other than liens being properly contested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Security Instrument), in amounts not to exceed at any one time outstanding, in the aggregate two and one half percent (2.5%) of the Principal Amount, payable by or on behalf of Borrower for or in respect of the operation of the Property in the ordinary course of operating Borrower’s business, provided that (but subject to the remaining terms of this definition) each such amount shall be paid within sixty (60) days following the date on which each such amount is incurred, (c) any Letters of Credit (and any reimbursement obligations relating thereto) delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan documents, (d) any indebtedness of any of the MSREF Entities or any Persons holding any direct or indirect interests in any of the MSREF Entities; and (e) any membership loans by and between Glenborough Holdings, LLC, Glenborough Acquisition, LLC and Holding Company which are made for purposes of funding the redemption by the limited partners and/or preferred limited partners of Holding Company of their respective limited partnership or preferred limited partnership interests in Holding Company in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement and/or the Holding Company LP Agreement. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Borrower to pay any amount, so long as Borrower is in good faith, and by proper legal proceedings, diligently contesting the validity, amount or application thereof, provided that in each case, at the time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding, and during the pendency of such action or proceeding (i) no Event of Default shall exist and be continuing hereunder, (ii) adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of Borrower in accordance with GAAP (as determined by the Independent Accountant), and (iii) such contest operates to suspend collection or enforcement, as the case may be, of the contested amount and such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein, in no event shall Borrower be permitted under this provision to enter into a note (other than the Note and the other Loan Documents) or other instrument for borrowed money.

Permitted Encumbrances shall mean collectively, (a) the Liens and security interests created or permitted by the Loan Documents, (b) all Liens, easements, encumbrances and other matters disclosed in the Title Policy, and (c) Liens, if any, for Impositions imposed by any Governmental Authority not yet due or delinquent, (d) to the extent that neither the Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be in substantial danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, canceled or lost, (i) liens arising after the date hereof of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, materialmen, warehousemen or workmen and other liens arising after the date hereof imposed by law created in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet due and payable or that are being contested in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) any attachment or judgment Lien arising after the date hereof unless the judgment it secures has not, within thirty (30) days after entry of such judgment, been discharged of record or the execution of such judgment has not been stayed pending appeal, or has not been discharged of record within thirty (30) days after the expiration of any such stay, (e) rights of Tenants, as Tenants only, pursuant to existing Leases and Leases entered into after the date hereof in accordance with Article VIII , and (f) any other liens and encumbrances arising after the date hereof which are otherwise approved in writing by Lender, or, after a Securitization, the applicable Rating Agencies in their sole discretion.

 

13


Permitted Owner shall mean any one of the following:

(i) a real estate investment trust, bank, saving and loan association, investment bank, insurance company, trust company, commercial credit corporation, pension plan, pension fund or pension advisory firm, mutual fund, government entity or plan that satisfies the Eligibility Requirements;

(ii) an investment company, money management firm or “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that satisfies the Eligibility Requirements;

(iii) an institution substantially similar to any of the foregoing entities described in clauses (i) or (ii) that satisfies the Eligibility Requirements;

(iv) any entity Controlled (and only so long as such entity continues at all times to be Controlled) by any of the entities described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above;

(v) a Qualified Trustee in connection with (A) a securitization of, (B) the creation of collateralized debt obligations ( CDO ) secured by, or (C) a financing through an “owner trust” of a mezzanine loan (any of the foregoing, a Securitization Vehicle ), provided that (1) one or more classes of securities issued by such Securitization Vehicle is initially rated at least investment grade by each of the Rating Agencies which assigned a rating to one or more classes of securities issued in connection with a Securitization; (2) in the case of a Securitization Vehicle that is not a CDO, the special servicer of such Securitization Vehicle has a Required Special Servicer Rating (such entity, an Approved Servicer) and such Approved Servicer is required to service and administer such mezzanine loan in accordance with servicing arrangements for the assets held by the Securitization Vehicle which require that such Approved Servicer act in accordance with a servicing standard notwithstanding any contrary direction or instruction from any other Person; or (3) in the case of a Securitization Vehicle that is a CDO, the CDO Asset Manager is a Permitted Owner under clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) of this definition; or

(vi) an investment fund, limited liability company, limited partnership or general partnership where a Permitted Fund Manager or an entity that is otherwise a Permitted Owner under clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this definition acts as the general partner, managing member or fund manager and at least 50% of the equity interests in such investment vehicle are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more entities that are otherwise Permitted Owner under clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this definition.

Person shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

Physical Conditions Report shall mean, collectively, the structural engineering reports with respect to the Property, each of which is (i) prepared by an Independent Architect, (ii) addressed to Lender or with respect to which Lender shall have received a reliance letter, (iii) prepared based on a scope of work determined by Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion, and

 

14


(iv) in form and content acceptable to Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion, together with any amendments or supplements thereto.

Plan shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1.10(a) .

Pre-Approved Transferee shall mean any one of the entities set forth on Schedule V attached hereto or its wholly owned subsidiaries, provided that such entity (i) continues to be Controlled by at least fifty-one (51%) percent of the same Persons Controlling such entity as of the Closing Date or, if such Pre-Approved Transferee is a publicly traded company, such Pre-Approved Transferee continues to be publicly traded on an established securities market, (ii) there shall have been no deterioration in such Pre-Approved Transferee’s long-term or short-term credit rating (if any) since the Closing Date (or if such Pre-Approved Transferee was not previously rated or is not currently rated, there shall have been no adverse change in its financial condition or the results of operations of such entity since the Closing Date), and (iv) it is not a Disqualified Transferee.

Principal Amount shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

Proceeds shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.2 .

Prohibited Person means any Person identified on the OFAC List or any other Person with whom a U.S. Person may not conduct business or transactions by prohibition of Federal law or Executive Order of the President of the United State of America.

Property shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

Provided Information shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.1 .

Qualified Investor shall mean any of the following persons:

(a) a private or state, federal or municipal employers’ welfare benefit, retirement or pension plan or fund, pension trust or pension account which (i) has total real estate assets of at least $500,000,000, (ii) has a combined capital and surplus or invested capital and capital commitments of at least $500,000,000, and (iii) is managed by a Person who controls at least $500,000,000 of real estate equity assets; or

(b) a pension fund advisor who (i) immediately prior to such transfer, controls at least $500,000,000 of real estate equity assets and (ii) is acting on behalf of one or more pension funds that, in the aggregate, satisfy the requirements of clause (a) of this definition; or

(c) an insurance company which is subject to supervision by the insurance commissioner, or a similar official or agency, of a state or territory of the United States (including the District of Columbia) (i) has a net worth immediately prior to such transfer of at least $500,000,000 and (ii) who, immediately prior to such transfer, controls real estate equity and/or debt assets of at least $500,000,000; or

(d) a savings bank, savings and loan association, commercial bank or trust company or any corporation organized under the banking laws of the United States or any state or territory of the United States (including the District of Columbia) (i) with a combined capital

 

15


and surplus of at least $500,000,000 and (ii) who, prior to such transfer, controls real estate equity and/or debt assets of at least $500,000,000; or

(e) a trust company, commercial credit corporation, credit union or company, religious, education or eleemosynary institution, mutual fund, investment bank, opportunity fund, merchant bank or other investment company, governmental agency, entity or plan, or an entity insured by a governmental agency, a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Acct of 1933, as amended, public or private real estate investment trust or real estate fund, in each case (i) has a net worth immediately prior to such transfer of at least $500,000,000 (in the case of a real estate fund, net worth shall include the unfunded capital commitments of participants in such fund to the extent that such commitments are unconditional and such participants are Qualified Investors) and (ii) who, immediately prior to such transfer, controls real estate equity and/or debt assets of at least $500,000,000; or

(f) a Person with at least $250,000,000 of assets and with respect to which Lenders shall have received confirmation in writing from the Rating Agencies to the effect that such transfer will not result in a re-qualification, reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating assigned to the Securities or any class thereof in any applicable Securitization.

Qualified Manager shall mean (i) Manager, (ii) CBRE, Cushman & Wakefield, Grubb Ellis, Trammell Crow, Jones Lang La Salle, and Newmark Knight Frank or any Affiliate of Borrower or Sponsor, (iii) a reputable and experienced management organization which together with its Affiliates manages (excluding the Properties) a minimum of twenty (20) predominately Class A properties similar to the Property and a minimum of two million five hundred thousand (2,500,000) square feet of predominately Class A office space (or mixed use buildings having Class A office space as the predominant component) located in major metropolitan areas, provided that (in the case of this clause (iii) only) (a) prior to a Securitization, Borrower shall have obtained the prior written consent of Lender for such Person, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and (b) after a Securitization, Borrower shall have obtained a Rating Agency Confirmation or (iv) any other manager as Lender shall approve in its sole and absolute discretion, or after a Securitization, for which Borrower shall have obtained a Rating Agency Confirmation.

Rating Agencies shall mean (a) prior to a Securitization, each of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch and any other nationally-recognized statistical rating agency which has been approved by Lender and (b) after a Securitization has occurred, each such Rating Agency which has rated the Securities in the Securitization.

Rating Agency Confirmation shall mean, collectively, a written affirmation from each of the Rating Agencies that the credit rating of the Securities given by such Rating Agency immediately prior to the occurrence of the event with respect to which such Rating Agency Confirmation is sought will not be qualified, downgraded or withdrawn as a result of the occurrence of such event, which affirmation may be granted or withheld in such Rating Agency’s sole and absolute discretion. In the event that, at any given time, no such Securities shall have been issued and are then outstanding, then the term Rating Agency Confirmation shall be deemed instead to require the written approval of Lender based on its good faith determination of whether the Rating Agencies would issue a Rating Agency Confirmation if any such Securities were outstanding.

 

16


REAs shall mean, collectively, any reciprocal easement agreement or similar agreement (including any “separate agreement” or other agreement between Borrower and one or more other parties to an REA with respect to such REA) affecting the Property or portion thereof, including, without limitation, all REAs as defined in the Security Instrument.

Real Property shall mean, collectively, the Land, the Improvements and the Appurtenances (as defined in the Security Instrument).

Recourse Guaranty shall mean that certain Guaranty of Recourse Obligations of Borrower, dated as of the date hereof, by Sponsor in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Register shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.4 .

Regulatory Change shall mean any change after the date of this Agreement in federal, state or foreign laws or regulations or the adoption or the making, after such date, of any written interpretations, directives or requests applying to Lender, or any Person Controlling Lender or to a class of banks or companies Controlling banks of or under any federal, state or foreign laws or regulations (having the force of law) by any court or Governmental Authority or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

Rents shall mean all rents (including, without limitation, pass throughs of Operating Expenses unless paid directly by Tenant), rent equivalents, moneys payable as damages or in lieu of rent or rent equivalents, royalties (including, without limitation, all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses), income, receivables, receipts, revenues, deposits (including, without limitation, security, utility and other deposits), accounts, cash, issues, profits, charges for services rendered, and other consideration of whatever form or nature received by or paid to or for the account of or benefit of Borrower from any and all sources arising from or attributable to the Property and Proceeds, if any, from business interruption or other loss of income insurance.

S&P shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Scheduled Lease shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.5(a) .

Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1 .

Securities Act shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.1 .

Securitization shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1 .

Security Instrument shall mean that certain first priority Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Financing Statement, Fixture Filing, and Assignment of Leases, Rents, and Security Deposits, dated the date hereof, executed and delivered by Borrower to a trustee for the benefit of Lender) and encumbering the Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Servicer shall mean such Person designated in writing with an address for such Person by Lender, in its sole discretion, to act as Lender’s agent hereunder with such powers as

 

17


are specifically delegated to the Servicer by Lender, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

Severed Loan Documents shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2(d) hereof.

Single Purpose Entity shall mean a Person, other than an individual, which (i) is formed or organized solely for the purpose of owning, holding, developing, using, selling, leasing, managing, exchanging, operating and financing, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest in the Property, (ii) does not engage in any business unrelated to its direct or indirect interest in the Property and the acquisition, ownership, development, use, operation and financing thereof, (iii) has not and will not have any assets other than those related to its direct or indirect interest in the Property or the operation, management and financing thereof or any indebtedness other than the Permitted Debt, (iv) maintains its own separate books and records and its own accounts, in each case which are separate and apart from the books and records and accounts of any other Person, (v) holds itself out as being a Person, separate and apart from any other Person, (vi) does not and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person, except as contemplated in this Agreement, (vii) conducts its own business in its own name; (viii) maintains separate financial statements, provided , however , it may utilize consolidated financial statements, so long as such statements contain a note indicating that its separate assets and liabilities are neither available to pay the debt of the consolidated entity nor constitute obligations of the consolidated entity, (ix) except as contemplated in this Agreement and the Loan Documents pays its own liabilities out of its own funds, (x) observes in all material respects all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable, (xi) pays the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintains a sufficient number of employees, if any, in light of its contemplated business operations, (xii) except as contemplated in this Agreement and the Loan Documents, does not guarantee or otherwise obligate itself with respect to the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person, (xiii) does not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders, (xiv) allocates fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including, without limitation, any overhead for shared office space, if any, (xv) uses separate stationary, invoices, and checks, (xvi) maintains an arms-length relationship with its Affiliates, (xvii) does not and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person or make any loans or advances to any other Person (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents), (xviii) does and will continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity, (xix) maintains adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations, and (xx) has not and will not engage in, seek, or consent to the dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation or merger and except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, has not and will not engage in, seek or consent to any asset sale, transfer or partnership, membership or shareholder interests, except as permitted in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or material amendments of its partnership or operating agreement, certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or other organizational document unless approved by Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, if such Person is a partnership, (1) all general partners of such Person shall be Single Purpose Entities; and (2) if such Person has more than one general partner, then the organizational documents shall provide that such Person shall continue (and not dissolve) for so long as a solvent general partner exists. In addition, if such Person is a corporation, then, at all times: (a) such Person shall have at least two (2) Independent

 

18


Directors and (b) the board of directors of such Person may not take any action requiring the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of the board of directors unless all of the directors, including the Independent Directors, shall have participated in such vote. In addition, if such Person is a limited liability company, (a) such Person shall have at least two (2) Independent Managers or Independent Members, (b) if such Person is managed by a board of managers, the board of managers of such Person may not take any action requiring the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of the board of managers unless all of the managers, including the Independent Managers, shall have participated in such vote, (c) if such Person is not managed by a board of managers, the members of such Person may not take any action requiring the affirmative vote of 100% of the members of such Person unless all of the members, including the Independent Members, shall have participated in such vote, (d) each managing member (but not any Independent Manager or Independent Member) of such Person shall be a Single Purpose Entity or shall have two (2) springing members, and (e) its operating agreement shall provide that until all of the Indebtedness and Obligations are paid in full, such entity will not dissolve. In addition, the organizational documents of such Person shall provide that such Person (1) without the unanimous consent of all of the partners, directors or members, as applicable, shall not with respect to itself or to any other Person in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial interest, except as permitted in the Loan Documents, (a) seek or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator, custodian or other similar official for the benefit of the creditors of such Person or all or any portion of such Person’s property, or (b)take any action that might cause such Person to become insolvent, petition or otherwise institute insolvency proceedings or otherwise seek any relief under any laws relating to the relief from debts or the protection of debtors generally, (2) has and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records, (3) has held and will hold its assets in its own name, (4) has and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other organizational documents, books and records separate and apart from any other Person, (5) has not and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any affiliates of any of them as a division or part of it, (6) has and will maintain an arms length relationship with its Affiliates, and (7) has not and will not enter into or be a party to any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders, or its Affiliates except in the ordinary course of business and on terms which are intrinsically fair and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arms length transaction with a third party.

SPE Entity shall mean Borrower and any other Person which is required by this Agreement to be, as long as the Loan is outstanding, a Single Purpose Entity.

Special Taxes shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, or any liabilities with respect thereto, including those arising after the date hereof as result of the adoption of or any change in law, treaty, rule, regulation, guideline or determination of a Governmental Authority or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority but excluding (i) in the case of any Lender, such taxes (including income taxes, franchise taxes and branch profit taxes) as are imposed on or measured by Lender’s net income by the United States of America or any Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction under the laws under which such Lender is organized or maintains its principal office or a lending office or (ii) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under this Agreement), any withholding

 

19


tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office).

Sponsor shall mean collectively, each of the MSREF Entities.

Standard Form of Lease shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.2(a) .

State shall mean the State in which the Property or any part thereof is located.

Survey shall mean a survey of each parcel included in the Property prepared by a surveyor licensed in the State and satisfactory to Lender and the company or companies issuing the Title Policy, and containing a certification of such surveyor satisfactory to Lender.

Taking shall mean a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result or in lieu or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, of all or any part of the Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting the Property or any part thereof.

Tax Protection Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.45 .

Tenant shall mean any Person leasing, subleasing or otherwise occupying any portion of the Property, other than the Manager and its employees, agents and assigns.

Terrorism Insurance shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.9 .

Threshold Amount shall mean an amount equal to 5% of the Principal Amount.

Title Company shall mean, collectively, LandAmerica Title Insurance Company (as to 90% of coverage), and Stewart Title Guaranty Company (as to 10% of coverage).

Title Policy shall mean an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy in a form acceptable to Lender (or, if the Property is in a State which does not permit the issuance of such ALTA policy, such form as shall be permitted in such State and acceptable to Lender) issued by the Title Company with respect to the Property and insuring the lien of the Security Instrument.

Total Loss shall mean (i) a casualty, damage or destruction of the Property, which, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, (A) involves an actual loss of more than thirty percent (30%) of the lesser of (x) the fair market value of the Property or (y) the Principal Amount, or (B) results in the cancellation of leases comprising more than thirty percent (30%) of the rentable area of the Property, and in either case with respect to which Borrower is not required under the Leases to apply Proceeds to the restoration of the Property or (ii) a permanent Taking which, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, (A) involves an actual loss of more than fifteen percent (15%) of the lesser of (x) the fair market value of the Property or (y) the Principal Amount, or (B) renders untenantable either more than fifteen percent (15%) of the rentable area of the Property, or (iii) a casualty, damage, destruction or Taking that affects so much of the Property such that it would be impracticable, in Lender’s reasonable discretion, even after restoration, to operate the Property as an economically viable whole.

 

20


Transfer shall mean directly or indirectly, to sell, assign, convey, mortgage, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, grant a security interest in, exchange or otherwise dispose of any beneficial interest or grant any option or warrant with respect to, or where used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any beneficial interest by any means whatsoever whether voluntary, involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

UCC or Uniform Commercial Code shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York or if the perfection or enforcement of a security interest granted hereunder or under any other Loan Document is governed by the laws of a state other than the State of New York, then as to such perfection or enforcement, the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in that state.

Underwriter Group shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.2(b) .

U.S. Government Obligations shall mean (a) any direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, provided that such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or (b) to the extent acceptable to the Rating Agencies, other “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Any such obligation must be limited to instruments that have a predetermined fixed dollar amount of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change. If any such obligation is rated by S&P, it shall not have an “r” highlighter affixed to its rating. Interest must be fixed or tied to a single interest rate index plus a single fixed spread (if any), and move proportionately with said index. U.S. Government Obligations include, but are not limited to: U.S. Treasury direct or fully guaranteed obligations, Farmers Home Administration certificates of beneficial ownership, General Services Administration participation certificates, U.S. Maritime Administration guaranteed Title XI financing, Small Business Administration guaranteed participation certificates or guaranteed pool certificates, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development local authority bonds, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority guaranteed transit bonds. In no event shall any such obligation have a maturity in excess of three hundred sixty-five (365) days.

Work shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.2.4(a) .

Section 1.2 Principles of Construction . All references to sections and schedules are to sections and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. Unless otherwise specified herein or therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions given them in this Agreement when used in any other Loan Document or in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto. All uses of the word “including” shall mean including, without limitation unless the context shall indicate otherwise. Unless otherwise specified, the words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.

 

21


II. GENERAL TERMS

Section 2.1 Loan; Disbursement to Borrower .

2.1.1 The Loan . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby agrees to make and Borrower hereby agrees to accept the Loan on the Closing Date.

2.1.2 Disbursement to Borrower . Borrower may request and receive only one borrowing hereunder in respect of the Loan and any amount borrowed and repaid hereunder in respect of the Loan may not be reborrowed. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the full proceeds of the Loan have been disbursed by Lender to Borrower on the Closing Date.

2.1.3 The Note Security Instrument and Loan Documents . The Loan shall be evidenced by the Note and secured by the Security Instrument, the Assignment of Leases, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

2.1.4 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan to (a) make distributions to its members in order for its indirect parents to pay a portion of the merger consideration in accordance with the Merger Agreement, (b) repay and discharge certain loans relating to the Property, and (c) pay costs and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the Loan and the acquisition of the Property.

Section 2.2 Interest; Loan Payments; Late Payment Charge .

2.2.1 Payment of Principal and Interest .

(i) Except as set forth in Section 2.2.1(ii) , interest shall accrue on the Principal Amount as set forth in the Note.

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and from and after the Maturity Date if the entire then outstanding balance of the Principal Amount is not repaid on the Maturity Date, interest on the outstanding Principal Amount and other amounts due in respect of the Loan shall accrue at the Default Rate calculated from the date such payment was due without regard to any grace or cure periods contained herein. Interest at the Default Rate shall be computed from the occurrence of the Event of Default until the actual receipt and collection of the Indebtedness (or that portion thereof that is then due). This paragraph shall not be construed as an agreement or privilege to extend the date of the payment of the Indebtedness, nor as a waiver of any other right or remedy accruing to Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default, and Lender retains its rights under the Note to accelerate and to continue to demand payment of the Indebtedness upon the happening of any Event of Default.

2.2.2 Method and Place of Payment .

(a) On each Payment Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender interest accruing pursuant to the Note for the entire Interest Period during which said Payment Date shall occur.

 

22


(b) All amounts advanced by Lender pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Loan Documents, other than the Principal Amount, together with any interest at the Default Rate or other charges as provided therein, shall be due and payable hereunder as provided in the Loan Documents. In the event any such advance or charge is not so repaid by Borrower, Lender may, at its option, first apply any payments received under the Note to repay such advances, together with any interest thereon, or other charges as provided in the Loan Documents, and the balance, if any, shall be applied in payment of any installment of interest or principal then due and payable.

(c) The Maturity Date Payment shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

2.2.3 Late Payment Charge . If any principal, interest or any other sums due under the Loan Documents (other than the outstanding Principal Amount due and payable on the Maturity Date) is not paid by Borrower on or before the applicable Monthly Payment Grace Period Expiration Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand an amount equal to the lesser of five percent (5%) of such unpaid sum or the Maximum Legal Rate (the Late Payment Charge ) in order to defray the expense incurred by Lender in handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lender for the loss of the use of such delinquent payment. Any such amount shall be secured by this Agreement, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents to the extent permitted by applicable law.

2.2.4 Usury Savings . This Agreement and the Note are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be obligated or required to pay interest on the Principal Amount of the Loan at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate. If, by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the Principal Amount due under the Note at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, then the Applicable Rate or the Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due under the Note. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated, and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate of interest from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

Section 2.3 Prepayments .

2.3.1 Prepayments . No prepayments of the Indebtedness shall be permitted prior to the Maturity Date except as set forth in Section 2.3.2 hereof and Section 4 of the Note.

2.3.2 Prepayments After Event of Default; Application of Amounts Paid . If, following an Event of Default, Lender shall accelerate the Indebtedness and Borrower thereafter tenders payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness, or if all or any portion of the Indebtedness is recovered by Lender after such Event of Default, (a) such payment may be made

 

23


only on the next occurring Payment Date together with all unpaid interest thereon as calculated through the end of the Interest Period ending immediately prior to such Payment Date, and all other fees and sums payable hereunder or under the Loan Documents, including without limitation, interest that has accrued at the Default Rate and any Late Payment Charges, (b) such payment shall be deemed a voluntary prepayment by Borrower and (c) Borrower shall pay, in addition to the Indebtedness, an amount equal to the Liquidated Damages Amount.

2.3.3 Release of Property upon Repayment of Loan in Full . Lender shall, upon the written request and at the expense of Borrower, upon (i) payment in full of the Principal Amount and any accrued but unpaid interest on the Loan and all other amounts due and payable under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Note and this Agreement or (ii) a Defeasance Event as provided in Section 2.3.4 below, release the Lien of the Security Instrument and Assignment of Leases on the Property or assign it (together with the Note), in whole or in part, to a new lender without representation, warranty or recourse. In such event, Borrower shall submit to Lender, not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such release or assignment, a release of lien or assignment of lien, as applicable, for such property for execution by Lender (a release in the context of a Defeasance Event shall be effectuated as provided in Section 2.3.4 below). Such release or assignment, as applicable, shall be in a form appropriate in each jurisdiction in which the Property is located and satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion. In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation Lender reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release or assignment, as applicable.

2.3.4 Defeasance .

(a) Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and remain uncured, Borrower shall have the right at any time after the Defeasance Lockout Period and prior to the Prepayment Lockout Release Date to voluntarily defease the Loan in whole or in part and obtain the release of the Property by and upon satisfaction of the following conditions (such event being a Defeasance Event ):

(i) Borrower shall provide not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender specifying the date (the Defeasance Date ) on which the Defeasance Event shall occur;

(ii) Borrower shall pay to Lender all accrued and unpaid interest on the portion of the principal balance of the Loan then being defeased to and including the Defeasance Date;

(iii) Borrower shall pay to Lender all other sums, not including scheduled interest or principal payments, then due under the Note, this Agreement, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents;

(iv) Borrower shall deliver to Lender the Defeasance Deposit;

(v) Borrower shall execute and deliver a pledge and security agreement, in form and substance that would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender creating a first priority lien on the Defeasance Deposit, and the Defeasance Collateral purchased

 

24


with the Defeasance Deposit, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.3.4 (the Security Agreement );

(vi) Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel for Borrower that is standard in commercial lending transactions and subject only to customary qualifications, assumptions and exceptions opining, among other things, that Borrower has duly and validly transferred and assigned to the Successor Borrower the Defeasance Collateral and all obligations, rights and duties under and to the Note that are attributable to the Property, that Lender has a perfected first priority security interest in the Defeasance Deposit and the Defeasance Collateral delivered by Borrower and that any REMIC Trust formed pursuant to a Securitization will not fail to maintain its status as a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code as a result of such Defeasance Event;

(vii) Borrower shall deliver confirmation in writing from the applicable Rating Agencies to the effect that such Defeasance Event will not result in a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the respective ratings in effect immediately prior to such Defeasance Event for the Securities issued in connection with the Securitization which are then outstanding. If required by the applicable Rating Agencies, Borrower shall also deliver or cause to be delivered a Non-Consolidation Opinion with respect to the Successor Borrower in form and substance (i) reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender and (ii) satisfactory to the applicable Rating Agencies;

(viii) Borrower shall deliver a certificate that would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender given by an Independent Accountant engaged by Borrower certifying that the Defeasance Collateral purchased with the Defeasance Deposit shall generate monthly amounts equal to or greater than the Scheduled Defeasance Payments required to be paid under the Note and this Agreement through and including the Maturity Date;

(ix) Borrower shall deliver such other certificates, documents or instruments as a prudent lender would reasonably require; and

(x) Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of Lender incurred in connection with the Defeasance Event, including (A) any costs and expenses associated with a release (in full or in part, as applicable) of the Lien of the Security Instrument as provided in Section 2.3.3 hereof, (B) reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Defeasance Event, (C) the costs and expenses of the Rating Agencies, and (D) any revenue, documentary stamp or intangible taxes or any other tax or charge due in connection with the transfer of the Note, or otherwise required to accomplish the defeasance.

(b) In connection with any Defeasance Event, Borrower shall use the Defeasance Deposit to purchase Defeasance Collateral which provide payments on or prior to, but as close as possible to, all successive scheduled Payment Dates after the Defeasance Date upon which interest payments are required under this Agreement and the Note (including, without limitation, the scheduled payments of principal, interest, and any other amounts due under the Loan Documents on such dates and the payment of such Note in full on the Maturity Date) (the Scheduled Defeasance Payments ). Borrower, pursuant to the Security Agreement or other appropriate document, shall authorize and direct that the payments received from the Defeasance Collateral may be made directly to Lender and applied to satisfy the obligations of

 

25


Borrower or Successor Borrower, if applicable, under this Agreement and the Note. Any portion of the Defeasance Deposit in excess of the amount necessary to purchase the Defeasance Collateral required by this Section 2.3 and satisfy Borrower’s other obligations hereunder shall be remitted to Borrower.

(c) The Defeasance Collateral shall be duly endorsed by the holder thereof as directed by Lender or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form and substance that would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender (including, without limitation, such instruments as may be reasonably required by the depository institution holding such securities or by the issuer thereof, as the case may be, to effectuate book-entry transfers and pledges through the book-entry facilities of such institution) in order to perfect upon the delivery of the Defeasance Collateral a first priority security interest therein in favor of the Lender in conformity with all applicable state and federal laws governing the granting of such security interests.

(d) Borrower may at its option, or if so required by the applicable Rating Agencies shall, establish or designate a successor entity (the Successor Borrower ) which shall be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity approved by the Rating Agencies with one (1) Independent Director, and Borrower shall transfer and assign all obligations, rights and duties under and to the Note, together with the pledged Defeasance Collateral to such Successor Borrower. Such Successor Borrower shall assume the obligations under the Note and the Security Agreement and Borrower shall be relieved of and released from its obligations under such documents. Borrower shall pay $1,000 to any such Successor Borrower as consideration for assuming the obligations under the Note and the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no other assumption fee shall be payable upon a transfer of the Note in accordance with this Section 2.3.4(d) .

(e) If Borrower has elected to defease the Loan, and the requirements set forth in this Section 2.3.4 have been satisfied, the Property shall be released from the Lien of the Security Instrument as provided in this Section and the Defeasance Collateral, pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement, shall be the sole source of collateral securing the Note.

(f) In connection with the release of the Security Instrument as provided in Section 2.3.4 , Borrower shall submit to Lender, not less than ten (10) days prior to the Defeasance Date, a release of Lien (and related Loan Documents) for execution by Lender. Such release shall be in a form appropriate in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located and that would be satisfactory to a prudent lender. In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation Lender reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release.

Section 2.4 Regulatory Change; Taxes .

2.4.1 Increased Costs . If as a result of any Regulatory Change or required compliance of Lender therewith, the basis of taxation of payments to Lender or any company Controlling Lender of the principal of or interest on the Loan is changed or Lender or the company Controlling Lender shall be subject to (i) any tax, duty, charge or withholding of any kind with respect to this Agreement (excluding taxation of the overall net income of Lender or the company Controlling Lender); or (ii) any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements

 

26


relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with or other liabilities, of Lender or any company Controlling Lender is imposed, modified or deemed applicable; or (iii) any other condition affecting loans to borrowers with fixed interest rates is imposed on Lender or any company Controlling Lender and Lender determines that, by reason thereof, the cost to Lender or any company Controlling Lender of making, maintaining or extending the Loan to Borrower is increased, or any amount receivable by Lender or any company Controlling Lender hereunder in respect of any portion of the Loan to Borrower is reduced, in each case by an amount deemed by Lender in good faith to be material (such increases in cost and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called Increased Costs ), then Lender shall provide notice thereof to Borrower and Borrower agrees that it will pay to Lender upon Lender’s written request accompanied by the certificate described in the immediately following sentence, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender or any company Controlling Lender for such Increased Costs to the extent Lender determines that such Increased Costs are allocable to the Loan. If Lender requests compensation under this Section 2.4.1 , Lender shall provide a certificate to Borrower (and supporting documentation) (a) setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for and the calculation of such amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.4 and (b) including a statement by Lender that Lender is generally exercising rights similar to those set forth in this Section 2.4 with respect to other borrowers similarly situated to Borrower.

2.4.2 Special Taxes . Borrower shall make all payments hereunder free and clear of and without deduction for Special Taxes. If Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Special Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.4.2 ) Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Borrower shall make such deductions, and (iii) Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If Borrower pays any Special Taxes and Lender later receives a rebate or refund of such Special Taxes, such rebated and refunded amounts will be returned to Borrower.

2.4.3 Other Taxes . In addition, Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or other excise or property taxes, charges, or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder, or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or the Loan (hereinafter referred to as Other Taxes ).

2.4.4 Indemnity . Subject to Sections 2.4.5 and 2.4.7 , Borrower shall indemnify Lender for the full amount of Special Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Special Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority on amounts payable under this Section 2.4.4 ) paid by Lender and any liability (including penalties, interest, and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Special Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made within thirty (30) days after the date Lender makes written demand therefor in accordance with Section 2.4.1 .

2.4.5 Change of Office . To the extent that changing the jurisdiction of Lender’s applicable office would have the effect of minimizing Special Taxes, Other Taxes or Increased Costs, Lender shall make such a change, provided that same would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to Lender in the reasonable judgment of Lender.

 

27


2.4.6 Survival . Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.4 shall terminate one (1) year after payment in full of the Loan.

2.4.7 Notice of Increased Costs and Special Taxes . Borrower shall not be required to compensate Lender pursuant to this Section 2.4 for any Increased Costs or Special Taxes incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that Lender notifies Borrower of the events giving rise to such Increased Costs or Special Taxes and of Lender’s intentions to claim compensation therefor; provided , however , that if the events giving rise to such Increased Costs or Special Taxes are retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.5 Conditions Precedent to Closing . The obligation of Lender to make the Loan hereunder is subject to the fulfillment by, or on behalf of, Borrower or waiver by Lender of the following conditions precedent no later than the Closing Date; provided , however , that unless a condition precedent shall expressly survive the Closing Date pursuant to a separate agreement, by funding the Loan, Lender shall be deemed to have waived any such conditions not theretofore fulfilled or satisfied:

2.5.1 Representations and Warranties; Compliance with Conditions . The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and Borrower shall be in compliance in all material respects with all terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed.

2.5.2 Delivery of Loan Documents; Title Policy; Reports; Leases .

(a) Loan Documents . Lender shall have received an original copy of this Agreement, the Note and all of the other Loan Documents, in each case, duly executed (and to the extent required, acknowledged) and delivered on behalf of Borrower and any other parties thereto.

(b) Security Instrument, Assignment of Leases . Lender shall have received evidence that original counterparts of the Security Instrument and Assignment of Leases, in proper form for recordation, have been delivered to the Title Company for recording, so as effectively to create, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, upon such recording valid and enforceable first priority Liens upon the Property, in favor of Lender (or such other trustee as may be required or desired under local law), subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances and such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

(c) UCC Financing Statements . Lender shall have received evidence that the UCC financing statements relating to the Security Instrument and this Agreement have been delivered to the Title Company for filing in the applicable jurisdictions.

(d) Title Insurance . Lender shall have received a Title Policy issued by the Title Company and dated as of the Closing Date, with reinsurance and direct access agreements reasonably acceptable to Lender. Such Title Policy shall (i) provide coverage in an

 

28


amount equal to the Principal Amount of the Loan, (ii) insure Lender that the Security Instrument creates a valid, first priority Lien on the Property, free and clear of all exceptions from coverage other than Permitted Encumbrances and standard exceptions and exclusions from coverage (as modified by the terms of any endorsements), (iii) contain the endorsements and affirmative coverages set forth on Exhibit A and such additional endorsements and affirmative coverages as Lender may reasonably request to the extent available in the State in which the Property is located, and (iv) name Lender as the insured. The Title Policy shall be assignable. Lender also shall have received evidence that all premiums in respect of such Title Policy have been paid and that all appropriate releases or discharges of encumbrances necessary for the delivery of the Title Policy have been delivered for recording.

(e) Survey . Lender shall have received a current Survey for the Property, containing the survey certification substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. Such Survey shall reflect the same legal description contained in the Title Policy referred to in clause (d) above and shall include, among other things, a metes and bounds description or such other description as is required by Title Company, of the real property comprising part of the Property, any such description to be reasonably satisfactory to Lender. The surveyor’s seal shall be affixed to the Survey and the surveyor shall provide a certification for such Survey in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

(f) Insurance . Lender shall have received valid certificates of insurance for the policies of insurance required hereunder, satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, and evidence of the payment of all insurance premiums currently due and payable for the existing policy period.

(g) Environmental Reports . Lender shall have received an Environmental Report in respect of the Property satisfactory to Lender.

(h) Zoning . Lender shall have received (i) (A) letters or other evidence with respect to the Property from the appropriate municipal authorities (or other Persons) concerning compliance with applicable zoning and building laws acceptable to Lender and (B) (ii) a zoning report reasonably acceptable to Lender prepared by PZR or another nationally recognized zoning due diligence firm reasonably acceptable to Lender, or (iii) an ALTA 3.1 zoning endorsement for the Title Policy (to the extent available in the State).

(i) Certificate of Occupancy . Lender shall have received a copy of the valid permanent certificate of occupancy for the Property as available.

(j) Encumbrances . Borrower shall have taken or caused to be taken such actions in such a manner so that Lender has a valid and perfected first Lien as of the Closing Date on the Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, and Lender shall have received satisfactory evidence thereof.

2.5.3 Related Documents . Each additional document not specifically referenced herein, but relating to the closing of the transactions contemplated herein, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all parties thereto and Lender shall have received and approved certified copies thereof.

 

29


2.5.4 Delivery of Organizational Documents . On or before the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Lender copies certified by an Officer’s Certificate, of all organizational documentation related to Borrower, Sponsor, each SPE Entity and certain of their Affiliates as have been requested by Lender and/or the formation, structure, existence, good standing and/or qualification to do business of Borrower, Sponsor, each SPE Entity and their Affiliates, as Lender may request in its reasonable discretion, including, without limitation, good standing certificates, qualifications to do business in the appropriate jurisdictions, resolutions authorizing the entering into of the Loan and incumbency certificates as may be requested by Lender. Each of the organizational documents of any SPE Entity shall contain single purpose entity provisions reasonably approved by Lender.

2.5.5 Opinions of Borrower’s Counsel .

(a) Lender shall have received a Non-Consolidation Opinion substantially in compliance with the requirements set forth in Exhibit E or in such other form reasonably acceptable to the Lender (the Non-Consolidation Opinion ).

(b) Lender shall have received an Opinion of Counsel as to enforceability, due authority and other matters in form reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

2.5.6 Budgets . Borrower shall have delivered the Annual Budget for the current Fiscal Year which Annual Budget shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender and shall be certified by Borrower.

2.5.7 Completion of Proceedings . All corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other Loan Documents and all documents incidental thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, and Lender shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as Lender may reasonably request.

2.5.8 Payments . All payments, deposits or escrows, if any, required to be made or established by Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents on or before the Closing Date shall have been made or established, as applicable.

2.5.9 Assignment of Management Agreement . Lender shall have received the original of the Assignment of Management Agreement executed by each of Borrower and Manager.

2.5.10 Tenant Estoppels . Lender shall have received an executed tenant estoppel letter, substantially in form of Exhibit G from all Tenants requested by Lender.

2.5.11 Reserved .

2.5.12 Reciprocal Easement Agreement Estoppels . Lender shall have received an executed reciprocal easement agreement estoppel letter from all parties under the REAs substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I .

 

30


2.5.13 Independent Manager/Member Certificate . Lender shall have received an executed Independent Manager/Member certificate substantially in the form attached as Exhibit P from each of the Independent Managers/Members.

2.5.14 Transaction Costs . Borrower shall have paid or reimbursed Lender for all title insurance premiums, recording and filing fees, costs of Environmental Reports, seismic reports, zoning reports, searches, flood certifications, appraisals and other reports, sight inspections (including the cost of travel related thereto), the reasonable fees and costs of Lender’s counsel and all other third party out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the origination of the Loan.

2.5.15 Material Adverse Effect . None of the events set forth in Section G of that certain Commitment Letter, dated August 17, 2006, from Lender to MS Real Estate Funding, L.P. shall have occurred.

2.5.16 Leases and Rent Roll . Lender shall have received copies of all Leases certified by Borrower as requested by Lender. Lender shall have received a current certified rent roll of the Property.

2.5.17 Merger Agreement; Minimum Equity Contribution . Lender shall have received a true and complete copy of the Merger Agreement and any and all amendments or modifications thereof and any and all supplements or notices with respect thereto and any and all material deliveries received or given by Borrower pursuant thereto. Lender shall have received evidence acceptable to Lender that the portion of the acquisition costs under the Merger Agreement (including closing costs) that is paid from equity sources of Borrower and its affiliates is at least equal to $260,000,000.

2.5.18 Tax Lot . Lender shall have received a tax lot endorsement to the Title Policy or other evidence that the Property constitutes one (1) or more separate tax lots, which endorsement or evidence shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

2.5.19 Physical Conditions Report . Lender shall have received a Physical Conditions Report with respect to the Property, which report shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

2.5.20 Management Agreement . Lender shall have received a certified copy of the Management Agreement, which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

2.5.21 Further Documents . Lender or its counsel shall have received such other and further approvals, opinions, documents and information as Lender or its counsel may have reasonably requested including the Loan Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

2.5.22 Equity and Real Property Transfer Documents . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender true, correct and complete copies of all documentation pursuant to which the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are consummated, including, but not limited to, all documents evidencing all stages of the restructuring of Glenborough Realty Trust Incorporated and all documents evidencing (i) all preliminary transfers of equity interests effected in connection with the transactions described in the Merger Agreement that resulted in

 

31


the Borrower structure set forth on Exhibit H , (ii) any preliminary transfers of the Property into Affiliates of Borrower and (iii) the preliminary transfers of all of the Property from Affiliates of Borrower into Borrower.

2.5.23 Financial Statements . Lender shall have confirmed the accuracy of all financial statements and other financial information with respect to the Property delivered by Borrower to Lender.

III. RESERVED

IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.1 Borrower Representations . Borrower represents and warrants as of the Closing Date that:

4.1.1 Organization . Each of Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, and Manager, has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing pursuant to the laws of the state of its formation with requisite power and authority to own its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged. Each of Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, and Manager, has duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified in connection with its properties, businesses and operations. Each of Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, and Manager possesses all rights, licenses, permits and authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it to own its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged and the sole business of Borrower is the management and operation of the Property. The organizational structure of Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, and Manager is accurately depicted by the schematic diagram attached hereto as Exhibit H . Borrower shall not itself, and shall not permit any other SPE Entity to, change its name, identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of organization unless it shall have given Lender thirty (30) days prior written notice of any such change and shall have taken all steps reasonably requested by Lender to grant, perfect, protect and/or preserve the security interest granted hereunder to Lender.

4.1.2 Proceedings . Each of Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, and Manager, has full power to and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by, or on behalf of, Borrower, Sponsor, and Manager, as applicable, and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Persons, as applicable, enforceable against such Persons, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

4.1.3 No Conflicts . To Borrower’s knowledge, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Borrower, Sponsor and Manager, as applicable, will not result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) upon any of the property or assets of

 

32


any such Person pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, partnership agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any such Person is a party or by which any of such Person property or assets is subject (unless consents from all applicable parties thereto have been obtained), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, and Manager, or any of such Person’s properties or assets, and any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or any such regulatory authority or other governmental agency or body required for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, or Manager of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

4.1.4 Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule VII attached hereto, to Borrower’s knowledge there are no material actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority or other agency now pending or threatened in writing against or affecting Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, Manager, or the Property. The actions, suits or proceedings identified on Schedule VII , if determined against Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, Manager, or the Property, would not be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or business of any such Person or the condition or operation of the Property. There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority or other agency now pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened in writing against or affecting Sponsor that, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or business of Sponsor.

4.1.5 Agreements . None of Borrower, Sponsor, or Borrower Parents is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect such Person’s business, properties or assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise. Borrower is not in default in any material respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which Borrower, Sponsor, Borrower Parents, or the Property is bound which is reasonably likely to have a material and adverse effect on the conditions (financial or otherwise) or business of such Person or the condition, or operation of the Property. None of Borrower or Borrower Parents has any material financial obligation (contingent or otherwise) under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Person is a party or by which Borrower or the Property is otherwise bound, other than (a) obligations incurred in the ordinary course of the operation of the Property or (b) obligations under the Loan Documents.

4.1.6 Title . To Borrower’s knowledge and in reliance solely on the Title Policies, Borrower has good and insurable fee simple title to the Land and the Improvements relating to the Property, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents. Borrower has good title to the remainder of the Property, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances. The Security Instrument, when properly recorded in the appropriate records, together with any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed in connection therewith,

 

33


will create (a) a valid, perfected first mortgage lien on the Land and the Improvements therein, subject, to Borrower’s knowledge, only to Permitted Encumbrances and (b) perfected security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignments of, all personalty (including the Leases), all in accordance with the terms thereof, in each case subject only to any applicable Permitted Encumbrances. To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no claims for payment for work, labor or materials affecting the Property which are or may become a lien prior to, or of equal priority with, the Liens created by the Loan Documents. Borrower represents and warrants that none of the Permitted Encumbrances will have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect (i) the ability of Borrower to pay any of its obligations to any Person as and when due or (ii) the use or operation of the Property as the same is being used or operated as of the Closing Date. Borrower will preserve its right, title and interest in and to the Property for so long as the Note remains outstanding and will warrant and defend same and the validity and priority of the Lien hereof from and against any and all claims whatsoever other than the Permitted Encumbrances.

4.1.7 No Bankruptcy Filing . None of Borrower, Borrower Parents, Manager, or Sponsor is contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of such entity’s assets or property, and Borrower has no knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against it or against Borrower Parents, Manager or Sponsor.

4.1.8 Full and Accurate Disclosure . To Borrower’s knowledge, no statement of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no fact presently known to Borrower which has not been disclosed which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.1.9 All Property . The Property constitutes all of the real property, personal property, equipment and fixtures currently (i) owned or leased by Borrower or (ii) used in the operation of the business located on the Property, other than items owned or leased by Manager, Tenants or third party service providers.

 

34


4.1.10 No Plan Assets .

(a) (i) None of Borrower, Borrower Parents or Sponsor maintains an employee benefit plan as defined by Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA (ii) none of Borrower, Borrower Parents or Sponsor has knowledge of any material liability which has been incurred or is expected to be incurred by Borrower, Borrower Parents or Sponsor, which is or remains unsatisfied for any taxes or penalties with respect to any “employee benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA or any “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or any other benefit plan (other than a multiemployer plan) maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by Borrower, Borrower Parents or Sponsor, or by any entity that is under common control with any of Borrower, Borrower Parents, or Sponsor within the meaning of ERISA Section 4001(a)(14) (a Plan ); and (iii) Borrower has made and shall continue to make, and to Borrower’s knowledge Borrower Parents and Sponsor has made, when due all of their required contributions to all such Plans, if any and to Borrower’s knowledge, each such Plan has been and will be administered in compliance with its terms and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, and any other applicable federal or state law and no action shall be taken or fail to be taken that would result in the disqualification or loss of tax-exempt status of any such Plan intended to be qualified and/or tax exempt, except where in each case in clauses (i) through (iii) above, such event or condition would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(b) None of Borrower, Borrower Parents or Sponsor is an employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, none of the assets of any of Borrower, Borrower Parents or Sponsor constitutes or will during any period when the Loan remains outstanding constitute plan assets of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 ( Plan Assets ) and none of Borrower, Borrower Parents or Sponsor is a “governmental plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA) nor is Borrower, Borrower Parents or Sponsor, subject to state statutes applicable to it and fiduciary obligations that are similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code currently in effect which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.1.11 Compliance . To Borrower’s knowledge and except as disclosed in the Physical Conditions Report, the Environmental Reports or on Schedule XIII, Borrower, the Property and the use thereof comply in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, building and zoning ordinances and codes. To Borrower’s knowledge, none of Borrower or Borrower Parents is in default or in violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, there has not been committed by Borrower any act or omission affording the federal government or any other Governmental Authority the right of forfeiture as against the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

4.1.12 Financial Information . Borrower has delivered complete copies of all financial data including, without limitation, rent rolls and statements of cash flow and income and operating expense, that were delivered to Borrower by or on behalf of the target of the merger in respect of the Property which is subject to the Merger Agreement and, to Borrower’s knowledge, all such financial data (i) are true, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) fairly represent the financial condition of the Property as of the date of such reports,

 

35


and (iii) to the extent prepared or audited by an independent certified public accounting firm, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods covered, except as disclosed therein. Borrower does not have any contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are known to Borrower and likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the operation of the Property for office and ancillary retail purposes. Since the date of such financial statements, to Borrower’s knowledge there has been no materially adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower from that set forth in said financial statements.

4.1.13 Condemnation . No Condemnation has been commenced or, to Borrower’s knowledge, is contemplated with respect to all or any portion of the Property or for the relocation of roadways providing access to the Property.

4.1.14 Federal Reserve Regulations . None of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation U, Regulation X or Regulation T or for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry “margin stock” or for any other purpose which might constitute this transaction a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X, which in any such case would cause the Loan, the Borrower or the Lender to be in violation of Regulation U. As of the Closing Date, Borrower does not own any “margin stock.”

4.1.15 Utilities and Public Access . To Borrower’s knowledge, (i) the Property has rights of access to one or more public ways, either directly or through a recorded easement or REA set forth in and insured under the Title Policy, (ii) the Property is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service the Property for its present uses, (iii) except as set forth in the Title Policy and the survey of the Property, all utilities necessary to the existing use of the Property are located either in the public right-of-way abutting the Property or in recorded easements or REAs serving the Property, and such easements or REAs are set forth in and insured by the Title Policy and (iv) all roads necessary for the use of the Property for its current purposes have been completed and, if necessary, dedicated to public use.

4.1.16 Not a Foreign Person . Borrower is not a foreign person within the meaning of § 1445(f)(3) of the Code.

4.1.17 Separate Lots . The Property is comprised of one (1) or more contiguous parcels which constitute a separate tax lot or lots and does not constitute or include a portion of any other tax lot not a part of the Property.

4.1.18 Assessments . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, there are no pending or proposed special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise affecting the Property that would have a Material Adverse Effect, nor to Borrower’s knowledge are there any contemplated improvements to the Property that may result in such special or other assessments.

4.1.19 Enforceability . The Loan Documents are not subject to any existing right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower, including the defense

 

36


of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable (subject to principles of equity and bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws generally affecting creditor’s rights and the enforcement of debtors’ obligations), and Borrower has not asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto.

4.1.20 No Prior Assignment . There are no prior sales, transfers or assignments of the Leases or any portion of the Rents due and payable or to become due and payable which are presently outstanding following the funding of the Loan, other than those being terminated or assigned to Lender concurrently herewith.

4.1.21 Insurance . Borrower has obtained and has delivered to Lender a certificate of insurance for all insurance policies required under this Agreement reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements set forth in this Agreement. Borrower has not, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge no Person has, done by act or omission anything which would impair the coverage of any such policy.

4.1.22 Use of Property . The Property is used exclusively for office and ancillary retail purposes and other appurtenant and related uses.

4.1.23 Certificate of Occupancy; Licenses . To Borrower’s knowledge and except as disclosed in the Physical Condition Reports, all certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required of Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property for office and ancillary retail purposes (collectively, the Licenses ), have been obtained and are in full force and effect. Borrower shall, and shall cause Manager to, keep and maintain all Licenses necessary for the operation of the Property for office and ancillary retail purposes. The use being made of the Property is in conformity with the certificate of occupancy issued for the Property.

4.1.24 Flood Zone . To Borrower’s knowledge and in reliance on the survey for the Property, none of the Improvements on the Property are located in an area as identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards except as identified on the flood certification obtained by Lender prior to the date hereof, and Borrower has obtained the insurance required under Article IV with respect to any Improvements located in any such special flood hazards.

4.1.25 Physical Condition . To Borrower’s knowledge and except as expressly disclosed in the Physical Conditions Report, the Property, including, without limitation, all buildings, Improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping, irrigation systems and all structural components, are in working condition in all material respects; to Borrower’s knowledge and except as disclosed in the Physical Conditions Report, there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in or to the Property, whether latent or otherwise, and Borrower has not received any written notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in the Property, or any part thereof, which would adversely affect the insurability of the same or cause the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or of any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond.

 

37


4.1.26 Boundaries . To Borrower’s knowledge in reliance on the Survey, and except as may be depicted on the Survey, all of the Improvements lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Property except for certain minor encroachments which are insured pursuant to the Title Policy, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Property, and no easements or other encumbrances upon the Property encroach upon any of the Improvements, so as to have a materially adverse affect on the value or marketability of the Property except those which are insured against by the Title Policy.

4.1.27 Leases . To Borrower’s knowledge, (i) the Property is not subject to any Leases other than the Leases described in the certified rent roll, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule VIII , (ii) such certified rent roll is true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date set forth therein, and (iii) no Person has any possessory interest in the Property or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to the provisions of the Leases or the REAs. The current Leases are in full force and effect and to Borrower’s knowledge, there are no material defaults thereunder by either party (other than as expressly disclosed on the certified rent roll delivered to Lender or the Tenant estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan) and to Borrower’s knowledge, there are no conditions that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute material defaults thereunder. To Borrower’s knowledge, no Rent has been paid more than one (1) month in advance of its due date, except as disclosed on the certified rent roll or in the Tenant estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan. There has been no prior sale, transfer or assignment, hypothecation or pledge by Borrower of any Lease or of the Rents received therein, which will be outstanding following the funding of the Loan, other than those being assigned to Lender concurrently herewith. Except as set forth on Schedule      , to Borrower’s knowledge, no Tenant under any Lease has a right or option pursuant to such Lease or otherwise to purchase all or any part of the property of which the leased premises are a part.

4.1.28 Filing and Recording Taxes . All transfer taxes, deed stamps, intangible taxes or other amounts in the nature of transfer taxes required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the transfer of the Property to Borrower have been paid and the granting and recording of the Security Instrument and the UCC financing statements required to be filed in connection with the Loan. All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar tax required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the Security Instrument, have been paid.

4.1.29 Single Purpose Entity/Separateness .

(a) Until the Indebtedness has been paid in full, Borrower hereby represents, warrants and covenants that Borrower and each SPE Entity is, shall be, and shall continue to be, a Single Purpose Entity.

(b) To Borrower’s knowledge, all of the assumptions of fact made in the Non-Consolidation Opinion, including, but not limited to, any exhibits attached thereto, are true and correct in all material respects and any assumptions of fact made in any subsequent non- consolidation opinion delivered in connection with the Loan Documents (an Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion ), including, but not limited to, any exhibits attached thereto, will have

 

38


been and shall be true and correct in all respects. Borrower and each SPE Entity have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions of fact made with respect to it in the Non- Consolidation Opinion. Borrower and each SPE Entity will have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions of fact made with respect to it in any Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion. Each entity other than Borrower with respect to which an assumption of fact shall be made in any Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion will have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions of fact made with respect to it in any Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion.

4.1.30 Management Agreement . The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and there is no default thereunder by any party thereto and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice would constitute a default thereunder. The Manager is an Affiliate of Borrower.

4.1.31 Illeal Activity . No portion of the Property has been or will be purchased with proceeds of any illegal activity.

4.1.32 No Change in Facts or Circumstances; Disclosure . To Borrower’s knowledge, all written information, reports, certificates and other documents submitted by Borrower to Lender in connection with the Loan are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects. There has been no material adverse change known to Borrower in any condition, fact, circumstance or event that would make any such information inaccurate, incomplete or otherwise misleading in any material respect or that otherwise materially and adversely affects the Property or the business operations or the financial condition of Borrower. Borrower has disclosed to Lender all material facts known to Borrower and has not failed to disclose any material fact known to Borrower that is likely to cause any representation or warranty made herein to be materially misleading.

4.1.33 Tax Filings . Borrower has filed (or has obtained effective extensions for filing) all federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed, if any, and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all federal, state and local taxes, charges and assessments payable by Borrower, if any.

4.1.34 Solvency/Fraudulent Conveyance . Borrower (a) has not entered into the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any Loan Document with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud any creditor and (b) has received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its obligations under the Loan Documents. After giving effect to the Loan, the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets exceeds and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, exceed Borrower’s total liabilities, including, without limitation, subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities. The fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets is and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, be greater than Borrower’s probable liabilities, including the maximum amount of its contingent liabilities on its Debts as such Debts become absolute and matured. Borrower’s assets do not and, immediately following the making of the Loan will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur Debt and liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such Debt and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by Borrower and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of obligations of Borrower).

 

39


4.1.35 Investment Company Act . Borrower is not (a) an investment company or a company Controlled by an investment company, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or (b) subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

4.1.36 Labor . No organized work stoppage or labor strike has occurred or to Borrower’s knowledge is pending or threatened by employees and other laborers of Borrower or Manager at the Property. To Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower nor Manager (i) is involved in or threatened with any material labor dispute, grievance or litigation relating to labor matters involving any employees and other laborers at the Property, including, without limitation, violation of any federal, state or local labor, safety or employment laws (domestic or foreign) and/or charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints; (ii) has engaged in any unfair labor practices within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act or the Railway Labor Act; or (iii) is a party to, or bound by, any collective bargaining agreement or union contract with respect to employees and other laborers at the Property and no such agreement or contract is currently being negotiated by Borrower or Manager or any of its Affiliates.

4.1.37 Reserved .

4.1.38 No Other Debt . Borrower has not borrowed or received debt financing that has not been heretofore repaid in full, other than the Permitted Debt.

4.1.39 Taxpayer Identification Number . Borrower’s Federal taxpayer identification number is set forth on Schedule X attached hereto.

4.1.40 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism, Embargo and Anti-Money Laundering Laws . (i) None of Borrower, Borrower Parents, any SPE Entity, Sponsor or any Person who owns any equity interest in or Controls Borrower, Borrower Parents, any SPE Entity, or currently is identified on the OFAC List or otherwise qualifies as a Prohibited Person, and Borrower has implemented procedures to ensure that no Person who now or hereafter owns any equity interest in Borrower, or any SPE Entity, is a Prohibited Person or Controlled by a Prohibited Person, and (ii) none of Borrower, Borrower Parents, any SPE Entity, or Sponsor is in violation of any Legal Requirements relating to anti-money laundering or anti-terrorism, including, without limitation, Legal Requirements related to transacting business with Prohibited Persons or the requirements of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, U.S. Public Law 107-56, and the related regulations issued thereunder, including temporary regulations, all as amended from time to time. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no tenant at the Premises currently is identified on the OFAC List or otherwise qualifies as a Prohibited Person, and no tenant at the Premises is owned or Controlled by a Prohibited Person. Borrower has determined that Manager has implemented, procedures, approved by Borrower to ensure that no tenant at any Property is a Prohibited Person or owned or Controlled by a Prohibited Person.

4.1.41 Merger Agreement . Borrower has delivered to Lender true complete and correct copies of the Merger Agreement including all schedules and exhibits thereto and all deliveries made by any party thereto or any of their respective Affiliates as Lender shall have requested.

 

40


4.1.42 Leases . Borrower represents that it has heretofore delivered to Lender true and complete copies of all Leases and any and all amendments or modifications thereof that were delivered to Borrower by or on behalf of target of the merger. To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower or its predecessors have complied with and performed all of its or their material construction, improvement and alteration obligations with respect to the Property required as of the date hereof and any other obligations under the Leases that are required as of the date hereof have been complied with, except, in each case, as does not and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.1.43 REAs . Borrower represents that it has heretofore delivered to Lender true and complete copies of all REAs and any and all amendments or modifications thereto that were delivered to Borrower by or on behalf of target of the merger. To Borrower’s knowledge, the REAs are in full force and effect, and neither Borrower nor any other party to the REAs is in default thereunder. To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no conditions which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under the REAs. To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower or its predecessors have complied with and performed all of its or their material construction, improvement and alteration obligations with respect to the Property required as of the date hereof and any other obligations under the other REAs that are required as of the date hereof have been complied with, except, in each case, as does not and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.1.44 Tax Protection Agreements Borrower represents that Schedule XI attached hereto contains a true, correct, and complete list of all tax protection agreements ( Tax Protection Agreements ) to which Borrower, Borrower Parents, or Holding Company is subject that relate to the Property.

Section 4.2 Survival of Representations . Borrower agrees that all of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 4.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be deemed given and made as of the date of the funding of the Loan and survive for so long as any amount remains owing to Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by Borrower, Manager, or Sponsor unless a longer survival period is expressly stated in a Loan Document with respect to a specific representation or warranty, in which case, for such longer period. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents by Borrower shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Lender notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by Lender or on its behalf.

V. BORROWER COVENANTS

Section 5.1 Affirmative Covenants . From the Closing Date and until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender that

5.1.1 Performance by Borrower . Borrower shall in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision of each Loan Document, and shall pay when due all costs, fees and expenses to the extent required under the Loan Documents, executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower and shall not enter into or otherwise suffer or permit any amendment, waiver, supplement, termination or other

 

41


modification of any Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower without the prior written consent of Lender.

5.1.2 Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements; Insurance . Subject to Borrower’s right of contest pursuant to Section 7.3 , Borrower shall at all times comply and cause the Property to be in material compliance with all Legal Requirements applicable to the Borrower, any SPE Entity and the Property and the uses permitted upon the Property. Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights, licenses, permits and franchises necessary to comply with all material Legal Requirements applicable to it and the Property. There shall never be committed by Borrower, and Borrower shall not knowingly permit any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Property to commit, any act or omission affording the federal government or any state or local government the right of forfeiture as against Borrower’s interest in the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents. Borrower hereby covenants and agrees not to commit, knowingly permit or suffer to exist any act or omission affording such right of forfeiture. Borrower shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used in the conduct of its business and shall keep the Property in good working order and repair, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all reasonably necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto, all as more fully set forth in the Security Instrument. Borrower shall keep the Property insured at all times to such extent and against such risks, and maintain liability and such other insurance, as is more fully set forth in this Agreement.

5.1.3 Litigation . Borrower shall give prompt written notice to Lender of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened in writing against Borrower which, if determined adversely to Borrower would have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.1.4 Single Purpose Entity .

(a) Each of Borrower and each SPE Entity has been since the date of its formation and shall remain a Single Purpose Entity.

(b) Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, each of Borrower and each SPE Entity shall continue to maintain its own deposit account or accounts, separate from those of any Affiliate, with commercial banking institutions. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, none of the funds of Borrower or any SPE Entity will be diverted to any other Person or for other than business uses of Borrower or any SPE Entity, as applicable, nor will such funds be commingled with the funds of any other Affiliate.

(c) To the extent that Borrower or any SPE Entity shares the same officers or other employees as any of Borrower, any SPE Entity or their Affiliates, the salaries of and the expenses related to providing benefits to such officers and other employees shall be fairly allocated among such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of the salary and benefit costs associated with all such common officers and employees.

(d) To the extent that Borrower or any SPE Entity jointly contracts with any of Borrower, any SPE Entity or either of their Affiliates, as applicable, to do business with

 

42


vendors or service providers or to share overhead expenses, the costs incurred in so doing shall be allocated fairly among such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such costs. To the extent that either Borrower or any SPE Entity contracts or does business with vendors or service providers where the goods and services provided are partially for the benefit of any other Person, the costs incurred in so doing shall be fairly allocated to or among such entities for whose benefit the goods and services are provided, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such costs. All material transactions between (or among) Borrower or each SPE Entity and any of their respective Affiliates shall be conducted on substantially the same terms (or on more favorable terms for Borrower or any SPE Entity, as applicable) as would be conducted with third parties.

(e) To the extent that Borrower, any SPE Entity or any of their Affiliates have offices in the same location, there shall be a fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs among them, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses.

(f) Borrower and each SPE Entity shall conduct its affairs strictly in accordance with its organizational documents, and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary corporate, limited liability company or partnership formalities, as applicable, including, but not limited to, obtaining any and all members’ consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, without limitation, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts.

(g) In addition, Borrower and each SPE Entity shall each (i) maintain books and records separate from those of any other Person; (ii) maintain its assets in such a manner that it is not more costly or difficult to segregate, identify or ascertain such assets; (iii) hold regular meetings of its board of directors, shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, and observe all other corporate, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, formalities; (iv) hold itself out to creditors and the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from any other entity; (v) prepare separate tax returns and financial statements, or if part of a consolidated group, then it will be shown as a separate member of such group; (vi) transact all business with Affiliates on an arm’s-length basis and pursuant to enforceable agreements; (vii) conduct business in its name and use separate stationery, invoices and checks; (viii) not commingle its assets or funds with those of any other Person; and (ix) not assume, guarantee or pay the debts or obligations of any other Person.

5.1.5 Consents . If Borrower or any SPE Entity is a corporation, the board of directors of such Person may not take any action requiring the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of the board of directors unless all of the directors, including the Independent Directors, shall have participated in such vote. If Borrower or any SPE Entity is a limited liability company, (a) if such Person is managed by a board of managers, the board of managers of such Person may not take any action requiring the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of the board of managers unless all of the managers, including the Independent Managers, shall have participated in such vote, (b) if such Person is not managed by a board of managers, the members of such Person may not take any action requiring the affirmative vote of 100% of the members of such Person unless all of the members, including the Independent Members, shall have participated in such vote. An affirmative vote of 100% of the directors, board of managers or members, as applicable, of Borrower and any SPE Entity shall be required to (i) file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or otherwise institute insolvency

 

43


proceedings or to authorize Borrower or any SPE Entity to do so or (ii) file an involuntary bankruptcy petition against any Affiliate, Manager, or any Affiliate of Manager. Furthermore, Borrower’s and each SPE Entity’s formation documents shall expressly state that for so long as the Loan is outstanding, neither Borrower nor any SPE Entity shall be permitted to (i) dissolve, liquidate, consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of Borrower’s or any SPE Entity’s assets other than in connection with the repayment of the Loan or as otherwise permitted hereunder and the other Loan Documents, and (ii) engage in any other business activity and such restrictions shall not be modified or violated for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

5.1.6 Access to Property . Borrower shall permit agents, representatives and employees of Lender, Servicer and the Rating Agencies to inspect the Property or any part thereof during normal business hours on Business Days upon reasonable advance notice, subject in all instances to the rights of Tenants, and provided that neither Lender nor any such Persons shall unreasonably interfere with the operation of business on the Property.

5.1.7 Notice of Default: ERISA Matters . Borrower shall promptly advise Lender of (a) of any Event of Default known to Borrower, and (b) prior to a full Securitization of the Loan, a material adverse change in the business, operations, property or financial condition of Borrower or the Property or any condition that has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall as soon as reasonably practicable advise Lender of any event or condition that Borrower reasonably believes, based on advice by counsel, is reasonably likely to cause its assets or the assets of Borrower Parents or Sponsor or the assets of Borrower Parents or Sponsor to constitute “plan assets” of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or § 4975 of the Code within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101.

5.1.8 Cooperate in Legal Proceedings . Borrower shall cooperate fully with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which is reasonably likely to adversely affect the rights of Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at its election, to participate in any such proceedings which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.1.9 Reserved .

5.1.10 Insurance .

(a) Borrower shall cooperate with Lender in obtaining for Lender the benefits of any Proceeds lawfully or equitably payable in connection with the Property and which are payable to Lender hereunder, and Lender shall be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) out of such Proceeds.

(b) Borrower shall comply with all Insurance Requirements and shall not bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept any article upon any of the Property or cause or permit any condition to exist thereon which would be prohibited by any Insurance Requirement, or would invalidate insurance coverage required hereunder to be maintained by Borrower on or with respect to any part of the Property pursuant to Section 6.1 .

5.1.11 Further Assurances; Separate Notes; Loan Resizing .

 

44


(a) Borrower shall execute and acknowledge (or cause to be executed and acknowledged) and deliver to Lender all documents, and take all actions, reasonably required by Lender from time to time to confirm the rights created or intended to be created under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any security interest created or purported to be created thereunder, to protect and further the validity, priority and enforceability of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to subject to the Loan Documents any property of Borrower intended by the terms of any one or more of the Loan Documents to be encumbered by the Loan Documents, or to otherwise carry out the purposes of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder. Borrower agrees that it shall upon request, reasonably cooperate with Lender, at Borrower’s expense, in connection with any request by Lender to sever the Note into two (2) or more separate substitute notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the then outstanding Principal Amount and to reapportion the Loan among such separate substitute notes, including, without limitation, by executing and delivering to Lender new substitute notes to replace the Note, amendments to or replacements of existing Loan Documents to reflect such severance and/or Opinions of Counsel with respect to such substitute notes, amendments and/or replacements. Any such substitute notes, amendments or replacements may have varying principal amounts, and economic terms, provided , however , that (i) the maturity date of any such substitute note shall be the same as the scheduled Maturity Date of the Note immediately prior to the issuance of such substitute notes, (ii) the initial weighted average interest rates for the term of the substitute notes shall not exceed the interest rate under the Notes immediately prior to the issuance of such substitute notes; (iii) the economics of the Loan (including, without limitation the period of time between the Payment Date and the end of the Interest Period), taken as a whole, shall not change in a manner which is adverse to Borrower; and (iv) Borrower’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such substitute notes, amendments or replacements shall not change in any manner adverse to Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that Lender shall have the right to change the Payment Date, provided each substitute note, amendment or replacement has the same Payment Date. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may apply payment of all sums due under such substitute notes in such order and priority as Lender may elect in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Borrower further agrees that if Lender desires to “re-size” the Loan by decreasing the Principal Amount of the Loan and creating one or more mezzanine loans in a corresponding amount, then (i) the Borrower shall take all actions provided for in the documentation for the Loan as are necessary to effect the “re-sizing” of the Loan and creation of the mezzanine loan(s), and (ii) Lender shall on the date of the “re-sizing” of the Loan lend to the mezzanine borrower (by way of a reallocation of the Principal Amount of the Loan to the mezzanine loan) such additional amount as shall be required by the Loan documentation in connection with the “re-sizing” provided that Borrower and mezzanine borrower execute and deliver any and all necessary amendments or modifications to the Loan Documents and the mezzanine loan documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in the event of, and as a condition to, any “re-sizing” of the Loan as described above, Lender agrees that (i) the maturity date of any resized Loan and the mezzanine loan(s), if any, shall be the same as the scheduled Maturity Date of the Note immediately prior to such resizing, (ii) the weighted average interest rate for the resized Loan and the mezzanine loan(s), if any, shall not exceed the weighted interest rate for the Loan immediately prior to such resizing, (iii) the economics of the combined Loan (including, without limitation, the period of time between Payment Date and the

 

45


end of the Interest Period), taken as a whole, shall not change in a manner which is adverse to Borrower taken as a whole, and (iv) Borrower’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents in effect immediately prior to such resizing shall not change in any manner adverse to Borrower taken as a whole.

(c) Lender shall reimburse Borrower for any out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its compliance with any resizing or reallocation (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, title insurance premiums, UCC insurance premiums and reasonable attorney fees and expenses) pursuant to Section 5.1.11(a) and (b) ; provided, however, Borrower shall pay all costs, expenses, legal fees, and disbursements (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, title insurance premiums, and UCC insurance premiums) incurred by Borrower or Lender with respect to the first reallocation or resizing pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 14.2 , or Section 5.1.11 (a) and (b)  hereof.

(d) In addition, Borrower shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense:

(i) furnish to Lender, to the extent not otherwise already furnished to Lender and reasonably acceptable to Lender, all instruments, documents, boundary surveys, certificates, plans and specifications, appraisals, title and other insurance reports and agreements, and each and every other document, certificate, agreement and instrument to the extent required to be furnished by Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents;

(ii) execute and deliver, from time to time, such further instruments (including, without limitation, delivery of any financing statements under the UCC) as may be reasonably requested by Lender to confirm the security interests granted hereunder and the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents, which financing statements may identify the collateral covered thereby as “all assets” and/or “all personal property” of Borrower; and

(iii) execute and deliver to Lender such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such further acts necessary to evidence, preserve and/or protect the collateral at any time securing or intended to secure the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents, or for the carrying out of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as Lender may reasonably require from time to time.

5.1.12 Mortgage Taxes . Except as set forth in Section 5.1.11 above, Borrower shall pay all taxes, charges, filing, registration and recording fees, excises and levies payable with respect to the Note or the Liens created or secured by the Loan Documents, other than income, franchise and doing business taxes or other similar taxes imposed on Lender.

5.1.13 Operation . Borrower shall, and shall cause Manager to, (i) promptly perform and/or observe all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed and observed by it under the Management Agreement and do all things necessary to preserve and to keep unimpaired its material rights thereunder; (ii) promptly notify Lender of any “event of default” under the Management Agreement of which it is aware; (iii) promptly deliver to Lender a copy of each financial statement, capital expenditures plan, property improvement plan and any other material notice (excluding notices relating to routine operating matters) or periodic report received by it under the Management Agreement; and (iv) enforce in a commercially reasonable manner the performance and observance of all of the material covenants and agreements required

 

46


to be performed and/or observed by the Manager under the Management Agreement to the extent that Manager’s failure to perform or observe such covenants or agreements would otherwise cause a Default or a Material Adverse Effect.

5.1.14 Business and Operations . Borrower shall continue to engage in the businesses presently conducted by it as and to the extent the same are necessary for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property. Borrower will qualify to do business and will remain in good standing under the laws of the State in which the Property is located and as and to the extent required for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property.

5.1.15 Title to the Property . Borrower will warrant and defend (a) the title to the Property and every part thereof, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances) and (b) the validity and priority of the Lien of the Security Instrument, the Assignment of Leases and this Agreement on the Property, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances), in each case against the claims of all Persons whomsoever. Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any losses, costs, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by Lender if an interest in the Property, other than as permitted hereunder, is claimed by another Person.

5.1.16 Costs of Enforcement . In the event (a) that this Agreement or the Security Instrument is foreclosed upon in whole or in part or that this Agreement or the Security Instrument is put into the hands of an attorney for collection, suit, action or foreclosure, (b) of the foreclosure of any security agreement prior to or subsequent to this Agreement in which proceeding Lender is made a party, or a mortgage prior to or subsequent to the Security Instrument in which proceeding Lender is made a party, or (c) of the bankruptcy, insolvency, rehabilitation or other similar proceeding in respect of Borrower or any of its constituent Persons or an assignment by Borrower or any of its constituent Persons for the benefit of its creditors, Borrower, its successors or assigns, shall be chargeable with and agrees to pay all actual out-of-pocket costs of collection and defense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender or Borrower in connection therewith and in connection with any appellate proceeding or post-judgment action involved therein, together with all required service or use taxes.

5.1.17 Estoppel Statement .

(a) Borrower and Lender shall each from time to time, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written request from the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party, an Officer’s Certificate (or in the case of Lender a certificate signed by an authorized officer), stating that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are in full force and effect as modified and setting forth such modifications), stating the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and the outstanding Principal Amount of the Note and containing such other information with respect to the Borrower, the Property and the Loan as applicable, as the requesting party shall reasonably request. The estoppel certificate shall also state either that to requesting party’s knowledge no Default exists hereunder or, if any Default shall exist hereunder, specify such Default and, in the case of Borrower’s estoppel, the steps being taken to cure such Default.

 

47


(b) Borrower shall request and make commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Lender, within twenty (20) Business Days of receipt of Lender’s written request, tenant estoppel certificates from each Tenant under any Lease demising 5,000 or more square feet in substantially the form and substance of the estoppel certificate set forth in Exhibit G or in the form any such Tenant is required to deliver pursuant to its Lease; provided , however , prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall not be required to request or make commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such certificates with respect to any particular Tenant more frequently than once in any calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 5.1.17 shall require Borrower to issue or threaten to issue any notice of default to any Tenant or to otherwise take any legal action in connection with obtaining such certificates or otherwise interfere with or disturb the use and occupancy of the Property by any Tenant.

5.1.18 Loan Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan received by it on the Closing Date only for the purposes set forth in Section 2.1.4 .

5.1.19 No Joint Assessment . Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Property (a) with any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property, and (b) which constitutes real property with any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to such real property portion of the Property.

5.1.20 No Further Encumbrances . Borrower shall do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to keep and protect the Property and all portions thereof unencumbered from any Liens, easements or agreements granting rights in or restricting the use or development of the Property, except for (a) Permitted Encumbrances, (b) Liens permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, (c) Liens for Impositions prior to the imposition of any interest, charges or expenses for the non-payment thereof and (d) any Liens permitted pursuant to Leases.

5.1.21 Reserved .

5.1.22 Leases and REAs . Borrower will promptly after receipt thereof deliver to Lender a copy of any notice received with respect to the Leases of more than 5,000 square feet, if any, and/or REAs claiming that Borrower is in default in the performance or observance of any of the material terms, covenants or conditions of any of the Leases and/or REAs.

Section 5.2 Negative Covenants . From the Closing Date until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Lien of this Agreement by defeasance or otherwise or the Security Instrument in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that it will not do, directly or indirectly, any of the following without Lender’s prior written consent:

5.2.1 Incur Debt . Incur, create or assume any Debt other than Permitted Debt or Transfer or lease all or any part of the Property or any interest therein, except as permitted in the Loan Documents;

 

48


5.2.2 Encumbrances . Other than in connection with any Permitted Debt, (i) incur, create or assume or permit the incurrence, creation or assumption of any Debt secured by an interest in Borrower, Borrower Parent, or any SPE Entity and shall not Transfer or permit the Transfer of any interest in Borrower, Borrower Parent, or any SPE Entity except as permitted pursuant to Article VIII ;

5.2.3 Engage in Different Business . Engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than that of entering into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party and the use, ownership, management, leasing, renovation, financing, development, operation and maintenance of the Property and activities related thereto;

5.2.4 Make Advances . Make advances or make loans to any Person, or hold any investments, except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

5.2.5 Partition . Partition the Property;

5.2.6 Commingle . Commingle its assets with the assets of any of its Affiliates, except as permitted in the Loan Documents;

5.2.7 Guarantee Obligations . Guarantee any obligations of any Person;

5.2.8 Transfer Assets . Transfer any asset other than in the ordinary course of business or Transfer any interest in the Property except as may be permitted hereby or in the other Loan Documents;

5.2.9 Amend Organizational Documents . Amend or modify any of its organizational documents without Lender’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), other than to reflect any change in capital accounts, contributions, distributions, allocations or other provisions that do not and could not reasonably be anticipated to have a Material Adverse Effect and provided that Borrower and each SPE Entity each remain a Single Purpose Entity;

5.2.10 Dissolve . Dissolve, wind-up, terminate, liquidate, merge with or consolidate into another Person, except as expressly permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

5.2.11 Bankruptcy . (i) File a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or otherwise institute insolvency proceedings with respect to itself, (ii) dissolve, liquidate, consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of Borrower’s assets other than in connection with the repayment of the Loan or (iii) file or solicit the filing of an involuntary bankruptcy petition against Borrower, without obtaining the prior consent of all of the members of Borrower, including, without limitation, the Independent Managers/Members;

5.2.12 ERISA . Engage in any activity that would cause Borrower’s, Borrower Parent’s or Sponsor’s assets to constitute plan assets of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA;

 

49


5.2.13 Distributions . From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, make any distributions to or for the benefit of any of its partners or members or its or their Affiliates;

5.2.14 Manager .

(a) Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed ( provided , if a Securitization shall have occurred, Borrower obtains a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such action): (i) materially modify, change, supplement, alter or amend the Management Agreement or waive or release any of its right and remedies under the Management Agreement that would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) replace the Manager with other than a Qualified Manager;

(b) Borrower shall notify Lender and, if a Securitization shall have occurred, the Rating Agencies, in writing (and shall deliver a copy of the proposed management agreement) of any entity proposed to be designated as a Qualified Manager of the Property not less than thirty (30) days before such proposed Qualified Manager begins to manage the Property;

(c) If (a) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) the Manager shall become insolvent, Borrower shall, at the request of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement and replace the Manager with a Qualified Manager in accordance with this Section 5.2.14 and shall deliver (1) an acceptable Non-Consolidation Opinion covering such replacement Manager if such Person (i) is not covered by the Non-Consolidation Opinion or an Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion, and (ii) is an Affiliate of Borrower and (2) an assignment of management agreement, substantially in the form of the Assignment of Management Agreement executed by the Borrower and the Qualified Manager; and

(d) Upon the retention of a Qualified Manager, Lender, and if a Securitization shall have occurred, the Rating Agencies, shall have the right to approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) any new management agreement with such Qualified Manager.

5.2.15 Reserved .

5.2.16 Modify REAs . Without the prior consent of Lender, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, execute modifications to the REAs in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Property;

5.2.17 Reserved .

5.2.18 Zoning Reclassification . Without the prior written consent of Lender, initiate or consent to (a) any zoning reclassification of any portion of the Property, (b) seek any variance under any existing zoning ordinance that could result in the use of the Property becoming a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation, or (c) allow any portion of the Property to be used in any manner that could result in the use of the Property becoming a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation;

 

50


5.2.19 Change of Principal Place of Business . Change its principal place of business and chief executive office set forth on the first page of this Agreement without first giving Lender thirty (30) days prior written notice (but in any event, within the period required pursuant to the UCC);

5.2.20 Debt Cancellation . Cancel or otherwise forgive or release any material claim or debt owed to it by any Person, except for adequate consideration or in the ordinary course of its business and except for termination of a Lease as permitted by Section 8.8 ;

5.2.21 Misapplication of Funds . (i) Distribute any revenue from the Property or any Proceeds in violation of the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) misappropriate any security deposit or portion thereof or misapply the proceeds of the Loan; or

5.2.22 Single Purpose Entity . Fail to be a Single Purpose Entity or take or suffer any action or inaction the result of which would be to cause it or any SPE Entity to cease to be a Single Purpose Entity.

VI. INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION: RESTORATION

Section 6.1 Insurance Coverage Requirements . Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in full force and effect insurance coverage of the types and minimum limits as follows during the term of this Agreement:

6.1.1 Property Insurance . Insurance against loss customarily included under so called “All Risk” policies including flood (as required by Section 6.1.7) , earthquake (if applicable), vandalism, and malicious mischief, boiler and machinery, and such other insurable hazards as, under good insurance practices, from time to time are insured against for other property and buildings similar to the Improvements and Building Equipment in nature, use, location, height, and type of construction. Such insurance policy shall also insure the additional expense of demolition and if any of the Improvements or the use of the Property shall at any time constitute legal non-conforming structures or uses, provide coverage for contingent liability from Operation of Building Laws, Demolition Costs and Increased Cost of Construction Endorsements and containing an “Ordinance or Law Coverage” or “Enforcement” endorsement. The amount of such “All Risk” insurance shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost value of the Improvements and the Building Equipment. Each such insurance policy shall contain an agreed amount (coinsurance waiver) and replacement cost value endorsement and shall cover all tenant improvements and betterments which Borrower is required to insure in accordance with any Lease. Lender shall be named “Loss Payee” on a “Standard Mortgagee Endorsement” and be provided not less than thirty (30) days advance notice of change in coverage, cancellation or non-renewal.

6.1.2 Liability Insurance . “General Public Liability” insurance, including, without limitation, “Commercial General Liability” insurance; “Owned” (if any), “Hired” and “Non Owned Auto Liability”; and “Umbrella Liability” coverage for “Personal Injury”, “Bodily Injury”, “Death, Accident and Property Damage”, providing in combination no less than $100,000,000 per occurrence and in the annual aggregate. The policies described in this paragraph shall cover, subject to the policy terms and conditions: elevators, escalators, acts of independent contractors, “Contractual Liability” (covering Borrower’s obligation to indemnify

 

51


Lender as required under this Agreement, and shall provide “Products and Completed Operations Liability” coverage). All public liability insurance shall name Lender as “Additional Insured” either on a specific endorsement or under a blanket endorsement satisfactory to Lender.

6.1.3 Workers’ Compensation Insurance . Workers compensation and disability insurance as required by law.

6.1.4 Commercial Rents Insurance . “Commercial Rents” insurance in an amount sufficient to avoid any co-insurance penalty and to provide proceeds which will cover the actual loss of rents sustained due to the necessary suspension of operations following a covered casualty and continuing until the date when the Property should be repaired, rebuilt, or replaced with reasonable speed and similar quality, plus a 12-month extended period of indemnity, not to exceed policy limits. Such policies of insurance shall be subject only to exclusions that are acceptable to Lender and, if the Loan is the subject of a Securitization, the Rating Agencies; provided , however , that such exclusions are reasonably consistent with those required for loans similar to the Loan provided herein. Such insurance shall be deemed to include “loss of rental value” insurance where applicable. The term “rental value” means the sum of (A) the total then ascertainable Rents payable under the Leases and (B) the total ascertainable amount of all other amounts to be received by Borrower from third parties which are the legal obligation of Tenants, reduced to the extent such amounts would not be received because of operating, non-continuing or variable expenses not incurred during a period of non-occupancy of that portion of Property then not being occupied.

6.1.5 Builder’s All-Risk Insurance . During any period of repair or restoration, builder’s “All-Risk” insurance in an amount equal to not less than the full insurable value of the Property against such risks (including so called “All Risk” perils coverage and collapse of the Improvements to agreed limits as Lender may request, in form and substance acceptable to Lender). Such policy shall include coverage for delay in completion caused by an insured peril in the Builder’s “All Risk” insurance in an amount sufficient to cover twelve (12) months of Debt Service and carrying costs and operating expenses of the Property including real estate taxes and insurance.

6.1.6 Boiler and Machinery Insurance . Comprehensive boiler and machinery insurance (without exclusion for explosion) covering all mechanical and electrical equipment against physical damage, rent loss and improvements loss and covering all tenant improvements and betterments that Borrower is required to insure pursuant to any Lease on a replacement cost basis. The minimum amount of limits to be provided shall be $10,000,000 per accident.

6.1.7 Flood Insurance: Windstorm Insurance .

(a) If any portion of the Improvements is located within an area designated as “flood prone” or a “special flood hazard area” (as defined under the regulations adopted under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973) (any such area, a SFHA ), flood insurance shall be provided, in an amount not less than the maximum limit of coverage available under the Federal Flood Insurance plan with respect to the Property. Excess flood insurance coverage shall be required to compensate for any damage or loss in an amount up to 10% of the subject Property insurable value plus annual business

 

52


interruption value in a total amount not required to exceed $10,000,000 and shall include business interruption coverage for at least twelve (12) months provided that such coverage is commercially available. Unless a higher amount is required by FEMA or other law, the maximum deductible clause shall be no greater than $5,000 per building. Lender reserves the right to require flood insurance in excess of that available under the Federal Flood Insurance plan with a deductible no greater than 5% of the total insurable value, subject to a minimum of $1,000,000. Borrower shall deliver to Lender a FEMA Elevation Certification prepared by a surveyor if any portion of the Improvements is located in flood zones A, AR, or V. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not be required to maintain the flood insurance required by this Section 6.1.7 if (a) the Improvements are not located within a SFHA, notwithstanding that a portion of the Property may be so located or (b) there is a “Letter of Map Amendment” ( LOMA ) from FEMA stating that the Property is no longer located within a SFHA. If the Improvements have been constructed above the flood level, as evidenced by a FEMA Elevation Certification, Borrower may apply to the appropriate FEMA regional office for a LOMA and, upon receipt thereof, Borrower shall no longer be required to maintain the flood insurance required by this Section 6.1.7 .

(b) If the Property is in an area prone to hurricanes and windstorms, as reasonably determined by Lender, Borrower shall provide, to the extent commercially available, windstorm insurance (including coverage for windstorm, cyclone, hurricane or tornado (including rain or wind driven rain which enters the covered building or structure through an opening created by the force of windstorm)) in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 100% of the replacement cost value of the Improvements and the Building Equipment, with a maximum deductible no greater than ten percent (10%) of the insured amount, plus business interruption coverage for at least eighteen (18) months, and (ii) the Principal Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after a full Securitization of the Loan, Borrower shall be permitted to reduce the insurance coverages or increase the maximum deductible set forth in this Section 6.1.8(b) , provided (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) Borrower obtains a Rating Agency Confirmation.

6.1.8 Earthquake and Environmental Insurance; Other Insurance .

(a) Earthquake insurance in an amount equal to the “Probable Maximum Loss” ( PML ) or a similar determination for the Property, conducted by a seismic engineering company satisfactory to Lender. If requested by Borrower, Lender will consider permitting earthquake insurance for less than the PML, in Lender’s sole discretion.

(b) At Lender’s reasonable request, such other insurance with respect to the Property against loss or damage of the kinds from time to time customarily insured against and in such amounts as are generally required by institutional lenders on loans of similar amounts and secured by properties comparable to, and in the general vicinity of, the Property.

6.1.9 Terrorism Insurance . Provided that insurance coverage relating to the acts of terrorism ( Terrorism Insurance ) is either (i) commercially available and such rates and terms are consistent with those paid in respect of comparable properties in comparable locations that are subject to CMBS financings or (ii) Lender or Servicer reasonably determines

 

53


that either (a) prudent owners of real estate that are subject to CMBS financings and that are comparable to the Property are maintaining Terrorism Insurance, or (b) prudent lenders (including, without limitation, investment banks or servicers) are requiring Terrorism Insurance, Borrower shall be required to carry Terrorism Insurance for both certified and non-certified acts of terrorism, provided , however , the amount that Borrower shall be required to pay for Terrorism Insurance shall not exceed $30,000, which amount shall be increased annually during the term of the Loan by an annual CPI-factor. Terrorism insurance coverage may be provided under a blanket policy.

6.1.10 Ratings of Insurers . Borrower will maintain the insurance coverage described in (i)  Section 6.1.1 through Section 6.1.7 and Section 6.1.9 above, in all cases, with one or more domestic primary insurers reasonably acceptable to Lender, having claims-paying-ability rating of “A” or better, and (ii)  Section 6.1.8 above with one or more domestic primary insurers reasonably acceptable to Lender, having claims paying-ability rating of “A-VIII” or better by A.M. Best; provided that, as long as all insurance companies providing the “primary layer” of coverage maintain an S&P claims paying ability rating of “A” or better, Borrower may obtain insurance in a layered program in compliance with the S&P guidelines which allow up to forty percent (40%) (in the event of a syndicate of five (5) or more carriers) or twenty-five percent (25%) (in the event of a syndicate of four (4) or fewer carriers) of the carriers providing the other layers of coverage to maintain an S&P claims paying ability rating of “BBB” or better (or the equivalent thereof) by at least two (2) of the Rating Agencies rating the Securities (one of which shall be S&P if they are rating the Securities and one of which will be Moody’s if they are rating the Securities); provided , however , a lesser claims paying ability rating shall not cause a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the ratings assigned, or to be assigned, to the Securities or any class thereof in any Securitization. All insurers providing insurance required by this Agreement shall be authorized to issue insurance in the State.

6.1.11 Form of Insurance Policies; Endorsements . All insurance policies shall be in such form and with such endorsements as are reasonably satisfactory to Lender. A certificate of insurance with respect to all of the above-mentioned insurance policies has been delivered to Lender and originals or certified copies of all such policies shall be delivered to Lender upon Lender’s request when the same are available (but no later than ninety (90) days after the date hereof) and shall be held by Lender. For renewal periods policies may be requested and they shall be delivered when available but no later than ninety (90) days after the renewal date. Commercial General Liability policies shall name Lender as an additional insured. To the extent such language is granted in a standard ISO policy or standard loss payable provision, the property insurance policies shall provide that all Proceeds (except with respect to Proceeds of general liability and workers’ compensation insurance) be payable to Lender as and to the extent set forth in Section 6.2 . Property insurance shall include (i) a standard “mortgagee” endorsement (form CP1218 or its equivalent relating, inter alia , to recovery by Lender notwithstanding the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Borrower); (ii) a waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Lender; (iii) an endorsement providing that no policy shall be impaired or invalidated by virtue of any act, failure to act, negligence of, or violation of declarations, warranties or conditions contained in such policy by Borrower, Lender or any other named insured, additional insured or loss payee, except for the willful misconduct of Lender knowingly in violation of the conditions of such policy; (iv) an endorsement providing for a deductible per loss of an amount not more than that which is customarily maintained by prudent

 

54


owners of properties with a standard of operation and maintenance comparable to and in the general vicinity of the Property, but in no event in excess of an amount reasonably acceptable to Lender; and (v) a provision that such policies shall not be canceled, terminated or expire without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Lender. Lender at its option, shall be permitted to make payments to effect the continuation of such policy upon notice of cancellation due to non-payment of premiums. In the event any insurance policy (except for general public and other liability and workers compensation insurance) shall contain breach of warranty provisions, such policy shall provide that with respect to the interest of Lender, such insurance policy shall not be invalidated by and shall insure Lender regardless of (A) any act, failure to act or negligence of or violation of warranties, declarations or conditions contained in such policy by any named insured, (B) the occupancy or use of the Property for purposes more hazardous than permitted by the terms thereof, or (C) any foreclosure taken by Lender pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

6.1.12 Certificates . Borrower shall deliver to Lender annually, concurrently with the renewal of the insurance policies required hereunder, a certificate from Borrower’s insurance agent stating that the insurance policies required to be delivered to Lender pursuant to this Section 6.1 are maintained with insurers who comply with the terms of Section 6.1.9 , setting forth a schedule describing all premiums required to be paid by Borrower to maintain the policies of insurance required under this Section 6.1 , and stating that Borrower has paid such premiums. Copies of certificates of insurance with respect to all replacement policies shall be delivered to Lender prior to the expiration date of any of the insurance policies required to be maintained hereunder which certificates shall bear notations evidencing payment of applicable premiums. Borrower shall deliver to Lender original certificates of such replacement insurance policies within thirty (30) days after the effective date thereof and upon request from Lender deliver originals (or certified copies) of such policies to Lender when available but not more than ninety (90) days after the effective date thereof. If Borrower fails to maintain and deliver to Lender the certificates of insurance and certified copies or originals required by this Agreement, upon five (5) Business Days’ prior notice to Borrower, Lender may procure such insurance, and all costs thereof (and interest thereon at the Default Rate) shall be added to the Indebtedness. Lender shall not, by the fact of approving, disapproving, accepting, preventing, obtaining or failing to obtain any insurance, incur any liability for or with respect to the amount of insurance carried, the form or legal sufficiency of insurance contracts, solvency of insurance companies, or payment or defense of lawsuits, and Borrower hereby expressly assumes full responsibility therefor and all liability, if any, with respect thereto.

6.1.13 Separate Insurance . Borrower will not take out separate insurance contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained pursuant to this Section 6.1 unless such insurance complies with this Section 6.1 .

6.1.14 Blanket Policies . The insurance coverage required under Section 6.1 may be effected under a blanket policy or policies covering the Property and other properties and assets not constituting a part of the Property (a Blanket Policy ); provided that any such Blanket Policy shall specify, except in the case of public liability and earthquake insurance, the portion of the total coverage of such policy that is allocated to the Property, and any sublimits in such Blanket Policy applicable to the Property, which amounts shall not be less than the amounts required pursuant to Section 6.1 and which shall in any case comply in all other respects

 

55


with the requirements of this Section 6.1 . Lender shall have the right to increase the amount required to be deposited into the Insurance Reserve Account in an amount sufficient to purchase a non-blanket policy covering the applicable Property or Properties from insurance companies which qualify under this Agreement. Upon Lender’s request, and subject to Lender signing Borrower’s nondisclosure agreement, Borrower shall deliver to Lender an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the number of properties covered by such policy, (ii) the location by city (if available, otherwise, county) and state of the properties, (iii) the average square footage of the properties (or the aggregate square footage), (iv) a brief description of the typical construction type included in the blanket policy and (v) such other information as Lender may reasonably request.

Section 6.2 Condemnation and Insurance Proceeds .

6.2.1 Notification . Borrower will promptly notify Lender in writing upon obtaining knowledge of (i) the institution of any proceedings relating to any Taking (whether material or immaterial) of, or (ii) the occurrence of any casualty, damage or injury to, the Property or any portion thereof, the restoration of which is estimated by Borrower in good faith to cost more than the Casualty Amount. In addition, each such notice shall set forth such good faith estimate of the cost of repairing or restoring such casualty, damage, injury or Taking in reasonable detail if the same is then available and, if not, as soon thereafter as it can reasonably be provided.

6.2.2 Proceeds . In the event of any Taking of or any casualty or other damage or injury to the Property, Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to all compensation, awards, proceeds, damages, claims, insurance recoveries, causes and rights of action (whether accrued prior to or after the date hereof) and payments which Borrower may receive or to which Borrower may become entitled with respect to the Property or any part thereof other than payments received in connection with any liability or loss of rental value or business interruption insurance (collectively, Proceeds ), in connection with any such Taking of, or casualty or other damage or injury to, the Property or any part thereof are hereby assigned by Borrower to Lender and, except as otherwise herein provided, shall be paid to the Lender. Borrower will, in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, file and prosecute the adjustment, compromise or settlement of any claim for Proceeds and, subject to Borrower’s right to receive the direct payment of any Proceeds as herein provided, will cause the same to be paid directly to Lender to be held and applied in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower may settle any insurance claim with respect to Proceeds which does not exceed the Casualty Amount. Whether or not an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender shall have the right to approve, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, any settlement which is likely to result in any Proceeds in excess of the Casualty Amount and Borrower will deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender all instruments reasonably requested by Lender to permit such approval. Borrower will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses reasonably incurred by Lender (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, the reasonable fees of insurance experts and adjusters and reasonable costs incurred in any litigation or arbitration), and interest thereon at the Default Rate to the extent not paid within ten (10) Business Days after delivery of a written request for reimbursement by Lender, in connection with the settlement of any claim for Proceeds and seeking and obtaining of any payment on account thereof in accordance with

 

56


the foregoing provisions. If any Proceeds are received by Borrower and may be retained by Borrower pursuant to this Section 6.2 , such Proceeds shall, until the completion of the related Work, be held in trust for Lender and shall be segregated from other funds of Borrower to be used to pay for the cost of the Work as and when such payment is due and otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof, and in the event such Proceeds exceed the Casualty Amount, such Proceeds shall be forthwith paid directly to and held by Lender in trust for Borrower, in each case to be applied or disbursed in accordance with this Section 6.2 . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or if Borrower fails to file and/or prosecute any insurance claim for a period of fifteen (15) Business Days following Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Lender, Borrower hereby irrevocably empowers Lender, in the name of Borrower as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, to file and prosecute such claim (including settlement thereof) with counsel satisfactory to Lender and to collect and to make receipt for any such payment, all at Borrower’s expense (including payment of interest at the Default Rate for any amounts advanced by Lender pursuant to this Section 6.2 ). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, however, and excluding situations requiring prepayment of the Note, to the extent any Proceeds (either singly or when aggregated with all other then unapplied Proceeds with respect to the Property) do not exceed the Casualty Amount, such Proceeds are to be paid directly to Borrower to be applied to restoration the Property in accordance with the terms hereof.

6.2.3 Lender to Take Proceeds Lender shall promptly disburse to Borrower any Proceeds received which are less than the Casualty Amount, provided that (A) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (B) Borrower delivers to Lender a written undertaking to expeditiously commence and satisfactorily complete the restoration; notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Proceeds shall equal or exceed the Principal Amount, (ii) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) a Total Loss with respect to the Property shall have occurred, (iv) the Work is not capable of being completed before the earlier to occur of the date which is six (6) months prior to the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date on which the business interruption insurance carried by Borrower with respect to the Property shall expire (the Cut-Off Date ), unless on or prior to the Cut-Off Date the Borrower (x) shall deliver to the Lender and there shall remain in effect a binding written offer of an Approved Bank or such other financial institution or investment bank reasonably satisfactory to Lender duly authorized to originate loans secured by real property located in the State for a loan from such Approved Bank or such other financial institution or investment bank to the Borrower in a principal amount of not less than the Principal Amount and which shall, in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, enable the Borrower to refinance the Loan prior to the Maturity Date and (y) if a Securitization shall have occurred, shall obtain a Rating Agency Confirmation, or (v) the Property is not capable of being restored substantially to its condition prior to such Taking or casualty and such incapacity shall have a Material Adverse Effect, then in any case, all Proceeds shall be paid over to Lender (if not paid directly to Lender).

6.2.4 Borrower to Restore .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, promptly after the occurrence of any damage or destruction to all or any portion of the Property or a Taking of a portion of the Property which does not constitute a Total Loss, Borrower shall commence and diligently prosecute, or cause to be commenced and diligently prosecuted, to completion, subject to Excusable Delays, the repair, restoration and rebuilding of the Property (in the case of a partial

 

57


Taking, to the extent it is capable of being restored) so damaged, destroyed or remaining after such Taking in full compliance with all material Legal Requirements and free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Encumbrances (such repair, restoration and rebuilding are sometimes hereinafter collectively referred to as the Work ). The plans and specifications shall require that the Work be done in a first-class workmanlike manner at least equivalent to the quality and character prior to the damage or destruction ( provided , however , that in the case of a partial Taking, the restoration shall be done to the extent reasonably practicable after taking into account the consequences of such partial Taking), so that upon completion thereof, the Property shall be at least equal in value and general utility to the Property prior to the damage or destruction; it being understood, however, that Borrower shall not be obligated to restore the Property to the precise condition of the Property prior to any partial Taking of, or casualty or other damage or injury to, the Property, if the Work actually performed, if any, or failed to be performed, shall have no Material Adverse Effect on the value of the Property from the value that the Property would have had if the same had been restored to its condition immediately prior to such Taking or casualty. Subject to Borrower’s rights pursuant to Section 2.3.3 to cause the Property to be released from the Lien of the Security Instrument, Borrower shall be obligated to restore the Property suffering a casualty or which has been subject to a partial Taking in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.2 whether or not the Proceeds shall be sufficient, provided that, if applicable, the Proceeds shall be made available to Borrower by Lender in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) If Proceeds are not required to be applied toward payment of the Indebtedness pursuant to the terms hereof, then Lender shall make the Proceeds which it is holding pursuant to the terms hereof (after payment of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by Lender in connection with the collection thereof plus interest thereon at the Default Rate (from the date written request for reimbursement is made through the date of reimbursement) to the extent the same are not paid within ten (10) Business Days after written request for reimbursement by Lender) available to Borrower for payment of or reimbursement of Borrower’s or the applicable Tenant’s expenses incurred with respect to the Work, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) below and in Section 6.2.5 :

(i) at the time of loss or damage or at any time thereafter while Borrower is holding any portion of the Proceeds, there shall be no continuing Event of Default;

(ii) if, at any time, the estimated cost of the Work (as estimated by the Independent Architect referred to in clause (iii) below) shall exceed the Proceeds (a Deficiency ), Borrower shall, at its option (within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such estimate) either deposit with or deliver to Lender (and, if a Securitization shall have occurred, promptly following any such deposit or delivery, Borrower shall provide written notice of same to the Rating Agencies) (A) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (B) a Letter or Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the estimated cost of the Work less the Proceeds available (deposits under clauses (A) or (B) ( Deficiency Collateral )), or (C) such other evidence of Borrower’s ability to meet such excess costs and which is reasonably satisfactory to Lender and the Rating Agencies; for so long as a Deficiency shall exist, Lender shall not be required to make any Proceeds disbursement to Borrower, provided it shall, if requested by Borrower, make the Deficiency Collateral available to Borrower for payment of the cost of the Work in accordance with this Section and any portion

 

58


of any Deficiency Collateral not applied to the Work shall be promptly delivered to Borrower upon completion of the Work in accordance with the terms hereof;

(iii) Each of Lender and the Independent Architect shall have reasonably approved the plans and specifications for the Work and any change orders in connection with such plans and specifications; and

(iv) Lender shall, within a reasonable period of time prior to any request for initial disbursement, be furnished with an estimate of the cost of the Work accompanied by an Independent Architect’s certification as to such costs and appropriate plans and specifications for the Work. Borrower shall restore all Improvements such that when they are fully restored and/or repaired, such Improvements and their contemplated use fully comply in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements including zoning, environmental and building laws, codes, ordinances and regulations.

6.2.5 Disbursement of Proceeds .

(a) Disbursements of the Proceeds in excess of the Casualty Amount in Cash or Cash Equivalents to Borrower hereunder shall be made from time to time (but not more frequently than once in any month) by Lender but only for so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, as the Work progresses upon receipt by Lender of (i) a Borrower’s Certificate dated not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the application for such payment, requesting such payment or reimbursement and describing the Work performed that is the subject of such request, the parties that performed such Work and the actual cost thereof, and also certifying that such Work and materials for which payment is sought are or, upon disbursement of the payment requested to the parties entitled thereto, will be free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that (A) all materials installed and work and labor performed in connection with the Work to which such request relates (except to the extent that they are to be paid out of the requested disbursement) have been installed or completed and have been paid in full or will be paid in full from such disbursement to the extent of such disbursement request and (B) there exists no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s liens or notices of intention to file same (unless the same is required by State law as a condition to the payment of a contractor) or any liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on the Property arising out of the Work which have not been either fully bonded to the satisfaction of Lender or discharged of record or in the alternative, fully insured to the satisfaction of Lender by the Title Company that issued the Title Policy and (iii) an Independent Architect’s certificate certifying performance of the Work together with an estimate of the cost to complete the Work. No payment made prior to the final completion of the Work, as certified by the Independent Architect, except for payment made to contractors whose Work shall have been fully completed and from which final lien waivers have been received, shall exceed ninety percent (90%) of the value of the Work performed and materials furnished and incorporated into the Improvements from time to time, and at all times the undisbursed balance of said Proceeds together with all amounts deposited, bonded, guaranteed or otherwise provided for pursuant to Section 6.2.4(b) ) above, shall be at least sufficient to pay for the estimated cost of completion of the Work; final payment of all Proceeds remaining with Lender shall be made upon receipt by Lender of a certification by Borrower (or, if requested by Lender) an Independent Architect, as to the completion of the Work substantially in accordance with the submitted plans and specifications, final lien releases, and, to the extent applicable under the

 

59


laws of the State, the filing of a notice of completion and the expiration of the period provided under the law of the State for the filing of mechanics’ and materialmens’ liens, as certified pursuant to a Borrower’s Certificate, and delivery of a temporary certificate of occupancy with respect to the Work, or, if not applicable, a Borrower’s Certificate to the effect that a certificate of occupancy is not required.

(b) If, after the Work is completed and all costs of completion have been paid, there are excess Proceeds, such excess Proceeds shall be paid over to Borrower.

VII. IMPOSITIONS, OTHER CHARGES, LIENS AND OTHER ITEMS

Section 7.1 Borrower to Pay Impositions and Other Charges . Borrower shall pay (or cause to be paid) all Impositions now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof prior to the imposition of any interest, charges or expenses for the non-payment thereof and shall pay all Other Charges on or before the date they are due. Borrower shall deliver to Lender (i) prior to the due date for such Impositions, evidence of payment of such Impositions, and (ii) annually, no later than the time for delivery of annual financial statements pursuant to Section 11.2.3 , and shall update as new information is received, a schedule describing all Impositions, payable or estimated to be payable during such fiscal year attributable to or affecting the Property or Borrower. Nothing contained in this Agreement or the Security Instrument shall be construed to require Borrower to pay any tax, assessment, levy or charge imposed on Lender in the nature of a franchise, capital levy, estate, inheritance, succession, income or net revenue tax.

Section 7.2 No Liens . Subject to its right of contest set forth in Section 7.3 , Borrower shall at all times keep, or cause to be kept, the Property free from all Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances) and shall pay when due and payable (or bond over) all claims and demands of mechanics, materialmen, laborers and others which, if unpaid, might result in or permit the creation of a Lien on the Property or any portion thereof and shall in any event cause the prompt, full and unconditional discharge of all Liens imposed on or against the Property or any portion thereof within forty-five (45) days after receiving written notice of the filing (whether from Lender, the lienor or any other Person) thereof. Borrower shall do or cause to be done, at the sole cost of Borrower, everything reasonably necessary to fully preserve the first priority of the Lien of the Security Instrument against the Property, subject to the Permitted Encumbrances. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to its Obligations as set forth in this Article VII , Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) make such payment or discharge such Lien, and Borrower shall reimburse Lender on demand for all such advances pursuant to Section 19.12 (together with interest thereon at the Default Rate).

Section 7.3 Contest . Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Borrower to pay, or cause to be paid, any Imposition to satisfy any Lien, or to comply with any Legal Requirement or Insurance Requirement, so long as Borrower is in good faith, and by proper legal proceedings, where appropriate, diligently contesting the validity, amount or application thereof, provided that in each case, at the time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding, and during the pendency of such action or proceeding (i) no Event of Default shall exist and be continuing hereunder, (ii) Borrower shall keep Lender informed of the status of such contest at reasonable intervals, (iii) if Borrower is not providing security as

 

60


provided in clause (vi) below, adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on Borrower’s books in accordance with GAAP, (iv) such contest operates to suspend collection or enforcement as the case may be, of the contested Imposition, Lien or Legal Requirement and such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence or the Imposition or Lien is bonded, (v) in the case of any Insurance Requirement, the failure of Borrower to comply therewith shall not impair the validity of any insurance required to be maintained by Borrower under Section 6.1 or the right to full payment of any claims thereunder, and (vi) in the case of Impositions and Liens in excess of $500,000 individually, or $2,000,000 in the aggregate, which are not bonded, during such contest, Borrower, shall deposit with or deliver to Lender (and, if a Securitization shall have occurred, promptly following any such deposit or delivery, Borrower shall provide written notice of same to the Rating Agencies) either Cash and Cash Equivalents, a Letter or Letters of Credit or other security reasonably acceptable to Lender in an amount equal to 110% of (A) the amount of Borrower’s obligations being contested plus (B) any additional interest, charge, or penalty arising from such contest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the creation of any such reserves or the furnishing of any bond or other security, Borrower promptly shall comply with any contested Legal Requirement or Insurance Requirement or shall pay any contested Imposition or Lien, and compliance therewith or payment thereof shall not be deferred, if, at any time the Property or any portion thereof shall be, in Lender’s reasonable judgment, in imminent danger of being forfeited or lost or Lender is likely to be subject to civil penalties or criminal damages as a result thereof. If such action or proceeding is terminated or discontinued adversely to Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Lender reasonable evidence of Borrower’s compliance with such contested Imposition, Lien, Legal Requirements or Insurance Requirements, as the case may be.

VIII. TRANSFERS, INDEBTEDNESS AND SUBORDINATE LIENS

Section 8.1 Restrictions on Transfers . Unless such action is permitted by the provisions of this Article VIII , Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other Person holding any direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower or the Property to, except with the prior written consent of Lender, (i) Transfer all or any part of the Property, (ii) incur any Debt, other than Permitted Debt or Permitted Encumbrances, or (iii) permit any Transfer (directly or indirectly) of any interest in Borrower, Borrower Parent, any SPE Entity, or the Property (other than pursuant to Leases of a space to tenants in accordance with this Agreement).

Section 8.2 Sale of Building Equipment . Borrower may Transfer or dispose of Building Equipment which is being replaced or which is no longer necessary in connection with the operation of the Property free from the Lien of the Security Instrument provided that such Transfer or disposal will not have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of the Property taken as a whole, will not materially impair the utility of the Property, and will not result in a reduction or abatement of, or right of offset against, the Rents payable under any Lease, in either case as a result thereof, and provided that any new Building Equipment acquired by Borrower (and not so disposed of) shall be subject to the Lien of the Security Instrument. Lender shall, from time to time, upon receipt of a Borrower’s Certificate requesting the same and confirming satisfaction of the conditions set forth above, execute a written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender to confirm that such Building Equipment which is to be, or has been, sold or disposed of is free from the Lien of the Security Instrument.

 

61


Section 8.3 Immaterial Transfers and Easements, etc . Borrower may, without the consent of Lender, (i) make immaterial Transfers of portions of the Property to Governmental Authorities for dedication or public use (subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 ) or, portions of the Property to third parties for the purpose of erecting and operating additional structures whose use is integrated with the use of the Property, and (ii) grant easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way in the ordinary course of business for access, water and sewer lines, telephone and telegraph lines, electric lines or other utilities or for other similar purposes, provided that no such Transfer, conveyance or encumbrance set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall materially impair the utility and operation of the Property or have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of the Property taken as a whole. In connection with any Transfer, permitted pursuant to this Section 8.3 , Lender shall execute and deliver any instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate, in the case of the Transfers referred to in clause (i) above, to release the portion of the Property affected by such Taking or such Transfer from the Lien of the Security Instrument or, in the case of clause (ii) above, to subordinate the Lien of the Security Instrument to such easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way or other similar grants upon receipt by Lender of:

(a) thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof;

(b) a copy of the instrument or instruments of Transfer;

(c) a Borrower’s Certificate stating (x) with respect to any Transfer, the consideration, if any, being paid for the Transfer and (y) that such Transfer does not materially impair the utility and operation of the Property, materially reduce the value of the Property or have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) reimbursement of all of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Transfer.

Section 8.4 Indebtedness . Borrower shall not incur, create or assume any Debt or incur any liabilities without the consent of Lender; provided , however , that if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower may, without the consent of Lender, incur, create or assume Permitted Debt.

Section 8.5 Permitted Transfers .

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII , a Transfer (but not a pledge or encumbrance) of a direct or indirect beneficial interest in Borrower shall be permitted without Lender’s consent if (i) Lender receives thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof, (ii) such Transfer is to a Permitted Owner, (iii) immediately prior to such Transfer, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iv) no more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower, or any SPE Entity is being Transferred (in the aggregate of all such Transfers), and (v) if required by the Rating Agencies, prior to such Transfer, a Nonconsolidation Opinion in a form satisfactory to the Rating Agencies in their sole discretion shall have been delivered to the Rating Agencies.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII , a Transfer (but not a pledge or encumbrance) of a direct or indirect beneficial interest in Borrower to a Pre-Approved Transferee shall be permitted without the prior written consent of Lender or a

 

62


rating confirmation provided (i) Borrower shall provide Lender at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof, (ii) immediately prior to such Transfer, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) prior to such Transfer, a Nonconsolidation Opinion in a form satisfactory to Lender or, if the Loan is the subject of a Securitization, to the Rating Agencies in their sole discretion shall have been delivered to the Lender and, as applicable, the Rating Agencies, (vi) Sponsor shall at all times maintain at least a 30% direct or indirect, equity interest in Borrower, (vii) Sponsor shall maintain management and control of Borrower and the Property, and (viii) Sponsor shall deliver to lender written affirmation of its obligations under the Recourse Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII , no Lender approval, Rating Agency Confirmation or delivery of a Non-Consolidation Opinion shall be necessary or requested to effect or consummate (i) any Transfers of interests in or of: (1) limited partner or general partner interests in any of the MSREF Entities or in any partnerships affiliated with MSREF Entities that co-invest alongside the foregoing limited partnerships from time to time or (2) member interests in the Holding Company, among the current members or their Affiliates or among Qualified Investors, so long as one or more of the MSREF Entities remains a member of the Holding Company and such member or members remain an Affiliate of Morgan Stanley or one or more Affiliates of Morgan Stanley becomes a member of the Holding Company, and (except as otherwise set forth above in Section 8.5(a) and (b) ) such member or members hold at least 51% of the direct or indirect beneficial interests in Holding Company or (ii) any Transfer made in accordance with the Merger Agreement.

Section 8.6 Deliveries to Lender . Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the closing of any transaction subject to the provisions of Section 8.5(a) and (b) , Borrower shall deliver to Lender an Officer’s Certificate describing the proposed transaction and stating that such transaction is permitted by this Article VIII , together with any appraisal or other documents upon which such Officer’s Certificate is based. In addition, Borrower shall provide Lender with copies of executed deeds or other similar closing documents within ten (10) Business Days after such closing.

Section 8.7 Loan Assumption . In connection with any Transfer of the Property for which Lender’s consent must be obtained pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII , which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, Borrower shall have the right to request Lender’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the assumption of the Loan by the purchaser of the Property. Any such assumption of the Loan shall be conditioned upon, among other things, (i) the delivery of a Rating Agency Confirmation, (ii) the delivery of financial information, including, without limitation, audited financial statements, for such purchaser and the direct and indirect owners such purchaser, (iii) the delivery of evidence that the purchaser is a Single Purpose Entity, (iv) the execution and delivery of all documentation reasonably requested by Lender including a replacement guaranty of recourse obligations and environmental indemnity agreement, from an entity or entities satisfactory to Lender and the Rating Agencies, the form and substance of each shall be the same in all material respects as the Recourse Guaranty and Environmental Indemnity delivered as of the Closing Date (in which event Sponsor and Borrower shall be released from all liability under the Recourse Guaranty and Environmental Indemnity arising on or after such assumption), (v) the delivery of Opinions of Counsel requested by Lender, including, without limitation, a

 

63


Nonconsolidation Opinion with respect to the purchaser and other entities identified by Lender or requested by the Rating Agencies and opinions with respect to the valid formation, due authority and good standing of the purchaser and any additional pledgors and the continued enforceability of the Loan Documents and any other matters requested by Lender, (vi) the delivery of an endorsement to the Title Policy in form and substance acceptable to Lender, insuring the lien of the Security Instrument, as assumed, subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances, (vii) the payment of all of Lender’s fees, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, actually incurred by Lender in connection with such assumption, (viii) evidence that the new borrower is of good repute and qualified to own properties of this type, (ix) payment to Lender of an assumption fee equal to 0.10% of the then outstanding Principal Amount of the Loan, and (x) confirmation that the transferee or its Affiliate (a) has not (within the past five (5) years) defaulted, or is not now in default, beyond any applicable cure period, of its material obligations, under any material written agreement with Lender, any Affiliate of Lender, or, unless approved by the Rating Agencies, any other financial institution or other person providing or arranging financing; (b) has not been convicted in a criminal proceeding for a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or that is not an organized crime figure or is not reputed (as determined in good faith by Lender) to have substantial business or other affiliations with an organized crime figure; (c) has not at any time filed a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (d) as to which an involuntary petition (which was not subsequently dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days), has not at any time been filed under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (e) has not at any time filed an answer consenting to or acquiescing in any involuntary petition filed against it by any other person under the Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (f) has not at any time consented to or acquiesced in or joined in an application for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or examiner for itself or any of its property; (g) has not at any time made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or has at any time admitted its insolvency or inability to pay its debts as they become due; or (h) has not been found by a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental authority in a comparable proceeding to have violated any federal or state securities laws or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Section 8.8 Leases .

8.8.1 New Leases and Future Leases . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.8 , Borrower shall not with respect to the Property (x) enter into any Lease (other than a renewal Lease or Leases for expansion spaces as contemplated by the terms of any existing Lease) (a New Lease ) or (y) consent to the assignment of any Lease (unless required to do so by the terms of such Lease) that releases the original Tenant from its obligations under the Lease, or (z) materially and adversely modify any Lease (including, without limitation, accept a surrender of any portion of the Property subject to a Lease (unless otherwise permitted or required by law or required by the terms of such Lease), allow a reduction in the term of any Lease or a reduction in the Rent payable under any Lease, change any renewal provisions of any Lease, materially increase the obligations of the landlord or materially decrease the obligations of any Tenant) or terminate any Lease unless the Tenant under such Lease is in default (any such action referred to in clauses (y) and (z) being referred to herein as a Future Lease ) without the prior written consent of Lender which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that nothing herein shall prohibit Borrower from exercising all of its rights and

 

64


remedies as landlord with respect to any Leases so long as Borrower exercises such rights and remedies in a commercially reasonable manner in accordance with prevailing market practices (including, without limitation, terminating the Lease of any tenant which is in default thereunder beyond any applicable grace periods). Any New Lease or Future Lease that requires Lender’s consent shall be delivered to Lender (or, in lieu thereof, delivery of a term sheet outlining all material terms of the Lease together with a Borrower’s certificate certifying that the final lease will be on terms substantially similar to the Standard Form of Lease as modified by such term sheet) for approval not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the effective date of such New Lease or Future Lease. If Lender shall fail to respond to Borrower’s request to approve or disapprove such Lease within seven (7) Business Days of Lender’s receipt thereof, Borrower may deliver to Lender a second request for consent stating in bold and capitalized type on the outside thereof that “LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THE ENCLOSED REQUEST WITHIN THREE (3) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL BE DEEMED LENDER’S APPROVAL.” In the event Lender fails to approve or disapprove such Lease within three (3) Business Days of Lender’s receipt of such second request, such Lease (or term sheet, as applicable) shall be deemed approved.

8.8.2 Leasing Conditions . Subject to terms of this Section 8.8 , provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower may enter into a New Lease or Future Lease, without Lender’s prior written consent, that satisfies each of the following conditions (as evidenced by a Borrower’s Certificate delivered to Lender at least five (5) Business Days prior to Borrower’s entry info such New Lease or Future Lease):

(a) With respect to any New Lease, it is written on a form substantially similar to the standard form of lease attached hereto as Exhibit O (or such other form as may be reasonably approved by Lender, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, the Standard Form of Lease ), with only such changes as are commercially reasonable given the standard then-current local market conditions, none of which changes shall materially and adversely vary from the subordination, attornment and non-disturbance provisions contained in the Standard Form of Lease;

(b) with respect to a New Lease or Future Lease, the premises demised thereunder is not more than 25,000 rentable square feet of the Property;

(c) the term of such New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, does not exceed one hundred twenty (120) months, plus up to two (2) sixty (60) month option terms (or equivalent combination of renewals) provided that the rental rate during each such option term is at least equal to 95% of the prevailing market rate as of the commencement of such option term;

(d) the rental rate under such New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, is at least equal to the then prevailing market rate for the entire term of such lease (except for the option periods as set forth in the preceding clause (c));

(e) “fixed” or “base” rent under such New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, is at a substantially consistent or rising level throughout the term of the lease, other than for (x) market-rate “free rent” periods or (y) tenant improvement and tenant inducements that exceed current market conditions but are amortized over a shorter time period than the entire initial term of such New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable;

 

65


(f) such New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, provides that the premises demised thereby cannot be used for any of the following uses; any pornographic or obscene purposes, any commercial sex establishment, any pornographic, obscene, nude or semi-nude performances, modeling, materials, activities or sexual conduct or any other use that, as of the time of the execution of such New Lease or Future Lease, has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) the Tenant under such New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, is not an Affiliate of Borrower;

(h) the New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, does not impose any burden, duty or liability on Borrower that is materially greater than is provided in the Standard Form of Lease subject to clause (a) above other than provisions which are consistent with the then current market conditions;

(i) the New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, does not contain any provision whereby the Rent payable thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, upon the net income or profits derived by any Person from the Property other than with respect to leases of retail portions of the Property;

(j) the New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, does not prevent Proceeds from being held and disbursed by Lender in accordance with the terms hereof;

(k) the New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable, shall not entitle any tenant to receive and retain Proceeds except those that may be specifically awarded to it in condemnation proceedings because of the Taking of its trade fixtures and its leasehold improvements which have not become part of the Property and such business loss as Tenant may specifically and separately establish; and

(1) the New Lease or Future Lease, as applicable satisfies the requirements of Section 8.8.7 and Section 8.8.8 .

8.8.3 Delivery of New Lease or Future Lease . Concurrent with the delivery of annual reports pursuant to Section 11.2.3 , or otherwise upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Lender an executed copy of each New Lease or Future Lease executed but not previously delivered to Lender. Upon request by Lender, Borrowers shall deliver to Lender a copy of any New Lease or Future Lease marked to show all changes from the Standard Form of Lease.

8.8.4 Lease Amendments . Borrower agrees that it shall not have the right or power, as against Lender without its consent, to cancel, abridge, amend or otherwise modify any Lease unless such modification complies with this Section 8.8 .

8.8.5 Security Deposits . Within twenty (20) Business Days after written request by Lender, Borrower shall furnish to Lender a statement of all lease securities deposited with Borrower by the Tenants and the location and account number of the account in which such Security Deposits are held.

 

66


8.8.6 No Default Under Leases . Borrower shall (i) promptly perform and observe all of the material terms, covenants and conditions required to be performed and observed by Borrower under the Leases and the REAs, if the failure to perform or observe the same would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) not collect any of the Rents, more than one (1) month in advance (except that Borrower may collect such security deposits and last month’s rents as are permitted by Legal Requirements and are commercially reasonable in the prevailing market and collect other charges (including, without limitation, pass-throughs of taxes and operating expenses) in accordance with the terms of each Lease).

8.8.7 Subordination . Any New Leases entered into by Borrower after the date hereof shall by their express terms be subject and subordinate to this Agreement and the Security Instrument (through a subordination provision contained in such Lease or otherwise) and shall provide that the Person holding any rights thereunder shall attorn to Lender or any other Person succeeding to the interests of Lender upon the exercise of its remedies hereunder or any transfer in lieu thereof on the terms set forth in this Section 8.8 provided Lender agrees not to disturb such Person’s right to occupancy pursuant to said Lease.

8.8.8 Attornment . Each New Lease entered into from and after the date hereof shall provide that in the event of the enforcement by Lender of any remedy under this Agreement or the Security Instrument, the Tenant under such Lease shall, so long as Lender agrees not to disturb such Tenant’s right to occupancy, at the option of Lender or of any other Person succeeding to the interest of Lender as a result of such enforcement, attorn to Lender or to such Person and shall recognize Lender or such successor in the interest as lessor under such Lease without change in the provisions thereof; provided , however , Lender or such successor in interest shall not be liable for or bound by (i) except as may be included in any Lease approved by Lender, any payment of an installment of rent or additional rent which may have been made more than thirty (30) days before the due date of such installment, (ii) any act or omission of or default by Borrower under any such Lease (but the Lender, or such successor, shall be subject to the continuing obligations of the landlord to the extent arising from or continuing to occur from and after such succession to the extent of Lender’s, or such successor’s, interest in the Property), or (iii) any credits, claims, setoffs or defenses which any Tenant may have against Borrower. Each such Tenant, upon the reasonable request by Lender or such successor in interest, shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming such attornment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Lender shall have entered into a separate Non-Disturbance Agreement directly with any such Tenant governing such Tenant’s obligation to attorn to Lender or such successor in interest as lessor, the terms and provisions of such agreement shall supersede the provisions of this Section 8.8.8 and the provisions of this Section 8.8.8 shall be deemed satisfied regardless of whether such attornment language is contained in such New Lease.

8.8.9 Non-Disturbance Agreements . Lender shall enter into, and, if required by applicable law to provide constructive notice or requested by a Tenant, record in the county where the subject Property is located, a subordination, attornment and non-disturbance agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit K or otherwise on terms reasonably acceptable to Lender (a Non-Disturbance Agreement ), with any Tenant (other than an Affiliate of Borrower) entering into a New Lease demising 5,000 or more square feet, within ten (10) Business Days after written request therefor by Borrower, provided that such request is accompanied by (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Lease

 

67


complies in all material respects with this Section 8.8 , and (ii) a current draft of such Lease (including a marked copy showing all changes from the Standard Form of Lease). All reasonable third party costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of any Non-Disturbance Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, shall be paid by Borrower (in advance, if requested by Lender).

IX. RESERVED

X. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; ALTERATIONS

Section 10.1 Maintenance of Property . Borrower shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, the Property and every part thereof in good condition and repair, subject to ordinary wear and tear, and, subject to Excusable Delays and the provisions of this Agreement with respect to damage or destruction caused by casualty events or Takings, shall not permit or commit any waste, impairment, or deterioration of any portion of the Property in any material respect. Borrower further covenants to (i) complete all immediate repairs or deferred maintenance and life safety repairs recommended by the Physical Condition Reports, and (ii) do all other acts which from the character or use of the Property may be reasonably necessary to protect the security hereof, the specific enumerations herein not excluding the general. Borrower shall not remove or demolish any Improvement on the Property except as the same may be necessary in connection with an Alteration or a restoration in connection with a Taking or casualty, or as otherwise permitted herein, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

Section 10.2 Conditions to Alteration . Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, Borrower shall have the right, without Lender’s consent, to undertake any alteration, improvement, demolition or removal of the Property or any portion thereof (any such alteration, improvement, demolition or removal, an Alteration ), provided that, with respect to the Property, such Alterations may be undertaken only so long as (i) Borrower provides Lender with prior written notice of any Material Alteration, and (ii) such Alteration is undertaken in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, is not prohibited by any relevant REAs and the Leases and shall not, upon completion (giving credit to rent and other charges attributable to Leases executed upon such completion), have a Material Adverse Effect on the value, use or operation of the Property taken as a whole or otherwise. Any Material Alteration shall be conducted under the supervision of an Independent Architect and, in connection with any Material Alteration, Borrower shall deliver to Lender, for information purposes only and not for approval by Lender, detailed plans and specifications and cost estimates therefor, prepared by such Independent Architect, as well as a Borrower’s Certificate stating that such Alteration will involve an estimated cost of not more than the Threshold Amount for Alterations at the Property. Such plans and specifications may be revised at any time and from time to time by such Independent Architect provided that material revisions of such plans and specifications are filed with Lender, for information purposes only. All work done in connection with any Alteration shall be performed with due diligence in a good and workmanlike manner, all materials used in connection with any Alteration shall not be less than the standard of quality of the materials currently used at the Property and all materials used shall be in accordance with all applicable material Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements.

 

68


Section 10.3 Costs of Alteration . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article X , no Material Alteration nor any Alteration which when aggregated with all other Alterations (other than Material Alterations) then being undertaken by Borrower at any one time (exclusive of Alterations constituting tenant improvements or decorative work such as painting, wall papering and carpeting and the replacement of fixtures, furnishings and equipment) exceeds the Threshold Amount, shall be performed by or on behalf of Borrower unless Borrower shall have delivered to Lender, if requested by Lender, Cash and Cash Equivalents and/or a Letter of Credit as security in an amount not less than the estimated cost of the Material Alteration or the Alterations in excess of the Threshold Amount (as set forth in the Independent Architect’s written estimate referred to above). Lender shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a written request from Borrower and satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Section 10.3 release such security to Borrower for payment or reimbursement from time to time of Borrower’s expenses incurred in connection with any Material Alteration or any such Alteration. Borrower shall not make a request for disbursement more frequently than once in any calendar month and the total amount of any request shall not be less than $25,000 (except in the case of the final request for disbursement). In addition, the amount of such security shall be reduced from time to time in accordance with the Independent Architect’s written estimate of the cost to complete the Material Alteration or the Alterations (including any retainages), free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances. Costs which are subject to retainage (which in no event shall be less than 5% in the aggregate) shall be treated as part of the estimated cost to complete any Alteration. In the event that any Material Alteration or Alteration shall be made in conjunction with any restoration with respect to which Borrower shall be entitled to withdraw Proceeds pursuant to Section 6.2 , the amount of the Cash and Cash Equivalents and/or Letter of Credit to be furnished pursuant hereto need not exceed the aggregate cost of such restoration and such Material Alteration or Alteration (as estimated by the Independent Architect), less the sum of the amount of any Proceeds which Borrower may be entitled to withdraw pursuant to Section 6.2 and which are held by Lender in accordance with Section 6.2 . Payment or reimbursement of Borrower’s expenses incurred with respect to any Material Alteration or any such Alteration shall be accomplished upon the terms and conditions specified in Section 6.2 . At any time after substantial completion of any Material Alteration or any such Alteration in respect of which Cash and Cash Equivalents and/or a Letter of Credit was deposited pursuant hereto, the whole balance of any Cash and Cash Equivalents so deposited by Borrower with Lender and then remaining on deposit (together with earnings thereon), as well as all retainages, may be withdrawn by Borrower and shall be paid by Lender to Borrower, and any other Cash and Cash Equivalents and/or a Letter of Credit so deposited or delivered shall, to the extent it has not been called upon, reduced or theretofore released, be released to Borrower and from the lien hereof, within ten (10) days after receipt by Lender of an application for such withdrawal and/or release together with a Borrower’s Certificate, and signed also (as to the following clause (a)) by the Independent Architect, setting forth in substance as follows:

(a) that the Material Alteration or Alteration in respect of which such Cash and Cash Equivalents and/or a Letter of Credit was deposited has been substantially completed in all material respects substantially in accordance with any plans and specifications therefor previously filed with Lender under Section 10.2 and that, if applicable, a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy has been issued with respect to such Material Alteration or Alteration by the relevant Governmental Authority(ies) or, if not applicable, that a certificate of occupancy is not required; and

 

69


(b) that to the knowledge of the certifying Person all amounts which Borrower is or may become liable to pay in respect of such Material Alteration or Alteration through the date of the certification have been paid in full or adequately provided for or are being contested in accordance with Section 7.3 and that lien waivers have been obtained from the general contractor and major subcontractors performing such Material Alterations or Alterations (or such waivers are not customary and reasonably obtainable by prudent managers in the area where the Property is located).

XI. BOOKS AND RECORDS. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION

Section 11.1 Books and Records . Borrower will keep and maintain on a fiscal year basis proper books and records separate from any other Person, in which accurate and complete entries shall be made of all dealings or transactions of or in relation to the Note, the Property and the business and affairs of Borrower relating to the Property which shall reflect all items of income and expense in connection with the operation on an individual basis of the Property and in connection with any services, equipment or furnishings provided in connection with the operation of the Property, in accordance with GAAP. Lender and its authorized representatives shall have the right at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to examine the books and records of Borrower relating to the operation of the Property and to make such copies or extracts thereof as Lender may reasonably require.

Section 11.2 Financial Statements .

11.2.1 Reserved .

11.2.2 Quarterly Reports . Not later than forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower will deliver to Lender (with, if a Securitization shall have occurred, a copy to the Rating Agencies) unaudited operating statements with respect to Borrower and the Holding Company, internally prepared on an accrual basis including a balance sheet statement of operations as of the end of the trailing twelve (12) month period and for the corresponding previous trailing twelve (12) month period (however, for any quarter prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date, a statement for the quarter and the period from the Closing Date through the end of the then current quarter) a statement of Net Operating Income for such period, and a comparison of the year to date results with (i) the results for the same period of the previous period (only at such time after the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date) and (ii) the Annual Budget for such period and the Fiscal Year. Such statements for each quarter shall be accompanied by a Borrower’s Certificate certifying (A) that such statements fairly represent the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and the Property, (B) that as of the date of such Borrower’s Certificate, to Borrower’s knowledge no Event of Default exists under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document or, if so, specifying the nature and status of each such Event of Default and the action then being taken by Borrower or proposed to be taken to remedy such Event of Default, (C) that as of the date of each Borrower’s Certificate, no litigation exists involving Borrower or the Property in which the amount involved is $1,500,000 (in the aggregate) or more and in which all or substantially all of the potential liability is not covered by insurance, and, if so, specifying such litigation and the actions being taking in relation thereto, and (D) the amount by which actual Operating Expenses, for the quarter then ended, were greater than or less than the Operating Expenses, for the quarter

 

70


then ended, anticipated in the applicable Annual Budget. Such financial statements shall contain such other information as shall be reasonably requested by Lender for purposes of calculations to be made by Lender pursuant to the terms hereof.

11.2.3 Annual Reports . Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower’s operations, Borrower will deliver to Lender (with, if a Securitization has occurred, a copy to the Rating Agencies) a copy of the Holding Company’s audited financial statements certified by an Independent Accountant in accordance with GAAP (or such other accounting basis reasonably acceptable to Lender), containing supplemental consolidating schedules of the statement of operations, including a balance sheet as of the end of such year covering the Properties held by subsidiaries of the Holding Company (and which may include other assets of the Holding Company), a statement of operations for the year, and commencing with the year ending December 31, 2007 stating in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year (provided that with respect to the year ending December 31, 2007, such comparative figures shall only include results from the Closing Date through December 31, 2006) and the Annual Budget for such fiscal year, as well as the supplemental statement of operations presenting the net income or loss for the Property and occupancy statistics for the Property, and copies of all federal income tax returns to be filed.

11.2.4 Leasing Reports . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each month, prior to full Securitization of the Loan and not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter thereafter, Borrower will deliver to Lender a true and complete leasing and occupancy report (or, if Borrower or Manager do not then produce such reports in day-to-day business operations, a rent roll, that would satisfy the requirements of clause (ii) of this Section 11.2.4 ). and (ii) not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter, Borrower will deliver to Lender a true and complete rent roll for the Property showing the percentage of gross leasable area of the Property, if any, leased as of the last day of the preceding month, the current annual rent for the Property, the expiration date of each lease, whether to Borrower’s knowledge any portion of the Property has been sublet, and if it has, the name of the subtenant and, if available, the term of and the rent payable under the sublease, and such rent roll shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such rent roll is true, correct and complete in all material respects as of its date and stating whether Borrower, within the past month, has issued a notice of default with respect to any Lease which has not been cured and the nature of such default.

11.2.5 Capital Expenditures Summaries . Borrower shall, within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year during the term of the Note, deliver to Lender, and, if a Securitization shall have occurred, the Rating Agencies, if applicable, an annual summary of any and all Capital Expenditures made at the Property during the prior twelve (12) month period.

11.2.6 Management Agreement . To the extent not otherwise provided under this Article XI Borrower shall deliver to Lender, within ten (10) Business Days of the receipt thereof by Borrower, a copy of all material reports prepared by Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement, including, without limitation, the Annual Budget and any inspection reports.

 

71


11.2.7 Annual Budget . Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender the Annual Budget for Lender’s information at least thirty (30) days prior the end of each Fiscal Year. Neither Borrower nor Manager shall change or modify the Annual Budget that has been previously forwarded to Lender without promptly providing a copy to Lender for its information.

11.2.8 Other Information . Borrower will, promptly after written request by Lender or, if a Securitization shall have occurred, the Rating Agencies, furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender, in such manner and in such detail as may be reasonably requested by Lender, such reasonable additional information as may be reasonably requested by Lender with respect to the Property.

XII. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Section 12.1 Representations . Borrower hereby represents and warrants that except as set forth in the environmental reports and studies delivered to Lender or in any other written materials provided by Borrower to Lender prior to the date hereof (the Environmental Reports ), (i) Borrower has not engaged in or knowingly permitted any operations or activities upon, or any use or occupancy of the Property, or any portion thereof, for the purpose of or in any way involving the handling, manufacture, treatment, storage, use, generation, release, discharge, refining, dumping or disposal of any Hazardous Materials on, under, in or about the Property, or transported any Hazardous Materials to, from or across the Property, except in all cases in material compliance with Environmental Laws and only in the course of legitimate business operations at the Property; (ii) to Borrower’s knowledge, no tenant, occupant or user of the Property, nor any other person, has engaged in or permitted any operations or activities upon, or any use or occupancy of the Property, or any portion thereof, for the purpose of or in any material way involving the handling, manufacture, treatment, storage, use, generation, release, discharge, refining, dumping or disposal of any Hazardous Materials on, in or about the Property, or transported any Hazardous Materials to, from or across the Property, except in all cases in material compliance with Environmental Laws and only in the course of legitimate business operations at the Property; (iii) to Borrower’s knowledge, no Hazardous Materials are presently constructed, deposited, stored, or otherwise located on, under, in or about the Property except in material compliance with Environmental Laws; (iv) to Borrower’s knowledge, no Hazardous Materials have migrated from the Property upon or beneath other properties which would reasonably be expected to result in material liability for Borrower; and (v) to Borrower’s knowledge, no Hazardous Materials have migrated or threaten to migrate from other properties upon, about or beneath the Property which would reasonably be expected to result in material liability for Borrower.

Section 12.2 Covenants .

12.2.1 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Subject to Borrower’s right to contest under Section 7.3 , Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that it shall materially comply with all Environmental Laws. If at any time during the continuance of the Lien of the Security Instrument, a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Property requires remedial action to correct the presence of Hazardous Materials in, around, or under the Property (an Environmental Event ), Borrower shall deliver prompt notice of the occurrence of such Environmental Event to Lender. Within thirty (30) days after Borrower has knowledge of

 

72


the occurrence of an Environmental Event, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Borrower’s Certificate (an Environmental Certificate ) explaining the Environmental Event in reasonable detail and setting forth the proposed remedial action, if any. Borrower shall promptly provide Lender with copies of all notices which allege or identify any actual or potential violation or noncompliance of Environmental Law received by or prepared by or for Borrower in connection with any Environmental Event. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “notice” shall mean any summons, citation, directive, order, claim, pleading, letter, application, filing, report, findings, declarations or other written materials provided to Borrower pertinent to compliance of the Property and Borrower with such Environmental Laws.

12.2.2 Environmental Reports . Borrower shall comply in all material respects with the recommendations contained in the Environmental Reports. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Environmental Event with respect to the Property or during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender shall have the right (subject to the terms of any Leases) to have its consultants perform an environmental audit of the Property (which, if no Event of Default exists, shall be limited to the extent necessary to determine the nature of the Environmental Event). Such audit shall be conducted by an Environmental Consultant chosen by Lender and may include a visual survey, a record review, an area reconnaissance assessing the presence of Hazardous Materials or storage tanks at the Property, an asbestos survey of the Property, which may include random sampling of the improvements and air quality testing, and such further site assessments as Lender may reasonably require due to the results obtained from the foregoing. Borrower grants Lender, its agents, consultants and contractors the right to enter the Property as reasonable or appropriate for the circumstances for the purposes of performing such studies and the reasonable cost of such studies shall be due and payable by Borrower to Lender within ten (10) Business Days of written demand by Lender and shall be secured by the Lien of the Security Instrument. Lender shall not unreasonably interfere with, and Lender shall direct the Environmental Consultant to use its best efforts not to hinder, Borrower’s or any Tenant’s, other occupant’s or Manager’s operations upon the Property when conducting such audit, sampling or inspections. By undertaking any of the measures identified in and pursuant to this Section 12.3 , Lender shall not be deemed to be exercising any control over the operations of Borrower or the handling of any environmental matter or hazardous wastes or substances of Borrower for purposes of incurring or being subject to liability therefor.

Section 12.3 Environmental Indemnification . Borrower shall protect, indemnify, save, defend, and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, actions, causes of action, costs or expenses whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and any and all claims, suits and judgments which any Indemnified Party may actually suffer, as a result of or with respect to: (a) any Environmental Claim relating to or arising from the Property; (b) the violation of any Environmental Law in connection with the Property; (c) any release, spill, or the presence of any Hazardous Materials affecting the Property; and (d) the presence at, in, on or under, or the release, escape, seepage, leakage, discharge or migration at or from, the Property of any Hazardous Materials; provided that, in each case, Borrower shall be relieved of its obligation under this subsection if any of the matters referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above did not occur (but need not have been discovered) prior to (1) the foreclosure of the Security Instrument, (2) the delivery by Borrower to Lender or its designee of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure with respect to the Property, or (3) Lender’s or its designee’s taking possession and control of the Property after the occurrence of an

 

73


Event of Default hereunder. If any such action or other proceeding shall be brought against Lender, upon written notice from Borrower to Lender (given reasonably promptly following Lender’s notice to Borrower of such action or proceeding), Borrower shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, at Borrower’s expense, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Lender; provided , however , Lender may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to participate in such defense, but such participation shall not be deemed to give Lender a right to control such defense, which right Borrower expressly retains. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at Borrower’s reasonable expense (if such counsel is reasonably acceptable to Borrower) but only if, in the reasonable opinion of such legal counsel, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnified Party and Borrower that would make such separate representation advisable. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein, Borrower shall have no obligation to indemnify an Indemnified Party for damage or loss resulting from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 12.4 Mold Indemnification .

(a) Except as provided in Section 12.4(b) and 12.4(d) below, Borrower hereby assumes liability for, and agree to pay, protect, defend, indemnify and save all Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all any costs, expenses or liabilities ( Costs ) which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or awarded against any of the Indemnified Parties or the Property, pursuant to Environmental Laws and arising from: (i) the actual presence, release of, or exposure to any toxic mold on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the Property, regardless of whether or not caused by or within the control of Borrower including but not limited to any actual or alleged personal injury or property damage arising out of or related to mold on the Property; or (ii) assessment, investigation, containment, monitoring, remediation and/or removal of any and all toxic mold from the Property.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, Borrower shall have no liability under this Agreement with respect to any Costs relating to mold or conditions giving rise to mold that first occur after the earlier of (i) Lender taking actual possession and control of the Property following an Event of Default, and (ii) Lender completing a foreclosure or other sale pursuant to which Lender takes title to the Property. Borrower shall have no liability under this Agreement to any Indemnified Party with respect to Costs which result from such Indemnified Party’s willful misconduct, criminal acts or gross negligence.

(c) Borrower’s obligation to defend the Indemnified Parties hereunder shall include defense at both the trial and appellate levels and shall be with attorneys, consultants and experts selected by Borrower and subject to the reasonable approval of the Indemnified Parties.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, Borrower shall be released from any and all obligations under this Section 12.4 upon the delivery to the Lender, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower, of either a (i) moisture management and control program for the Property to prevent the occurrence of mold or (ii) a mold report from a qualified environmental professional or a qualified environmental consulting firm, in either case reasonably acceptable to Lender, certifying to Lender that (x) all mold at the Property, to the extent any exists, has been remediated or mitigated in accordance with industry standards and all

 

74


applicable Environmental Laws and (y) no mold exists at the Property (except de minimis amounts and in compliance with Environmental Laws).

Section 12.5 Recourse Nature of Certain Indemnifications . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the indemnification provided in Section 12.4 shall be fully recourse to Borrower and shall be independent of, and shall survive, the discharge of the Indebtedness, the release of the Lien created by the Security Instrument, and/or the conveyance of title to the Property to Lender or any purchaser or designee in connection with a foreclosure of the Security Instrument or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or other Loan Documents, the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower under Section 12.4 shall terminate, except to the extent of any claims for such indemnity then pending, on the earlier to occur of (i) five (5) years after the date on which the Loan is repaid in full and the satisfaction of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and (ii) five (5) years after Lender (or any assignee or transferee which acquires an interest in the Security Instrument or the Loan) shall have first acquired possession of or title to the Property by foreclosure, exercise or power or sale or deed in lieu thereof.

XIII. RESERVED

XIV. SECURITIZATION AND PARTICIPATION

Section 14.1 Sale of Note and Securitization . At the request of Lender or any Rating Agency and at the sole expense of the holder of the Note, to the extent not already required to be provided by Borrower under this Agreement, Borrower shall use reasonable efforts to satisfy the market standards which may be reasonably required in the marketplace or by the Rating Agencies in connection with the sale of the Note or a participation interest therein as part of the first successful securitization (such sale and/or securitization, the Securitization ) of rated single or multi-class securities (the Securities ) secured by or evidencing ownership interests in the Note and this Agreement, including using reasonable efforts to do (or cause to be done) the following (but Borrower will not in any event be required to incur, suffer or accept (except to a de minimis extent) (i) any change in the overall economic terms of the Loan or any lesser rights or greater obligations than as currently set forth in the Loan Documents, and (ii) except as set forth in this Article XIV , any expense or any liability):

14.1.1 Provided Information . (i) Provide, at the sole expense of the holder of the Note, such non-confidential financial and other information with respect to the Property, the Borrower and Manager to the extent such information is in Borrower’s or Manager’s possession, (ii) provide, at the sole expense of the holder of the Note, business plans and budgets relating to the Property, to the extent prepared by the Borrower or Manager and (iii) cooperate with the holder of the Note (and its representatives) in obtaining, at the sole expense of the holder of the Note, such site inspection, appraisals, market studies, environmental reviews and reports, engineering reports and other due diligence investigations of the Property, as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or reasonably requested by the Rating Agencies (all information provided pursuant to this Section 14.1 together with all other information heretofore provided to Lender in connection with the Loan, as such may be updated, at Borrower’s request, in connection with a Securitization, or hereafter provided to Lender in

 

75


connection with the Loan or a Securitization, being herein collectively called the Provided Information ).

14.1.2 Updates to Opinions of Counsel . Shall use reasonable efforts to cause to be rendered such customary updates or customary modifications to the Opinions of Counsel delivered at the closing of the Loan as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies in connection with a Securitization. Borrower’s failure to use reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered the opinion updates or modifications required hereby within twenty (20) Business Days after written request therefor shall constitute an “Event of Default” hereunder. To the extent any of the foregoing Opinions of Counsel were required to be delivered in connection with the closing of the Loan, any update thereof shall be without cost to Borrower. Any such Opinions of Counsel that Borrower is reasonably required to cause to be delivered in connection with a Securitization other than those delivered at the original Loan closing, shall be delivered at Borrower’s expense (it being agreed that in no event shall Borrower be obligated to deliver an Opinion of Counsel with respect to “true sale,” “no fraudulent conveyance” matters, or 10b-5” matters.

14.1.3 Modifications to Loan Documents . Without cost to the Borrower, execute such amendments to the Security Instrument and Loan Documents as may be reasonably requested by Lender or the Rating Agencies in order to achieve the required rating or to effect the Securitization (including, without limitation, modifying the Payment Date, as defined in the Note, to a date other than as originally set forth in the Note), provided , that nothing contained in this Section 14.1.3 shall result in any economic or other adverse change to Borrower in the transaction contemplated by the Security Instrument or the Loan Documents (unless Borrower is made whole by the holder of Note) or result in any operational changes that are burdensome to the Property or Borrower.

Section 14.2 Cooperation with Rating Agencies . Borrower shall (i) at Lender’s request, meet with representatives of such Rating Agencies at reasonable times to discuss the business and operations of the Property, and (ii) cooperate with the reasonable requests of the Rating Agencies in connection with the Property. Until the Obligations are paid in full, Borrower shall provide the Rating Agencies with all financial reports required hereunder and such other information as they shall reasonably request, including copies of any default notices or other material notices delivered to and received from Lender hereunder, to enable them to continuously monitor the creditworthiness of Borrower and to permit an annual surveillance of the implied credit rating of the Securities.

Section 14.3 Securitization Financial Statements . Borrower acknowledges that all such financial information delivered by Borrower to Lender pursuant to Article XI may, at Lender’s option, be delivered to the Rating Agencies.

Section 14.4 Securitization Indemnification .

14.4.1 Disclosure Documents . Borrower understands that certain of the Provided Information may be included in disclosure documents in connection with the Securitization, including a prospectus or private placement memorandum or a public registration statement (each, a Disclosure Document ) and may also be included in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities

 

76


Act ) or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ), or provided or made available to investors or prospective investors in the Securities, the Rating Agencies, and service providers relating to the Securitization. In the event that the Disclosure Document is required to be revised prior to the sale of all Securities, upon request, Borrower shall reasonably cooperate with the holder of the Note in updating the Provided Information for inclusion or summary in the Disclosure Document by providing all current information pertaining to Borrower and the Property in Borrower’s or its Affiliates’ possession necessary to keep the Disclosure Document accurate and complete in all material respects with respect to such matters.

14.4.2 Indemnification Certificate . In connection with each of (x) a preliminary and a private placement memorandum, or (y) a preliminary and final prospectus, as applicable, Borrower agrees to provide, at Lender’s reasonable request, an indemnification certificate (at no material cost to Borrower):

(a) certifying that Borrower has carefully examined those portions of such memorandum or prospectus, as applicable, reasonably designated in writing by Lender for Borrower’s review pertaining to Borrower, the Property, the Sponsor, or the Loan and/or the Provided Information and insofar as such sections or portions thereof specifically pertain to Borrower, the Property, the Sponsor, the Provided Information or the Loan (the Relevant Portions ), the Relevant Portions do not (except to the extent specified by Borrower if Borrower does not agree with the statements therein), as of the date of such certificate, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

(b) indemnifying Lender and the Affiliates of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (collectively, DBS ) that have prepared the Disclosure Document relating to the Securitization, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the Disclosure Document and each person or entity who controls DBS, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “DBS Group”), and DBS, together with the DBS Group, each of their respective directors and each person who controls DBS or the DBS Group, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the Underwriter Group ) for any actual, out-of-pocket losses, third party claims, damages (excluding lost profits, diminution in value and other consequential damages) or liabilities arising out of third party claims (the Liabilities ) to which any member of the Underwriter Group may become subject to the extent such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Relevant Portions and in the Provided Information or arise out of or are based upon the omission by Borrower to state therein a material fact required to be stated in the Relevant Portions in order to make the statements in the Relevant Portions in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading (except that (x) Borrower’s obligation to indemnify in respect of any information contained in a Disclosure Document that is derived in part from information provided by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower and in part from information provided by others unrelated to or not employed by Borrower shall be limited to any untrue statement or omission of material fact therein known to Borrower that results directly from an error in any information provided (or which should have been provided) by Borrower and (y) Borrower shall have no responsibility for the failure of any member of the Underwriting Group to accurately transcribe written

 

77


information supplied by Borrower or to include such portions of the Provided Information). The indemnity contained in the indemnification certificate will be in addition to any liability which Borrower may otherwise have.

(c) The indemnification certificate shall provide that Borrower’s liability the indemnification certificate shall be limited to (and Borrower’s liability under this Section 14.4 shall be limited to) (x) Liabilities arising out of or based upon any such untrue statement or omission made in a Disclosure Document in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to Lender by, or furnished at the direction and on behalf of, Borrower in connection with the preparation of those portions of the relevant Disclosure Document (and with respect to which Borrower has had not less than ten (10) Business Days to examine and approve) pertaining to Borrower, the Property, the Sponsor or the Loan, including financial statements of Borrower and operating statements with respect to the Property and in no event shall Borrower be liable for any oral statements made by or on behalf of the Underwriter Group.

(d) The indemnification certificate shall also provide that promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action covered by the indemnification certificate, such indemnified party will notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which the indemnifying party may have to any indemnified party thereunder except to the extent that failure to notify causes prejudice to the indemnifying party. In the event that any action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, jointly with any other indemnifying party, to participate therein and, to the extent that it (or they) may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. After such notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its assumption of such defense, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided , however , if an indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there are any legal defenses available to it that are different from or in conflict with those available to the indemnifying party, or indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties at the expense of the indemnifying party. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of separate counsel unless an indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in conflict with those available to another indemnified party.

(e) The indemnification certificate shall also provide that in order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity provided for therein is for any reason held to be unenforceable by an indemnified party in respect of any actual, out-of-pocket losses, claims, damages or liabilities relating to third party claims (or action in respect thereof) referred to therein which would otherwise be indemnifiable thereunder, the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such actual, out of pocket losses, third party claims, damages or liabilities (or action in respect thereof) (but excluding damages for lost profits, diminution in value of the Property and

 

78


consequential damages); provided , however , that no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution for Liabilities arising therefrom from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective parties are entitled, the following factors shall be considered: (i) the Lender Group’s and Borrower’s relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which claim was asserted; (ii) the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission; (iii) the limited responsibilities and obligations of Borrower as specified herein; and (iv) any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances.

Section 14.5 RESERVED .

Section 14.6 Retention of Servicer . At the option of Lender, the Loan may be serviced by a servicer/trustee (Servicer) selected by Lender and Lender may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to Servicer pursuant to a servicing agreement between Lender and Servicer. Lender has advised Borrower that the Servicer initially retained by Lender shall be Bank of America, N.A. Lender shall be responsible for any reasonable set-up fees or any other initial costs relating to or arising under the servicing agreement and Borrower shall not be responsible for payment of the monthly servicing fee due to Servicer under the servicing agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Borrower shall be responsible for the payment of any customary and reasonable servicing fees charged in connection with any special requests made by Borrower or Sponsor during the term of the Loan (including, without limitation, with respect to a release of Property). In addition, Borrower shall be responsible for the payment of all special servicing fees incurred as a result of the Loan being subject to special servicing by a special servicer due to (a) an Event of Default, or (b) any wrongful action or inaction of Borrower which is likely to result in an Event of Default.

Section 14.7 Securitization Costs . All reasonable third party costs and expenses incurred by Borrower in connection with Borrower’s complying with requests made under this Article XIV (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of the Rating Agencies, reasonable attorney fees and disbursements incurred by Borrower in connection with any opinions or amendments required to be provided by Borrower) shall be paid by Lender.

XV. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS

Section 15.1 Assignment and Acceptance . Lender may assign to one or more Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all or a portion of the Note); provided that the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to Lender, for its acceptance and recording in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and Acceptance and Borrower will not be required in connection with any such assignment to incur, suffer or accept (i) any lesser rights or greater obligations than as currently set forth in the Loan Documents or (ii) any expense or any liability in connection with such Assignment and Acceptance. In addition, Lender may participate to one or more Persons all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation, all or a portion of the Note) utilizing such documentation to evidence such participation and the parties’ respective rights thereunder as Lender, in its sole discretion, shall elect. Notwithstanding anything to the

 

79


contrary in this Article XV , Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any assignee or participant (with respect to circumstances existing as of the date of the assignment of participation) for Special Taxes or Other Taxes in excess of amounts that would be payable to Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

Section 15.2 Effect of Assignment and Acceptance . Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, (i) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of Lender, as the case may be, hereunder and such assignee shall be deemed to have assumed such rights and obligations, and (ii) Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) accruing from and after the effective date of the Assignment and Acceptance, except with respect to (A) any payments made by Borrower to Lender pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents after the effective date of the Assignment and Acceptance and (B) any letter of credit, cash deposit or other deposits or security (other than the Lien of the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents) delivered to or for the benefit of or deposited with German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, for which German American Capital Corporation shall remain responsible for the proper disposition thereof until such items are delivered to a party who is qualified as an Approved Bank and agrees to hold the same in accordance with the terms and provisions of the agreement pursuant to which such items were deposited.

Section 15.3 Content . By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, Lender and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (ii) Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of Borrower or the performance or observance by Borrower of any of its obligations under any Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes Lender to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Loan Documents as are delegated to Lender by the terms hereof together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vi) such assignee

 

80


agrees that it will perform, in accordance with their terms, all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are required to be performed by Lender.

Section 15.4 Register . Lender shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lender and each assignee pursuant to this Article XV and the Principal Amount of the Loan owing to each such assignee from time to time (the Register ). The entries in the Register shall, with respect to such assignees, be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower or any assignee pursuant to this Article XV at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior written notice.

Section 15.5 Substitute Notes . Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assignee, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment, Lender shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit J hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register, and (iii) give prompt written notice thereof to Borrower. Within five (5) Business Days after its receipt of such notice, Borrower, at Lender’s own expense, shall execute and deliver to Lender in exchange and substitution for the surrendered Note or Notes a new Note to the order of such assignee in an amount equal to the portion of the Loan assigned to it and a new Note to the order of Lender in an amount equal to the portion of the Loan retained by it hereunder. Such new Note or Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate then outstanding principal amount of such surrendered Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of the Note (modified, however, to the extent necessary so as not to impose duplicative or increased obligations on Borrower and to delete obligations previously satisfied by Borrower). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV , Borrower shall not be responsible or liable for any additional taxes, reserves, adjustments or other costs and expenses that are related to, or arise as a result of, any transfer of the Loan or any interest or participation therein that arise solely and exclusively from the transfer of the Loan or any interest or participation therein or from the execution of the new Note contemplated by this Section 15.5 , including, without limitation, any mortgage tax. Lender and/or the assignees, as the case may be, shall from time to time designate one agent through which Borrower shall request all approvals and consents required or contemplated by this Agreement and on whose statements Borrower may rely.

Section 15.6 Participations . Each assignee pursuant to this Article XV may sell participations to one or more Persons (other than Borrower or any of its Affiliates) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all or a portion of the Note held by it); provided , however , that (i) such assignee’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged, (ii) such assignee shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such assignee shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (iv) Borrower, Lender and the assignees pursuant to this Article XV shall continue to deal solely and directly with such assignee in connection with such assignee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In the event that more than one (1) party comprises Lender, Lender shall

 

81


designate one party to act on the behalf of all parties comprising Lender in providing approvals and all other necessary consents under the Loan Documents and on whose statements Borrower may rely.

Section 15.7 Disclosure of Information . Any assignee pursuant to this Article XV may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Article XV , disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information relating to Borrower furnished to such assignee by or on behalf of Borrower; provided , however , that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree in writing for the benefit of Borrower to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information received by it.

Section 15.8 Security Interest in Favor of Federal Reserve Bank . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any assignee pursuant to this Article XV may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the amounts owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

XVI. RESERVED

XVII. DEFAULTS

Section 17.1 Event of Default .

(a) Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default hereunder (an Event of Default ):

(i) if (A) the Indebtedness is not paid in full on the Maturity Date, (B) any regularly scheduled monthly payment of interest due under the Note is not paid in full on or before the fifth calendar day of the month (such fifth calendar day being the Monthly Payment Grace Period Expiration Date ; provided, however, that if any applicable Monthly Payment Grace Period Expiration Date does not occur on a Business Day, then such Monthly Payment Grace Period Expiration Date shall instead be the immediately preceding Business Day), (C) any prepayment of principal due under this Agreement or the Note is not paid when due, (D) the Liquidated Damages Amount is not paid when due, or (E) except as to any amount included in (A), (B), (C) and/or (D) of this clause (i), any other amount payable pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document is not paid in full when due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Loan Document, with such failure continuing for ten (10) Business Days after Lender delivers written notice thereof to Borrower;

(ii) subject to Borrower’s right to contest as set forth in Section 7.3 , if any of the Impositions or Other Charges are not paid prior to the imposition of any interest, penalty, charge or expense for the non-payment thereof, provided, that it shall not be an Event of Default if such Impositions or Other Charges are to be paid directly by a Tenant pursuant to a Lease and Borrower pays such Imposition or Other Charge within ten (10) days following Borrower first having knowledge of non-payment of same;

 

82


(iii) if (a) the insurance policies required by Section 6.1 are not kept in full force and effect, or (b) if certificates of insurance or copies of any of such insurance policies are not delivered to Lender within the time frames set forth in Section 6.1.11 with such failure to deliver continuing for ten (10) days after Lender delivers written notice thereof to Borrower;

(iv) if any Transfer is made in violation of Article VIII or a declaration of condominium is filed with respect to the Property;

(v) if any, representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or by Borrower, Sponsor or any Affiliate of Borrower in any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument, agreement or document furnished by Borrower (with respect to Borrower, Manager, Sponsor or the Property) to Lender on or prior to the date hereof shall have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the date the representation or warranty was made;

(vi) if Borrower or Sponsor shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(vii) if a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Borrower or Sponsor or if Borrower or Sponsor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Borrower or Sponsor, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or Sponsor shall be instituted; provided , however , if such appointment, adjudication, petition or proceeding was involuntary and not consented to by Borrower or Sponsor upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within ninety (90) days;

(viii) if Borrower or Sponsor attempts to assign its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein in contravention of the Loan Documents;

(ix) with respect to any term, covenant or provision set forth herein or in any other Loan Document (other than the other subsections of this Section 17.1 and the provisions referenced therein) which specifically contains a notice requirement or grace period, if Borrower, any SPE Entity or Sponsor shall be in default under such term, covenant or provision after the giving of such notice or the expiration of such grace period;

(x) if any of the assumptions of fact contained in the Non-Consolidation Opinion, in any Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion or in any other non-consolidation opinion delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, or in any other non-consolidation delivered subsequent to the closing of the Loan, is or shall become untrue in any material respect unless within ten (10) Business Days of notice from Lender Borrower causes to delivered to Lender an Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion which Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion shall be acceptable in form and content to Lender;

(xi) if Borrower shall fail to comply with any covenants set forth in Section 5.1.4 , Section 5.2.6 , Section 5.2.9 and Section 5.2.21(i) ; provided , however , any such failure to comply with the covenants of Section 5.1.4 , Section 5.2.6 and/or Section 5.2.9 shall not constitute an Event of Default in the event that (1) such violation or breach is not intentional, (2)

 

83


such violation or breach is immaterial, (3) such violation or breach shall be immediately remedied upon Borrower’s knowledge or Lender’s notice of same and (4) within ten (10) Business Days of the request of Lender, Borrower delivers to Lender an Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion, or a modification of the Non-Consolidation Opinion, to the effect that such breach or violation shall not in any way impair, negate or amend the opinions rendered in the Non-Consolidation Opinion, which opinion or modification and any counsel delivering such opinion or modification shall be acceptable to Lender in its reasonable discretion;

(xii) except as provided in clause (xi) above, if Borrower shall fail to comply with any covenants set forth in Article V (other than Sections 5.1.1 , 5.1.19 , 5.1.20 , 5.27 , and 5.2.18(c) ) or Section XI with such failure continuing for fifteen (15) days after Lender delivers written notice thereof to Borrower;

(xiii) if Borrower shall fail to comply with any covenants set forth in Section 4 or Section 3(d) or Section 8 of the Security Instrument with such failure continuing for ten (10) Business Days after Lender delivers written notice thereof to Borrower;

(xiv) Reserved;

(xv) if this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Lien granted hereunder or thereunder, in whole or in part, shall cease to be effective or shall cease to be a legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Borrower or Sponsor, or any Lien securing the Indebtedness shall, in whole or in part, cease to be a perfected first priority Lien, subject to the Permitted Encumbrances (except in any of the foregoing cases in accordance with the terms hereof or under any other Loan Document or by reason of any affirmative act of Lender);

(xvi) if the Management Agreement is terminated and a Qualified Manager is not appointed as a replacement manager pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2.14 within sixty (60) days after such termination;

(xvii) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, if Borrower or any other Person grants any easement, covenant or restriction (other than the Permitted Encumbrances) over the Property and Borrower fails to have same terminated within 30 days following Borrower first having knowledge of same;

(xviii) if Borrower shall default beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period under any existing easement, covenant or restriction which affects the Property, the default of which shall have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xix) if Borrower shall continue to be in Default under any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or of any Loan Document not specified in subsections (i) to (xviii)  above, for thirty (30) days after notice from Lender; provided , however , that if such Default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period and provided , further , that Borrower shall have commenced to cure such Default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently proceeds to cure the same, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower in the exercise of due diligence to cure such Default, such additional period not to exceed ninety (90) days.

 

84


(b) Unless waived in writing by Lender, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clauses (a)(vi), (vii) or (viii) above) Lender may, without notice or demand, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, take such action that Lender deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights against Borrower and in the Property, including, without limitation, (i) declaring immediately due and payable the entire Principal Amount together with interest thereon and all other sums due by Borrower under the Loan Documents, (ii) collecting interest on the Principal Amount at the Default Rate whether or not Lender elects to accelerate the Note and (iii) enforcing or availing itself of any or all rights or remedies set forth in the Loan Documents against Borrower and the Property, including, without limitation, all rights or remedies available at law or in equity; and upon any Event of Default described in subsections (a)(vi) or (a)(vii) above, the Indebtedness and all other obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable, without notice or demand, and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding. The foregoing provisions shall not be construed as a waiver by Lender of its right to pursue any other remedies available to it under this Agreement, the Security Instrument or any other Loan Document. Any payment hereunder may be enforced and recovered in whole or in part at such time by one or more of the remedies provided to Lender in the Loan Documents.

Section 17.2 Remedies .

(a) Unless waived in writing by Lender, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Lender against Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Indebtedness shall be declared due and payable, and whether or not Lender shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to the Property. Any such actions taken by Lender shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued independently, singly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Lender permitted by law, equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower agrees that if an Event of Default is continuing (i) Lender shall not be subject to any one action or election of remedies law or rule, and (ii) all liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Lender shall remain in full force and effect until Lender has exhausted all of its remedies against the Property and the Security Instrument has been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of the Indebtedness or the Indebtedness has been paid in full.

(b) With respect to Borrower and the Property, nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document shall be construed as requiring Lender to resort to the Property for the satisfaction of any of the Indebtedness, and Lender may seek satisfaction out of the Property or any part thereof, in its absolute discretion in respect of the Indebtedness. In addition,

 

85


Lender shall have the right from time to time to partially foreclose this Agreement and the Security Instrument in any manner and for any amounts secured by this Agreement or the Security Instrument then due and payable as determined by Lender in its sole discretion including, without limitation, the following circumstances: (i) in the event Borrower defaults beyond any applicable grace period in the payment of one or more scheduled payments of principal and interest, Lender may foreclose this Agreement and the Security Instrument to recover such delinquent payments, or (ii) in the event Lender elects to accelerate less than the entire outstanding Principal Amount of the Loan, Lender may foreclose this Agreement and the Security Instrument to recover so much of the Principal Amount of the Loan as Lender may accelerate and such other sums secured by this Agreement or the Security Instrument as Lender may elect. Notwithstanding one or more partial foreclosures, the Property shall remain subject to this Agreement and the Security Instrument to secure payment of sums secured by this Agreement and the Security Instrument and not previously recovered.

(c) Lender shall have the right from time to time to sever the Note and the other Loan Documents into one or more separate notes, mortgages and other security documents (the Severed Loan Documents ) in such denominations as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion for purposes of evidencing and enforcing its rights and remedies provided hereunder. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender from time to time, promptly after the request of Lender, a severance described in the preceding sentence, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Except as may otherwise be required pursuant to Section 5.1.11 above, (i) Lender shall be obligated to pay any costs or expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, recording or filing of the Severed Loan Documents, (ii) the Severed Loan Documents shall not contain any representations, warranties or covenants not contained in the Loan Documents and any such representations and warranties contained in the Severed Loan Documents will be given by Borrower only as of the Closing Date and (iii) the Severed Loan Documents shall otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 5.1.11 (a) and (b)  above mutatis mutandis.

Section 17.3 Remedies Cumulative; Waivers . The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Agreement and the Security Instrument shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Lender may have against Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued singly, concurrently or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in Lender’s sole discretion. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower or Sponsor shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or Sponsor or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

Section 17.4 Costs of Collection . In the event that after an Event of Default: (i) the Note or any of the Loan Documents is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement or is collected or enforced through any legal proceeding; (ii) an attorney is retained to represent Lender in any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, or other proceedings affecting creditors’ rights and involving a claim under this Note or any of the Loan Documents;

 

86


or (iii) an attorney is retained to protect or enforce the lien or any of the terms of this Agreement, the Security Instrument or any of the Loan Documents; then Borrower shall pay to Lender all reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, including costs of appeal, together with interest on any judgment obtained by Lender at the Default Rate.

XVIII. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

Section 18.1 Exculpation .

18.1.1 Exculpated Parties . Except as set forth in this Section 18.1 , Section 18.2 , the Recourse Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity, no personal liability shall be asserted, sought or obtained by Lender or enforceable against (i) Borrower, (ii) any Affiliate of Borrower, (iii) any Person owning, directly or indirectly, any legal or beneficial interest in Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower or (iv) any direct or indirect partner, member, principal, officer, Controlling Person, beneficiary, trustee, advisor, shareholder, employee, agent, Affiliate or director of any Persons described in clauses (i) through (iii) above (collectively, the Exculpated Parties ) and none of the Exculpated Parties shall have any personal liability (whether by suit deficiency judgment or otherwise) in respect of the Obligations, this Agreement, the Security Instrument, the Note, the Property or any other Loan Document, or the making, issuance or transfer thereof, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by Lender and each successive holder of the Note and any other Loan Documents. The foregoing limitation shall not in any way limit or affect Lender’s right to any of the following and Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any of the following:

(a) Foreclosure of the lien of this Agreement and the Security Instrument in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth herein and in the Security Instrument;

(b) Action against any other security at any time given to secure the payment of the Note and under the other Loan Documents;

(c) Exercise of any other remedy set forth in the Agreement or in any other Loan Document which is not inconsistent with the terms of this Section 18.1 ;

(d) Any right which Lender may have under Sections 506(a), 506(b), 1111(b) or any other provisions of the Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement and the Security Instrument or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Indebtedness owing to Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents;

(e) The liability of any given Exculpated Party with respect to any separate written guaranty or agreement given by any such Exculpated Party in connection with the Loan (including, without limitation, the Recourse Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity).

Section 18.2 Carveouts From Non-Recourse Limitations . Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to the contrary, there shall at no time be any limitation on Borrower’s (or, to the extent provided in the Recourse Guaranty, Sponsor’s) liability for the payment, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,

 

87


the Note, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents, to Lender of its actual out-of-pocket (but not its consequential, special or punitive damages) loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by Lender as a result of:

(a) the fraudulent acts of Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower;

(b) Proceeds which Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower has received and to which Lender is entitled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to the extent the same have not been applied toward payment of the Indebtedness, or used for the repair or replacement of the Property in accordance with this Agreement or otherwise applied in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(c) Borrower’s, Manager’s, Sponsor’s, or their Affiliates’, removal or disposal of Property after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default;

(d) any intentional misrepresentation of Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower;

(e) any misappropriation of Rents, security deposits, issues, profits and/or income by Manager, Borrower, Sponsor or any of their Affiliates;

(f) all or any part of the Property being encumbered by a Lien (other than this Agreement or the Security Instrument) intentionally granted by Borrower in violation of the Loan Documents through the execution of an instrument or agreement;

(g) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, any Rents, issues, profits and/or income collected by Borrower or Sponsor and not applied to payment of the Obligations or used to pay normal and verifiable Operating Expenses of the Property or otherwise applied in a manner permitted under the Loan Documents;

(h) physical damage to the Property from intentional waste committed by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower;

(i) an involuntary case being commenced against Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code with the collusion of Borrower or any of its Affiliates or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code through the actions of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates at a time when the Borrower is able to pay its debts as they become due unless Borrower and Sponsor shall have received an opinion of independent counsel that the managing member of Borrower has a fiduciary duty to seek such an order for relief;

(j) if Borrower or its Affiliates fail to obtain Lender’s prior written consent to any Transfer or additional Debt, as required by the Loan Agreement or the Security Instrument;

(k) the failure of Borrower to comply with any of the provisions of Article XII ; and

 

88


(l) reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any successful suit filed on account of any of the foregoing clauses (a) through (l).

XIX. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 19.1 Survival . This Agreement and all covenants, indemnifications, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Indebtedness is outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party. All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower, shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Lender. If Borrower consists of more than one person, the obligations and liabilities of each such person hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be joint and several.

Section 19.2 Lender’s Discretion . Whenever pursuant to this Agreement, Lender exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Lender, the decision of Lender to approve or disapprove or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall (except as is otherwise specifically herein provided) be in the sole discretion of Lender and shall be final and conclusive.

Section 19.3 Governing Law .

(A) THIS AGREEMENT WAS NEGOTIATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, THE LOAN WAS MADE BY LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY BORROWER IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK WHICH STATE THE PARTIES AGREE HAS A SUBSTANTIAL RELATIONSHIP TO THE PARTIES AND TO THE UNDERLYING TRANSACTION EMBODIED HEREBY, AND IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE (WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM TO ASSERT THAT THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION GOVERNS THIS AGREEMENT, AND THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

(B) ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST LENDER OR BORROWER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS

 

89


AGREEMENT MAY BE INSTITUTED IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK, PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW AND BORROWER WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE BASED ON VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. BORROWER DOES HEREBY DESIGNATE AND APPOINT:

MORGAN STANLEY

1585 BROADWAY, 37 Floor

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036

AS ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON ITS BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AND AGREE THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON SAID AGENT AT SAID ADDRESS AND WRITTEN NOTICE OF SAID SERVICE MAILED OR DELIVERED TO BORROWER IN THE MANNER PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON BORROWER IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. BORROWER (I) SHALL GIVE PROMPT NOTICE TO LENDER OF ANY CHANGED ADDRESS OF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT HEREUNDER, (II) HEREBY DESIGNATES

CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY

80 STATE STREET

ALBANY, NEW YORK 12207-2543

AS A SUBSTITUTE IF ITS INITIAL AUTHORIZED AGENT CEASES TO HAVE AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK OR IS DISSOLVED WITHOUT LEAVING A SUCCESSOR AND (III) MAY AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME DESIGNATE A SUBSTITUTE AUTHORIZED AGENT WITH AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK (WHICH SUBSTITUTE AGENT AND OFFICE SHALL BE DESIGNATED AS THE PERSON AND ADDRESS FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS), AND (III) SHALL PROMPTLY DESIGNATE SUCH A SUBSTITUTE IF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT CEASES TO HAVE AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK OR IS DISSOLVED WITHOUT LEAVING A SUCCESSOR

Section 19.4 Modification, Waiver in Writing . No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or of the Note, or of any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought (and, if a Securitization shall have occurred, a Rating Agency Confirmation is obtained), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein,

 

90


no notice to or demand on Borrower shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

Section 19.5 Delay Not a Waiver . Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder, or under the Note or under any other Loan Document, or any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount.

Section 19.6 Notices . All notices, consents, approvals and requests required or permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be given in writing and shall be effective for all purposes if hand delivered or sent by (a) certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (b) expedited prepaid delivery service, either commercial or United States Postal Service, with proof of attempted delivery, or (c) by telecopier (with answer back acknowledged), addressed as follows (or at such other address and Person as shall be designated from time to time by any party hereto, as the case may be, in a written notice to the other parties hereto in the manner provided for in this Section):

If to Lender:

German American Capital Corporation

60 Wall Street, 10 th floor

New York, New York 10005

Attention: Stephen H. Choe and General Counsel

Telecopy No.: (212) 797-4489

Confirmation No.: (212) 250-6911

With a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Harvey R. Uris, Esq.

Telecopy No.: (917) 777-2212

Confirmation No.: (212) 735-2212

If to Borrower:

c/o Morgan Stanley

US RE Investing Division

1585 Broadway

Floor 37

New York, New York 10036

 

91


Attention: Peter Harned – Executive Director

Telecopy No.: (212) 507-4369

Confirmation No.: (212) 761-4657

With a copy to:

Glenborough, LLC

400 S. El Camino Real

11 th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94402

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopy No.: 650-343-9690

Confirmation No.: 650-343-9500

Paul Hastings Janofsky & Walker LLP

55 Second Street

Twenty-fourth Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

Attention: Charles V. Thornton

Telecopy No.: (415) 856-7101

Confirmation No. (415) 856-7001

All notices, elections, requests and demands under this Agreement shall be effective and deemed received upon the earliest of (i) the actual receipt of the same by personal delivery or otherwise, (ii) one (1) Business Day after being deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier service as required above, (iii) three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail as required above or (iv) on the day sent if sent by facsimile with confirmation on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on any Business Day or on the next Business Day if so delivered after 5:00 p.m. New York time or on any day other than a Business Day. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given as herein required shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice, election, request, or demand sent.

Section 19.7 TRIAL BY JURY . EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER IT, HEREBY EXPRESSLY, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITY INSTRUMENT, THE NOTE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE MODIFICATION THEREOF OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITY INSTRUMENT, THE NOTE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (AS NOW OR HEREAFTER MODIFIED) OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION IS NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY AGREES AND

 

92


CONSENTS THAT AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION MAY BE FILED WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS CONSULTED WITH LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE MEANING OF THIS WAIVER AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS AN ESSENTIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE MAKING OF THE LOAN. THIS WAIVER SHALL SURVIVE THE REPAYMENT OF THE LOAN.

Section 19.8 Headings . The Article and/or Section headings and the Table of Contents in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

Section 19.9 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 19.10 Preferences . To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

Section 19.11 Waiver of Notice . Borrower shall not be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Lender except with respect to matters for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and except with respect to matters for which Borrower is not, pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, permitted to waive the giving of notice. Borrower hereby expressly waives the right to receive any notice from Lender with respect to any matter for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents do not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower.

Section 19.12 Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) Borrower covenants and agrees to pay or, if Borrower fails to pay, to reimburse, Lender upon receipt of written notice from Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with (i) the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Borrower (including without limitation any opinions requested by Lender pursuant to this Agreement); (ii) Lender’s ongoing performance and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date; (iii) the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents

 

93


and any other documents or matters as required herein or under the other Loan Documents; (iv) securing Borrower’s compliance with any requests made pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (v) the filing and recording fees and expenses, mortgage recording taxes, title insurance and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for providing to Lender all required legal opinions, and other similar expenses incurred in creating and perfecting the Lien in favor of Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (vi) enforcing or preserving any rights, in response to third party claims or the prosecuting or defending of any action or proceeding or other litigation, in each case against, under or affecting Borrower, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Property, or any other security given for the Loan; (vii) enforcing any obligations of or collecting any payments due from Borrower under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or with respect to the Property or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a workout or of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings and (viii) procuring insurance policies pursuant to Section 6.1.11 ; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be liable for the payment of any such costs and expenses to the extent the same arise (A) by reason of the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender or (B) in connection with a Securitization, other than the Borrower’s internal administrative costs.

(b) Subject to the non-recourse provisions of Section 18.1 , Borrower will protect, indemnify and save harmless Lender, and all officers, directors, stockholders, members, partners, employees, agents, successors and assigns thereof (collectively, the Indemnified Parties ) from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses actually incurred) imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Parties or the Property or any part of its interest therein, by reason of the occurrence or existence of any of the following (to the extent Proceeds payable on account of the following shall be inadequate; it being understood that in no event will the Indemnified Parties be required to actually pay or incur any costs or expenses as a condition to the effectiveness of the foregoing indemnity) prior to (i) the acceptance by Lender or its designee of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure with respect to the Property, or (ii) an Indemnified Party or its designee taking possession or control of the Property or (iii) the foreclosure of the Security Instrument, except to the extent caused by the fraud, illegal acts, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Parties (other than such fraud, illegal acts, willful misconduct or gross negligence imputed to the Indemnified Parties because of their interest in the Property): (1) ownership of Borrower’s interest in the Property, or any interest therein, or receipt of any Rents or other sum therefrom, (2) any accident, injury to or death of any persons or loss of or damage to property occurring on or about the Property or any Appurtenances thereto, (3) any design, construction, operation, repair, maintenance, use, non-use or condition of the Property or Appurtenances thereto, including claims or penalties arising from violation of any Legal Requirement or Insurance Requirement, as well as any claim based on any patent or latent defect, whether or not discoverable by Lender, any claim the insurance as to which is inadequate, and any Environmental Claim, (4) any Event of Default under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (5) any performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Property or any part thereof, (6) any negligence or tortious act or omission on the part of Borrower or any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees, sublessees, licensees or invitees, (7) any contest referred to in Section 7.3 hereof, or (8) the presence at, in or under the Property or the Improvements of any Hazardous Materials in violation of any Section 12. Any amounts the Indemnified Parties are

 

94


legally entitled to receive under this Section which are not paid within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor by the Indemnified Parties or Lender, setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such demand and the basis therefor, shall bear interest from the date of demand at the Default Rate, and shall, together with such interest, be part of the Indebtedness and secured by the Security Instrument. In case any action, suit or proceeding is brought against the Indemnified Parties by reason of any such occurrence, Borrower shall at Borrower’s reasonable expense resist and defend such action, suit or proceeding or will cause the same to be resisted and defended by counsel at Borrower’s reasonable expense for the insurer of the liability or by counsel designated by Borrower (unless reasonably disapproved by Lender promptly after Lender has been notified of such counsel); provided , however , that nothing herein shall compromise the right of Lender (or any Indemnified Party) to appoint its own counsel at Borrower’s reasonable expense for its defense with respect to any action which in the reasonable opinion of counsel for such Indemnified Party presents a conflict or potential conflict between Lender and Borrower that would make such separate representation advisable; provided , further , that if Lender shall have appointed separate counsel pursuant to the foregoing, Borrower shall not be responsible for the expense of additional separate counsel of any other Indemnified Party unless in the reasonable opinion of Lender a conflict or potential conflict exists between such Indemnified Party and Lender. So long as Borrower is resisting and defending such action, suit or proceeding as provided above in a prudent and commercially reasonable manner, Lender and the Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to settle such action, suit or proceeding without Borrower’s consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and claim the benefit of this Section with respect to such action, suit or proceeding and Lender agrees that it will not settle any such action, suit or proceeding without the consent of Borrower; provided , however , that if Borrower is not diligently defending such action, suit or proceeding in a prudent and commercially reasonable manner as provided above, and Lender has provided Borrower with thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, or shorter period if mandated by the requirements of applicable law, and opportunity to correct such determination, Lender may settle such action, suit or proceeding and claim the benefit of this Section 19.12 with respect to settlement of such action, suit or proceeding. Any Indemnified Party will give Borrower prompt notice after such Indemnified Party obtains actual knowledge of any potential claim by such Indemnified Party for indemnification hereunder. The Indemnified Parties shall not settle or compromise any action, proceeding or claim as to which it is indemnified hereunder without notice to Borrower.

Section 19.13 Exhibits and Schedules Incorporated . The Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

Section 19.14 Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses . Any assignee of Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower or in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and to the extent permitted by controlling law any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

 

95


Section 19.15 Liability of Assignees of Lender . No assignee of Lender shall have any personal liability, directly or indirectly, under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or amendments hereto made at any time or times, heretofore or hereafter, any different than the liability of Lender hereunder. In addition, no assignee shall have at any time or times hereafter any personal liability, directly or indirectly, under or in connection with or secured by any agreement, lease, instrument, encumbrance, claim or right affecting or relating to the Property or to which the Property is now or hereafter subject any different than the liability of Lender hereunder. The limitation of liability provided in this Section 19.15 is (i) in addition to, and not in limitation of, any limitation of liability applicable to the assignee provided by law or by any other contract, agreement or instrument, and (ii) shall not apply to any assignee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 19.16 No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries .

(a) Borrower and Lender intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower and Lender nor to grant Lender any interest in the Property other than that of mortgagee, beneficiary or lender.

(b) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Lender and Borrower and nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than Lender or Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained herein or therein. All conditions to the obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Lender and no other Person shall have standing to require satisfaction of such conditions in accordance with their terms or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with any or all thereof and no other Person shall under any circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of such conditions, any or all of which may be freely waived in whole or in part by Lender if, in Lender’s sole discretion, Lender deems it advisable or desirable to do so.

Section 19.17 Publicity . All news releases, publicity or advertising by Borrower or its Affiliates or Lender, DBS or any of their Affiliates through any media intended to reach the general public which refers to the Loan Documents or the financing evidenced by the Loan Documents, shall be subject to the prior written approval of both parties hereto.

Section 19.18 Waiver of Marshalling of Assets .

To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives all rights to a marshalling of the assets of Borrower, Borrower’s members and others with interests in Borrower and of the Property, and agrees not to assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of Lender under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Property for the collection of the Indebtedness without any prior or different resort for collection or of the right of

 

96


Lender to the payment of the Indebtedness out of the net proceeds of the Property in preference to every other claimant whatsoever.

Section 19.19 Waiver of Counterclaim and other Actions . Borrower hereby expressly and unconditionally waives, in connection with any suit, action or proceeding brought by Lender on this Agreement, the Note, the Security Instrument or any other Loan Document, any and every right it may have to (i) interpose any counterclaim therein (other than a counterclaim which can only be asserted in the suit, action or proceeding brought by Lender on this Agreement, the Note, the Security Instrument or any other Loan Document and cannot be maintained in a separate action) and (ii) have any such suit, action or proceeding consolidated with any other or separate suit, action or proceeding, provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section shall limit or affect the right of Borrower to bring a separate proceeding against Lender.

Section 19.20 Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Loan Documents and that such Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same. Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower shall rely solely on its own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan without relying in any manner on any statements, representations or recommendations of Lender or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender. Lender shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Lender’s exercise of any such rights or remedies. Borrower acknowledges that Lender engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse to or competitive with the business of Borrower or their Affiliates.

Section 19.21 Brokers and Financial Advisors . Borrower and Lender each hereby represent that it has dealt with no financial advisors, brokers, underwriters, placement agents, agents or finders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Borrower and Lender hereby agree to indemnify each other, defend and hold each other harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses of any kind (including each other’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in any way relating to or arising from a claim by any Person that such Person acted on behalf of such party in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. The provisions of this Section 19.21 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Indebtedness.

Section 19.22 Prior Agreements . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements among or between such parties, whether oral or written, are superseded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and unless specifically set forth in a writing contemporaneous herewith the

 

97


terms, conditions and provisions of any and all such prior agreements do not survive execution of this Agreement.

Section 19.23 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which shall constitute one document.

Section 19.24 Preferences . Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and reapply any and all payments by Borrower to any portion of the obligations of Borrower hereunder. To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

98


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan and Security Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER :

GLENBOROUGH TIERRASANTA LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

LOGO

Name:   Andrew Batinovich
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Loan Agreement – Tierrasanta


LENDER:
GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Bryan P. Donohoe
Title:   Vice President
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Stephen H. Choe
Title:   Vice President

Loan Agreement – Tierrasanta


EXHIBIT A

TITLE INSURANCE ENDORSEMENTS

AND AFFIRMATIVE COVERAGES

 

1. Required Endorsements . The following endorsements are required, to the extent available in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located:

 

 

Restrictions, Encroachments, Minerals Endorsement ALTA Form 9 or equivalent.

 

 

(If not available, the Title Policy must insure by way of affirmative coverage statements that there are no encroachments by any of the improvements onto easements, rights of way or other exceptions to streets or adjacent property, or insure against loss or damage resulting therefrom.)

 

 

Deletion of Creditors Rights Exclusion Endorsement.

 

 

Environmental Protection Lien Endorsement.

 

 

(The Title Policy may make an exception only for specific state statutes that provide for potential subsequent liens that could take priority over the lien securing the Loan.)

 

 

Direct Access to Public Road Endorsement;

 

 

Usury Endorsement.

 

 

Land Same As Survey/Legal Description Endorsement.

 

 

Zoning Endorsement - ALTA 3.1 with coverage for number/type of parking spaces.

In lieu of an ALTA 3.1 zoning endorsement, Lender may accept an unambiguous, clean letter from the appropriate zoning authority which satisfies the following :

Zoning District . Confirms the applicable zoning district for the Property under the laws or ordinances of the applicable jurisdiction and that such zoning is the proper zoning for the improvements located on the Property.

Use Restrictions . Confirms that the current use of the Property is permitted under the zoning ordinance and that the Property is not a non-conforming use.

 

A-1


Dimensional Requirements . Confirms that the Property is in compliance with all dimensional requirements of the zoning code, including minimum lot area, maximum building height, maximum floor area ratio and setback or buffer requirements.

Parking Requirements . Confirms that the Property is in compliance with all parking and loading requirements, including the number of spaces and dimensional requirements for the parking spaces.

Rebuildability . If Property involves legal non-conforming use, confirms that, in the event of casualty, the Property may be rebuilt substantially in its current form (i.e., no loss of square footage, same building footprint) upon satisfaction of stated conditions and/or limitations.

 

 

Subdivision Endorsement.

 

 

Doing Business Endorsement.

 

 

Deletion of Arbitration Endorsement.

 

 

Separate Tax Lot Endorsement.

 

 

Street Address Endorsement

 

 

Contiguity Endorsement.

 

 

Variable Rate Endorsement.

 

 

Mortgage Recording Tax Endorsement.

 

 

Any of the following endorsements customary in the state in which the Property is located or as required by the nature of the transaction:

Tie-In Endorsement for Multiple Policies

First Loss / Last Dollar Endorsement

Non-Imputation Endorsement

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION

SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

The undersigned being a registered surveyor of the State of [State] hereby certifies to GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION, [NAME OF BORROWING ENTITY] and [INSERT NAME OF TITLE COMPANY], and each of their respective successors and assigns, as of the date below, as follows:

This print of survey actually was made on the ground on [INSERT DATE SURVEY WAS MADE] in accordance with the “Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys,” jointly established and adopted by American Land Title Association (“ ALTA ”) and American Congress on Surveying & Mapping (“ ACSM ”) and National Society of Professional Surveyors (“ NSPS ”) in 1999, contains Items 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7(a), 7(b)(1), 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14 and 16 of Table A thereto, and correctly shows: (i) a fixed and determinable position and location of the land described herein (together with the buildings and improvements thereon, the “ Mortgaged Property ”), including the position of the point of beginning; (ii) the location of all buildings, structures and other improvements situated on the land; (iii) all driveways or other curb cuts along any street or alley upon which the land abuts; (iv) the location and name of all public and private streets or alleys located thereon or adjacent thereto, all of which are public unless otherwise noted; (v) the location, dimension and recording data of all easements, rights-of-way and other matters of record thereon or with respect to which the undersigned has knowledge; (vi) the location and dimension of all unrecorded easements, paths, rights-of-way and party walls to the extent visible thereon or with respect to which the undersigned has knowledge; (vii) the location of applicable building restriction and setback lines required by local ordinances and regulations; and (viii) the location of all encroachments or overhangs onto or from the Mortgaged Property. Except as shown on this survey, there are no visible discrepancies, conflicts, shortages in area or boundary line conflicts. Except as shown on the survey, the Mortgaged Property does not serve any adjoining property for drainage, utilities or ingress or egress. The Mortgaged Property has access to and from a duly dedicated and accepted public roadway. This survey reflects boundary lines of the land, which “close” by engineering calculations. All utility services to the Mortgaged Property either enter the Mortgaged Property through adjoining public streets, or this survey shows the point of entry and location of any utilities which pass through or are located on adjoining private land to the extent visible or known to the undersigned. The Mortgaged Property does not lie within an area designated as a flood hazard area by any map or publication of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development or the Federal Emergency Management Agency. The Mortgaged Property and only the Mortgaged Property constitutes

 

B-1


one tax lot. All zoning use and density classifications are properly shown hereon. The undersigned has received and examined a copy of the Commitment for Title Insurance No.                      , dated                      , issued by                                                   , with respect to the Mortgaged Property, as well as a copy of each instrument listed therein. The location of each exception set forth in such Commitment, to the extent it can be located, has (with recording reference and reference to the exception number of the Commitment) been shown hereon. The undersigned further certifies that this survey meets the Accuracy Standards (as adopted by ALTA, ACSM and NSPS and in effect on the date of this certification) and [SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TWO PHRASES]:

[the Positional Uncertainties resulting from the survey measurements made on the survey do not exceed the allowable Positional Tolerance.] [the survey measurements were made in accordance with the “Minimum Angel, Distance and Closure Requirements for Survey Measurements Which Control Land Boundaries for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys.”]

 

 

                    , Licensed Surveyor

 

Date:  

 

[seal]]

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

SINGLE PURPOSE ENTITY PROVISIONS

 

(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a Special Purpose Entity, as defined on Schedule A .

 

  (ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company, until the Loan is repaid in full or the Company is released from its obligations under the Loan, neither the Member nor the Company shall amend, alter, change any of Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 11 , 14 , 16 , 20(b) , 20(f) , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 29 , 30 , or 31 , 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “ Special Purpose Provisions ”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied, and with respect to Sections 16(b) , 23(b) and 23(c) , for so long as any obligation is outstanding under the Mezzanine Loan, the Mezzanine Lender consents in writing; provided that, subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 32 . In the event of any conflict between any of the Special Purpose Provisions and any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company, the Special Purpose Provisions shall control.

 

  (iii)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company, and notwithstanding any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Manager or any other Person, until the Loan is repaid in full or the Company is released from its obligations under the Loan, neither the Member nor the Manager nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company to, and the Company shall not, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member, the Manager and both Independent Managers, take any Material Action, provided , however , that neither the Member nor the Manager may vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two (2)

 

C-1


 

Independent Managers then serving in such capacity. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company, prior to taking any Material Action, the Member, the Manager and the Independent Managers shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, take into account the interest of the Company’s creditors, as well as those of the Company.

 

  (iv) The Manager or the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises until the Loan is repaid in full or the Company is released from its obligations under the Loan; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Manager shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

 

  (v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company, until the Loan is repaid in full or the Company is released from its obligations under the Loan, the Manager also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) be formed or organized solely for the purpose of acquiring, owning, holding, developing, using, operating and financing, indirectly, the Property;

 

  (B) not engage in any business unrelated to its direct interest in the Property and the ownership, development, use, operation and financing thereof;

 

  (C) not have any assets other than those related to its direct interest in the Property or the operation, management and financing thereof, or any indebtedness other than indebtedness permitted by the Loan Agreement;

 

  (D) maintain its own separate books and records and its own accounts, in each case which are separate and apart from the books and records and accounts of any other Person;

 

  (E)

hold itself out as being a Person, separate and apart

 

C-2


 

from any other Person;

 

  (F) not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person;

 

  (G) conduct its own business in its own name;

 

  (H) maintain separate financial statements;

 

  (I) pay its own liabilities out of its own funds;

 

  (J) observe all limited liability company formalities;

 

  (K) not guarantee or otherwise obligate itself with respect to the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person;

 

  (L) not acquire obligations or securities of its members;

 

  (M) use separate stationary, invoices, and checks;

 

  (N) maintain an arms-length relationship with its Affiliates;

 

  (O) not and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person or make any loans or advances to any other Person;

 

  (P) use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

 

  (Q) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations; and

 

  (R) to the fullest extent permitted by law, not engage in, seek, or consent to the dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation or merger and except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement, has not and will not engage in, seek or consent to any asset sale, or transfer of limited liability company interests, or amendments of the Special Purpose Provisions.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Manager on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the

 

C-3


Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member, the Manager, the Special Members or the Independent Managers.

 

C-4


EXHIBIT D

RESERVED

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

RESERVED

 

E-1


EXHIBIT F

RESERVED

 

F-1


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL LETTER

                     , 2006

German American Capital Corporation

on behalf of the holders of the notes

(together with its successors and assigns, “ Mortgage Lender ”)

60 Wall Street

New York, New York 10005

German American Capital Corporation

on behalf of the holders of the notes

(together with its successors and assigns, “ Mezzanine Lender ”)

60 Wall Street

New York, New York 10005

 

   [LANDLORD]      
Re:   

 

     
   Ladies and Gentlemen:      

It is our understanding that (i) Mortgage Lender is about to make (i) a mortgage loan to                                                   the landlord or a successor-in-interest to the landlord under our lease (“ Mortgage Borrower ”), as evidenced by a loan agreement and secured by a mortgage on the captioned premises and (ii) Mezzanine Lender is about to make one or more mezzanine loans to affiliates of Mortgage Borrower (“ Mezzanine Borrower ”), the owner of 100% of the direct and indirect ownership interests in Mortgage Borrower, as evidenced by one or more mezzanine loan agreements and secured by pledges and hypothecations of Mezzanine Borrower’s interests in Mortgage Borrower, and as a condition precedent to each of loans described in (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, you have required this certification by the undersigned.

The undersigned, as tenant under that certain lease made with                      , as landlord, dated                  [, which lease has been modified or amended as follows (list all

 

G-1


modifications or amendments or, if none, so indicate)                                          ]

(the “Lease”), hereby certifies that:

 

2. the lease commencement date was                              ;

 

3. the square footage of the premises described in the Lease is                              ;

 

4. the base rent in the monthly amount of $                      was payable from

 

5. there are no rent abatements or free rent periods now or in the future [other than                              ];

 

6. the amount of the current monthly expense reimbursements due under the Lease is equal to $                      ;

 

7. the Lease is in full force and effect and, except as indicated above, has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way and the undersigned has no notice of any assignment, pledge or hypothecation by the landlord of the Lease or of the rentals thereunder;

 

8. on this date there are no existing defenses or offsets which the undersigned has against the enforcement of the Lease by the Landlord and the undersigned has no knowledge of any event which with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both would constitute a default under said Lease;

 

9. the undersigned is not entitled to any offsets, abatements, deductions or otherwise against the rent payable under the Lease from and after the date hereof, except as follows: (if none, so indicate);

 

10. no rental (including expense reimbursements), other than for the current month, has been paid in advance;

 

11. the amount of the security deposit presently held under the Lease is $                      (if none, so indicate) which is in the form of [cash] [a letter of credit];

 

12. base rent and additional rent (including expense reimbursements) under the Lease have been paid through the month of                              .

The truth and accuracy of the certifications contained herein may be relied upon by (i) Landlord, Mortgage Borrower, Mezzanine Borrower and their affiliates, successors and assign, (ii) Mortgage Lender (as well as any other lender to Mortgage Borrower or its successors or assigns) and its (or their respective) successors, participants, assigns and transferees, (iii) Mezzanine Lender (as well as any other lender to Mezzanine Borrower or its successors or assigns) and its (or their respective) successors, participants, assigns and transferees, (iv) any rating agency or trustee involved in a securitization of one or more loans made by Mortgage Lender or Mezzanine Lender (and/or other such lender) and (v) any

 

G-2


servicer of any such loan (collectively, the “ Reliance Parties ”) and said certifications shall be binding upon the undersigned and its successors and assigns, and inure to the benefit of the Reliance Parties. Except as specifically set forth herein, this Certificate shall not be deemed to alter or modify any of the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

Very truly yours,
[TENANT]  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

G-3


EXHIBIT A

LEASE

 

G-4


EXHIBIT H

Organizational Structure

 

H-1


Glenborough Structure – Immediately Post Merger (on 11/30)

LOGO

 

(1) Name will change to Glenborough Holdings, LLC on 12/1
(2) Name will change to Glenborough Acquisition, LLC on 12/1

 

H-2


OP Retained & In-Kind Redemption Properties - Post Closing

LOGO

 

(SA) Debt to be assumed with additional proceeds from SunAmerica
(1) Prior to the merger, limited partners of Glenborough Properties, L.P. have the option to elect to receive Common Units or Series A Preferred Units of Glenborough Fund XIV, LP. in connection with the dosing of the merger
(2) 0.01% held by GRT LLC (a subsidiary of Gridiron Acquisition LLC)

 

H-3


Distribution Properties - Post Closing

LOGO

 

H-4


Normandy Properties- Structure for Bridge Loan Financing(1)

LOGO

 

(1) Structure in the event sale to Normandy does not close

 

H-5


Normandy Properties-

Structure for Permanent Financing(1)

LOGO

 

(1) Structure in the event sale to Normandy does not close
(2) 1.0% held by GRT LLC (a subsidiary of Gridiron Acquisition LLC)
(ML) Assumed debt from MetLife
(MM) Assumed debt form MassMutual

 

H-6


Joint Ventures & Other Assets

LOGO

 

(1) The Ranoon management agreements will be transferred to Glenborough, LLC.
(2) Interest in Frontier Land may be transferred to Normandy
(3) 50% owned by Pauls Equities LLC
(4) 90% owned by Blackstone entities
(5) 79.3% owned by Pauls entity
(6) 50% owned by Pauls entity
(7) 50% owned by Advance Realty Group, LLC
(8) 90% owned by NEBF -101 Ellsworth LLC
(9) 75% owned by Henderson NA Property Fund Holdings, L.L.C.

 

H-7


EXHIBIT I

RESERVED

 

I-1


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

Reference is made to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of                  200    (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) between [                                        ] (“ Borrower ”), and German American Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (“ Lender ”), and that certain Note, dated as of                      200    (the “ Note ”), made by Borrower in favor of Lender. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein with the same meaning.

The Assignor and the Assignee referred to on Schedule 1 attached hereto agree as follows:

1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, an interest in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Note and the Loan Agreement as of the date hereof equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule 1 attached hereto. After giving effect to such sale and assignment, the amount of the Loan and the Note owing to the Assignee will be as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Loan Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of Borrower or the performance or observance by Borrower of any of its obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iv) attaches the Note or notes held by the Assignor and requests that the Lender exchange such Note or notes for a new note or notes payable to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto or new notes payable to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto and the Assignor in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan retained by the Assignor under the Note and the Loan Agreement, respectively, as specified on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Note and the Loan Agreement, together with such financial statements and other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon Lender or the Assignor based on such documents and information

 

J-1


as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Agreement or the Note; (iii) appoints and authorizes Lender to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Loan Documents as are delegated to Lender by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Loan Agreement and the Note are required to be performed by it as an assignee of an interest therein.

4. Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to Lender for acceptance and recording. The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the date of acceptance hereof by the Lender, unless otherwise specified on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

5. Upon such acceptance and recording by Lender, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Loan Agreement and the Note and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of an assignee thereof, and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in the Loan Agreement and this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Agreement and the Note.

6. Upon such acceptance and recording by Lender, from and after the Effective Date, Lender shall make all payments under the Loan Agreement and the Note or notes in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including, without limitation, all payments of principal, interest and commitment fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Loan Agreement and the Note or notes for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.

7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance.

* * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused this Assignment and Acceptance and Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date specified on Schedule 1 .

 

K-2


Schedule 1

As to the Loan in respect of which an interest is being assigned:

 

Percentage interest assigned:

                %

Aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loan assigned:

   $             

Principal amount of Note payable to Assignee:

   $             

Principal amount of Note payable to Assignor:

   $             

Effective Date (if other than date of acceptance by Lender):

                           ,         

  

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
  Dated:                           ,         

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
  Dated:                           ,         

 

Accepted this      day of                      ,         
[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

Name:

 

J-1


Title:

 

K-2


EXHIBIT K

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

                     ,

Tenant

AND

GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION

Lender

 

County:   [            ]
Section:   [            ]
Block:   [            ]
Lot:   [            ]
Premises:  

Dated: as of                      ,         

Record and return by mail to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Harvey R. Uris, Esq.


SUBORDINATION. NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of this      day of                      , 2006, between GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, having an address at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005 (hereinafter called “Lender”), and                      , a                      , having an address at                      (hereinafter called “ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, by a lease (the “Original Lease”) dated                      , 200    between                      (along with its successors and assigns, hereinafter called “Landlord”), as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, as amended by lease amendment[s] dated                      , 200    , [                      , 200    and                      , 200    ] (the Original Lease, as so amended, is hereinafter the “Lease”), a memorandum of which Lease was dated          and was recorded in                      in Reel          , Page      , [add recording data for memoranda of amendments, if applicable], Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises located in                                          (the “Premises”) on the property described in Schedule “A” annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “Property”); and

WHEREAS, Lender is about to make a loan to Landlord, which loan shall be secured by, among other things, a mortgage or deed of trust (which mortgage or deed of trust, and all amendments, renewals, increases, modifications, replacements, substitutions, extensions, spreaders and consolidations thereof and all re-advances thereunder and addictions thereto, is referred to as the “Security Instrument”) encumbering the Property; and

WHEREAS, Lender and Tenant desire to confirm their understanding and agreement with respect to the Lease and the Security Instrument.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, Lender and Tenant hereby agree and covenant as follows:

 

1. The Lease, and all of the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions thereof (including, without limitation, any right of first refusal, right of first offer, option or any similar right with respect to the sale or purchase of the Property, or any portion thereof) is, shall be and shall at all times remain and continue to be subject and subordinate in all respects to the lien, terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of the Security Instrument and to all advances and re-advances made thereunder and all sums secured thereby.

 

2.

So long as (i) Tenant is not in default (beyond any period given in the Lease to Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent, percentage rent or additional rent or in the performance or observance of any of the other terms, covenants, provisions or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or

 

4


 

observed, (ii) Tenant is not in default under this Agreement and (iii) the Lease is in full force and effect: (a) Tenant’s possession of the Premises and Tenant’s rights and privileges under the Lease, or any extensions or renewals thereof which may be effected in accordance with any option therefor which is contained in the Lease, shall not be diminished or interfered with by Lender, and Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises shall not be disturbed by Lender for any reason whatsoever during the term of the Lease or any such extensions or renewals thereof and (b) Lender will not join Tenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding to foreclose the Security Instrument or to enforce any rights or remedies of Lender under the Security Instrument which would cut-off, destroy, terminate or extinguish the Lease or Tenant’s interest and estate under the Lease (except to the extent required so that Tenant’s right to receive or set-off any monies or obligations owed or to be performed by any of Lender’s predecessors-in-interest shall not be enforceable thereafter against Lender or any of Lender’s successors-in-interest). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, if it would be procedurally disadvantageous for Lender not to name or join Tenant as a party in a foreclosure proceeding with respect to the Security Instrument, Lender may so name or join Tenant without in any way diminishing or otherwise affecting the rights and privileges granted to, or inuring to the benefit of, Tenant under this Agreement.

 

3. (A) After notice is given by Lender that the Security Instrument is in default and that the rentals under the Lease should be paid to Lender, Tenant will pay to Lender, or pay in accordance with the directions of Lender, all rentals and other monies due and to become due to Landlord under the Lease or otherwise in respect of the Premises and Landlord hereby expressly authorizes Tenant to make such payments and hereby releases and discharges Tenant from any liability on account of such payments.

(B) In addition, if Lender (or its nominee or designee) shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under the Lease through possession or foreclosure action, delivery of a deed or otherwise, or another person purchases the Property or the portion thereof containing the Premises upon or following foreclosure of the Security Instrument or in connection with any bankruptcy case commenced by or against Landlord, then at the request of Lender (or its nominee or designee) or such purchaser (Lender, its nominees and designees, and such purchaser, and their respective successors and assigns, each being a “Successor-Landlord”), Tenant shall attorn to and recognize Successor-Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under the Lease and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that Successor-Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between Successor-Landlord and Tenant upon all terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in the Lease. If the Lease shall have terminated by operation of law or otherwise as a result of or in connection with a bankruptcy case commenced by or against Landlord or a foreclosure action or proceeding or delivery of a deed in lieu, upon request of Successor-Landlord, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver a direct lease with Successor-Landlord which direct

 

5


lease shall be on the same terms and conditions as the Lease (subject, however, to the provisions of clauses (i)-(v) of this paragraph 3(B)) and shall be effective as of the day the Lease shall have terminated as aforesaid. Notwithstanding the continuation of the Lease, the attornment of Tenant thereunder or the execution of a direct lease between Successor-Landlord and Tenant as aforesaid, Successor-Landlord shall not:

 

  (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under the Lease;

 

  (ii) be subject to any off-set, defense or counterclaim which shall have theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord;

 

  (iii) be bound by any modification of the Lease or by any previous prepayment of rent or additional rent made more than one (1) month prior to the date same was due which Tenant might have paid to Landlord, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by Lender;

 

  (iv) be liable for any security deposited under the Lease unless such security has been physically delivered to Lender or Successor-Landlord; and

 

  (v) be liable or obligated to comply with or fulfill any of the obligations of the Landlord under the Lease or any agreement relating thereto with respect to the construction of, or payment for, improvements on or above the Premises (or any portion thereof), leasehold improvements, tenant work letters and/or similar items

 

4. Tenant agrees that without the prior written consent of Lender, it shall not (a) amend, modify, terminate or cancel the Lease or any extensions or renewals thereof, (b) tender a surrender of the Lease, (c) make a prepayment of any rent or additional rent more than one (1) month in advance of the due date thereof, or (d) subordinate or permit the subordination of the Lease to any lien subordinate to the Security Instrument. Any such purported action without such consent shall be void as against the holder of the Security Instrument.

 

5. (A) Tenant shall promptly notify Lender of any default by Landlord under the Lease and of any act or omission of Landlord which would give Tenant the right to cancel or terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction.

(B) In the event of a default by Landlord under the Lease which would give Tenant the right, immediately or after the lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, or in the event of any other act or omission of Landlord which would give Tenant the right to cancel or terminate the Lease, Tenant shall not exercise such right (i) until Tenant has given written notice of such default, act or omission to Lender and (ii) unless Lender has failed, within sixty (60) days after Lender receives such notice, to cure or

 

6


remedy the default, act or omission or, if such default, act or omission shall be one which is not reasonably capable of being remedied by Lender within such sixty (60) day period, until a reasonable period for remedying such default, act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice and following the time when Lender shall have become entitled under the Security Instrument to remedy the same (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under the Lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy), provided that Lender shall with due diligence give Tenant written notice of its intention to and shall promptly commence and diligently and in good faith continue to, remedy such default, act or omission. To the extent Lender incurs any expenses or other costs in curing or remedying such default, act or omission, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, Lender shall be subrogated to Tenant’s rights against Landlord.

(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall have no obligation hereunder to remedy such default, act or omission.

 

6. To the extent that the Lease shall entitle Tenant to notice of the existence of any mortgage and the identity of any mortgagee or any ground lessor, this Agreement shall constitute such notice to Tenant with respect to the Security Instrument and Lender.

 

7. Upon and after the occurrence of a default under the Security Instrument, which is not cured after any applicable notice and/or cure periods, Lender shall be entitled, but not obligated, to exercise the claims, rights, powers, privileges and remedies of Landlord under the Lease and shall be further entitled to the benefits of, and to receive and enforce performance of, all of the covenants to be performed by Tenant under the Lease as though Lender were named therein as Landlord.

 

8. Anything herein or in the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Successor-Landlord shall acquire title to the Property or the portion thereof containing the Premises, Successor-Landlord shall have no obligation, nor incur any liability, beyond Successor-Landlord’s then interest, if any, in the Property, and Tenant shall look exclusively to such interest, if any, of Successor-Landlord in the Property for the payment and discharge of any obligations imposed upon Successor-Landlord hereunder or under the Lease.

 

9. If the Lease provides that Tenant is entitled to expansion space, Successor-Landlord shall have no obligation nor any liability for failure to provide such expansion space if a prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord), by reason of a lease or leases entered into by such prior landlord with other tenants of the Property, has precluded the availability of such expansion space.

 

10.

Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, Lender shall not, by virtue of this Agreement, the Security Instrument or any other instrument to which Lender

 

7


 

may be a party, be or become subject to any liability or obligation to Tenant under the Lease or otherwise.

 

11. (A) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement satisfies and complies in all respects with the provisions of Article      of the Lease and that this Agreement supersedes (but only to the extent inconsistent with) the provisions of such Article and any other provision of the Lease relating to the priority or subordination of the Lease and the interests or estates created thereby to the Security Instrument.

(B) Tenant agrees to enter into a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement with any lender which shall succeed Lender as lender with respect to the Property, or any portion thereof, provided such agreement is substantially similar to this Agreement.

 

12. (A) Any notice required or permitted to be given by Tenant to Landlord shall be simultaneously given also to Lender, and any right to Tenant dependent upon notice shall take effect only after notice is so given. Performance by Lender shall satisfy any conditions of the Lease requiring performance by Landlord, and Lender shall have a reasonable time to complete such performance as provided in Paragraph 5 hereof.

(B) All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given to Tenant or to Lender pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given only if mailed by United States registered mail, postage prepaid, or if sent by nationally recognized overnight delivery service (such as Federal Express or United States Postal Service Express Mail), addressed as follows: to Tenant, at the address first set forth above, Attention:                              ; to Lender, at the address first set forth above, Attention:                              and General Counsel, with a copy to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Harvey R. Uris, Esq.; or to such other address or number as such party may hereafter designate by notice delivered in accordance herewith. All such notices shall be deemed given three (3) business days after delivery to the United States Post office registry clerk if given by registered mail, or on the next business day after delivery to an overnight delivery courier.

 

13.

This Agreement may be modified only by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto, or their respective successors-in-interest. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns. The term “Lender” shall mean the then holder of the Security Instrument. The term “Landlord” shall mean the then holder of the landlord’s interest in the Lease. The term “person” shall mean an individual, joint venture, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated association or other entity. All references herein to the Lease shall mean the Lease as modified by this Agreement and to any amendments or modifications to the Lease which are consented to in writing by Lender. Any inconsistency

 

8


 

between the Lease and the provisions of this Agreement shall be resolved, to the extent of such inconsistency, in favor of this Agreement

 

14. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

15. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Property is located.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL

CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[TENANT]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


AGREED AND CONSENTED TO:

 

LANDLORD:

[                                           ]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

K-1


STATE OF NEW YORK   )  
  )   ss.
COUNTY OF NEW YORK)    

On the              day of                      in the year 2006 before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally appeared                                          , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity, and that by his/her/their signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 
  Notary Public  

 

[Notary Seal]            My commission expires:

 

STATE OF NEW YORK   )  
  )   ss.
COUNTY OF NEW YORK)    

On the              day of                      in the year 2006 before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally appeared                                          , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity, and that by his/her/their signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 
  Notary Public  

 

[Notary Seal]            My commission expires:


STATE OF     )  
    )   ss.
COUNTY OF     )  

On the              day of                      in the year 2006 before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally appeared                                          , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity, and that by his/her/their signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 
  Notary Public  

 

[Notary Seal]            My commission expires:

 

STATE OF     )  
    )   ss.
COUNTY OF     )  

On the              day of                      in the year 2006 before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally appeared                                          , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity, and that by his/her/their signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 
Notary Public  

 

[Notary Seal]            My commission expires:


SCHEDULE A

Legal Description of Property


EXHIBIT L

FORM OF TENANT NOTIFICATION LETTER

[BORROWER LETTERHEAD]

 

      Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested   

[Date]

 

   [Tenant Name]      
  

 

[Tenant Address]

     
Re:   

 

     
   Ladies and Gentlemen:      

With reference to your lease of space in the above referenced premises (the “ Lease ”), please be advised that [                                ] (“ Owner ”) has obtained a secured loan on the above referenced premises with German American Capital Corporation, having an address at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005 (together with its successors and assigns, “Lender”). In connection with such loan, from and after the date hereof and until notified otherwise by written instruction from Lender, all payments pursuant to the Lease should be made payable to:

“[BORROWER NAME] f/b/o German American Capital Corporation, as secured party, Collection Account”

and, if payment is by check, should be sent to:

[BORROWER NAME] f/b/o German American Capital Corporation, as secured party, Collection Account

Account No. [                                    ]

[ Lockbox Account P. O. Box and Address ]

and, if payment is made by wire transfer, should be sent to:

 

L-1


Bank:    [ Cash Management Bank Name ]   
Account Name:    [BORROWER NAME] f/b/o German American Capital   
   Corporation, as secured party, Collection Account   
Account No.:    [                             ]   
ABA No.:    [                             ]   
If you have any questions regarding this letter, please contact Borrower at [    ].   

 

Very truly yours,
BORROWER:
[                                         ]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

cc:   German American Capital Corporation
  60 Wall Street
  New York, New York 10005
  Attention:                             

 

L-2


EXHIBIT M

RESERVED

 

M-1


EXHIBIT N

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

N-1


EXHIBIT O

Standard Form of Lease

 

O-1


LEASE

This lease between GLB 33 New Montgomery, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (herein Landlord), and                                                                                                                                                 , a                                                               (herein Tenant), is dated for reference purposes only as of this                          day of                                          ,                              .

 

1. LEASE OF PREMISES.

In consideration of the Rent (as defined in Section 6.) and the provisions of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises shown by diagonal lines on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, and further described in Section 2.13. The Premises are located within the Building and Project (as described in Sections 2.13. and 2.14.). Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right (unless otherwise provided herein) in common with Landlord, other tenants, subtenants and invitees, to use the Common Area (as defined in Section 2.5.). This Lease confers no rights either to the subsurface of the land below the ground level of the Building in which the Premises is located or to airspace, interior or exterior, above the ceiling of the Building.

 

2. DEFINITIONS.

As used in this Lease the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

  2.1. ADJUSTMENT DATE: Intentionally deleted.

 

  2.2. ANNUAL BASE RENT: Annual Base Rent is based on Monthly Installments of Base Rent as set forth in Section 2.10. below.

 

  2.3. BASE YEAR: The calendar year                              .

 

  2.4. COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                                   . If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a month, then the Expiration Date of the Lease shall be extended to the last day of the month in which the Lease expires.

 

  2.5. COMMON AREA: The building lobbies, common corridors and hallways, rest rooms, and other generally understood public or common areas.

 

  2.6. EXPIRATION DATE:                                                   , unless otherwise sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

 

  2.7. INDEX (Section 6.2.): Intentionally deleted.

 

  2.8. LANDLORD’S ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

c/o Glenborough Realty Trust Incorporated

400 South El Camino Real, Suite 1100

San Mateo, CA 94402-1708

ATTN: Legal Department

RENT PAYMENT ADDRESS:

GLB 33 New Montgomery, LP

P.O. Box 6022

Hicksville, NY 11802-6022

TENANT’S MAILING ADDRESS:

 

Page 1


 

 

 

 

2.9.       LISTING AND LEASING AGENT(S):

  

 

 

 

  .

 

  2.10. MONTHLY INSTALLMENTS OF BASE RENT:

 

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

 

  2.11. NOTICE: Except as otherwise provided herein, Notice shall mean any notices, approvals and demands permitted or required to be given under this Lease. Notice shall be given in the form and manner set forth in Section 23.

 

  2.12. RESERVED.

 

  2.13. PREMISES: That portion of the                          floor(s) of the Building located at 33 New Montgomery, San Francisco, CA 94105 , commonly referred to as Suite(s)          ,          as shown by diagonal lines on Exhibit “A”. For purposes of this Lease, the Premises is deemed to contain approximately                                  square feet of Rentable Area.

 

  2.14. PROJECT: The building of which the Premises are a part (the Building) and any other buildings or improvements on the real property (the Property) located at 33 New Montgomery. San Francisco. CA 94105 and further described in Exhibit “B”. The Project is commonly known as 33 New Montgomery .

 

  2.15. RENTABLE AREA: As to both the Premises and the Project, the respective measurements of floor area as may from time to time be subject to lease by Tenant and all tenants of the Project, respectively, as determined by Landlord and applied on a consistent basis throughout the Project.

 

  2.16. SECURITY DEPOSIT (Section 8.): $                  .

 

  2.17. STATE: The State of                          .

 

  2.18. TENANT’S FIRST ADJUSTMENT DATE (Section 6.2.): Intentionally deleted.

 

  2.19. TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARES:

Operating Expenses :              %. Such share is a fraction, the numerator of which is the Rentable Area of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the Rentable Area of the office portion of the Project, as determined by Landlord from time to time. For purposes of this Lease, the office portion of the Project is deemed to contain approximately 225.563 square feet of Rentable Area.

Tax Costs :              %. Such share is a fraction, the numerator of which is the Rentable Area of the Premises, and denominator of which is the total square feet of the Project, as determined by Landlord from time to time. For purposes of this Lease, the Project is deemed to contain approximately 241,379 square feet.

 

  2.20.

TENANT’S USE (Section 9.): General office use, consistent with a first class office building, and not in violation of any exclusive granted to any other tenant: but not a call

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 2   


 

center, server farm, dental office, medical office, or high public (guest or invitee) traffic use .

 

  2.21. TERM: The period commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring at midnight on the Expiration Date.

 

3. EXHIBITS AND ADDENDA.

The exhibits and addenda listed below (unless lined out) are attached hereto and incorporated by reference in this Lease:

 

  3.1. Exhibit A - Floor Plan showing the Premises.
  3.2. Exhibit B - Legal Description.
  3.3. Exhibit C - Building Standard Tenant Improvements.
  3.4. Exhibit D - Drawings.
  3.5. Exhibit E - Rules and Regulations.
  3.6. Exhibit F - Sign Criteria.

Addenda: Attached hereto and made a part of this Lease by reference are Sections                                               .

 

4. DELIVERY OF POSSESSION.

If for any reason Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date, and such failure is not caused by an act or omission of Tenant, the Expiration Date shall be extended by the number of days the Commencement Date has been delayed and the validity of this Lease shall not be impaired nor shall Landlord be subject to any liability for such failure; but Rent shall be abated until delivery of possession. Provided, however, if the Commencement Date has been delayed by an act or omission of Tenant then Rent shall not be abated until delivery of possession and the Expiration Date shall not be extended. Delivery of possession shall be deemed to occur on the earlier of the date Landlord receives a Certificate of Occupancy or upon substantial completion of the Premises (as certified by Landlord’s architect). If Landlord permits Tenant to enter into possession of the Premises before the Commencement Date, such possession shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the payment of Rent (unless otherwise agreed in writing).

Within ten (10) days of delivery of possession Landlord shall deliver to Tenant and Tenant shall execute an Acceptance of Premises in which Tenant shall certify, among other things, that (a) Landlord has satisfactorily completed Landlord’s Work to the Premises pursuant to the Addendum to Lease, unless written exception is set forth thereon, and (b) that Tenant accepts the Premises. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver the Acceptance of Premises shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that Landlord has satisfactorily completed Landlord’s Work to the Premises pursuant to Addendum to Lease.

In the event Tenant fails to take possession of the Premises following execution of this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with entering into this Lease including, but not limited to, broker fees and commissions, sums paid for the preparation of a floor and/or space plan for the Premises, costs incurred in performing Landlord’s Work pursuant to the Addendum to Lease, loss of rental income, attorneys’ fees and costs, and any other damages for breach of this Lease established by Landlord.

 

5. INTENDED USE OF THE PREMISES.

The statement in this Lease of the nature of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises does not constitute a representation or guaranty by the Landlord as to the present or future suitability of the Premises for the conduct of such business in the Premises, or that it is lawful or permissible under the Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Building, or is otherwise permitted by law. Tenant’s taking possession of the

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 3   


Premises shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that, at the time such possession was taken, the Premises were satisfactory for Tenant’s intended use.

 

6. RENT.

6.1. Payment of Rent . Tenant shall pay Rent for the Premises. Monthly Installments of Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month of the Term. If the Term begins (or ends) on other than the first (or last) day of a calendar month, Rent for the partial month shall be prorated based on the number of days in that month. Rent shall be paid to Landlord at the Rent Payment Address set forth in Section 2.8., or to such other person at such place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, without any prior demand therefor and without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America. Tenant shall pay Landlord the first Monthly Installment of Base Rent upon execution of this Lease.

6.2. Adjusted Base Rent . Intentionally deleted.

6.3. Additional Rent for Increases in Tax Costs and Operating Expenses . If, in any calendar year during the Term of this Lease, Landlord’s Tax Costs and Operating Expenses (as hereinafter defined) for the Project (hereinafter sometimes together referred to as Direct Costs) shall be higher than in the Base Year specified in Section 2.3., Additional Rent for such Direct Costs payable hereunder shall be increased by an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the difference between Landlord’s actual Direct Costs for such calendar year and the actual Direct Costs of the Base Year. However, if during any calendar year of the Term the occupancy of the Project is less than ninety-five percent (95%), then Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment of the variable components of Operating Expenses, as reasonably determined by Landlord, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during that calendar year. This estimated amount shall be deemed the amount of Operating Expenses for that calendar year. For purposes hereof, “variable components” shall include only those Operating Expenses that are affected by variations in occupancy levels.

6.3.1. Definitions . As used in this Section 6.3.1., the following terms shall have the following meanings:

6.3.1.1. Tax Costs shall mean any and all real estate taxes, other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, water and sewer charges, and all other charges (but in no event Landlord’s income or estate taxes) assessed, levied, imposed or becoming a lien upon part or all of the Project or the appurtenances thereto, or attributable thereto, or on the rents, issues, profits or income received or derived therefrom which may be imposed, levied, assessed or charged by the United States or the State, County or City in which the Project is located, or any other local government authority or agency or political subdivision thereof. Tax Costs for each tax year shall be apportioned to determine the Tax Costs for the subject calendar years.

Landlord, at Landlord’s sole discretion, may contest any taxes levied or assessed against the Building or Project during the Term. If Landlord contests any taxes levied or assessed during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the contest.

6.3.1.2. Operating Expenses shall mean any and all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, maintenance, operation, and repair of the office portion of the Project, the equipment, adjacent walks, Common Area, parking areas, the roof, landscaped areas, including, but not limited to, salaries, wages, benefits, pension payments, payroll taxes, worker’s compensation, and other costs related to employees engaged in the management, operation, maintenance and/or repair of the Project; any and all assessments or costs incurred with respect to Covenants, Conditions and/or Restrictions, Reciprocal Easement Agreements or similar documents affecting the

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 4   


Building or Project, if any; the cost of all charges to Landlord for electricity, natural gas, air conditioning, steam, water, and other utilities furnished to the Project including any taxes thereon; reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or consultant fees incurred by Landlord in contracting with a company or companies to provide electricity (or any other utility) to the Project, any fees for the installation, maintenance, repair or removal of related equipment, and any exit fees or stranded cost charges mandated by the State; the cost and expense for third-party consultants, accountants and attorneys; a management fee; energy studies and the amortized cost of any energy or other cost saving equipment used by Landlord to provide services pursuant to the terms of the Lease (including the amortized cost to upgrade the efficiency or capacity of Building Lines, as that term is defined in Section 35. hereof); capital expenditures mandated by governmental legislation; reasonable reserves for replacements as may be customary in the geographic area in which the Project is located; the cost of license fees related to the Project; the cost of all charges for property (all risk), liability, rent loss and all other insurance for the Project to the extent that such insurance is required to be carried by Landlord under any lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the whole or a substantial part of the Project or the Building, or, if not required under any such lease, mortgage or deed of trust, then to the extent such insurance is carried by owners of properties comparable to the Project; the cost of all building and cleaning supplies and materials; the cost of all charges for security services, cleaning, maintenance and service contracts and other services with independent contractors, including but not limited to the maintenance, operation and repair of all electrical, plumbing and mechanical systems of the Project and maintenance, repair and replacement of any Lines or intrabuilding cabling network (ICN); and the cost of any janitorial, utility or other services to be provided by Landlord.

The following shall not be included within Operating Expenses: (i) costs of capital improvements (except as otherwise set forth above, including any improvements that might be deemed “capital improvements” related to the enhancement or upgrade of the Lines or ICN and related equipment) and costs of curing design or construction defects; (ii) depreciation; (iii) interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs and ground lease payments, if any, and any penalties assessed as a result of Landlord’s late payments of such amounts; (iv) real estate broker leasing commissions or compensation; (v) any cost or expenditure (or portion thereof) for which Landlord is reimbursed, whether by insurance proceeds or otherwise; (vi) attorneys’ fees, costs, disbursements, advertising and marketing and other expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation of leases with prospective tenants of the Building; (vii) rent for space which is not actually used by Landlord in connection with the management and operation of the Building; (viii) all costs or expenses (including fines, penalties and legal fees) incurred due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents, contractors or assigns of the terms and conditions of the Lease, or any valid, applicable building code, governmental rule, regulation or law; (ix) except for the referenced management compensation, any overhead or profit increments to any subsidiary or affiliate of Landlord for services on or to the Building, to the extent that the costs of such services exceed competitive costs for such services; (x) the cost of constructing tenant improvements for Tenant or any other tenant of the Building or Project; (xi) Operating Expenses specially charged to any other tenant of the Building or Project; and (xii) the cost of special services, goods or materials provided to any other tenant of the Building or Project.

6.4. Determination and Payment of Tax Costs and Operating Expenses .

6.4.1. On or before the last day of each December during the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement showing in reasonable detail Landlord’s projected Direct Costs for the succeeding calendar year. If such statement of projected Direct Costs indicates the Direct Costs will be higher than in the Base Year, then the Rent due from Tenant hereunder for the next succeeding year shall be increased by an amount equal to Tenant’s

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 5   


Proportionate Share of the difference between the projected Direct Costs for the calendar year and the Base Year. If during the course of the calendar year Landlord determines that actual Direct Costs will vary from its estimate by more than five percent (5%), Landlord may deliver to Tenant a written statement showing Landlord’s revised estimate of Direct Costs. On the next payment date for Monthly Installments of Rent following Tenant’s receipt of either such statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional amount equal to such monthly Rent increase adjustment (as set forth on Landlord’s statement). Thereafter, the monthly Rent adjustment payments becoming due shall be in the amount set forth in such projected Rent adjustment statement from Landlord. Neither Landlord’s failure to deliver nor late delivery of such statement shall constitute a default by Landlord or a waiver of Landlord’s right to any Rent adjustment provided for herein.

6.4.2. On or before the first day of each April during the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement of reconciliation (the Reconciliation) showing in reasonable detail Landlord’s actual Direct Costs for the prior year, together with a full statement of any adjustments necessary to reconcile any sums paid as estimated Rent adjustments during the prior year with those sums actually payable for such prior year. In the event such Reconciliation shows that additional sums are due from Tenant, Tenant shall pay such sums to Landlord within ten (10) days of receipt of such Reconciliation. In the event such Reconciliation shows that a credit is due Tenant, such credit shall be credited against the sums next becoming due from Tenant, unless this Lease has expired or been terminated pursuant to the terms hereof (and all sums due Landlord have been paid), in which event such sums shall be refunded to Tenant. Neither Landlord’s failure to deliver nor late delivery of such Reconciliation to Tenant by April first shall constitute a default by Landlord or operate as a waiver of Landlord’s right to collect all Rent due hereunder.

6.4.3. So long as Tenant is not in default under the terms of the Lease and provided Notice of Tenant’s request is given to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Reconciliation, Tenant may inspect Landlord’s Reconciliation accounting records relating to Direct Costs at Landlord’s corporate office, during normal business hours, for the purpose of verifying the charges contained in such statement. The audit must be completed within sixty (60) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Notice, unless such period is extended by Landlord (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion). Before conducting any audit however, Tenant must pay in full the amount of Direct Costs billed. Tenant may only review those records that specifically relate to Direct Costs. Tenant may not review any other leases or Landlord’s tax returns or financial statements. In conducting an audit, Tenant must utilize an independent certified public accountant experienced in auditing records related to commercial property operations. The proposed accountant is subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior approval. The audit shall be conducted in accordance with generally accepted rules of auditing practices. Tenant may not conduct an audit more often than once each calendar year. Tenant may audit records relating to a calendar year only one time. No audit shall cover a period of time other than the calendar year from which Landlord’s Reconciliation was generated. Upon receipt thereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the audit report and all accompanying data. Tenant and Tenant’s auditor shall keep confidential any agreements involving the rights provided in this section and the results of any audit conducted hereunder. As a condition precedent to Tenant’s right to conduct an audit, Tenant’s auditor shall sign a confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. However, Tenant shall be permitted to furnish information to its attorneys, accountants and auditors to the extent necessary to perform their respective services for Tenant.

6.5. Definition of Rent . All costs and expenses other than Base Rent, that Tenant assumes or agrees or is obligated to pay to Landlord under this Lease shall be deemed Additional Rent (which, together with the Base Rent, is sometimes referred to as Rent).

6.6. Taxes on Tenant’s Use and Occupancy . In addition to the Rent and any other charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) which are not otherwise reimbursable under this Lease, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties, where such taxes are upon, measured by or

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 6   


reasonably attributable to (a) the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, other than Building Standard Tenant Improvements made by Landlord, regardless of whether title to such improvements is held by Tenant or Landlord; (b) the gross or net Rent payable under this Lease, including, without limitation, any rental or gross receipts tax levied by any taxing authority with respect to the receipt of the Rent hereunder; (c) the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; or (d) this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. If it becomes unlawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any costs as required under this Lease, the Base Rent shall be revised to net Landlord the same net Rent after imposition of any tax or other charge upon Landlord as would have been payable to Landlord but for the reimbursement being unlawful.

 

7. LATE CHARGES.

If Tenant fails to pay when due any Rent or other amounts or charges which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease, then Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of each such installment if any such installment is not received by Landlord within five (5) days from the date it is due. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment of any Rent will cause Landlord to lose the use of that money and incur costs and expenses not contemplated under this Lease including, without limitation, administrative costs and processing and accounting expenses, the exact amount of which is extremely difficult to ascertain. Landlord and Tenant agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and is fair compensation to Landlord for the loss suffered as a result of such late payment by Tenant. However, the late charge is not intended to cover Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs relating to delinquent Rent. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such late payment by nor prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Late charges are deemed Additional Rent.

In no event shall this provision for the imposition of a late charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or an extension of time within which to pay any Rent due hereunder or prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay such Rent when due.

 

8. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord a Security Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 2.16. as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Security Deposit may be commingled with funds of Landlord and Landlord shall have no obligation or liability for payment of interest on such deposit. Tenant shall not mortgage, assign, transfer or encumber the Security Deposit without the prior written consent of Landlord and any attempt by Tenant to do so shall be void, without force or effect and shall not be binding upon Landlord.

If Tenant fails to timely pay any Rent or other amount due under this Lease, or fails to perform any of the terms hereof, Landlord may, at its option and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have, appropriate and apply or use all or any portion of the Security Deposit for Rent payments or any other amount then due and unpaid, for payment of any amount for which Landlord has become obligated as a result of Tenant’s default or breach, and for any loss or damage sustained by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default or breach. If Landlord so uses any of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to the full amount originally deposited. Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute an act of default hereunder and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any remedy provided for in Section 19. hereof.

If Tenant defaults under this Lease more than two (2) times during the Lease term, irrespective of whether such default is cured, then, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, modify the amount of the required Security Deposit. Within ten (10) days after Notice of such modification, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the required additional sums. Tenant’s failure to do so shall

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 7   


constitute an act of default, and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any remedy provided for in Section 19 . hereof.

If Tenant complies with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, and Tenant is not in default on any of its obligations hereunder, then within the time period statutorily prescribed after Tenant vacates the Premises, Landlord shall return to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last subtenant or assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) the Security Deposit less any expenditures made by Landlord to repair damages to the Premises caused by Tenant and to clean the Premises upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

9. TENANT’S USE OF THE PREMISES.

The provisions of this Section are for the benefit of the Landlord and are not nor shall they be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant of the Building or Project.

9.1. Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purposes set forth in Section 2.20. No change in the Use of the Premises shall be permitted, except as provided in this Section 9.

9.1.1. If, at any time during the Term hereof, Tenant desires to change the Use of the Premises, including any change in Use associated with a proposed assignment or sublet of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Notice to Landlord of its request for approval of such proposed change in Use. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with such information concerning the proposed change in Use as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall have the right to approve such proposed change in Use, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord’s consent to any change in Use shall not be construed as a consent to any subsequent change in Use.

9.2. Observance of Law . Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises in violation of any declarations, covenant, condition or restriction, or law, statute, ordinance or governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon Notice from Landlord, immediately discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of law or of the Certificate of Occupancy. Tenant shall promptly comply, at its sole cost and expense, with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be imposed which shall by reason of Tenant’s Use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to Tenant’s Use or occupation. Further, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, bring the Premises into compliance with all such laws, including the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (ADA), whether or not the necessity for compliance is triggered by Tenant’s Use, and Tenant shall make, at its sole cost and expense, any changes to the Premises required to accommodate Tenant’s employees with disabilities (any work performed pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the terms of Section  12. hereof). The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission by Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord is a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such law, statute, ordinance, or governmental regulation, rule or requirement in the use or occupancy of the Premises, Building or Project shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

9.3. Insurance . Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will contravene, invalidate or increase the cost of any insurance policy covering the Building or Project and/or property located therein, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations, requirements and recommendations of Landlord’s insurance carrier(s) or any board of fire insurance underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted, relating to or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises, excluding structural changes not related to or affected by Tenant’s improvements or acts. Tenant shall promptly upon demand reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for violation of this Section.

9.4. Nuisance and Waste . Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 8   


Building or Project, or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises.

9.5. Load and Equipment Limits . Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry as determined by Landlord or Landlord’s structural engineer. The cost of any such determination made by Landlord’s structural engineer in connection with Tenant’s occupancy shall be paid by Tenant upon Landlord’s demand. Tenant shall not install business machines or mechanical equipment which will in any manner cause noise objectionable to or injure other tenants in the Project.

9.6. Hazardous Material . Unless Tenant obtains the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not create, generate, use, bring, allow, emit, dispose, or permit on the Premises, Building or Project any toxic or hazardous gaseous, liquid, or solid material or waste, or any other hazardous material defined or listed in any applicable federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or ordinance. If Landlord grants its consent, Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws with respect to such hazardous material, including all laws affecting the use, storage and disposal thereof. If the presence of any hazardous material brought to the Premises, Building or Project by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agent or contractors results in contamination, Tenant shall promptly take all actions necessary, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remediate the contamination and restore the Premises, Building or Project to the condition that existed before introduction of such hazardous material. Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s approval of the proposed remedial action and shall keep Landlord informed during the process of remediation.

Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any claims, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by Landlord arising from such bringing, allowing, using, permitting, generating, creating, emitting, or disposing of toxic or hazardous material whether or not consent to same has been granted by Landlord. Tenant’s duty to defend, hold-harmless and indemnify Landlord hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. The consent requirement contained herein shall not apply to ordinary office products that may contain de minimis quantities of hazardous material; however, Tenant’s indemnification obligations are not diminished with respect to the presence of such products. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has an affirmative duty to immediately notify Landlord of any release or suspected release of hazardous material in the Premises or on or about the Project.

Medical waste and any other waste, the removal of which is regulated, shall be contracted for and disposed of by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. No material shall be placed in Project trash boxes, receptacles or Common Areas if the material is of such a nature that it cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the State without being in violation of any law or ordinance.

 

10. SERVICES AND UTILITIES.

Landlord agrees to furnish services and utilities to the Premises during normal business hours on generally recognized business days subject to the Rules and Regulations of the Building or Project and provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder. Services and utilities shall include reasonable quantities of electricity, heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) as required in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises; lighting replacement for building standard lights; window washing and janitor services in a manner that such services are customarily furnished to comparable office buildings in the area. Landlord shall supply common area water for drinking, cleaning and restroom purposes only. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall supply all paper and other products used within the Premises. During normal business hours on generally recognized business days, Landlord shall also maintain and keep lighted the common stairs, common entries and restrooms in the Building and shall furnish elevator service and restroom supplies. If Tenant desires HVAC or other customary Building services at any other time, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to furnish such service upon reasonable notice from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s charges therefor on demand. Landlord may provide telecommunications lines and systems as discussed in Section 35. hereof.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 9   


If permitted by law, Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, at any time and from time to time during the Term, to contract for the provision of electricity (or any other utility) with, and to switch from, any company providing such utility. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and any such utility provider at all times, and, as reasonably necessary, Tenant shall allow such parties access to the electric (or other utility) lines, feeders, risers, wiring and other machinery located within the Premises.

Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall Rent be abated by reason of (a) the installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment in connection with the furnishing of any of the foregoing services, or (b) failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such services where such failure or delay is caused by accident or any condition or event beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, or by the making of necessary repairs or improvements to the Premises, Building or Project, or (c) any change, failure, interruption, disruption or defect in the quantity or character of the electricity (or other utility) supplied to the Premises or Project, or (d) the limitation, curtailment or rationing of, or restrictions on, use of water, electricity, gas or any other form of energy serving the Premises, Building or Project. Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of or injury to property or business, however occurring, through, in connection with or incidental to the failure to furnish any such services.

Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including, without limitation, electronic data processing machines, punch card machines, word processing equipment, personal computers, or machines using in excess of 120 volts, which consumes more electricity than is usually furnished or supplied for the use of desk top office equipment and photocopy equipment ordinarily in use in premises designated as general office space, as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall not connect any apparatus to electric current except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises.

Tenant shall not consume electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of premises as office space (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse. In the event of consent, electrical current shall be separately metered in Tenant’s name and paid for by Tenant. The cost of any such meter and its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid by Tenant.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if Tenant is granted the right to purchase electricity from a provider other than the company or companies used by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord from and against all losses, claims, demands, expenses and judgments caused by, or directly or indirectly arising from, the acts or omissions of Tenant’s electricity provider (including, but not limited to, expenses and/or fines incurred by Landlord in the event Tenant’s electricity provider fails to provide sufficient power to the Premises, as well as damages resulting from the improper or faulty installation or construction of facilities or equipment in or on the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s electricity provider.

Nothing contained in this Section shall restrict Landlord’s right to require at any time separate metering of utilities furnished to the Premises. If the separate metering of utilities furnished to the Premises is due to Tenant’s excessive use of electric current, then the cost of any such meter and its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid by Tenant. If Landlord requires separate metering for reasons other than Tenant’s excessive consumption of electric current, then the cost of any such meter and its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid by Landlord. In either event, accounts for all such separately metered utilities shall be in Tenant’s name and paid for by Tenant.

If Tenant uses heat generating machines or equipment in the Premises that affects the temperature otherwise maintained by the HVAC system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand therefor.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 10   


11. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.

11.1. Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall make structural repairs except as specified herein and shall maintain in good order, condition and repair the Building and all other portions of the Premises not the obligation of Tenant or of any other tenant in the Building. If applicable, Landlord shall also maintain in good order, condition and repair the Lines and related equipment, the cost of which is a reimbursable expense unless responsibility therefor is assigned to a particular tenant.

11.2. Tenant’s Obligations .

11.2.1. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and except for services furnished by Landlord pursuant to Section 10. hereof, maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair. For the purposes of this Section 11.2.1., the term Premises shall be deemed to include all items and equipment installed by or for the benefit of or at the expense of Tenant, including without limitation the interior surfaces of the ceilings, walls and floors; all doors; all interior and exterior windows; dedicated heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment; all plumbing, pipes and fixtures; electrical switches and fixtures; internal wiring as it connects to the ICN, if applicable; and Building Standard Tenant Improvements, if any.

11.2.2. Tenant shall be responsible for all repairs and alterations in and to the Premises, Building and Project and the facilities and systems thereof to the satisfaction of Landlord, the need for which arises out of (a) Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, (b) the installation, removal, use or operation of Tenant’s Property (as defined in Section 13.) in the Premises, (c) the moving of Tenant’s Property into or out of the Building, or (d) the act, omission, misuse or negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees.

11.2.3. If Tenant fails to maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair, Landlord shall give Notice to Tenant to do such acts as are reasonably required to so maintain the Premises. If Tenant fails to promptly commence such work and diligently prosecute it to completion, then Landlord shall have the right to do such acts and expend such funds at the expense of Tenant as are reasonably required to perform such work.

11.3. Compliance with Law . Landlord and Tenant shall each do all acts necessary to comply with all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, and rules of any public authority relating to their respective maintenance obligations as set forth herein. The provisions of Section 9.2. are deemed restated here.

11.4. Notice of Defect . If it is Landlord’s obligation to repair, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt Notice, regardless of the nature or cause, of any damage to or defective condition in any part or appurtenance of the Building’s mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems serving, located in, or passing through the Premises.

11.5. Landlord’s Liability . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant nor shall Tenant’s obligations under this Lease be reduced or abated in any manner by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption or injury to business arising from Landlord’s making any repairs or changes which Landlord is required or permitted by this Lease or by any other tenant’s lease or required by law to make in or to any portion of the Project, Building or Premises. Landlord shall nevertheless use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s conduct of its business in the Premises.

 

12. CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.

12.1. Landlord’s Construction Obligations . Landlord shall perform Landlord’s Work to the Premises as described in Exhibit “D”. Landlord reserves the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to require any and all construction or other work performed in the Building to be provided by union labor.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 11   


12.2. Tenant’s Construction Obligations . Tenant shall perform Tenant’s Work to the Premises as described in Exhibit “D” and shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 12. Landlord reserves the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to require any and all construction or other work performed in the Building to be provided by union labor.

12.3. Tenant’s Alterations and Additions . Except as provided in Section 12.2. above, Tenant shall not make any other additions, alterations or improvements to the Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord’s consent may be conditioned, without limitation, on Tenant removing any such additions, alterations or improvements upon the expiration of the Term and restoring the Premises to the same condition as on the date Tenant took possession. All of Tenant’s Work described in Exhibit “D”, as well as any addition, alteration or improvement, shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes and rules of any public authority (including, but not limited to the ADA) and shall be done in a good and professional manner by properly qualified and licensed personnel approved by Landlord. All work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish Landlord “as-built” plans. Prior to commencing any such work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications; names and addresses of contractors; copies of all contracts; copies of all necessary permits; evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance coverage for Builder’s Risk at least as broad as Insurance Services Office (ISO) special causes of loss form CP 10 30, Commercial General Liability at least as broad as ISO CG 00 01, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability and auto liability, all in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; and indemnification in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The work shall be performed in a manner that will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of the other tenants in the Building in which the Premises is located. Landlord reserves the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to require any and all construction or other work performed in the Building to be provided by union labor.

Landlord may require, in Landlord’s sole discretion and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, that Tenant provide Landlord with a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to at least one and one-half (1-1/2) times the total estimated cost of any additions, alterations or improvements to be made in or to the Premises. Nothing contained in this Section 12.3. shall relieve Tenant of its obligation under Section 12.4. to keep the Premises, Building and Project free of all liens.

12.4. Payment . Tenant shall pay the costs of any work done on the Premises pursuant to Sections 12.2. and 12.3., and shall keep the Premises, Building and Project free and clear of liens of any kind. Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to defend against and keep Landlord free and harmless from all liability, loss, damage, costs, attorneys’ fees and any other expense incurred on account of claims by any person performing work or furnishing materials or supplies for Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant.

Tenant shall give Notice to Landlord at least ten (10) business days prior to the expected date of commencement of any work relating to alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises. Landlord retains the right to enter the Premises and post such notices as Landlord deems proper at any reasonable time.

12.5. Property of Landlord . Except as otherwise set forth herein, all additions, alterations and improvements made to the Premises shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration of the Term unless their removal is required by Landlord as provided in Section 12.3., provided, however, Tenant’s equipment, machinery and trade fixtures shall remain the Property of Tenant and shall be removed, subject to the provisions of Section 12.2.

 

13. LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS; TENANT’S PROPERTY.

13.1. Leasehold Improvements . All fixtures, equipment (including air-conditioning or heating systems), improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises at the commencement or during the Term of the Lease (Leasehold Improvements), whether or not by or at the expense of Tenant, shall be and remain a part of the Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant, except as expressly provided in Section 13.2., unless Landlord, by Notice to Tenant not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Term, elects to have Tenant remove any Leasehold Improvements installed

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 12   


by Tenant. In such case, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and prior to the expiration of the Term, shall remove the Leasehold Improvements and repair any damage caused by such removal.

13.2. Tenant’s Property . All signs, notices, displays, movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment (excluding air-conditioning or heating systems, whether installed by Tenant or not), personal telecommunications equipment and office equipment located in the Premises and acquired by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to Landlord, which can be removed without structural damage to the Building, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Premises (collectively, Tenant’s Property) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term; provided that if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or to the Building resulting from such removal, including without limitation repairing the flooring and patching and painting the walls where required by Landlord to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

14. INDEMNIFICATION.

14.1. Tenant Indemnification . Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability and claims of any kind for loss or damage to any person or property arising out of: (a) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, or the Building or Project, or any work, activity or thing done, allowed or suffered by Tenant in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project; (b) any breach or default by Tenant of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; or (c) any negligent or otherwise tortious act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees, subtenants, licensees, customers, guests, invitees or contractors (including agents or contractors who perform work outside of the Premises for Tenant). At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, and by counsel satisfactory to Landlord, defend Landlord in any action or proceeding arising from any such claim. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against all costs, attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and any other expenses or liabilities incurred in such action or proceeding. As a material part of the consideration for Landlord’s execution of this Lease, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage or injury to any person or property in, on or about the Premises from any cause and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord, except in connection with damage or injury resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized agents.

14.2. Landlord Not Liable . Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by the person or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees or customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, caused by or resulting from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, lighting fixtures or mechanical or electrical systems, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building or Project or from other sources, unless the condition was the sole result of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or omission of any other tenant of the Building or Project or for the acts of persons in, on or about the Premises, Building or the Project who are not the authorized agents of Landlord or for losses due to theft, vandalism or like causes.

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s election to provide mechanical surveillance or to post security personnel in the Building or on the Project is solely within Landlord’s discretion. Landlord shall have no liability in connection with the decision whether or not to provide such services, and, to the extent permitted by law, Tenant hereby waives all claims based thereon.

 

15. TENANT’S INSURANCE.

15.1. Insurance Requirement . Tenant shall procure and maintain insurance coverage in accordance with the terms hereof, either as specific policies or within blanket policies. Coverage shall begin on the date Tenant is given access to the Premises for any purpose and shall continue until expiration of the Term, except as otherwise set forth in the Lease. The cost of such insurance shall be borne by Tenant.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 13   


Insurance shall be with insurers licensed to do business in the State, and acceptable to Landlord. The insurers must have a current A.M. Best’s rating of not less than A:VII, or equivalent (as reasonably determined by Landlord) if the Best’s rating system is discontinued.

Tenant shall furnish Landlord with original certificates and amendatory endorsements effecting coverage required by this Section 15. before the date Tenant is first given access to the Premises. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by Landlord before any work commences. Landlord reserves the right to inspect and/or copy any insurance policy required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, or to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements effecting the coverage required herein at any time. Tenant shall comply with such requirement within thirty (30) days of demand therefor by Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with renewal certificates and amendments or a “binder” of any such policy at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration thereof. Each insurance policy required herein shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be canceled, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and Landlord’s lender (if such lender’s address is provided).

The Commercial General Liability policy, as hereinafter required, shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: (a) Landlord and any parties designated by Landlord shall be covered as additional insureds as their respective interests may appear; and (b) Tenant’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as to any insurance carried by the parties designated as additional insureds. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Landlord shall be excess of Tenant’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

15.2. Minimum Scope of Coverage . Coverage shall be at least as broad as set forth herein. However, if, because of Tenant’s Use or occupancy of the Premises, Landlord determines, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, that additional insurance coverage or different types of insurance are necessary, then Tenant shall obtain such insurance at Tenant’s expense in accordance with the terms of this Section 15.

15.2.1. Commercial General Liability (ISO occurrence form CG 00 01) which shall cover liability arising from Tenant’s Use and occupancy of the Premises, its operations therefrom, Tenant’s independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal injury and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract.

15.2.2. Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by law, and Employers Liability insurance.

15.2.3. Commercial Property Insurance (ISO special causes of loss form CP 10 30) against all risk of direct physical loss or damage (including flood, if applicable), earthquake excepted, for: (a) all leasehold improvements (including any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Section 12. hereof) in, on or about the Premises; and (b) trade fixtures, merchandise and Tenant’s Property from time to time in, on or about the Premises. The proceeds of such property insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property so insured. Upon termination of this Lease following a casualty as set forth herein, the proceeds under (a) shall be paid to Landlord, and the proceeds under (b) above shall be paid to Tenant.

15.2.4. Business Auto Liability.

Landlord shall, during the Term hereof, maintain in effect similar insurance on the Building and Common Area.

15.2.5. Business Interruption and Extra Expense Insurance.

15.3. Minimum Limits of Insurance . Tenant shall maintain limits not less than:

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 14   


15.3.1. Commercial General Liability: $3,000,000 per occurrence. If the insurance contains a general aggregate limit, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this location or the general aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required occurrence limit.

15.3.2. Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease.

15.3.3. Commercial Property Insurance: 100% replacement cost with no coinsurance penalty provision.

15.3.4. Business Auto Liability: $1,000,000 per accident.

15.3.5. Business Interruption and Extra Expense Insurance: In a reasonable amount and comparable to amounts carried by comparable tenants in comparable projects.

15.4. Deductible and Self-Insured Retention . Any deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $5,000 per occurrence must be declared to and approved by Landlord. At the option of Landlord, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or self-insured retention or Tenant shall provide separate insurance conforming to this requirement.

15.5. Increases in Insurance Policy Limits . If the coverage limits set forth in this Section 15. are deemed inadequate by Landlord or Landlord’s lender, then Tenant shall increase the coverage limits to the amounts reasonably recommended by either Landlord or Landlord’s lender. Landlord agrees that any such required increases in coverage limits shall not occur more frequently than once every three (3) years.

15.6. Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other and against the officers, employees, agents and representatives, contractors and invitees of the other, on account of loss by or damage to the waiving party or its property or the property of others under its control, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy which may have been in force at the time of such loss or damage.

15.7. Landlord’s Right to Obtain Insurance for Tenant . If Tenant fails to obtain the insurance coverage or fails to provide certificates and endorsements as required by this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, obtain such insurance for Tenant. Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the reasonable cost thereof together with a twenty-five percent (25%) service charge.

 

16. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

16.1. Damage . If, during the Term of this Lease, the Premises or the portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s occupancy is damaged by fire or other casualty covered by fire and extended coverage insurance carried by Landlord, Landlord shall promptly repair the damage provided (a) such repairs can, in Landlord’s opinion, be completed, under applicable laws and regulations, within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date a permit for such construction is issued by the governing authority, (b) insurance proceeds are available to pay eighty percent (80%) or more of the cost of restoration, and (c) Tenant performs its obligations pursuant to Section 16.4. hereof. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except that if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents or employees, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Rent to the extent Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired, commencing with the date of damage and continuing until completion of the repairs required of Landlord under Section 16.4. If the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant, its agents or employees and loss of rental income insurance is denied as a result, there shall be no abatement of Rent.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, in the event of partial or total damage or destruction of the Premises during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, either party shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days prior Notice to the other party provided such Notice is served within thirty (30) days after the damage or destruction. For purposes of this Section 16.1.,

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 15   


“partial damage or destruction” shall mean the damage or destruction of at least thirty-three and one-third percent (33 and 1/3%) of the Premises, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

16.2. Repair of Premises in Excess of One Hundred Eighty Days . If in Landlord’s opinion, such repairs to the Premises or portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s occupancy cannot be completed under applicable laws and regulations within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date a permit for such construction is issued by the governing authority, Landlord may elect, upon Notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after the date of such fire or other casualty, to repair such damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but Rent shall be partially abated as provided in this Section 1. If Landlord does not so elect to make such repairs, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such fire or other casualty.

16.3. Repair Outside Premises . If any other portion of the Building or Project is totally destroyed or damaged to the extent that in Landlord’s opinion repair thereof cannot be completed under applicable laws and regulations within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date a permit for such construction is issued by the governing authority, Landlord may elect upon Notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after the date of such fire or other casualty, to repair such damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but Rent shall be partially abated as provided in this Section 16. If Landlord does not elect to make such repairs, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such fire or other casualty.

16.4. Tenant Repair . If the Premises are to be repaired under this Section 16., Landlord shall repair at its cost any injury or damage to the Building and Building Standard Tenant Improvements, if any. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform work other than Landlord’s Work performed previously pursuant to Section 12.1. hereof. Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for the repair, restoration and replacement of any other Leasehold Improvements and Tenant’s Property (as well as reconstructing and reconnecting Tenant’s internal Lines and related equipment). Landlord shall not be liable for any loss of business, inconvenience or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Premises, Building or Project as a result of any damage from fire or other casualty.

16.5. Election Not to Perform Landlord’s Work . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall provide Notice to Tenant of its intent to repair or replace the Premises (if Landlord elects to perform such work), and, within ten (10) days of its receipt of such Notice, Tenant shall provide Notice to Landlord of its intent to reoccupy the Premises. Should Tenant fail to provide such Notice to Landlord, then such failure shall be deemed an election by Tenant not to re-occupy the Premises and Landlord may elect not to perform the repair or replacement of the Premises. Such election shall not result in a termination of this Lease and all obligations of Tenant hereunder shall remain in full force and effect, including the obligation to pay Rent.

16.6. Express Agreement . This Lease shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage to or destruction of the Premises, Building or Project by fire or other casualty, and any present or future law which purports to govern the rights of Landlord and Tenant in such circumstances in the absence of an express agreement shall have no application.

 

17. EMINENT DOMAIN.

17.1. Whole Taking . If the whole of the Building or Premises is lawfully taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public purpose, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such taking, and Rent shall be prorated to such date.

17.2. Partial Taking . If less than the whole of the Building or Premises is so taken, this Lease shall be unaffected by such taking, provided that (a) Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by Notice to Landlord given within ninety (90) days after the date of such taking if twenty percent (20%) or more of the Premises is taken and the remaining area of the Premises is not reasonably sufficient for Tenant to

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 16   


continue operation of its business, and (b) Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by Notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of such taking. If either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, the Lease shall terminate on the thirtieth (30th) calendar day after either such Notice. Rent shall be prorated to the date of termination. If this Lease continues in force upon such partial taking, Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be equitably adjusted.

17.3. Proceeds . In the event of any taking, partial or whole, all of the proceeds of any award, judgment or settlement payable by the condemning authority shall be the exclusive property of Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in any award, judgment or settlement from the condemning authority; however, Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that Landlord’s award is not reduced or prejudiced, to claim from the condemning authority (but not from Landlord) such compensation as may be recoverable by Tenant in its own right for relocation expenses and damage to Tenant’s Property and damage to Leasehold Improvements installed at the sole expense of Tenant.

17.4. Landlord’s Restoration . In the event of a partial taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, Landlord shall restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to the condemnation or taking; provided however, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform work other than Landlord’s Work performed previously pursuant to Section 12.1. hereof. Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for the repair, restoration and replacement of Tenant’s Property and any other Leasehold Improvements.

 

18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

No assignment of this Lease or sublease of all or any part of the Premises shall be permitted, except as provided in this Section 18.

18.1. No Assignment or Subletting . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign or hypothecate this Lease or any interest herein or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof by any party other than Tenant. Any of the foregoing acts without such consent shall be voidable and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a default hereunder. This Lease shall not, nor shall any interest of Tenant herein, be assignable by operation of law without the prior written consent of Landlord.

18.1.1. For purposes of this Section 18., the following shall be deemed an assignment:

18.1.1.1. If Tenant is a partnership, any withdrawal or substitution (whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether occurring at one time or over a period of time) of any partner(s) owning twenty-five (25%) or more (cumulatively) of any interest in the capital or profits of the partnership, or the dissolution of the partnership;

18.1.1.2. If Tenant is a corporation, any dissolution, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of Tenant, any sale or transfer (or cumulative sales or transfers) of the capital stock of Tenant in excess of twenty-five percent (25%), or any sale (or cumulative sales) or transfer of fifty-one (51%) or more of the value of the assets of Tenant provided, however, the foregoing shall not apply to corporations the capital stock of which is publicly traded.

18.2. Landlord’s Consent . If, at any time or from time to time during the Term hereof, Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises, and if Tenant is not then in default under the terms of the Lease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written request for approval setting forth the terms and provisions of the proposed assignment or sublease, the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and a copy of the proposed form of assignment or sublease. Tenant’s request for consent shall be submitted to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the intended date of such transfer. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with such information concerning the business background and financial

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 17   


condition of such proposed assignee or subtenant as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall have the right to approve such proposed assignee or subtenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event however, shall Landlord be required to consent to any assignment or sublease (a) to an existing tenant in the Project or (b) that may violate any restrictions contained in any mortgage, lease or agreement affecting the Project. Landlord’s consent to any assignment shall not be construed as a consent to any subsequent assignment, subletting, transfer of partnership interest or stock, occupancy or use.

18.2.1. Landlord’s approval shall be conditioned, among other things, on Landlord’s receiving adequate assurances of future performance under this Lease and any sublease or assignment. In determining the adequacy of such assurances, Landlord may base its decision on such factors as it deems appropriate, including but not limited to:

18.2.1.1. that the source of rent and other consideration due under this Lease, and, in the case of assignment, that the financial condition and operating performance and business experience of the proposed assignee and its guarantors, if any, shall be equal to or greater than the financial condition and operating performance and experience of Tenant and its guarantors, if any, as of the time Tenant became the lessee under this Lease;

18.2.1.2. that any assumption or assignment of this Lease will not result in increased cost or expense, wear and tear, greater traffic or demand for services and utilities provided by Landlord pursuant to Section 10. hereof and will not disturb or be detrimental to other tenants of Landlord;

18.2.1.3. whether the proposed assignee’s use of the Premises will include the use of Hazardous Material, or will in any way increase any risk to Landlord relating to Hazardous Material; and

18.2.1.4. that assumption or assignment of such lease will not disrupt any tenant mix or balance in the project.

18.2.2. The assignment or sublease shall be on the same terms and conditions set forth in the written request for approval given to Landlord, or, if different, upon terms and conditions consented to by Landlord;

18.2.3. No assignment or sublease shall be valid and no assignee or sublessee shall take possession of the Premises or any part thereof until an executed counterpart of such assignment or sublease has been delivered to Landlord;

18.2.4. No assignee or sublessee shall have a further right to assign or sublet except on the terms herein contained;

18.2.5. Any sums or other economic considerations received by Tenant as a result of such assignment or subletting, however denominated under the assignment or sublease, which exceed, in the aggregate (a) the total sums which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to any portion of the Premises subleased), plus (b) any real estate brokerage commissions or fees payable to third parties in connection with such assignment or subletting, shall be shared equally by Tenant and Landlord as Additional Rent under this Lease without effecting or reducing any other obligations of Tenant hereunder.

If Landlord consents to the proposed transfer, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord three (3) fully executed original documents (in the form previously approved by Landlord) and Landlord shall attach its consent thereto. Landlord shall retain one (1) fully executed original document. No transfer of Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed effective until the terms and conditions of this Section 18. have been fulfilled.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 18   


18.3. Tenant Remains Responsible . No subletting or assignment shall release Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the Rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof. Consent to one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. In the event of default by an assignee or subtenant of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such assignee, subtenant or successor. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or sublets of the Lease or amendments or modifications to the Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and any such actions shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease.

18.4. Conversion to a Limited Liability Entity . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if Tenant is a limited or general partnership (or is comprised of two (2) or more persons, individually or as co-partners, or entities), the change or conversion of Tenant to (a) a limited liability company, (b) a limited liability partnership, or (c) any other entity which possesses the characteristics of limited liability (any such limited liability entity is collectively referred to herein as a “Successor Entity”) shall be prohibited unless the prior written consent of Landlord is obtained, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

18.4.1. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold or delay such consent provided that:

18.4.1.1. The Successor Entity succeeds to all or substantially all of Tenant’s business and assets;

18.4.1.2. The Successor Entity shall have a tangible net worth (Tangible Net Worth), determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, of not less than the greater of the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant on (a) the date of execution of the Lease, or (b) the day immediately preceding the proposed effective date of such conversion; and

18.4.1.3. Tenant is not in default of any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of this Lease on the proposed effective date of such conversion.

18.5. Payment of Fees . If Tenant assigns the Lease or sublets the Premises or requests the consent of Landlord to any assignment, subletting or conversion to a limited liability entity, then Tenant shall, upon demand, pay Landlord, whether or not consent is ultimately given, an administrative fee of Three Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($300.00) plus costs and other reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with each such act or request.

 

19. DEFAULT.

19.1. Tenant’s Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant.

19.1.1. If Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises.

19.1.2. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent or Additional Rent or any other charges required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease and such failure continues for three (3) days after receipt of Notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

19.1.3. If Tenant fails to promptly and fully perform any other covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Lease and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30)

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 19   


days, if Tenant fails to commence to cure within that thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecute to completion.

19.1.4. Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises within ten (10) days after delivery of possession (as defined in Section 4. hereof).

19.1.5. Tenant’s failure to provide any document, instrument or assurance as required by Sections 12., 15., 18. and/or 35. if the failure continues for three (3) days after receipt of Notice from Landlord to Tenant.

19.1.6. To the extent provided by law:

19.1.6.1. If a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease or on substantially all of Tenant’s Property; or

19.1.6.2. If Tenant or Tenant’s Guarantor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

19.1.6.3. If Tenant files a voluntary petition for relief or if a petition against Tenant in a proceeding under the federal bankruptcy laws or other insolvency laws is filed and not withdrawn or dismissed within sixty (60) days thereafter, or if under the provisions of any law providing for reorganization or winding up of corporations, any court of competent jurisdiction assumes jurisdiction, custody or control of Tenant or any substantial part of its property and such jurisdiction, custody or control remains in force unrelinquished, unstayed or unterminated for a period of sixty (60) days; or

19.1.6.4. If in any proceeding or action in which Tenant is a party, a trustee, receiver, agent or custodian is appointed to take charge of the Premises or Tenant’s Property (or has the authority to do so); or

19.1.6.5. If Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one (1) person or entity, if any partner of the partnership or other person or entity is involved in any of the acts or events described in Sections 19.1.6.1. through above.

19.2. Landlord Remedies . In the event of Tenant’s default hereunder, then, in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have under any law or at equity, Landlord shall have the right to collect interest on all past due sums (at the maximum rate permitted by law to be charged by an individual), and, at Landlord’s option and without further notice or demand of any kind, to do the following:

19.2.1. Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and reenter the Premises and take possession thereof, and Tenant shall have no further claim to the Premises or under this Lease; or

19.2.2. Continue this Lease in effect, reenter and occupy the Premises for the account of Tenant, and collect any unpaid Rent or other charges which have or thereafter become due and payable; or

19.2.3. Reenter the Premises under the provisions of Section 19.2.2., and thereafter elect to terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

If Landlord reenters the Premises under the provisions of Sections 19.2.2. or 19.2.3. above, Landlord shall not be deemed to have terminated this Lease or the obligation of Tenant to pay any Rent or other charges thereafter accruing unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. In the event of any reentry or retaking of possession by Landlord, Landlord shall have the

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 20   


right, but not the obligation, to remove all or any part of Tenant’s Property in the Premises and to place such property in storage at a public warehouse at the expense and risk of Tenant. If Landlord elects to relet the Premises for the account of Tenant, the rent received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs of such reletting; third, to the payment of the cost of any alterations or repairs to the Premises; fourth to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the balance, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as it becomes due. If that portion of Rent received from the reletting which is applied against the Rent due hereunder is less than the amount of the Rent due, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord promptly upon demand by Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as determined, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such reletting or in making alterations and repairs to the Premises which are not covered by the rent received from the reletting.

19.3. Damages Recoverable . Should Landlord elect to terminate this Lease under the provisions of Section 19.2., Landlord may recover as damages from Tenant the following:

19.3.1. Past Rent . The worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent that had been earned at the time of termination including the value of any Rent that was abated during the Term of the Lease (except Rent that was abated as a result of damage or destruction or condemnation); plus

19.3.2. Rent Prior to Award . The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned between the time of the termination and the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided; plus

19.3.3. Rent After Award . The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

19.3.4. Proximately Caused Damages . Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees), incurred by Landlord in (a) retaking possession of the Premises, (b) maintaining the Premises after Tenant’s default, (c) preparing the Premises for reletting to a new tenant, including any repairs or alterations, and (d) reletting the Premises, including brokers’ commissions.

“The worth at the time of the award” as used in Sections 19.3.1. and 19.3.2. above, is to be computed by allowing interest at the maximum rate permitted by law to be charged by an individual. “The worth at the time of the award” as used in Section 19.3.3. above, is to be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank situated nearest to the Premises at the time of the award plus one percent (1%).

19.4. Landlord’s Right to Cure Tenant’s Default . If Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease and Tenant has not timely cured the default after Notice, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without waiving such default, perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall pay Landlord all costs of such performance immediately upon written demand therefor, and if paid at a later date these costs shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law to be charged by an individual.

19.5. Landlord’s Default . If Landlord fails to perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Lease within thirty (30) days after receipt of Notice from Tenant specifying such default, or, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days if Landlord fails to commence to cure within that thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecute to completion, then Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any damages sustained by Tenant as a result of Landlord’s breach; provided, however, it is expressly

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 21   


understood and agreed that if Tenant obtains a money judgment against Landlord resulting from any default or other claim arising under this Lease, that judgment shall be satisfied only out of the rents, issues, profits, and other income actually received on account of Landlord’s right, title and interest in the Premises, Building or Project, and no other real, personal or mixed property of Landlord (or of any of the partners which comprise Landlord, if any), wherever situated, shall be subject to levy to satisfy such judgment.

19.6. Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to send by certified or registered mail to any first mortgagee or first deed of trust beneficiary of Landlord whose address has been furnished to Tenant, a copy of any notice of default served by Tenant on Landlord. If Landlord fails to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then such mortgagee or beneficiary shall have such additional time to cure the default as is reasonably necessary under the circumstances.

19.7. Tenant’s Right to Cure Landlord’s Default . If, after Notice to Landlord of default, Landlord (or any first mortgagee or first deed of trust beneficiary of Landlord) fails to cure the default as provided herein, then Tenant shall have the right to cure that default at Landlord’s expense. Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease or to withhold, reduce or offset any amount against any payments of Rent or any other charges due and payable under this Lease except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

 

20. WAIVER.

No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of such default. The receipt and acceptance by Landlord of delinquent Rent shall not constitute a waiver of any other default: it shall constitute only a waiver of timely payment for the particular Rent payment involved (excluding the collection of a late charge or interest).

No act or conduct of Landlord, including, without limitation, the acceptance of keys to the Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant before the expiration of the Term. Only written acknowledgement from Landlord to Tenant shall constitute acceptance of the surrender of the Premises and accomplish a termination of this Lease.

Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

Any waiver by Landlord of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of this Lease.

 

21. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT.

This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases (including renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof) which now exist or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the land upon which the Building is situated, or both, and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust in any amount or amounts whatsoever (including renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof) now or hereafter placed on or against the Building or on or against Landlord’s interest or estate therein, or on or against any ground or underlying lease, without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination. Nevertheless, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver upon demand, without charge therefor, such further instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to such ground or underlying leases, and to the lien of any such mortgages or deeds of trust as may be required by Landlord.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect that this Lease is senior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 22   


notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, or the date of the recording thereof.

In the event of any foreclosure sale, transfer in lieu of foreclosure or termination of the lease in which Landlord is lessee, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser, transferee or lessor as the case may be, and recognize that party as Landlord under this Lease, provided such party acquires and accepts the Premises subject to this lease.

 

22. TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

22.1. Landlord Request for Estoppel Certificate . Within ten (10) days after written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or Landlord’s designee, in the form requested by Landlord, a written statement certifying, among other things, (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or that it is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications; (b) the amount of Base Rent and the date to which Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid in advance; (c) the amount of any security deposited with Landlord; and (d) that Landlord is not in default hereunder or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating the nature of any claimed default. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by a prospective purchaser, assignee or encumbrancer of the Premises.

22.2. Failure to Execute . Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within the time required shall at Landlord’s election be a default under this Lease and shall also be conclusive upon Tenant that: (a) this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as represented by Landlord; (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and that Tenant has no right of offset, counter-claim or deduction against Rent and (c) not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

 

23. NOTICE.

Notice shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly served or given if personally delivered, sent by certified or registered U.S. Mail, postage prepaid with a return receipt requested, or sent by overnight courier service, fee prepaid with a return receipt requested, as follows: (a) if to Landlord, to Landlord’s Address for Notice with a copy to the Building manager, and (b) if to Tenant, to Tenant’s Mailing Address; provided, however, Notices to Tenant shall be deemed duly served or given if delivered or sent to Tenant at the Premises. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by Notice to the other designate another place for receipt of future Notice. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, when an applicable State statute requires service of Notice in a particular manner, service of that Notice in accordance with those particular requirements shall replace rather than supplement any Notice requirement set forth in the Lease.

 

24. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST.

In the event of any sale or transfer by Landlord of the Premises, Building or Project, and assignment of this Lease by Landlord, Landlord shall be and is hereby entirely freed and relieved of any and all liability and obligations contained in or derived from this Lease arising out of any act, occurrence or omission relating to the Premises, Building, Project or Lease occurring after the consummation of such sale or transfer, provided the purchaser shall expressly assume all of the covenants and obligations of Landlord under this Lease. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee provided all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder are assumed by such transferee. If any security deposit or prepaid Rent has been paid by Tenant, Landlord shall transfer the security deposit or prepaid Rent to Landlord’s successor and upon such transfer, Landlord shall be relieved of any and all further liability with respect thereto.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 23   


25. SURRENDER OF PREMISES.

25.1. Clean and Same Condition . Upon the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises to Landlord clean and in the same condition as when received, except for (a) reasonable wear and tear, (b) loss by fire or other casualty, and (c) loss by condemnation. Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property no later than the Expiration Date. If Tenant is required by Landlord to remove any additions, alterations, or improvements under Section 12.3., Tenant shall complete such removal no later than the Expiration Date. Any damage to the Premises, including any structural damage, resulting from removal of any addition, alteration, or improvement made pursuant to Section 12.3. and/or from Tenant’s use or from the removal of Tenant’s Property pursuant to Section 13.2. shall be repaired (in accordance with Landlord’s reasonable direction) no later than the Expiration Date by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. On the Expiration Date, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises.

25.2. Failure to Deliver Possession . If Tenants fails to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises to Landlord on the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease as required by Section 12.3., Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, liabilities and damages resulting from Tenant’s failure to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises, including, without limitation, claims made by a succeeding tenant resulting from Tenant’s failure to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises and rental loss which Landlord suffers.

25.3. Property Abandoned . If Tenant abandons or surrenders the Premises, or is dispossessed by process of law or otherwise, any of Tenant’s Property left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, and, at Landlord’s option, title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale. If Landlord elects to remove all or any part of such Tenant’s Property, the cost of removal, including repairing any damage to the Premises or Building caused by such removal, shall be paid by Tenant.

 

26. HOLDING OVER.

Tenant shall not occupy the Premises after the Expiration Date without Landlord’s consent. If after expiration of the Term, Tenant remains in possession of the Premises with Landlord’s permission (express or implied), Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month only upon all the provisions of this Lease (except as to the term and Base Rent). Monthly Installments of Base Rent payable by Tenant during this period shall be increased to the greater of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the fair market rental value of the Premises (as reasonably determined by Landlord) or two hundred percent (200%) of the Monthly Installments of Base Rent payable by Tenant in the final month of the Term. The tenancy may be terminated by either party by delivering a thirty (30) day Notice to the other party. Nothing contained in this Section 26. shall be construed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies available to Landlord pursuant to this Lease or at law.

 

27. RULES AND REGULATIONS.

Tenant agrees to comply with (and cause its agents, contractors, employees and invitees to comply with) the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “E” and with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may from time to time make. Landlord agrees to enforce the rules and regulations uniformly against all tenants of the Project. Landlord shall not be liable, however, for any violation of said rules and regulations by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project.

 

28. CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD.

Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without (a) liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business; (b) being found to have caused an actual or constructive eviction from the Premises; or (c) being found to have disturbed Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises.

28.1. Name . To name the Building and Project and to change the name or street address of the Building or Project.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 24   


28.2. Signage . To install and maintain all signs on the exterior and interior of the Building and Project.

28.3. Access . To have pass keys to the Premises and all doors within the Premises, excluding Tenant’s files, vaults and safes.

28.4. Physical Changes . To stripe or re-stripe, re-surface, enlarge, change the grade or drainage of and control access to the parking lot; to assign and reassign spaces for the exclusive or nonexclusive use of tenants (including Tenant); and to locate or relocate parking spaces assigned to Tenant.

28.5. Inspection . At any time during the Term, and on prior telephonic notice to Tenant, to inspect the Premises, and to show the Premises to any person having an existing or prospective interest in the Project or Landlord, and during the last six months of the Term, to show the Premises to prospective tenants thereof.

28.6. Entry . To enter the Premises for the purpose of making inspections, repairs, alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or the Building (including, without limitation, checking, calibrating, adjusting or balancing controls and other parts of the HVAC system), and to take all steps as may be necessary or desirable for the safety, protection, maintenance or preservation of the Premises or the Building or Landlord’s interest therein, or as may be necessary or desirable for the operation or improvement of the Building or in order to comply with laws, orders or requirements of governmental or other authority. Landlord agrees to use its best efforts (except in an emergency) to minimize interference with Tenant’s business in the Premises in the course of any such entry.

28.7. Common Area Regulation . To exclusively regulate and control use of the Common Area.

 

29. ADVERTISEMENTS AND SIGNS.

Tenant shall not affix, paint, erect or inscribe any sign, projection, awning, signal or advertisement of any kind to any part of the Premises, Building or Project, including without limitation the inside or outside of windows or doors, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any signs or other matter installed without Landlord’s permission, without being liable to Tenant by reason of such removal, and to charge the cost of removal to Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder, payable within ten (10) days of written demand by Landlord.

 

30. RELOCATION OF PREMISES.

Landlord shall have the right to relocate the Premises to another part of the Building at any time after the execution and delivery of the Lease upon at least thirty (30) days prior Notice to Tenant. The new premises shall be similar in size to the Premises described in this Lease and shall be leased to Tenant on the same terms and conditions as provided in the Lease, except that if the new premises contains more or less square footage, then there shall be a proportionate adjustment in Rent. Landlord shall pay reasonable expenses incurred moving Tenant’s Property to the new premises. Upon completion of such relocation, the new premises shall be the Premises for all purposes under the Lease and the parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease setting forth the relocation of the Premises and the reduction of Base Rent, if any.

 

31. GOVERNMENT ENERGY OR UTILITY CONTROLS.

In the event of imposition of federal, state or local government controls, rules, regulations, or restrictions on the use or consumption of energy or other utilities (including telecommunications) during the Term, both Landlord and Tenant shall be bound thereby. In the event of a difference in interpretation by Landlord and Tenant of any such controls, the interpretation of Landlord shall prevail and Landlord shall have the right to enforce compliance therewith, including the right of entry into the Premises to effect compliance.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 25   


32. FORCE MAJEURE.

Any prevention, delay or stoppage of work to be performed by Landlord or Tenant which is due to strikes, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, equipment or reasonable substitutes therefor, acts of God, governmental restrictions or regulations or controls, judicial orders, enemy or hostile government actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform hereunder, shall excuse performance of the work by that party for a period equal to the duration of that prevention, delay or stoppage. Nothing in this Section 32 . shall excuse or delay Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent or other charges under this Lease.

 

33. BROKERAGE FEES.

Tenant warrants and represents that it has not dealt with any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation except the Listing and Leasing Agent(s) set forth in Section 2.9. of this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any cost, expense or liability (including costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commission or fees claimed by any other real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation by reason of any act of Tenant.

 

34. QUIET ENJOYMENT.

Tenant, upon payment of Rent and performance of all of its obligations under this Lease, shall peaceably, quietly and exclusively enjoy possession of the Premises without unwarranted interference by Landlord or anyone acting or claiming through Landlord, subject to the terms of this Lease and to any mortgage, lease, or other agreement to which this Lease may be subordinate.

 

35. TELECOMMUNICATIONS.

35.1. Landlord’s Consent . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove, use or modify communications or computer wires, cables and related devices (collectively, the “Lines”) at the Building in or exclusively serving the Premises, only with Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Any request for consent under this Section, shall contain detailed plans, schematics, specifications identifying all work to be performed, the time schedule for completion of the work, the identity of the entity that will provide service to the Lines and the identity of the entity that will perform the proposed work (which entity shall be subject to Landlord’s approval). Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to evaluate the request after it is submitted by Tenant. Landlord may condition its consent, among other things, by requiring (i) that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises, and (ii) Tenant’s proposed service provider to pay reasonable monetary compensation for the use and occupation of the Building. Once Landlord’s consent is obtained, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for subsequent moves, additions or changes when the equipment being installed, repaired or maintained is not located in an area in which any telecommunications Lines or equipment of any other tenant or of Landlord are located.

35.1.1. Landlord’s approval of, or requirements concerning, the Lines or any equipment related thereto, the plans, specifications or designs related thereto, the contractor or subcontractor, or the work performed hereunder, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy thereof and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same. Landlord disclaims all responsibility for the condition or utility of the intra-building cabling network (ICN) and makes no representation regarding the suitability of the ICN for Tenant’s intended use.

35.1.2. If Landlord consents to Tenant’s proposal, Tenant shall: (a) pay all costs in connection therewith (including all costs related to new Lines); (b) comply with all requirements and conditions of this Section; (c) install, use, maintain and operate the Lines and related equipment in accordance with and subject to all laws governing the Lines and equipment (Laws). Tenant shall further insure that: (i) Tenant’s contractor complies with the provisions of this Section and Landlord’s reasonable requirements governing any work performed; (ii) Tenant’s

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 26   


contractor provides all insurance required by Landlord; (iii) any work performed shall comply with all Laws; and (iv) as soon as the work is completed, Tenant shall submit “as-built” drawings to Landlord.

35.1.3. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Tenant at any time uses any equipment that may create an electromagnetic field exceeding the normal insulation ratings of ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause a radiation higher than normal background radiation, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to appropriately insulate the Lines therefor (including riser cables) to prevent such excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, or cause such Lines to be removed from the property if it is not possible to insulate the Lines.

35.2. Landlord’s Rights . Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove any or all Lines installed by or for Tenant within or serving the Premises upon termination of this Lease, provided Landlord gives Tenant Notice prior to, or within thirty (30) days following, such termination. Any Lines not removed by Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, become the property of Landlord (without payment by Landlord). If Tenant fails to remove such Lines as required by Landlord, or violates any other provision of this Section, Landlord may, after twenty (20) days Notice to Tenant, remove such Lines or remedy such other violation at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies available under this Lease or applicable Law). Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, grant to any third party a security interest or lien in or on the Lines, and any such security interest or lien granted without Landlord’s written consent shall be null and void.

35.3. Indemnification . In addition to any other indemnification obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its employees, agents, officers, and directors from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in any way related to the acts and omissions of Tenant, Tenant’s officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants, and invitees with respect to: (a) any Lines or equipment related thereto serving Tenant in the Building; (b) any bodily injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of or related to any Lines or equipment related thereto serving Tenant in the Building; (c) any lawsuit brought or threatened, settlement reached, or governmental order relating to such Lines or equipment related thereto; and (d) any violations of Laws or demands of governmental authorities, or any reasonable policies or requirements of Landlord, which are based upon or in any way related to such Lines or equipment related thereto. This indemnification and hold harmless agreement shall survive the termination of this Lease. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for interruption in telecommunications services to Tenant or any other entity affected, for electrical spikes or surges, or for any other cause whatsoever, whether by Act of God or otherwise, even if the same is caused by the ordinary negligence of Landlord, Landlord’s contractors, subcontractors, or agents or other tenants, subtenants, or their contractors, subcontractors, or agents.

 

36. MISCELLANEOUS.

36.1. Accord and Satisfaction; Allocation of Payments . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent provided for in this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest due Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the Rent or pursue any other remedy provided for in this Lease. In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall have the absolute right in its sole discretion to apply any payment received from Tenant to any account or other payment of Tenant then not current and due or delinquent.

36.2. Addenda . If any provision contained in an addendum to this Lease is inconsistent with any other provision herein, the provision contained in the addendum shall control, unless otherwise provided in the addendum.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 27   


36.3. Attorneys’ Fees . If any action or proceeding is brought by either party against the other pertaining to or arising out of this Lease, the finally prevailing party (i.e., the party that recovers the greater relief as a result of the action or proceeding) shall be entitled to recover all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred on account of such action or proceeding.

36.4. Captions and Section Numbers . The captions appearing in the body of this Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of this Lease. All references to Section numbers refer to Sections in this Lease.

36.5. Changes Requested by Lender . Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall unreasonably withhold its consent to changes or amendments to this Lease requested by the lender on Landlord’s interest, so long as such changes do not alter the basic business terms of this Lease or otherwise materially diminish any rights or materially increase any obligations of the party from whom consent to such change or amendment is requested.

36.6. Choice of Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State.

36.7. Consent . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have no claim, and hereby waives the right to any claim against Landlord for money damages, by reason of any refusal, withholding or delaying by Landlord of any consent, approval or statement of satisfaction, and, in such event, Tenant’s only remedies therefor shall be an action for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment to enforce any right to such consent, approval or statement of satisfaction.

36.8. Authority . If Tenant is not an individual signing on his or her own behalf, then each individual signing this Lease on behalf of the business entity that constitutes Tenant represents and warrants that the individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of the business entity, and that this Lease is binding on Tenant in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, deliver a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors, if Tenant is a corporation, or other memorandum of resolution if Tenant is a limited partnership, general partnership or limited liability entity, authorizing such execution.

36.9. Waiver of Right to Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive their respective rights to a trial by jury of any claim, action, proceeding or counterclaim by either party against the other on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, and/or Tenant’s Use or occupancy of the Premises, Building or Project (including any claim of injury or damage or the enforcement of any remedy under any current or future laws, statutes, regulations, codes or ordinances).

36.10. Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same Lease.

36.11. Execution of Lease; No Option . The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only and does not and shall not constitute a reservation of or option for Tenant to Lease, or otherwise create any interest of Tenant in the Premises or any other premises within the Building or Project. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding on Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact signed and delivered this Lease to Tenant.

36.12. Furnishing of Financial Statements; Tenant’s Representations . In order to induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all respects.

36.13. Further Assurances . The parties agree to promptly sign all documents reasonably requested to give effect to the provisions of this Lease.

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 28   


36.14. Prior Agreements; Amendments . This Lease and the schedules and addenda attached, if any, form a part of this Lease together with the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit “E” attached hereto, and set forth all the covenants, promises, assurances, agreements, representations, conditions, warranties, statements, and understandings (Representations) between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and the Building and Project, and there are no Representations, either oral or written, between them other than those in this Lease.

This Lease supersedes and revokes all previous negotiations, arrangements, letters of intent, offers to lease, lease proposals, brochures, representations, and information conveyed, whether oral or in writing, between the parties hereto or their respective representatives or any other person purporting to represent Landlord or Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that it has not been induced to enter into this Lease by any Representations not set forth in this Lease, and that it has not relied on any such Representations. Tenant further acknowledges that no such Representations shall be used in the interpretation or construction of this Lease, and that Landlord shall have no liability for any consequences arising as a result of any such Representations.

Except as otherwise provided herein, no subsequent alteration, amendment, change, or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless it is in writing and signed by each party.

36.15. Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the request of Landlord, shall execute and acknowledge a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.

36.16. Severability . A final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Lease is invalid shall not affect the validity of any other provision, and any provision so determined to be invalid shall, to the extent possible, be construed to accomplish its intended effect.

36.17. Successors and Assigns . This Lease shall apply to and bind the heirs, personal representatives, and successors and assigns of the parties.

36.18. Time Is of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease.

36.19. Multiple Parties . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as either Landlord or Tenant, the obligations of such Multiple Parties shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Landlord or Tenant.

36.20. Consent to Press Release . Landlord may, after the Lease is fully executed, issue a press release containing the following information: (i) Tenant’s name and the nature of Tenant’s business; (ii) the Term; (iii) the square footage leased and the Building name and location; (iv) the name of the brokers who represented Landlord and Tenant; and (v) such other general information as may be customarily included in similar press releases. Tenant hereby consents to such a press release.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank; signature blocks on next page.]

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 29   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first set forth on Page 1.

LANDLORD:

GLB 33 NEW MONTGOMERY, LP

A Delaware limited partnership

 

By:  

GLB 33 New Montman, LLC

A Delaware limited liability company

Its General Partner

 
    By:  

 

 
    Its:  

 

 
TENANT:  

 

  ,
a  

 

 
  By:  

 

 
    Its  

 

 
  By:  

 

 
    Its  

 

 

 

(P33NM/Office)    Page 30   


SHOPPING CENTER LEASE

This lease between GLENBOROUGH FUND IX, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein Landlord), and                                                                                   , a                                                               (herein Tenant), is dated for reference purposes only as of this                      day of                          ,                  .

 

1. LEASE OF PREMISES.

In consideration of the Rent (as defined in Section 6.) and the provisions of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises shown by diagonal lines on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, and further described in Section 2.16. The Premises are located within the Building, Shopping Center and Complex (as described in Sections 2.16. and 2.19.).

 

2. DEFINITIONS.

As used in this Lease the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

  2.1. ANNUAL BASE RENT: Annual Base Rent is based on the Monthly Installments of Base Rent as set forth in Section 2.11. below.

 

  2.2. BASE RENT ADJUSTMENT DATE: Intentionally deleted.

 

  2.3. COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                          . If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a month, then the Expiration Date of the Lease shall be extended to the last day of the month in which the Lease expires.

 

  2.4. COMMON AREA (Section 7.): All areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundaries of the Shopping Center that are provided and designated by Landlord from time to time for the general use and convenience of Tenant and of other tenants of the Shopping Center and their respective authorized representatives and invitees. Common Area includes, without limitation, pedestrian walkways and patios, landscaped areas, sidewalks, service corridors, rest rooms, stairways, decorative walls, plazas, malls, including enclosed malls where climatic control is provided, throughways, loading areas, parking areas, and roads.

 

  2.5. COVENANT AGAINST COMPETITION (Section 11.7.): Tenant, or any individual, firm, or corporation that controls Tenant or is controlled by Tenant, shall not own, operate, or become financially interested in a business similar to the one conducted on the Premises within                              miles in any direction from the Premises, the mileage to be measured on a straight-line basis on a map, not following contours of the land and streets.

 

  2.6. EXPIRATION DATE:                                          , unless otherwise sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

 

  2.7. GROSS LEASABLE AREA (GLA): As to both the Premises and the Shopping Center, the respective measurements of floor area as may from time to time be subject to lease by Tenant and all tenants of the Shopping Center, respectively, as determined by Landlord and applied on a consistent basis throughout the Shopping Center.

 

  2.8. INDEX (Section 6.2.): Intentionally deleted.

 

  2.9. LANDLORD’S ADDRESS FOR NOTICE:

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 1   


c/o Glenborough Realty Trust Incorporated

400 South El Camino Real, Suite 1100

San Mateo, California 94402-1708

ATTN: Legal Department

RENT PAYMENT ADDRESS:

Glenborough Fund IX Holding, LLC

PO Box 6022

Hicksville, NY 11802-6022

MANAGEMENT OFFICE ADDRESS:

Glenborough Fund IX Holding LLC

3900 Paradise Road, Suite E

Las Vegas, NV 89109

TENANT’S MAILING ADDRESS:

                                                                                  

                                                                                  

                                                                                  

 

2.10.    LISTING AND LEASING AGENT(S):

  

 

 

 

  .

 

  2.11. MONTHLY INSTALLMENTS OF BASE RENT:

 

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

 

  2.12. NOTICE: Except as otherwise provided herein, Notice shall mean any notices, approvals and demands permitted or required to be given under this Lease. Notice shall be given in the form and manner set forth in Section 26.

 

  2.13. ESTIMATED COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE COSTS, REAL PROPERTY TAXES, INSURANCE COSTS AND SEWER CHARGES (Section 8.): During the first calendar year of the Term, Landlord’s estimate of Common Area Maintenance Costs, Real Property Taxes, Insurance Costs and Sewer Charges is $                              per square foot of GLA per month.

 

  2.14. PARKING: Tenant, its authorized representatives and invitees shall be entitled to the nonexclusive use of the Shopping Center parking areas during the Term of this Lease.

 

  2.15. PERCENTAGE RENT RATE (Section 6.3.): Percentage Rent Rate shall be                 % . Tenant shall pay Percentage Rent (as hereinafter defined) if Tenant’s Gross Sales (as hereinafter defined) exceed the following breakpoints:

 

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 2   


$                      beginning                      ending                     

$                      beginning                      ending                     

 

  2.16. PREMISES: That space shown by diagonal lines on Exhibit “A”, in the Building located at                                                                                   and known as Unit                          . For purposes of this Lease, the Premises is deemed to contain approximately                      square feet of GLA.

 

  2.17. PROMOTIONAL FEE (Section 12.): $                                          for the Premises per month, adjusted annually.

 

  2.18. SECURITY DEPOSIT (Section 10.): $                                          .

 

  2.19. SHOPPING CENTER AND COMPLEX: The Shopping Center includes the building of which the Premises are a part (the Building) and the other retail buildings or improvements on the real property (the Property) located at 3900 Paradise Road, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109 further described at Exhibit “B”. The Complex includes the Shopping Center and the office buildings identified on Exhibit “B” and is commonly known as Citibank Park.

 

  2.20. STATE: The State of Nevada.

 

  2.21. TENANT’S FIRST ADJUSTMENT DATE (Section 12.1.4.):                                          . Tenant’s Promotional Fee shall be adjusted annually on each successive anniversary of this date (the Adjustment Date) during the Term of the Lease and during any extension of the Lease.

 

  2.22. TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARES: The Shopping Center consists of two (2) building(s), and, for purposes of this Lease, such building(s) are deemed to contain approximately 63.602 square feet of GLA. However, the following percentages may vary during the Term as the portions of the Shopping Center for which Landlord is obligated to pay the respective costs may change from time to time.

Common Area Maintenance Costs:                      %. Such share is a fraction, the numerator of which is the GLA of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the GLA of the Shopping Center, or, if applicable, the GLA of all occupants of the Shopping Center who contribute to Landlord’s Common Area Maintenance Costs (i.e., include anchor tenants who own their parcel but who contribute to the Common Area Maintenance Costs for the Shopping Center).

Real Property Taxes:                      %. Such share is a fraction, the numerator of which is the GLA of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the GLA of that portion of the Shopping Center for which Landlord is primarily obligated to pay such taxes.

Insurance Costs:                      %. Such share is a fraction, the numerator of which is the GLA of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the GLA of that portion of the Shopping Center covered by insurance carried by Landlord.

Sewer Costs:                      %. Such share is a fraction, the numerator of which is the GLA of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the GLA of that portion of the Shopping Center subject to sewer charges for restaurants levied by the Clark County Sanitation Department, or successor taxing authority for similar payments. Such percentage is subject to adjustment from time to time.

 

2.23.   TENANTS USE (Section 11.):

  

 

 

 

  .

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 3   


  2.24. TERM: The period commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring at midnight on the Expiration Date.

 

3. EXHIBITS AND ADDENDA.

The exhibits and addenda listed below (unless lined out) are attached hereto and incorporated by reference in this Lease:

 

3.1.    Exhibit A - Floor Plan showing the Premises.
3.2.    Exhibit B - Site Plan of the Complex.
3.3.    Exhibit C - Building Standard Tenant Improvements.
3.4.    Exhibit D - Drawings.
3.5.    Exhibit E - Rules and Regulations.
3.6.    Exhibit F - Sign Criteria.

Addenda: Attached hereto and made a part of this Lease by reference are Sections                      .

 

4. DELIVERY OF POSSESSION.

Delivery of possession shall be deemed to occur on the Commencement Date as set forth in Section 2.3. of this Lease. If for any reason Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date, and such failure is not caused by an act or omission of Tenant, the Expiration Date shall be extended by the number of days the Commencement Date has been delayed and the validity of this Lease shall not be impaired nor shall Landlord be subject to any liability for such failure; but Rent shall be abated until delivery of possession. Provided, however, if the Commencement Date has been delayed by an act or omission of Tenant then Rent shall not be abated until delivery of possession and the Expiration Date shall not be extended. If Landlord permits Tenant to enter into possession of the Premises before the Commencement Date, such possession shall be subject to the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the payment of Rent.

In the event Tenant fails to take possession of the Premises following execution of this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with entering into this Lease including, but not limited to, broker fees and commissions, sums paid for the preparation of a floor and/or space plan for the Premises, costs incurred in performing Landlord’s Work pursuant to Exhibit “D”, loss of rental income, attorneys’ fees and costs, and any other damages for breach of this Lease established by Landlord.

Within ten (10) days after completion of improvements to the Premises as set forth in Exhibit “D”. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant and Tenant shall execute an Acceptance of Premises in which Tenant shall certify, among other things, that (a) Landlord has satisfactorily completed Landlord’s Work, if any, to the Premises pursuant to Exhibit “D”, unless written exception is set forth thereon, and (b) that Tenant accepts the Premises as improved. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver the Acceptance of Premises shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that Landlord has satisfactorily completed Landlord’s Work to the Premises pursuant to Exhibit “D”.

 

5. INTENDED USE OF THE PREMISES.

The statement in this Lease of the nature of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises does not constitute a representation or guaranty by the Landlord as to the present or future suitability of the Premises for the conduct of such business in the Premises, or that it is lawful or permissible under the Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Building, or is otherwise permitted by law. Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that, at the time such possession was taken, the Premises were satisfactory for Tenant’s intended use.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 4   


6. RENT.

6.1. Payment of Rent . Tenant shall pay Rent for the Premises. Monthly Installments of Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month of the Term. If the Term begins (or ends) on other than the first (or last) day of a calendar month, Rent for the partial month shall be prorated based on the number of days in that month. Rent shall be paid to Landlord at the Rent Payment Address set forth in Section 2.9., or to such other person at such place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, without any prior demand therefor and without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America. Tenant shall pay Landlord the first Monthly Installment of Base Rent upon execution of this Lease. All sums, costs and expenses which Tenant assumes or agrees or is obligated to pay to Landlord under this Lease are deemed Additional Rent (which, together with the Base Rent and Percentage Rent are sometimes collectively referred to as Rent).

6.2. Adjusted Base Rent . The amount of Base Rent (and the corresponding Monthly Installments of Base Rent) payable hereunder shall be adjusted commencing on Tenant’s First Adjustment Date and continuing on each Adjustment Date thereafter. Adjustments, if any, shall be based upon increases (if any) in the Index. The Index for the calendar month which is four (4) months before the Commencement Date shall be the Base Index. On each Adjustment Date, the Base Rent shall be increased by a percentage equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the Index in publication four (4) months before the Adjustment Date (the Comparison Index) over the Base Index (Adjusted Base Rent). In the event the Comparison Index in any year is less than the Comparison Index (or Base Index, as the case may be) for the preceding year, the Base Rent shall remain the amount of Base Rent or Adjusted Base Rent payable during that preceding year. When the Adjusted Base Rent payable as of each Adjustment Date is determined, Landlord shall give Tenant a written statement of such Adjusted Base Rent and the manner in which it was computed. The Adjusted Base Rent shall thereafter be the Base Rent for all purposes under this Lease.

6.3. Percentage Rent .

6.3.1. Determination and Payment . During each calendar year or partial calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the Percentage Rent Rate of Tenant’s Gross Sales (as hereinafter defined) in excess of the annual breakpoint set forth in Section 2.15. (Percentage Rent). For the purpose of computing Percentage Rent, Gross Sales made during the first partial month, if any, in which Base Rent commences shall be added to the Gross Sales made during the first full calendar month, provided the first partial month is in the same calendar year as the first full month. Tenant’s Gross Sales for any period during which Tenant does not continuously operate its business in accordance with Section 11.6. shall be deemed to be an amount equal to Tenant’s Gross Sales for a corresponding period, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion.

Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s certified annual statement of Gross Sales as required in Section 6.3.4., Landlord shall determine Tenant’s Percentage Rent for the preceding calendar year or partial calendar year, as the case may be, and Landlord shall invoice Tenant. Percentage Rent, if any, shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be due and payable within ten (10) days of the date of the invoice.

6.3.2. Gross Sales Defined . The term Gross Sales means the gross selling price of all merchandise or services sold, leased, licensed, processed (including transactions consummated via the internet), filled or delivered in or from the Premises by Tenant, its permitted subtenants, assignees, licensees, and concessionaires, whether for cash or on credit (whether collected or not), including the gross amount received by reason of orders taken on the Premises although filled elsewhere, and whether made by store personnel or vending machines. Any transaction on an installment basis, including, without limitation, any lay-away sale or like transaction, or otherwise involving the extension of credit, shall be treated as a sale for the full price at the time of the

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 5   


transaction, irrespective of the time of payment or when title passes. Gross Sales also shall include any sums that Tenant receives from pay telephones or stamp machines. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in credit card transactions, only the amount actually received by Tenant from the credit card issuer shall be included in the Gross Sales.

If there is a State Lottery, then, only the full amount of compensation and incentive bonuses paid to and received by Tenant for the sale of State Lottery tickets sold from the Premises, as such compensation and bonuses are determined from time to time by the State Lottery Commission and Director and other applicable State laws, shall be included in Gross Sales.

6.3.3. Excluded from Gross Sales . Gross Sales shall not include, or if included there shall be deducted (but only to the extent they have been included), the following:

6.3.3.1. The selling price of all merchandise returned by customers and accepted for full credit, or the amount of discounts, refunds, and allowances made on such merchandise;

6.3.3.2. Merchandise returned to sources or transferred to another store or warehouse owned by or affiliated with Tenant;

6.3.3.3. Sums and credits received in the settlement of claims for loss or damage to merchandise;

6.3.3.4. The cash refund allowed on all merchandise traded in by customers for credit or the amount of credit for discounts and allowances made instead of acceptance of merchandise;

6.3.3.5. Any sums paid to third parties for the use or rental of pay telephones or stamp machines;

6.3.3.6. Gift certificates, or similar vouchers, until such time as they have been converted into a sale by redemption;

6.3.3.7. Sales and use taxes, so-called luxury taxes, consumers’ excise taxes, gross receipts taxes, and other similar taxes now or in the future imposed on the sale of merchandise or services, but only if such taxes are added to the selling price, separately stated, collected separately from the selling price of merchandise or services, and collected from the customers;

6.3.3.8. Sale of fixtures, trade fixtures, or personal property that are not merchandise as allowed in this Lease; or

6.3.3.9. The price of the State lottery tickets sold from the Premises.

6.3.3.10. Receipts from vending machines solely used by Tenant’s employees.

6.3.4. Statement of Gross Sales . Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a statement of Tenant’s Gross Sales for the prior calendar year, or partial calendar year as the case may be, within twenty (20) days after the end of each calendar year or within twenty (20) days after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Each statement shall be signed and certified to be correct by Tenant or its authorized representative, and if Tenant is a corporation, the statement shall be signed and certified to be correct by the appropriate officer of Tenant.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 6   


Tenant shall keep full and accurate books of account, records, cash receipts, and other pertinent data showing its Gross Sales and shall notify Landlord in writing of their location. Tenant shall install and maintain accurate receipt-printing cash registers and shall record on the cash registers every sale and other transaction made from the Premises. If Tenant does not install receipt, printing cash registers, Tenant shall use serialized sales slips and shall record every sale and other transaction made from the Premises on such sales slips shall be kept and maintained as required by this Section 6.3.4.

Such books of account, records, cash receipts, and other pertinent data shall be kept for a period of three (3) years after the end of each Lease Year. The receipt by Landlord of any statement, or any payment of Percentage Rent for any period, shall not bind Landlord as to the correctness of the statement or the payment.

6.3.5. Landlord’s Right to Inspect . Landlord shall be entitled, during the Term of the Lease, within the three (3) year period after each successive calendar year or within the three (3) year period following the expiration or termination of this Lease, to inspect and examine all Tenant’s books of account, records, cash receipts, and other pertinent data, so Landlord can verify Tenant’s Gross Sales. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord in making the inspection. Landlord shall also be entitled, once during each calendar year and once after expiration or termination of this Lease, to an independent audit of Tenant’s books of account, records, cash receipts, and other pertinent data to determine Tenant’s Gross Sales, by Landlord’s accountant. The audit shall be limited to the determination of Gross Sales and shall be conducted during usual business hours at the location of Tenant’s books of account or at such other location as Landlord and Tenant may mutually agree.

If the audit shows there is a deficiency in the payment of any Percentage Rent, the deficiency shall become immediately due and payable. The costs of the audit shall be paid by Landlord unless the audit shows that Tenant understated Gross Sales by more than two percent (2%), in which case Tenant shall pay all Landlord’s costs of the audit.

Landlord shall keep any information gained from such statements, inspection, or audit confidential and shall not disclose it other than to carry out the purposes of this Lease, except that Landlord shall be permitted to divulge the contents of any statements in connection with any financing arrangements or sale of Landlord’s interest in the Premises.

 

7. COMMON AREA.

7.1. Tenant’s Right to Use . Landlord shall have sole and exclusive control of the Common Area; however, Landlord grants to Tenant and its authorized representatives the nonexclusive right to use the Common Area, with others who are entitled to use the Common Area, subject to Landlord’s rights as set forth herein. Landlord reserves the right, however, to exclude certain patrons from the Shopping Center.

7.2. Landlord’s Maintenance and Management . Landlord shall maintain the Common Area in good condition and repair at all times. Without limitation, Landlord shall have the right to do any of the following.

7.2.1. Establish and enforce reasonable rules and regulations applicable to all tenants concerning the maintenance, management, use, and operation of the Common Area.

7.2.2. Close any of the Common Area to whatever extent required in the opinion of Landlord’s counsel to prevent a dedication of any of the Common Area or the accrual of any rights of any person or of the public to the Common Area.

7.2.3. Close temporarily any of the Common Area for maintenance purposes.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 7   


7.2.4. Designate other property outside the boundaries of the Shopping Center to become part of the Common Area.

7.2.5. Multi-deck any of the parking areas.

7.2.6. Charge for parking in the parking areas of the Shopping Center if Landlord elects to multi-deck any of the existing parking areas and if tenants occupying seventy-five percent (75%) of the leasable area of the Shopping Center consent in writing. Any imposition of parking charges shall be applicable to all occupants of the Shopping Center and shall include a reasonable system of customer parking validation. Unless Tenant refuses to pay the agreed charges imposed by Landlord for the privilege of parking vehicles in the parking areas of the Shopping Center, neither Tenant nor its authorized representatives or invitees shall be prevented from parking in the parking areas as long as space is available and as long as they do not abuse the right to park and do not violate Landlord’s rules and regulations governing the use of the parking areas. Except that by Notice to Tenant, Landlord can prescribe certain sections within the Common Area, or within other property outside the Common Area not more than three miles from the nearest boundary of the Shopping Center, for use as parking spaces by Tenant, its authorized representatives, and its employees, and in such case Tenant shall use, and shall require Tenant’s authorized representatives and employees to use, only those sections for parking. If any off-site parking program or parking validation program or any other such program is implemented by Landlord, Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of the cost to Landlord for such program. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a list, updated as necessary, of the automobile license numbers of the vehicles customarily used by Tenant and its authorized representatives. Tenant agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by its employees with these parking provisions.

7.2.7. Select a management company, including affiliates of Landlord, to maintain and operate any of the Common Area if at any time Landlord determines that the best interests of the Shopping Center will be served by having any of the Common Area maintained and operated by such a company. Landlord shall have the right to negotiate and enter into a contract with such a company on such terms and conditions and for such period of time as Landlord deems reasonable and proper both as to service and as to cost.

7.2.8. Make changes to the Common Area Landlord deems necessary, including, without limitation, changes in the location of driveways, entrances, exits, vehicular parking spaces, parking area, or the direction of the flow of traffic.

7.2.9. Landlord shall have the right to use portions of the Common Area for promotion, programs, games or other uses which may be of interest to all or part of the general public.

 

8. ADDITIONAL RENT FOR COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE COSTS, REAL PROPERTY TAXES, INSURANCE COSTS AND SEWER CHARGES.

8.1. Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Common Area Maintenance Costs, Real Property Taxes, Insurance Costs and Sewer Charges during the Term based on the percentages set forth in Section 2. Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Common Area Maintenance Costs, Real Property Taxes, Insurance Costs and Sewer Charges shall be deemed Additional Rent.

8.2. Common Area Maintenance Costs . Common Area Maintenance Costs mean, without limitation: all sums expended by Landlord for the maintenance and operation of the Common Area, including, but not limited to, salaries, wages, benefits, pension payments, payroll taxes, worker’s compensation insurance, and other costs related to employees engaged in the operation, maintenance and/or repair of the Complex, including the cost for on-site management offices; all items of cost related to the maintenance, operation, security and management of the Complex, including maintenance, repair and

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 8   


replacement of intrabuilding cabling network (ICN), if any, and maintaining and operating the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning equipment and related distribution facilities and controls providing climatic control for the enclosed mall; a management fee; an administrative fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the charges for Common Area Maintenance Costs, Insurance Costs and the cost of the license fees related to the Complex; the cost of compliance with all applicable laws now or hereafter put in effect and any governing covenants, conditions or restrictions; reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or consultant fees incurred by Landlord in contracting with a company or companies to provide electricity (or any other utility) to the Complex, any fees for the installation, maintenance, repair or removal of related equipment, and any exit fees or stranded cost charges mandated by the State; the cost and expense for third-party consultants, accountants and attorneys; resurfacing and re-striping the parking area, repainting, cleaning, sweeping, and other janitorial services; purchase, construction, and maintenance of refuse receptacles; planting and landscaping; snow and ice removal; directional signs and other markers, car stops, lighting and other utilities; energy studies and the amortized cost of any energy or other cost saving equipment (including the amortized cost to upgrade the efficiency or capacity of Complex telecommunications lines, as identified and discussed in Section 38. hereof); reasonable depreciation allowance on improvements, machinery, and equipment used in connection with the Common Area; and any other costs necessary in Landlord’s judgment for the maintenance and operation of the Common Area.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be included within Common Area Maintenance Costs: (i) costs of capital improvements (except as otherwise set forth hereinabove and except any improvements that might be deemed “capital improvements” related to the enhancement or upgrade of the ICN and related equipment) and costs of curing design or construction defects; (ii) depreciation; (iii) interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs and ground lease payments, if any, and any penalties assessed as a result of Landlord’s late payments of such amounts; (iv) real estate broker leasing commissions or compensation; (v) any cost or expenditure (or portion thereof) for which Landlord is reimbursed, whether by insurance proceeds or otherwise; (vi) attorneys’ fees, costs, disbursements, advertising and marketing and other expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation of leases with prospective tenants of the Building; (vii) rent for space which is not actually used by Landlord in connection with the management and operation of the Building; (viii) all costs or expenses (including fines, penalties and legal fees) incurred due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents, contractors or assigns of the terms and conditions of the Lease, or any valid, applicable building code, governmental rule, regulation or law; (ix) except for the referenced management compensation, any overhead or profit increments to any subsidiary or affiliate of Landlord for services on or to the Complex, to the extent that the costs of such services exceed competitive costs for such services; (x) the cost of constructing tenant improvements for Tenant or any other tenant of the Shopping Center or Complex; (xi) Common Area Maintenance Costs specially charged to and paid by any other tenant of the Shopping Center or Complex; and (xii) the cost of special services, goods or materials provided to any other tenant of the Shopping Center or Complex.

8.3. Real Property Taxes . As used herein, the term Real Property Taxes shall include every form of tax (other than general net income or estate taxes of Landlord), charge, levy, assessment, fee, license fee or service fee attributable to the Premises (including, without limitation, those based on commercial rentals, energy or environmental grounds as well as any increase due to reassessment or escape assessment whether caused by sale or lease of the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex or otherwise), ordinary or extraordinary, imposed by any authority having direct or indirect power to tax, including, without limitation, any city, county, state or federal government or quasi-government entity or any improvement utility, beautification or similar district against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in, or against Landlord’s right to rent the Premises or the Complex, and any such tax, charge, levy, assessment or fee imposed, in addition to or in substitution for any tax previously included within the definition of real property tax, partially or totally, whether or not foreseeable or now within the contemplation of the parties provided that all separately identifiable real property taxes attributable solely to Tenant’s business or Tenant’s improvements which are valued at an amount in excess of the Building standard improvements, shall be paid entirely by Tenant, and not prorated with other tenants of the Shopping Center or Complex. Tenant’s obligation to pay its share of the assessments, as provided in this Section 8.3. shall be calculated on the basis of the amount due if Landlord allows the assessments to go to bond, and the assessment is to

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 9   


be paid in installments, even if Landlord pays the assessment in full. Real Property Taxes for each tax year shall be apportioned to determine the Real Property Taxes for the subject calendar years.

Landlord, at Landlord’s sole discretion, may contest any taxes levied or assessed against the Shopping Center during the Term. If Landlord contests any taxes levied or assessed during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord its share of all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the contest based on the Real Property Tax Proportionate Share formula set forth in Section 2.

8.4. Insurance Costs . The term Insurance Costs shall mean all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord to obtain and keep in force during the Term of this Lease policies of insurance providing coverage for (a) Commercial General Liability; (b) loss of or damage to the Building, Shopping Center or Complex in such amount or percentage of replacement value as Landlord or its insurance advisor deems reasonable in relation to the age, location, type of construction and physical condition of the Building, Shopping Center or Complex and the availability of such insurance at reasonable rates; and (c) loss of rental income for a period of one year, which insurance shall also cover all Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs for the same period.

8.5. Sewer Charges . The term Sewer Charges shall mean all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord as a result of sewer charges or similar charges levied by the Clark County Sanitation Department, or any other responsible agency or taxing authority. Such charges may fluctuate from time to time as periodic inspections are conducted and adjustments to such charges are made.

8.6. Payment of Common Area Maintenance Costs, Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs .

8.6.1. Monthly Estimate . On or before the last day of each December during the Term of the Lease or any extended period thereof, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement showing in reasonable detail Landlord’s projected Direct Costs for the ensuing calendar year. Any Direct Costs that are not separately metered or allocated separately as between the office and retail portion of the Complex shall be allocated and apportioned equitably, in good faith, by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any such good faith allocation or apportionment by Landlord shall be binding and conclusive. During the ensuing calendar year, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of estimated Direct Costs in advance in equal monthly installments pursuant to the same provisions as Monthly Installments of Base Rent. If during the course of the calendar year Landlord determines that actual Direct Costs will vary from its estimate by more than five percent (5%), Landlord may deliver to Tenant a written statement showing Landlord’s revised estimate of Direct Costs; whereupon payments of Tenant’s Direct Costs shall be adjusted and thereafter paid on the basis of Landlord’s revised estimate.

8.6.2. Annual Reconciliation . On or before the first day of each April during the Term of this Lease or any extended period thereof, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement of reconciliation (Reconciliation) showing in reasonable detail Landlord’s actual Direct Costs for the preceding calendar year. In the event such Reconciliation shows that additional sums are due from Tenant, Tenant shall pay such sums to Landlord within ten (10) days of receipt of such Reconciliation to the end that Landlord shall receive the entire amount of Tenant’s share of Direct Costs for the preceding year and no more. In the event such Reconciliation shows that a credit is due Tenant, such credit shall be credited against the next sums becoming due from Tenant, unless this Lease has expired or been terminated pursuant to the terms hereof (and all sums due Landlord have been paid), in which event such sums shall be refunded to Tenant. Neither Landlord’s failure to deliver nor late delivery of the statement of projected Direct Costs nor of such Reconciliation to Tenant shall constitute a default by Landlord or operate as a waiver of Landlord’s right to collect all Additional Rent or sums due hereunder. Tenant agrees that no written request of such Reconciliation shall be made until the Reconciliation for such period shall be due. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor, Landlord shall deliver such Reconciliation to Tenant.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 10   


8.6.3. Tenant’s Inspection of Reconciliation Accounting Records . So long as Tenant is not in default under the terms of the Lease and provided Notice of Tenant’s request is given to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Reconciliation, Tenant may inspect Landlord’s Reconciliation accounting records relating to Direct Costs at Landlord’s corporate office, during normal business hours, for the purpose of verifying the charges contained in such statement. The audit must be completed within sixty (60) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Notice, unless such period is extended by Landlord (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion). Before conducting any audit however, Tenant must pay in full the amount of Direct Costs billed. Tenant may only review those records that specifically relate to Direct Costs. Tenant may not review any other leases or Landlord’s tax returns or financial statements. In conducting an audit, Tenant must utilize an independent certified public accountant experienced in auditing records related to property operations. The proposed accountant is subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior approval. The audit shall be conducted in accordance with generally accepted rules of auditing practices. Tenant may not conduct an audit more often than once each calendar year. Tenant may audit records relating to a calendar year only one time. No audit shall cover a period of time other than the calendar year from which Landlord’s Reconciliation was generated. Upon receipt thereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the audit report and all accompanying data. Tenant and Tenant’s auditor shall keep confidential any agreements involving the rights provided in this section and the results of any audit conducted hereunder. As a condition precedent to Tenant’s right to conduct an audit, Tenant’s auditor shall sign a confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. However, Tenant shall be permitted to furnish information to its attorneys, accountants and auditors to the extent necessary to perform their respective services for Tenant.

8.7. Taxes on Tenant’s Use and Occupancy . In addition to the Rent and any other charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) which are not otherwise reimbursable under this Lease, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties, where such taxes are upon, measured by or reasonably attributable to (a) the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, other than Building Standard Tenant Improvements made by Landlord, regardless of whether title to such improvements is held by Tenant or Landlord; (b) the gross or net Rent payable under this Lease, including, without limitation, any rental or gross receipts tax levied by any taxing authority with respect to the receipt of the Rent hereunder; (c) the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; or (d) this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. If it becomes unlawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any costs as required under this Lease, the Base Rent shall be revised to net Landlord the same net Rent after imposition of any tax or other charge upon Landlord as would have been payable to Landlord but for the reimbursement being unlawful.

8.8. Net Lease . It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Lease shall be completely net to Landlord and shall not be terminable for any reason by Tenant, and that Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of or reduction in Rent or other amounts hereunder, except as herein expressly provided regardless of disturbance, prevention, interruption or inconvenience in the use and occupancy of the Premises from any cause whatsoever, whether within or beyond the present contemplations of the parties. With respect to the foregoing, any present or future law to the contrary is hereby waived by Tenant, and shall not alter this agreement of the parties.

 

9. LATE CHARGES.

If Tenant fails to pay when due any Rent or other amounts or charges which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease, then Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of each such installment if any such installment is not received by Landlord within five (5) days from the date it is due. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment of any Rent will cause Landlord to lose the use of that money and incur costs and expenses not contemplated under this Lease including, without limitation,

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 11   


administrative costs and processing and accounting expenses, the exact amount of which is extremely difficult to ascertain. Landlord and Tenant agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and is fair compensation to Landlord for the loss suffered as a result of such late payment by Tenant. However, the late charge is not intended to cover Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs relating to delinquent Rent. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such late payment by nor prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Late charges are deemed Additional Rent.

In no event shall this provision for the imposition of a late charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or an extension of time within which to pay any Rent due hereunder or prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay such Rent when due.

 

10. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord a Security Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 2.18. as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Security Deposit may be commingled with funds of Landlord and Landlord shall have no obligation or liability for payment of interest on such deposit Tenant shall not mortgage, assign, transfer or encumber the Security Deposit without the prior written consent of Landlord and any attempt by Tenant to do so shall be void, without force or effect and shall not be binding upon Landlord.

If Tenant fails to timely pay any Rent or other amount due under this Lease, or fails to perform any of the terms hereof, Landlord may, at its option and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have, appropriate and apply or use all or any portion of the Security Deposit for Rent payments or any other amount then due and unpaid, for payment of any amount for which Landlord has become obligated as a result of Tenant’s default or breach, and for any loss or damage sustained by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default or breach. If Landlord so uses any of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to the full amount originally deposited. Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute an act of default hereunder and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any remedy provided for in Section 22. hereof.

If Tenant defaults under this Lease more than two (2) times during the Lease term, irrespective of whether such default is cured, then, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, modify the amount of the required Security Deposit. Within ten (10) days after Notice of such modification, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the required additional sums. Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute an act of default, and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any remedy provided for in Section 22. hereof.

If Tenant complies with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, and Tenant is not in default on any of its obligations hereunder, then within the time period statutorily prescribed after Tenant vacates the Premises, Landlord shall return to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last subtenant or assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) the Security Deposit less any expenditures made by Landlord to repair damages to the Premises caused by Tenant and to clean the Premises upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

11. TENANT’S USE OF THE PREMISES.

The provisions of this Section are for the benefit of the Landlord and are not nor shall they be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant of the Shopping Center or Complex.

11.1. No Changes in Tenant’s Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purposes set forth in Section 2.23. No change in the Use of the Premises shall be permitted, except as provided in this Section 11.

11.1.1. If, at any time or from time to time during the Term hereof, Tenant desires to change the Use of the Premises, including any change associated with a proposed assignment or

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 12   


sublet of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Notice to Landlord of its request for approval of such proposed change in use. In the event of such a request, Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with such information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall have the right to approve such proposed change in use, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord’s consent shall not be construed as a consent to any subsequent change in use.

11.1.2. Landlord’s consent shall be conditioned on such factors as it deems appropriate, including but not limited to:

11.1.2.1. whether or not Tenant is in default under the terms of the Lease;

11.1.2.2. whether or not the proposed use of the Premises will include the use of Hazardous Material or will in any way increase any risk to Landlord relating to Hazardous Material;

11.1.2.3. whether or not the Premises or Building can be readily adapted to accommodate the proposed use, and whether or not the party responsible for such adaptation demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that it possesses the financial capability to do so;

11.1.2.4. whether or not the proposed change in use will disrupt any tenant mix or balance in the Shopping Center or violate any exclusive rights of an existing tenant; and

11.1.2.5. whether or not the proposed change in use will affect Landlord’s ability to transfer the Lease.

11.1.3. Upon Landlord’s consent to the proposed use for the Premises, such use shall be operated on the same terms and conditions set forth in the written request for approval given to Landlord, or, if different, upon terms and conditions consented to by Landlord.

11.1.4. If Tenant requests the consent of Landlord to any proposed change in use, then Tenant shall, upon demand, pay Landlord, whether or not consent is ultimately given, an administrative fee of Two Hundred Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($250.00) plus costs and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with each such act or request.

11.1.5. Landlord shall provide a written response to Tenant’s request for a change in use within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the information requested by Landlord.

11.2. Observance of Law . Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises in violation of any declarations, covenant, condition or restriction, or law. statute, ordinance or governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon Notice from Landlord, immediately discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of law or of the Certificate of Occupancy. Tenant shall promptly comply, at its sole cost and expense, with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be imposed which shall by reason of Tenant’s Use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to Tenant’s Use or occupation. Further, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, bring the Premises into compliance with all such laws, including the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (ADA), whether or not the necessity for compliance is triggered by Tenant’s Use, and Tenant shall make, at its sole cost and expense, any changes to the Premises required to accommodate Tenant’s employees with disabilities (any work performed pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the terms of Section 15. hereof). The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission by Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord is a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such law, statute, ordinance, or governmental regulation, rule or requirement

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 13   


in the use or occupancy of the Premises or Complex shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

11.3. Insurance . Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will contravene, invalidate or increase the cost of any insurance policy covering the Shopping Center or Complex and/or property located therein, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations, requirements and recommendations of Landlord’s insurance carrier(s) or any board of fire insurance underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted, relating to or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises, excluding structural changes not related to or affected by Tenant’s improvements or acts. Tenant shall promptly upon demand reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for violation of this Section.

11.4. Nuisance and Waste . Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Complex, or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises.

11.5. Limitation on Sales . No secondhand store, auction, distress or fire sale, or bankruptcy or going-out-of-business sale may be conducted on the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not sell or display merchandise outside the confines of the Premises or in the mall or Common Area.

11.6. Covenant of Continuous Operation and Full Merchandising . Tenant shall continuously use the Premises for the Use specified in this Lease and shall continuously merchandise the Premises during all usual business hours and on all such days as comparable businesses in the Shopping Center or businesses of like nature in the area are open for business. If the Premises are destroyed or partially condemned and this Lease remains in full force and effect, Tenant shall continue operation of its business at the Premises to the extent reasonably practical from the standpoint of good business judgment during any period of reconstruction. Tenant shall pay Landlord a penalty in the amount of $200.00 per day, as Additional Rent, for each day that Tenant fails to operate in accordance with this Section 11.6. Tenant shall carry and offer for sale at all times a full and complete stock of seasonable merchandise at competitive prices, and shall maintain adequate personnel for the efficient serving of its customers. Tenant shall not lower the quality of its merchandise or change the quality of its business without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall employ its best efforts to operate the business conducted on the Premises in a manner that will produce the maximum volume of gross sales. Tenant shall use only such space in the Premises for office, clerical, and other non-selling purposes as is reasonably required for Tenant’s business on the Premises.

If Tenant fails to open the Premises for business fully fixtured, stocked and staffed within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, or Rent Commencement Date if applicable, then, in addition to any other rights Landlord may have, Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent for each and every day Tenant fails to commence to do business.

11.7. Covenant Against Competition . Tenant acknowledges that the Shopping Center draws its customers from a large geographic area and that the success of the Shopping Center is dependant upon customer traffic. Tenant also acknowledges that Landlord is relying on the generation of Percentage Rent from Tenant’s Gross Sales at the Premises. Therefore, Tenant covenants that Tenant, or any individual, firm, or corporation that controls Tenant or is controlled by Tenant, shall not own, operate, or become financially interested in a business similar to one conducted on Premises within the distance set forth in Section 2.5. Tenant further agrees that at the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall not operate under or use in any manner any name that includes the name of the Shopping Center. If Tenant defaults in performance under this paragraph, Landlord may elect, without limiting its rights to any other remedies herein, at law or in equity, to include the gross sales from such other business in the gross sales made from or upon the Premises for the purpose of computing Percentage Rent payable under this Lease. In such event, Tenant shall make available to Landlord all books, records and documentation for such other business in accordance with Section 6.3. hereof.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 14   


11.8. Load and Equipment Limits . Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry as determined by Landlord or Landlord’s structural engineer. The cost of any such determination made by Landlord’s structural engineer in connection with Tenant’s occupancy shall be paid by Tenant upon Landlord’s demand. Tenant shall not install machines or mechanical equipment which will in any manner cause noise objectionable to other tenants or injure, vibrate or shake the Premises, Building or Shopping Center.

11.9. Hazardous Material . Unless Tenant obtains the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not create, generate, use, bring, allow, emit, dispose, or permit on the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex any toxic or hazardous gaseous, liquid, or solid material or waste, or any other hazardous material defined or listed in any applicable federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or ordinance. If Landlord grants its consent, Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws with respect to such hazardous material, including all laws affecting the use, storage and disposal thereof. If the presence of any hazardous material brought to the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agent or contractors results in contamination, Tenant shall promptly take all actions necessary, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remediate the contamination and restore the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex to the condition that existed before introduction of such hazardous material. Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s approval of the proposed remedial action and shall keep Landlord informed during the process of remediation.

Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any claims, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by Landlord arising from such bringing, allowing, using, permitting, generating, creating, emitting, or disposing of toxic or hazardous material whether or not consent to same has been granted by Landlord. Tenant’s duty to defend, hold-harmless and indemnify Landlord hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. The consent requirement contained herein shall not apply to ordinary office products that may contain de minimis quantities of hazardous material; however, Tenant’s indemnification obligations are not diminished with respect to the presence of such products. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has an affirmative duty to immediately notify Landlord of any release or suspected release of hazardous material in the Premises or on or about the Shopping Center or Complex.

Medical waste and any other waste, the removal of which is regulated, shall be contracted for and disposed of by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. No material shall be placed in Shopping Center or Complex trash boxes, receptacles or Common Areas if the material is of such a nature that it cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the State without being in violation of any law or ordinance.

11.10. Hours of Operation . Tenant shall operate its business on all days and during all hours established for the Shopping Center by Landlord, or during all usual business hours and on all such days as comparable businesses in the Shopping Center or businesses of like nature in the area are open for business if no such hours are established by Landlord. In the event Tenant fails to operate in accordance with this Section 11.10., then, in addition to any other rights Landlord may have, Landlord may charge Tenant a fee of $25.00, and Tenant shall pay such fee, for each and every occurrence of Tenant’s failure to so operate, as determined by Landlord. Landlord agrees to impose this fee only after the second such occurrence in each month.

 

12. MERCHANTS’ ASSOCIATION.

12.1. Association or Promotional Service . At Landlord’s option, Tenant shall either maintain membership in a merchants’ association (Association) or participate in a promotional service (Service) to be organized by Landlord.

12.1.1. Association . In the event an Association is established, Tenant shall become a member of the Association, shall maintain its membership in good standing, shall abide by the Association bylaws and regulations and shall cooperate in the activities of the Association throughout the Term. If there is any conflict between the bylaws and the regulations, or both, of the Association and the provisions of this Lease, this Lease shall prevail. The provisions of this

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 15   


Section 12. shall be deemed to be covenants for the benefit of Landlord and the Association and may be enforced by each of them.

12.1.2. Service . The purpose of a Service, if one is established, shall be to promote the Shopping Center for the benefit of all of the tenants of the Shopping Center in a manner deemed appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable judgment. Landlord may select a committee of tenants to render advice to Landlord in connection with advertising or promotional activities. Landlord shall recover from the Service its actual cost for directing the Service and for payment of the salaries of a promotional director, secretary and other personnel deemed necessary by Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, to carry out the purposes of the Service.

12.1.3. Promotional Fee . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord a fee (the Promotional Fee) for Tenant’s share of the costs to operate an Association or Service, as the case may be. The Promotional Fee is set forth in Section 2.17. of the Lease and shall be adjusted annually in accordance with the following.

12.1.4. Adjusted Promotional Fee . The Promotional Fee shall be adjusted on Tenant’s First Adjustment Date and again on each Adjustment Date thereafter. Adjustments, if any, shall be based upon increases (if any) in the Index. The Index for the calendar month in which the Lease commences shall be the Base Index. On each Adjustment Date, the Promotional Fee shall be increased by a percentage equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the current Index over the Base Index (Adjusted Promotional Fee). In the event the Index in any year is less than the Index for the preceding year, the Promotional Fee shall remain the same as in the preceding year. When the Adjusted Promotional Fee is determined, Landlord shall give Tenant a written statement of such Adjusted Promotional Fee and the manner in which it was computed. The Adjusted Promotional Fee shall thereafter be the Promotional Fee for all purposes under this Lease.

12.2. Payment . Tenant’s obligation to pay the Promotional Fee shall commence upon the Commencement Date or Rent Commencement Date, if applicable, whichever is later and shall be paid in accordance with Section 6.1. of the Lease. In addition, Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, any and all charges incurred in the collection of the Promotional Fee, including attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, if any, which the Association, Service or Landlord, as the case may be, may deem necessary in connection with the collection of a delinquent account, plus interest at the maximum lawful rate from and after the due date through and including the date of payment

Landlord shall contribute an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate dues billed on a monthly basis to the members of the Association or Service.

12.3. Abolishment of the Service or Association . If Landlord has established the Service during the Term hereof, it may thereafter cause it to be abolished and establish the Association. In the alternative, if Landlord has established the Association, it may at any time during the Term cause it to be abolished and establish the Service. In either case, Tenant agrees to sign any documents necessary to accomplish such change.

12.4. Advertising Requirements . In addition to the Promotional Fee, from and after the Commencement Date Tenant shall expend each calendar year for advertising a sum not less than two percent (2%) of its Gross Sales for each calendar year. Tenant shall designate the location of the Premises by reference to the Shopping Center by name in its advertising. The advertising shall be in newspapers, tabloids, direct mailings or other media covering the trade area served by the Shopping Center. Further, the advertising shall include annual participation in at least one tabloid for direct mailing sponsored by the Association or Service. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord with its annual report of Gross Sales, and at any other time upon request by Landlord, a certified statement showing the amounts expended by Tenant specifically for advertising the Premises. If Tenant fails to so advertise, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, the difference between (a) the amount actually expended by Tenant for advertising during the preceding calendar year and (b) the amount Tenant was required to expend for advertising during the applicable calendar year, as required under this Section 12.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 16   


13. SERVICES AND UTILITIES.

Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, air conditioning or other ventilation, light, power, sewer charges, telephone installation and service charges, garbage and trash collection, and for all other services and utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any tax, excise or surcharge thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to and paid by Tenant, or if any such services are furnished and paid for by Landlord, Tenant shall pay a reasonable proportion to be determined by Landlord of all charges jointly metered with other tenants or which are furnished and paid for by Landlord. If Tenant’s utility or service requirements increase over its requirements as of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be required to pay the increased cost of such utilities or services. If Landlord is required to construct new or additional utility installations, including, without limitation, wiring, plumbing, conduits and mains, resulting from Tenant’s changed or increased requirements. Tenant shall on demand pay to Landlord, in advance of installation, the total cost of such installation. If applicable, Landlord shall also provide tenant interface with the telephone network at the demarcation point supplied by the regulated public utility and supply cable pairs in an amount consistent with the engineering standards to which the Building was designed, all in accordance with Section 38. hereof.

Landlord may choose, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, the company or companies that will provide all electricity (or any other utility) to the Shopping Center, and, in such event, Tenant shall pay for electric current (or such other utility) supplied to, or used, in the Premises at the rate prevailing for Tenant’s class of use as established by such company or companies. Electric current (or such other utility) shall be measured in the manner set forth above and shall be billed by Landlord as Additional Rent and paid by Tenant on a monthly basis. If permitted by law, Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, at any time and from time to time during the Term, to switch providers of any such utility. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and any such utility provider at all times, and, as reasonably necessary, Tenant shall allow access to the electric (or other utility) lines, feeders, risers, wiring and other machinery located within the Premises.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if Tenant is granted the right to purchase electricity from a provider other than the company or companies used by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord from and against all losses, claims, demands, expenses and judgments caused by, or directly or indirectly arising from, the acts or omissions of Tenant’s electricity provider (including, but not limited to, expenses and/or fines incurred by Landlord in the event Tenant’s electricity provider fails to provide sufficient power to the Premises, as well as damages resulting from the improper or faulty installation or construction of facilities or equipment in or on the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s electricity provider.

Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall Rent abate by reason of, (a) the installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment in connection with the furnishing of any of the foregoing services, or (b) failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such services where such failure or delay is caused by accident or any condition or event beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, or by the making of necessary repairs or improvements to the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex, or (c) any change, failure, interruption, disruption or defect in the quantity or character of the electricity (or other utility) supplied to the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex, or (d) the limitation, curtailment or rationing of, or restrictions on, use of water, electricity, gas or any other form of energy serving the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex. Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of or injury to property or business, however occurring, through, in connection with or incidental to the failure to furnish any such services.

 

14. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.

14.1. Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant, at its cost, shall maintain in good condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof (except those portions required to be maintained by Landlord as hereinafter provided) including, without limitation, the maintenance, replacement and repair of all Tenant’s personal property, Tenant’s signs as permitted by the provisions of this Lease, storefronts, doors, window casements, plate glass and show windows, plumbing and pipes (including any damage to plumbing and pipes caused

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 17   


by the introduction of any foreign matter into the plumbing system by Tenant or Tenant’s employees or customers), electrical wiring and conduits, internal wiring as it connects to the ICN (if applicable), the roof to the extent of any installations for vents or other installations made by Tenant and the heating, air conditioning and ventilation (HVAC) equipment (Tenant shall procure and maintain at Tenant’s expense a heating and air conditioning system maintenance contract and shall promptly provide a copy of such contract to Landlord). Tenant shall be liable for any damage to the Building in which the Premises are located and other buildings in the Shopping Center, resulting from the acts or omissions of Tenant or its authorized representatives, employees or customers.

14.1.1. Tenant shall at its own expense replace with glass of the same type any cracked or broken glass, or replace other breakable material with similar material, used in the structural portions, interior and exterior windows or doors in the Premises. If specifically required by Landlord, Tenant shall maintain a policy of insurance, in accordance with Section 18. of the Lease, against breakage of all such glass and material.

14.1.2. For the purposes of this Section 14.1., the term Premises shall be deemed to include all items and equipment installed by or for the benefit of or at the expense of Tenant, including without limitation the interior surfaces of the ceilings, walls and floors; all doors; all interior and exterior windows; dedicated heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment; all plumbing, pipes and fixtures; electrical switches and fixtures; and Building Standard Tenant Improvements, if any.

14.1.3. If Tenant fails to maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair, Landlord shall give Notice to Tenant to do such acts as are reasonably required to so maintain the Premises. If Tenant fails to promptly commence such work and diligently prosecute it to completion, then Landlord shall have the right to do such acts and expend such funds at the expense of Tenant as are reasonably required to perform such work.

14.2. Landlord’s Obligations . Except for maintenance, repair and replacement obligations of Tenant as set forth above, Landlord at its cost shall maintain, in good condition, the structural parts of the Building and other improvements in which the Premises are located, which structural parts include only the foundations, bearing and exterior walls (excluding glass and doors); the electrical, plumbing and sewage systems lying outside the Premises; and gutters and downspouts on the Building in which the Premises are located. If applicable, Landlord shall also maintain in good order, condition and repair the ICN, the cost of which is reimbursable pursuant to Section 8. unless responsibility therefor is assigned to a particular tenant.

14.3. Compliance with Law . Landlord and Tenant shall each do all acts necessary to comply with all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, and rules of any public authority relating to their respective maintenance obligations as set forth herein. The provisions of Section 11.2. are deemed restated here.

14.4. Notice of Defect . If it is Landlord’s obligation to repair, regardless of the nature or cause, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt Notice of any damage or defective condition in any part or appurtenance of the Building.

14.5. Landlord’s Liability . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant nor shall Tenant’s obligations under this Lease be reduced or abated in any manner by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption or injury to business arising from Landlord’s making any repairs or changes which Landlord is required or permitted by this Lease or by any other tenant’s lease or required by law to make in or to any portion of the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex. Landlord shall nevertheless use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s conduct of its business in the Premises.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 18   


15. CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, AND REMODELING.

15.1. Landlord’s Construction Obligations . Landlord shall perform Landlord’s Work to the Premises as described in Exhibit “D”.

15.2. Tenant’s Construction Obligations . Tenant shall perform Tenant’s Work to the Premises as described in Exhibit “D” and shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 15.

15.3. Tenant’s Alterations and Additions . Except as provided in Section 15.2. above, Tenant shall not make any other additions, alterations or improvements to the Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord’s consent may be conditioned, without limitation, on Tenant removing any such additions, alterations or improvements upon the expiration of the Term and restoring the Premises to the same condition as on the date Tenant took possession. All work with respect to Tenant’s Work described in Exhibit “D”, as well as any addition, alteration or improvement, shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes and rules of any public authority (including, but not limited to the ADA) and shall be done in a good and professional manner by properly qualified and licensed personnel approved by Landlord. All work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish Landlord “as-built” plans. Prior to commencing any such work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications; names and addresses of contractors; copies of all contracts; copies of all necessary permits; evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance coverage for Builder’s Risk at least as broad as Insurance Services Office (ISO) special causes of loss form CP 10 30, Commercial General Liability at least as broad as ISO CG 00 01, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability and auto liability, all in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; and indemnification in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The work shall be performed in a manner that will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of the other tenants in the Building in which the Premises is located, and the work shall not be performed during peak shopping seasons including, but not limited to, Thanksgiving and Christmas.

Landlord may require, in Landlord’s sole discretion and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, that Tenant provide Landlord with a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to at least one and one-half (1-1/2) times the total estimated cost of any additions, alterations or improvements to be made in or to the Premises. Nothing contained in this Section 14.1. shall relieve Tenant of its obligation under Section 15.4. to keep the Premises, Shopping Center and Complex free of all liens.

15.4. Payment . Tenant shall pay the costs of any work done on the Premises pursuant to Sections 15.2. and 15.3., and shall keep the Premises, Shopping Center and Complex free and clear of liens of any kind. Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to defend against and keep Landlord free and harmless from all liability, loss, damage, costs, attorneys’ fees and any other expense incurred on account of claims by any person performing work or furnishing materials or supplies for Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant

15.5. Notice . Tenant shall give Notice to Landlord at least ten (10) business days prior to the expected date of commencement of any work relating to alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises. Landlord retains the right to enter the Premises and post such notices as Landlord deems proper at any reasonable time.

15.6. Property of Landlord . Unless their removal is required by Landlord as provided in Section 15.3., all additions, alterations and improvements made to the Premises shall become the property of Landlord and be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration of the Term; provided, however, Tenant’s equipment, machinery and trade fixtures shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed, subject to the provisions of Section 16.2.

15.7. Landlord’s Right to Remodel . Landlord shall have the right upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, to remodel all or any part of the Shopping Center, including, without limitation, the right (but not the obligation) to enclose or otherwise cover all or part of the mall. Tenant shall be obligated at Tenant’s sole cost, to extend the boundary of its Premises as required by Landlord’s remodeling and to

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 19   


reconstruct or remodel the storefront or storefronts of the Premises, in accordance with Landlord’s final plans and specifications and working drawings, if any.

15.7.1. As part of any remodeling, Landlord may adopt new exterior sign criteria. If new exterior sign criteria are adopted, Tenant, after Notice from Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall remove all existing exterior signs and replace them with new exterior signs in accordance with the new sign criteria and in accordance with Section 32. hereof. The new signs shall be erected within sixty (60) days following the date of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice. The removal of existing signs and the erection of new signs shall be accomplished at the same time so that the Premises will at all times have exterior signs. If new exterior sign criteria are adopted, the parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease.

 

16. LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS; TENANT’S PROPERTY.

16.1. Leasehold Improvements . All fixtures, equipment (including air conditioning or heating systems), improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises at the commencement of or during the Term (Leasehold Improvements), whether or not by or at the expense of Tenant, shall be and remain a part of the Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant, except as expressly provided in Section 16.2. If Landlord so elects however, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may be required to remove all Leasehold Improvements and return the Premises to its original condition.

16.2. Tenant’s Property . All signs, notices, displays, movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment (excluding air conditioning or heating systems), personal telecommunications equipment and office equipment located in the Premises and acquired by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to Landlord, which can be removed without structural damage to the Building, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Premises (collectively, Tenant’s Property) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term; provided that if any of Tenant’s Property or Leasehold Improvements are removed, Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises, Building, Shopping Center or Complex resulting from such removal, including without limitation repairing the flooring and patching and painting the walls where required by Landlord to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

17. INDEMNIFICATION.

17.1. Tenant Indemnification . Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability and claims of any kind for loss or damage to any person or property arising out of: (a) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Building or Shopping Center, or any work, activity or thing done, allowed or suffered by Tenant in, on or about the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex; (b) any breach or default by Tenant of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; or (c) any negligent or otherwise tortious act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees, subtenants, licensees, customers, guests, invitees or contractors (including agents or contractors who perform work outside of the Premises for Tenant). At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, and by counsel satisfactory to Landlord, defend Landlord in any action or proceeding arising from any such claim. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against all costs, attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and any other expenses or liabilities incurred in such action or proceeding. As a material part of the consideration for Landlord’s execution of this Lease, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage or injury to any person or property in, on or about the Premises from any cause and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord, except in connection with damage or injury resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized agents.

17.2. Landlord Not Liable . Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by the person or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees or customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, caused by or resulting from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, lighting fixtures or mechanical or electrical

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 20   


systems, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Shopping Center or Complex or from other sources, unless the condition was the sole result of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or omission of any other tenant of the Shopping Center or Complex or for the acts of persons in, on or about the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex who are not the authorized agents of Landlord or for losses due to theft, vandalism or like causes.

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s election to provide mechanical surveillance or to post security personnel in the Shopping Center or Complex is solely within Landlord’s discretion. Landlord shall have no liability in connection with the decision whether or not to provide such services, and, to the extent permitted by law, Tenant hereby waives all claims based thereon.

 

18. TENANT’S INSURANCE.

18.1. Insurance Requirement . Tenant shall procure and maintain insurance in accordance with the terms hereof, either as specific policies or within blanket policies. Coverage shall begin on the date Tenant is given access to the Premises for any purpose and shall continue until expiration of the Term, except as otherwise set forth in the Lease. The cost of such insurance shall be borne by Tenant

Insurance shall be with insurers licensed to do business in the State, and acceptable to Landlord. The insurers must have a current A.M. Best’s rating of not less than A:VII, or equivalent (as reasonably determined by Landlord) if the Best’s rating system is discontinued.

Tenant shall furnish Landlord with original certificates and amendatory endorsements effecting coverage required by this Section 18. before the date Tenant is first given access to the Premises. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by Landlord before any work commences. Landlord reserves the right to inspect and/or copy any insurance policy required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, or to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements effecting the coverage required herein at any time. Tenant shall comply with such requirement within thirty (30) days of demand therefor by Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with renewal certificates and amendments or a “binder” of any such policy at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration thereof. Each insurance policy required herein shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be canceled, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and Landlord’s lender (if such lender’s address is provided).

The Commercial General Liability policy, as hereinafter required, shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: (a) Landlord and any parties designated by Landlord shall be covered as additional insureds as their respective interests may appear, and (b) Tenant’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as to any insurance carried by the parties designated as additional insureds. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Landlord shall be excess of Tenant’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

18.2. Minimum Scope of Coverage . Coverage shall be at least as broad as set forth herein. However, if, because of Tenant’s Use or occupancy of the Premises, Landlord determines, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, that additional insurance coverage or different types of insurance are necessary, then Tenant shall obtain such insurance at Tenant’s expense in accordance with the terms of this Section 18.

18.3. Commercial General Liability . (ISO occurrence form CG 00 01) which shall cover liability arising from Tenant’s Use and occupancy of the Premises, its operations therefrom, Tenant’s independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal injury and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract.

18.3.1. Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by law, and Employers Liability insurance.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 21   


18.3.2. Commercial Property Insurance (ISO special causes of loss form CP 10 30) against all risk of direct physical loss or damage (including flood, if applicable), earthquake excepted, for: (a) all leasehold improvements (including any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Section 15. hereof) in, on or about the Premises; and (b) trade fixtures, merchandise and Tenant’s Property from time to time in, on or about the Premises. The proceeds of such property insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property so insured. Upon termination of this Lease following a casualty as set forth herein, the proceeds under (a) shall be paid to Landlord, and the proceeds under (b) above shall be paid to Tenant.

18.3.3. Business Auto Liability.

Landlord shall, during the term hereof, maintain in effect similar insurance on the Building and Common Area.

18.3.4. Business Interruption and Extra Expense Insurance.

18.4. Minimum Limits of Insurance . Tenant shall maintain limits not less than:

18.4.1. Commercial General Liability: $3,000,000 per occurrence. If the insurance contains a general aggregate limit either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this location or the general aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required occurrence limit.

18.4.2. Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease.

18.4.3. Commercial Property Insurance: 100% replacement cost with no coinsurance penalty provision.

18.4.4. Business Auto Liability: $1,000,000 per accident.

18.4.5. Business Interruption and Extra Expense Insurance: In a reasonable amount and comparable to amounts carried by comparable tenants in comparable projects.

18.5. Deductible and Self-Insured Retention . Any deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $5,000 per occurrence must be declared to and approved by Landlord. At the option of Landlord, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or self-insured retention or Tenant shall provide separate insurance conforming to this requirement.

18.6. Increases in Insurance Policy Limits . If the coverage limits set forth in this Section 18. are deemed inadequate by Landlord or Landlord’s lender, then Tenant shall increase the coverage limits to the amounts reasonably recommended by either Landlord or Landlord’s lender. Landlord agrees that any such required increases in coverage limits shall not occur more frequently than once every three (3) years.

18.7. Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other and against the officers, employees, agents and representatives, contractors and invitees of the other, on account of loss by or damage to the waiving party or its property or the property of others under its control, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy which may have been in force at the time of such loss or damage.

18.8. Landlord’s Right to Obtain Insurance for Tenant . If Tenant fails to obtain the insurance coverage or fails to provide certificates and endorsements as required by this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, obtain such insurance for Tenant. Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent the reasonable cost thereof together with a twenty-five percent (25%) service charge.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 22   


19. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

19.1. Damage . If, during the Term of this Lease, the Premises or the portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s occupancy is damaged by fire or other casualty covered by fire and extended coverage insurance carried by Landlord, Landlord shall promptly repair the damage provided (a) such repairs can, in Landlord’s opinion, be completed, under applicable laws and regulations, within one hundred eighty (ISO) days of the date a permit for such construction is issued by the governing authority, (b) insurance proceeds are available to pay eighty percent (80%) or more of the cost of restoration, and (c) Tenant performs its obligations pursuant to Section 19.4. hereof. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except that if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents or employees, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Rent to the extent Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired, commencing with the date of damage and continuing until completion of the repairs required of Landlord under Section 19.4. If the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant, its agents or employees and loss of rental income insurance is denied as a result, there shall be no abatement of Rent.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, in the event of partial or total damage or destruction of the Premises during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, either party shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days prior Notice to the other party provided such Notice is served within thirty (30) days after the damage or destruction. For purposes of this Section 19.1., “partial damage or destruction” shall mean the damage or destruction of at least thirty-three and one-third percent (33 and 1/3%) of the Premises, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

19.2. Repair of Premises in Excess of One Hundred Eighty Days . If in Landlord’s opinion, such repairs to the Premises or portion of the Building necessary for Tenant’s occupancy cannot be completed under applicable laws and regulations within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date a permit for such construction is issued by the governing authority, Landlord may elect upon Notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after the date of such fire or other casualty, to repair such damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect but Rent shall be partially abated as provided in this Section 1. If Landlord does not so elect to make such repairs, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such fire or other casualty.

19.3. Repair Outside Premises . If any other portion of the Building or Shopping Center is totally destroyed or damaged to the extent that in Landlord’s opinion repair thereof cannot be completed under applicable laws and regulations within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date a permit for such construction is issued by the governing authority, Landlord may elect upon Notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after the date of such fire or other casualty, to repair such damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect but Rent shall be partially abated as provided in this Section 19. If Landlord does not elect to make such repairs, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such fire or other casualty.

19.4. Tenant Repair . If the Premises are to be repaired under this Section 19., Landlord shall repair at its cost any injury or damage to the Building and Building Standard Tenant Improvements, if any. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform work other than Landlord’s Work performed previously pursuant to Section 15. hereof. Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for the repair, restoration and replacement of any other Leasehold Improvements and Tenant’s Property (as well as reconstructing and reconnecting Tenant’s internal telecommunications wiring and related equipment). Landlord shall not be liable for any loss of business, inconvenience or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex as a result of any damage from fire or other casualty.

19.5. Election Not to Perform Landlord’s Work . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall provide Notice to Tenant of its intent to repair or replace the Premises (if Landlord elects to perform such work), and, within ten (10) days of its receipt of such Notice, Tenant shall provide Notice to Landlord of its intent to reoccupy the Premises. Should Tenant fail to provide such Notice to Landlord, then such failure shall be deemed an election by Tenant not to re-occupy the Premises and

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 23   


Landlord may elect not to perform the repair or replacement of the Premises. Such election shall not result in a termination of this Lease and all obligations of Tenant hereunder shall remain in full force and effect, including the obligation to pay Rent.

19.6. Express Agreement . This Lease shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage to or destruction of the Premises, Building or Shopping Center by fire or other casualty, and any present or future law which purports to govern the rights of Landlord and Tenant in such circumstances in the absence of an express agreement shall have no application.

 

20. EMINENT DOMAIN.

20.1. Lease Controls . If during the Term or during the period of time between the execution of this Lease and the date the Term commences, there is any taking of all or any part of the Building, other improvements or the Shopping Center of which the Premises are a part or any interest in this Lease by condemnation, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

20.2. Whole Taking . If the whole of the Shopping Center, Building or Premises is lawfully taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public purpose, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such taking, and Rent shall be prorated to such date.

20.3. Partial Taking . If less than the whole of the Building or Premises is so taken, this Lease shall be unaffected by such taking, provided that (a) Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by Notice to Landlord given within ninety (90) days after the date of such taking if twenty percent (20%) or more of the Premises is taken and the remaining area of the Premises is not reasonably sufficient for Tenant to continue operation of its business, and (b) Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by Notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of such taking. If either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, the Lease shall terminate on the thirtieth (30th) calendar day after either such Notice. Rent shall be prorated to the date of termination. If this Lease continues in force upon such partial taking, Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be equitably adjusted according to the remaining GLA of the Premises and Shopping Center.

20.4. Proceeds . In the event of any taking, partial or whole, all of the proceeds of any award, judgment or settlement payable by the condemning authority shall be the exclusive property of Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in any award, judgment or settlement from the condemning authority; however, Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that Landlord’s award is not reduced or prejudiced, to claim from the condemning authority (but not from Landlord) such compensation as may be recoverable by Tenant in its own right for relocation expenses and damage to Tenant’s Property and damage to Leasehold Improvements installed at the sole expense of Tenant.

20.5. Landlord’s Restoration . In the event e event of a partial taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, Landlord shall restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to the condemnation or taking; provided however, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform work other than Landlord’s Work performed previously pursuant to Section 15.1. hereof. Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for the repair, restoration and replacement of Tenant’s Property and any other Leasehold Improvements.

 

21. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

No assignment of this Lease or sublease of all or any part of the Premises shall be permitted, except as provided in this Section 21.

21.1. No Assignment or Subletting . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign or hypothecate this Lease or any interest herein or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof by any party other than Tenant. Any of the foregoing acts

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 24   


without such consent shall be voidable and shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a default hereunder. This Lease shall not, nor shall any interest of Tenant herein, be assignable by operation of law without the prior written consent of Landlord.

21.1.1. For purposes of this Section 21., the following shall be deemed an assignment:

21.1.1.1. If Tenant is a partnership, any withdrawal or substitution (whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether occurring at one time or over a period of time) of any partners) owning twenty-five (25%) or more (cumulatively) of any interest in the capital or profits of the partnership, or the dissolution of the partnership;

21.1.1.2. If Tenant is a corporation, any dissolution, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of Tenant, any sale or transfer (or cumulative sales or transfers) of the capital stock of Tenant in excess of twenty-five percent (25%), or any sale (or cumulative sales) or transfer of fifty-one (51%) or more of the value of the assets of Tenant provided, however, the foregoing shall not apply to corporations the capital stock of which is publicly traded.

21.2. Landlord’s Consent . If, at any time or from time to time during the Term hereof, Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises, and if Tenant is not then in default under the terms of the Lease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written request for approval setting forth the terms and provisions of the proposed assignment or sublease, the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and a copy of the proposed form of assignment or sublease. Tenant’s request for consent shall be submitted to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the intended date of such transfer. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with such information concerning the business background and financial condition of such proposed assignee or subtenant as Landlord may reasonably request Landlord shall have the right to approve such proposed assignee or subtenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event however, shall Landlord be required to consent to any assignment or sublease (a) to an existing tenant in the Complex or (b) that may violate any restrictions contained in any mortgage, lease or agreement affecting the Complex. Landlord’s consent to any assignment shall not be construed as a consent to any subsequent assignment subletting, transfer of partnership interest or stock, occupancy or use.

21.2.1. Landlord’s approval shall be conditioned, among other things, on Landlord’s receiving adequate assurances of future performance under this Lease and any sublease or assignment. In determining the adequacy of such assurances, Landlord may base its decision on such factors as it deems appropriate, including but not limited to:

21.2.1.1. that the source of rent and other consideration due under this Lease, and, in the case of assignment that the financial condition and operating performance and business experience of the proposed assignee and its guarantors, if any, shall be equal to or greater than the financial condition and operating performance and experience of Tenant and its guarantors, if any, as of the time Tenant became the lessee under this Lease;

21.2.1.2. that any assumption or assignment of this Lease will not result in increased cost or expense, wear and tear, greater traffic or demand for services and utilities provided by Landlord pursuant to Section 13. hereof and will not disturb or be detrimental to other tenants of Landlord;

21.2.1.3. whether the proposed assignee’s use of the Premises will include the use of Hazardous Material, or will in any way increase any risk to Landlord relating to Hazardous Material; and

21.2.1.4. that assumption or assignment of such lease will not disrupt any tenant mix or balance in the Shopping Center.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 25   


21.2.2. The assignment or sublease shall be on the same terms and conditions set forth in the written request for approval given to Landlord, or, if different, upon terms and conditions consented to by Landlord;

21.2.3. No assignment or sublease shall be valid and no assignee or sublessee shall take possession of the Premises or any part thereof until an executed counterpart of such assignment or sublease has been delivered to Landlord;

21.2.4. No assignee or sublessee shall have a further right to assign or sublet except on the terms herein contained;

21.2.5. Any sums or other economic considerations received by Tenant as a result of such assignment or subletting, however denominated under the assignment or sublease, which exceed, in the aggregate (a) the total sums which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to any portion of the Premises subleased), plus (b) any real estate brokerage commissions or fees payable to third parties in connection with such assignment or subletting, shall be shared equally by Tenant and Landlord as Additional Rent under this Lease without effecting or reducing any other obligations of Tenant hereunder.

If Landlord consents to the proposed transfer, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord three (3) fully executed original documents (in the form previously approved by Landlord) and Landlord shall attach its consent thereto. Landlord shall retain one (1) fully executed original document. No transfer of Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed effective until the terms and conditions of this Section 21. have been fulfilled.

21.3. Tenant Remains Responsible . No subletting or assignment shall release Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the Rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof. Consent to one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. In the event of default by an assignee or subtenant of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such assignee, subtenant or successor. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or sublets of the Lease or amendments or modifications to the Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and any such actions shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease.

21.4. Payment of Fees . If Tenant assigns the Lease or sublets the Premises or requests the consent of Landlord to any assignment, subletting or conversion to a limited liability entity, then Tenant shall, upon demand, pay Landlord, whether or not consent is ultimately given, an administrative fee of Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($500.00) plus costs and other reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with each such act or request.

 

22. DEFAULT.

22.1. Tenant’s Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

22.1.1. If Tenant ceases to conduct its normal business operations or abandons or vacates the Premises; or

22.1.2. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent or Additional Rent or any other charges required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease and such failure continues for five (5) days after receipt of Notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 26   


22.1.3. If Tenant fails to promptly and fully perform any other covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Lease and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, if Tenant fails to commence to cure within that thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecute to completion.

22.1.4. Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises within ten (10) days after delivery of possession (as defined in Section 4. hereof).

22.1.5. Tenant’s failure to provide any document, instrument or assurance as required by Sections 15., 18., 21. and/or 38. if the failure continues for three (3) days after receipt of Notice from Landlord to Tenant.

22.1.6. To the extent provided by law:

22.1.6.1. If a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease or on substantially all of Tenant’s Property; or

22.1.6.2. If Tenant or Tenant’s Guarantor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

22.1.6.3. If Tenant files a voluntary petition for relief or if a petition against Tenant in a proceeding under the federal bankruptcy laws or other insolvency laws is filed and not withdrawn or dismissed within sixty (60) days thereafter, or if under the provisions of any law providing for reorganization or winding up of corporations, any court of competent jurisdiction assumes jurisdiction, custody or control of Tenant or any substantial part of its property and such jurisdiction, custody or control remains in force unrelinquished, unstayed or unterminated for a period of sixty (60) days; or

22.1.6.4. If in any proceeding or action in which Tenant is a party, a trustee, receiver, agent or custodian is appointed to take charge of the Premises or Tenant’s Property (or has the authority to do so); or

22.1.6.5. If Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one (1) person or entity, if any partner of the partnership or other person or entity is involved in any of the acts or events described in Sections 22.1.6.1. through 22.1.6.4. above.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of the Tenant’s failure to pay rent as and when due under the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall immediately be in default status such that, at Landlord’s option, the five (5) day default notice required herein may be a Five Day Notice as contemplated by N.R.S. Sections 40.250 or 40.253, or may be given simultaneously or may be run concurrently with any Five Day Notice given by Landlord pursuant to either such N.R.S. Sections.

22.2. Landlord Remedies . In the event of Tenant’s default hereunder, then, in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have under any law or at equity, Landlord shall have the right to collect interest on all past due sums (at the maximum rate permitted by law to be charged by an individual), and, at Landlord’s option and without further notice or demand of any kind, to do the following:

22.2.1. Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and reenter the Premises and take possession thereof, and Tenant shall have no further claim to the Premises or under this Lease; or

22.2.2. Continue this Lease in effect, reenter and occupy the Premises for the account of Tenant, and collect any unpaid Rent or other charges which have or thereafter become due and payable; or

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 27   


22.2.3. Reenter the Premises under the provisions of Section 22.2.2., and thereafter elect to terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

If Landlord reenters the Premises under the provisions of Sections 22.2.2. or 22.2.3. above, Landlord shall not be deemed to have terminated this Lease or the obligation of Tenant to pay any Rent or other charges thereafter accruing unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. In the event of any reentry or retaking of possession by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remove all or any part of Tenant’s Property in the Premises and to place such property in storage at a public warehouse at the expense and risk of Tenant If Landlord elects to relet the Premises for the account of Tenant, the rent received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied as follows: first to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs of such reletting; third, to the payment of the cost of any alterations or repairs to the Premises; fourth to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the balance, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as it becomes due. If that portion of Rent received from the reletting which is applied against the Rent due hereunder is less than the amount of the Rent due. Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord promptly upon demand by Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as determined, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such reletting or in making alterations and repairs to the Premises which are not covered by the rent received from the reletting.

22.3. Damages Recoverable . Should Landlord elect to terminate this Lease under the provisions of Section 22.2.2., Landlord may recover as damages from Tenant the following:

22.3.1. Past Rent . The worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent that had been earned at the time of termination including the value of any Rent that was abated during the Term of the Lease (except Rent that was abated as a result of damage or destruction or condemnation); plus

22.3.2. Rent Prior to Award . The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned between the time of the termination and the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided; plus

22.3.3. Rent After Award . The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

22.3.4. Proximately Caused Damages . Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees), incurred by Landlord in (a) retaking possession of the Premises, (b) maintaining the Premises after Tenant’s default, (c) preparing the Premises for reletting to a new tenant including any repairs or alterations, and (d) reletting the Premises, including brokers’ commissions.

“The worth at the time of the award” as used in Sections 22.3.1. and 22.3.2. above, is to be computed by allowing interest at the maximum rate permitted by law to be charged by an individual. “The worth at the time of the award” as used in Section 22.3.2. above, is to be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank situated nearest to the Premises at the time of the award plus one percent (1%).

22.4. Landlord’s Right to Cure Tenant’s Default . If Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease and Tenant has not timely cured the default after Notice, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without waiving such default perform the same for the account and at the expense

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 28   


of Tenant. Tenant shall pay Landlord all costs of such performance immediately upon written demand therefor, and if paid at a later date these costs shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law to be charged by an individual.

22.5. Landlord’s Default . If Landlord fails to perform any covenant condition or agreement contained in this Lease within thirty (30) days after receipt of Notice from Tenant specifying such default or, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days if Landlord fails to commence to cure within that thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecute to completion, then Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any damages sustained by Tenant as a result of Landlord’s breach; provided, however, it is expressly understood and agreed that if Tenant obtains a money judgment against Landlord resulting from any default or other claim arising under this Lease, that judgment shall be satisfied only out of the rents, issues, profits, and other income actually received on account of Landlord’s right tide and interest in the Premises, Building or Shopping Center, and no other real, personal or mixed property of Landlord (or of any of the partners which comprise Landlord, if any), wherever situated, shall be subject to levy to satisfy such judgment.

22.6. Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to send by certified or registered mail to any first mortgagee or first deed of trust beneficiary of Landlord whose address has been furnished to Tenant, a copy of any notice of default served by Tenant on Landlord. If Landlord fails to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then such mortgagee or beneficiary shall have such additional time to cure the default as is reasonably necessary under the circumstances.

22.7. Tenant’s Right to Cure Landlord’s Default . If, after Notice to Landlord of default Landlord (or any first mortgagee or first deed of trust beneficiary of Landlord) fails to cure the default as provided herein, then Tenant shall have the right to cure that default at Landlord’s expense. Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease or to withhold, reduce or offset any amount against any payments of Rent or any other charges due and payable under this Lease except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

 

23. WAIVER.

No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of such default The receipt and acceptance by Landlord of delinquent Rent shall not constitute a waiver of any other default: it shall constitute only a waiver of timely payment for the particular Rent payment involved (excluding the collection of a late charge or interest).

No act or conduct of Landlord, including, without limitation, the acceptance of keys to the Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant before the expiration of the Term. Only written acknowledgement from Landlord to Tenant shall constitute acceptance of the surrender of the Premises and accomplish a termination of this Lease.

Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

Any waiver by Landlord of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of this Lease.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 29   


24. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT.

This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases (including renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof) which now exist or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the land upon which the Building is situated, or both, and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust in any amount or amounts whatsoever (including renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof) now or hereafter placed on or against the Building or on or against Landlord’s interest or estate therein, or on or against any ground or underlying lease, without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination. Nevertheless, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver upon demand, without charge therefor, such further instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to such ground or underlying leases, and to the lien of any such mortgages or deeds of trust as may be required by Landlord.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect that this Lease is senior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, or the date of the recording thereof.

In the event of any foreclosure sale, transfer in lieu of foreclosure or termination of the lease in which Landlord is lessee, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser, transferee or lessor as the case may be, and recognize that party as Landlord under this Lease, provided such party acquires and accepts the Premises subject to this lease.

 

25. TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

25.1. Landlord Request for Estoppel Certificate . Within ten (10) days after written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or Landlord’s designee, in the form requested by Landlord, a written statement certifying, among other things, (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or that it is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications; (b) the amount of Base Rent and the date to which Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid in advance; (c) the amount of any security deposited with Landlord; and (d) that Landlord is not in default hereunder or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating the nature of any claimed default Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by a prospective purchaser, assignee or encumbrancer of the Premises.

25.2. Failure to Execute . Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within the time required shall at Landlord’s election be a default under this Lease and shall also be conclusive upon Tenant that: (a) this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as represented by Landlord; (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and that Tenant has no right of offset, counter-claim or deduction against Rent and (c) not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

 

26. NOTICE.

Notice shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly served or given if personally delivered, sent by certified or registered U.S. Mail, postage prepaid with a return receipt requested, or sent by overnight courier service, fee prepaid with a return receipt requested, as follows: (a) if to Landlord, to Landlord’s Address for Notice with a copy to the Building manager, and (b) if to Tenant to Tenant’s Mailing Address; provided, however, Notices to Tenant shall be deemed duly served or given if delivered or sent to Tenant at the Premises. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by Notice to the other designate another place for receipt of future Notice. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, when an applicable State statute requires service of Notice in a particular manner, service of that Notice in accordance with those particular requirements shall replace rather than supplement any Notice requirement set forth in the Lease.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 30   


27. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST.

In the event of any sale or transfer by Landlord of the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex, and assignment of this Lease by Landlord, Landlord shall be and is hereby entirely freed and relieved of any and all liability and obligations contained in or derived from this Lease arising out of any act, occurrence or omission relating to the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex or Lease occurring after the consummation of such sale or transfer, provided the purchaser shall expressly assume all of the covenants and obligations of Landlord under this Lease. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee provided all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder are assumed by such transferee. If any security deposit or prepaid Rent has been paid by Tenant, Landlord shall transfer the security deposit or prepaid Rent to Landlord’s successor and upon such transfer, Landlord shall be relieved of any and all further liability with respect thereto.

 

28. SURRENDER OF PREMISES.

28.1. Clean and Same Condition . Upon the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises to Landlord clean and in the same condition as when received, except for (a) reasonable wear and tear, (b) loss by fire or other casualty, and (c) loss by condemnation. Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property no later than the Expiration Date. If Tenant is required by Landlord to remove any additions, alterations, or improvements or signage under Section 15.3 Tenant shall complete such removal no later than the Expiration Date. Any damage to the Premises, including any structural damage, resulting from removal of any addition, alteration, or improvement made pursuant to Section 15.3 and/or from Tenant’s use or from the removal of Tenant’s Property pursuant to Section 16.2 shall be repaired (in accordance with Landlord’s reasonable direction) no later man the Expiration Date by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. On the Expiration Date, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises.

28.2. Failure to Deliver Possession . If Tenants fails to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises to Landlord on the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease as required by Section 15.3., Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, liabilities and damages resulting from Tenant’s failure to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises, including, without limitation, claims made by a succeeding tenant resulting from Tenant’s failure to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises and rental loss which Landlord suffers.

28.3. Property Abandoned . If Tenant abandons or surrenders the Premises, or is dispossessed by process of law or otherwise, any of Tenant’s Property left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, and, at Landlord’s option, title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale. If Landlord elects to remove all or any part of such Tenant’s Property, the cost of removal, including repairing any damage to the Premises or Building caused by such removal, shall be paid by Tenant.

 

29. HOLDING OVER.

Tenant shall not occupy the Premises after the Expiration Date without Landlord’s consent If after expiration of the Term, Tenant remains in possession of the Premises with Landlord’s permission (express or implied), Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month only upon all the provisions of this Lease (except as to the term and Base Rent). Monthly Installments of Base Rent payable by Tenant during this period shall be increased to the greater of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the fair market rental value of the Premises (as reasonably determined by Landlord) or two hundred percent (200%) of the Monthly Installments of Base Rent payable by Tenant in the final month of the Term. The tenancy may be terminated by either party by delivering a thirty (30) day Notice to the other party. Nothing contained in this Section 29. shall be construed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies available to Landlord pursuant to this Lease or at law.

 

30. RULES AND REGULATIONS.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 31   


Tenant agrees to comply with (and cause its agents, contractors, employees and invitees to comply with) the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “E” and with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may from time to time make. Landlord agrees to enforce the rules and regulations uniformly against all tenants of the Project. Landlord shall not be liable, however, for any violation of said rules and regulations by other tenants or occupants of the Shopping Center or Complex.

 

31. CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD.

Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without (a) liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business; (b) causing an actual or constructive eviction from the Premises; or (c) disturbing Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises.

31.1. Name . To name the Building, Shopping Center or Complex and to change the name or street address of the Building, Shopping Center or Complex.

31.2. Physical Changes . To stripe or re-stripe, resurface, enlarge, change the grade or drainage of and control access to the parking lot and to assign and reassign parking spaces for the exclusive or nonexclusive use of tenants (including Tenant).

31.3. Inspection . At any time during the Term, with prior telephonic notice to Tenant, to inspect the Premises, and to show the Premises to any person having an existing or prospective interest in the Shopping Center or Landlord, and during the last six months of the Term, to show the Premises to prospective tenants thereof.

31.4. Entry . To enter the Premises for the purpose of making inspections, repairs, alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or the Building (including, without limitation, checking, calibrating, adjusting or balancing controls and other parts of the HVAC system), and to take all steps as may be necessary or desirable for the safety, protection, maintenance or preservation of the Premises or the Building or Landlord’s interest therein, or as may be necessary or desirable for the operation or improvement of the Building or in order to comply with laws, orders or requirements of governmental or other authority. Landlord agrees to use its best efforts (except in an emergency) to minimize interference with Tenant’s business in the Premises in the course of any such entry.

31.5. Future Development . Landlord, at its option, may expand or eliminate area from or renovate the Shopping Center or a portion thereof. Landlord shall have the right to use a portion of the Premises to accommodate any structures or to expand the Premises to accommodate lease lines required for the work. If Landlord deems it necessary for construction personnel to enter the Premises to perform this work, then Landlord shall give no less than thirty (30) days prior Notice and Tenant shall allow such entry. Landlord shall use its best efforts to complete the work in an efficient manner so as not to interfere unreasonably with Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages or reduction of Monthly Installments of Base Rent for any interference or interruption caused by such work. If however there is a permanent increase or decrease in the size of the Premises, then Rent shall be adjusted proportionately. Tenant shall pay its proportionate share of all costs and expenses in accordance with this Lease.

 

32. SIGNS AND ADVERTISEMENTS.

32.1. Signs . Tenant shall keep its signs and display windows lighted during those hours when the Common Area is open to the public. Tenant shall not affix, paint, erect or inscribe any sign, projection, awning, signal or advertisement of any kind to any part of the Premises, Building, Shopping Center or Complex, including without limitation the inside or outside of windows or doors, without the prior written consent of Landlord. All signage on display in the Premises, Shopping Center or Complex shall be professionally printed or produced. Landlord shall have the right to remove any signs or other matter installed without Landlord’s permission or that do not meet the standards set forth in this Section 32.1. without being liable to Tenant by reason of such removal. All costs incurred by Landlord in removing such signs or other

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 32   


matter shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent within ten (10) days of written demand by Landlord. All exterior signs shall conform to Landlord’s Sign Criteria attached hereto as Exhibit F.

32.2. Advertisements . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s consent, place, construct, or maintain on the Premises any advertisement media, including, without limitation, searchlights, flashing lights, loudspeakers, phonographs, or other similar visual or audio media. Tenant shall not solicit business in, on, or about the Common Area, or distribute handbills or other advertising or promotional media in, on, or about the Common Area, or in the parking areas, except that Tenant shall be entitled to engage in radio, television, newspaper, and handbill advertising as is customarily used for the type of business in which Tenant is engaged. Tenant shall use the name of the Shopping Center in which the Premises are located in all Tenant’s advertising in connection with Tenant’s business at the Premises and for no other purpose, except with Landlord’s consent The right to use the name of the Shopping Center is hereby licensed to Tenant from Landlord, without any warranty as to title, for the Term of the Lease. Landlord retains all property rights in the name of the Shopping Center and Tenant shall not acquire any rights to it except as granted herein. Landlord shall have the right to use for its signs the exterior walls and the roof of the Buildings and other improvements that are a part of the Shopping Center in which the Premises are located.

 

33. RELOCATION OF PREMISES.

Landlord shall have the right to relocate the Premises to another part of the Building or Shopping Center in accordance with the following:

33.1. Premises Substantially the Same . The new Premises shall be substantially the same in size as the Premises described in this Lease.

33.2. Terms . The new Premises shall be leased to Tenant on the same terms and conditions as provided in the Lease, except that if the new location contains more or less square footage, then there shall be a proportionate adjustment in Rent. Landlord shall give Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior Notice of Landlord’s intention to relocate the Premises.

33.3. Time of Restoration . The physical relocation of the Premises shall take place during a time period mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. If the physical relocation has not been completed in that time period, Base Rent shall abate in full from the time the physical relocation commences to the time it is completed. Upon completion of such relocation, the new Premises shall become the Premises under this Lease.

33.4. Costs . Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree in writing on a “not to exceed” budget for the new premises indicating the scope and cost of all improvements to be constructed at the new premises, the extent of Landlord’s contribution to this cost and the timetable for completion of the construction. Landlord and Tenant shall use their best efforts to reach mutually agreeable terms and conditions for the relocation. If an agreement is reached, then costs shall be incurred according to the agreement In addition, Landlord shall pay Tenant those expenses reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with the relocation of Tenant’s personal property; provided however, that Tenant has provided Landlord with an itemized list of these expenses and invoices therefor.

If Landlord and Tenant cannot reach agreement on relocation, then Landlord shall have the right upon thirty (30) days prior Notice to Tenant to terminate the Lease. If Landlord elects to terminate the Lease, Landlord shall pay Tenant the unamortized book value of Tenant’s Leasehold Improvements, excluding moveable trade fixtures, to the extent the Leasehold Improvements were paid for by Tenant, depreciated on a straight-line basis over the Term.

The parties hereto shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease setting forth the relocation of the Premises and the reduction of Base Rent, if any.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 33   


34. GOVERNMENT ENERGY OR UTILITY CONTROLS.

In the event of imposition of federal, state or local government controls, rules, regulations, or restrictions on the use or consumption of energy or other utilities (including telecommunications) during the Term, both Landlord and Tenant shall be bound thereby. In the event of a difference in interpretation by Landlord and Tenant of any such controls, the interpretation of Landlord shall prevail and Landlord shall have the right to enforce compliance therewith, including the right of entry into the Premises to effect compliance.

 

35. FORCE MAJEURE.

Any prevention, delay or stoppage of work to be performed by Landlord or Tenant which is due to strikes, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, equipment or reasonable substitutes therefor, acts of God, governmental restrictions or regulations or controls, judicial orders, enemy or hostile government actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform hereunder, shall excuse performance of the work by that party for a period equal to the duration of that prevention, delay or stoppage. Nothing in this Section 35. shall excuse or delay Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent or other charges under this Lease.

 

36. BROKERAGE FEES.

Tenant warrants and represents that it has not dealt with any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation except the Listing and Leasing Agent(s) set forth in Section 2.10. of this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any cost, expense or liability (including costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commission or fees claimed by any other real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation by reason of any act of Tenant.

 

37. QUIET ENJOYMENT.

Tenant, upon payment of Rent and performance of all of its obligations under this Lease, shall peaceably, quietly and exclusively enjoy possession of the Premises without unwarranted interference by Landlord or anyone acting or claiming through Landlord, subject to the terms of this Lease and to any mortgage, lease, or other agreement to which this Lease may be subordinate.

 

38. TELECOMMUNICATIONS.

38.1. Telecommunications Companies . Tenant and its agents and/or service providers shall have no right of access to the Project for the installation and operation of telecommunications lines and systems for any of Tenant’s telecommunications within or from the Building to any other location without Landlord’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld. However, Landlord’s consent shall not be required where the equipment being installed, repaired or maintained is not located in an area in which any telecommunications lines or equipment of any other tenant or of Landlord are located. Landlord’s approval of, or requirements concerning, the lines or any equipment related thereto, the plans, specifications or designs related thereto, the contractor or subcontractor, or the work performed hereunder, shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy thereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same. Landlord disclaims all responsibility for the condition or utility of the intra-building cabling network (ICN) and makes no representation regarding the suitability of the ICN for Tenant’s intended use.

38.2. Tenant’s Obligations . If at any time the point of demarcation for Tenant’s telecommunications equipment in Tenant’s telephone equipment room or other location is relocated to some other point, whether by operation of law or otherwise, upon Landlord’s election, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and cost: (1) within thirty (30) days after notice is first given to Tenant of Landlord’s election, cause to be completed by an appropriate telecommunications engineering entity approved in advance in writing by Landlord, all details of the telecommunications lines serving Tenant in the Building which details shall include all appropriate plans, schematics, and specifications; and (2) if Landlord so elects,

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 34   


immediately undertake the operation, repair and maintenance of the telecommunications lines serving Tenant in the Building; and (3) upon the termination of the Lease for any reason, or upon expiration of the Lease, immediately effect the complete removal of all or any portion or portions of the telecommunications lines serving Tenant in the Building and repair any damage caused thereby (to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction).

Prior to the commencement of any alterations, additions, or modifications to the telecommunications lines serving Tenant in the Building, except for minor changes, Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s prior written consent by written request accompanied by detailed plans, schematics, and specifications showing all alterations, additions and modifications to be performed, with the time schedule for completion of the work, for which Landlord may withhold consent in its sole and absolute discretion.

38.3. Indemnification . Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its employees, agents, officers and directors from and against any claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs, or expenses of any kind or nature, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of or in any way related to the acts and omissions of Tenant, Tenant’s officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants and invitees with respect to (1) any telecommunications lines serving Tenant in the Building; (2) any bodily injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of or related to any telecommunications lines serving Tenant in the Building; (3) any lawsuit brought or threatened, settlement reached, or governmental order relating to such telecommunications lines; (4) any violations of laws, orders, regulations, requirements, or demands of governmental authorities, or any reasonable policies or requirements of Landlord, which are based upon or in any way related to such telecommunications lines, including, without limitation, attorney and consultant fees, court costs and litigation expenses. This indemnification and hold harmless agreement will survive this Lease. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for interruption in telecommunications services to Tenant or any other entity affected, for electrical spikes or surges, or for any other cause whatsoever, whether by Act of God or otherwise, even if the same is caused by the ordinary negligence of Landlord, Landlord’s contractors, subcontractors, or agents or other tenants, subtenants, or their contractors, subcontractors, or agents.

38.4. Landlord’s Operation . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the point of demarcation is relocated, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, undertake the operation, repair and maintenance of telecommunications lines and systems in the Building. If Landlord so elects, Landlord shall give Notice of its intent to do so, and Landlord shall, based on Landlord’s sole business discretion, make such lines and systems available to tenants of the Building (including Tenant) in the manner it deems most prudent. Landlord may include in Operating Expenses all or a portion of the expenses related to the operation, repair and maintenance of the telecommunications lines and systems.

 

39. MISCELLANEOUS.

39.1. Accord and Satisfaction: Allocation of Payments . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent provided for in this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest due Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the Rent or pursue any other remedy provided for in this Lease. In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall have the absolute right in its sole discretion to apply any payment received from Tenant to any account or other payment of Tenant then not current and due or delinquent.

39.2. Addenda . If any provision contained in an addendum to this Lease is inconsistent with any other provision herein, the provision contained in the addendum shall control, unless otherwise provided in the addendum.

39.3. Attorneys’ Fees . If any action or proceeding is brought by either party against the other pertaining to or arising out of this Lease, the finally prevailing party (i.e., the party that recovers the greater

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 35   


relief as a result of the action or proceeding) shall be entitled to recover all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred on account of such action or proceeding.

39.4. Captions and Section Numbers . The captions appearing in the body of this Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of this Lease. All references to Section numbers refer to Sections in this Lease.

39.5. Changes Requested by Lender . Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall unreasonably withhold its consent to changes or amendments to this Lease requested by the lender on Landlord’s interest, so long as such changes do not alter the basic business terms of this Lease or otherwise materially diminish any rights or materially increase any obligations of the party from whom consent to such change or amendment is requested.

39.6. Choice of Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State.

39.7. Consent . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have no claim, and hereby waives the right to any claim against Landlord for money damages, by reason of any refusal, withholding or delaying by Landlord of any consent, approval or statement of satisfaction, and, in such event, Tenant’s only remedies therefor shall be an action for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment to enforce any right to such consent, approval or statement of satisfaction.

39.8. Authority . If Tenant is not an individual signing on his or her own behalf, then each individual signing this Lease on behalf of the business entity that constitutes Tenant represents and warrants that the individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of the business entity, and that this Lease is binding on Tenant in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, deliver a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors, if Tenant is a corporation, or other memorandum of resolution if Tenant is a limited partnership, general partnership or limited liability entity, authorizing such execution.

39.9. Waiver of Right to Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive their respective rights to a trial by jury of any claim, action, proceeding or counterclaim by either party against the other on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, and/or Tenant’s Use or occupancy of the Premises, Building or Shopping Center (including any claim of injury or damage or the enforcement of any remedy under any current or future laws, statutes, regulations, codes or ordinances).

39.10. Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same Lease.

39.11. Execution of Lease: No Option . The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only and does not and shall not constitute a reservation of or option for Tenant to Lease, or otherwise create any interest of Tenant in the Premises or any other premises within the Building, Shopping Center or Complex. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding on Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact signed and delivered this Lease to Tenant.

39.12. Furnishing of Financial Statements: Tenant’s Representations . In order to induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all respects.

39.13. Further Assurances . The parties agree to promptly sign all documents reasonably requested to give effect to the provisions of this Lease.

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 36   


39.14. Prior Agreements: Amendments . This Lease and the schedules and addenda attached, if any, form a part of this Lease together with the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit “E” attached hereto, and set forth all the covenants, promises, assurances, agreements, representations, conditions, warranties, statements, and understandings (Representations) between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and the Building and Shopping Center, and there are no Representations, either oral or written, between them other than those in this Lease.

This Lease supersedes and revokes all previous negotiations, arrangements, letters of intent, offers to lease, lease proposals, brochures, representations, and information conveyed, whether oral or in writing, between the parties hereto or their respective representatives or any other person purporting to represent Landlord or Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that it has not been induced to enter into this Lease by any Representations not set forth in this Lease, and that it has not relied on any such Representations. Tenant further acknowledges that no such Representations shall be used in the interpretation or construction of this Lease, and that Landlord shall have no liability for any consequences arising as a result of any such Representations.

Except as otherwise provided herein, no subsequent alteration, amendment, change, or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless it is in writing and signed by each party.

39.15. Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the request of Landlord, shall execute and acknowledge a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.

39.16. Severability . A final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Lease is invalid shall not affect the validity of any other provision, and any provision so determined to be invalid shall, to the extent possible, be construed to accomplish its intended effect.

39.17. Successors and Assigns . This Lease shall apply to and bind the heirs, personal representatives, and successors and assigns of the parties.

39.18. Time Is of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease.

39.19. Multiple Parties . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as either Landlord or Tenant, the obligations of such Multiple Parties shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Landlord or Tenant.

39.20. Consent to Press Release Landlord may, after the Lease is fully executed, issue a press release containing the following information: (i) Tenant’s name and the nature of Tenant’s business; (ii) the Term; (iii) the square footage leased and the Building name and location; (iv) the name of the brokers who represented Landlord and Tenant; and (v) such other general information as may be customarily included in similar press releases. Tenant hereby consents to such a press release.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first set forth on Page 1.

LANDLORD:

GLENBOROUGH FUND IX, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:

  GRT IX, Inc.,
 

a Delaware corporation

Its Managing Member

  By:  

 

    Its  

 

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 37   


TENANT:

 

 

  ,
a  

 

  By:  

 

    Its  

 

  By:  

 

    Its  

 

 

(1690-016 - Retail)    Page 38   


EXHIBIT P

FORM OF INDEPENDENT MANAGER/MEMBER/DIRECTOR CERTIFICATE*

CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT MANAGER/MEMBER/DIRECTOR

THE UNDERSIGNED, [              ], hereby certifies as follows:

1. I have been elected to serve as an independent manager of [              ] (the “ Company ”).

2. I am aware that under its Limited Liability Company Agreement, the Company is required to have at least two so-called “ Independent Managers ”.

3. I hereby certify that I am aware of the definition of and requirement for Independent Managers as set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, including but not limited to, the requirement that when voting on a matter put to the vote of the membership or board of managers, that notwithstanding that the Company may be insolvent, an Independent Manager shall, to the extent permitted by law, take into account the interest of the creditors of the Company as well as the interest of the Company. As an Independent Manager of the Company, I will vote in accordance with my fiduciary duties under applicable law.

4. I hereby certify that I meet the requirements of an Independent Manager as set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company.

5. I certify that, subject to my fiduciary duties as an Independent Manager, it is my intention as a so-called “Independent Manager” to take into account, to the extent

 

 

* Following are contacts for independent directors/managers/members appointed by borrowers on prior transaction:

CT Corporation System

Attention: Corporate Staffing Division

The Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

Attention: Domenic Borriello

Telephone: (302) 777-0240

Mark A. Ferrucci (no longer employed by CT Corporation System)

212 Mangum Drive

Bear, DE 19701

(302) 836-9162 (telephone)

(302) 8376-836-9182 (fax)


permitted by law, the interest of all creditors of the Company as well as the Company in fulfilling my duties as an Independent Manager of the Company.

6. I understand that German American Capital Corporation and its successors, participants, transferees and assigns, will rely on this Certificate in conjunction with loans to be made to the Company.

Executed as of this      day of November, 2006.

 

       
[Name]  


EXHIBIT Q

RESERVED


SCHEDULE I

RESERVED

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

RESERVED

 

II-1


SCHEDULE III

RESERVED

 

III-1


SCHEDULE IV

RESERVED

 

IV-1


SCHEDULE V

PRE-APPROVED TRANSFEREES

Angelo, Gordon

Apollo

Blackrock Realty

Boston Properties Inc.

Brandywine Realty Trust

Broadreach

Cerberus

Colony Capital

Crescent Real Estate Equities

Deutsche Bank (RREEF)

Duke Realty Corp.

Equity Office Properties Trust

Goldman Sachs

Highwoods Properties Inc.

HRPT Properties Trust

JP Morgan

Kilroy Realty Corp.

Liberty Property Trust

Mack-Cali Realty Corp.

Maguire Properties Inc.

Morgan Stanley

Normandy Real Estate Partners

Reckson Associates Realty Corp

Rockpoint Group

Rockwood Capital

Shorenstein

SL Green Realty Corp.

The Blackstone Group

Tishman Speyer Properties

Vornado Realty Trust

Walton Street

Washington REIT

Westbrook Partners


SCHEDULE VI

RESERVED


SCHEDULE VII

LITIGATION SCHEDULE

There are currently no material actions, suits, or proceedings


SCHEDULE VIII

RENT ROLL


Rent Roll Report as of November 21, 2006

Tierrasanta Research Park

 

                                                              Current Charges   illeg

illeg

  illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg     illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   Current
Charges
  illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg

Tierrasanta Research Park (illeg)

                                             

illeg Inc.

  illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   CAM   8.34   04/01/02     03/31/07   GLB   ACT   ACT   NEW   illeg   04/01/06   03/31/07   $ 10,954.00     illeg   BRE   04/01/02   illeg     illeg     illeg

(illeg Inc.)

            INS   8.34                 CAM   01/01/06   02/28/07   $ 1,328.00     illeg   BRE   04/01/03   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   8.34                 illeg   06/01/03   01/31/07   $ 10,160.14     illeg   BRE   04/01/04   illeg     illeg  
                              BIS   01/01/06   02/28/07   $ 186.00     illeg   BRE   04/01/06   illeg     illeg  
                              TAX   01/01/06   02/28/07   $ 1,047.00   $ 1.45   BRE   04/01/06   illeg     illeg  

illeg

  illeg   illeg   8,900   8,900   illeg   CAM   8.54   illeg   illeg   07/31/08   illeg   ACT   ACT   NEW   illeg   02/01/06   01/31/07   $ 9,541.46     illeg   BRE   02/01/05   illeg     illeg     illeg
            INS   8.54                 CAM   01/01/06   07/31/08     illeg   $ 1.60   BRE   02/01/06   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   8.54                 illeg   02/01/05   07/31/08   $ 9,691.79     illeg   BRE   02/01/07   illeg     illeg  
                              illeg   01/01/06   07/31/08   $ 191.00   $ 0.26          
                              TAX   01/01/06   07/31/08   $ 1,072.00   $ 1.45          

illeg

  illeg   illeg   8,900   8,900   illeg       08/01/08   illeg   01/31/10   illeg   ACT   ACT   NEW             BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg   $ 17,668
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  

illeg

  illeg   illeg   8,305   illeg   illeg   CAM   7.97   04/01/05   illeg   illeg   illeg   ACT   ACT   illeg   illeg   04/01/06   03/31/07   $ 7,461.98   $ 10.78   BRE   04/01/05   illeg     illeg     illeg
            INS   7.97                 CAM   01/01/06   03/31/08   $ 1,420.00     illeg   BRE   04/01/06   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   7.97                 illeg   04/01/06   03/31/08   $ 7,430.82   $ 10.74   BRE   04/01/07   illeg     illeg  
                              illeg   01/01/06   03/31/08   $ 160.00   $ 10.23          
                              TAX   01/01/06   03/31/08     illeg     illeg          

illeg

  illeg   illeg   10,751   10,751   illeg   CAM   10.30   02/01/05   illeg   illeg   illeg   ACT   ACT   NEW   illeg   02/01/06   01/31/07     illeg   $ 12.96   BRE   02/01/05   illeg     illeg     illeg
            INS   10.30                 CAM   01/01/06   07/31/08   $ 1,453.00   $ 1.62   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   10.30                 illeg   02/01/05   07/31/08   $ 11,557.16     illeg   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                              illeg   01/01/06   07/31/08   $ 230.00   $ 0.26          
                              TAX   01/01/06   07/31/06   $ 1,293.00     illeg          

illeg

  illeg   9755-100   10,751   10,751   10,751       illeg   illeg   01/31/10   illeg   ACT   ACT   NEW             BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg     illeg
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  

illeg Inc.

  illeg   9755-200   11,771   11,771   11,771   CAM   11.29   illeg   01/01/05   12/31/06   illeg   ACT   ACT   illeg   illeg   01/01/06   12/31/06   $ 14,291.38   $ 14.57   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg     illeg
            INS   11.29                 CAM   01/01/06   12/31/06   $ 1,295.00     illeg   BRE   01/01/06   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   11.29                 illeg   01/01/05   12/31/06     illeg     illeg          
                              illeg   01/01/06   12/31/06   $ 252.00   $ 0.26          
                              TAX   01/01/06   12/31/06     11,417.00   $ 1.44          

RBF illeg

  illeg   9755-200   11,771   11,771   11,771       01/01/07   illeg   01/31/10   illeg   ACT   ACT   NEW             BRE   01/01/07   illeg     illeg     illeg
                                        BRE   01/01/07   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg   $ 16.87  

illeg Inc.

  illeg   illeg   15,846   illeg   illeg   CAM   15.20   10/01/06     illeg   GLB   ACT   ACT   NEW   illeg   10/01/06   12/31/06     illeg     illeg   BRE   10/01/06   illeg     illeg     illeg
            INS   15.20                 CAM   10/01/06   12/31/09     illeg   $ 1.83   BRE   01/01/07   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   15.20                 illeg   10/01/06   12/31/09   $ 19,734.42   $ 14.94   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                              illeg   10/01/06   12/31/09   $ 359.00   $ 0.36   BRE   illeg   illeg   $ 15.52  
                              TAX   10/01/06   12/31/09     illeg   $ 1.44   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  

illeg Inc.

  illeg   illeg   6,133   6,133   6,133   CAM   5.88   07/01/05   illeg   06/30/07   GLB   ACT   ACT   illeg   illeg   07/01/05   06/30/07       illeg   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg     illeg
            INS   5.88                 CAM   0I/01/06   06/30/07     illeg     illeg          
            TAX   5.88                 illeg   07/01/05   06/30/07     illeg     illeg          
                              illeg   01/01/06   06/30/07     illeg   $ 0.26          
                              TAX   01/01/06   05/30/07   $ 738.00   $ 1.44          

illeg Inc.

  illeg   illeg   5,327   5,327   5,327   CAM   5.11   illeg     illeg   GLB   ACT   ACT   NEW   illeg   07/01/06   06/30/07     illeg     illeg   BRE   05/01/03   illeg     illeg     illeg
            INS   5.11                 CAM   01/01/06   06/30/06     illeg     illeg   BRE   06/01/03   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   5.11                 illeg   05/01/03   06/30/06   $ 4,467.52     illeg   BRE   07/01/04   illeg     illeg  
                              illeg   01/01/06   06/30/08   $ 114.00   $ 0.26   BRE   07/01/05   illeg     illeg  
                              TAX   01/01/06   06/30/08   $ 641.00   $ 1.44   BRE   0701/06   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   07/01/07   illeg     illeg  

illeg Inc.

  illeg   illeg   5,303   5,303   5,303   CAM   5.9   illeg   illeg   09/30/07   illeg   ACT   ACT   illeg   illeg   illeg   09/30/07     illeg     illeg   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg     illeg
            INS   5.9                 CAM   01/01/06   09/30/07     illeg     illeg   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   5.9                 illeg   09/25/02   09/30/07   $ 7,600.33   $ 17.20   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                              illeg   01/01/06   09/30/07   $ 114.00     illeg   BRE   illeg   illeg   $ 17.70  
                              TAX   01/01/06   09/30/07     illeg   $ 1.45   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  

illeg

  illeg   5775   23,208   23,208   23,208   CAM   22.27   illeg     illeg   GLB   ACT   ACT   NEW   illeg   07/01/06   06/30/07   $ 24,600.00     illeg   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
            INS   22.27                 CAM   01/01/06   06/30/08     illeg     illeg   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
            TAX   22.27                 INS   01/01/06   05/30/06   $ 497.00   $ 0.26   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                              TAX   01/01/06   06/30/08     illeg   $ 1.45   BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  
                                        BRE   illeg   illeg     illeg  


                                                              Current Charges   illeg

illeg

  illeg   illeg     illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg   illeg
                                        BRE   07/01/07   $ 25,529.00   $ 13.20  

New Circular Wireless PCS

  illeg   ROOF   0   0   0       03/13/06     07/31/11   NSL   ACT   NST   NEW   F13   03/13/06   07/31/11   $ 2,537.79   $ 0,00           $ 2,400
                              TLC   03/13/06   07/31/07   $ 2,400.00   $ 0.00          

Total for Tierrasanta Research Park

      104,234   104,234   104,234                                       $ 79,178

Grand Total for Tierrasanta Research Park

      104,234   104,234   104,234                                       $ 79,178

 

* Non-Statistical units are excluded from the above sub-totals and from the Occupancy/Vacancy Summary but are included in the Charge Summary.
** Future Lease

 

Occupancy / Vacancy Summary

 
     # Unit    % Unit     Unit SF    % Unit SF  

Vacant

   0    0.00   0    0.00

Occupied

   10    100.00   104,234    100.00

Totals

   10    100.00   104,234    100.00

 

[PIE CHART]

Charge Summary

Charge
Type

   Current
Charges
   illeg    illeg
$/Month
   illeg
$/Year

BRE

   $ 109,239    104,234    $ 1.05    $ 12.58

CAM

   $ 15,777    104,234    $ 0.15    $ 1.82

F13

   $ 92,732    81,026    $ 1.14    $ 13.73

INS

   $ 2,214    104,234    $ 0.02    $ 0.25

TAX

   $ 12,450    104,234    $ 0.12    $ 1.43

illeg

   $ 2,400    0      

Total

     illeg    (Excluding F13 charges)


SCHEDULE IX

RESERVED


SCHEDULE X

BORROWER’S TAX ID NUMBERS


Schedule XI

Tax Protection Agreements

 

1. Tax protection included in Section 11 of Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Glenborough Properties, L.P., dated November 29, 2006.


SCHEDULE XII

RESERVED


SCHEDULE XIII

EXCEPTION TO REPRESENTATION 4.1.12

Except as disclosed in the Physical or Environmental reports there are none

EXHIBIT 10.29

NOTE

 

New York, New York     
$14,300,000    November 28, 2006

NOTE, dated as of November 28, 2006 (this Note), by GLENBOROUGH TIERRASANTA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Borrower), having an address c/o Morgan Stanley, 1585 Broadway, 37 th Floor, New York, New York 10036, in favor of GERMAN AMERICAN CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, having an office at 60 Wall Street, 10 th Floor, New York, New York 10005, (together with its successors and assigns, Lender).

WHEREAS, on the date hereof and pursuant to the terms of this Note and that certain Loan and Security Agreement (together with all amendments, replacements and supplements, the Loan Agreement), dated as of the date hereof, between Lender, as lender, and Borrower, as borrower, Lender has agreed to make a loan (the Loan) to Borrower in the principal amount of $14,300,000 (the Principal Amount); and

WHEREAS, Lender and Borrower intend these Recitals to be a material part of this Note.

NOW, THEREFORE, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Borrower promises to pay to the order of Lender the Principal Amount, together with interest from the date hereof and other fees, expenses and charges as provided in this Note.

 

1. DEFINED TERMS .

 

  a. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given thereto in the Loan Agreement (as defined below), unless otherwise expressly provided herein. All references to sections shall be deemed to be references to sections of this Note, unless otherwise indicated.

 

  b. The following terms shall have the meaning ascribed thereto:

Applicable Rate shall mean a rate equal to 5.617%.

Borrower shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph hereof.

Default Rate shall mean a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the Maximum Legal Rate and (b) four percent (4%) above the Applicable Rate, adjusted from time to time as set forth herein.

Defeasance Collateral shall have the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement.


Defeasance Event shall have the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement.

Defeasance Lockout Period shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and expiring on the earlier date to occur of (a) two years after (i) the “startup day,” within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(9) of the Code, of a “real estate mortgage investment conduit,” (REMIC) within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code, that holds this Note and the Security Instrument or (ii) if this Note is severed and such severed portions are included in REMICs that do not have the same “startup day,” the “startup day” of the REMIC in which the last of such severed portions is included, or (b) three (3) years after the funding of this Note occurs.

Interest Period shall mean each interest period commencing on the first calendar day of a calendar month and ending on (and including) the last calendar day of such calendar month; provided that the first Interest Period shall commence on the date hereof and end on November 30, 2006.

Lender shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph hereof.

Liquidated Damages Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(d) .

Loan Agreement shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals to this Note.

Maturity Date shall mean December 1, 2011 or such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of this Note becomes due and payable as provided in the Loan Agreement or this Note, whether at such stated maturity date, by declaration of acceleration, or otherwise.

Maturity Date Payment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(d) .

Note shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph hereof.

Payment Date shall be the first calendar day of each calendar month and if such day is not a Business Day, then the Business Day immediately following such day, commencing on January 1, 2007 and continuing to and including the Maturity Date. Interest due for the first Interest Period shall be paid at the closing of the Loan.

Prepayment Lockout Period shall mean the period from the date hereof to (but not including) the Prepayment Lockout Release Date, during which time no prepayment of the Loan shall be permitted, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein.

Prepayment Lockout Release Date shall mean June 1 , 2011 .

Prepayment Notice shall have the meaning provided in Section 4(a)(i) .

Principal Amount shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals to this Note.

Scheduled Defeasance Payments shall have the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement.

 

2


Treasury Rate shall mean, as of any Payment Date, the yield, calculated by linear interpolation (rounded to the nearest one-thousandth of one percent) of the yields of noncallable United States Treasury obligations with terms (one longer and one shorter) most nearly approximating the period from such Payment Date to the Maturity Date (and converted to a monthly equivalent yield), as determined by Lender on the basis of Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.I5 Selected Interest Rates under the heading U.S. Governmental Security/Treasury Constant Maturities or, if such publication is unavailable, such other recognized source of financial market information as shall be selected by Lender for the week prior to such Payment Date.

Yield Maintenance Premium shall mean the amount (if any) which, when added to the remaining Principal Amount of this Note that has not been subject to a prior Defeasance Event, will be sufficient to purchase Defeasance Collateral providing the required Scheduled Defeasance Payments allocated to this Note.

 

2. INTEREST .

 

  a. Prior to the Maturity Date, interest shall accrue on the Principal Amount at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate.

 

  b. From and after the Maturity Date and from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, interest shall accrue on the Principal Amount at the Default Rate.

 

  c. Except as expressly set forth in the Loan Agreement to the contrary, interest shall accrue on all amounts advanced by Lender pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Loan Documents (other than the Principal Amount, which shall accrue interest in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above) at the Default Rate.

 

  d. Interest, for any given Interest Period, shall be computed on the Principal Amount on the basis of a fraction, the denominator of which shall be 360 and the numerator of which shall be the actual number of days in the relevant Interest Period.

 

  e. The provisions of this Section 2 are subject in all events to the provisions of Section 2.2.4 of the Loan Agreement.

 

3. PAYMENTS .

 

  a. On each Payment Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender interest accruing in arrears during the entire Interest Period ending immediately prior to the Payment Date, plus any past due interest accruing at the Default Rate following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to the applicable Interest Period.

 

  b. On the Maturity Date, Borrower shall repay in full the entire Principal Amount of this Note, together with all unpaid accrued interest on this Note and all other fees

 

3


     and sums then payable hereunder or under the Loan Documents (collectively, the Maturity Date Payment) .

 

  c. All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents shall be made on or before 2:00 p.m. New York City time. Any payments received after such time shall be credited to the next following Business Day.

 

  d. All amounts advanced by Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents, other than the Principal Amount, or other charges provided in the Loan Documents shall be due and payable as provided in the Loan Documents. In the event any such advance or charge is not so repaid by Borrower, Lender may, at its option, first apply any payments received under this Note to repay such advances, together with any interest thereon, or other charges as provided in the Loan Documents, and the balance, if any, shall be applied in payment of any installment of interest or principal then due and payable.

 

  e. Amounts due on this Note shall be payable, without any counterclaim, setoff or deduction whatsoever, at the office of Lender or its agent or designee at the address set forth on the first page of this Note or at such other place as Lender or its agent or designee may from time to time designate in writing.

 

  f. All amounts due under this Note, including, without limitation, interest and the Principal Amount, shall be due and payable in lawful money of the United States.

 

  g. To the extent that Borrower makes a payment or Lender receives any payment or proceeds for Borrower’s benefit, which are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, debtor in possession, receiver, custodian or any other party under any bankruptcy law, common law or equitable cause, then, to such extent, the obligations of Borrower hereunder intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

 

4. PREPAYMENTS . Except as permitted herein, the outstanding Principal Amount may not be prepaid in whole or hi part prior to the Maturity Date.

 

  a. Voluntary Prepayments . Borrower shall be entitled to make a prepayment of all or a portion of the Principal Amount on any Business Day occurring on or after the Prepayment Lockout Release Date, upon satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

  i. Borrower shall provide prior irrevocable written notice (the Prepayment Notice) to Lender specifying the proposed Business Day on which the prepayment is to be made, which date must be a Business Day, and shall be no earlier than twenty (20) days after the date of such Prepayment Notice and no later than sixty (60) days after the date of such Prepayment Notice (the date of a prepayment pursuant to this Section 4(a) and Section 4(b) below being the Prepayment Date). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may rescind such prepayment notice (or adjourn the proposed

 

4


    Prepayment Date set forth in such notice for a period not to exceed 20 days) on not less than two (2) Business Days’ notice prior to the scheduled Prepayment Date, provided that Borrower shall reimburse Lender for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such rescission.

 

  ii. Borrower shall comply with the provisions set forth in Section 4(c) ;

 

  iii. Defeasance . From and after expiration of the Defeasance Lockout Period and prior to the Prepayment Lockout Release Date, Borrower shall have the right to defease the Loan pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.3.4 of the Loan Agreement. In no event shall a prepayment of this Note in accordance with Section 4(a) or 4(c) constitute a Defeasance Event or trigger or result in any defeasance liability or the obligation of Borrower to meet any defeasance requirements under this Note or the other Loan Documents.

 

  b. Mandatory Prepayments . On the next occurring Payment Date following the date on which Borrower actually receives any Proceeds, if Lender is not obligated under the Loan Agreement to make such Proceeds available to Borrower for the restoration of the Property, (1) Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal balance of this Note in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Proceeds actually received by Borrower and (2) Borrower shall comply with the provisions set forth in Section 4(c) below.

 

  c. Payments in Connection with a Prepayment .

 

  i. On the date on which a prepayment, voluntary or mandatory, is made under this Note or as required under the Loan Agreement, which date must be a Business Day, Borrower shall pay to Lender the entire portion of the Principal Amount so prepaid together with all unpaid interest on the portion of the Principal Amount prepaid, such unpaid interest calculated through the end of the Interest Period during which such prepayment is made (unless such prepayment is made on a Payment Date, in such event interest shall be calculated through such Payment Date).

 

  ii. On the Prepayment Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender all sums then due, without limitation, under this Note, the Loan Agreement, the Security Instrument, and the other Loan Documents; and

 

  iii. Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of Lender incurred in connection with the prepayment (including without limitation, any costs and expenses associated with a release or assignment of the Lien of the related Security Instrument as set forth in Section 2.3.3 of the Loan Agreement and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses).

 

  d. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AMOUNT . IF FOLLOWING THE ACCELERATION OF THE NOTE BY LENDER AFTER THE OCCURRENCE

 

5


     OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, ALL OR ANY PART OF THE LOAN IS REPAID DURING THE PREPAYMENT LOCKOUT PERIOD FOR ANY REASON EXCLUDING A MANDATORY PREPAYMENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS FOLLOWING A CASUALTY OR CONDEMNATION, THEN BORROWER SHALL PAY TO LENDER, AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AND NOT AS A PENALTY, AND IN ADDITION TO ANY AND ALL OTHER SUMS AND FEES PAYABLE UNDER THIS NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE GREATER OF (A) FIVE PERCENT (5%) OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BEING REPAID AND (B) THE YIELD MAINTENANCE PREMIUM (THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AMOUNT).

 

5. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

  a. Waiver . Borrower and all endorsers, sureties and guarantors hereby jointly and severally waive all applicable exemption rights, valuation and appraisement, presentment for payment, demand, notice of demand, notice of nonpayment or dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents, all other notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of the payment of this Note. Borrower and all endorsers, sureties and guarantors consent to any and all extensions of tune, renewals, waivers or modifications that may be granted by Lender with respect to the payment or other provisions of this Note and to the release of the collateral securing this Note or any part thereof, with or without substitution, and agree that additional makers, endorsers, guarantors or sureties may become parties hereto without notice to them or affecting their liability under this Note.

 

  b. Non-Recourse . Recourse with respect to any claims arising under or in connection with this Note shall be limited to the extent provided in Sections 18.1 and 18.2 of the Loan Agreement and the terms, covenants and conditions of Sections 18.1 and 18.2 of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference as if fully set forth in this Note.

 

  c. Note Secured . This Note and all obligations of Borrower hereunder are secured by the Loan Agreement, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents.

 

  d. Notices . Any notice, election, request or demand which by any provision of this Note is required or permitted to be given or served hereunder shall be given or served in the manner required for the delivery of notices pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

 

  e. Entire Agreement . This Note, together with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the entire and final agreement between Borrower and Lender with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and may only be changed, amended, modified or waived by an instrument in writing signed by Borrower and Lender.

 

6


  f. No Waiver . No waiver of any term or condition of this Note, whether by delay, omission or otherwise, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party sought to be charged, and then such waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to, or demand on, Borrower shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

  g. Successors and Assigns . This Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Upon any endorsement, assignment, or other transfer of this Note by Lender or by operation of law, the term “Lender,” as used herein, shall mean such endorsee, assignee, or other transferee or successor to Lender then becoming the holder of this Note. The term “Borrower” as used herein shall include the respective successors and assigns, legal and personal representatives, executors, administrators, devisees, legatees and heirs of Borrower, if any.

 

  h Captions . All paragraph, section, exhibit and schedule headings and captions herein are used for reference only and in no way limit or describe the scope or intent of, or in any way affect, this Note.

 

  i. Counterparts . This Note may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one binding Note.

 

  j. Severability . The provisions of this Note are severable, and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, and not any other clause or provision of this Note.

 

  k. GOVERNING LAW . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. BORROWER AND LENDER (BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE) EACH AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT IN ANY SUCH SUIT AND THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON BORROWER OR LENDER, AS APPLICABLE, IN THE MANNER AND AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED FOR NOTICES IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER (BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE) HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

 

7


  l. JURY TRIAL WAIVER . EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER (BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE) AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER IT HEREBY EXPRESSLY, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS NOTE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE MODIFICATION HEREOF OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS NOTE (AS NOW OR HEREAFTER MODIFIED) OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION IS NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER (BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE) HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION MAY BE FILED WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER (BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS CONSULTED WITH LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE MEANING OF THIS WAIVER AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS AN ESSENTIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE MAKING OF THE LOAN. THIS WAIVER SHALL SURVIVE THE REPAYMENT OF THE LOAN.

 

  m. Counterclaims and Other Actions . Borrower hereby expressly and unconditionally waives, in connection with any suit, action or proceeding brought by Lender on this Note, any and every right it may have to (i) interpose any counterclaim therein (other than a counterclaim which can only be asserted in the suit, action or proceeding brought by Lender on this Note and cannot be maintained in a separate action) and (ii) have any such suit, action or proceeding consolidated with any other or separate suit, action or proceeding.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER :

 

GLENBOROUGH TIERRASANTA, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   LOGO

Name: Andrew Batinovich

Title: Authorized Signatory

Note – Tierrasanta

 

 

EXHIBIT 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 12, 2010 with respect to the balance sheet of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.; our report dated April 9, 2010 with respect to the combined financial statements and schedule of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Predecessor; our report dated April 9, 2010 with respect to the combined statement of revenues and certain expenses of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC; our report dated February 16, 2010 with respect to the statement of revenues and certain expenses of City Plaza; and our report dated April 9, 2010 with respect to the statements of revenues and certain expenses of Howard Street Associates, LLC, all included in the Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-164916) and related Prospectus of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

June 22, 2010

EXHIBIT 23.4

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-164916) on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. of our report dated February 15, 2010, relating to our audits of the combined financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties Inc. Predecessor as of December 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/    M CGLADREY & P ULLEN , LLP

Chicago, Illinois

June 21, 2010